Department of Environment and Natural Resources

NATIONAL MAPPING AND RESOURCE INFORMATION AUTHORITY

HYDROGRAPHY BRANCH

THE PHILIPPINE COAST PILOT

SEVENTH EDITION
VOLUME II
2021

Published by
National Mapping and Resource Information Authority (NAMRIA)

Prepared by
Hydrography Branch
Maritime Affairs Division

ISBN 978-971-91350-2-9

No part of this publication may be reproduced or reprinted for commercial purposes without prior permission from the
Administrator of the National Mapping and Resource Information Authority.

www.namria.gov.ph
( (+632) 8810-4831
* csu.hb@namria.gov.ph

Cover photo: BRPH Presbitero during its hydrographic survey in the West Philippine Sea (Kalayaan Island Group)
 PREFACE
Great changes have occurred in the Philippine maritime sector since the publication of the 6th edition of the Philippine
Coast Pilot in 1995. Since then, the government embarked on various programs and activities that affected the maritime
sector, such as:

1. The improvement of existing national and municipal ports, the establishment of new port facilities, and the promotion
of the nautical highway as means of connecting the islands and the use of Roll-on/Roll-off vessels in transporting goods
and people;

2. Amendment of existing laws (i.e. the Cabotage Law and the Fisheries Code) and the formulation of new policies;

3. The establishment of more traffic separation schemes to prevent accidents at sea;

4. The establishment of marine protected areas, fish sanctuiaries, and Potentially Sensitive Sea Area over critical marine
ecosystem such as coral reefs;

5. Adherence to the provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), which gave the
Philippines sovereign rights in its maritime zones including the Philippine Rise Region and the West Philippine Sea.

Aside from the government, the private sector also paced up their activities, which include the development of tourist
spots particularly the beach fronts at the once pristine islands, increase in the number of fishing fleets, establishment of
offshore platforms for the extraction of oil and natural gas, and reclamation works particularly in Manila Bay and other
urbanized areas of the country.

According to the Maritime Industry Authority (MARINA), the Philippine domestic merchant fleet comprises of
29,974 vessels in 2020; 14% (or 4,114) of which are considered as large vessels, while the remaining 86% (or 25,860) are
categorized as motorized banca or boats.

It is projected that international maritime trade will grow in the foreseeable future. The Philippines, as the traditional
maritime cross road, will continue to serve as the path for vessels voyaging between the United States, China, Japan,
Korea, and ASEAN member countries. The projected increase of vessels passing through the Philippines increases the risk
of maritime accidents. In fact, there were recent incidents of vessels agrounding on shoals and reefs, the most popular of
which happened on Tubbataha Reef that caused inestimable environmental damages.

The Philippines is also at the apex of the Coral Triangle and is recognized by marine ecologists as the global center
of marine biodiversity. In a study funded by the Asian Development Bank (2014), about 40% of reef areas in the country
have poor coral cover while less than 1% have excellent coral cover. The degradation of coral cover is caused, in part, by
pollution coming from ships.

These developments in the maritime industry and the growing concern for marine environment necessitated the
publication of the 7th Edition of the Philippine Coast Pilot book.

The Philippine Coast Pilot is divided into two volumes. This is the second volume, which contains coast pilot information
for Palawan Island, Kalayaan Island Group, Sulu Sea, Mindanao, the Sulu Archipelago, and North Borneo. The first volume
contains coast pilot information for the Batanes Island Group, Luzon, Mindoro, and the islands of the Visayas Region. This
book is updated up to October 2021 edition of the Philippine Notices to Mariners. Much effort had been expended to make
sure that the most recent data are included in this book. However, mariners are advised to only use it as guide in making
sound decisions during navigation. Mariners should not solely rely on this book but also consult the nautical charts, the
List of Lights, the Tide and Current Tables, and other nautical publications.

Th 7th edition of the Philippine Coast Pilot was prepared by LCdr A.A.V. Ching, Officer-in-Charge of the Maritime
Affairs Division. Readers are requested to share with us their comments and suggestions for the improvement of this
publication and all the nautical publications produced by NAMRIA.

CAPTAIN ANTONIO G VALENZUELA JR

Officer-in-Charge, Hydrography Branch

 TABLE OF CONTENTS

COAST PILOTING INDEX - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i

EXPLANATORY NOTES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - iii

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - iv

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-1

Topography - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-1
Flora and Fauna - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-1
History and Government - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-2
Volcanic and Seismic Activities - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-4
Weather and Climate - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-5
Tides and Currents - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-9
Tropical Cyclone Tracks Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-11
Currents and Winds Diagram - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-17

CHAPTER 2 - GOVERNMENT SERVICES AND LOCAL SERVICES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - 2-1

Hydrographic Services - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-1

Ports and Port Services - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-1
Customs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-2
Quarantine and Sanitary Procedures - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-3
Immigration and Deportation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-3
Weather Forecasts and Related Services - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-4
Reports from Ships - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-4
Assistance for Vessels in Distress - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-5
Environment Protection Regulations - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-8
Fisheries - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-8
Aids to Navigation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-8

CHAPTER 3 - ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-1

Sailing Directions - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-1

Table of Routes - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-3

CHAPTER 4 - CALAMIAN GROUP AND CUYO ISLANDS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-1

Northern Part of Busuanga - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-1

East Coast of Busuanga - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-4
South Coast of Busuanga - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-5
West Coast of Busuanga - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-9
Culion Island - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-11
Cuyo Islands - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-20

CHAPTER 5 - PALAWAN ISLAND AND KALAYAAN ISLAND GROUP - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-1

Libro Point to Imorigue Bay - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-1

Shark Fin Bay to Flechas Point - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-3
Green Island Bay and Vicinity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-12
Bold Point to Malanao Island - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-13
Malanao Island to Nariz Point - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-20
Nariz Point to Bugsuk Island - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-22
Southern Palawan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-24
West Coast of Palawan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-34
Northwestern Palawan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-55
Kalayaan Island Group & Vicinity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-69
CHAPTER 6 - SULU SEA - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-1

Cagayan Islands - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-2

Tubbataha Reefs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-4
Southwest Sulu Sea - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-4

CHAPTER 7 - MINDANAO ISLAND - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-1

North Coast of Mindanao - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-1

Zamboanga Peninsula - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
Basilan Strait - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
Moro Gulf - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-36
Port Sibulan to Polloc Harbor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
Cotabato to Sarangani Bay - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-62
Sarangani Bay to Cape San Agustin - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-66
East Coast of Mindanao - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-91

CHAPTER 8 - SULU ARCHIPELAGO - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-1

Basilan Island Group - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-2

Samales Group - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-10
Jolo Islands - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-12
Tawi-Tawi and Vicinity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-27
Sibutu Islands - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-43

CHAPTER 9 - NORTH COAST OF BORNEO - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - 9-1

Darvel Bay - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-1

Labian Point to Berhala Island - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-2
Sandakan Harbor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-4
Sandakan to Inaruntang Point - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-5
Mallawale, Banguey, and Balambangan Islands - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-9
Marudu Bay and Vicinity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-17

APPENDICES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - App-1

Practical Rules for Typhoons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - App-1

Guidelines on Movement of Vessels During Heavy Weather - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - App-2

INDEX -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Index -1
Limits of Philippine Coast Pilot

VOLUME I
Luzon and the
Visayas Islands

VOLUME II
Palawan,
Mindanao, and
North Borneo

i
 Volume II Chapter Index

5
PALAWAN
7

6
S U L U SEA MINDANAO

9 8 BASILAN
SULU

TAWI-TAWI

MINDANAO SEA
BORNEO

C E L E B E S SEA

ii
 EXPLANATORY NOTES
The Philippine Coast Pilot is a publication of the National Mapping and Resource Information Authority (NAMRIA).
The publication; covering ports, harbors, rivers, islands and the Philippine waters, contains detailed information for features
present on nautical charts that can not be shown graphically and other information that are important to mariners. The
publication is divided into two volumes. This volume (Volume II) covers areas of Palawan Island, Kalayaan Island Group,
Sulu Sea, Mindanao, the Sulu Archipelago, and North Borneo.

Mariners should always take note that the positions given in this publication are for reference only so as to assist the
users in locating the features on nautical charts. This coast pilot should always be used in tandem with the latest nautical
charts issued by the NAMRIA. It is also advised that mariners always consult the Notices to Mariners and note the corrections
for the information contained in this publication.

Also, caution must also be applied when using the description of landmarks such as trees, buildings and other marks.
Changes may have occured on the the marks and the areas sorrounding it. New buildings may have been erected or the
buildings or trees were destroyed, so that marks, which might had been conspicuous on account of their shape, color or
isolation may no longer exist or difficult to identify.

Corrections for this publication are issued in the Notice to Mariners publication issued by NAMRIA. Users of the
Philippine Coast Pilot should always refer to the Notices issued after the publication date of this edition of the Coast Pilot.
Notices can be obtained from Hydrography Branch office located at 421 Barraca St., San Nicolas, Manila, Philippines. It
can also be requested via e-mail address: maritime.affairs@namria.gov.ph or be downloaded from NAMRIA website at
www.namria.gov.ph/download.php.

Row numbers, located in the middle of the page between the two columns, were placed to facilitate the easy correction
of every sections from the Notices.

Nautical charts that are mentioned as reference for the features present in this publication are the nautical charts
issued by the NAMRIA.

Lights, lighted buoys, and other lighted aids to navigation are not be described in detail. The Philippine List of Lights
should always be consulted for complete information on lighted aids.

Tides and currents mentioned in this publication are approximate. Mariners are advised to refer to the Philippine Tide
and Current Tables for details.

Bearings are true and when given in degrees are reckoned clockwise from 000o (North) to 359o. Bearings of light
sectors are given as seen from the vessel.

Distances are expressed both in nautical miles and metric units. The value of distances are followed by the units used.
Metric units are usually expressed as abbreviation (e.g. meters as m, kilometer as km, etc.). The unit miles, as present in
this publication, should be understood as nautical miles with the word "nautical" being dropped off. Thus, 1 mile in this
publication actually means as 1 nautical mile. Distances that are less than 1 nautical mile are expressed in meters or in
fractions of a nautical mile.

Depths are given below chart datum and are both expressed in English units (e.g. fathom, feet, yard, etc.) and metric units.

Positions given in this publication are mostly referred to Luzon Datum. Positions referred to the WGS 84 Datum are
expressly stated as referring to that datum.

Time stated in this publication are all referred to the Philippine Standard Time which is the standard time at meridian
120o East of the Greenwhich Meridian.

List of References

Major references consulted in the preparation of this publication are: Philippine Shipping Guide published by the
PPA, Philippine Notices to Mariners, Philippine List of Lights, Tide and Current Tables, nautical charts, and other maps
and publications issued by NAMRIA. Other publications, documents, and online documents published and issued by the
Philippine Government. Foreign publications from UKHO and US-NGA,were likewise consulted.

iii
 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AFP Armed Forces of the Philippines N North

AIS Automatic Identification System NAMRIA National Mapping and Resource
AM Ante-meridian (morning) Information Authority
ASEAN Association of Southeast Asian Nations NAPOCOR National Power Corporation
NE Northeast
BARMM Bangsamoro Autonomous Region in NIPAS National Integrated Protected
Muslim Mindanao Areas System
BFAR Bureau of Fisheries and Aquatic NNE North-Northeast
Resources NNW North-Northwest
Bldg. Building No./Nos. number/numbers
Blvd. Boulevard NPH North Pacific High
BPMA Bangsamoro Ports Management Authority NW Northwest
Brgy. Barangay (the smallest political unit under
the town or municipality, also Barrio) PAGASA Philippine Atmospheric Geophysical and
Astronomical Services Administration
DENR Department of Environment and Natural PAR Philippine Area of Responsibility
Resources PCG Philippine Coast Guard
DOE Department of Energy PEZA Philippine Economic Zone Authority
DPWH Department of Public Works and PFDA Philippine Fisheries Development
Highways Authority
DSC Digital Selective Calling PM Post Meridian (afternoon)
DWT Dead Weight Tonnage PMO Port Management Office
PNOC Philippine National Oil Corp.
E East PPA Philippine Ports Authority
ESE East-Southeast
ETA Estimated Time of Arrival QMO Quarantine Medical Officer

fm fathom/s RoRo Roll-on Roll-off

ft foot/feet
S South
GRP Glass Reinforced Plastic SE Southeast
GRT Gross Registered Ton sq m square meter/s
GT Gross Tonnage SSE South-Southeast
SSW South-Southwest
HB Hydrography Branch St. Saint/Street
hp horsepower Sta. Santa
hrs hours SW Southwest

IMB International Maritime Bureau TEU Twenty-foot Equivalent Unit

Int'l International TMO Terminal Management Office
ITCZ Intertropical Convergence Zone TSS Traffic Separation Scheme

LOA Length overall VHF Very High Frequency

VTMS Vessel Traffic Management System
m meter/s
MHW Mean high water W West
MLLW Mean lower low water
MRCC Maritime Rescue Coordinating Center WGS 84 World Geodetic System of 1984
MRSC Maritime Rescue Sub-Center
yd yard/s

iv
 CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO comprises Central Luzon Valley. The mountains continue southeastward
of more than 7,100 islands with combined areas of over and may be traced all along the E coast of the Philippines
300,000 sq km. Luzon in the north and Mindanao in the as a fringe along the SE edge of the shelf or fold on which
south are the two largest islands; besides these two, there are these islands lie. There are no important rivers in SE Luzon,
only 28 more islands with areas greater than 259 sq km. Of 5 though there are several valleys of considerable sizes. Mount
this latter group, Samar, Negros, Palawan, Panay, Mindoro, Mayon, a typical volcanic cone, is in this section.
Leyte, Cebu, Bohol and Masbate are the next largest islands.
MINDORO ISLAND is high and mountainous with
Most of these islands lie within an elongated ellipse coastal plains on the E and on the SW sides of the island.
with the major axis extending NNW and SSE. Palawan 10
and Sulu Archipelago extend from this main body in SW VISAYAN ISLANDS are generally rugged, having one
direction toward Borneo forming the NW and SE boundaries or more mountain ranges with some coastal plains. Panay
of Sulu Sea. island has the greatest area of level and rolling country
and Cebu Island, the least. Negros Island has high central
TOPOGRAPHY 15 mountains with most of its level land to the west and NW.
Masbate, Samar, Leyte and Bohol Islands are more in the
The Philippines has almost every variety of topographical nature of rolling country and high plateaus. There are no large
feature from low marsh, a foot or two above high water, at the rivers in these islands, although several can be accessed by
head of Manila Bay to the high mountain masses culminating launches and small boats.
at Mount Apo in Mindanao at 2,953.5 m (9,690 ft) high 20
is considered the highest peak in these islands. However, PALAWAN ISLAND is high ridge with little level land
the largest mountainous areas, and also the most extensive and few rivers of importance.
valleys, are in the island of Luzon.
MINDANAO ISLAND has two large valleys, Agusan
THE CAGAYAN VALLEY of N Luzon extends 25 and Cotabato. The AGUSAN RIVER has its sources in the
S from Aparri for a distance of over 193.1 km with an comparatively low divide that separates this valley from the
average width of 64.4 km, while the Cagayan River with its one making north from Davao Gulf. The river is navigable
tributaries drains a basin approximately 25,900 sq km. The by small vessels with 2.7 m (9 ft) draft to Butuan, about 8
river is navigable for small steamers with 1.8 m (6 ft) draft km up from its mouth. Small boats and launches having 1.2
for 19.3 km and for launches and bancas of 0.9 m (3 ft) draft 30 m (4 ft) can ascend the river about 112.7 km.
for 120.7 km. During the wet season bancas can ascend the
river about 289.7 km from its mouth. The Cotabato Valley land basin is drained by the
MINDANAO (COTABATO) RIVER which empties into
THE SIERRA MADRE MOUNTAINS to the E are the Moro Gulf. Small vessels with 2.4 m (8 ft) draft cross
steep both from their Cagayan Valley and ocean sides and are 35 the bar and ascend the river 8 km to the city of Cotabato.
largely unexplored. The Cordillera Central Mountains lie to Launches with 1.1 m (3.6 ft) draft can ascend the river 96.6
the W of the valley and form the most extensive mountain km further. The area of the valley, not including Lake Buluan
area of the Philippines. and Liguasan Marsh, is about 4,662 sq km. The valley to the
N of Sarangani Bay is separated from the Cotabato Valley
MOUNT PULAG, 2,928 m (9,600 ft) high, is the 40 by a low divide. Western Mindanao is mountainous with a
second highest peak of the archipelago. Among these rather narrow coastal plain.
mountains there are many fertile valleys, several of which
open upon an extensive plain along the N and W coasts of BASILAN ISLAND, JOLO ISLAND and TAWI-
Luzon. TAWI ISLAND are rugged with comparatively little
45 coastal plain and no large valleys. The remainder of the Sulu
THE CENTRAL LUZON PLAIN or valley is Archipelago are mostly small islands.
drained by the AGNO RIVER and its tributaries emptying
into Lingayen Gulf in the N and by the PAMPANGA RIVER FLORA AND FAUNA
and its tributaries, where waters reach Manila Bay, in the S.
Their flows vary greatly with the seasons and they are not 50 The Philippines is rich in terms of biodiversity. It
navigable except by small launches and bancas. The extent of is located within the Coral Triangle, which is the global
this valley is about 10,360 km though the area drained by two epicenter of marine life abundance and diversity. The
rivers is much greater. The CARABALLO MOUNTAINS Philippines has 500 out of the 700 known coral species,
separate this valley from Cagayan Valley. These mountains 5 of the 7 known species of marine turtles, 2,818 species
continue to the SIERRA MADRE and lie to the E of the 55 of fish, and 5,000 species of clams, snails, and mollusks.

1-1
Among the popular marine animals that could be found in from Spain. Magellan, who was in command of the Spanish
the Philippines are pawikan, dugong, different species of expedition, was the first European to pass through the South
dolphins and whale sharks that occasionally visit the waters American passage still bearing his name, approached the
off Bicol to feed on planktons. Philippines from the east and entered through the Strait of
5 Surigao. The Philippines was given the name of “Isla de San
Land animal species include the tamaraws of Mindoro, Lazaro” because it was the day of Saint Lazarus when it was
the endangered Philippine eagle, reticulated pythons, tarsiers, discovered. Incidentally, the first Mass ever celebrated in
and the Philippine mouse deer. Different species of birds the Philippines was also held by Magellan’s expedition on
could also be found and migratory birds visit the country the island of Limasawa of the province of Southern Leyte.
yearly. The Philippines is home to 928 species of vertebrate 10 Magellan was killed on April 27, 1521 during a skirmish
animals, 109 species of amphibians, and 10,000 to 15,000 with Lapulapu and his men at Mactan Island, E of Cebu.
species of plants.
The Philippines was officially annexed by Spain in 1565
HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT during the expedition of Miguel López de Legazpi. The name
15 “Las Islas Filipinas” (or the Philippines Islands) was given
The Philippine archipelago was already inhabited by in honor of King Philip of Spain. The Spaniards embarked
early humans or hominins around 777,000 to 631,000 years on the colonization of the whole archipelago by sending
ago based on the remains of pre-historic fauna and stone missionaries and troops from their settlements in Manila and
tools excavated in the province of Kalinga in Luzon in 2018. Cebu. The whole Spanish Colonial Period of the Philippines
Fossils of hominins were also excavated in Callao Caves 20 was marked by the introduction of Christiniaty, and the
of Cagayan, dated to be 67,000 years, and Tabon Cave in European culture and technology. The country experienced
Palawan, dated to be 24,000 years. several uprisings against the Spanish rule by the natives and
the Chinese. The occasional raids by Moros to the coastal
The oldest historical document in the Philippines is the communities in Luzon and Visayas and the desire to expand
Laguna Copperplate, which was discovered in 1989 near the 25 its territory prompted the Spanish colonial government to
mouth of Lumbang River in the province of Laguna. The send troops to Sulu Archipelago and Mindanao.
copperplate recorded the acquittal or pardon of a certain
Lady Angkatan and her brother Buka by the chief of Tundun In 16th Century, Manila became a major port for the
or Tondo in the year 900 A.D. The Laguna Copperplate Galleon Trade, which transported goods between China and
indicates that the inhabitants of the archipelago already have 30 Acapulco in Mexico. The Galleon Trade lasted for 250 years
high level of literacy and has sytems for numbers, dates, until 18th Century
and weights.
The Spanish colonial government contended with
Settlements in the archipelago, prior to the arrival of other European nations, which are also seeking colonies
European explorers, were organized into barangays headed 35 and control of the trade routes in Southeast Asia. The 17th
by a "datu". Some of the barangays coalesced and form a Century was marked by naval battles between the Dutch
polity, either a "kingdom" or a loose federation of barangays, and Spaniards for the control of the Archipelago. The Dutch
headed by a rajah or sultan. Some of the major polity formed were decisively beaten in 1646 in the so-called Battles of
in the archipelago prior to the arrival of the Spaniards La Naval de Manila.
are Tondo (Manila), Caboloan (Pangasinan), Macabebe 40
(Pampanga), Ibalon (Bicol Region), Ijang (Batanes), Ma-i In 1762, British forces attacked and looted Manila as part
(Mindoro), Madja-as (Western Visayas), Cebu, Dapitan, of the Seven Years’ War between Spain and Great Britain.
Butuan, and Sulu. The British occupation of Manila lasted until 1764.

These pre-Spanish polities have trade relations and 45
political connections with the ancient kingdoms in Southeast
Asia, China and Japan. These connections influenced the
culture and society of the inhabitants in the archipelago.
The Golden Tara, which is a golden image of a Hindu deity,
was discovered in Butuan and is an evidence that Hinduism 50
was practiced in the archipelago. Islam, meanwhile, were
introduced by Muslim traders in Sulu Archipelago and then
spread to Mindanao and other islands of the archipelago.
The first mosque in the Philippines, which is on Simunul
Island of Tawi-Tawi, is believed to be established in 1380. 55
The Philippines was brought to the notice of Europe by
the Portuguese navigator Ferdinand Magellan in the employ
of Spain who discovered the islands on March 16, 1521, as
a result of the search for Spice Islands by sailing westward
From 1565 to 1899, when the last Spanish Governor-
General left the Philippines with the relinquishment of
Spanish sovereignty over the Islands, there had been 91
Spanish Governors-General. In the latter part of 19th
Century, the Spanish regime was characterized by several
uprisings and revolts against the Spanish government in the
Philippines, culminating in the proclamation of the Philippine
Republic on June 12, 1898. This Philippine Revolutionary
Government was, however, short-lived as about that time the
Spanish-American War, declared on April 21, 1898, was at
its height. In pursuance of this war, Commodore Dewey of
the American Navy, who was then stationed in Hong Kong,
engaged and defeated the Spanish Fleet in Manila Bay on
May 1, 1898. On August 13, 1898, American occupation
forces landed and received the surrender of Manila and the
60 authorities of Spain.

1-2
 When the Spanish-American War was terminated and The Philippine Government is a representative republic.
the treaty of peace was signed in Paris on December 10, The Constitution recognizes the sovereignty of the people
1898, the Philippines together with Puerto Rico and Guam, and is patterned closely after that of the United States except
was ceded by Spain to the United States of America. With that it is of the central rather than federal type. The Executive,
the signing of the Treaty of Paris in which the revolutionary 5 Legislative and Judicial powers are separate and designed
government was neither recognized nor represented by to check each other. The President, Vice President, and a
any delegate, the question of jurisdiction and delineation bicameral Congress, are all elected directly through the
of sovereignty arose between the United States Military universal suffrage of adult Filipino citizens. The President
Government and the Philippine Republic. Following the is assisted by an appointed Cabinet. The judiciary consists
failure of negotiations to settle this dispute, open hostilities 10 of a Supreme Court, Court of Appeals, Provincial Courts of
ensued between the American and the Filipino forces led by First Instance, and Municipal Justice of the Peace Courts.
General Emilio Aguinaldo on February 4, 1899, that ended The Congress is composed of Senators, considered as the
with his capture on March 23, 1901. Senate, and representatives from congressional districts,
considered as the Lower House.
The War was continued by the remaining generals and 15
officers of the revolutionary government. Notable holdouts As of March 2021, the Philippines is composed of
against the American invasion are Artemio Ricarte, General 17 regions, divided politically into 1,488 municipalities
Miguel Malvar, and Macario Sakay. In Mindanao and Sulu and municipal districts grouped into 81 provinces and 146
Archipelago, Muslims' resistance against the Americans chartered cities. The Barangay is considered the smallest
lasted until 1913. In the Visayas, the Pulajanes continued 20 political subdivision. The provinces are governed by elective
fighting the Americans more than a decade after the capture governors and provincial boards whose jurisdiction are
of General Aguinaldo. subject to review and intervention by several departments
of the National Government. The cities and municipalities
About 12,000 Filipino soldiers and 200,000 civilians are governed by elective officials composed of Mayors, Vice
died during the Philippine-American War. The Americans 25 Mayors, and city or municipal councilors. The barangay is
suffered about 4,000 casualties. also run by elective officials called Barangay Chairpersons
and councilors.
Amidst the Philippine-American War, The American
government established the civil government on July 4, LANGUAGES - The official languages used in
1901. The Congress of the United States of America enacted 30 the Philippines are Filipino and English. According to
a law, known as the Philippine Bill of 1902, which was the Komisyon sa Wikang Filipino, the country has 134
the first Organic Act enforced in the country from 1902 to languages, the most prominent of which are Tagalog, Ilocano,
1916. The Jones Act or the Act of Congress of August 29, Visayan, Bicol, Ibanag, Zambal, Maranaw, Maguindanawaon
1916 reorganized the Government of the Philippines giving and Sama.
ample powers to the Filipinos with a view to preparing 35
them for self-government. On March 24, 1934 the American STANDARD TIME - The standard time of the meridian
Congress passed the Tydings-Mc Duffie Law which is an act 120o E, or 8 hrs ahead of Greenwich mean time, is used in
to provide for the complete independence, adoption of the the Philippines.
constitution, and a form of government for the Philippines.
With the approval of this Act, otherwise known as the 40 MONETARY SYSTEM - The official currency of the
Philippine Independence Act, the Philippine Constitutional Philippines is the peso and is based on the decimal system.
Convention was convened and on February 8, 1935, adopted
the Constitution of the Philippines which was approved LEGAL HOLIDAYS of the Philippines are the
by the President of the United States on March 23, 1935. following:
The constitution was finally ratified by the people of the 45
Philippines in a national plebiscite held on May 14, 1935. New Year’s Day ......... January 1
The Commonwealth of the Philippines was inaugurated on Chinese New Year ........ Date varies
November 15, 1935, and the era of self-government began, EDSA Revolution ......... February 25
with the United States retaining the rights of sovereignty Maundy Thursday ......... Date varies
as represented by the American High Commissioner. The 50 Good Friday ......... Date varies
period between November 15, 1935 and July 4, 1946 was Black Saturday ......... Date varies
interrupted, as a consequence of World War II, by the Araw ng Kagitingan ......... April 9
Japanese occupation of the Philippines from January 1, Labor Day ......... May 1
1942 to February 27, 1945, during which time a “de facto” Eid’l Fitr (Ramadan) ........ Date varies
Philippine Government existed. At the termination of World 55 Independence Day ......... June 12
War II and in pursuance of the provisions of the Tydings- Eid’l Adha ........ Date varies
McDuffie Act, the Philippines attained her independence on Ninoy Aquino Day ........ August 21
July 4, 1946 with the establishment of the Republic of the National Heroes Day ......... August 25
Philippines as a sovereign nation. All Saints Day ........ November 1
60 Bonifacio Day ........ November 30

1-3
 Immaculate Conception .... December 8
Christmas Day ........ December 25
Rizal Day ........ December 30
Election Day ........ Date varies
Ramadan (Eid’l Fitr) ........ Date varies
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S - Va r i o u s m o d e s o f
communication linking the islands with foreign ports are
available. These include telephones, mobile phone, Internet
connection, radio and facsimile. There are numerous private
companies operating communication systems in addition to
the government owned telecommunication networks.
Regular passenger and cargo ferry services are
maintained between Manila and all the national ports 15
nationwide. RoRo vessels connect the major islands while
passenger boats of various sizes transport goods and people
to other parts of the archipelago. Air passenger and cargo
services are available between Manila and almost all
important cities. Numerous airlines provide international 20
flights and freight services.
The following are the International Airports listed by
the Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines:
1. Laoag International Airport in Ilocos Norte
2. Clark International Airport in Pampanga
3. Subic Bay International Airport in Zambales
4. Manila International Airport in Metro Manila
5. Kalibo International Airport in Aklan
6. Iloilo International Airport in Iloilo
7. Puerto Princesa International Airport in Palawan
8. Mactan-Cebu International Airport in Cebu
9. Zamboanga International Airport in Zamboanga City
10. Davao International Airport in Davao City
11. General Santos International Airport in General
Santos City
VOLCANIC AND SEISMIC ACTIVITIES
Earthquakes of severe character have been experienced
in the Philippines. The archipelago lies between two major
tectonic plates: the Pacific Plate and the Eurasian Plate. These
plates slowly move in the NW and SE direction causing the
deepening of trenches particularly the Philippine Trench in
the east and the Manila Trench in the west. The Philippines
has five more trenches in its seas; the East Luzon Trench,
the Negros Trench, the Sulu Trench, the Cotabato Trench
and the Davao Trench.
The Philippine Fault is an active fracture line extending
from N to S of the country. Other faults in the Philippines
are the Digdig Fault, Casiguran Fault, Lubang Fault,Tablas
Fault and the Mindanao Fault.
The earthquake of August 2, 1968, with epicenter at
Casiguran, Quezon, caused considerable damage in lives
and property. During this particular tremor, the Ruby Tower
building in Santa Cruz, Manila was toppled. All in all,
270 persons died and 261 were injured in Manila and its 60
neighboring areas.
The August 17,1976 earthquake in Mindanao rocked
the Moro Gulf, and was felt as far north as Luzon and as far
5 south as Borneo. The trembler lasted for 20 seconds, which
afterwards created giant waves or tsunamis moving at 720
kph, soaring as tall as the trees, crashing onto the shore
and penetrating 500 m inward washing away thousands of
people. The quake left more than 3500 dead, 8,256 injured
10 and 12,183 families homeless.
The most destructive earthquake in the Philippines in
recent memory took place on July 16, 1990 affecting 23
provinces in six regions. Its strength of 7.7 in the open-ended
Richter scale had its epicenter near Cabanatuan City. It left
a wide swatch of destruction over a radius of 100-200 km,
damaging heavily the cities of Dagupan and Baguio. It left
1,283 dead, 2,786 injured, and an estimated cost of damage
at P 12.2 billion at that time. Other earthquakes have also
occurred in 1610, 1645, 1658, 1675, 1852, 1863, 1911,
1955, and 1968.
The most recent strong earthquakes include the 7.2
magnitude earthquake in Bohol in 2013 that left 222 dead, 8
25 missing, and 976 injured. A 6.1 magnitude earthquake, with
epicenter in the province of Zambales, struck Luzon on April
22, 2019. It left at least 18 dead, 3 missing and 256 injured.
Taal Volcano (14° 00’ 38”N., 120° 59’ 52”E.) has its
30 most recent major eruption in 2020 with minor eruptions
in 2021. The volcano erupted nine times between 1707 and
1957. The most violent eruptions were in 1754 and 1911
when on January 30, there was an explosion of gas in the
water of Taal Lake, destroying villages surrounding the lake
35 and causing an estimated death of 1,200 people.
Mayon Volcano (13° 15’ 15”N., 123° 41’ 07”E.) was
recorded to have 25 eruptions between 1800 and 1900. On
February 1814, a deadly avalanche of rocks mud and lava
40 roared down the volcano killing more than 1,200 people.
The eruption buried the Cagsawa Church, 8 km distance
away, leaving only its belfry standing and served as the sole
witness of the devastation. Mayon Volcano's most recent
eruption is in 2018.
45
The volcano in Didicas Rock (19° 04’ 50”N., 122° 11’
59”E.), Babuyan Channel erupted several times in the past
but in March of 1952, the volcano triggered a series of rapid
eruptions which built a peak of about 228 m high. However,
50 over the year the sea gradually reduced its size.
The verdant Mount Pinatubo (15° 08’ 32”N., 120° 20’
58”E.) in Zambales was, for a long time, a sleeping volcano
before its recent eruption in 1991. Through radioactive
55 carbon dating of buried wood samples in the area its earlier
eruption was dated at about 450 years ago. On April 2, 1991,
the volcano unleashed a series of small steam explosions. On
June 12, the volcano erupted and sent an ash column 19,000
m into the air. The volcano’s major explosion occurred on
June 15 with ash ejected 40,000 m high. Volcanic ash and hot
1-4
sand rained down over many towns, worsened by the passing
of a typhoon. The continuous eruption spread the volcanic
debris far and wide. The ash fell as far as Manila, Palawan
and Bicol. It drifted westward and reached Cambodia after
two days. After circling the globe the ash returned to the 5
Philippines on July 8, 1991. It was estimated that 7 billion
cu m. of sand and ash was ejected by the volcano. The ash,
up in the air, blocked the sunlight and made the weather
temporarily cooler all over the world. Mt. Pinatubo, after the
eruption, was reduced in height from 1,745 m to 1,400 m 10
high. The lahar buried farms, washed away bridges, almost
filled up rivers, killed about 700 people and left thousands
homeless. About ten years after the eruption, the crater of the
volcano was formed into a fresh water lake, which is now a
popular tourist spot in Central Luzon. 15
There are other active volcanoes in Luzon, Negros and
Mindanao whose activities are monitored by the Philippine
Institute of Volcanology and Seismology (PHIVOLCS).
20
Tsunami is an earthquake-related phenomenon. It is
a series of sea waves commonly generated by undersea
earthquakes and whose heights could be greater than 5 m.
Tsunamis can occur when the earthquake is shallow-seated
and strong enough to displace parts of the seabed and disturb 25
the mass of water over it. Vessels, specifically those anchored
near the coast, are advised to be on alert for a possible
tsunami after an earthquake. Natural signs of an approaching
tsunami include a felt earthquake, unusual sea level change
(sudden sea water retreat or rise), and the rumbling sound of 30
approaching waves. Owing to the risk caused by Tsunamis,
USA’s NOAA established the Pacific Tsunami Warning
Center (PTWC) in Hawaii to provide warnings of tsunamis
for countries in the Pacific Ocean. PHIVOLCS serves as
the country’s contact agency of the PTWC. Read about 35
PHIVOLCS in Chapter II of this publication for more
information about the issuance of tsunami warnings.
WEATHER AND CLIMATE
40
In the Philippines, the range of the temperature at sea
level varies from about 15.6oC to 37.8oC (60oF to 100oF)
with a mean annual temperature of about 26.7oC (80oF). The
year may be divided into three seasons: the first, cool and
dry, commences in November; the second, hot but still dry, 45
commences in March, the greatest heat being experienced
from April to the end of May; and the third which is
exceedingly wet, continues from June to November. This
division of seasons does not apply to coasts exposed to the
NE monsoon, where the wet and dry seasons are to some 50
extent reversed. In the southern portion of the archipelago
the wet season is also much less distinct.
LINEAR SYSTEMS – To a certain extent, the
Philippines is affected by fronts, intertropical convergence 55
zones, and easterly waves which are referred to as linear
systems.
Fronts - Frontal systems affect the Northern portion of
the country during the winter season only. They are oriented 60
1-5
WSW to ENE cutting across the island of Luzon during
January. The diffused tail ends of these systems move as far
as Mindanao. These fronts are considered as the interfaces
between the NE Monsoon and the North Pacific Trades.
Coupled with the effects of topography, they are responsible
for the portion of rainfall and cloudiness over the country
where these are oriented.
Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ) - It is a
relatively low pressure zone which serves as the zone
of discontinuity between the Northern and Southern
Hemisphere air streams. It starts affecting the Southern
portion of the country during May, oriented generally East to
West and moving Northwards. It is at the Northern tip of the
country during the month of July and well to the South during
November. The variations of the positions from day to day
are quite large and disorganized. Over this zone, the weather
is quite disturbed consisting of widespread cloudiness and
precipitation usually along the orographic barriers on the
Eastern coastal portion of the country.
Easterly Waves - These are wavelike perturbations
embedded in the easterly current which move from E to
W. They affect the country with varying intensities being
more frequent during the summer months. These waves are
accompanied by cloudiness and precipitation usually along
the orographic obstacles on the Eastern coastal portion of
the country.
WIND SYSTEM - The winds in the Philippines are the
usual composite of the major air currents, tropical cyclones,
and local circulations produced by diurnal and topographic
effects. The climate of the Philippines is largely controlled
by the wind system affecting the country as a result of the
seasonal differential heating of neighboring continents and
oceans. The principal wind systems affecting the country are
the SW Monsoon, NE Monsoon, and the N Pacific Trades.
In most areas, the prevailing wind direction conforms
with the dominant air streams during the various months.
During November to March, the northeasterly wind flow
prevails and is very evident throughout the archipelago. The
SW wind flow, on the other hand, prevails during June to
September. However, local topography and diurnal effects
can cause the prevailing winds to deviate from the expected
winds. During April and May, the N Pacific Trades are
evident over the northern and eastern coastal sections of
the country. Winds tend to be variable during this period
and the effect of local winds are more evident. The month
of October also exhibits variable wind flows over the entire
country and is considered as the transition period from SW
Monsoon to NE Monsoon.
The wind speed in the country is highly variable. During
the presence of a tropical cyclone, the wind speed generally
depends on the distance from the cyclone and also to the local
topography. The wind speed usually increases as the cyclone
gets nearer. Wind speed may also increase considerably
during surges of the monsoons. Diurnal changes of the wind
speed are usually observed in most areas of the country.
The wind speed has the usual maximum during the day and
minimum during the night.
The North Pacific Trades (Trade Wind) is one of
the most important factors that influence the climate of the 5
Archipelago, originates from the great sub-tropical high
pressure area over the North Pacific Ocean. After traversing
practically the whole of the Pacific in a westward direction,
the trade wind reaches the Philippines from a northeast,
east, or southeast direction, depending upon the pressure 10
distribution. While it may be frequent at almost any time of
the year, it is the most predominant wind in April, May, and
October. It usually overlies the NE Monsoon air mass over
the eastern sections of the country. On land, though by no
means dry, the trade wind is usually the least moist of the 15
three air streams; aloft above the 2 km level it is generally dry.
Quite brisk and fresh at its sources, the trade wind becomes
moderate in force as it reaches the Philippines.
During the prevalence of the trade wind, there is a 20
marked tendency for pleasant skies dotted with fair weather
cumuli. Nevertheless, since the trade wind is felt at the time
when the sun is high, thunderstorms are frequent on land
in the afternoon and early evening due to the convection
initiated from the heated earth surface. Thunder storms may 25
occur over the sea at night when the water is warmer than
the air passing over it.
It must be noted, however, that not all of the Philippine
thunderstorms are of the convection type. During October 30
and November, when the NE Monsoon is gradually gaining
prominence, and May, June and July when the SW monsoon
meets the trade wind, “frontal” thunderstorms occur. This is
due to the interaction of two different air steams.
35
With the sun almost at zenith and the skies comparatively
clear during the prevalence of the trade wind, specifically
during the months of April and May, it is logical that the
highest temperatures should be recorded at this time.
However, the cool ocean breezes tend to neutralize this 40
excessive heat that would otherwise be expected, and,
except in those places which are more or less enclosed,
temperatures as high as 37.8° C (100° F) are quite rare. It
must be remembered that over some areas located to the east
of mountains in eastern Philippines, the highest temperatures 45
are observed in August, during the prevalence of the SW
Monsoon and with the sun also at zenith.
The “northers” rushing down over the ocean, very
quickly, gather up moisture in their lower layers, while 50
remaining exceedingly dry aloft. Turbulent uplifting of the
moist air over the ocean causes the widespread prevalence of
stratocumulus clouds. Over the land, the moist air is lifted as
it moves upslope the mountain ranges in the eastern portion
of the Philippines. This is favorable to the condensation of 55
the abundant water vapor collected by the northers over the
ocean. Thus, clouds are formed resulting in heavy rains over
the eastern slopes of the mountains. By the time the air has
passed over the eastern coastal ranges, much of its moisture
has been given off as rain; therefore, it is comparatively drier 60
1-6
as it streams over the western portion of the archipelago.
Thus, in general the western part of the Philippines enjoys
cool and dry weather with little rain in winter, unless a
wind shift changes to bring moist air over this area without
previously passing over the eastern coastal ranges.
The South Pacific Trades originates from the S
Pacific Anticyclone in the S Hemisphere. It veers to the
right upon crossing the equator and reaches the country as a
southwesterly flow during July. It is warm and quite moist
at low levels and relatively dry at upper levels. It is difficult
to distinguish this air mass with SW Monsoon because their
characteristics are almost similar.
The Southwest Monsoon (Summer Monsoon), is
intermittent in character due to the storms occurring during
this season is really only the deflected SE trade wind of the
S Hemisphere. Originating from the high pressure areas
built up over the S Hemisphere during the winter season in
that hemisphere, the air stream gathers up moisture over the
sea as it passes across the heated equatorial regions. Thus,
by the time it reaches the Philippines, the SW Monsoon is
thoroughly replete with moisture causing a very cloudy and
rainy season, especially along the western coasts which are
fully exposed to the monsoon. Heavy rainfall concentrated
along the western coastal areas of the country during the
period from June to September is attributed to this air mass.
From May to October the prevailing wind is southwesterly.
May being the month in which the winds veer from E to
SW, while October is the transition month during which the
SW wind is gradually replaced by that from NE quadrant.
In some occasions, it may blow in surges and persists up to
the later part of October.
The Northeast Monsoon prevails in the Philippines
from November to early March. In September, as the land
begins to cool, the Siberian high pressure area starts to build
up and move southward over Northern China, inducing a
current of air to stream down the Asiatic Pacific coast from
a more or less northeasterly direction becoming steadily
stronger as the winter advances, the northeasterly wind
frequently reaches gale force in the Formosa Channel and
in the seas surrounding the Philippines, diminishing in force
as it reaches the lower latitudes. The coldest temperatures
in the archipelago are observed during the prevalence of the
NE monsoon, with the mean temperature ranging from about
16o C (60o F) for the northernmost part of the Philippines to
about 21o C (70o F) at the southernmost.
A resume of the general wind flow would be desirable:
northeasterly winds prevail over the Philippines from
November to March, more northerly in November, becoming
easterly by March. In April, southwesterly winds are nearly
as prevalent as the easterlies. From May to October may
be considered as transition months in that during May the
southwesterly winds gradually replace the easterlies, while
in October the wind changes direction from southwesterly
to northerly.
STORMS AND GALES of considerable intensities are
observed in the Philippines. With the exception of tornadoes
and waterspouts which very seldom occur, thunderstorms,
strong SW gales and tropical cyclone are observed every year.
Gale is an unusually strong wind, with velocities ranging
from 28 to 47 knots. In practice, a wind of or exceeding 8
on the Beaufort Scale is counted as gale.
Local tempests accompanied by thunder and lightning
are frequent during the rainy season; i.e., from May to 10
October. Usually occurring in the afternoon or night, the
rains, while sometimes fierce and in torrents, are frequently
of short duration.
In June and July strong SW gales are sometimes 15
observed. Known in the native tongue as “collas” these gales
are caused by the occurrence of an atmospheric depression
to the N or NE of Luzon. Frequently continuing for several
days, collas are accompanied by brisk or strong winds from
the S or SW with violent squalls at intervals. Collas are 20
particularly strong over the seas and along the W coast of
the Philippines.
Gale warning is issued by the Philippine Atmospheric
Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration
(PAGASA) and is sent to the Philippine Coast Guard (PCG)
and MARINA.
Tornado - In the past, tornado sightings and subsequent
destruction were most commonly reported in Mindanao. 30
Although to a lesser extent, these have been reported in
Luzon and Visayas. However, most recently, particularly
in 1998, occurrences of tornadoes were observed over the
provinces of Cavite, Bulacan, Pampanga and Nueva Ecija
and mainly over Central Luzon, Panay Island, and Cebu 35
Islands.
Tropical Cyclones, collectively called “bagyo” in
the local dialect, are undoubtedly the most destructive of
storms in the archipelago. The Philippines is situated in a 40
region where the most number of tropical cyclones form
more than anywhere else in the world. Nearly every year, an
average of 20 tropical cyclones enters the Philippine Area of
Responsibility (PAR), with about 7 to 9 making a landfall.
About 50% of annual rainfall in the country is caused by 45
tropical cyclones. A major tropical cyclone may affect an
extensive area for a period from a few days to a week or
more. Its passage is associated with extremely heavy rainfalls
and extremely high velocity of winds. During its life, it may
vary in intensity and destructive power and move along a 50
variable path, affecting a number of countries.
At the boundaries or “fronts” separating the three great
air streams, a disturbed atmospheric condition frequently
prevails due to the fact that these air currents as a rule have 55
different thermodynamic properties. One air current will
react with another resulting in considerable rainfall and
general lowering of barometric pressure. When a closed
circular movement of air around the low pressure area is
attained, a so-called “tropical cyclone” is formed. Based 60
on the intensity of the greatest wind force caused by the
disturbance, tropical cyclones are classified into: (a) tropical
depression - maximum winds within the disturbance expected
to be 39 mph or less; (b) tropical storm - maximum winds
5 within the disturbance expected to be from 40 to 74 mph;
and (c) typhoon - maximum winds within the disturbance
expected to be 75 mph and over.
The winds around the tropical cyclone always blow
counterclockwise in the northern hemisphere; i.e. with the
observer facing direction from which the wind is blowing,
the center of the disturbance lies more or less directly to the
observer’s right. Starting from the outer rim of the tropical
cyclone, the winds steadily become remarkably stronger
as one approaches the center, becoming extremely strong
around the center. However, going deeper into the center,
a sudden decrease in wind speed to very light velocities,
sometimes calm, is felt at the center which is often referred
to as the “eye” of the tropical cyclone. It is at this eye that
the pressure is lowest.
Besides the rapid movement of the air around the
center of a tropical cyclone, the whole cyclone itself moves
relatively more slowly guided by the wind currents aloft;
25 i.e., above the rotating air in the lower levels. In the western
North Pacific the tropical cyclone usually moves W or NW
at an average speed of 19 to 24 kph (12 to 15 mph).
The major origins of tropical cyclones are found in
the three regions: the region to the E of the Philippines and
to the S of Guam, the central part of the Caroline Islands,
and the central part of the South China Sea. However, the
regions where tropical cyclones intensify into typhoon
intensity are different from their regions of origin. The major
intensification of tropical cyclones is located between 5o E
and 10o E to the E of the Philippines. In addition, the South
China Sea is also a region of intensification of tropical
cyclones.
The typhoon season extends from April through
December. The peak of the season is July through October,
when nearly 70% of all typhoons develop. Tropical cyclones
that developed in the Pacific Ocean generally track westward
and may later turn northwest, first affecting the Philippines
and then moving on to Asian mainland or re-curving
northeastward towards Japan. The following paragraphs
contain the general description and movements of tropical
cyclones for every quarter of the year:
First Quarter (January, February, March) - In
this quarter, the high pressure area or the Siberian High is
still persisting on the China Mainland. The Siberian high
pressure ridge extends southeastwards over Ryukyu Island
and the South China Sea; it also extends across the central
Pacific towards the sub-tropical high (North Pacific High
pressure area or NPH) situated NW of Hawaii. A deep low
pressure area is present over the E of northern Japan. During
this period, NE Monsoon and the tail end of the cold front
influence the tropical cyclone to track more to the southern
Philippines (N Mindanao and Central Visayas areas) or even
1-7
weaken before it made landfall and sometimes move to the N
and then recurve to the NE direction away from the country.
Second Quarter (April, May, June) - The Siberian
High is gradually displaced northward. The low pressure 5
E of Japan is weakened and the NPH starts to expand. The
ridge between 25o to 30o N latitude extends towards Japan
branching in the direction of the Ryukyu Islands and the
South China Sea. In May, the ridge recedes and heat lows
begin to be observed over China and the oscillation of the 10
ITCZ is observed over Mindanao and Visayas. The period
is the transition when the gradual shift of winds from NE
to E, S to SW, and also the start of the SW Monsoon. The
mean track of tropical cyclones is a little bit higher compared
with the first quarter and is located over central Visayas and 15
southern Luzon areas towards South China Sea. Re-curvature
occurs over the South China Sea as the mean track of tropical
cyclone re-enters the NW border of the PAR.
Third Quarter (July, August, September) - The NPH
center is displaced gradually farther N. The ITCZ located
over southern Philippines extending over the Caroline Islands
oscillates and reaches its northernmost position in August,
lying to the N of the Philippines. Areas of low pressure are
observed over China. In the Philippines, this is the second
half and the peak of SW Monsoon. In this quarter, tropical
cyclones track in WNW to NW directions at higher latitudes
which are located in Luzon, particularly over the northern
portion.
Fourth Quarter (October, November, December)
- The Siberian High build up and displaces the ITCZ
southward from its position in August. The ridge of the NPH
runs westward near 30o N, and then across southern Japan and
Korea. The situation influences the tropical cyclone to track 35
more from E to W directions directly toward the country.
STORM WARNINGS - The international system of
Visual Storm Warnings is adopted by PAGASA. This system
has the advantage of more definite meanings, as well as that
of international uniformity throughout SE Asia. There are 8
basic day signals in the system, each has a definite meaning.
The signals can be used in combination.
The visual signals are intended to give information to 45
shipmasters, fisherfolk, and other mariners as to the expected
direction and speed of the wind in the localities where the
signals are displayed. This display of signals will be the
primary means for advising small crafts of impending storm
conditions and will be supplemented by the worded warnings 50
which will be sent to all ships by radio. While these visual
signals will be hoisted mostly in connection with or under
the influence of tropical storms, they will also be displayed
in cases of intensified monsoon winds and strong gradients
winds. When the shipmasters see a signal displayed, they 55
should listen to the next regular broadcast of these warnings
or ask their commercial radio ship-to-shore station for the
latest warning issued by the PAGASA. The worded warnings
issued by PAGASA will give more detailed information
regarding the extent of the strong winds, the reason for the 60
strong winds and other aspects of bad weather. Besides these
special warnings, regular weather reports are furnished by
the PAGASA Forecasting Center through the different local
radio and TV stations. Storm warnings and advisories are
also sent to the threatened localities as broadly as possible.
In the Philippines, the visual storm warning signals are
displayed in some of the ports and harbors. Read Chapter II
for more information about PAGASA.
TYPHOON ANCHORAGES - During certain seasons
of the year destructive cyclonic storms or typhoons are
frequently encountered in the Philippines. Vessels seeking
shelter from stress of weather will find that the following
harbors offer excellent anchorage:
TYPHOON ANCHORAGES
Luzon - West coast ---------- Bolinao Harbor (Chart 4238)
20 Port Matalvi (Chart 4266)
Olongapo Harbor (Chart 4255)
Manila Harbor (Chart 4236)
Luzon - South coast --------- Sorsogon Bay (Charts 1515, 1541)
Luzon - East coast ----------- Port San Vicente (Chart 4276)
25 Port Bicobian (Chart 4276)
Diapitan Bay (Chart 4227)
Casiguran Bay (Chart 4278)
Dahican Bay (Chart 4274)
Coal Harbor (Chart 4237)
30 Lamit Bay (Chart 4271)
Polillo Island ----------------- Hook Bay(Chart 4277)
Marinduque ------------------ Santa Cruz Harbor (Chart 4453)
Port Balanacan (Chart 4453)
Burias Island ---------------- Port Busin (Chart 4454)
Lubang Island --------------- Port Tilic (Chart 4338)
Mindoro ---------------------- Soguicay Bay (Chart 4339)
Port Galera (Chart 4344)
Tablas Island ---------------- Looc Bay (Chart 4339)
Romblon Island ------------- Romblon Harbor (Chart 4453)
40 Ticao Island ------------------ Port San Miguel (Chart 4454)
Panay -------------------------- Iloilo Harbor (Chart 4448)
Cebu --------------------------- Cebu Harbor (Chart 4446)
Samar ------------------------- Helm Harbor (Chart 4421)
Pambulan Harbor (Chart 4467)
Port Aguirre (Chart 4420)
These are the most important harbors of refuge, but
numerous other harbors offer shelter, and the master of
vessels should use discretion in their choice of a typhoon
harbor. Since typhoons usually give ample warnings of
their approach, together with their probable path, anchorage
should be chosen which offers best shelter from the winds
which will prevail during the coming typhoon. If in the
vicinity of any of the following harbors, they should be
given preference. A detailed description of these harbors
and directions for entering them are given in the Coast Pilot.
Typhoon anchorages located in Palawan Island and
Mindanao Island can be found in the second volume of this
publication.
1-8

THE EL NIÑO PHENOMENON
Drought, dry spell or rainfall deficiencies are recurring
events in the climate system. Major drought events in the
Philippines have been associated with the warm episodes
or El Niño occurrences in the central and eastern equatorial
Pacific.
In 1982, a scientist named Camilo Carillo reported that
Peruvian fisherman of the Port of Paita had coined the term
“Corriente del Niño” or “Current of the (Christ) Child” in
reference to an invasion of warm waters that occur around
Christmas and cause a sharp increase in fish catches for a
short period of time after which a sharp decline in the fish
population will ultimately be realized. Over the years the
term “current” was eventually dropped out leaving only El
Niño.
Today, El Niño can be thought of as a spectacular 20
oceanographic/meteorological phenomenon that develops in
the Pacific, mostly off Peru and is associated with extreme
climatic variability characterized by devastating rains, winds,
drought and other events that wreak havoc on the economy
and society in the global and local scale. During a severe El 25
Niño, sea surface temperatures are measurably higher than
normal over a large expanse of the equatorial Pacific which
can prevail for more than a year.
Recently, El Niño has become a major concern to
scientists, policy makers, the press, and politicians. This 30
is because of the global adverse impact of the unusual
anomalies that occurred simultaneously during El Niño
episodes like that of 1982-1983. Many of these climatic
anomalies were record-setting extremes; the worst hurricane,
the most intense rainfall, the warmest winters, longest 35
drought, and so forth. It was estimated that the 1982-1983
El Niño event has caused worldwide economic losses in the
order of more than 10 billion dollars.
Theories supported by recent observations indicated that
the El Niño in the central and eastern equatorial Pacific is
linked to the drought occurrence in the western equatorial
Pacific regions like Indonesia, portions of Australia and the
Philippines.
Some of the global atmospheric indicators of existence
of El Niño phenomenon include positive Sea Surface
Temperature (SST) anomalies in the central and eastern
equatorial Pacific, negative values of the Southern Oscillation
Index (SOI) for several months or more than a year; westerly
anomalies of the low level easterlies in the western equatorial
Pacific; positive outgoing long wave radiation anomalies in
the western equatorial Pacific; below normal sea level in the
western equatorial Pacific and others.
In a typical El Niño event with a falling SOI, pressure
rises over the western tropical Pacific region. This is
accompanied by the relaxation in the Pacific trade winds. The
easterly winds in the western equatorial Pacific diminish, then
change direction, blowing from W to E. The dramatic change
in the drag on the ocean surface which normally persists
for a period of several months, sets in motion a complex
dynamical response in the ocean resulting in major changes
in the equatorial current system and a change in sea level.
5 This complex interaction creates a much thicker mixed layer
and warm ocean surface off Ecuador/N. Peru which is the El
Niño anomaly. This brings in positive convection anomalies
(more cloud formation) bringing heavy intertropical rains
to the central and eastern Pacific and tends to leave the
10 rest of equatorial belt (western Pacific) relatively dry (less
convection) and to certain extent in drought conditions.
TIDES AND CURRENTS
15
CURRENT - The ocean currents affecting the country
is the N Equatorial Current moving westerly across the
North Pacific Ocean. The current splits into Northward and
Southward branches upon reaching the eastern coastal areas
of the country. The northward bound current becomes the
Kuroshio Current while the southward bound current flows
along the E coast of Southern Visayas and Mindanao, re-
curves to the E and becomes the Equatorial Counter Current.
Motions of ocean currents are attributed to the difference of
insulation the ocean receives due to the driving effects of
winds upon contact with the water surface. The temperature
of the sea surface in the vicinity of the country is relatively
high.
TIDES - In the inland waters and western coasts of the
Philippines, the tides are affected more by the declination
of the moon (tropic tides) than by the opposition and
conjunction of the sun and moon, or full and new moon
(spring tides).
Two or three days after the moon crosses the Equator
there are two tides a day of approximately equal heights.
One of the high waters increases, reaching its maximum
about two days after the moon’s greatest declination, N or
40 S. The other high water diminishes, and at Manila usually
disappears entirely from three to eight days near the time of
the moon’s greatest declination. During this period there is
therefore but one high water and one low water each lunar
day. From two to five days after the greatest declination the
45 second tide again appears, and the two high waters again
become nearly equal after the moon crosses the Equator.
The greatest range of tide occurs in June and December
and the least range in March and September. The high water,
50 when there is but one tide a day, or higher tide when there
are two high waters, follows the moon’s upper transit when
the moon is S of the Equator and follows the moon’s lower
transit when the moon is N of the Equator.
55 On the E coast of the archipelago, at points open to the
Pacific, the effect of the tropic tides is less marked, and there
are usually two high waters and two low waters each lunar
day throughout the month, though the tides are still affected
by some diurnal inequality.
60
1-9
 Of the two high waters a day, the higher is called “higher
high water” and for the two low waters of a day, the lower
is called the “lower low water”. Mean higher high water
(MHHW) is the average of the higher high waters including
the single high water on days when the tide is diurnal. Mean
lower low water (MLLW) is the average of the lower low
waters including the single low water on days when the tide
is diurnal. The difference in height between mean higher
high water and mean lower low water is designated the
diurnal range.
TIDAL CURRENTS - Two tidal currents enter the Sulu
Sea and passages between the Philippines from opposite
directions: one from the West Philippine Sea (South China
Sea) through the western openings, the other from the Pacific
through the eastern straits, San Bernardino, Surigao and
Basilan. These currents meet in the many channels between
the southern islands.
The current from China Sea flows from N to S along the 20
western shores of Luzon and Palawan and through the Verde
Island Passage, Mindoro, Linapacan, and Balabac Straits.
The Verde Island current after passing along the coast
of Luzon and deflecting some of its waters in Manila Bay, 25
continues along the coast as far as Punas Point, where it
branches. One current runs NE around Tayabas Bay and N
and E of Marinduque through Mompog Pass, reunites with
the other branch, which passes SE along the Mindoro coast
as far as Dumali Point; and then eastward S of Marinduque as 30
far as the Bondoc Peninsula, where it meets the flood current
from the Pacific which has passed through San Bernardino
Strait. The N part of the Verde Island current which follows
round Balayan and Batangas Bays reunites the principal
current near Verde Island, producing violent tide rips and 35
eddies in the part of the channel between Malabrigo and
Escarceo Points.
The flood that enters Mindoro Strait follows the coast
of Mindoro, setting SE as far as Nasog Point, Panay, part
of it continuing round the coast of Mindoro northward of
Dumali Point, where it meets the current through Verde Island
Passage. The rest of the current divides at the NW point of
Panay Island. One branch flows along the N coast of Panay
past Balacaue Point and the Gigantes Island.
The other branch turning to the S from the NW point
of Panay, and being joined midway by the current setting
eastward from Cuyo Island and the Linapacan Strait,
continues, coasting Panay and Guimaras Islands and into
Iloilo Strait.
1-10
Between the Calamianes Group and the north end of
Palawan Island the flood current sets SE and the ebb NW. The
flood current entering by Balabac Strait, turning NNE along
the coast of Palawan, spreads itself like a fan over the Sulu
5 Sea from NE to E. It is said to meet the current from Surigao
Strait approximately in the meridian of the Cagayan Islands.
The current in Sibutu Passage, when the tide is rising,
sets northward and westward, and also sets generally in the
10 same direction in the Sulu Archipelago, but takes many local
directions among the islands. Through Basilan Strait, the
current, when the tide is rising, sets westward and passes
up to the W coast of Mindanao northward until it meets the
flood current from Surigao Strait about midway on the coast.
15
In some places the tidal current seems to be influenced
by a monsoon current. Along the Panay coast there is a
constant northerly current which varies but little in strength
with the change of tide. In the vicinity of Seco Island and
Batbatan Island this current changes direction to westward
and then southwestward through the Cuyo Islands, thus
forming a great eddy. A somewhat similar eddy exists in the
Bohol Sea southeastward of Bohol.
The time of high water of the wave that enters from
the China Sea seems to be from 10 to 12 hrs after the local
transit of the moon and that which comes from the Pacific
through the eastern and northern straits from 6 to 7 hrs after
the local transit of the moon.
Detailed information on tides and tidal currents can be
read in the Philippine Tide and Current Tables that is also
published by NAMRIA. In using the Tide and Current Tables,
slack water should not be confounded with high or low water.
For ocean stations there is usually little differences between
the time of high or low water and the beginning of ebb or
flood current; but for places in narrow channels, landlocked
harbors, or on tidal rivers the time of slack current may differ
by 2 or 3 hrs from the time of high and low water stand, and
40 local knowledge is required to enable one to make the proper
allowances for the delay in the condition of tidal currents.
To obtain the times of slack water, reference should be made
either to figures given for various places in the Coast Pilot
or in the Current Tables.
45
The effect of strong winds, in combination with the regular
tidal action, may, at times, cause the water to fall below the
plane of reference of the chart, MLLW. The water may also
rise about the same amount above mean high water, due to
50 similar causes.
Actual and Average Tropical Cyclone Tracks (1948 - 2005)

Source: PAGASA

1-11
Actual and Average Tropical Cyclone Tracks (1948 - 2005)

Source: PAGASA

1-12
Actual and Average Tropical Cyclone Tracks (1948 - 2005)

Source: PAGASA

1-13
Actual and Average Tropical Cyclone Tracks (1948 - 2005)

Source: PAGASA

1-14
Actual and Average Tropical Cyclone Tracks (1948 - 2005)

Source: PAGASA

1-15
Actual and Average Tropical Cyclone Tracks (1948 - 2005)

Source: PAGASA

1-16
CURRENTS AND WINDS

Note: Monthly circulations of the surface waters are shown by black arrows with the expected velocities in tenths of
a knot. Monthly character of winds, shown by wind roses in red. As presented in the Beaufort Scale, the arrows fly with
the wind and the number of barbs on the arrow shaft give the average force of the wind. The length of the arrow measured
from the center of the circle, when placed on the attached scale, will give the average percent of time the winds will blow
from or near a given point and the figure in the center will give the percent of time calms may be expected.
1-17
CURRENTS AND WINDS

Note: Monthly circulations of the surface waters are shown by black arrows with the expected velocities in tenths of
a knot. Monthly character of winds, shown by wind roses in red. As presented in the Beaufort Scale, the arrows fly with
the wind and the number of barbs on the arrow shaft give the average force of the wind. The length of the arrow measured
from the center of the circle, when placed on the attached scale, will give the average percent of time the winds will blow
from or near a given point and the figure in the center will give the percent of time calms may be expected.
1-18
CURRENTS AND WINDS

Note: Monthly circulations of the surface waters are shown by black arrows with the expected velocities in tenths of
a knot. Monthly character of winds, shown by wind roses in red. As presented in the Beaufort Scale, the arrows fly with
the wind and the number of barbs on the arrow shaft give the average force of the wind. The length of the arrow measured
from the center of the circle, when placed on the attached scale, will give the average percent of time the winds will blow
from or near a given point and the figure in the center will give the percent of time calms may be expected.
1-19
 CHAPTER 2
GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL SERVICES
HYDROGRAPHIC SERVICES
The National Mapping and Resource Information
Authority (NAMRIA) is the country’s central mapping
agency. The core functions of NAMRIA are topographic
base mapping, development of the national geodetic
network, land classification, hydrographic surveys and
nautical charting, delineation of maritime boundaries, and
geographic information management.
Visit the NAMRIA website at www.namria.gov.ph
for more information. The Agency may be contacted at
telephone no. (+632) 8887-5466 and e-mail address: css.
gismb@namria.gov.ph.
The Hydrography Branch (HB) is the unit of
NAMRIA that serves as the Philippines' hydrographic
office. The Branch conducts hydrographic surveys, tides
and currents observations, magnetic surveys, and the
updating of nautical charts (in paper and electronic form)
and nautical publications.
Maritime-related products offered by the Branch
include nautical charts, isogonic charts, electronic
navigational charts (ENC), notices to mariners, navigational
warnings, tide and current tables, coast pilot, list of lights,
and bathymetric data.
Mariners who wish to receive copies of notices to
mariners and navigational warnings should send a request
through e-mail at: maritime.affairs@namria.gov.ph.
The Branch may be contacted at telephone no. (+632)
8241-3494 and e-mail address at csu.hb@namria.gov.ph.
The Map Sales Offices (MSOs), are the units of
NAMRIA that sell maps, nautical charts, and other
publications produced by NAMRIA. There are 20 MSOs
located in the regional centers around the country. Visit the
NAMRIA website at www.namria.gov.ph for the address
and contact details of the MSOs.
PORTS AND PORT SERVICES
The Philippine Ports Authority (PPA) is a government
corporation charged with the finances, management and
operations of public ports throughout the country. For
ease in port administration and control, the country has
been divided into 5 geographical areas called port district
offices (PDO), namely: PDO Manila/Northern Luzon, PDO
Southern Luzon, PDO Visayas, PDO Northern Mindanao,
and PDO Southern Mindanao. Under the PDOs are smaller
geographical groupings called Port Management Offices
(PMO). The PMOs consist of frontline operating units
called Terminal Management Offices (TMO). The TMOs
manage the day-to-day operation of the PPA ports.
Information on the PDO, PMO, and TMO can be seen
at the PPA website www.ppa.com.ph. PPA may be contacted
5 at telephone no. (+632) 8954-8800.
Cebu Port Authority (CPA), a separate agency from
the PPA, manages the government ports in the Province of
Cebu. Visit the CPA website at cpa.gov.ph. CPA may be
10 contacted at telephone no. (+6332) 402-4040 and e-mail
address: cpa@cpa.gov.ph.
Bangsamoro Ports Management Authority
(BPMA) manages all the major government ports in the
15 municipalities and cities of the Bangsamoro Autonomous
Region in Muslim Mindanao (BARMM). BPMA may be
contacted at telephone nos. (+6364) 421-1060 and (+6364)
552-1154, and e-mail at rpma@bangsamoro.gov.ph.
20 Ports and other berthing facilities in special economic
zones are managed by the Philippine Economic Zone
Authority (PEZA), which may be contacted at telephone
no. (+632) 8551-3451 and at e-mail: info@peza.gov.ph.
25 National ports comprise all ports with primary
importance to foreign, interisland, and interprovincial
commerce. Other ports, on account of their geographical
locations, become necessary for enforcing customs
regulations or for national defense, and may also be classified
30 as national ports. The improvement and maintenance of
national ports are financed by the National Government;
and their administration and operation as national ports are
under the direct supervision and control of PPA and CPA.
The following are the national ports:
35
Manila International Container Terminal
Manila North Harbor Manila South Harbor
Port of Limay Port of San Fernando
Port of Batangas Port of Calapan
40 Port of Legazpi Port of Puerto Princesa
Port of Dumaguete Port of Iloilo
Port of Cebu Port of Ormoc
Port of Pulupandan Port of Tacloban
Port of Tagbilaran Port of Zamboanga
45 Port of Iligan Port of Nasipit
Port of Ozamiz Port of Surigao
Port of Davao Port of General Santos
Port of Cotabato Port of Dapitan
Port of Cagayan de Oro
50
The Municipal ports comprise all other ports not
classified as national ports. The administration and
operation of municipal ports are either under the local
government units, the PPA, CPA, or BPMA.
55
2-1
 Any municipal port may be declared as a national port, Collection District I: Port of San Fernando
or any national port declared as a municipal port, when it is Sub-port of EPZA - Baguio
considered necessary to do so in the interest of commerce, Sub-port of Claveria
for the enforcement of customs regulations, or of national Sub-port of Sual
defense purposes. 5 Sub-port of Salomague

Wharfage are charged to vessels engaged in overseas Collection District II-A: Port of Manila
trade and vessels engaged in coastwise trade berthing Sub-port of Masinloc
at national ports. Fees are also charged at many of the Customs Postal Office
municipal ports. The rates are not uniform and are subject 10 Sub-port of EPZA - Cavite
to frequent changes. Sub-port of EPZA - Laguna

Towboats are available at major ports including Collection District II-B: Manila Int’l. Container Port
Manila, Cebu, Iloilo, Davao, and Surigao. Sub-port of North Harbor
15
Salvage equipment for extensive operations can be Collection District III: Ninoy Aquino Int’l. Airport
secured at Manila. Tugs, lighters and diving apparatus are Manila Domestic Airport
available at major ports. Airmail Distribution Center

Repair facilities for repair works, drydocking and 20 Collection District IV: Port of Batangas
related services are also available at the major ports. A Sub-port of Siain
more detailed treatment will be found throughout the text Sub-port of Puerto Princesa
in the description of the various ports.
Collection District V: Port of Legazpi
Supplies of all kinds can be obtained in most of the 25 Sub-port of Tabaco
national ports. Some supplies may be obtained in an Sub-port of Jose Panganiban
emergency at several other places, but they are usually
limited both in kind and quantity. A more detailed treatment Collection District VI: Port of Iloilo
will be found throughout the text in the description of the Sub-port of Pulupandan
various ports. 30
Collection District VII: Port of Cebu
Pilotage, with certain exceptions in the pilotage districts, Sub-port of Mactan
is optional in the Philippines. The principal ports have pilot Sub-port of Dumaguete
associations, where the chief pilot usually acts as the harbor
master. Special regulations and fee schedules for pilotage 35 Collection District VIII: Port of Tacloban
in the Philippines are prescribed by the port authority. Sub-port of Isabel
Description of pilotage and the location of pilot boarding Sub-port of San Jose
stations for major ports are discussed in the next chapters. Sub-port of Catbalogan
CUSTOMS 40
Collection District IX: Port of Surigao
Sub-port of Bislig
The Bureau of Customs (BOC) is charged with the Sub-port of Nasipit
supervision and control over the entrance and clearance of
vessels, whether engaged in domestic or foreign commerce. Collection District X: Cagayan de Oro
The bureau enforces collecting or securing of lawful 45
Sub-port of Iligan
revenues from dutiable merchandise under the custom Sub-port of Ozamis
laws. The bureau can be contacted at telephone no. (+632) Mindanao Container Terminal
8705-6000 or through e-mail: boc.cares@customs.gov.ph.
Visit their website at customs.gov.ph. Collection District XI: Port of Zamboanga
50
Zamboanga Int’l Airport
Ports of entry for foreign vessels, as well as ports Sub-port of Jolo
open to coastwise trade only, are named and defined in Sub-port of Tawi-Tawi (Bongao)
Executive Orders which may be issued by the President Sub-port of Basilan
of the Philippines from time to time. However, other ports
without customs facilities may be opened to overseas 55
Collection District XII: Port of Davao
shipping upon issuance of special permits. Sub-port of Dadiangas (General Santos)
Sub-port of Parang
The following Customs Collection Districts and their Sub-port of Mati
sub-ports are considered as ports of entry for the Philippines:
60
Collection District XIII: Port of Subic

2-2
 Collection District XIV: Clark Int’l Airport the spread of rats. If the vessel docks alongside the piers,
its distance from the dock should at least be 1.5 m and all
Collection District XV: Port of Aparri mooring lines shall be provided with prescribed rat guards
Laoag Int’l Airport not less than 1m in diameter and so fixed as to be always
Sub-port of Currimao 5 at right angle to the line to which it is attached. A vessel
Sub-port of Irene which shall tie alongside another vessel moored to a dock
shall institute all necessary measures to prevent the access
Collection District XVI: Port of Limay of rats from one vessel to another. All cargo nets should be
Sub-port of Mariveles hauled up when not in use. The gangway and ramp shall be
10 lifted up when not in operation and well lighted throughout
the night to prevent the access of rodents.

QUARANTINE AND SANITARY Fumigation may also be required by the Bureau of

PROCEDURES Quarantine to vessels while in the harbor. Fumigation are
15 required of any vessel with human or rodent plague on
The Bureau of Quarantine (BOQ) promulgates board, any vessel moderately or heavily infested with rats or
and enforces quarantine regulations for all ports in the other pests and vermins, cargoes in a vessel from a plague-
Philippines. The examination of vessels at the ports of infected port which are vulnerable to harbor rats, fleas, and
entry, the surveillance over their sanitary conditions, as inter-island vessels for their periodic annual fumigation.
well as issuance of quarantine certificates, bills of health, 20 Fumigation of vessels may be done at the major ports.
or other equivalent documents are conducted by the Bureau
of Quarantine. The Plant Quarantine Service (PQS) enforces
quarantine and restrictive orders which regulate the
All vessels coming from foreign ports are subject importation or inter-provincial movement of injurious
to quarantine inspections. Domestic vessels may also be 25 insects, plant materials, plant products, or parts thereof of
subjected to quarantine inspections if the vessels came soil or any materials, which may be a source or medium
from domestic ports with the presence of infectious diseases infections, or infestations of diseases by insects, or other
subject to regulations, emerging diseases, public health animals destructive to agriculture, or a medium for the
emergencies of international concern or death on board. introduction of noxious seeds, new to or not widely
30 prevalent within the Philippines.
In all ports of the Philippines, all vessels subject to
quarantine inspections are required to fly the yellow flag at PQS inspects plants, plant products and animals
its foremast, drop anchor at the quarantine anchorage, and other than domestic animals at the ports of entry by plant
wait for the Quarantine Medical Officer (QMO). Vessels quarantine officers. Imported plant materials and animals
that have been cleared in one port of the Philippines are not 35 other than domestic animals may only be admitted through
required to undergo quarantine inspections at succeeding the ports of entry.
ports of call in the Philippines except in cases of vessels
with infectious diseases subject to the regulations, emerging Contact information for the Plant Quarantine Service
diseases, public health emergencies of international concern, can be found at their website at www.pqs.da.gov.ph.
or death on board. In case of death on board, the master of 40
vessel shall advise the QMO of the time of arrival and of The Bureau of Animal Industry (BAI) supervises
death aboard. No person is allowed to embark the vessel the importation into the country of domestic animals.
under quarantine except the QMO and his/her duly accredited To prevent the entry or spread within the Philippines of
assistants. Disembarkation of the passengers and crew from domestic animal diseases, the bureau enforces quarantine
the vessel under quarantine is not allowed until such time 45 and restrictive orders which regulate the importation or
that the vessel has been granted a quarantine clearance. interprovincial movement of these domestic animals.
The quarantine clearance is prerequisite to Customs and Domestic animals may only be admitted through the
Immigration clearance. ports of entry upon the issuance of Veterinary Quarantine
Clearance.
Vessels may also be subjected to Rat Inspection, which 50
is also supervised by the QMO. Vessels that are subject IMMIGRATION AND DEPORTATION
to rat inspections are vessels without deratting exemption
certificates, vessels with expired deratting exemption The Bureau of Immigration controls the admission,
certificates, and vessels with valid deratting exemption registration, exclusion and deportation of aliens in the
certificates but with moderate to heavy rat infestation aboard 55 Philippines.
or have visited plague-infected ports.
The master, agent, owner or consignee of any vessel
Requirements of Vessels while in Port – within all arriving in the Philippines from a foreign port, or departing
ports in the Philippines, the Bureau of Quarantine requires from the Philippines for a foreign port, shall furnish the
vessels to observe the necessary measures in preventing 60 Immigration Officer in charge of the port of arrival or the

2-3
port of departure such crew lists and passenger manifests
and such other information concerning the persons arriving
or departing on the vessel as shall be required in the
regulations prescribed by the Bureau.
No alien may enter the Philippines until inspected and
allowed entry by an immigration officer. The examining
immigration officer may order such aliens detained on
board the vessels or bring them or temporarily remove
them from the vessel for examination at the expense of the
vessel bringing them. Any alien entering to the Philippines
who is excluded from entry into the Philippines may be
immediately sent back to the country where he came from,
the same vessel bringing him or in any other vessel, but in
all cases, the expenses for the return of such alien shall be
borne by the owner or owners of such vessel bringing the
alien into the Philippines. Administrative fines are levied
against vessels which fail or refuse to obey the immigration
laws regarding the disembarking or embarking of aliens.
WEATHER FORECASTS AND RELATED
SERVICES
The Philippine Atmospheric Geophysical
Astronomic Service Administration (PAGASA)
is mandated to collect and disseminate weather and
climatological information. It operates weather stations
all over the country. PAGASA prepares and disseminates
general weather advisories and warnings for the public,
ships at sea, commercial and industrial enterprises, etc.,
and the special routes and terminal forecasts for aviation
purposes.
Precise determination of time by astronomical
computations and observations and the dissemination of
this time by phone, siren and radio broadcast; the accurate
rating of chronometers, especially those used in air and
sea navigation, with the aid of precision master clocks are
among the varied functions of the PAGASA that may be
availed of by the mariners.
Latest weather bulletins, and advisories on typhoons
and gale can be accessed at the PAGASA website: www.
pagasa.dost.gov.ph.
The Philippine Institute of Volcanology & Seismology
(PHIVOLCS) is the government agency mandated to
mitigate disasters that may arise from volcanic eruptions,
earthquakes, tsunami and other related geotectonic
phenomena. PHIVOLCS monitors earthquakes, volcanoes
and tsunamis; and issues public advisories regarding these
phenomena.
The agency serves as the country’s contact agency of
the Pacific Tsunami Warning Center and monitors tsunami
in the country and issues tsunami advisories. In case of a
tsunami, PHIVOLCS will issue warning and advisories to
the public through the Office of Civil Defense (OCD). The
OCD, through its channels, will be the one that will forward
the tsunami advisories and warnings to the affected coastal
communities and ports. PHIVOLCS website at www.
phivolcs.dost.gov.ph contains latest tsunami bulletin.
RADIO MARITIME SERVICE
5
Radio communications in the Philippines are under
the regulation of the National Telecommunication
Commission (NTC). Licensing of radio transmitters and
the regulation of radio operators are few of the services
10 that are under the NTC, which concerns the maritime
community. Visit the NTC website at ntc.gov.ph for more
information.
Appendix V of this Publication contains the required
15 radio equipment and radio operators for vessels navigating
within Philippine waters.
Radio Inspectors enforce the regulations governing
radio communication in the Philippines through radio
20 inspectors and other officers duly authorized by the
government. Radio inspectors may visit vessels subject
to the regulations before they leave port and ascertain if
they are equipped with the necessary apparatus and under
the charge of duly licensed operators prescribed by the
25 regulations.
Responsibility of Shipmasters - Shipmasters have
the responsibility of seeing that the radio regulations are
carried out by their radio operators. Violation by any person
30 of the regulations governing radio communication in the
Philippines may result in the application of penalties and
forfeitures. Every willful failure on the part of the master of
a ship of Philippine registry to comply with the regulations
of the NTC, as to equipment, operators and regulation of
35 their watches, transmission of messages, or radio services,
subjects him to penalties and forfeitures.
Authority of Shipmasters - Shipmasters have full
authority over the radio equipment, the radio operators and
40 the regulation of their watches, the transmission and receipt
of messages (including distress and emergency), and the
radio service of the ship except as they are regulated by
international agreements, or by rules and regulations of the
NTC.
45
REPORTS FROM SHIPS
The master of every ship equipped with radio
transmitting apparatus, on meeting with a tropical storm,
50 derelict, or any other direct danger to navigation, should
communicate the information, by all the means of
communication at his disposal, to ships in the vicinity and
also to the appropriate government agencies.
55 When practicable, these reports should be sent through
government facilities; if not, any radio station in the mobile
service will forward the messages without charge to the
addressed agencies. The attention of shipmasters is called
again to the fact that reports should be addressed directly to
60 the government agency that is principally concerned. Much
2-4
of the value of these reports is lost by delays which occur
when the message is wrongly addressed.
Weather reports should not be sent regularly except
from ships with which specific arrangements have been
made by PAGASA but masters of all ships encountering
tropical or other severe storms should send special
observations by radio. The information needed by the
PAGASA are as follows:
Ship’s position (latitude and longitude)
Greenwich time of observation
Direction and force of wind
State of present weather
Barometric sea level pressure
When in the area by 5o and 25o N and 120o and 180o E,
all ships sending weather messages should address them to
PAGASA Manila.
These reports should be sent in the new International
Weather Code for Ships, preceded by the ship’s name and
checked collect. If the code is impracticable, the message
may be sent in plain language.
Reports should be sent when a storm is encountered
or when the presence of or formation of one is suspected.
All ships within a limited area as specified by the PAGASA
Forecasting Center in Manila, will be requested to take extra
3-hourly observations in order to ensure greater accuracy 30
of forecasts and warnings during times of approach and
passage of storm conditions. The nearer the ship is to the
center of the storm, the more valuable is the radio weather
report. It is realized that in such a situation the master and
his officers are occupied with the duties of navigating the 35
ship, but the dispatch of an observation by radio under those
weather conditions may result in timely advices to other
ships at sea and in warnings to the inhabitants of islands
and coastal communities where life and property may also
be in jeopardy.
Reports Affecting Aids to Navigation - Reports of any
buoys adrift or any deficiencies noted in Aids to Navigation
affecting the waters of the Philippines should be sent direct
to the Aids to Navigation Services of the Philippine Coast
Guard at e-mail address: aton_mssc@yahoo.com.ph. The
Aids to Navigation Services may be contacted at telephone
nos. (+6346) 686-1965 and (+6346) 431-0114 local 4403.
Reports should also be sent to the Hydrography Branch
via telephone/fax no. (+632) 8242-2090 or e-mail address:
maritime.affairs@namria.gov.ph. Information received
regarding the aids to navigation will be used in the updating
of the nautical charts and publications.
Reports Concerning Dangers, Changes in Channels,
Shoals, Etc. - Reports of an urgent character affecting the
charts and nautical publications should also be sent to the
Hydrography Branch. Use the form in Appendix V of this
publication when sending the reports to the Hydrography
Branch.
Reporting Derelicts - Reports concerning derelicts
encountered within the waters of the Philippines should
also be sent to the Philippine Coast Guard.
5 Frequently, essential data relating to the position and
condition of the derelicts are omitted in the radio report.
These data are necessary before a search can be commenced
or pieces of advice given to the public. To be complete,
information concerning a derelict should state:
10
1. The position by latitude and longitude, confirmed if
possible by the approximate bearing and distance
from a fixed point on land.
2. The general condition of the derelict.
15 3. Whether bottom up or awash.
4. The trim of the derelict.
5. Height of hull above water and any abnormal
condition to buoyancy.
6. As to whether masts are standing, sail set or
20 otherwise.
7. Approximate heading of derelict.
8. Force and direction of wind.
9. Any observed current, its set and drift.
10. The name of the derelict, if possible.
25
This information is necessary in order to determine
roughly the direction and speed of drift of the derelict or
vessel, and also to give an idea of the appearance of the
object.
ASSISTANCE FOR VESSELS
IN DISTRESS
Philippine Coast Guard (PCG) is the government
agency that enforces Philippine maritime laws and
administers regulations for the promotion of safety of life
at sea and the protection of the marine environment. PCG is
tasked to operate aids to navigation, particularly lighthouses
and buoys.
40
PCG broadcasts maritime safety information such
as weather forecasts, notices to mariners, and notices
and emergencies not involving the distress messages in
accordance to the Global Maritime Distress Safety System
45 (GMDSS) regulations. All ships equipped with Navigational
Telex (NAVTEX) receiver can receive the regular broadcast
within the area coverage of the 1 kW medium frequency
(MF) band.
50 The PCG is the national maritime search and rescue
service of the country. The Coast Guard Action Center
(CGAC) at the PCG Headquarters in Manila serves as the
coordinating center for all search and rescue operations. The
CGAC may be contacted at telephone no. (+632) 8527-3877.
55
The 15 Coast Guard Districts are designated as Maritime
Rescue Coordinating Centers (MRCCs) within their areas of
responsibility while the Coast Guard Stations are designated
as Maritime Rescue Sub-Centers (MRSC). The detachments
60 under these stations are designated as Search and Rescue
2-5
(SAR) units.
The PCG’s SAR organization maintains constantly-
operated watch centers that operate 24 hours a day,
continuously monitoring distress frequencies and conducting 5
coastal foot and seaborne patrol within their area of
responsibility. There is at least one division or squadron of
Coast Guard Auxiliary in each MRSC where watch can be
set and assistance can be obtained when required. Likewise,
at least one Deployable Response Team composed of Special 10
Operations Group, Medical Team, K-9 and rescue swimmers
is organized at each Coast Guard District or MRCC which
can be dispatched immediately to any maritime and land
base search and rescue operation.
Philippine Navy (PN) is charged with the mission of
carrying out sea patrol operations and defense action in
Philippine waters. Whenever properly authorized, it may
render assistance in the enforcement of laws and regulations
pertaining to customs revenue, navigation, immigration,
fishing, quarantine and the neutrality of the Philippines.
Whenever requested, vessels of the Philippine Navy render
assistance to vessels in distress in Philippine waters.
The Philippine Navy as a matter of policy and as far
as the distribution and condition of its facilities will permit,
will respond promptly to all proper requests for assistance to
vessels in distress even if such requests are only referred to
it. The degree of assistance, however, is confined to rescue
and fire-fighting measures as well as relieve the conditions
surrounding such actual or potential distress. Subsequent
ordinary towing and salvage operations are normally taken
over by commercial enterprises.
PNP Maritime Group is the unit of the Philippine
National Police (PNP) concerned in securing the Philippine
territorial waters, ports, ferry terminals and coastal areas
against terrorism, piracy, smuggling, poaching and other
forms of criminal activities. The maritime group conducts
search and rescue operations, in coordination with the
Philippine Coast Guard, for vessels in distress.
Piracy & Armed Robbery - piracy and attacks of
armed groups had been reported by vessels plying the
Philippine territorial waters, particularly in the southern
portion of the Sulu Sea. Master and crews of vessels are
advised to be vigilant of suspicious vessels and persons
either when the vessel is docked or afloat. In case of an
attack, the master should contact the Philippine Coast Guard
or, if that is not possible, other ships within the vicinity. If a
suspicious vessel or activity had been observed, the master
should notify the Philippine Coast Guard. The Philippine
Navy and the Maritime Group of the Philippine National
Police, other than the PCG, will answer calls from vessels
under piratical attacks.
Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
(GMDSS) is an international system that uses terrestrial
and satellite technology and ship-board radio systems
to ensure, in the event of a marine distress, the rapid,
automated alerting of shore-based communication and
rescue authorities in addition to other ships in the immediate
vicinity.
For GMDSS purposes, the world’s oceans are divided
into the following categories of Sea Area:
Sea Area A1 - Within the radiotelephone coverage
of at least one very high frequency (VHF) coast station
in which DSC alerting is available. Such coverage could
typically extend 20 to 50 miles from the coast station.
Sea Area A2 - An area, exluding Sea Area A1, within the
radiotelephone coverage of at least one medium frequency
15 (MF) coast station in which continuous DSC alerting is
available. For planning purposes, this area typically extends
up to 150 miles offshore, but would exclude any Sea Area
A1 designated areas. In practice, satisfactory coverage may
often be acheived up to 250 miles offshore.
20
Sea Area A3 - An area, excluding Sea Areas A1 and
A2, within the coverage of an Inmarsat geostationary
satellite in which continuous alerting is available. This area
lies approximately between latitudes 70o N. and 70o S.
25
Sea Area A4 - Any area outside Sea Areas A1, A2, or
A3. This is essentially the polar regions, N and S of 70o
latitude.
30 The PCG operates the following coast stations for Sea
Area 1:
Position
Manila MRCC 14° 34.93’ N., 120° 58.28’ E.
35
Remotely controlled stations:
Aparri 18° 21.58’ N., 121° 37.82’ E.
Bacolod 10° 28.68’ N., 123° 25.33’ E.
Basco 20° 26.88’ N., 121° 58.07’ E.
40 Bataan 14° 38.50’ N., 120° 28.90’ E.
Batangas 13° 45.00’ N., 121° 02.62’ E.
Bislig 08° 12.90’ N., 126° 18.67’ E.
Brooke’s Point 08° 46.33’ N., 117° 49.95’ E.
Calapan 13° 25.67’ N., 121° 11.70’ E.
45 Caticlan 11° 56.28’ N., 121° 57.05’ E.
Cebu 10° 16.30’ N., 123° 53.88’ E.
Coron 11° 59.48’ N., 120° 12.70’ E.
Currimao 17° 59.20’ N., 120° 29.33’ E.
Cuyo 10° 50.13’ N., 121° 00.40’ E.
50 Davao 07° 08.00’ N., 125° 40.00’ E.
General Santos 06° 05.57’ N., 125° 09.27’ E.
Iloilo 10° 41.37’ N., 122° 34.32’ E.
Legazpi 13° 08.58’ N., 123° 45.52’ E.
Liminang Cong 10° 49.62’ N., 119° 31.05’ E.
55 Lucena 13° 54.00’ N., 121° 38.00’ E.
Masbate 12° 22.20’ N., 123° 36.95’ E.
Mati 06° 57.10’ N., 126° 12.90’ E.
Puerto Real 14° 40.25’ N., 121° 36.78’ E.
Romblon 12° 34.67’ N., 122° 16.13’ E.
60 Roxas 11° 36.25’ N., 122° 42.57’ E.
2-6
Digital Selective Calling (DSC)
Limits of Sea Areas
Basco
!

Sea Area A1
Sea Area A2
Sea Area A3

!
Aparri

!
Currimao

! San Fernando

!
Sual

Subic Puerto
!
Bataan Real
! !
!
Manila

Lucena
Batangas !
!

!
Calapan
Legazpi
!
Sorsogon !

!
San Jose Romblon !
!
Masbate
Coron
!
! Catbalogan
Caticlan !
!
Roxas

Tacloban
San Jose de !

! ! Buenavista
Liminangcong Cuyo ! !
Iloilo
!
Bacolod Cebu
! Maasin
!

Tagbilaran !
! Surigao

! Butuan
Brooke’s Point
!
! Cagayan de Oro
Dapitan !

!
Iligan Bislig
!
!
Pagadian Ozamis
!

! Davao !
Mapun Cotabato Mati
! Zamboanga !
!

General Santos
! !
Jolo

!
Sarangani

2-7
 San Fernando 16° 36.52’ N., 120° 17.70’ E.
San Jose 12° 20.00’ N., 121° 05.00’ E.
San Jose Buenavista 10° 44.28’ N., 121° 56.27’ E.
Sarangani 05° 24.75’ N., 125° 25.53’ E.
Sorsogon 12° 58.02’ N., 124° 00.23’ E.
Sual 16° 03.72’ N., 120° 06.17’ E.
Subic 14° 52.57’ N., 120° 17.42’ E.
Tacloban MRSC 11° 03.90’ N., 125° 01.40’ E.
Butuan 08° 57.00’ N., 125° 32.65’ E.
Cagayan de Oro 08° 29.78’ N., 124° 39.63’ E.
Catbalogan 11° 46.45’ N., 124° 52.80’ E.
Cotabato 07° 12.28’ N., 124° 09.77’ E.
Remotely controlled stations:
Dapitan 08° 37.66’ N., 123° 23.73’ E.
Iligan 08° 13.83’ N., 124° 13.98’ E.
Jolo 06° 03.22’ N., 121° 00.00’ E.
Maasin 10° 07.90’ N., 124° 50.13’ E.
Mapun 06° 58.35’ N., 118° 30.55’ E.
Ozamis 08° 08.38’ N., 123° 50.72’ E.
Pagadian 07° 49.10’ N., 123° 26.33’ E.
Surigao 09° 46.92’ N., 125° 30.00’ E.
Tagbilaran 09° 38.93’ N., 123° 50.83’ E.
Zamboanga 06° 54.22’ N., 122° 04.27’ E.
Some of the bureau’s functions include the issuance
of licenses for the operation of commercial fishing vessels;
conduct fishery research and development program;
and enforce fishery laws on Philippine waters. For more
5 information, visit the BFAR website at www.bfar.da.gov.
ph.
The Philippine Fisheries Development Authority
(PFDA) is the government agency that manages the
10 national fish ports. It also operates fish markets and other
infrastructure necessary for the advancement of the fishing
industry. PFDA operates the national fish ports in Camaligan
(Camarines Sur), General Santos City, Davao City, Iloilo
City, Lucena City, Navotas City, Sual (Pangasinan), and
15 Zamboanga City. Visit the PFDA website at www.pfda.
da.gov.ph for more information.
AIDS TO NAVIGATION
20 The Aids to Navigation Services of the Philippine
Coast Guard maintains the lighthouses, buoys, beacons,
navigation marks and other aids to navigation being
operated by the government.

VHF DSC is available up to 25 miles from the above 25
coast stations. The Manila MRCC is the only coast station
for Sea Area A2 in the Philippines. MF DSC is available up
to 300 miles from Manila MRCC.
ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION 30
REGULATIONS
Garbage and Wastes - Throwing garbage or refuse,
which might impede or obstruct navigation and pollute the
Philippine waters are strictly prohibited. As stated in the 35
Philippine Clean Waters Act, activities such as unauthorized
transport or dumping of sewage sludge or solid waste into the
seawaters; and transport and dumping of toxic substances,
hazardous, and nuclear wastes are strictly prohibited.
Disposal of potentially infectious medical waste into the sea 40
is also prohibited, unless the crew of the vessel is threatened
by great and imminent peril.
Marine Protected Areas - Some portions of Philippine
waters were established as protected areas. Vessels 45
transiting in the vicinity of the protected areas should
take utmost caution to prevent incidents that may cause
pollution or destruction to the marine environment in the
area. Entering and fishing within the marine protected areas
may be prohibited. Marine protected areas on Philippine 50
waters are described throughout this publication.
FISHERIES
The Bureau of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources 55
(BFAR) is the government agency responsible for the
development, improvement, management and conservation
of the country’s fisheries and aquatic resources. The bureau
is under the Department of Agriculture.
60
The lights and buoys are the principal guides and mark
the routes throughout the archipelago and the approaches
and channels to the various ports. These aids to navigation
are constantly being improved and extended. There are
a number of automatic (unwatched) lights in isolated
locations, and navigators should consider the possibility of
their being non-operational, if they fail to make the light
when expected. The principal coast lights within the area
covered by this volume are briefly described. There are no
navigation lightships nor buoys equipped with bells, gongs
or whistles.
Private aids to navigation, such as stakes and small
floats, are not supervised by the Government, and therefore
may not be listed or indicated on the charts. When private
aids are established similar to those maintained by the
Government, they must be authorized by the Philippine
Coast Guard. Such aids are usually shown on the charts and
noted “private.” A complete description of all government-
maintained and some privately-maintained aids is found
in the Philippine List of Lights published and sold by the
NAMRIA.
Systems of buoyage, color, shapes, and numbers -
The buoyage system being applied in the Philippines is the
IALA Buoyage System “B”. On the right or starboard side
of the channel for the entering vessels are placed conical or
nun buoys, painted red, and with even numbers, and on the
left or port side, cylindrical or can buoys, painted green,
and with odd numbers. The numbers for each side increase
from seaward.
Obstructions, with channel ways on either side, are
marked with buoys painted with red and black horizontal
bands, which may be left on either side, with due caution as
to the position of the buoy with relation to the obstruction,

2-8
as shown on the chart. In general, obstruction buoys have no
distinctive shape, but in the case of buoys with horizontal
bands making obstructions or bifurcations of channels,
when it is desired to indicate the main channels, a can
buoy with black band at the top is used when the important
channel is to the starboard for the entering vessel, and nun
buoy with red band at the top when important channel is to
the port.
Fairways are indicated, where necessary, by buoys
painted with black and white vertical stripes. Such buoys
are placed in good water in mid-channel or approaches, and
may be passed close to on either side. Mid-channel buoys
have no distinctive shape at present. Anchorage buoys are
painted white. Quarantine buoys are painted yellow. There
are other buoys that may be installed for other purposes.
Such buoys have no standard color or shape.
Colors of Lights for Buoys and Beacons - Red or
white lights are placed on the starboard side of a channel
for the entering vessels and white or green lights on the
port side. White lights may be on either or both sides of
the channel, but colored lights are usually on the sides
indicated respectively. The same rules apply to lights on
fixed structures serving a purpose similar to that of buoys.
Coast lights near the channels or entrances may not conform
to this system.
Caution regarding Buoys - Buoys are liable to be
carried away, shifted, capsized, or sunk; lighted buoys may
5 be extinguished, as the result of storms or other natural
causes, collisions or other accidents. Mariners are further
cautioned to observe that in many cases where buoys are
moored on the edge of coral reefs, the water may shoal
suddenly to within distance of a boat’s length.
10
Day beacons are constructed and distinguished with
special reference to each locality and particularly with
regard to the background upon which they are projected.
Beacons on the sides of channels are, when practicable,
15 colored to conform to the coloring of buoys, subject to the
above conditions as to background.
Defects in Aids to Navigation - Aids to navigation are
protected by law, and mariners in their own interest should
20 use every precaution to avoid collisions with them. Mariners
are requested to report defects in the aids to navigation
direct to the NAMRIA or to the Aids to Navigation Services
by commercial radio or other prompt means. Reports to the
NAMRIA Hydrography Branch should be sent through
25 e-mail address: maritime.affairs@namria.gov.ph.
2-9
 CHAPTER 3
ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS
The Navigation on coral sea demands constant Whales and other marine mammals are under the protection
vigilance; aside from this, the waters described in this of the government and one of the focuses of environmental
publication, present no unusual difficulty to the mariner. conservation programs of the country.
The soundings give little or no warning of the approach into
danger, and the effect of uncertain or irregular currents is a 5 Piracy & Armed Robbery - piracy and attacks of armed
constant source of danger on the longer courses. Over rocky men had been reported by vessels plying the Philippine
bottom and on shoals the coral boulders frequently rise from territorial waters, particularly in the southern portion of the
10.9 m to 12.8 m (6 to 7 fm) above the general level of the Sulu Sea. Master and crews of vessels are advised to be
shoal, and the surveys, in the absence of an investigation by vigilant of suspicious vessels and persons either when the
means of the wire drag, may not have found the least water 10 vessel is docked or afloat. In case of an attack, the master
in every case. should contact the Philippine Coast Guard or, if that is not
possible, other ships within the vicinity. If a suspicious
Sections of the west coast of Palawan and the adjacent vessel or activity had been observed, the master should
waters south of Malampaya Sound, and the waters northward notify the Philippine Coast Guard. The Philippine Navy
of Borneo have not been adequately surveyed, and charts of 15 and the Maritime Group of the Philippine National Police,
these areas are still based on reconnaissance surveys. These other than the PCG, will answer calls from vessels under
areas are more or less foul and great care should be used if piratical attacks.
obliged to enter them.
Overhead Cables and Bridges – warning is given to
The tabulated courses and directions given in this 20 mariners about overhead cables and bridges in some areas
chapter are for the convenience of the navigator and solely as covered in this publication. Overhead cables and bridges
an indication of the routes followed. They are a compilation are present in various navigable rivers and narrow straits.
and combination of the courses, uncorrected for the effect Mariners should be cautious when passing beneath these
of currents, as steered by the local ship captains and should features and must ensure that there is sufficient allowance
be used by a stranger only after considerable study of the 25 between the vessel and these overhead features to avoid
information given in the Pilot concerning the currents, collision. Overhead cables may carry electricity and mariners
depths, cautions and harbors of refuge in case of a typhoon. are cautioned about possible electric discharge coming from
Careful judgement must be exercised in attempting the more these cables.
involved sections of the routes and deep draft vessels without
local knowledge will find it advisable to follow the wider 30 Submarine Cables - Mariners are advised not to
and deeper passages. anchor or trawl in the vicinity of submarine cables or they
risk prosecution if they so damage it. Submarine cables may
Fishing - Due to the richness of its marine environment, carry electricity and could release electric discharge when
all waters encompassing the Philippines may be considered fishing gears and anchors snag it.
as potential fishing grounds. Different modes of fishing are 35
employed and fishing crafts with sizes varying from the small Submarine Pipelines - Mariners are advised not to
rowing or sailing boats to modern trawlers. Mariners should anchor or trawl in the vicinity of submarine pipelines. Gas
be extra cautious when passing through fishing grounds from a damaged oil or gas pipeline could cause an explosion,
within the Philippine waters, especially at night when lone loss of vessel’s buoyancy or other serious hazards. Pipelines
fishing boats are hardly visible. 40 are not always buried and may effectively reduce the charted
depth by up to 2 m. They may also span seabed undulations
Mariners are also warned of fish traps, fish nets, and and cause fishing gear to become irrecoverably snagged,
fish pens that could be found near coastal communities. putting a vessel in severe danger.
These structures usually do not have proper warning devices
and mariners should be alert when navigating near these 45 Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) were established in
structures. important passages and channels considered constricted for
the growing volume of seacrafts navigating on Philippine
Whales and Other Marine Creatures – various whales waters. All mariners are strictly advised to comply with the
and other large marine creatures like dolphins, dugongs, rules and regulations when navigating along the TSS. Details
and the whale sharks inhabit the waters of the Philippines. 50 of the TSS for areas covered by this publication can be found
Due to their size, there are incidents where vessels collide in their respective chapters.
with these marine creatures. Mariners are advised to keep
a constant look-out for these creatures when they are in the MANILA TO ZAMBOANGA - Vessels en route
Philippine seas, especially when traversing areas known to directly to Zamboanga from Manila follow either the track
be habitat of these creatures, to avoid collision with them. 55 via Calavite Pass or via Verde Island Passage and Tablas

3-1
Strait to Nogas Light, at the southern extremity of Panay
Island; thence 180½° for 198 miles to a position about 1.5
miles westward of Batorampon Point. From there the route
given in the table “Iloilo to Zamboanga” is followed.
ILOILO TO ZAMBOANGA - This route passes
southward through Panay Gulf, off the west coast of Negros,
through the Sulu Sea, and thence along the W coast of the
Zamboanga Peninsula. The track is exposed to the SW
monsoon.
CEBU TO ZAMBOANGA - The course leads
southward through Cebu Strait, passes Dumaguete and
continues via the W coast of Mindanao Island.
CEBU TO SURIGAO - The route to Surigao leaves
Cebu by the N channel, skirts Danajon Bank on the S side
of the Camotes Sea at a distance of about 2.5 miles, and
passes through Canigao Channel between Canigao Island
and Leyte. The SW coast of Leyte Island is then followed to
Binit Point, passing between Limasawa Island and Tancaan
Point. Surigao Strait is then crossed to Surigao.
ZAMBOANGA TO JOLO - Vessels en route from
Zamboanga to Jolo pass westward of Basilan Island and
along the N coast of Jolo Island. Strong tidal currents are
experienced in this area.
MANILA TO PUERTO PRINCESA - The route along
the W coast of Mindoro is the shorter and direct route to
Puerto Princesa, although commercial lines normally uses
the circuitous route through Tablas/Romblon to pick up
passengers and cargoes on the way.
JOLO TO COTABATO - The route from Jolo to
Cotabato passes along the N coast of Jolo Island to Tatalan
Island, and thence directly across the Moro Gulf to the
Cotabato Entrance of the Mindanao River. Strong tidal
5 currents are experienced when in the vicinity of the passes
leading to the Mindanao Sea.
ZAMBOANGA TO COTABATO - The route passes
eastward through Basilan Strait to Malanipa Island and
10 thence across the Moro Gulf to Cotabato Entrance of the
Mindanao River.
ZAMBOANGA TO DAVAO - Vessels en route to
Davao pass eastward through Basilan Strait, about 2 miles
15 off Sibago Light, and then run across the Moro Gulf to
Sarangani Strait. On this course a slight southerly set is
usually experienced. From Sarangani Strait the eastern shore
of Davao Gulf is favored to Davao.
20 CEBU TO BISLIG - The route passes through
Hinatuan Pasage where strong current upward of 7 knots
have been observed par­ticularly in the vicinity of Rasa Island.
The following tabulated courses and distances give, in
25 general, the routes followed at the present time by interisland
vessels plying between the main Philippine ports within the
area described in this Coast Pilot volume and also to those
ports in the area immediately contiguous thereto. It is not
to be understood that these routes are rigidly adhered to, as
30 officers with local knowledge and the draft of whose vessel
permits minor deviations from the routes do so, in order to
save time in their passage, by passing across shoals that might
be dangerous to a stranger.
3-2
A. TRAFFIC SEPARATION SCHEME ROUTES

TABLE 1A - Manila to Mouth of Manila Bay (Entrance of North Channel)

CHARTS 4236, 4243, 4255 & 4211
True Course Distance
Position Direct Nautical
Degrees Miles
1a. Radio Tower Light atop the northerly of the two towers, 387 feet (118 m) high,
northward of Manila North Harbor, bearing 052°, distant 3.9 miles, Custom
Tower Light, Manila South Harbor, bearing 104°, Charts 4243, 4255.
233 12.3
b. Manila South Harbor Breakwater, midway between the breakwaters for entrance
lights. 246 13.4
c. Manila South Harbor green entrance light, bearing 060o distant 3.5 miles. 248 9.9
2. San Nicolas Shoals Light, bearing 159°, distant 3 miles. 247 15.5
3. La Monja Light, bearing 120°, distant 1.3 miles.

TABLE 1B - Manila to Mouth of Manila Bay (Entrance of South Channel)

CHARTS 4236, 4243, 4255 & 4211
True Course Distance
Position Direct Nautical
Degrees Miles
1a. Radio Tower Light atop the northerly of the two towers, 387 feet (118 m) high,
northward of Manila North Harbor, bearing 052°, distant 3.9 miles, Custom
Tower Light, Manila South Harbor, bearing 104°, Charts 4243, 4255.
233 12.3
b. Manila South Harbor Breakwater, midway between the breakwaters for entrance 246 13.4
lights.
c. Manila South Harbor green entrance light, bearing 060o distant 3.5 miles. 248 9.9
2. San Nicolas Shoals Light, bearing 159°, distant 3 miles. 220 17.3
3. Limbones Island N tangent, bearing 122o distant 2.5 miles. 201 4.9
4. Fuego Point, bearing 141o distant 4.1 miles.

TABLE 1C - Mouth of Manila Bay (Entrance of North Channel) to Manila

CHARTS 4236, 4243, 4255 & 4211
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct Nautical
Degrees Miles
1. La Monja Light, bearing 084o distant 1.3 miles. 068 16.8
2. San Nicolas Shoals Light, bearing 178°, distant 2.7 miles. 050 (to 3a) 11.6
065 (to 3b) 12.6
066 (to 3c) 9.0
3a. Radio Tower Light atop the northerly of the two towers, 387 feet (118 m) high,
northward of Manila North Harbor, bearing 052°, distant 3.9 miles, Custom
Tower Light, Manila South Harbor, bearing 104°, Charts 4243, 4255.
b. Manila South Harbor Breakwater, midway between the breakwaters for entrance
lights.
c. Manila South Harbor green entrance light, bearing 060o distant 3.5 miles.

3-3
 TABLE 1D - Mouth of Manila Bay (Entrance of South Channel) to Manila
CHARTS 4236, 4243, 4255 & 4211
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct Nautical
Degrees Miles
1. Fuego Point, bearing 150o distant 3.3 miles. 020 4.8
2. Limbones Island N tangent, bearing 122°, distant 1.6 miles. 040 17.8
3. San Nicolas Shoals Light, bearing 178°, distant 2.7 miles. 050 (to 4a) 11.6
065 (to 4b) 12.6
066 (to 4c) 9.0
4a. Radio Tower Light atop the northerly of the two towers, 387 feet (118 m) high,
northward of Manila North Harbor, bearing 052°, distant 3.9 miles, Custom
Tower Light, Manila South Harbor, bearing 104°, Charts 4243, 4255.
b. Manila South Harbor Breakwater, midway between the breakwaters for entrance
lights.
c. Manila South Harbor green entrance light, bearing 060o distant 3.5 miles.

TABLE 2A – Verde Island Passage (Eastward Route)

CHARTS 4214 & 4256A
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct Nautical
Degrees Miles
1. West Peak (1003 ft), Maricaban Island, bearing 010o distant 5.7 miles. 096 10.4
2. Escarceo Point Light, bearing 226o distant 2.3 miles. 142 4.0
3. Escarceo Point Light, bearing 290o distant 4.3 miles. 081 9.2
4. Highest point of Baco Chico Island, bearing 219o distant 2.6 miles. 126 3.5
5. Highest point of Baco Chico Island, bearing 270o distant 4.4 miles.

TABLE 2B – Verde Island Passage (Westward Route)

CHARTS 4214 & 4256A
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct Nautical
Degrees Miles
1. Malabrigo Point Light, bearing 340o distant 5.0 miles. 306 5.2
2. Malabrigo Point Light, bearing 057o distant 3.0 miles. 275 22.1
3. West Peak (1003 ft), Maricaban Island bearing 010o distant 3.0 miles. 081 9.2

3-4
B. SAILING DIRECTIONS
TABLE 3 - Manila to Coron
CHARTS 4255 , 4214 , 4305 & 4251
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. For vessels going to Coron, continue from Table 1B. For vessels going to Manila,
follow sailing directions in Table 1D upon reaching the vicinity of South Channel
entrance.
2a. For vessels going to Coron: Fuego Point, bearing 141o distant 4.1 miles. 188 35.5
b. For vessels going to Manila: Fuego Point, bearing 150o distant 3.3 miles (True
direct course and distance from No. 3). 010 35.4
3. Golo Island Light bearing 325°, distant 2 miles. Chart 4305. 236/056 12.0
4. Calavite Light, bearing 155°, distant 3 miles. 174.5/354.5 50.3
5. Apo Island Light, bearing 090°, distant 2 miles. 177/357 28.2
6. Calanhayaun Island, S tangent, bearing 270°, distant 1 mile. 188/008 11.3
7. Mataya Island, highest point, bearing 290° distant 1.2 miles. Chart 4351. 245.5/065.5 4.6
8. Dibatuc Island, northernmost tip, bearing 249°, distant 0.6 mile. 259/079 2.6
9. Dibatuc Island, S tangent, bearing 094°, distant 2.1 miles. 303.5/123.5 2.65
10. Limaa Point, bearing 182°, distant 0.25 mile. 227/047 1.4
11. East Maguinit Island, highest point, bearing 056°, distant 0.7 mile. various 1.2
12. Anchorage

TABLE 4 - Manila to Puerto Princesa

CHARTS 4243 , 4255 , 4214 , 4305 , 4706, 4716 & 4333
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. For vessels going to Puerto Princesa, continue from Table 1B. For vessels going to
Manila, follow sailing directions in Table 1D upon reaching the vicinity of South
Channel entrance.
2a. For vessels going to Puerto Princesa: Fuego Point, bearing 141o distant 4.1 miles. 187 35.5
b. For vessels going to Manila: Fuego Point, bearing 150o distant 3.3 miles (True
direct course and distance from No. 3). 008 35.3
* CAUTION - Avoid being set by currents onto the reefs extending Southeastward of
Golo Island.
3. Golo Light, bearing 315°, distant 2.5 miles. Chart 4305. 245/065 11.8
4. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 154°, distant 4.3 miles 180/000 3.9
5. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 090°, distant 2 miles. Chart 4706. 152/332 91.3
6. Ambulong Light, bearing 014°, distant 5.8 miles. 211/031 93.4
7. Maducang Island (965), bearing 131°, distant 7 miles. 180/000 17.0
8. Langoy Island Light, bearing 270°, distant 11 miles. Chart 4716. 240/060 95.2
9. Bancao-bancao Light, bearing 325°, distant 2.1 miles. Chart 4333. 304/124 1.6
10. Bancao-bancao Point, E tangent, bearing 013°. 290/110 2.5

3-5
 TABLE 4 - Manila to Puerto Princesa
CHARTS 4243 , 4255 , 4214 , 4305 , 4706, 4716 & 4333
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
* Continuation from No. 10.
11. Tidepole Light, bearing 040°, distant 0.6 mile. Steer for Caña Island. 349/169 1.2
12. Puerto Princesa Wharf, NW end, bearing 079o distant 500 yards. Proceed to wharf.

TABLE 5 - Manila to Zamboanga

(Via Calavite Pass)
CHARTS 4243 , 4255 , 4214 , 4305 , 4706, 4708 , 4511& 4645
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. For vessels going to Zamboanga, continue from Table 1B. For vessels going to
Manila, follow sailing directions in Table 1D upon reaching the vicinity of South
Channel entrance.
2a. For vessels going to Zamboanga: Fuego Point, bearing 141o distant 4.1 miles. 187 35.5
b. For vessels going to Manila: Fuego Point, bearing 150o distant 3.3 miles (True
direct course and distance from No. 3). 008 35.3
* CAUTION - Avoid being set by currents onto the reefs extending Southeastward of
Golo Island.
3. Golo Light, bearing 315°, distant 2.5 miles. Chart 4305. 245/065 11.8
4. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 154°, distant 4.3 miles. 180/000 3.9
5. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 090°, distant 2 miles. Chart 4706. 152/332 205.0
6. Nogas Light, bearing 062°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4708. 180.5/000.5 198
7. Batorampon Point, bearing 090°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4511. 165/345 7.4
8. San Ramon Penal Colony, bearing 075°, distant 1.1 miles. 148/328 3.0
9. Caldera Point, bearing 090°; Sta. Cruz Light, bearing 119°. 112.5/292.5 8.8
10. Zamboanga Light, bearing 036°, distant 0.9 mile. Chart 4645. various 0.9
11. Zamboanga Wharf.
* NOTE - For route via Verde Island Passage & Tablas Strait, Use table 17A - Manila to Nogas Light and continue
from no. 6.

3-6
 TABLE 6A - Manila to Polloc & Cotabato
(Via Calavite Pass)
CHARTS 4243 , 4255 , 4214 , 4305 , 4706, 4708 , 4511, 4645 & 4654
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. For vessels going to Cotabato, continue from Table 1B. For vessels going to
Manila, follow sailing directions in Table 1D upon reaching the vicinity of South
Channel entrance.
2a. For vessels going to Cotabato: Fuego Point, bearing 141o distant 4.1 miles. 187 35.5
b. For vessels going to Manila: Fuego Point, bearing 150 distant 3.3 miles (True
o

direct course and distance from No. 3). 008 35.3

* CAUTION - Avoid being set by currents onto the reefs extending Southeastward of
Golo Island.
3. Golo Light, bearing 315°, distant 2.5 miles. Chart 4305. 245/065 11.8
4. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 154°, distant 4.3 miles. 180/000 3.9
5. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 090°, distant 2 miles. Chart 4706. 152/332 205.0
6. Nogas Light, bearing 062°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4708. 180.5/000.5 198
7. Batorampon Point, bearing 090°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4511. 165/345 7.4
8. San Ramon Penal Colony, bearing 075°, distant 1.1 miles. 148/328 3.0
9. Caldera Point, bearing 090°; Sta. Cruz Light, bearing 119°. 106/286 16.5
10. Tictuan Island, west tangent, bearing 000°, distant 0.75 miles. 094/274 10.0
11. Little Malanipa Island, east tangent, bearing 000°, distant 1.3 miles. Chart 4708.
Continue to 12a for the course to Polloc and 12b for the course to Cotabato. 077/257 107.0
12a. For vessels going to Polloc. Talaya Point, Bongo Island, bearing 347°, distant 3.3
miles. Chart 4654. 058/238 12.0
13a. Marigabato Point, bearing 150°, distant 0.4 mile. 075/255 1.6
14a. North end point of Polloc Island, bearing 220°, distant 0.5 mile. Proceed to pier or
anchorage.

TABLE 6B - Manila to Polloc & Cotabato

(Via Calavite Pass)
CHARTS 4243 , 4255 , 4214 , 4305 , 4706, 4708 , 4511, 4645 & 4654
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
* Continued from No. 11 of Table 6A
12b For vessels going to Cotabato. Talaya Point, Bongo Island, bearing 347°, distant 087/267 9.7
3.3 miles. Chart 4654.
13b Cotabato Light, bearing 180o distant 0.4 mile.
14b Follow middle courses on Cotabato River to reach wharves of Cotabato.
* NOTE - For route via Verde Island Passage & Tablas Strait, Use table 17A - Manila to Nogas Light and continue
from no. 6.

3-7
 TABLE 7 - Manila to General Santos
(Via Calavite Pass)
CHARTS 4243 , 4255 , 4214 , 4305 , 4706, 4708 , 4645, 4511, 4607 & 4608
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. For vessels going to General Santos, continue from Table 1B. For vessels going to
Manila, follow sailing directions in Table 1D upon reaching the vicinity of South
Channel entrance.
2a. For vessels going to General Santos: Fuego Point, bearing 141o distant 4.1 miles. 187 35.5
b. For vessels going to Manila: Fuego Point, bearing 150 distant 3.3 miles (True
o

direct course and distance from No. 3). 008 35.3

* CAUTION - Avoid being set by currents onto the reefs extending Southeastward of
Golo Island.
3. Golo Light, bearing 315°, distant 2.5 miles. Chart 4305. 245/065 11.8
4. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 154°, distant 4.3 miles. 180/000 3.9
5. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 090°, distant 2 miles. Chart 4706. 152/332 205.0
6. Nogas Light, bearing 062°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4708. 180.5/000.5 198
7. Batorampon Point, bearing 090°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4511. 165/345 7.4
8. San Ramon Penal Colony, bearing 075°, distant 1.1 miles. 148/328 3.0
9. Caldera Point, bearing 090°; Sta. Cruz Light, bearing 119°. 106/286 16.5
10. Tictuan Island, west tangent, bearing 000°, distant 0.75 miles. 123/303 16.9
11. Sibago Light, bearing 045°, distant, 2.0 miles. Chart 4708. 110/290 165.8
12. Green Peak, bearing 356°, distant 8.3 miles, Balanting Point, bearing 043°, Chart
4607; Pass 1.0 mile east of Tampuan Point. 049/229 7.4
13. Tampuan Point, bearing 330°, distant 0.6 mile. Chart 4608. Steer towards General
Santos. 020/200 15.5
14. General Santos pier or anchorage.
* NOTE - For route via Verde Island Passage & Tablas Strait, Use table 17A - Manila to Nogas Light and continue
from no. 6.

3-8
 TABLE 8 - Manila to Davao
(Via Calavite Pass)
CHARTS 4243 , 4255 , 4214 , 4305 , 4706, 4708 , 4645, 4511, 4607 & 4608
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. For vessels going to Davao, continue from Table 1B. For vessels going to Manila,
follow sailing directions in Table 1D upon reaching the vicinity of South Channel
entrance.
2a. For vessels going to Davao: Fuego Point, bearing 141o distant 4.1 miles. 187 35.5
b. For vessels going to Manila: Fuego Point, bearing 150 distant 3.3 miles (True
o

direct course and distance from No. 3). 008 35.3

* CAUTION - Avoid being set by currents onto the reefs extending Southeastward of
Golo Island.
3. Golo Light, bearing 315°, distant 2.5 miles. Chart 4305. 245/065 11.8
4. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 154°, distant 4.3 miles. 180/000 3.9
5. Cape Calavite Light, bearing 090°, distant 2 miles. Chart 4706. 152/332 205.0
6. Nogas Light, bearing 062°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4708. 180.5/000.5 198
7. Batorampon Point, bearing 090°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4511. 165/345 7.4
8. San Ramon Penal Colony, bearing 075°, distant 1.1 miles. 148/328 3.0
9. Caldera Point, bearing 090°; Sta. Cruz Light, bearing 119°. 106/286 16.5
10. Tictuan Island, west tangent, bearing 000°, distant 0.75 miles. 123/303 16.9
11. Sibago Light, bearing 045°, distant, 2.0 miles. Chart 4708. 112/292 191
12. Tinaca Point Light, bearing 000°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4608. 090/270 5
13. Bukid Point, bearing 000°, distant 2.6 miles. Dome Peak (1950), bearing 315°.
Balot Island Volcano (2895), bearing 196°. Pass about 1.5 miles southeastward of
Banos Point. 035/215 31.4
* Note - Banos Point is easily recognized from the southward and has the
appearance of a small island from a distance.
14. Banos Point, (265) bearing 234 1/2°, distant 3.9 miles and Taller, bearing 305°.
011/191 9.3
15. Calian Point, bearing 270°, distant 1.8 miles. Pass about 1.8 miles west of Talikud
Island. 353/173 55.3
16. Dumalag Point, bearing 270°, distant 3.4 miles. 000/180 3
17. Davao Wharf, bearing 270, distant 0.2 mile. Proceed to the wharf or anchorage.
Chart 4656.
* NOTE - For route via Verde Island Passage & Tablas Strait, Use table 17A - Manila to Nogas Light and continue
from no. 6.

3-9
 TABLE 9 - Manila to Ozamiz City
(via Verde Island Passage, Tablas Strait , N Coast of Panay & Tañon Strait)
CHARTS 4243 , 4255 , 4214 , 4305 , 4706 , 4410 , 4414 , 4413 , 4428 , 4430 , 4604 & 4640
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. For vessels going to Ozamiz City, continue from Table 1B. For vessels going to
Manila, follow sailing directions in Table 1D upon reaching the vicinity of South
Channel entrance.
2a. For vessels going to Ozamiz City: Fuego Point, bearing 141o distant 4.1 miles. 174 17.1
b. For vessels going to Manila: Fuego Point, bearing 150 distant 3.3 miles (True
o

direct course and distance from No. 3). 178 16.8

3. Cape Santiago Light, bearing 142°, distant 10.0 miles. 163/343 5.8
4. Cape Santiago Light, bearing 118°, distant 5.0 miles. 136/316 4.9
5. Cape Santiago Light, bearing 040°, distant 1.5 miles. Direct course and distance to
6a. Reverse course and distance from 6b. 134/125 16.7/15.3
6a. For vessels going to Ozamiz City: West Peak (1003 ft), Maricaban Island, bearing
010o distant 5.7 miles. Continue course in Table 2A and then continue at 7a.
b. For vessels going to Manila: West Peak (1003 ft), Maricaban Island bearing 010o
distant 3.0 miles True direct course and distance to No. 5.
7a. For vessels going to Ozamiz City: Highest point of Baco Chico Island, bearing 270o
distant 4.4 miles. Direct course and distance to No. 8. 136 27.9
b. For vessels going to Manila: Malabrigo Point Light, bearing 340 distant 5.0
o

miles. Continue course in Table 2B and then continue at 6b. True direct course and
distance from No. 8. 322 28.4
8. Dumali Point Light, bearing 225°, distant 2.5 miles. 180/000 56.5
9. Sibolon Island Light, (left tangent), bearing 190°, distant 6.2 miles. 120/300 20.2
10. Lapuz-Lapuz Point, (left tangent), bearing 145°, distant 2.9 miles. Chart 4410,
4414. 115/295 33.1
11. Agpa Point bearing 265°, distant 9 miles. Chart 4413, 4405. 180/270 57.8
12. North Gigante Light, bearing 190°, distant 10.2 miles. 122/302 28.2
13. Tanguigui Island Light bearing 225°, distant 3 miles. 165/345 26.3
14. Hagnaya Light, bearing 081 distant 4.5 miles.
o
205/025 76.7
15. Pescador Island Light, bearing 126°, distant 1.8 miles. 186/006 30.2
16. Liloan Point, bearing 125°, distant 2.4 miles. Chart 4430, 4604. 150/330 71
17. Tabu Point Light, bearing 190°, distant 5.7 miles. 171/351 12.1
18. NE of the 2 leading lights located on Macaniguing Point, bearing 192°, distant 6.5 186/006 2.6
miles.
19. Port Ozamis Light, bearing 250°, distant 3.5 miles. Proceed to Ozamiz City Pier
Chart 4640. various

3-10
 TABLE 10 - Iloilo to Zamboanga
CHARTS 4448 , 4708 , 4511 & 4645
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. Mouth of Iloilo River or Anchorage. Follow mid-channel courses to pass 300 yards
Northward of Bondulan Point. Chart 4448. various 2.0
2. Bondulan Point, N tangent, bearing 135°, distant 0.4 mile. 224/044 2.1
3. Molo Church (twin spires), bearing 005 1/2°; Bondulan Point, bearing 049°.
185.5/005.5 0.7
4. Molo Church (twin spires), bearing 005 1/2°; Bondulan Point, bearing 036°.
216/036 11.3
5. Lusaran Light, bearing 090°, distant 2.9 miles. Chart 4708. 189.5/009.5 206
6. Batorampon Point, bearing 090°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4511. 165/345 7.4
7. San Ramon Penal Colony, bearing 075°, distant 1.1 miles. 148/328 3.0
8. Caldera Point, bearing 090°, Sta. Cruz Light, bearing 119°. 112.5/292.5 8.8
9. Zamboanga Light, bearing 036°, distant 0.9 mile. Proceed to Zamboanga Wharf.
Chart 4645.

TABLE 11 - Cebu to Zamboanga

CHARTS 4446 , 4447 , 4718 , 4708 , 4605 , 4511 & 4645
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. Cebu Wharves or Anchorage. Follow the established TSS in the southern channel of
Cebu Harbor. various
2. Lauis Ledge Light, bearing 037°, distant 0.5 mile. 208/028 64.3
3. Dumaguete Light, bearing 298°, distant 4.5 miles. 190/010 11.6
4. Apo Island Light, bearing 270°, distant 4.4 miles. Chart 4708. 228/048 95.0
5. Coronado Point, bearing 138°, distant 5.0 miles. Chart 4605. 212/032 16.7
6. Duluguin Point, bearing 122°, distant 4.7 miles. 192.5/012.5 41.2
7. Batorampon Point, bearing 090°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4511. 165/345 7.4
8. San Ramon Penal Colony, bearing 075°, distant 1.1 miles. 148/328 3.0
9. Caldera Point, bearing 090°; Sta. Cruz Light, bearing 119°. 112.5/292.5 8.7
10. Zamboanga Light, bearing 036°, distant 0.9 mile. Proceed to Zamboanga Wharf.
Chart 4645.

3-11
 TABLE 12 - Cebu to Surigao
CHARTS 4446 , 4447 , 4427, 4426, 4425, 4603 & 4629
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Cebu Wharves or Anchorage. Follow mid-channel courses. Chart 4446. various
2. Bantolinao Light, bearing 180°, distant 250 yards. Chart 4447. 057/237 1.0
3. Bantolinao Light, bearing 232°, distant 1.2 miles. Chart 4427. 084/264 20.6
4. Pacijan Island Peak (811), bearing 000°. 090/270 6.1
5. Mount Three Peaks (1282), Poro Island, bearing 000°. Chart 4426. 110/290 20.0
6. Canigao Light (F2434), bearing 200°, distant 1.4 miles. Chart 4425. 185/005 3.8
* Note-Vessels may also pass through Canigao Channel in daytime between Tood
Island and Adam Reef on course 196°, heading for Tinuibo Island.
7. Canigao Light, bearing 357°, on range with Mount Bontoc; Tinuibo Island bearing
232°. 232/052 0.8
8. Canigao Light, bearing 010°, and Tinuibo Island, bearing 232°. 190/010 4.7
9. Tinuibo Island, bearing 270°, distant 5.1 miles. Chart 4603. 114/294 34.4
10. Mount Nilongcapan (2354), Panaon Island, bearing 024°, distant 2.7 miles. Steer for
Mt. Conico (1100), Nonoc Island. 096.5/276.5 7.7
11. Basol Island on range with Telegraph Mountain (827), on Bayagnan Island; Mt.
Conico, bearing 096 1/2°. 112/292 3.9
12. Basol Island, bearing 112°, distant 2.8 miles; Bilas Point bearing 180°, distant 2
miles. Chart 4629. 132/312 5.9
13. Surigao Light, bearing 226°, distant 0.5 mile. various 0.7
14. Surigao Wharf or anchorage.

TABLE 13 - Cebu to Cagayan de Oro

CHARTS 4446 , 4447 , 4429 , 4708 & 4639
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Cebu Wharves or Anchorage. Follow the established TSS in the southern channel of
Cebu Harbor. various
2. Lauis Ledge Light, bearing 037°, distant 0.5 mile. 204/024 22.2
3. Baluarte Point, bearing 090°, distant 1.4 miles. Pass 1.5 miles W of Balicasag
Light. 192/012 23.9
4. Balicasag Light, bearing 060°, distant 2.0 miles. Chart 4708. 134/314 84.7
5. Macabalan Point Light, bearing 225°, distant 1.0 mile. various 1.3
6. Cagayan de Oro Wharf or anchorage. Chart 4639.

3-12
 TABLE 14 - Cebu to Iligan
CHARTS 4446 , 4447 , 4429 , 4708 & 4639
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Cebu Wharves or Anchorage. Follow the established TSS in the southern channel of
Cebu Harbor. various
2. Lauis Ledge Light, bearing 037°, distant 0.5 mile. 204/024 22.2
3. Baluarte Point, bearing 090°, distant 1.4 miles. Pass 1.5 miles W of Balicasag Light.
192/012 23.9
4. Balicasag Light, bearing 060°, distant 2.0 miles. Chart 4708. 156/336 84.0
5. Iligan Light, bearing 105°, distant 0.5 mile. Chart 4639. various 0.4
6. Iligan Wharf.

TABLE 15 - Cebu to Nasipit

CHARTS 4446 , 4447 , 4427 , 4426, 4429, 4430 & 4466
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Cebu Wharves or Anchorage. Follow mid-channel courses. Chart 4446. various
2. Bantolinao Light, bearing 180°, distant 250 yards. Chart 4447. 057/237 1.0
3. Bantolinao Light, bearing 232°, distant 1.2 miles. Chart 4427. 084/264 20.6
4. Pacijan Island Peak (811), bearing 000°. 090/270 6.1
5. Mount Three Peaks (1282), Poro Island, bearing 000°. Chart 4426. 110/290 20.0
6. Canigao Light (F2434), bearing 200°, distant 1.4 miles. Chart 4425. 185/005 3.8
* Note-Vessels may also pass through Canigao Channel in daytime between Tood
Island and Adam Reef on course 196°, heading for Tinuibo Island.
7. Canigao Light, bearing 357°, on range with Mount Bontoc; Tinuibo Island bearing
232°. 232/052 0.8
8. Canigao Light, bearing 010°, and Tinuibo Island, bearing 232°. 190/010 4.7
9. Tinuibo Island, bearing 270°, distant 5.1 miles. Chart 4603. 114/294 34.4
10. Mt. Nelangcapan (2354 ft.) Panaon Island, bearing 024°, distant 2.7 miles. Chart
4603. 164/344 45.0
11. Cabadbaran Light, bearing 122°, distant 4.7 miles; Nasipit Harbor Light, bearing
215°, distant 13.0 miles. 215/035 13.5
12. Nasipit Harbor Light, bearing 215°, distant 0.4 mile; Rocky bluff on W side of
entrance, bearing 345°; Marker bears 104°. 167/347 0.2
13. Pier or Anchorage.

3-13
 TABLE 16 - Cebu to Bislig
CHARTS 4664 , 4627 , 4628 , 4629 , 4603 , 4425 , 4426 , 4427 , 4447 & 4446
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Cebu Wharves or Anchorages. Follow mid-channel courses. Chart 4446. various
2. Bantolinao Light, bearing 180°, distant 250 yards. Chart 4447. 057/237 1.0
3. Bantolinao Light, bearing 232°, distant 1.2 miles. Chart 4427. 084/264 20.6
4. Pacijan Island Peak (811), bearing 000°. 090/270 6.1
5. Mount Three Peaks (1282), Poro Island, bearing 000°. Chart 4426. 110/290 20.0
6. Canigao Light, bearing 200°, distant 1.4 miles. Chart 4425. 185/005 3.8
* Note-Vessels may also pass through Canigao Channel in daytime between Tood
Island and Adam Reef on course 196°, heading for Tinuibo Island.
7. Canigao Light, bearing 357°, on range with Mount Bontoc; Tinuibo Island bearing
232°. 232/052 0.8
8. Canigao Light, bearing 010°, and Tinuibo Island, bearing 232°. 190/010 4.7
9. Tinuibo Island, bearing 270°, distant 5.1 miles. Chart 4603. 114/294 34.4
10. Mt. Nelangcapan (2354 ft.) Panaon Island, bearing 024° distant 2.7 miles; Steer for
Mt. Conico (1100 ft.) Nonoc Island. 096.5/276.5 20.0
11. Basol Island (E tangent) bearing 180°, distant 1.7 miles; Mt. Conico, bearing
096.5°. Steer for Rasa Light. Chart 4629. 125/305 7.3
12. Bilaan Point, bearing 272°, haul southward to pass 0.5 to 0.8 mile westward of the
light, and rounding it at about the same distance. Steer north-easterly mid-channel
courses. various 5.5
13. Rasa Island Light, bearing 246°, distant 3.9 miles; Bitogon Point, Bayagnan Island,
bearing 200°. Steer for middle of Banug Strait. 137/317 22.5
* Note: Vessel drawing more than 15 ft. (4.6 m) should make a slight deviation on
this course to avoid Hinatuan Rock, an unmarked rock with a depth of 3 1/2 fathom
(6.4 m)
14. Amaga Islet, in range with Dahakit Point Light, Chart 4628. 127/307 23.5
15. Cauit Point Light, bearing 270°, distant 1.0 mile. 160/340 27.2
16. Arangasa Island Light, bearing 270°, distant 2.4 miles. Chart 4627. 169/349 20.4
17. Bakulin Point (N tangent) bearing 274°, distant 5.3miles. 180/000 15.7
18. Beacon “A” and Beacon “B” in range, bearing 204°, Beacon 15, bearing 180°.
Chart 4664. 204/024 1.4
19. Red Nun Buoy in range with Beacon 15, distant 0.2 mile; Pass 200 m. NW of Black
Nun Buoy. 230/050 5.4
20. Bislig Pier or Anchorage.

3-14
 TABLE 17 - Cebu to Dapa
CHARTS 4446 , 4447 , 4427 , 4426 , 4425 , 4603 , 4629 & 4638
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Cebu Wharves or Anchorage. Follow mid-channel courses. Chart 4446. various
2. Bantolinao Light, bearing 180°, distant 250 yards. Chart 4447. 057/237 1.0
3. Bantolinao Light, bearing 232°, distant 1.2 miles. Chart 4427. 084/264 20.6
4. Pacijan Island Peak (811), bearing 000°. 090/270 6.1
5. Mount Three Peaks (1282), Poro Island, bearing 000°. Chart 4426. 110/290 20.0
6. Canigao Light, bearing 200°, distant 1.4 miles. Chart 4425. 185/005 3.8
* Note-Vessels may also pass through Canigao Channel in daytime between Tood
Island and Adam Reef on course 196°, heading for Tinuibo Island.
7. Canigao Light, bearing 357°, on range with Mount Bontoc; Tinuibo Island bearing
232°. 232/052 0.8
8. Canigao Light, bearing 010°, and Tinuibo Island, bearing 232°. 190/010 4.7
9. Tinuibo Island, bearing 270°, distant 5.1 miles. Chart 4603. 114/294 34.4
10. Mt. Nelangcapan (2354) Panaon Island, bearing 024°, distant 2.7 miles. Steer for
Mt. Conico, (1100), Nonoc Island. 096.5/276.5 1.0
11. Basol Island (E tangent) bearing 180°, distant 1.7 miles Mt. Conico bearing 096
1/2°. Steer for Rasa Island Light, Chart 4629. 125/305 7.3
12. Bilaa Point, bearing 272°, haul southward to pass 0.5 to 0.8 mile westward of the
light, and rounding it at about the same distance, steer north-easterly mid-channel various 5.5
courses.
13. Rasa Island Light, bearing 247°, distant 3.4 miles; Bitaogan Point, Bayagnan Island,
bearing 180°. 084/264 4.7
14. Rasa Island Light, bearing 257°, distant 8.0 miles; Belisan Point bearing 180°,
Hinatuan Island. 104/284 17.5
15. Mt. Sibonga, Middle Bucas Island bearing 180°, distant 3.0 miles; San Miguel Point
East Bucas Island bearing 121° Chart 4638. 110/290 2.0
16. San Miguel Point, bearing 202°, distant 0.3 mile; Mt. Sibonga bearing 219°.
060/240 0.3
17. Middle of entrance to channel between Cambasac and Abanay Island. Follow mid-
channel courses towards Dapa Pier. various 1.7

3-15
 TABLE 18 - Zamboanga to Basilan
CHARTS 4645 , 4511 & 4543
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Zamboanga Light, bearing 000°, distant 0.5 mile. Chart 4511. 128/308 3.2
2. Tictuan Island (west tangent) bearing 042°, distant 2.0 miles; Great Santa Cruz
Island, bearing 233°. 227/047 9.9
3. Malamaui Island Light, bearing 227°, distant 0.5 mile. Enter the channel to pass
about 250 yards eastward of Malamaui Light. When the light is abeam steer 210°,
following mid-channel courses for 1.5 miles. When abeam of the mouth of the creek
0.8 mile southwest of Binauhan River on Basilan Island, alter course to 221°, and
proceed to anchorage or wharves.

TABLE 19 - Zamboanga to Polloc

CHARTS 4645 , 4708 & 4654
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Zamboanga Light, bearing 000°, distant 0.5 mile. Chart 4511. 120/300 4.2
2. Tictuan Island, west tangent, bearing 000°, distant 1.3 miles. 091.5/271.5 9.8
3. Little Malanipa Island, east tangent, bearing 000°, distant 1.3 miles. Chart 4708.
077/257 107
4. Talaya Point, Bongo Island, bearing 347°, distant 3.3 miles. Chart 4654. 058/238 12
5. Marigabato Point, bearing 150°, distant 0.4 mile. 075/255 1.6
6. North end point of Polloc Island, bearing 220°, distant 0.5 mile. Proceed to pier or
anchorage.

TABLE 21 - Zamboanga to General Santos

CHARTS 4645 , 4511 , 4708 , 4607 & 4608
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Zamboanga Light, bearing 000°, distant 0.5 mile. Chart 4511. 120/300 20.9
2. Sibago Light, bearing 045°, distant, 2.0 miles. Chart 4708. 110/290 165.8
3. Green Peak, bearing 356°, distant 8.3 miles, Balanting Point, bearing 043°, Chart
4607; Pass 1.0 mile east of Tampuan Point. 049/229 7.4
4. Tampuan Point, bearing 330°, distant 0.6 mile. Chart 4608. Steer towards Gen.
Santos. 020/200 15.5
5. General Santos pier or anchorage.

3-16
 TABLE 20 - Zamboanga to Sitangkai
CHARTS 4645 , 4511 , 4512 , 4515 , 4514 & 4722
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. Zamboanga Light, bearing 036°, distant 0.9 mile. Chart 4511. 287/107 6.2
2. Santa Cruz Light, bearing 115°, distant 5.0 miles; Caldera Point, bearing 000°,
distant 1.7 miles. 225/045 19.5
3. Balukbaluk Island Peak (526), bearing 270°, distant 1.5 miles. Pass 2.0 miles east
of Mataja Island. 182/002 15.2
4. Mataja Light, bearing 348°; Pangasahan Hill (929), bearing 032 1/2°, Tamuk Island
(445), bearing 078 1/2°, distant 6.0 miles. Bring Pangasahan Hill (929) astorm and
steer for East Bolod (520) Island. Chart 4512.
212.5/032.5 9.5
5. East Bolod Island (520), bearing 312 1/2°, distant 2.9 miles. Chart 4518. 252.5/072.5 38.9
6. Daingapic Point, distant 1.4 miles on range with Jolo Light (F2196). 244/064 12.5
7. Mt. Tumatangas (2664), bearing 100°, Mt. Tukay (2034), bearing 128 1/2°.
231/051 51
8. Kangtipayan Diki Island (north tangent), bearing 142°, distant 1.5 miles. 239/059 30
9. Sangasanga Island Peak (300), bearing 169°, distant 7.2 miles. 200/020 43.6
10. Saluag Island Light, bearing 288°, distant 4.1 miles. 259/079 4.2
11. Saluag Island Light, bearing 004°, distant 2.1 miles. 301/121 2.6
12. Saluag Island Light, bearing 073°, distant 2.5 miles. 000/180 5.3
13. Sitangkai Anchorage. various

TABLE 22 - Zamboanga to Davao

CHARTS 4511 , 4708 , 4608 & 4656
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. Zamboanga Light, bearing 000°, distant 0.5 mile. Chart 4511. 120/300 20.9
2. Sibago Light, bearing 045°, distant 2.0 miles. Chart 4708. 112/292 191
3. Tinaca Point Light, bearing 000°, distant 1.5 miles. Chart 4608. 090/270 5
4. Bukid Point, bearing 000°, distant 2.6 miles. Dome Peak (1950), bearing 315°.
Balot Island Volcano (2895), bearing 196°. Pass about 1.5 miles southeastward of
Banos Point. 035/215 31.4
* Note - Banos Point is easily recognized from the southward and has the appearance
of a small island from a distance.
5. Banos Point, (265) bearing 234 1/2°, distant 3.9 miles and Taller, bearing 305°.
011/191 9.3
6. Calian Point, bearing 270°, distant 1.8 miles. Pass about 1.8 miles west of Talikud
Island. 353/173 55.3
7. Dumalag Point, bearing 270°, distant 3.4 miles. 000/180 3
8. Davao Wharf, bearing 270, distant 0.2 mile. Proceed to the wharf or anchorage.
Chart 4656.

3-17
 TABLE 23 - Zamboanga to Cotabato
CHARTS 4511 , 4708 & 4654
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. Zamboanga Light, bearing 000°, distant 0.5 mile. Chart 4511. 120/300 4.2
2. Tictuan Island, west tangent, bearing 000°, distant 1.3 miles. 091.5/271.5 9.8
3. Little Malanipa Island, east tangent, bearing 000°, distant 1.3 miles. Chart 4708.
077/257 116.2
4. Marigabato Point, bearing 019°, distant 4.1 miles and Panalisan Point in range with
Cotabato Hill (185). Proceed to anchorage or into the river. Chart 4654.

TABLE 24 - Zamboanga to Jolo

CHARTS 4511 , 4512 , 4518 & 4541
True Course Distance
POSITION Direct/ Nautical
Reverse Miles
Degrees
1. Zamboanga Light, bearing 036°, distant 0.9 mile. Chart 4511. 287/107 6.2
2. Santa Cruz Light, bearing 115°, distant 5.0 miles; Caldera Point, bearing 000°,
distant 1.7 miles. 225/045 19.5
3. Balukbaluk Island Peak (526), bearing 270°, distant 1.5 miles. Pass 2.0 miles east of
Mataja Island. 182/002 15.2
4. Mataja Light, bearing 348°; Pangasahan Hill (929), bearing 032 1/2°, Tamuk Island
(445), bearing 078 1/2°, distant 6.0 miles. Bring Pangasahan Hill (929) astorm and
steer for East Bolod (520) Island. Chart 4512.
212.5/032.5 9.5
5. East Bolod Island (520), bearing 312 1/2°, distant 2.9 miles. Chart 4518. 252.5/072.5 38.9
6. Daingapic Point, distant 1.4 miles on range with Jolo Light. 239/059 1.6
7. Jolo Light, bearing 185°, distant 2.2 miles. Chart 4541. 185/005 2.2
8. Jolo Wharf.

3-18
 TABLE 25 - Jolo to Cotabato
CHARTS 4541 , 4518 , 4512 , 4511 , 4605 , 4606 & 4654
True Distance
POSITION Course Nautical
Direct/ Miles
Reverse
Degrees
1. Jolo Light, bearing 185°, distant 0.5 mile. Charts 4541, 4518. 005/185 1.7
2. Jolo Light, bearing 185°, distant 2.2 miles, and Mount Paticul bearing 105°.
059/239 1.6
3. Daingapic Point, bearing 207°, distant 1.4 miles, on range with Jolo Light (F2196).
084/264 49
* CAUTION-Strong and irregular currents may be expected on this course and due
precautions must be taken to make the course good.
4. Tatalan Light, bearing 000°, distant 1.0 mile. Charts 4512. 090/270 7.5
5. Mount Bancaobancao (892), Tapiantana Island, bearing 000°, distant 6.3 miles, and
Tatalan Light bearing 277 1/2°. Chart 4512. 064/244 7.5
6. Marigabato Point bearing 019°, distant 4.1 miles and Panalisan Point in range with
Cotabato Hill (185). Proceed to anchorage or onto the river. Chart 4654.

3-19
 CHAPTER 4
CALAMIAN GROUP AND
CUYO ISLANDS
CHARTS 1551, 1552, 4314, 4315, & 4350
Calamian Group and Cuyo Islands is at the N end of on bold points. The tops of the higher hills are covered
Sulu Sea and lie between the main archipelago of the country mostly with cogon grass, the lower slopes and valley being
and Palawan. They are separated from Mindoro Island by wooded. The forests produce good lumber for building
Mindoro Strait and Panay Island by Cuyo East Pass. construction and cabinet work. Little areas of land are being
5 cultivated. Timber and some cattle are the principal products
With the exception of the several islands in the Cuyo exported. Manganese ore is being mined in Busuanga Island.
Group, Calamian Group and the smaller islands adjacent Commercial fishing have been developed.
to Palawan are sparsely populated and are practically
undeveloped. Lumbering is the major industry in the islands. DIMIPAC ISLAND, 134 m (349 ft) high, is about 2
Some cattle, copra and almaciga are shipped. Commercial 10 miles N of Macachin Point. The island is about 2.4 km long
fishing has been also developed. in an ENE direction, 730 m wide, and covered with few trees
and light vegetation. The N side is steep and rocky, the S has
WEATHER - The SW monsoon usually blows from some low portion with a narrow sand beach. The island is
July to October, and the NE from January to April. During the almost surrounded by a coral reef about 90 m wide.
change of the monsoon which occurs during November and 15
December and again during May and June, the best weather SAIL ROCKS, a group of several boulders, the highest
of the year may be expected. Squalls and rain lasting from of which is 33 m (109 ft), are 0.8 mile N of Dimipac Island.
5 to 10 days occur during the SW monsoon. These seem
to be caused by some typhoons passing N. Fair weather NORTHWEST ROCK, 39 m (127 ft) high, is 2
occasionally lasting a month or more may be experienced 20 miles NW of Sail Rocks. This rock is flat-topped, 180 m in
between these periods of bad weather. The NE monsoon diameter, bare of vegetation, and dark in appearance.
blows more steadily but with less force than SW monsoon.
TANOBON ISLAND, 80 m (263 ft) high, is generally
CAUTION - Pearl farms, marked by rows of buoys, rocky and wooded. It is about 2 miles NE of Inagtapan Point.
are located on the waters surrounding the Calamian Group. 25 The island is about 0.6 miles in NE direction, 230 m wide,
Majority of the pearl farms are concentrated around the and surrounded by a narrow coral reef. A foul area with
islands between Busuanga and Culion Islands at the W several rocks extends about 0.8 mile NE of the island, the
entrance to Coron Bay. Armed guards may prohibit passage N limit of which is marked by a rock 7 m (22 ft) high. Two
near the pearl farms. rocks each 1.2 m (4 ft) high are 1.0 mile NW of the SW point
30 of the island. The 36.6-meter (20-fathom) curve is within
DISTRESS & RESCUE – The islands are within the 300 m from these rocks, except for shoals close inshore the
coverage of the MF DSC alerting system of the Manila bottom in this vicinity is generally regular.
Rescue Coordinating Center. Vessels in distress may contact
the Manila Rescue Coordinating Center. COLOCOTO ROCKS, a group of four large, black
35 boulders, 11.5 miles NE of Macachin Point, appear as one
There are remotely controlled coast stations with VHF when seen from a bearing of 125o or opposite direction. The
DSC alerting in Coron and Cuyo. The details of the DSC SE and the largest rock is 65 m (214 ft) high. The rocks have
system may be read in Chapter 2 of this publication. precipitous sides and are mostly underscored from 1 to 5 m
(3 to 15 ft) by the action of the sea. Few small vines are
Coast Guard stations in various areas of Calamian Group 40 the only vegetation on the rock and are visible from a short
and Cuyo Islands may also be contacted through mobile distance only. From the offing Colocoto Rocks appear as a
phone, the details of which may be read in their respective slate-colored pile of barren rocks. Depths of 54.9 m (30 fm)
sections. may be found 730 m from these rocks. There is a 14.2 m (7.75
fm) shoal patch about 2 miles SW of the highest of the rocks.
NORTHERN PART OF BUSUANGA 45
(CHART 4314) DUMUNPALIT ISLAND, 7 miles SE of Colocoto
Rocks, is 91 m (297 ft) high. The island is about 730 m long
CALAMIAN GROUP, comprising the island of in a N direction, 460 m wide, and rocky. It is surrounded by
Busuanga, Coron, Culion, and several other smaller islands, a coral reef 550 m wide in places, with scattered bare rocks.
lie on the SW coast of Mindoro Island, from which they 50 The island may be passed within at least 0.5 mile.
are separated by Mindoro Strait. All the larger islands are
generally irregular in shape, hilly with some rocky cliffs DIBOYOYAN ISLAND, about 9 miles SE of Tanobon

4-1
Island, is about 0.7 mile long in a SE direction and 230 m
wide. The island is generally rocky, 58 m (191 ft) high, and
surrounded by a coral reef which is about 365 m wide off
its N side. It may be passed to about 550 m.
DIMAQUIAT ISLAND, about 2 miles S of Diboyoyan
Island, is 0.5 mile long in a NW direction and about 365 m
wide. It is generally rocky on the NW and with a hill 77 m
(251 ft) high. The shoreline is fringed by coral reef attaining
about 365 m wide on the NW point of the island. Cottages
and facilities of a private resort occupy the W and S shores
of the island.
A shoal with a depth of 6.9 m (3.8 fm) is 1.2 miles NW
of the island. Several other shoals with depths ranging from 15
2.7 to 11.4 m (1.5 to 6.2 fm) are between Dimaquiat Island
and Busuanga shore.
MALPAGALEN ISLAND, 0.8 mile SE of Dimaquiat
Island, is about 0.3 mile long in a N direction, 92 m wide,
and 31 m (102 ft) high. It is connected to Dimaquiat Island
by an underwater ridge of sand and coral. The depth near
the Dimaquiat Island end of this ridge is about 7 m (3.8 fm).
NANGA ISLANDS, two in number, are 7 miles NNE 25
of Coconogon Point. The N island is 0.8 mile long in a NW
direction and an average width of 550 m. Two hills, 76 and
65 m (248 and 212 ft) high, are on the W and E end of the
island, respectively. The S island is triangular in shape, about
0.5 mile on each side. A hill near the N point is 53 m (173 ft) 30
high. The islands are surrounded by coral reefs with several
large detached bare rocks. The channel between the islands
is foul and may be used only by small boats at high water.
A rocky islet, 29 m (95 ft) high steep-to on all sides is
about 1 mile NE of the N Nanga Island. About 6 miles farther
in the same direction is a shoal, reported in 1949, to have
a least depth of 11 m (6 fms). A bank, with a least depth of
14.6 m (8 fm), lies about one-third the distance between it
and Dinumpalit Island.
CAMANGA ISLAND, about 2 miles S of Nanga
Islands, is 65 m (213 ft) high, about 460 m long in an E
direction and 183 m wide. The island is generally rocky,
wooded, and surrounded by coral reef about 183 m in places.
Several large rocks varying in heights from 1 to 27 m (3 to 90
ft) are scattered around the island. The 27-meters (90-foot)
rock, 0.5 mile W of the island is bold and makes a good
landmark. About 750 m NE of the island, is a rock awash
and steep-on on all sides. The narrow channel between it
and Camanga Island has a least depth of 9.6 m (5.25 fm).
TARA ISLAND, the largest of the islands NE of
Busuanga, is 3 miles long in a NNW direction and has an
average width of 0.5 mile. The highest point with an elevation
of 145 m (477 ft) is near the S part of the island. The hills
have light brown color, with a distinct greenish tint during
the rainy season, are bare of trees, and from a distance appear
as separate islands. The lower slopes and valleys are covered
with bamboo and jungle, with a few small cultivated areas.
The W shore is mostly sand beach with a wide coral reef and
outlying rocks and islets. The E shore is generally rocky with
steep bluffs. About 1.5 miles N of the island is a shoal with
a least depth of 10.1 m (5.5 fm).
5
Anchorage - Good anchorage may be found off the
barrio on the W side of the island in 18.3 to 31 m (10 to 17
fm) depth. The small stone pier at the barrio which is partly
in ruins is used by bancas and small boats as landing place.
10
LAGAT ISLAND, 0.5 mile SW of the S end of Tara
Island, is 1 mile long in a SSE direction and has an average
width of 275 m. The island is rocky, steep, and has nearly
bare eroded cliffs on both sides which show red or yellow
through the sparse vegetation. The highest point of the ridge
extending from one end of the island to another, is 80 m (261
ft). A narrow coral reef surrounds the island, widening only
at the S end to about 550 m. The channel between Tara and
Lagat Islands is about 0.5 mile wide with a navigable depth
20 of 29 m (16 fm) in the middle. Except for the 2.3 m (1.25 fm)
spot, 0.7 mile off the N end of the island, this channel is clear.
BANTAC ISLAND, 2 miles SE of Tara Island, is 0.8
mile wide on the N part tapering to a sharp point, 1.5 miles
S. A hill 121 m (396 ft) high, in the middle of the island,
forms a ridge sloping down to the S point. The N part of
the island is generally flat with little elevation. A 12-meter
(40-foot) rock lies about 640 m off the middle of the W side
of the island. Another 18-meter (59-foot) rock lies 640 m
SE of the above rock and about 182 m offshore of Bantac
Island. Bantac Island Light (12° 13' 16"N., 120° 23' 33"E.)
is located on the E coast of the island.
CALANHAYAUN ISLAND, immediately S of Bantac
35 Island, is 76 m (248 ft) high near the S end, 0.7 mile long in
a NW direction, and about 410 m wide. It is connected by
a coral reef to the S point of Bantac Island. A 9-meter (30-
foot) rock islet surrounded by a wide drying reef lies about
0.7 mile off the W side of the Island. This rock and the rocks
40 off the W side of Bantac Island show up well from the N
or S. Bantac Island and Calanhayaun Island are like Lagat
Island in that the rocks of which they are formed show red
or yellow through the sparse vegetation.
45 LUBUTGLUBUT ISLAND, 0.8 mile SW of
Calanhayaun Island, is 112 m (366 ft) high, about 550 m in
diameter, and appears dome-shaped when seen from E. The
island is rocky with bare cliffs on the N side.
50 BROWN ROCKS, 1.3 miles S of Lubutglubut Island,
are two in number. The NW one and the largest is about 183
m in extent, 50 m (163 ft) high, bare and dark brown color,
with few bushes. They may be easily recognized and form
excellent landmarks in the vicinity.
55
NORTH COAST OF BUSUANGA ISLAND
(CHART 4314)
BUSUANGA ISLAND, the largest of the Calamian
60 Group, is about 34 miles long in an E direction and 18 miles
4-2
wide at the widest part. It is very irregular in form, its coasts
being indented by an almost continuous succession of bays
and inlets in most of which are one or more islands or islets
and rocks. The coasts of the islands and these bays are nearly
everywhere fringed by a reef. The island is hilly; the highest
mountains are in the SE part of it.
Mount Tundalara, on the S part and the highest point
of the island, is 652 m (2,140 ft) high. This peak is frequently
covered by clouds, but when visible forms a good landmark.
MACACHIN POINT, the most N point of Busuanga
Island, is generally low, rocky and fringed by coral reef
about 460 m wide.
INAGTAPAN POINT, 2 miles ESE of Macachin Point,
is bold, rocky and steep, with high bare cliff. The point
forms a ridge extending in a SW direction to the W side of
the island. The highest point of this ridge, 222 m (728 ft), is
about 1 mile W of the point.
CALAUIT BAY is a wide indentation between a
point located about 2.3 miles SSE of Inagtapan Point and
ALAROGAO POINT, about 2.2 miles E by S. The barrios
of Calauit and Quezon stands on the N and S shores of this 25
bay, respectively. The bay has irregular bottom with depths
of 6 to 36.6 m (11 to 20 fm) and open to the NE monsoon.
The shoreline is fringed by coral reef 183 to 550 m in places.
Extensive mud flats, backed by mangrove border on the W
shore especially off the mouth of the Ditipac River. During 30
good weather specially from the months of March to June,
a fishing fleet operating in the vicinity, use Calauit Bay as
headquarters.
DITIPAC RIVER, originating from the N hills of
Busuanga Island, has two mouths; one emptying into Calauit
Bay and the other into Illultuk Bay, on the W side of the
island. The river forms a channel accordingly making the
most NW part of Busuanga Island an island which is known
locally as CALAUIT ISLAND. Launches drawing not more
than 1 m (3 ft) use the river as a cut-off, being careful to
arrive at the E end when there is more than half tide on the
flats at Calauit Bay.
CALAUIT ISLAND, the most NW part of Busuanga
Island, is the location of the Calauit Safari Park that hosts
various animal species from Africa. The whole island and
the animals are subject to government protection. Mariners
who wish to land on the island must obtain permits from the
provincial government of Palawan.
MINUIT ANCHORAGE (CHART 4335), about 7
miles SE of Inagtapan Point, is a small open bight with
depths of 9 to 22 m (5 to 12 fm). It is generally exposed to
N winds. The E part of the anchorage is partially protected 55
from NE, E and S by the extensive reef and offlying islands.
MINUIT, a village which serves as the headquarters
of a large hacienda, stands on the S shore of the anchorage.
Some copra is exported.
Anchorage - Vessels usually anchor in the middle of
the bight 15 to 17 m (8 to 9 fm), mud bottom.
From Minuit Anchorage to Port Caltom a distance of
5 about 6.5 miles SE, the shoreline is irregular, rocky and
bordered by coral reefs varying in widths from 365 m to
about 0.6 mile in places. Back of the shoreline close to the
beach are rows of steep hills usually covered by cogon grass.
Several shoals with depths of 2.7 to 12.4 m (1.5 to 6.8 fm)
10 are off the coast.
PORT CALTOM (CHART 4335), an irregular-shaped
bay about 1 mile in extent affords good protected anchorages
in between its several bights with depths of 11 to 45.7 m
15 (6 to 25 fm). The NE side of the bay is formed by the SE
part of the peninsula extending from the coast of Busuanga
Island, S of Malgapalen Island. A long, narrow coral reef
extends about 0.5 mile in a SE direction from its N head. A
conical brown hill, 173 m (568 ft) high on the N side of the
20 entrance, is a good landmark when approaching the port. A
private resort occupies the beach SW of the hill. A causeway
with a stilthouse at the offshore end extends from the resort.
Anchorage - On the N part of the bay a good anchorage
may be had about 550 m SW of the conical brown hill in
36.6-meter (20-fathom) depth, mud bottom, about 230 m
off the private resort.
Directions - The anchorage on the N part of the bay is
easy of access and may be approached by keeping off about
183 m from the N shore.
PANGAUARAN RIVER, a large stream which empties
into the SW part of Port Caltom, is navigable only by bancas
35 at high water. A fishing village at the N bank of the river is
connected by road to barrio SAN JOSE which is 2 km inland.
Some firewood are shipped.
Small boats can go 0.9 miles upstream to the small
40 landing which is connected by dirt road to Barrio Decalachao
(Maricaban). The barrio is connected by road to Busuanga
Airport, which is about 2.1 miles SE of the barrio. There
are daily commercial flights between Manila and Busuanga
Airport.
45
Anchorage - An area of about 365 m in extent 0.2 mile
upstream from the river mouth, with depths of 11 to 20.1 m
(6 to 11 fm) is a good protected anchorage.
50 Directions - From a point 0.8 mile E of Malpagalen
Island, steer 180o until the rocky point on the N side of Port
Caltom is on starboard beam, distance about 0.5 mile, then
steer 246o, heading for the entrance to the river. When the
W entrance point of the mouth of Pangauaran River is on
starboard beam, change course to 217o, and proceed to the
anchorage. The deep water is only about 90 m wide at the
entrance, and the W side should be favored, keeping a good
lookout for the reefs on both sides. Shoal water extends about
140 m W of the E entrance point and should be avoided.
60
4-3
 From Port Caltom to the barrio of Decabobo, a distance
of 7 miles SE, the coast is generally rocky with steep cliffs
on salient points. Rugged hills which are mostly covered
by cogon grass lie close to the shore. The waterway in this
area is protected by Cabilauan and other small islands.
Numerous small detached reefs and shoals, the positions
of which may be best understood by reference to the chart,
abound in this area.
About 6 miles SE from Port Caltom, the coast extends
1 mile E forming a small bay which is full of coral reefs.
From the N side of this bay the shoreline trends E for about
2 miles, then bends in a general N direction for about 6 miles
to Coconongon Point.
DECABOBO, a barrio on the coast about 1 mile SE of
the SE end of Cabilauan Island, has a small pier. The barrio
is connected by road to the town of Coron, about 8 miles S.
CABILAUAN ISLAND, about 5 miles long and
narrow, lies astride the bay formed between the peninsula
terminating in Coconongon Point and the peninsula partially
enclosing Port Caltom. It is composed of ridges of hills,
the highest of which is 218 m (715 ft) in the middle of the
island. About 0.5 mile NW of the NW extremity of the island
is a narrow island about 550 m long and 26 m (85 ft) high.
The channel between them is encumbered by a reef with
20.7-meter (68 ft) rock on it. The SE end of the island lies
about 825 m to 1.1 miles offshore. Good anchorage can be
taken in the vicinity in 12.8 to 26.6 m (7 to 14.5 fm). The
usefulness of this anchorage is limited in that the area is
difficult of approach on account of the several shoals that
are scattered in the area.
Between the SE side of Cabilauan Island and the coast 35
of Busuanga Island, an area about 2 miles wide, are a
number of islands, as well as numerous reefs and shoals. In
geographic order from NW the islands are: DICAPADIAC,
DIMALANTA, LAUIT, LIATUI and HADYIBULAC
ISLANDS. Lauit Island, the largest, is slightly more than 40
0.5 mile long. The heights of these island range from 54 to
95 m (179 to 313 ft).
EAST COAST OF BUSUANGA
(CHARTS 4314 and 4351)
The E coast of Busuanga covers the coast from
Coconongon Point to Bocao Point.
DISTRESS & RESCUE - Vessels off the E coast of
Busuanga may contact the MF DSC of the Manila Rescue
Coordinating Center or the VHF DSC station in Coron. The
nearest Coast Guard station is in the barrio of Turda, which
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-8291532.
MOUNT COCONONGON, on the N end of the
peninsula extending in a N direction from the NE coast
Busuanga Island, is 256 m (841 ft) high. It is cone-shaped,
covered with trees and bushes, and makes a prominent
landmark. 60
COCONONGON POINT, about 0.5 mile NE of Mount
Coconongon, is steep, rocky with high bare cliffs. The water
around the point drops off abruptly, with the 18.3-meter curve
(10-fathom) about 183 m from shore. A rock 1.5 m (5 ft)
5 high, is 1 mile NW of the point. As the rock is hard to see,
Coconongon Point should be given a good berth of at least
1.5 miles. About 730 m E of the same point is a shoal with
a depth of 10.5 m (5.75 fm).
10 From Coconongon Point, the coast trends S for 1.7
miles thence E for about 1 mile to an unnamed point. An
unnamed island, 77 m (253 ft) high, lies close NW of this
latter point. This island which is connected to the point by
a bare reef forms a deep, clear and reef-fringed bay. The
15 barrio of Malawig is located just SW of the unnamed point.
DEPAGAL ISLAND lies close off the coast in a
position about 3.5 miles SSE of Coconongon Point. It is about
228 m (747 ft) high in its central part. The channel between
20 the island and the mainland is mostly foul.
NAPUSCUD ISLAND lies close S of Depagal Island
and is also close off the mainland. It is triangular in shape,
the W side of which forms the NE side of Maningas Bay.
25 There is a 253-meter (829-foot) peak about in the middle
part of the island. A drying reef connects this island with
Depagal Island.
BUENAVISTA (PALI), a barrio on the coast W of
30 Depagal Island, has a 240 m long stone mole. Buenavista is
connected by road to the barrio of Decabobo.
MINANGAS BAY (CHART 4335), 6 miles SE of
Coconongon Point, is about 0.6 mile wide at the entrance
and 1.5 miles long in a SW direction. The N part of the bay
is protected by Napuscud and Depagal Islands. The S part is
exposed to the NE. Irregular coral reef varying in widths from
92 to 460 m in places borders the S part of the bay. From a
distance, the entrance may be distinguished by several long
reddish-brown scars and small landslides on the extreme E
end of Napuscud Island.
A 0.6 m 0.5 m (0.25 fm) shoal lies about 460 m S of the
S extremity of Napuscud Island. A shoal, with a depth 2.3 m
45 (1.25 fm), lies about 825 m E of the same point. These shoals
can be seen when the light is favorable. With the exception
of the above shoals, Minangas Bay is generally deep.
Anchorage - The best anchorage in Minangas Bay is
50 about 460 m NW of the S point of Napuscud Island in 21.9
m (12 fm).
Directions - To enter Minangas Bay the passage E of
Napuscud Island, is the one generally used. The passage W
55 of Depagal Island is not recommended on account of the
numerous coral heads in the fairway. From a position 460
m E of the NE point of Napuscud Island, steer 218o. This
course leads mid-way between the E shore of Napuscud
Island and the 2.3 m (1.25 fm) shoal in the middle of the
bay. By favoring the E side of Napuscud Island and keeping
4-4
within 230 m, round the S point, then anchor W of the island.
The 0.5 and 2.3 m (0.25 and 1.25 fm) shoals are easily
distinguished by the discoloration of water over them and
should be avoided.
From Minangas Bay to Alonon Point, a distance of 7
miles SE, the coast is characterized by a succession of high
cliff points with low mangrove bights. The coral reefs that
border the points are narrow and in the bights the widths vary
from a few meters to about 460 m. Several small islands and
rocks are on the reef close inshore.
MOUNT MINANGAS, 560 m (1,838 ft) high is about
3.5 miles SE of Minangas Bay and 2.5 miles back of the coast.
It is the most N and the highest of the three cogon-covered
peaks fairly close together on an irregular saw-toothed range
extending in a SE direction from Minangas Bay.
Between Alonon Point and Demelias Island, are two
small bays which offer good anchorage for small vessels
during the SW monsoon. The bay SE of DEMELIAS
ISLAND is about 0.6 mile wide with depths of 18.3 to 53
m (10 to 29 fm). Near the head of this bay is a shoal with a
depth of 5.9 m (3.25 fm). The barrio of Turda is at the head
of this bay. The bay NW of SALUNG ISLAND has a width
of about 550 m with depths of 14.6 to 23.8 m (8 to 13 fm).
A shoal with a depth of 1.4 m (0.75 fm) is near the head of
the bay. LUNGAON is a village on its N shore.
ALONON POINT, the most E point of Busuanga
Island, is a reef-fringed point projecting only slightly from
the coast. The land immediately within the point is hilly.
PORT BORAC (CHART 4351), about 1.5 miles SW
of Alonon Point, is a small inlet about 460 m wide at the 35
entrance with depths of 23.8 m (13 fm), decreasing to 5.5 m
(3 fm) in the middle of its narrowest part. The inner basin
which trends in a S direction is about 0.5 mile long and 735
m wide, but is shoaled with extensive mud flats, specially
on the W side off the mouth of the river. 40
From the S entrance point of Port Borac, the coast trends
SSE for about 3 miles to Bocao Point. The coast is very
irregular and is fringed by a reef to a distance of up to 0.5
mile. There is a 5.9-meter (3.2 fm) shoal in the middle of
the channel E of this section of the coast in a position about
0.7 mile WSW of the S end of Dinaran Island.
BOCAO POINT, the SE extremity of Busuanga Island,
is 35 m (116 ft) high. The point is rocky and surrounded by
a coral reef extending about 735 m SE. The rocky islets, 14
and 15 m (45 and 50 ft) high, respectively lie near the outer
edge of this reef.
DINARAN ISLAND, 1 mile SE of Alonon Point is 55
about 1 mile long, 550 m wide, and 78 m (256 ft) high is
sparsely wooded, specially its summit. The island is bordered
by a coral reef 183 m wide off its S end to about 0.5 mile wide
NE off its N point. The channel between the island and the
main shore of Busuanga is about 1 mile wide. It is generally 60
deep except for the 3.2-meter (1.75-fathom) shoal 0.5 mile
E of Alonon Point. Several shoal patches, with depths of
from 2.7 to 8.7 m (1.5 to 4.75 fm), lie as far as 3.5 miles N
of the island; the outer edge of this series of shoals is about
5 2 miles off Busuanga Island.
MATAYA REEF, immediately SE of Dinaran Island,
is an extensive formation of coral and sand partially bare at
low water. The reef is almond-shaped, 3 miles long in a N
10 direction and 1.3 miles wide.
MATAYA ISLAND, on the E side of the reef, is very
small, and 13 m (43 ft) high. A narrow channel between
Dinaran Island and Mataya Reef has a controlling depth of
15 16.4 m (9 fm) but is not recommended on account of some
shoals near its S end. Several detached shoals with depths
of 2.7 m to 9.6 m (1.5 to 5.2 fm) are S of Mataya Reef.
Vessels navigating in this vicinity should keep off at least
2.5 miles from the edge of the reef fringing the main coast
20 of Busuanga, the channel is only about 0.6 mile wide with
depths of 20.1 m (11 fm).
SOUTH COAST OF BUSUANGA ISLAND
(CHART 4351)
25
From Bocao Point to the entrance to Dipuyoy River,
a distance of about 22 miles, the coast is very irregular,
indented by small bays, coves and inlets. It is generally
rugged with rolling hills close to the shore. Numerous island,
30 also irregular in shapes and forming protected anchorages
in between them, are scattered off the coast. Several small
rivers which empty into the bays are navigable only by
bancas and small boats.
DIBATUC ISLAND, 1.8 miles SW of Bocao Point, is
133 m (436 ft) high. It is 0.5 mile long in a NNW direction,
about 460 m wide, and rocky with bare cliffs on all sides.
The island forms a good landmark when entering the E end
of Coron Passage. It is steep-to and may be passed within a
distance of 225 m.
CORON ISLAND, separated by Coron Passage from
the S coast of Busuanga, is high, rocky, and very precipitous.
The island is similar to an elongated heart 10.7 miles long in
45 a N direction and about 5 miles wide. From distance E, the
high pinnacle peaks appear as separate islands. The highest
point of land with an elevation of 527 m (1,729 ft) is on the W
central part of the island. The E side of the island has several
small unprotected bays which are used only by transient
50 fishermen. The bay S of the NE point has an extent of about
0.5 mile but is constricted by coral reef, and is generally
foul. Depths of 3.7 to 14.6 m (2 to 8 fm) may be found in
between the narrow breaks in the reefs. The bay on the E
central part of the island, about 1 mile in extent, is almost
filled by an extensive coral reef bare at low water. The bay
2.5 miles NNW of Calis Point has a clear area of about 460
m with depth of 12.8 m (7 fm) but the entrance is narrow
with a depth of 7 m (3.8 fm). The basin immediately N of
Calis Point has a swinging room of about 230 m in diameter,
but the entrance is obstructed by coral sand bar.
4-5
 A 20-meter (10.9-fathom) deep ridge extending about narrowest part, between Limaa Point and ROJA POINT. It is
5.3 miles long in a NE direction from the E coast of Coron generally deep, and 25.5 m (13.9 fm) can be carried through
Island, has various small detached shoals, ranging from 1.8 the fairway. It leads off the S end of Mindoro Strait to Coron
to 7.7 m (1 to 4.2 fm). A small detached shoal with a depth of Harbor trending at first NW and then curving around Limaa
3.2 m (1.7 fm) is about 6 miles E of Coron Island. Between 5 Point in a SW direction into Coron Bay.
this shoal and the ridge is a bank with depths of 2.2 to 8.2
m (1.2 to 4.5 fm). East Maquinit Island, 54 m (176 ft) high and 0.5 mile
SW of Limaa Point, divides the passage into two channels.
CALIS POINT, the S extremity of Coron Island, The island is small, steep, rocky, and may be passed close-to
is formed by a vertical cliff 122 m (400 ft) high with 10 on either side.
overhanging base, undercut to a depth of 6.1 m (20 ft).
The water around the point drops off abruptly and it can be Maquinit Island rises from the reef fringing the N
navigated 82 m from the cliff face. shore in a position about 643 m NE of CORON POINT. The
highest islet in this rather compact group of several small
DELIAN ISLAND, slightly more than 3 miles ENE of 15 islets is 28 m (93 ft) high. The reef surrounding the group
Calis Point, is 241 m (790 ft) high. The island is 1.5 miles has a depth of 4.1 m (2.2 fm) in a position about 825 m E
long in a N direction, 0.8 mile wide, and tapering to the S of Coron Point. These dangers can be avoided by keeping
end. It is generally rocky and steep. The shoal water within close to East Maquinit Island.
the 10-meter (5.5-fathom) curve extends about 0.5 mile from
the E shore, specially on the NE and S ends of the island. The 20 Aids to Navigation - Cardinal buoys were installed
W side is more regular and steep-to. A small rocky islet, 38 from the W entrance of the Coron Passage to the entrance
m (126 ft) high, is about 550 m S of the S point. About 1.2 of Coron Harbor. Consult the nautical charts and the List of
miles E by N of the end of the island, is a coral shoal with a Lights for details.
depth of 6.8 m (3.7 fm). The S end of the island is marked
by Delian Island Light (11° 49' 44"N., 120° 18' 38"E.). 25 Dangers - In the middle of the N end of the passage
about 0.8 mile E from Limaa Point is a shoal with a depth
From Calis Point to Balolo Point, the W coast of Coron of 3.6 m (2 fathoms). This shoal may be avoided by keeping
Island trends in a NNW direction for about 10 miles. The at least about 460 m from Coron shore.
shoreline is more regular with no bays or indentations. The
bare cliffs rise vertically from the water’s edge all along 30 A shoal with a depth of 4.1 m about 0.6 mile SE from
the coast. The coral reef bordering the shore is narrow and Coron Point is of live coral and should be avoided. The
steep-to. narrow coral reef extending about 643 m off the SE shore
of Uson Island is hard to see during high water.
CORON REEF, about 4 miles S of Balolo Point, is a
small coral formation awash at mean lower water. The reef 35 Other dangers in Coron Harbor close to the N side of
is on the N end of a ridge 0.7 mile long extending in a SE the passage are the 1.3-meter shoal and a small reef awash,
direction. Several detached shoals with depths ranging from 1.2 miles and 0.6 mile SW of Coron Point, respectively.
4.1 to 14.6 m are N of Coron Reef. The position of these
shoals may be best understood by reference to the chart. All the dangers enumerated above are unmarked and
40 caution should be exercised in navigating the passage.
BALOLO POINT, the NW extremity of Coron Island,
is sharp, rocky, and projects about 0.8 mile from the general Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact MF
outline of the coast. A coral reef about 230 m wide borders DSC of the Manila Rescue Coordinating Center or the VHF
its N tip and W side. When navigating in the vicinity, the DSC station in Coron. The Coast Guard station in Coron may
point should be given a berth of about 460 m. 45 be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-8160284.

From Balolo Point to Limaa Point, a distance of 3.8
miles in NE direction, the coast is rugged, steep, and
depressed about 0.6 mile inward. Several small rocky islets
close to the shore and separated by deep water, appear as part 50
of the shoreline when seen from offshore. The water close
to the beach is generally steep-to. Several sand beaches may
be used for small boat landings.
LIMAA POINT, the N tip of Coron Island, is steep and 55
rocky. Bare cliffs with moderate heights characterize this
sharp point. It may be passed close-to within 92 m.
CORON PASSAGE, between the N coast of Coron
Island and the S coast of Busuanga Island, is 0.5 mile at its 60
Directions - Foreign vessels calling at Coron or any
point in Palawan which necessitate using the passage should
secure the services of a pilot from Puerto Princesa. From
a point 3.5 miles 157o from Mataya Island, on the E side
of Mataya Reef, bring the S tip of Dibatuc Island close to
starboard bow on course 270o, passing the island at a distance
of about 366 m. When the tangent to Limaa Point bears 298o,
change course to 302o and keep close to Coron shore. The 3.6
m (2 fathoms) shoal E of Limaa Point is not visible even in
fine weather and should be avoided. At about this point, the
vessel should reduce its speed in good time to make a sharp
turn around Limaa Point. Round Limaa Point at a distance of
about 135 m and pass NW of East Maquinit Island at about
the same distance on course 234o.

4-6
 If bound for Coron, continue on 234o and when Coron
Point bears 000o steer 308o and come to an anchorage 735
m S of the pier in 16.4 m (9 fm), mud bottom, or maneuver
to go alongside the pier.
5 a limited space on account of shallow depths ranging from
If bound for Culion, continue on course 234o and about
1 mile past Maquinit Island, bring East Maniquit Island astern
and steer 242o to pass about 460 m N of Balolo Point. Keep
clear of the end of the reef extending about 640 m SE of Uson
Island. When Balolo Point bears 180o, change course to 247o 10
to pass about 730 m N of the beacon on a small coral reef
2.2 miles E of Culion Light. When the beacon bears 180o, wharfhas a RoRo ramp. Available storage facilities include
steer for Culion Light on course 257o, go alongside the pier, a 450 sq m warehouse and 1,625 sq m open area. A road
or anchor as may be desired. connects the wharf to the town center.
15
Currents - The flood current sets E through Coron
Passage and the ebb W. As a general rule these currents are
rather weak.
CORON HARBOR, an important port of call for 20
interisland vessels, is formed between the S coast of
Busuanga Island, WNW of Coron Point, and the NE coast
of Uson Island. The harbor area is about 1.8 miles long and
about 370 m wide between the 10-meter (5.5-fathom) curves.
In the entrance of the outer part of the harbor, between Coron 25
Point and a reef lying awash in a position about 0.6 mile SW,
depths of about 33 m (18 fm) are found. For a distance of
about 0.7 mile NW from the entrance, the depths are about
20.1 to 21.5 m (11 to 11.8 fm). Between the inner end of this
deep-water area, as marked by the 10-meter (5.5-fathom) 30
curve, and the edges of the reefs fringing various island
fronting the harbor there are numerous shoal patches and
rocks, between which there are depths of 5.9 to 21.5 m (3.2
to 11.8 fm).
35
CORON, an important town, stands on the NE shore
of Coron Harbor. The access to this town is through Coron
Passage. The town serves as the point of entry of tourists
going to the resorts in the islands Coron and Busuanga.
The town has amenities that cater to tourists such as hotels, 40
shopping malls and restaurants. The town has a post office,
mobile phone communication, and Internet connection. A
limited quantity of food, ice, and other supplies may be
purchased from the public market and several small stores.
Gasoline and kerosene are available from the petroleum 45
station in the town. The government hospital and various
private clinics provide medical services for the town. There
are commercial banks, pharmacy, money remittance centers,
and hardware stores in the town. An airport, with regular
flights to Manila, is located about 10 miles N of the town. 50
Prominent Features - A big white cross is on the hill
about 9 miles NW from the government wharf. The white-
painted church spire of the town is a good landmark for
vessels approaching the wharf. 55
Major Light - Coron Light (11° 58' 58"N., 120° 13'
29"E.) is displayed from a white tower on Coron Point.
Aids to Navigation - Lateral buoys were installed in 60
4-7
the harbor. Consult the nautical charts and the List of Lights
for details.
Dangers - The approach to the government wharf has
0.4 to 3.6 m (0.2 to 2 fm) in the vicinity of the wharf. The
coral reef fringing the shore immediately SE of the end of the
pier extends about 137 m from the beach and is submerged
at high water. This spot is usually marked by a stake.
Berthing Facilities - The 351 m long government
A 30-meter long concrete pier, for use of small boats,
is about 3 miles E of the government wharf. White tanks
are near the root end of this pier. A pipe, which was made
to float using empty drums, was reported to extend seaward
from the pier.
Port Services available at the government wharf include
cargo handling and watering services. Fuel are delivered
by drums. Trucks and haulers are available from local
contractors.
Anchorage - Vessels not intending to go alongside the
wharf usually anchor in the harbor about 735 m S of the
pier in 18.2 to 21.5 m (10 to 11.8 fm), mud bottom. This
anchorage is constricted and untenable in heavy weather.
Better protections may be had in anchorage W of the town
midway between CANITAUAN ISLAND and Uson Island in
10.9 to 12.8 m (6 to 7 fm) mud bottom. The channel leading
to this latter anchorage is unmarked. The shoals are easily
visible but this anchorage should not be attempted without
local knowledge.
USON ISLAND, close to the S shore of Busuanga, has
a very irregular shoreline with undulating cogon covered
hills. The island is 4.2 miles long in an E direction and has
an average width of about 1 mile. The SE coast fronts on
Coron Island, the NE coast fronts on Coron Harbor and the W
part of its N coast fronts Port Uson. An isthmus 549 m wide
and 0.6 mile long connects the E and W parts of the island.
The highest hill, 177 m (581 ft) high, is at the middle of its
W part. The barrio of Lajala is at the E end of the island.
A narrow reef fringes the islands and numerous islands lie
off its coast.
Berthing Facilities - A wharf (11° 59' 30"N., 11° 59'
30"N.), which serves as a fish port, is located on the shore
opposite of Canitauan Island. The fishport has a harbor
formed by the wharf and the causeway. A jetty, owned by
private resort, is located about 0.3 mile W of the wharf.
A 140-meter long concrete jetty extends eastward from
the barrio of Lajala (11° 58' 38"N., 120° 11' 46"E.) at the E
coast of Uson Island.
VEGA, PEDRASA, EAST, CABILAUAN, AND
MARINON, are all small islands close to the N and S sides
of Uson Island. These islands are joined to the coast by the
fringing reef that surrounds Uson.
DIMANGLET ISLAND, 0.5 mile S of the middle part 5
of Uson Island, is about 0.7 mile long in an E direction and
735 m wide. It has two prominent hills, 64 and 88 m (210
and 290 ft) high, respectively. The S hill which is higher is
a good landmark in this vicinity. Reefs fringed its E side to
about 274 m NE from its NE extremity and a shoal bank 10
with a least depth of 1.3 m (0.7 fm) extends about 366 m W
from its W extremity.
CAGBATAN ISLAND, 0.7 mile E of Dimanglet Island,
is about 183 m in extent, 24 m (80 ft) high, and surrounded
by a coral reef 46 to 366 m wide. A wreck is on the S edge
of the reef S of the island.
PINAS ISLAND, 49 m (162 ft) high, lies close off the
reef fringing the NW end of Uson Island. It is mangrove and
reef-fringed all around. A 23 m long pier extends NE from
the N end of the island.
BAQUIT ISLAND lies between Uson Island and
Busuanga Island. It is about 2.3 miles long and about 0.6
mile wide in its widest part. Its SW side fronts Port Uson
and its SE side fronts Coron Harbor. The 142-meters (465
ft) summit of the island is located in its SE part. Buildings
occupy the narrowest part of the island about 0.8 mile SE of
NAMU POINT. A pier and cottages of a private resort are
located just W of SE end of the island.
PORT USON, a very well protected anchorage, between
Uson Island and the S coast of Busuanga, is about 3 miles
long in a NW direction and 1.2 miles wide. It has a clear
area of about 1 mile with depths 12.8 to 16.4 m (7 to 9 fm)
on the SE part. The middle portion of the port is incumbered
by several detached shoals with depths of 0.4 to 1.8 m (0.2
to 1 fm).
The NW part is mostly shoal, extending about 0.8 mile
from its head. The NW part of Port Uson, N of Pinas Island,
is known as MALBATO BAY. The clear area which is about
0.5 mile wide has depths of 7.7 to 12.8 m (4.2 to 7 fm).
DIANGLIT ISLAND lies about 0.7 mile W of the NW side
of Baquit Island. Stilthouses are on the islet. A rock awash
is about 274 m SE of this islet.
On the N part of the port, between Baquit Island and the
shore of Busuanga is DIPULAO COVE, with an anchorage 50
space of about 735 m in the 5 to 8.2 m (2.7 to 4.5 fm), mud
bottom.
Channels - There are two channels for entering Port
Uson. The E entrance channel, through Coron Harbor is wide
but on account of several shoals over the area, the channel
becomes tortuous with a navigable width of about 274 m and
depths of 7.7 m (4.2 fm). The W entrance channel between
Uson Island and Mayanpayan Island, is about 366 m wide
with depths of 23.5 to 27 m (12.8 to 14.8 fm).
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Port Uson may anchor
in the SE part of the port in 14.6 to 16.4 m (8 to 9 fm), mud
bottom. This anchorage is clear with sufficient swinging
room for large vessels. The anchorage in Malbato Bay is
constricted by shoal water extending about 0.7 mile from
its head. The clear area of about 0.5 mile wide has depths
of 7.7 to 12.8 m (4.2 to 7 fm). Smaller vessels may anchor
in Dipulao Cove, in 5 to 8.2 m (2.7 to 4.5 fm), mud bottom.
This anchorage is practically landlocked and offers excellent
protection.
Directions - The W entrance channel is the one generally
used in entering Port Uson. A small coral reef, 0.6 mile S
of the SW point of Uson Island which bares at low water,
15 and a 2.2-meter (1.2-fathom) shoal, 0.8 mile ENE of the S
end of Batunan Island, are the dangers off this entrance, and
should be avoided. Vessels bound for the SE part of port
should approach the anchorage by passing between the S
end of Pinas Island and the coast of Uson. This pass is about
20 183 m wide and clear with a depth of 16.4 m (9 fm) in the
middle. Vessels bound for Dipulao Cove, pass N of Pinas
Island, then round Namu Point, favoring the N side of Baquit
Island to the anchorage.
25 APO ISLAND 0.8 mile W of Uson Island, appears as
a part of Busuanga when seen from S. The island is 172 m
(565 ft) high with the lower hill covered by cogon grass. The
shoreline is generally fringed by mangrove fronted by coral
reef 46 to 366 m wide in places. The N side of the island is
30 separated from Busuanga by a narrow channel which may
be used by bancas at high water.
MAYANPAYAN ISLAND, lying in the intervening
channel between Apo and Uson Islands, is small and joined
35 to the former by a drying reef.
BATUNAN ISLAND, lying close to the S extremity
of Apo Island is joined to Apo Island by a drying reef. The
bight formed by this island and the E extremity of Apo Island
40 is reef-fringed which extends up to about 549 m offshore.
Scattered shoal patches with least depths of 1.3 to 4.5 m (0.7
to 2.5 fm) lie in the middle part of this bight.
PORT LUYUCAN, a small inlet between the NE side
45 of Apo Island and Busuanga shore, is about 0.7 mile long in
a N direction and 366 m wide. Except for the 2.2-meter shoal
in the middle of the port, the anchorage space has depths of
7.7 to 14.6 m (4.2 to 8 fm). The entrance to the port on the
E side has a depth of 12.8 m (7 fm) and about 137 m wide.
The entrance on the W wide is used only by bancas at high
water. A jetty, for use by bancas, is at the head of the port.
TANGAT ISLAND, immediately W of Apo Island,
is 455 m (1,493 ft) high and steep-to. The shoreline on
55 the E side is mostly rocky with moderate bare cliff, and
fringe by a very narrow coral reef. The W shore has a small
fringe mangrove fronted by a coral reef about 274 m wide.
The island is 2.5 miles long in a NNW direction, and has
an average width of 0.8 mile, tapering on the N end. The
60 channel between Tangat Island and Apo Island is about
4-8
735 m wide at the S end and about 69 m at the N end, W of
CALBI ISLAND. Depths in the channel vary from 18.2 to
12.3 m (10 to 6.7 fm).
MALPANDON ISLAND, on the SE tip of Tangat
Island, is small, rocky, and 27 m (90 ft) high.
BINTUAN, a barrio at the head of the cove 1.5 miles N
of the N point of Tangat Island, is near the E side of BITUAN
RIVER. The barrio raises some cattle which are sometimes
loaded on flat-bottom boats down the river for export.
The bay between Tangat Island and Lusong Island, has
almost uniform depth of 23.8 to 34.7 m. A rock awash 0.6
mile S of the N end of Tangat Island, and several scattered 15
sunken wrecks, all indicated on the chart, constitute the
dangers in this bay. Some of the wrecks, especially the
Japanese Navy ships that sank during the War, are popular
dive sites. Vessels entering this bay should avoid the pearl
farms W of Tangat Island. 20
LUSONG ISLAND, 2.3 miles W of Tangat Island,
roughly similar to the form of an hour glass, is 1.2 miles long
in a NW direction. The middle and lower portion is about 228
m wide; the S and N parts, about 0.5 mile wide. The highest 25
hill on the N part is 103 m (338 ft). The shoreline on the W
side is steep-to and the E side fringed by narrow coral reef
with some mangrove.
WEST COAST OF BUSUANGA
(CHART 4350 and 4314)
The W coast of Busuanga Island covers the coast from
the mouth of Dipuyoy River to Elinibinid Point of Caluit
Island.
DISTRESS & RESCUE - Vessels in distress may
contact MF DSC of the Manila Rescue Coordinating Center
or the VHF DSC station in Coron. Vessels may also contact
the following Coast Guard stations:
Mobile Phone Nos.
Talampulan Island +63917-8217760
Barrio Salvacion +63905-5724790
Barrio Concepcion +63998-1785199.
DIPUYOY RIVER, which empties on the SW corner
of Busuanga Island, has an irregular basin off its mouth, with
depths of 7.3 to 14.6 m (4 to 8 fm). The ruins of a wooden
pier exists in a bight midway between the entrance to the 50
basin and the mouth of the river. A sunken barge, bare 0.3
m (1 ft) is 50 m S of the S end of the pier. Three other piers
in ruins indicated by piles, bare 1.2 m, are on the E side of
the bight. The mouth of the river is bordered by extensive
mud flats on its N side and bancas entering may favor the 55
S bank. A submerged wreck of a Japanese Navy ship sank
during the War is at the entrance to the basin off Dipuyoy
River. The wreck is a popular dive site.
A private resort and yacht club is located on the point
0.7 mile from the mouth of the basin. Yachts and small boats
anchor off the private resort. Repair facilities, fresh water,
and supplies are available for yachts visiting the club.
5 From the entrance to the basin off Dipuyoy River, the
W coast of Busuanga trends in a NNW direction for 13
miles and then 4 miles SSW to Detobet Point. The shoreline
is moderately regular with few prominent points. Several
fertile valleys are on this coast. Numerous small islands are
10 scattered from a few meters to 8.5 miles offshore.
CONCEPCION, a barrio on the coast is about 1.8
miles N of the entrance to Dipuyoy River. A schoolhouse
with galvanized iron roof, is prominent from seaward except
where obstructed by Tantangon Island. The church with
galvanized iron roof is obscured by coconut trees. The stone
landing at the barrio dries at low water off its seaward end,
and only small boats can go alongside at high water. Supplies
are scarce. The Coast Guard station may be contacted at
mobile phone no. +63998-1785199.
TANTANGON ISLAND, 0.6 mile W of Concepcion,
is 0.5 mile in diameter. It is entirely fringed by mangrove
except on the N side where it has a little portion of steep fast
land. The bay between the island and the main coast is about
0.5 mile wide and 1 mile long in a N direction. It is mostly
foul with several detached coral reefs and shoals.
SALVACION, a barrio 5.5 miles NNW of Concepcion,
30 is the seat of the municipal government of Busuanga. The
schoolhouse with galvanized iron roof is prominent from
the NW. The barrio has piped drinking water. There is also
a rural health center with a doctor, midwife and sanitary
inspector. The nearest government hospital is in the town
35 of Coron. Supplies are difficult to procure. A road connects
this barrio to the town of Coron.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station at the
barrio may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63905-
40 5724790.
Berthing Facilities - Fronting the barrio is the 140
m long concrete government pier. About 100 m N of the
government pier is a small wooden pier, 40 m long. Another
45 concrete pier, 46 m long, is located on a point 0.5 mile NW
of the barrio. The seaward ends of these piers are shallow
and may be approached only by small boats at high tide.
Anchorage - Small vessels calling at Salvacion may
anchor in 12.8 m (7 fm), about 0.4 mile NW of Salvacion
Island.
SALVACION ISLAND, 0.5 mile W of Salvacion, is
about 735 m in extent with two hills, 47 and 44 m (155 and
145 ft) high on the N and S parts of the island, respectively.
Between the island and the coast the area is constricted by
shoal water with depths of 1.4 to 4.1 m (0.25 to 2.25 fm).
GUTOB BAY, between Salvacion Island and Detobet
60 Point, is about 4 miles wide and 4.5 miles long to its head
4-9
in a N direction. Several small islands close to the W shore
offer some protection from the W winds. The bay has general
depths of 7.3 to 18.3 m (4 to 10 fm), mud bottom. The depth
at the entrance is 25.6 m (14 fm). Several detached shoals
and rocks awash are indicated on the chart.
Channels - The S entrance between Detobet Point and
Talampulan Island, with depths of 29.3 m (16 fm) is marked
by two white buoys with red cross painted on top. One buoy
marks the reef edge off Capare Island 0.6 mile E by S of
Detobet Point and the other buoy marks the reef edge 735
m E of Detobet Point. The E entrance with a depth of 11.4
m (6.25 fm), is between Bacbac Island and Manolaba Island.
The N entrance may be made between the W shore of the
bay and the N end of Bacbac Island. This latter entrance is
the narrowest with a depth of 9.6 m (6.25 fm).
Anchorage - Vessels may anchor anywhere in the Bay
as desired. Gutob Anchorage on the W side of the bay, may
be entered from three directions. Gutob Anchorage is very
well sheltered from all winds by Capare and Bacbac Islands.
The widest part has a space of 735 m in diameter and a depth
of 16.5 m (9 fm) in the middle. Limited supply of water and
food may be procured from a private resort about 0.6 mile
from the recommended anchorage.
OLD BUSUANGA, a small barrio of the town of
Busuanga, on the E shore of Gutob Bay, is on the W bank
of Busuanga River, about 552 m N from its mouth. The
barrio has a 18 m long stone pier with depths of 0.3 m (1 ft) 30
at its outer end in October 1965. The entrance to the river
is difficult to make on account of the shoal water at the bar.
Small boats and launches may enter the river at high tide.
Anchorage for vessels calling at Busuanga maybe had
SW of the barrio in 7.3 to 14.6 m (4 to 8 fm), mud bottom.
Several detached shoals with depths of 0.5 to 0.9 m (0.25 to
0.5 fm), 1.5 to 0.8 mile W of the mouth of Busuanga River,
should be avoided when anchoring.
CAPARE ISLAND, the largest of the group bordering
the W side of Gutob Bay, is about 3 miles long in a N direction
and 0.5 mile wide. The island is formed by a high ridge with
the highest point near the N part having an elevation of 167
m (550 ft). A knoll 61 m (200 ft) high is on the SE tip of the
island. The barrio of San Isidro is E of the most W point of
the island. A jetty in ruins is located 0.6 mile N of the knoll.
Pearl farms are located to N, E, and SE of the island.
MANOLABA ISLAND, 51 m (169 ft) high and about
552 m in diameter, is joined by a reef to the NE side of
Capare Island.
BACBAC ISLAND and MANOLEBENG ISLAND
N and E of Capare, are 102 and 62 m (336 and 204 ft) high,
respectively.
TALAMPETAN ISLAND, about 137 m in extent and
34 m (112 ft) high, is on the S end of the reef fringing the S
side of Capare Island.
4-10
TALAMPULAN ISLAND, 0.8 mile W of the S end
of Capare Island, is 127 m (418 ft) high, 1.3 miles long in
a N direction, and 552 m wide. The island is bordered by
a coral reef varying in widths from 92 to 735 m, widest on
5 the W and N sides. Several rocks 0.3 to 19.8 m, high are on
this reef. Several abandoned buildings of a former LORAN
station 0.2 mile SW of the N end of the island are prominent
from seaward. Houses of Barrio Panlaitan are located along
the whole E shore of island. A 40 m long causeway extends
10 from the barrio. The Coast Guard station at the barrio may
be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-8217760.
The channel between Talampulan Island and the SW end
of Capare Island is about 0.5 mile wide, but shoals of 1.8
15 to 7.3 m (1 to 4 fm) obstruct the middle part of the channel.
DETOBET POINT, 0.9 mile NE of the N end of
Talampulan Island, is sharp, rocky with moderate bare cliff.
Coral reef on its S end extends about 183 m, and on the E and
20 W sides about 460 m wide. About 735 m N of the S extremity,
the hill on its point has an elevation of 116 m (382 ft).
MALAJON ISLAND, 2.2 miles W of Detobet Point,
is 237 m (779 ft) high, 1 mile long in a N direction and has
25 an average width of 552 m. The island is rocky and almost
barren. High steep cliffs are along its shore, and it may be
passed close-to on all sides at a distance of 276 m.
From Detobet Point the coast trends in a NNE direction
for 5 miles, then bends NW for 1 mile, forming a small cove.
From the W point of the cove, it turns N for about 1.5 miles,
then breaks to form Illultuk Bay, and continues N for 2.5
miles to Elinibinid Point.
35 BULUANG, a small barrio on the coast, is at the head
of the cove, about 5 miles NNE of Detobet Point. The cove
is about 0.7 mile wide but constricted by coral reef to a space
of about 552 m with clear depths of 11.3 (6.17 fm) m in the
middle. It is open to W winds. Small vessels and launches
40 calling at Buluang may enter the cove.
KALAMPISAUAN ISLAND, about 1.6 miles NW of
Buluang, close to the shore, is 116 m (380 ft) high, 0.7 mile
long in a NE direction and about 276 m wide. It is rocky
45 with steep cliffs on almost all sides. The narrow passage
between the island and the main coast of Busuanga has a
depth of 2.4 m (1.3 fm).
ELET ISLAND, immediately N of Kalampisauan, is
50 small, rocky, and 88 m (288 ft) high. A rock 22 m (72 ft) high
is about 413 m E of the N end of Elet Island. This rock is
connected to the main shore of Busuanga by coral reef bare
at low water. A small rocky islet, 37 m (121 ft) high, 0.6 mile
NE of Elet Island, is a good landmark entering Illultuk Bay.
55
ILLULTUK BAY (CHART 4335), a well sheltered
inlet about 3.5 miles long in an ENE direction, has a
navigable width of about 183 m with depths of 15.5 m (8.5
fm) at the entrance. The head of the bay is shoal specially
60 in the vicinity of the mouth of Ditipac River. A narrow
channel connecting Illultuk Bay and Calauit Bay may be
used by small boats drawing less than 0.9 m (3 ft) at high
water. Two piers, located about 1 mile NE and SE of the N
entrance point to the bay, are used by boats ferrying people
and supplies to Calauit Island. The NW pier is marked by a 5 MOUNT OLTALORO, the highest peak on the island,
reed-roofed house.
Anchorage - Vessels may anchor about 0.75 mile E of
the N entrance point of Illultuk Bay in 11 to 12.8 m (6 to 7
fathoms), mud bottom. A 4.8-meter (16 ft) shoal extending 10
S about 0.1 mile WNW of the anchorage should be avoided.
Directions - Come to a position about 0.6 mile N of
Elet Island and steer 090o heading for the top of the hill 121
m (398 ft) high on the S side of the entrance, and passing 15
about 229 m N of the rocky islet, 37 m (121 ft) high. When
the N tangent to the rocky islet bears 256o, change course
to 048o keeping in mid-channel and a good lookout of shoal
water close on each side. When the 121 m (398 ft) hill
bears 146o, change course to 090o for the anchorage or go 20
alongside the piers.
ELINIBINID POINT, the NW extremity of Busuanga
Island, is generally low, rocky, and fringed by coral reef
about 276 m wide. 25
PINNACLE ROCK, 13 m (43 ft) high, is 1.2 miles NW
of the point. A small rock awash is 0.8 mile E of Pinnacle
Rock. Other shoals and banks in the vicinity of Elinibinid
Point may be best understood by reference to the chart. 30
CULION ISLAND
(CHART 4350, 4351, and 4315)
Culion Island, the second largest island in the Calamian 35
Group, is SW of Busuanga Island, from which it is separated
by a navigable strait 3 to 4 miles wide. Several smaller islands
on the strait constrict the navigable channel to about 0.5 mile
at its narrowest part. The island is about 20 miles long in a
NNW direction and has a maximum width of about 10 miles. 40
It is very irregular on its N and E sides with number of bays
and small streams. The W side is generally straight, fairly
regular with small bays and steep rocky, projecting points.
The island was previously a site of a leper colony under 45
The government pier of Culion.
(Photograph - PPA PDO-South Luzon website, undated)
4-11
the jurisdiction of Department of Health. Administrative
jurisdiction of the island was transferred to the municipal
government of Culion in 1998.
is 475 m (1,560 ft) high. It is near the SE part, about 1.3 miles
NW of GORDA POINT.
MOUNT MAUS, (TETAS DE CALAMIANES) 2.5
miles NW of Mount Oltaloro, is 420 m (1,380 ft) high and
may be identified by its twin peaks seen from SW.
PORT CULION, on the E side of the island, is a narrow
inlet about 276 m wide and 0.6 mile long in a NNE direction
with depths of 14.6 to 18.2 m (8 to 10 fm) in the middle.
SEBIK ISLAND, on the E side of the port offers good
protection for small vessels anchored in the inlet. Two
beacons near the edge of the reef mark the entrance to the
port. A reclaimed area on the W side of the inlet is enclosed
by a concrete seawall, almost to the edge of the reef. A row of
six concrete piles, bare 0.3 m (1 ft), are 7.3 m (24 ft) off and
parallel to the seawall. Larger vessels usually go alongside
the pier, about 549 m W of the fort.
CULION is the town at the W side of Port Culion.
Available means of communication in the town include
mobile phone and postal services. Fresh water is supplied
through pipes. The Culion Sanitarium General Hospital
provides medical services. The poblacion and the primary
barrios only have 12-hour electricity. Some food supplies
may be obtained. Diesel oil, gasoline, and lubricating oil,
are also available.
Major Light - Culion Island Light (11° 53' 37"N., 120°
01' 22"E.) is located on top of a bastion of the fort on the N
entrance point to Port Culion.
Port Management - The government pier is managed
by PPA TMO - Culion after it was turned over by the Leper
Colony in 1995.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact MF
DSC of the Manila Rescue Coordinating Center or the VHF
DSC station in Coron. The Coast Guard station in Culion
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-8425227
and +63998-5858450.
Berthing Facilities - The government pier, with a RoRo
platform, has a total berth length of 21 m. Storage facilities
include a 359 sq m stacking area and a 176 sq m warehouse.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
from a local company.
Anchorage - Vessels not going alongside the pier may
anchor about 549 m NE of the pier in 27.4 to 32.9 m (15
to 18 fm).
Directions - Approach the pier from the NE and
maneuver to go alongside portside to. Small vessels drawing
not more than 3 m may go alongside parallel to the offshore
face of the pier. Larger vessels should approach with caution
and the use of a kedge is recommended to keep off the vessel
from the pier.
GALOC ISLAND, close to the NW shore of Culion
Island, is about 5 miles long in a NNE direction and has a
average width of 735 m. The island is generally rocky with
steep cliffs on several salient points. It is fringed by coral reef 10
45 to 366 m in places. The ridge which runs parallel to the
island has an elevation of 202 m (662 ft) about 1 mile NE of
its S point. The narrow channel between Galoc and Culion
Island is constricted by several shoals and reefs in mid-
channel. It is used only by small boats gathering firewood 15
and not recommended even for moderate sized vessels.
NAPULA ISLAND, 735 m E of Galoc Island, is about
0.5 mile long in an E direction, 366 m wide and 55 m (180
ft) high. The channel between Napula and Culion Island is
almost closed by reefs.
POPOTOTAN ISLAND, 735 m N of Galoc Island, is
105 m (345 ft) high on the W part and 47 m (156 ft) on the
peninsula forming the E side. The island is about 2 miles long
in an E direction and has a maximum width of 0.6 mile. The
shoreline is fringed by coral bare at low water. The people
living on the island are engaged in fishing. Two small islands,
39 and 25 m (130 and 84 ft) high respectively, are near the
edge of the reef about 549 m SW of the island. The W shore
is rocky and the rest are mostly sand beach backed by a light
growth of mangrove. Jetties extend on the W coast of the bay
W of the peninsula. The barrio of Maglalambay is located at
the E end of the island. The channel between Popototan and
Galoc Islands has a navigable width of 460 m with depths
of 9.6 to 16.5 m (5.25 to 9 fm).
Anchorage for small vessels may be found anywhere
in this channel.
WEST NALAUT ISLAND, the most W of the
Calamian Group, is 72 m (235 ft) high with an area of about
0.5 square mile. It is a good landmark for entering Coron Bay
from W. The W side of the island is steep, rocky with some
bare cliffs. The E half is low, wooded, and mostly sandy.
The island is entirely fringed by coral reef, widest at its S
side. It is not inhabited.
EAST NALAUT ISLAND, 2.5 miles NE of West
Nalaut Island, has two peaks, 35 and 34 m (144 and 112
ft) high. The island is about 276 m long in a NE direction
and 137 m wide. It is rugged, steep, mostly rocky with light
vegetation. The shoreline in some places is undermined by
wave action. The coral reef fringing the island is narrow and
may be passed at a distance of about 460 m.
PAMALICAN ISLANDS, about 2.5 miles ENE of
East Nalaut Island, is a group of several islets on a coral reef
about 735 m in extent. The largest island in the group is low,
sandy, about 389 m long in an E direction, 183 m wide, with
4-12
an elevation of 21 m (70 ft) to the top of trees. The other
islets appearing as cluster of trees, have elevation ranging
from 4 to 12 m (13 to 38 ft).
5 NORTH CAY AND SOUTH CAY are two sandy
islets 1 mile and 1.5 miles S of Pamalican Island. These
islets are about half the size of Pamalican, 20 and 21 m (66
and 70 ft) high respectively.
MALTATAYOC ISLAND, 2.3 miles SE of East Nalaut
Island, is long and narrow, extending about 0.9 mile in an E
direction. The W end is 276 m wide, steep and rocky, with
an elevation of 67 m (220 ft). The summit of this peak slopes
gradually E to the middle of the island. The E end is sandy
and about 47 m wide.
HORSE ISLAND, 0.7 mile E of Maltatayoc Island
wooded and partly cultivated is 75 m (245 ft) high, about
0.7 mile long in a NE direction and 549 m wide. The SW
20 end of the island is rocky and steep; the E side is fringed by
light mangrove. A small island, 19 m (63 ft) high is close to
the NE point of Horse Island.
DICILIGAN ISLAND, 183 m N of Horse Island, is
25 about 549 m long in an E direction, 276 m wide and 65 m
(215 ft) high. Cottages on stilts stand on the fringing reef
off the SW and NE coasts of the island. The private resort
on the island has a seaplane that can be hired for flights to
Manila or Busuanga Airport. A small pier extends from E
30 end of the island.
CAUTION - Pearl farms are located on the whole
width of the W entrance to Coron Bay from the vicinity of
the islands of Napula, N and S Malbinchilao, and Malcatop
35 to area S of Chindonan Island. The pearl farms can be
identified as rows of black or white colored buoys, which are
only visible at a close distance. Armed guards may prohibit
passage near the pearl farms.
40 MALCATOP ISLAND, 0.6 mile SE of Horse Island,
is partly cleared and cultivated. It is 88 m (288 ft) high,
1.1 miles long in a N direction and has an average width
of 735 m.
45 EAST MALCATOP ISLAND, immediately E of
Malcatop, is 0.9 mile long in a N direction, 276 m wide,
with an elevation of 39 m (128 ft) near its S end. The
channel between Malcatop and East Malcatop Islands has a
navigable width of about 110 m with depths of 16.5 to 21.9
50 m (9 to 12 fm).
NORTH MALBINCHILAO ISLAND, 0.8 mile W of
the S end of Malcatop Island, is very irregular in shape and
94 m (310 ft) high on the N part. The shoreline is composed
55 of rocky cliffs on several points and sand beach in bights.
SOUTH MALBINCHILAO ISLAND, 366 m SW of
North Malbinchilao, is 90 m (295 ft) high and about 735
m in extent. The W side is rocky and steep. The E shore is
60 fringed by light mangrove and a stretch of sand beach. The
island is joined to North Malbinchilao by a coral reef bare
at low water. Several large rocks with heights ranging from
0.9 to 10.7 m (3 to 35 ft) are scattered on this reef. An island
is about 276 m wide, 549 m long in an E direction, and 34
m (112 ft) high, immediately SE of South Malbinchilao.
RAT ISLAND, about 276 m E of North Malbinchilao
Island, is 47 m (156 ft) high and about 412 m in extent. A pier
extends W from the most W point of the island. The channel
between the island and North Malbinchilao is narrow with
depths of 7.8 m (4.25 fm).
in the middle. Stilthouses owned by a pearl farm operator is
0.3 mile S of the island's N point.
MANGLET ISLAND, 3 miles SE of Dicoyan Island,
5 is on the S side of the main channel leading to Coron Bay
from W. The island has several summits, the E one and the
highest being 91 m (298 ft) high. It is steep-to on all sides and
may be passed at a distance of at least 366 m. The N shore
is rocky and the S side is fringed by some mangrove. S of
10 the island is the entrance to a large irregular bay formed by
Lamud and Marily Islands and the coast of Culion.

A coral reef about 735 m in extent, is 0.7 mile SE of Rat LAMUD ISLAND, 0.6 mile SW of Manglet, has a very
Island. The reef has several rocks awash on the W end and irregular shape, 2.5 miles in extent, wooded, with numerous
a sand bar awash at low water at the E part. 15 hills. The highest point on the island, near the N central part,
is 174 m (570 ft). It is generally steep-to except on the N
MANGENGUEY ISLAND, about 460 m SW of South side where it is joined to Lajo Island by a coral reef bare at
Malbinchilao Island, is 52 m (171 ft) high, generally rocky, low water.
with prominent cliff on the W end. The beach at the E end
is occupied by a private resort. A large boulder, 6 m (20 ft) 20 The channel between Lamud and Culion has a navigable
high, is at the edge of the reef about 46 m from the NW width of about 276 m with depths of 16.5 to 23.8 m (9 to
corner of the island. The channel between Mangenguey and 13 fm).
South Malbinchilao Islands is 183 m wide with a depth of
9.1 m (5 fm). MARILY ISLAND, 0.5 mile E of Lamud Island, is
25 hilly, wooded, very irregular, with a extent of 2.8 miles in
PASS ISLAND, 1.5 miles S of East Malcatop Island is an E direction. It is 197 m (647 ft) high on the N part and
33 m (110 ft) high, about 274 m long in an E direction and generally steep-to. The S shoreline has some fringe of coral
137 m wide. The W half is rocky, steep, and with bare cliffs reef that joins the smaller islands close to the shore.
along the shore. The E side is low, wooded with a stretch
of sand beach, which in case of necessity may be used for 30 LAPUT ISLAND AND PACHIRI ISLAND are at
beaching a vessel. the head of the bay SW of Marily. Some other islands which
restrict this bay are ALAD, BAKBAK, MAGPA, KALO,
The channel between Lajo Island and Pass Island is 0.5 NICI, and MONA. Nici Island has houses at the center and
mile wide with depths of 20.1 to 27.4 m (11 to 15 fm). A a pier at the NE end. Stilthouses stand on the rock 0.2 mile
small dangerous shoal with a depth of 0.5 m (0.25 fm) is in 35 S of Mona Island.
the middle of the S end of the channel.
The small islands that are close to the S shore of
LAJO ISLAND, 0.6 mile E of Pass Island, is 1.6 miles Marily are TAMPIT, ENNANDA, DEMANG, LAKIT, and
long in an E direction and has an average width of 0.5 mile. It NAGLAYAN. They are mostly wooded with heights ranging
is 201 m (660 ft) high, wooded, and fringed by a narrow reef. 40 from 20 to 72 m (65 to 235 ft). Stilthouses and a pier owned
by a private resort are located in Naglayan Island. A causeway
DARAB ISLAND, 46 m (150 ft) high, and DIBU connects Naglayan with the an islet N of it.
ISLAND 37 m (120 ft) high are about 183 m E and 735 m
S of the E point of Lajo Island, respectively. A rock awash CHINDONAN ISLAND, 187 m (615 ft) high, is 1.6
is mid-way between these two islands. 45 miles SE of Marily Island. It is 2.2 miles long in an ESE
direction, has a maximum width of 1 mile, and mostly
CALUMBUYAN ISLAND, 0.7 mile N of Lajo Island, wooded. The shoreline is entirely fringed by extensive coral
is 69 m (225 ft) high, about 735 m long in a N direction and reef which extends 0.6 mile in places.
366 m wide. The island is moderately steep and bordered by
a very narrow coral reef 46 to 183 m at the N end. It may be 50 CACAYAREN ISLAND on the shore reef extending N
safely passed at a distance of 366 m. The channel between of Chindonan Island is small. There are houses on the island.
Lajo and Calumbuyan Islands is deep and clear, and is
generally used when entering Coron Bay from W. BUGUR ISLAND AND INLULUCUT (SAND)
ISLAND are on the shore reef on the S side of Chindonan
DICOYAN ISLAND, 366 m N of Calumbuyan Island 55 Island.
has several hills, the highest with an elevation of 65 m (215
ft), is near the E shore. The island is 1.1 miles long in a NNE A coral reef with an extent of 411 m and bare at low
direction and has a maximum width of 735 m in the middle. water is 1 mile 150o from Inlulucut Island. The reef is steep-
The channel between Calumbuyan and Dicoyan Islands is to on all sides and marked by a white beacon in the center.
about 183 m wide with depths of 14.6 to 21.9 m (8 to 12 fm) 60

4-13
 TENDING ISLAND, about 0.5 mile W of Chindonan
Island, is 67 m (220 ft) high. It is steep-to except on its NW
end where the reef extends about 366 m from shore.
DUNAUN ISLAND, on the W side of Coron Bay, is
138 m (453 ft) high. The island is steep on the N side, about
1.1 miles long in an E direction, and 0.5 mile wide. It is
connected by a coral reef to the mainland of Culion. A rocky
shoal with 4.6 m (2.5 fm) of water is 686 m N of the island.
A pier extends northward from the point of Culion Island
W of Dunaun Island.
TAMBON ISLAND, 0.5 mile S of Dunaun Island,
is generally hilly, wooded with an irregular shoreline. It is
surrounded by coral reef varying in widths from 46 m to 0.5
mile in places. The island is 3.5 miles, long in a SE direction,
has a maximum width of 1.5 miles and an elevation of 189
m (620 ft) on the S part. The channel between Dunaun and
Tambon Island is about 183 m wide with a depth of 14.6 m
(8 fm) in the middle.
BAYACA is a small islet on a detached coral reef, about
0.6 mile E of Tambon Island.
TAMPEL ISLAND, immediately SE of Tambon Island,
is 1.7 miles long in a NNE direction, 0.7 mile at its widest
part, and has several hills, the highest on the S part having
an elevation of 117 m (385 ft). The island is wooded, steep-
to on all sides except the SW part which is connected by a
coral reef to Tambon Island.
MALCAPUYA ISLAND, 52 m (170 ft) high, is small,
wooded, and connected to the S end of Tampel by a coral
reef bare at low water.
SINA (SINANDULAN) ISLAND, between Tambon
and Tampel Islands, is about 549 m in extent and 61 m (200
ft) high.
Several detached coral shoals off the E coast of Tambon 40
and Tambel Islands have depths of 0.5 to 11.4 m (0.25 to
6.25 fm).
PIEDRA BLANCA, a conspicuous white rock, 3 m (10
ft) high, is on a coral reef 0.5 mile NE of Tambon Island.
ANIMOSA REEF, about 1 mile E of Piedra Blanca,
is about 460 m in extent and bare at low water. A wreck lie
just N of this reef. These shoals and reefs should be avoided
when approaching Culion from S.
TAMPEL PASS, between Tampel Island and Bulalacao
Island, is about 0.8 mile at its narrowest part, deep and clear.
This pass is sometimes used by vessels coming from the N
Palawan ports bound for Culion and Coron. On the W side
of the N entrance, a coral reef 0.5 mile in extent and bare at
low water, is about 1 mile NE of Tampel Island. About 1.5
miles SE of this reef is a dangerous coral shoal about 0.5
mile in extent with a depth of 1.5 m (0.8 fm) at the E end
and rocks awash on the W side.
4-14
DIBANCA ISLANDS, a group of several islets between
Tambon Island and the E coast of Culion, are generally
rocky, with heights ranging from 9 to 93 m (30 to 305 ft).
5 CAUTION - Vessels should be on the look out for
pearl farms located in the bay located between Tambon and
Culion Islands.
BULALACAO ISLAND, about 3.7 miles E of Culion is
10 4 miles long in an E direction, 2.5 miles wide, and 216 m (710
ft) high. It is thickly wooded, the shoreline very irregular,
rocky points extending 549 m to 0.5 mile. Several small
bights are fringed by coral reefs. The barrio of Bulalacao, is
on the southern part of the island. Small piers extend from
15 the barrio. A private resort is on Bulog Point.
B AY U A N B AY, b e t w e e n B u l o g P o i n t a n d
MANDADALA POINT, on the N part of the island, is
generally deep clear. Anchorage with a space of about 735
20 m and depths of 11.9 to 25.5 m (6.5 to 17 fm) is on the
eastern part of the bay. It is well sheltered from the NE and
SE monsoons.
C A U AYA N I S L A N D A N D M A L A R O R O Y
25 ISLAND, two rocky islets, 24 to 27 m (80 to 90 ft)
high, are 183 and 460 m N of Bulog Point, respectively.
DICALUBUAN ISLAND, 46 m (150 ft) high, about 366
m in extent, 0.6 mile SW of Bulog Point. These three islands
are good landmarks for vessels passing through Tampel Pass.
30
CHERON ISLAND, 0.8 mile SE of CALITAN POINT,
is 39 m (128 ft) high, about 229 m in extent, and rocky. A
detached coral reef 460 m in diameter and bare at low water,
is 0.5 mile N of the island.
35
GUINLEP ISLAND, 0.9 mile SSW of Cheron Island,
is 1 mile long in a SW direction and about 549 m wide. The
highest point of the ridge which runs parallel in the middle
of the island is 117 m (383 ft). The island is steep-to on all
sides and may be passed close to the shore at a distance of
at least 137 m on the W and S ends. A small bay SW of the
island has a space of about 0.5 mile in its widest part, with
depths of 16.4 to 27 m (9 to 14.8 fm), mud bottom. Pearl
farms are located in the N channel between the island and
45 Culion Island. An island 46 m (151 ft) high, and about 183
m in diameter, is 1 mile SE of the N point of Guinlep Island.
DITAYTAYAN ISLAND, 2.7 miles SE of Guinlep, is
irregular in shape, rocky, with three conspicuous hills, the
50 highest near the S end having an elevation of 97 m (318 ft).
Between Guinlep and Ditaytayan Islands are several shoals
with depths of 0.3 to 12.3 m (0.2 to 6.7 fm). About 1.5 miles
W of the N end of Ditaytayan, is a long narrow coral reef
extending about 0.7 mile in a NW direction. This reef is bare
55 at low water with a small rocky islet 12 m (40 ft) high, at its
N end. Vessels bound for Tampel Pass should favor the W
side of Ditaytayan Island with a berth of at least 0.5 mile in
order to avoid these shoals.
60 TRES MARIAS ROCKS, on a triangular coral reef
about 1 mile E of Ditaytayan Island, is easily identified when
navigating in this vicinity. The N and the S rocks have almost
the same elevation of 10 m (33 m). The channel between
Tres Marias Rocks and Ditaytayan Island is obstructed by a
4.6-meter (2.5-fathom) spot in the middle.
MININLAY ISLAND, 1.5 miles E of Tres Marias
Rocks, is small, rocky, and 47 m (155 ft) high. An irregular
coral reef extends 1 mile in a NNW direction from the N
end of the island.
CALIPIPIT ISLAND, 2.5 miles SW of Gorda Point, is
small, rocky, and 83 m (272 ft) high. The channel between
the island and the coast of Culion is about 735 m wide with
depths of 14.6 to 25.5 m (8 to 13.9 fm) in the middle. A small
pier, connected by road to Barrio of Carabao, is on the coast
of Culion 0.8 mile NW of Calipipit Island.
DIPALIAN ISLAND, 1 mile E of Calipipit Island, has
three high hills, the most N having an elevation of 117 m
(383 ft). It is wooded, 1 mile long in a N direction and 0.5
mile wide. The NW and SE points are rocky and steep-to.
CANIPO ISLAND, 3.7 miles ESE of Dipalian Island, is
triangular in shape 1.1 miles on a side, 160 m (525 ft) high.
It has a steep shoreline with moderate cliffs. The W side of
the island can be passed at a distance of 549 m. A village is
at the N shore of the island.
TRES REYES are four rocky islets 4.5 miles S by W of
Canipo Island. They are steep-to with round summits. The
highest islets has an elevation of 24 m (79 ft). Shoal water
extends about 1 mile NNE of the islets and vessels navigating
in the vicinity should give them a berth of 1.5 miles.
CALUMBAGAN ISLAND, 2 miles NE of Canipo, is
about 0.6 mile in diameter with a conical peak 152 m (500
ft) high. About 549 m SW of the island, a rocky islet 274 m
in extent and 48 m (158 ft) high is connected with the SW
end of Calumbagan by a coral reef bare at low water. 40
MALAPOSO ISLAND, 3.2 miles ENE of Calumbagan
Island, are two in number. The S and bigger island is 90 m
(294 ft) high and about 229 m in diameter. A coral reef bare
at low water extends 0.7 mile NW from it.
GUINTUNGAUAN ISLAND, 4 miles NNE of
Malaposo, is 73 m (240 ft) high, 735 m long in an E direction
and 549 m wide. It has a rocky shoreline and surrounded by
coral reef which extends 0.5 mile W. The channel between 50
Guintungauan and Bulalacao Islands is generally foul, and
E of the island the 10 m (5.5 fm) curve extends about 0.8
mile. Vessels entering Coron Bay should give Guintungauan
a berth of not less than 1.5 miles.
From Canipo Island to Guintungauan Island and
between Mininlay and Malaposo Islands, numerous detached
coral shoals with depths ranging from 2.7 to 11 m (1.5 to 6
fm) are scattered in the area. Malaposo, the outermost island Bay should refer to the directions for Coron Passage. The
which may be approached within about 735 m is a good 60 S entrance between Calis Point and Guintungauan Island is
4-15
landmark for avoiding these shoals. An offlying detached
shoal with a depth of 4.6 m (2.5 fm) is about 2.5 miles SSE
of Guintungauan Island.
5 CORON BAY (CHART 4351) about 12 miles long
in a NW direction and 8 miles wide is bounded by Culion,
Busuanga, and Coron Islands. Except for the several reefs,
shoals, and banks indicated on the chart, the middle part of
the bay is deep and clear.
10
Channels - There are three main entrance channel to
Coron Bay. The N channel is through Coron Passage which
has a navigable width of 0.5 mile at its narrowest part with
depths of 25.5 m (13.9 fm) at the fairway. In the middle of
15 this passage, East Maquinit Island constricts the channel to
about 460 m on each side, but the island is steep-to and may
be passed close to.
The S entrance channel is between Calis Point and
20 Guintungauan Island. It is about 3 miles wide, deep and
clear. Vessels using this channel should favor Calis Point
giving it a berth of about 1 mile. The W entrance channel for
vessels coming from West Philippine Sea is between West
Nalaut and East Nalaut Islands. Entrance may be made also
25 N of Popototan Island between its N shore and Mangenguey
Island. From these two entrance channels courses may be
laid out to pass about midway between Calumbuyan and
Lajo Islands, then into the main part of Coron Bay. The
other channels between several islands are complicated by
30 shoals and pearl farms and should not be used without local
knowledge. Interisland vessels plying between Coron or
Culion and northern Palawan ports sometimes pass through
Tampel Pass.
35 Caution - There are numerous shoals and reefs
dangerous to navigation in the vicinity of the E coast of
Coron Island and in the approach to the W coasts of Busuanga
and Culion Islands. Vessels entering Coron Bay may follow
the directions and the courses laid out for a safer route. The
shoals in the bay have depths ranging from 4.1 to 18.2 m
(2.2 to 10 fm). Coron Reef 4 miles S of Balolo Point should
be avoided. Near the E entrance to Coron Passage, about the
middle of the fairway and 0.8 mile E of Limaa Point, is a 3.6
m (2 fm) shoal. A live coral shoal with a depth of 4.1 m (2.2
45 fm) about 0.6 mile 140o from Coron Point should be avoided.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact
MF DSC of the Manila Rescue Coordinating Center or the
VHF DSC station in Coron. Vessels may also contact the
Coast Guard stations in Coron at mobile phone no. +63917-
8160284, and Culion at mobile phone nos. +63917-8425227
and +63998-5858450.
Anchorage - Vessels may anchor anywhere in the bay
55 but better protected anchorages for smaller vessels may be
found in Port Uson, Dipulao Cove, and Coron Harbor.
Directions - Vessels using the N entrance to Coron
easy of access, deep and clear. It may be entered by giving
Calis Point a berth of at least 1 mile, then head for Culion,
Coron, at any anchorage in the bay.
The W entrance has several channels between the
numerous islands off the coast. Vessels coming from West
Philippine Sea may use a route either N or S of West Nalaut
Island.
Northward of West Nalaut Island: From a position 2.2 10
miles 144o from the highest peak of West Nalaut Island, steer
118o for the highest hill on North Malbinchilao Island. When
the hill on Maltatayoc Island bears 000o change course to
104o heading for the highest hill on Malcatop Island. When
the center of Pass Island bears 146o, steer for it taking a good 15
lookout for reefs on both sides until the S end of Calumbayan
Island bears 084o, then change course to 096o heading for the
rounded hill, 189 m (620 ft) high on the S coast of Busuanga.
When the highest point of Darab Island bears 180o, change
course to 122o and then steer for the desired anchorage.
Southward of West Nalaut Island: From a position 2
miles S of the highest peak on West Nalaut Island, steer
103o heading for Pass Island. This course leads between the
N side of Popototan Island and Mangenguey Island. When 25
the highest point on Rat Island bears 000o alter course to
081o heading for the 197-meter (646 ft) hill on the coast of
Busuanga. When the W tangent of Lajo Island bears 190o
alter course to 096o heading for the 189 m (620 ft) hill on
the S coast of Busuanga Island. When the highest point of 30
Darab Island bears 180o, steer 122o and anchor in a desired
anchorage in Coron Bay.
DICABAITO ISLAND, on the S end of Culion close to
the shore, is steep, rocky, irregular in shape, with bare cliffs
in places, and 229 m (751 fm) high. It is a good landmark for
vessels approaching Linapacan Strait from West Philippine
Sea. Dicabaito Island Light (11° 38' 05"N., 119° 58' 04"E.)
is displayed on the S end of the island. A village is at the
head of the bay N of the island.
DICABAITO CHANNEL (CHART 4342), between
Dicabaito Island and the S end of Culion, has a navigable
width of about 183 m with depths of 18.3 m (10 fm) in the
middle. Anchorage in the channel may be had in a small bay
N of Dicabaito Island in 12.8 to 16.5 m (7 to 9 fm), sand
bottom. Almost one-half of the head of the bay is filled with
coral reef bare at low water leaving an anchorage space of
only 365 m.
From Dicabaito Island to the entrance to Halsey Harbor,
a distance of about 4.5 miles N, the coast is generally rugged,
steep, and rocky, with a fringe of coral reef in small bights.
Except for the few shoals close to the beach, it may be
navigated at a distance of about 0.5 mile from shore.
ALAVA ISLAND, about 4 miles N of the S point of
Culion, is about 1.5 miles long in a N direction, 0.9 mile
wide, and 132 m (434 ft) high on its E side. The island is
rocky, steep, and tapering to a sharp point at the S end. It is
4-16
surrounded by big boulders with several high islets lying to
about 549 m off it S end. Two villages are on the E coast
of the island.
5 HALSEY HARBOR (CHART 4342), a very irregular
bay 5 miles in a NE direction and about 2.5 miles wide, is a
good harbor of refuge for vessels during bad weather. It is
entirely sheltered from all winds with good holding ground.
The shoreline is generally steep except the E and N arms
where the low shores are fringed by some mangroves. The
middle of the bay is constricted by several small islands with
shoal water between them. S of Iguana Island is a clear area
of about 0.5 mile wide with depths of 25.6 to 31.1 m (14 to
17 fm). Fresh water may be obtained from a small stream
at the head of a small cove 0.7 mile SE of Gage Island. The
N arm, which is accessible through the channel 274 m wide
between GAGE ISLAND and IGUANA ISLAND has a
space of about 735 m wide with depths of 16.5 to 25.6 m (9
to 14 fm). The E arm is mostly foul and may be used only
20 by bancas and small boats. The barrio of Halsey is at the
head of the cove just S of the E arm. The barrio has a pier
for small boats.
Prominent Features - Saddle Rock, about 2 miles NW
of the entrance to Hasley Harbor, is a rocky islet 35 m (114
ft) high, which when seen from N or S has the appearance
of a saddle. It is fringed by a rocky reef 91 m wide on the N
end to about 274 m on the SE end. Several rocks awash are
on detached reefs about 0.5 mile E of the islet. The W side
of the rock may be safely passed at a distance of 460 m and
the E side at a distance of about 1 mile. The wreck of the
schooner Viscosia on the edge of the reef SW of the rock
may become a danger to navigation if it should slip from
this position. Alava Island at the entrance to Hasley Harbor
35 is also a good landmark for vessels approaching the vicinity.
Channels - South Channel, between Alava Island
and the main coast, is comparatively straight, narrow, and
constricted by coral reefs on both sides, making the navigable
40 width to about 92 m. A depth of 21.9 m (12 fm) may be
carried through the channel. It is easy to navigate specially at
low water when the edges of the water reefs are well defined
by the light-green discoloration of the water.
45 Research Channel, between the N entrance point and
Alava Island, has a navigable width of 0.5 mile with depths
of 38.4 to 47.6 m (21 to 26 fm). The coral reef that fringes
the N side of the entrance is about 183 m wide and may
be safely passed to within 366 m from shore. The N part
50 of Alava Island should be given a berth of about 735 m in
order to avoid the coral reef extending about 549 m NE of
its NE point.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Halsey Harbor may
55 anchor in 27.4 m (15 fm) in the middle of the S part of the
bay, about 735 m SE of the E point of Gage Island. Good
anchorage may be found in the N arm, 735 m N of the highest
hill on Gage Island in 23.8 m (13 fm), mud bottom.
60 Directions - South Channel: From a position 735 m
S of the S rock off the S end of Alava Island, steer 025o
heading for the 156-meter (513-foot) hill near the N shore
of the channel. This course will end in mid-channel and
keeping a good lookout on the reefs on both sides, continue
until the 133.5-meter (438-foot) hill on RHODES ISLAND
bears 095o, then alter course to 065o. When the W tangent to
Gage Island bears 000o, change course to 030o heading for
its E point then anchor in the middle of the bay.
Research Channel: Clear Saddle Rock about 0.5 mile
and bring the 133 m (438 ft) hill on Rhodes Island between
the two peaks of Mount Maus on a 095o bearing and steer on
this course. When the 156-meter (513 ft) hill on the N side
of the channel bears 025o, alter course to 065o and follow
directions previously mentioned. The channel is easy of
access and practically free of dangers. Vessels should keep
in mid-channel and give all points a good berth until the open
space is reached, then anchor on a desired depth.
CABULAUAN ISLANDS (CHART 4315), a 20
small group consisting of Cabulauan, Nanga, Nangalao,
Magranting, and Tubug, are about 17 miles SE of the S end of
Culion Island. They are all high, sparsely wooded, and rocky.
NANGALAO ISLAND, the most N of the group,
has several summits, the highest near its N end having
an elevation of 232 m (761 ft). It is 1.5 mile long in a NE
direction and about 0.7 mile wide. The shoreline is steep
and rocky.
TUBUG ISLAND, 91 m (300 ft) high, is connected to
the SW end of Nangalao Island by a narrow sand beach. The
barrio of Nangalao is located on this beach.
MAGRANTING ISLAND, 178 m (585 ft) high, is
connected by coral reef bare at low water SE of the S end
of Nangalao Island.
NANGA ISLAND, 114 m (374 ft) high, about 0.6
mile long in an E direction and 366 m wide, is 2 miles SW 40
of Nangalao Island. The channel between the N side of the
island and the S end of Tubug Island has depths of 12.8 to
42 m (7 to 23 fm).
CABULAUAN ISLAND, known locally as Cabunlawan
Island, is the most S of the group. It has a conspicuous round
summit near its E side which rises to an elevation of 236
m (775 ft). The island is mostly rocky, steep, except at the
narrow isthmus connecting a small peninsula extending NW
of the island. The barrio of Cabunlawan (Cabulauan) is on
the N coast of the island. The rocky islets, 7.6 m (25 ft) high,
are about 1.3 miles S of Cabulauan Island. A small detached
shoal with a depth of 6.9 m miles SE of the 7.6-meter (25
ft) rock. The channel between Nanga and Cabulauan Islands
is 2 miles wide, deep and clear, except for the shoal with a
depth of 8.8 m (4.8 fm) 1.8 miles E of Cabulauan.
SALIMBUBUC ISLAND, 8 miles SE of Cabulauan
Island, is about 274 m in diameter and 30.5 m (100 ft) high.
The island is on the S end of a bank with depths of 11 m
4-17
extending about 1.7 miles in a N direction.
CANARON ISLAND, 4 miles SSE of Salimbubuc
Island, is 102 m (335 ft) high, rocky and about 735 m in
5 diameter. A rocky islet, 39.6 m (130 ft) high, is about 0.5 mile
N of Canaron. Several large rocks 9 m (30 ft) high and lesser
elevations are in the vicinity S and N of Camaron. The island
may be safely passed at a distance of 1 mile on either side.
10 SOLITARIO ROCK, about 5 miles NE of Canaron
Island, is a conspicuous round-top rock 7.6 m (25 ft) high.
The rock is on the W side of the N approach to Cuyo West
Pass. It is steep-to on all sides and may be safely passed at
a distance of 365 m.
15
PATTERSON REEF, 8.5 miles WSW of Canaron
Island, has a depth of 2.1 m (1.1 fm).
CAUTION - A number of shoals and banks are in
the area E and SE of Calamian Group. Some of these
with depths ranging from 2.7 to 14.6 m (1.5 to 8 fm) are
Lapulapu Reef, Bache Reef, Framjee Bank, Magallanes
Bank, Narvaez Bank, Alpha Shoal, Beta Shoal, Aguirre Reef,
Coutts Bank, Falmouth Banks, Areta Shoals, Panay Bank,
25 Loreto Reef, Basco Reef, and Alipio Reef. Their positions
and characteristics can readily be understood by reference
to Chart 4706. Shoals with depths of less than 14.6 m (8 fm)
may be identified by the discoloration of water over them.
Vessels should avoid passing over any shoal with a depth of
30 less than 18.3 m (10 fm) as large coral boulders may exist
on them of which the least depth may have been missed
during the survey.
LINAPACAN ISLAND, the largest among an extensive
35 group of islands between the S end of Culion and Northern
Palawan, is about 9 miles in extent, roughly triangular
in shape and of a very irregular shoreline. It is generally
rugged, mountainous with numerous peaks, the highest in
the S part having an elevation of 331 m (1,086 ft). Most of
the salient points are high, steep, with rocky bare cliffs. Few
mangroves fronted by sand beaches usually fringe the head
of small bays and coves.
DISTRESS & RESCUE - Vessels in distress in the
45 vicinity of Linapacan Island the MF DSC of the Manila
Rescue Coordinating Center or the VHF DSC station in
Coron. The Coast Guard station in San Miguel may be
contacted at mobile phone no. +63920-2294680.
50 NORTH BAY, S of BULAWAN POINT, is 2.5 miles
wide at the entrance, generally deep, with some patches of
10.1 and 12.8 m (5.5 to 7 fm) in the middle. It is open to
the NW winds. The head of the bay is divided into three
small coves by two projecting points. An old Spanish fort
55 obscured by trees marks the site of the former village of SAN
NICOLAS. Anchorage for small launches may be had inside
the three small coves at the head of the bay in 11 to 12.8 m (6
to 7 fm), mud bottom. The space is very limited on account
of the coral reef that fringes the shore. Larger vessels may
60 anchor in the middle of the bay in any depth desired.
 NORTHWEST BAY, immediately W of North Bay,
is about 2 miles wide at the entrance. It has general depths
of 27 to 42 m (14.8 to 23 fm). A small low grass-covered
island on the E side of the entrance constricts the channel
to about 1 mile wide. The bay is exposed to the NW winds,
but a good protected anchorage about 735 m wide may be
had in the E arm in 27 to 31 m (14.8 to 17 fm), mud bottom.
When entering this anchorage care must be taken to avoid
the rocks making off from the main shore about 0.5 mile SE
of the small grass-covered island.
MAROYOGROYOG is the barrio at the N entrance
of the E arm of Northwest Bay. It has a small harbor with
breakwaters that is used by small boats.
VANGUARDIA ISLET, 28 m (91 ft) high, and about
4.5 miles W by N of Bulawan Point, is a good landmark for
vessels approaching the North and Northwest Bays from N.
It is steep-to on all sides and may be passed at a distance
of 548 m.
ALERTA ROCK, 21 m (70 ft) high, is 1.5 miles SE of
Vanguardia Islet. It is about midway between the entrance
to North and Northwest Bays and may be used as landmark
when entering them. A rock 18 m (60 ft) high, 1.2 miles S
of Alerta Rock, is connected by a bank with depths of 12.8
m (7 fm). A rock awash is 0.5 mile NE of the 18-meter (60-
foot) rock. SE of this rock and the rock awash deeper water
exists, but the channel is not recommended on account of the
foul area off the point. Several other offlying rocks and islets
are off the NW point of Linapacan Island and these may be
avoided by giving the coast a berth of not less than 0.5 mile.
extending 1.3 miles long in a N direction and about 0.6 mile
wide, has some shoals at its head, but clear depths of 14.6 to
25.5 m (8 to 13.9 fm) may be had in this basin.
5 TONDAJE ISLAND, close to the SE shore of the
bay, is 46 m (151 ft) high, 366 m wide, and 0.5 mile long in
a N direction. The barrio of SAN NICOLAS on the shore
opposite the island has a stone mole 17 m long and submerged
at high water. Anchorage for launches may be had between
10 the barrio and the island in 14.6 m (8 fm), mud bottom. Larger
vessels may anchor in the NE arm or in the middle of the bay.
The entrance to South Bay is easy of access, but care should
be taken to avoid GOSON REEF which has a depth of 8.8 m
(4.8 fm) off the E entrance point and the rocks extending 0.8
15 mile W of the point. A rock with a depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm),
reported in 1959, is about 0.8 mile W of Bubulauan Point.
SIDSID POINT, the SE extremity of Linapacan Island,
is bold, rocky, steep-to, and rises to 146 m (480 ft) close to the
20 shore. A cluster of large rocks, the highest having an elevation
of 16.5 m (54 ft) is about 0.7 mile SW of Sidsid Point.
From Sidsid Point the E part of Linapacan Island trends
in a NNE direction of 5 miles, then N for about 3 miles to the
25 NE point of the island. The shoreline is more or less regular,
with steep wooded ridges close to the shore. A rock, 31 m
(101 ft) high, is 2.2 miles 056o from Sidsid Point.
PULA BAY, 3.5 miles NNE of Sidsid Point, is about
30 735 m in extent but constricted mostly by coral reef leaving
a very small anchorage space for launches and small boats.
It is entirely exposed to the E winds and sea.

CALAYLAYAN BAY, on the W side of Linapacan ILE ISLAND, 90 m (295 ft) and MAAPDIT ISLAND,
Island, is about 0.6 mile in extent, but constricted by an 35 62 m (205 ft) high, are about 3 miles NNE of Pula Bay. The
extensive coral reef on its E side making the available space islands are close to the shore and form a small bay about 366
to only about 457 m wide. The clear area has general depths m wide with depths of 12.8 to 16.4 m (9 fm).
of 21.5 to 27 m (11.8 to 14.8 fm). This bay offers good
protected anchorage for launches and small vessels. SAN MIGUEL, the seat of government of the
40 municipality of Linapacan, on the N side of this bay has
CAGDANAO ISLAND, off the entrance to Calaylayan a 160 m long concrete pier. Launches and small vessels
Bay, is 88 m (289 fm) high and about 549 m in extent. The calling at San Miguel may anchor in this bay. The channel
shoreline is bordered by coral reef on the N, W, and S sides W of Ile Island is generally used by small launches drawing
183 to 366 m wide. The E end of the island is steep-to and not more than 1.2 m (4 ft). Moderate tide rips often occur
the channel between it and the main shore of Linapacan, 45 E of Ile Island.
about 549 m wide, has a clear depth of 25.5 m (13.9 fm) in
the middle. A small island, 15 m (50 ft) high and about 366 Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in San
m in diameter, is 0.7 mile WSW of Cagdanao Island. Coral Miguel may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63920-
reef extends about 735 m N of this island, with a large rock 2294680.
7.6 m (25 ft) high at its N end. A shoal with a depth of 10.7 50
m (5.9 fm) is 1 mile 316o from Cagdanao Island. PATOYO ISLAND, about 0.7 mile E of the NE side
of Linapacan Island, is easily recognized by its twin peaks
CULAYLAYAN, a barrio at the head of the bay 2 miles 229 and 224 m (751 and 735 ft) high. The island is about
SE of Calaylayan Bay, has a harbor for outrigger bancas and 1.2 miles long in a N direction, with an average width of
small boats protected by breakwater. 55 0.8 mile, wooded and fringed by a narrow coral reef. The
channel between Patoyo and Maapdit Island is about 549 m
SOUTH BAY, E of BUBULAUAN POINT on the S wide with a depth of 35 m (19.1 fm) in the middle.
coast of Linapacan Island, is 2.2 miles wide at the entrance
and about 2 miles in extent. The bay has depths of 27 to 40 LINAPACAN STRAIT, between Dicabaito Island off
m (14.8 to 21.9 fm) in the middle. The good protected arm 60 the S end of Culion and DICAPULULAN ISLAND, the most

4-18
N island N of Linapacan Island, is 3 miles wide, deep, and
clear. Tidal currents set in a NW-SW direction with a velocity
of 3 knots. Light tide rips sometimes occur in the strait.
Caution - A submarine gas pipeline, connected to the 5
Malampaya Oil Field, passes through Linapacan Strait.
Trawl fishing or other fishing methods that involve the use
of weights or similar devices on the seabed, anchoring, the
use of and dumping of explosives, subsea activities, and
other activities which pose a potential risk to the pipeline 10
are strictly prohibited in the area up to 500 m on either side
of the pipeline.
BEACON ROCKS, a cluster of large rocks, the highest
4 m (13 ft) high, is 3.5 miles NW of Dicapululan Island. The
rocks are on the W side of the W approach to Linapacan
Strait. It is steep-to on all sides and may be given a safe
berth of 457 m.
BINALABAG ISLAND, on the S of the E approach to
Linapacan Strait, about 1.5 miles SE of Dicapululan Island,
is 151 m (495 ft) high on the W side and 94 m (310 ft) high
on its E part. It has the shape of a half moon extending 1.2
miles in an E direction. The concave side on the S part offers
a partially protected anchorage for launches and small boats.
A village is at the head of this anchorage.
TITANGCOB ISLAND, 735 m WSW of Binalabag
Island, is 76 m (250 ft) high and about 412 m in diameter.
The channel between these two islands has a clear depth of
9.1 to 12.8 m (5 to 7 fm) in the middle.
PANGALDAUAN ISLAND, 0.9 mile S of Beacon
Rocks, is 1 mile long in a SSE direction, about 274 m
wide, and 104 m (342 ft) high. It is rocky with prominent
conspicuous cliffs in places. A narrow coral reef surrounds
the island. Numerous large boulders are scattered along the
shoreline.
DIMANGLET ISLAND, 1.5 miles N of Bulawan
Point, is 0.8 mile long in an E direction and about 457 m
wide. It is easily recognized by its two peaks 114 and 100.6
m (375 and 330 ft) high on the W and E parts, respectively.
The middle portion of the island is low and wooded. The red
cliffs on the higher peak shows well from W.
ESCUCHA ROCK, 24 m (80 ft) high, is 0.8 mile N
of Dimanglet Island. A rock awash 735 m NW of Escucha
Rock is connected by foul area with depths of 5.2 m (2.8
fm) about 549 m N of Dimanglet Island.
E of Dimanglet Island are the islands of Inapupan,
Bolina, Manlegad, Dimancal, Dimansig, Ariara, and
Malbatan. A deep channel 1.3 miles wide is between these
islands and the N coast of Linapacan Island.
GUED ISLET, 20 m (65 ft) high and surrounded by a
reef extending about 366 m on the NW side, is in the middle
of the channel.
4-19
MAYOKOK ISLET, 2.6 miles ESE of Gued Islet, is
23 m (75 ft) high and about 183 m in diameter.
DEBOGSO ISLET, 56 m (185 ft) high, is 1.7 miles
NNW of Malbatan Island.
HIDONG ISLETS, a cluster of large rocks 0.6 to 7.6
m (2 to 25 ft) high, is 1.5 miles SE of Mayokok Islet.
TORRES REEF, with a depth of 7.6 m (4.2 fm) and
SABINO REEF, with a depth of 8.8 m (4.8 fm) are 3.5
miles NNE and 4.3 miles E of Hidong Islets, respectively.
These reefs constitute some of the dangers on the E approach
to Linapacan Strait. A shoal with a depth of 3.6 m (2 fm)
15 reported in 1959, is about 0.6 mile W of the highest peak
of Ariara Island.
Off the W part of Linapacan Island are several small
islands and rocks of various elevations and areas. They are
20 of rocky formation, sparsely wooded, and surrounded by
narrow coral reef.
MALUBUTGLUBUT ISLAND, the NW of the group
is easily recognized by its conical peak 209 m (685 ft) high,
25 which when viewed from N appears like a pyramid. The
island is partly wooded with some cogon grass W of the
highest peak.
BASE ROCK, 3.7 m (12 ft) high, is 2.5 miles NNW
30 of Malubutglubut Island. Two other rocks, 6 and 4.6 m
(20 and 15 ft) high, are 1.3 to 1.8 miles, SE of Base Rock,
respectively.
NANGA ISLAND, 149 m (490 ft) high, is immediately
35 SW of Malubutglubut Island. It is about 0.6 mile long in a N
direction and 549 m wide. The channel between Nanga and
Malubutglubut Islands is about 457 m wide with a depth of
16.5 m in the middle.
40 CACAYATAN ISLAND, is connected by coral reef to
the SW side of Nanga Island. It is 152 m (500 ft) high, 0.8
mile long in a NW direction and has a maximum width of
about 0.5 mile. The W side is steep with high bare cliffs.
45 LAUAUAN ISLAND, about 457 m is extent, is rocky
and connected with coral reef NW of Cacayatan Island.
CONDUT ISLAND, 62 m (205 ft) high and extending
about 549 m in a SE direction, is mostly of cliff formation. It
50 is connected by a coral reef to the S end of Cacayatan Island.
Two big rocks, 14 and 17 m (45 and 55 ft) high, are 183 and
549 m SE of Condut Island, respectively.
DEBOGSO ROCK, 50 m (165 ft) high, is 0.6 mile W
55 of Cacayatan Island. It is steep-to and may be passed at a
distance of not less than 457 m on either side. The channel
between Cacayatan Island and this rock is deep and clear.
BARSELISA ISLET, 62 m (205 ft) high, is 1.3 miles
60 SW of Condut Island. A detached rock awash is about 1 mile
 Cuyo Islands, from Northeastward
Cuyo Islands, from Northeastward
Cuyo Islands, from East-Northeastward
SE of Barselisa Islet.
CALIBANG (CALIBANGBAGAN) ISLAND, 1 mile
S of Barselisa Islet, is very irregular, hilly, and wooded. It is
roughly V-shape, one arm extending 2.3 miles long in a NW
direction and the E arm extending 1.5 miles. The highest peak
near the SE part has an elevation of 198 m (650 ft). Two big
rocks 23 and 15 m (75 and 49 ft) high, are about 458 m and
2.5 miles E of the S end of the island, respectively.
GINTU (GUINTUNGAUAN) ISLAND, 3 miles E of
Calibangbagan Island, is about 1 mile long in a N direction
and 549 m wide. The S and N extremities are generally high
and the middle, low with thick underbrush. The highest
hill near the N end has an elevation of 62 m (204 ft). Coral 15
reefs varying in width from 46 m to 0.5 mile on the N end
surrounds the island. An island about 0.5 mile long in a NW
direction, 366 m wide and 30 m (98 ft) high at its NW end,
is 0.8 mile NW of Guintungauan Island. Several dangerous
spots with depths less than 12.3 m (6.7 fm) and a rock awash 20
are in the channel between Calibang and Gintu Islands. A
rock with a depth of 0.9 m, reported in 1959, is 549 m SE
of the 15-meter (50-foot) rock 1 mile SW of Gintu Island.
CUYO ISLANDS (CHART 1551)
CUYO WEST PASS, between Cuyo Islands and the N
part of Palawan, is about 20 miles wide. It is generally deep
and clear, except on the S approach where Queen of the Sea
Bank has 6.4 m (3.5 fm) depth. This pass is generally used
by vessels navigating from Mindoro Strait to the different
ports on the E coast of Palawan.
Caution - A submarine telecommunication cable
crosses Cuyo West Pass in the area between Round Island
and Cauayan Island. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited
in the vicinity of the submarine cable.
CUYO ISLANDS, between the W coast of Panay
Island and the N part of Palawan Island, are a group of
about 40 islands on the E part of the insular shelf on which
the Calamian Group and Palawan Island are situated. The
4-20
islands are general hilly and wooded. Some islands have
conical peaks which serve as good landmarks for navigating
the area. Except for the shoals that may be found scattered
in different places, the general depths within the group and
5 between the islands are fairly uniform ranging from 27 to
73 m (14.8 to 39.9 fm).
CUYO ISLAND, on the SE part and the largest of the
group, is 7 miles long in a NNE direction and 5 miles wide.
10
MOUNT BOMBON, the N hill, is 259 m (851 ft) high,
about 1.5 miles across and joined by a low narrow neck of
land about 0.5 mile wide. It has a rounded top, smooth slopes,
fairly steep, reddish brown during dry season, and covered
with short grass, a few small bushes, and bamboo. The
shores in both bights directly S of the mountain are fringed
by mangrove. The N side of the island is rocky and steep-to.
PUTIC ISLAND, about 735 m off the NW shore of
Cuyo, is 0.8 mile long in a NW direction, 735 m wide, and
128 m (240 ft) high. The island is sharp and prominent from
NW. It is rugged, steep, and the shores are rocky on the NW
side. A coral reef partly bare at low water connects it with
Cuyo Island.
25
MOUNT AGUADA, 184 m (602 ft) high, is in the
center of the S and larger part of the island. It is a sharp hill
with long slopes of cultivated land, planted with oranges,
mangoes, nangcas, papayas, and aricas. Some bamboos also
30 grow in places. The shoreline is composed of low rocky
ledges, or mangroves with coconut trees along the beaches.
Extensive coral reefs varying in widths from 46 m on the SE
end to 1 mile on the NW side border the shore.
35 LUCBUAN HILL, a sharp peak 110 m (360 ft) high
on the E side of the island, is an excellent landmark when
approaching from E.
CUYO (CHART 4336), a town on the W shore of Cuyo
40 Island, has several buildings visible from seaward. The town
has a post office, and a PAGASA weather station. Cuyo
General Hospital can handle minor cases. Supplies and food
stuffs are expensive and scarce. Regular interisland vessels
call weekly. Internet connection and mobile phone services
are available in the town. An airport is located about 3.5
miles E of the town.
The water off the town has a sandy seabed. Turning basin
is narrow with a width of 200 m due to the presence of coral
reefs on both sides. It is not ideal for shelter during adverse
conditions due to NE and SW monsoons.
Prominent Features - Beacons, the location of which
may be referred to Chart 4336, mark the N and S entrance
points to the port area.
Major Light - Cuyo Island Light (10° 51' 08"N., 121°
00' 22"E.) is located at the pier.
Channels - Cuyo may be approached from N or W
through the channel between the N side of Bisucay Island
and Gosong Dangers. This channel is about 0.6 mile wide 20
with depth of 20.1 to 27 m (11 to 14.8 fm). From S, Bisucay
Channel, with a depth of 11.9 m (6.5 fm) in the middle and
about 549 m wide, may be used by smaller vessels. The
channel leading to the pier at Cuyo is marked by buoys.
It is about 457 m wide with a depth of 7.3 m (4 fm) at the 25
entrance and shoaling gradually to 1.5 m (5 ft) 5.5 m off the
end of the pier.
Dangers - Gosong Dangers, off the W coast of Cuyo, is
a group of numerous detached shoals with depths of 1.5 to 9.1
m (0.8 to 5 fm). The most N of these dangers is a 3.9-meter
(2.1-fathom) spot 2.8 miles 305o from Indagamy Island. The
most S shoal with a depth of 8.2 m (4.5 fm) is 1.1 miles N
of BALADING POINT. On the E side of the N approach
to Bisucay Channel a 1.8-meter (1 fm) coral spot 0.6 mile
280o from Dabunan Point should be avoided. Several other
shoals with depths of 5.7 to 10 m (3.1 to 5.5 fm) are on the
S approach to Bisucay Channel.
Port Management - The government pier fronting 40
the town is operated by PPA TMO-Cuyo, which may be
contacted at telephone no. (+6348) 723-3170.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact
the MF DSC of the Manila Rescue Coordinating Center or
the VHF DSC station in Cuyo. The Coast Guard station in
the town may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63998-
5858068.
Berthing Facilities - The government pier is 93 m long
with controlling depth of 4 m. A RoRo ramp is at the tip of
the pier. A 300 sq m warehouse is available.
The stone causeway extending SW of Dabunan Point has
a ruined portion and submerged 0.3 m (1 ft) at its seaward
end. The bare portion of the causeway is in bad condition
and used only by small boats. A good road connects this
pier with Cuyo.
Port Services - Stevedoring and trucks is provided by
4-21
local companies. Fresh water can be delivered at the pier.
Bunkering is available from local outlets of Petron and Shell
oil companies.
5 Anchorage - Small vessels may anchor about 0.5 mile
W of the pier in 7.3 m (4 fm), mud bottom. Vessels with
lighter drafts may approach closer in as desired. During the
SW monsoon vessels calling at Cuyo are sometimes obliged
to seek shelter close to the N side of Bisucay Island. Good
10 anchorage may be found also in the bay on the E side of Cuyo
Island, especially during a heavy SW weather. Landing may
be made in this place.
Directions - From a point about 1.7 miles W of Bisucay
15 Island, bring Mount Bombon to bear 061o and steer for it,
passing about 0.5 mile NW of Balading Point. This course
clears about 735 m S of the 8.2 m (4.5 fm) spot, the most S
shoal of the Gosong Dangers. When Cuyo Island Light bears
085o, steer for it on this course passing midway between the
two buoys and anchor in the desired depth.
Vessels from S and passing through Bisucay Channel
come to a position about 2 miles S of Batas Point and steer
008o for the end causeway extending SW of Dabunan Point
passing about 457 m E of Batas Point. When the 27.4 m (90
ft) hill on Batas Point bears 270o, alter course to 354o giving
the E tangent of Bisucay Island a berth of about 274 m and
keeping a good lookout for the reefs on both sides. When the
seaward and the inshore ends of the stone causeway are in
30 range, alter course to 331o and then 000o when the E tangent
to Bisucay Island bears 180o. When Cuyo Island Light bears
085o, steer for it on this course, enter the channel keeping
midway between the buoys and anchor as desired.
35 QUINILUBAN GROUP, about 35 miles NNW of
Cuyo Island, and consisting of the islands of Tinitituan,
Silad, Maligun, Alcisiras, Calumpin, Yanuta, Arorunga,
Mandit, Quiniluban and the islets of Tatay and Namaroc, are
on a circular reef about 6 miles in diameter. Several other
rocky islets are found in the surrounding area. They are of
limestone formation, sparsely wooded, with no permanent
streams, and covered mostly with tall grass. The larger
islands are generally inhabited and cultivated. The reefs
that surround the islands are flat, sandy with numerous coral
45 heads some of which are bare at low water. The edges of the
reef on the windward side are marked with breakers, specially
during the monsoon seasons. Anchorage, partly protected
from the sea during the NE monsoon, may be had off the SW
side of the surrounding reef in 11.2 to 27 m (6.1 to 14.8 fm).
50
QUINILUBAN ISLAND, the E and largest of the
Quiniluban Group, is 308 m (1,010 ft) high at its SW part.
From the N direction it appears as a sharp cone, and from E
direction it appears as a ridge with a dome-shaped elevation
55 in the center. The cogon-covered regions has a reddish-brown
color and make a prominent landmark. A village is located
at the S coast of the island.
ALCISIRAS ISLAND, 155 m (510 ft) high, is 0.6 mile
60 SW of Quiniluban Island. Calumpin, Yanuta, and Arorunga
Islands, are between Quiniluban and Alcisiras Islands.
CAMBUG ROCK, 10 m (32 ft) high, is on the NW part
of surrounding reef, about 1.8 miles NW of Alcisiras Island.
TINITITUAN ISLAND, 147 m (482 ft) high, is 1.4
miles SW of Cambug Rock. Barrio Concepcion, at the SE
end of the island, has a pier for small boats.
MANDIT ISLAND, 56 m (183 ft) high and the most
S island of the Quiniluban Group, is 1 mile SSE of the
highest peak of Alcisiras Island. The inner part of the island
is covered with trees while the shore is occupied by houses
.The other islands are mostly high with elevations ranging
from 33 to 157 m (110 to 515 ft).
HALOG ISLANDS, two in number, on the coral reef
about 3 miles SE of Quiniluban Island, are about 735 m apart
in a NE direction and 274 m in extent. The NE island has
an elevation of 24 m (80 ft) and the S one 5 m (16 ft). The
channel between the reefs surrounding Halog and Quiniluban
Island is 2 miles wide, generally deep, with one banks having
depths of 10.9 to 16.4 m (6 to 9 fm). A coral reef with a depth
of 5.1 m (2.8 fm) is about 5 miles SW of Halog Islands. It
is steep-to on the W side, but a bank extending 1.5 miles
wide on its NE side has depths of 10.9 to 14.6 m (6 to 8 fm).
PAMALICAN ISLAND, 7 miles SW of Quiniluban
Island, is low, 1.2 miles long in a NW direction, has an
average width of 457 m and covered with growth of scrub. 30
The higher of its two hills is 25 m (83 ft). The island is
surrounded by a coral reef, bare at low water, about 274 m
on the SW side and 1 mile wide on the NE side. The whole
island is owned by a private resort. Food, water, and Internet
connection are only available for resort guests. The resort 35
operates an airstrip with chartered flights to Manila. A 40 m
long pier is at the W point of the island. The Coast Guard
station on the island may be contacted at mobile phone nos.
+63967-4551436 and +63945-8347556.
MANAMOC ISLAND, 3 miles SW of Pamalican
Island, has four high hills, the highest having an elevation
of 219 m (720 ft) near the E central part. The island is
roughly circular in form, low on the W part, and about 1.8
miles in diameter. It is surrounded by an extensive coral reef 45
partly bare at low water. A break in the reef on the SW side
permits shallow draft small boats to enter the lagoon which
has about 0.9 m (3 ft) of water at low tide. The barrio of
Manamoc is at N side of the lagoon. The inhabitants produce
rice and copra. Manamoc Island Light (11° 18' 20"N., 120° 50
40' 21"E.) is displayed SW of the barrio. The Coast Guard
station in the barrio may be contacted at mobile phone no.
+63963-5262226.
LEAN ISLET, 68 m (223 ft) high, about 457 m in
extent, is 4.7 miles S of Manamoc Island.
IMARUAN ISLET, 4 miles E of Lean Islet, is 131 m
(430 ft) high and about 0.6 mile in diameter.
4-22
OCO ISLET, 5.5 miles ENE of Imaruan Islet is 98 m
(320 ft) high and about 549 m in extent. These islets are all
steep-to on the W sides with banks of 11 to 14.6 m 10.9 to
18.2 m (6 to 10 fm) extending 0.5 mile to 1.5 miles wide
5 on the NE sides.
DIT ISLAND, 4 miles E of Oco Islet, is 250 m (820
ft) high, oval-shaped, 1.8 miles long in a NNE direction
and 1.2 miles wide. Two lower peaks appear as shoulders
10 of the highest one when viewed from N or S. It is wooded
with some coconut palms on the S part. The shoreline is
composed mostly of large stones and boulders with some
stretches of sand beach on the W and S shores. The barrio
of Dit is at the S coast of the island. Two small shoals with
15 depths of 5 and 6.4 m (2.7 and 3.5 fm) are 0.5 mile off the
SW part of the island.
A shoal with a depth of 5.4 m (3 fm) is 5.8 miles 023o
from the highest part of Dit Island. This shoal lies on the SE
20 part of a bank 2 miles long in a NW direction and 0.5 mile
wide with depths of 11 to 18 m (6 to 9.8 fm).
GOSONG ROCKS, a group of large boulders on a
shoal about 549 m in diameter, is 2 miles 220o from the S
25 end of Dit Island. The highest rock has an elevation of 4.6 m
(15 ft). The channel between Gosong Rocks and Dit Island
is deep and more than 1 mile wide.
MARACANAO ISLAND, 7.8 miles E of the S end of
Dit Island, is 131 m (431 ft) high and 0.7 mile in diameter.
The island is steep with bare cliff on the SW side. The
20-meter (10.9-fathom) curve extends 0.3 to 0.8 mile around
the island. The barrio of Maracanao is at the island's S coast.
CHINAMAN SHOALS, two detached coral formations
with depths of 5.7 to 7.3 m are 3.5 miles 010o and 6 miles
024o from Maracanao Island, respectively.
LUZON BANK, with a depth of 14.6 m is 10 miles E
40 of Maracanao Island. The bank is about 1 mile in diameter
with coral bottom. The area between Chinaman Shoals and
Luzon Bank is dotted with several smaller banks with depths
of 12.8 to 16.4 m.
AGUTAYA ISLAND, 4.5 miles SSE of Dit Island, is
the second largest of the Cuyo Group. The island is 3 miles
long in a NE direction and 1.5 miles wide. The N part is hilly
with four peaks close together. The highest has an elevation
of 270 m (885 ft) and is covered by cogon grass. The other
hills are wooded. The SW part of the island is 137 m (450 ft)
high in the center and slopes gradually to the beach on both
sides. Extensive coral reefs bare at low water extend about
735 m off the NW and SE sides of the island.
55 A small detached coral reef with a depth of 3.6 m is 8
miles W of Agutaya Island. It is steep-to on the E side and
the 20-meter (10.9-fathom) curve extend 0.5 mile W of it.
AGUTAYA, the town on the W coast of the Agutaya
60 Island, has a pier that is used by ferry vessels calling at the
island. Agutaya Light (11° 08' 48"N., 120° 56' 24"E.) is
displayed at the pier's shore end. The Coast Guard station
in the town may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63998-
5856397, +63998-5858099, and +63917-8207413.
GUINLABO ISLET, 2.2 miles S of Agutaya Island, is
about 274 m in extent and 59 m (195 ft) high. It is steep-to
on all sides except on the NW where a small stretch of sand
beach borders the shore. Shoal water extends 0.5 mile W
of the island. 10 Islands, is generally low with a hill 89 m (293 ft) high at the
A small coral reef with a depth of 1.5 m is 3.8 miles mile wide, and mostly cultivated. The coral reef bordering the
263o from Guinlabo Islet. The 20-meter (10.9-fathom) curve N and NW sides has a width of 183 to 548 m. The S shore is
extends 0.3 mile NE of this reef.
MATARABIS ISLET, 11 miles E of the S end of
Agutaya Island, is easily recognized by its steep conical hill
111 m (364 ft) high, which appears to be in the center of the
island when seen from NW or SE. This hill makes the islet
the most prominent landmark in this vicinity. The island 20
is about 0.5 mile in diameter and wooded. Coconut trees
and the barrio of Matarawis is on its S shore. The 20-meter
(10.9-fathom) curve extends about 0.3 to 0.5 mile W, S and
E and 1.5 miles N of the island.
A bank 2 miles long in a N direction and 1 mile wide with
a depth of 10.6 m (5.8 fm) is 3 miles W of Matarabis Island.
SIPARAY ISLET, 5 miles S of Matarabis Island, is
80 m (262 ft) high and about 457 m in diameter. It is rocky
and steep-to on the E side and may be passed safely at a
distance of 1 mile.
TACBUBUC ISLET, 3.2 miles SW of Siparay, has an
elevation of 91 m (300 ft) and an extent of about 548 m. The
E shore is rocky with a steep bare cliff. By giving it a berth
of at least 0.5 mile, all the inshore dangers will be avoided.
TAGAUAYAN ISLANDS (CHART 4336), two in
number and 8.8 miles NE of Cuyo Island, are the most E of
the Cuyo Islands. The larger island, about 1.3 miles long in
a WNW direction and 0.9 mile wide, has three high ridges.
The N ridge is 169 m (556 ft), the middle 119 m (390 ft)
and the S ridge is 149 m (490 ft) high. The SE and smaller
island is 0.6 mile long, 548 m wide, and 133 m (435 ft) high.
It is connected with the bigger island by a rocky ledge bare
at low water.
TAGAUAYAN BAY, formed by THUMB POINT and
the smaller island, is about 0.6 mile wide and 735 m in extent 50
with irregular bottom. It is open E but offers good shelter
during the SW monsoon. The wind draws with considerable
force through the gap between the two islands. Fair shelter
from the NE may be obtained on the N side of the bay W
of Thumb Point. A ridge of shoals in the middle of the bay 55
extending 0.5 mile E from shore has a depth of 5.1 m (2.8
fm) near the center. A large sharp rock on the ledge between
the islands and several hilltops make good landmarks for
entering the bay.
4-23
Anchorage may be had in the N part of the bay 320 m
WSW of Thumb Point in 14.6 to 18.3 m (7 to 10 fm) or in
18.3 to 27.4 m (10 to 15 fm) about 274 m from the W shore
and 640 m SW of Thumb Point. S of the ridge of shoals with
5 a depth of 5.1 m (2.8 fm) is an area of about 366 m with
depths of 11 to 21.9 m (6 to 12 fm) which may be used for
anchorage during calm weather.
COCORO ISLAND, 4.5 miles SSW of Tagauayan
S part. The island is about 1 mile long in an E direction, 0.7
steep with a bare cliff. The barrio of Cocoro is at its NE shore.
15
CANIPO ISLAND, 7 miles NW of Cuyo Island, is 165
m (540 ft) high and about 1.5 miles in diameter. The island
presents the appearance of the ridge with regular slopes from
all directions. It is generally grassy with some underbrush.
The N shoreline is steep and rocky, the S more regular with
little sand beach. Coral reef about 548 m wide extends from
the SE shore. Some rice and copra are produced in the island.
Vessels in the vicinity should keep off the 20-meter curve
especially around Gosong Dangers as coral heads may exist
25 in shoaler area.
INDAGAMY ISLAND, 5 miles SE of Canipo Island, is
about 274 m in extent, steep, rocky with an uneven rounded
top reaching a height of 40 m (130 ft) near the center.
30
GOSONG ROCK, 3 m (10 ft) high, is 1.2 miles WSW
of Indagamy Island.
BARARIN ISLAND, 4.3 miles WNW of the pier at
35 Cuyo, is 90 m (297 ft) high, about 548 m in extent, triangular
in shape, and rocky. It is steep-to on the W side and a reef
makes out about 274 m from the SE shore. The island is
covered with a growth of tropical scrub. A detached 9.1-meter
(5-fathom) spot is 3 miles 302o from Bararin Island.
40
BISUCAY ISLAND, 1 mile W of the SW side of
Cuyo Island, is roughly oblong in shape, 1.5 miles long in
a W direction, and 1.3 miles wide with a double-peaked
wooded hill 97 m (320 ft) high near the middle. The peak
45 drops steeply from its summit to about the 30.5 m (100 ft)
elevation and then slopes more gradually to the beach. The
shoreline is bordered by coral reef 46 to 457 m in places. The
low land especially near the shore is planted with coconut
trees. The NE side of the island is low and sandy; the SW
point is rocky and steep.
BATAS POINT, on the SE side, is also rocky with low
cliff and hill 27 m (90 ft) high. The hill is a good landmark
when approaching the S entrance to Bisucay Channel.
BISUCAY CHANNEL, between Bisucay Island and
Cuyo Island, is about 548 m wide between the fringing
coral reefs on both sides, with depths of 11.8 m (6.5 fm)
in the middle.
60
 PANDAN ISLAND, 4.3 miles W of Bisucay Island, is
about 274 m in extent and 25 m (82 ft) high. It is on the S
edge of the bank about 3 miles long in a NW direction and
1.5 miles wide with depths of 9.4 to 18.2 m (5.1 to 10 fm).
Shoal water with a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm) extends 548 m
N of the island.
IMALAGUAN ISLAND, 3 miles S of BALICAO
POINT, the SE extremity of Cuyo Island, is about 0.5
mile long in an E direction and 548 m wide. It has three 10
peaks covered with grass and bushes, the highest having an
elevation of 88 m (288 ft). It is steep-to on the S side. Off
the N shore, between the island and the S side of Cuyo, are
several banks with depths of 14.6 to 18.2 m (8 to 10 fm).
PAYA ISLAND, about 735 m in diameter and 55 m
(180 ft) high, is 5 miles NW of Canipo Island. It is steep-to
and rocky on the E side. Shoal water extends about 548 m
on the N, S, and W sides. The island may be safely passed
at a distance of 0.5 mile.
PATUNGA ISLAND, 2.6 miles SW of Paya Island, is
almost rectangular in shape, 139 m (455 ft) high, 1 mile long
in a SW direction, and 0.5 mile wide. It is rocky and steep-to
on the S side and from the highest peak on the ridge it slopes
down gradually to the beach on the NW side.
PAMITINAN ISLAND, 2.4 miles WSW of Patunga
Island, is about 0.8 mile long in a SW direction and 548
m wide. The NE end has an elevation of 128 m (422 ft) is
wooded, and has a rocky steep shore. The lowland is mostly
planted with coconut trees. Shoal water extends about 548
m N and 0.6 mile S of the island.
LUBIC ISLAND, 2.5 miles SW of Pamitinan Island, is
pear shaped, 1 mile long in a N direction and 0.9 mile wide
at its N end. It is 147 m (482 ft) high near the W side. The
E and W shore are rocky and steep. The S end is low and
planted with coconut trees. The island may be safely passed
at a distance of at least 1 mile.
CAUAYAN ISLAND, 8 miles NW of Lubic Island, is
about 457 m in diameter, rocky and 73 m (240 ft) high. It is
steep-to on all sides. The bank extending 0.5 mile E of the
island has depths of 12.4 to 12.8 m (6.8 to 7 fm).
TABAC ROCK, 5.3 miles NW of Lubic Island, is 3.7
m (12 ft) high. It is on the S end of a coral reef awash about
548 m long in a NE direction.
A small reef with rocky bottom and a depth of 5.1 m
(2.8 fm) is 4.5 miles 236o from the S point of Lubic Island.
It has an extent of about 457 m with steep-to sides.
ROUND ISLET, 30 m (98 ft) high and about 183 m
in extent, is 11.3 miles SW of Lubic Island. It is of basaltic
formation, steep sided, and has a few pandanus growing at
its top. The islet is the most W of Cuyo Islands and may be
safely passed at a distance of about 0.5 mile.
4-24
QUIMINATIN ISLAND, 11.5 miles SE of Round Islet,
177 m (580 ft) high, 0.6 mile long in a SE direction, and 548
m wide. The island is mostly precipitous on all sides, eroded,
and undercut from 3 to 4.6 m (10 to 15 ft) at the waterline.
5 The NW end is separated from the rest of the island by a deep
saddle and the W shore of this point is the only landing place
for ascending its summit. Some large pieces of rocks which
have fallen from the cliffs and almost awash are along the
shore. A small stretch of sand beach is the on the N side of
the island. Except for some scrub growth that cling to the
rocks the island is entirely barren. Deep water may be found
all around close to the island.
QUIMINATIN CHICOS, a group of two rocky islets
15 64 and 52 m (210 and 171 ft) high, is 1 mile W of Quiminatin
Island. The islets have similar characteristics and appearance
as Quiminatin Island. They are the E edge of an extensive
shoal 1.3 miles long in a N direction and 1 mile wide. The
shoal has general depths of 7.9 to 18.2 m (4.3 to 10 fm) with
20 numerous large scattered coral heads having depths of 2 to
4.2 m (1.1 to 2.3 fm). The edge of the shoal drops off abruptly
to 36.6 m (20 fm). The channel between Quiminatin Island
and Quiminatin Chicos is deep and clear.
25 SANTA FILOMENA SHOALS, a group of three coral
formation 5 to 7 miles SW of Quiminatin Island, are the outer
dangers SW of Cuyo Group. The W shoal is 1.3 miles long
in a NE direction and 0.5 mile wide. It has a depth of 2.1 m
(1.1 fm) at its SE edge. The middle shoal about 0.5 mile in
30 diameter has a depth of 3.6 m (2 fm) in the middle. The E
shoal with a depth of 2.4 m (1.3 fm) near the E edge is about
0.7 mile in diameter.
RAMON SHOAL, 2.2 miles SE of Quiminatin Island,
35 is about 735 m in diameter with a depth of 4.5 m (2.5 fm).
It has a steep-to edge all around.
PACHECO SHOAL, a narrow coral ridge about 0.5
mile long with a depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm), is about 5 miles
40 SE of Quiminatin Island. It is also steep-to and the channel
between it and Ramon Shoal is deep and clear.
CAPNOYAN ISLAND, 7.5 miles SW of Cuyo Island,
is roughly circular, about 1 mile in diameter, wooded, with
45 an elevation of 143 m (468 ft) near its SW side. The island
is mostly cultivated. Rice, corn, and cattle are raised. Two
small villages on the E shore are almost hidden by coconut
trees. The village on the N shore is marked by several black
rocks on the sand beach near the high water line. There is
50 also a village on the S shore. The island is bordered by a
narrow coral reef with some sand beaches at the high water
line. A short stretch of steep rocky bluff is at the SW side.
The E shore is rocky and steep-to. Shoal water with depths
of 10.6 to 18.2 m (5.8 to 10 fm) extends SW of the island to
55 Malcatop and Pangatatan Islands. This area has numerous
coral boulders. A shoal with depth of 9.7 m (5.3 fm) is 1
mile NW of the island.
MALCATOP ISLAND, 39 m (127 ft) high, 366 m long
60 in a NW direction, and about 183 m wide, is 1 mile SW of
Capnoyan Island. It has two distinct summits, the NW one
being higher. The island is covered by scrub growth, grassy,
and partly cultivated. The shoreline is rocky; the NW and
SW ends are steep rocky bluffs.
PANGATATAN ISLAND, 39 m (127 ft) high and about
183 m in diameter, rises abruptly to its peak near the N shore.
It is covered with scrub trees, bamboos, and underbrush.
There is a small sand beach on the NE side of the island.
SILAT ISLAND, 3.6 miles SE of Capnoyan Island, is
36 m (118 ft) high and about 366 m in extent. The island
rises from the N shore in an even slope to about one-third
its length. The S part of the island is high and flat with an
almost perpendicular bluff at its S end. It is covered with
some trees, grass, and bamboos. The inhabitants plant rice
and camotes.
DALANGANEM ISLANDS (CHART 4707), on
the W side of the S approach to Cuyo West Pass, consist
of Calandagan, Maducang, Nasolot, Anas, Casirahan, and
Cauayan. The islands are generally rocky, steep-to, rugged
in appearance, with light brown or grayish color depending
upon the season.
CALANDAGAN ISLAND, the largest of the group,
is about 2.8 miles long in a N direction and 0.8 mile wide.
Mount Dalangamen, a three-peaked ridge in an E direction
at the S end of the island, has an elevation of 215 m (704 ft)
at its E side. The S and E slopes are barren. Large boulders 30
lie at the base and along the lower slopes. The main part of
the island, 312 m (1,024 ft) high, is very rugged, covered with
grass, bushes, and trees. On the slopes are some scattered
houses and cleared spaces planted with rice. The N slope,
tapering to a sharp point, consists of a series of sawtoothed 35
hills all of which are covered with trees, grass, and bushes.
TUDELA, a barrio on the neck of low land that joins
the two parts of the island, has several houses, a school, and
a church. Small vessels calling at Tudela may anchor off the
barrio about 229 m from the coral reef in 9.1 to 18.3 m (5 to
10 fm). Fair weather anchorage may be had off the NE side
of Calandagan Island in 16.5 to 20.1 m (9 to 11 fm) coral
and sand bottom, or in 7.3 to 9.1 m (4 to 5 fm) on the shoal
that extends 0.8 mile S of the SW end of the island.
NASOLOT ISLAND, N of Calandagan Island, appears
to be a continuation of the series of hills on the N part of
Calandagan. The channel separating these two islands is
183 m wide with a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm) in the middle. The
island is about 366 m long in a N direction, 160 m wide,
and 61 m (202 ft) high. It has a rocky shoreline. The top
of the peak is covered with trees and brush. The S and N
extremities are bare.
MADUCANG ISLAND, 1.1 miles NNE of Calandagan
Island, is the second largest island of the group. It is about 1.3
4-25
miles long in a N direction with an average width of 0.8 mile.
It is sparsely wooded and has the same general appearance as
Calandagan. The highest point of the ridge has an elevation
of 294 m (965 ft), the surface being mostly loose rocks and
5 gravel. The channel between Maducang and Calandagan
Island has a depth of 16.5 m (9 fm) and affords anchorage
with a little protection under the lee of either island.
ANAS ISLAND, connected to the SE end of Maducang
10 Island by a coral reef bare at low water, is 90 m (296 ft) high,
about 457 m long in a N direction, and 183 m wide.
CAUAYAN ISLAND, (BIRD ISLAND) 2.7 miles E of
the N end Maducang Island, is a bare rock of light gray color
15 which rises in almost perpendicular cliffs to a height of 29.6
m (97 ft). The water close to the island drops off abruptly
to a depth of 36.6 m all around. The NE corner is somewhat
less steep and a landing may be made there. A rock almost
awash at low water is about 91 m W of the S end of the island.
20
CASIRAHAN ISLAND, 5 miles E of the N end of
Calandagan Island, is 35 m (115 ft) high near the NE part,
about 549 m long in a NE direction, and 146 m wide. It is
rocky and steep-to with light vegetation. The SW end is
25 barren.
QUEEN OF THE SEA BANK, a large sand and coral
formation about 1.5 miles in diameter, with a depth of 6.4
m (3.5 fm), is 20 miles SE of Calandagan Island. The S and
W sides of this bank is very steep. The N and E sides are
more gradual. The bank is rarely visible and seldom if ever
breaks in heavy weather.
PIEDRA BLANCA or WHITE ROCKS, 24 miles 182o
from Mount Aguada on Cuyo Island, is a low bare rock, 3 m
(10 ft) high. It is on the S edge of a shoal extending 0.5 mile
E and 1.3 miles NW of the rock with depths of 7.3 to 14.6
m (4 to 8 fm). The edge of the shoal is steep-to all around.
40 CUYO EAST PASS, between Panay Island and Cuyo
Islands, is about 50 miles wide, deep and clear. The only
dangers on the N approach to this pass are SULTAN BANK,
with a depth of 6.9 m (3.75 fm), CARMEN BANK, with a
depth of 4.6 m (2.5 fm), and SECO ISLANDS which are
45 composed of low, shifting sandhills.
Caution - A submarine telecommunication cable crosses
Cuyo East Pass in the area between Sombrero Rocks and
Piedra Blanca. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the
50 vicinity of the submarine cable.
SOMBRERO ROCKS, 6.7 m (22 ft), and nearly in the
middle of the S approach to the pass, also constitute a danger.
Cuyo East Pass is generally used during the NE monsoon
55 by vessels navigating from Basilan Strait to Mindoro Strait,
thus taking advantage of the constant N current along the W
coast of Panay Island.
 CHAPTER 5
PALAWAN ISLAND AND
KALAYAAN ISLAND GROUP
CHART 4707, 4716 & 4723A
PALAWAN ISLAND, the fifth largest island in terms system may be read in Chapter 2 of this publication.
of size, is on the SW part of the Philippines. It is about 238
miles long in a SW direction, narrow, generally high, sparsely Coast Guard stations in various areas of Palawan and
inhabited and has a very limited level land. The island forms the Kalayaan Island Group may be contacted through mobile
the W boundary of the Sulu Sea, has an area of about 4,550 5 phone, the details of which may be read in their respective
square statute miles, and a length of general shoreline of sections.
about 674 miles. The coastline is very irregular, mostly
indented by numerous bays and inlets, some of which form LIBRO POINT TO IMORIGUE BAY
the finest harbors in the Archipelago. The shores are faced (CHARTS 1563 & 4315)
by numerous islands, coral reefs and shoals which make 10
navigation somewhat difficult. Owing to the unfinished CABULI ISLAND, off the N of Palawan, about 365
surveys on some parts of the W coast, navigators are advised m N of CABULI POINT, is 139 m (455 ft) high, 1.5 miles
to observe caution when navigating in the area. long in a N direction with an average width of 0.5 mile.
The island has a rather flat summit and steep-to sides. It is
Numerous dangerous shoals and coral reefs are 10 to 15 marked by Cabuli Light (11° 26' 12"N., 119° 30' 05"E.). The
20 miles off the E coast of Palawan. The mountain peaks channel between Cabuli Island and Cabuli Point has a depth
and many small islands scattered along the coast are good of 10.7 m (5.9 fm). The currents in the channel are strong and
landmarks for navigating the various channels. The high accompanied by eddies. To enter this channel from N steer
mountains are usually covered by clouds, but except in 119o with the northerly of the Brother Islands in range with
stormy weather, almost invariably clear for a short period in 20 the gap halfway between a prominent knoll near the N end
the early morning and late evening. The directions given for of Iloc Island and the 256-meter (840 ft) peak S of the knoll.
entering the various ports are those used by the surveying
vessels and have been found safe, but they are not intended LIBRO POINT, the most N point of Palawan is small,
in any way to lessen the necessity of keeping that vigilant sharp, and rocky. A hill 145 m (475 ft) high, 0.5 mile S of
lookout which the navigation of coral seas on all occasions 25 the point, and another hill 167 m (548 ft) high, rising steeply
urgently demands. from Cabuli Point, are conspicuous from an E or W direction.
From these two hills, a large wooded promontory about 2
Vessels bound for China ports should use Palawan miles wide forming the N part of Palawan, extends about 5
Passage in preference to the route on the E side of the island. miles S. The shoreline of these promontory is bold, mostly
In the strength of the NE monsoon, vessels taking the E route 30 rocky with two small stretches of mangrove on the E side,
reach the parallel 10o N or the island of Dumaran without and fringed with narrow coral reef.
difficulty. Beyond this they will experience considerable
delay for the current at this season sets strongly SW between NORTH HILL, 285 m (935 ft) high and about 1.3 miles
Palawan and Cuyo Island, the velocity being almost in direct S of Cabuli Point, is prominent. Another hill 294 m (965 ft)
proportion to the strength of the wind. 35 high is 1.3 miles W of North Hill and about 0.5 mile from
the W shore. Southward of these two hills is a single high
Caution - A submarine pipeline is present off the N ridge rising to an elevation of 366 m (1,200 ft).
coast of Palawan Island. Anchoring, trawl fishing, the use
and dumping of explosives, and other activities that may BROTHER ISLANDS, two in number, are off the coast
harm the pipeline are prohibited within 500 m of the pipeline. 40 0.8 mile and 1.0 mile ESE and SE, respectively, of Cabuli
Point. The islands are small and flat with deep water between
Tidal Currents - Along the N part of the E coast the them and the Palawan shore. The N island is 33.5 m (110 ft)
flood sets S and the ebb N. The maximum velocity observed high and about 137 m in extent. A shoal with a depth of 7.3
was 1.5 knots. The currents on the E coast depend chiefly on m (4 fm) is 0.8 mile 140o from the N island.
the prevailing winds. 45
DAROCOTAN ISLAND, 3 miles SSE of Cabuli Point,
Distress & Rescue – The northern part of Palawan is about 1 mile long in an ENE direction and has an average
is within the coverage of the MF DSC alerting system of width of 548 m. It is 70 m (230 ft) high on its N end. It has
the Manila Rescue Coordinating Center (MRCC). Vessels a very irregular shoreline, partly rocky and high on the N
in distress may contact the MRCC. There are remotely 50 end. The bights are fringed with coral reefs.
controlled coast stations with VHF DSC alerting in
Liminangcong and Brooke's Point. The details of the DSC DAROCOTAN POINT, 1.8 miles SSE of the SE end

5-1
of Darocotan Island, is the termination of a 206 m (677 ft)
ridge extending about 1 mile in N direction on the E side
of Darocotan Bay. Two rocky islets, 47 and 10 m (155 and
33 ft) high, are 183 and 548 m N of the point, respectively.
DAROCOTAN BAY, between Darocotan Island and
Darocotan Point, is about 3 miles wide with clear depths
of 16.4 to 27 m (9 to 14.8 fm) in the middle. A dangerous
detached shoal with a depth of 0.3 m (1 ft) is near the center
of the bay close to the edge of the 10-meter (5.5-fathom)
curve. The Southern part of the bay is mostly foul. Shoal
water extends about 0.7 mile from shore and vessels are
advised not to proceed further south of a line drawn west 15
from Darocotan Point.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
barrio of San Fernando may be contacted at mobile phone
nos. +63968-7262533 and +63998-5854651.
TINIGUIBAN, a small barrio on the NW shore of
Darocotan Bay, produce copra which is brought to Bacuit
by small boats.
Anchorage for vessels calling at Tiniguiban is about
0.7 mile NE of the barrio in 14.6 m (8 fm), mud bottom.
Launches and small boats may come closer inshore to within
274 m off the barrio. To approach this anchorage enter the
bay from the N keeping the SW end of Dorocotan Island at
a distance of 0.5 mile.
SAN FERNANDO is a small barrio at the S shore of
Darocotan Bay.
From Dorocotan Point to Imorigue Bay the coast trends
S for about 10 miles. It is faced by numerous islands and reefs
and fringed by a coral reef extending about 91 m to about 1
mile in places. A dangerous detached coral shoal with a depth
of 2.1 m (1.1 fm) is 1.3 miles 114o from Darocotan Point.
From this shoal the other inshore dangers may be avoided
by keeping a distance of not less than 1 mile from shore.
SIBALTAN, a small barrio on the coast about 4.5
miles S of Darocotan Point, has several houses which show
prominently from seaward. Small quantities of logs are
occasionally shipped. Copra is produced and brought to
Bacuit by small boats. Vessels calling at Sibaltan may anchor
0.7 mile E of the barrio in 12.8 to 16.4 m (7 to 9 fm). The
Coast Guard station in the barrio may be contacted at mobile
phone no. +63936-9325632.
A rock awash at one-fourth tide is 1.6 miles NE of the
barrio. Two rocks 3 and 4.6 m (10 and 15 ft) high are 365 m
and 0.5 mile SE of the barrio, respectively.
MALONAO ROCK, 9 m (30 ft) high near the middle
of the entrance to Imorigue Bay, is steep-to on all sides and
may be safely passed at a distance of 548 m.
IMORIGUE BAY, 3 miles wide and tapering to about
1 mile at the head, is between the Palawan shore and Batas
Island. It has an extent of 3 miles in a SW direction and is
entirely exposed to the NE monsoon. The bottom is very
irregular with numerous reefs and rocks awash. It affords
no good anchorage for any vessel.
5
ILOC ISLAND, 6.5 miles SE of Darocotan Point, has
two distinct mountain ranges separated by a valley extending
from the NW to the SE side. The island is heavily wooded,
4 miles long in a NNE direction, and has a maximum width
10 of 2 miles. The highest peak on the E range is 259 m (850
ft) high. Some cleared areas in the S part are cultivated. The
shoreline is fringed with coral reefs except a small stretch
on the NE end where the shore is undercut by the sea. A
chain of rocks varying in height from 0.6 to 5.5 m (2 to 18
15 ft) extends 0.5 mile off the N end of the island. A rock 24 m
(78 ft) high is on the edge of the shore reef near the NE end.
On the E side is an islet 56 m (185 ft) high, connected by a
coral reef about 548 m to the shore. A bank with a depth of
11.3 m (6.2 fm) is E of this islet.
20
MUÑOZ BAY, on the NW shore of Iloc Island, is about
0.5 mile in extent. It has general depths of 12.8 to 18.2 m
(7 to 10 fm) but constricted by a shoal 2.1 m (1.1 fm) in the
middle. Some logs and copra are shipped by the inhabitants.
25
BARANGONAN ISLAND, 0.7 mile NE of Iloc
Islands, has a double-peaked hill 117 m (385 ft) high on the
SW part, a 100 m (330 ft) hill on the E, and a lesser elevation
on the NW part. The island is roughly triangular in shape, 1
30 mile on a side, mostly wooded, and easily recognized by the
double peak which is bare. A 10.9-meter (6-fathom) shoal
exists in the channel between Barangonan and Iloc Islands
and is about 548 m W of the SW tip of Barangonan Island.
35 DADO ROCK, 1.6 miles SE of the E point of
Barangonan Island, is 23 m (75 ft) high, steep, and much
undercut on its base. Shoal water extends about 365 m NW
and SE of the rock.
40 DADO BANK, with a depth of 14.6 m (8 fm) is 1 mile
SE of Dado Rock.
BENITO SHOAL, a small 12.5-meter (6.8-fathom)
spot about 548 m in diameter, is 7.2 miles E of Dado Rock.
45
BAGAMBANGAN ISLAND, 1.7 miles SE of Iloc
Island, is 167 m (550 ft) high, wooded, and has some parts
on the W side under cultivation. The island is triangular in
shape, 2.7 miles long in a NE direction, 2 miles long on the
50 W side and 1.4 miles on the N side. A prominent pinnacle
rock 24 m (78.7 ft) high is on the edge of the reef on the W
side of the island.
PRIMO REEF, a dangerous coral formation with
55 a depth of 3.4 (1.9 fm) is 7.7 miles E of the E end of
Bagambangan Island.
CONE ROCK, 47 m (154 ft) high, is 0.8 mile SE of
the S end of Bagambangan Island. It has a reddish color,
60 surrounded by coral reef extending about 274 m W. Shoal
5-2
water extends about 735 m on its SE side. An islet about 365 Channels - Shark Fin Bay may be entered through three
m in extent is 1.4 miles SW of Cone Rock. The islet is low different channels from N, NE and S. On the N through
and sandy on its W end. It is high and rocky at the E side Imorigue Bay, the channel between Talaotauan Island and the
reaching an elevation of 36.6 m. Shoal water extends about Palawan shore has depths of 9.1 to 12.8 m (5 to 7 fm). This
0.6 mile NW of this islet. About 594 m SW of the islet is a 5 channel is about 274 m wide at its narrowest part, tortuous,
large rock 3 m (10 ft) high. A 9.1-meter (5-fathom) shoal is and should be used only with local knowledge. A 3.7-meter
1 mile W of the islet. (2-fathom) shoal lies N of Imorigue Island and the channel
between it and the island is very narrow.
UBALDO REEF, 6.3 miles ESE of Cone Rock, is a
dangerous coral formation 548 m in diameter with a depth 10 Tanguingui Channel, between Maytiguid Island and
5.2 m (2.8 fm). the coast of Palawan, is narrow, tortuous, and mostly fringed
with mangroves. The channel is less than 183 m wide at
BERA BANK with a depth of 12.8 m (7 fm) is 2 miles the narrowest part. A depth of 3.7 m (2 fm) may be carried
WSW of Ubaldo Reef. through. It is not recommended for vessels without local
15 knowledge.
MAOSONON ISLAND, 1 mile S of Iloc Island, is
about 0.6 mile in extent and 94.5 m (310 ft) high. The W The best channel for entering the bay is between Batas
shoreline is of volcanic rock, much eroded, and steep-to. and Maytiguid Islands. It is wide, deep, easy of access, and
The SE part is low and cultivated. Coral reef, extending 91 the one generally used by interisland vessels.
to 457 m from the shore, borders the E, NE and S shores. 20
A rocky islet 7.6 m (25 ft) high is near the edge of the reef Anchorage - Vessels coming to this bay may anchor
about 457 m from the SE end of the island. about 1 mile SSW of the S end of Imorigue Island in 14.6
to 18.3 m (8 to 10 fm), mud bottom. Smaller vessels may
LITTLE MAOSONON ISLAND, 1 mile N of anchor about 0.7 mile NE of barrio MABINI (OTON) in
Maosonon Island, is 42.4 m (139 ft) high, about 548 m long 25 7.3 m (4 fm), mud bottom. The anchorage is one of the best
in a N direction and 183 m wide. The W side is bordered by typhoon anchorages in this part of Palawan.
a narrow coral reef which widens on the N end and E side
to about 365 m. The coral reef on the Southern end extends Directions - Through Imorigue Bay: Come to a position
about 548 m S. about 0.5 mile E of Malonao Rock. Steer 219o heading for
30 Shark Fin Peak and in range with a saw-tooth projection
BINULBULAN ISLAND, extending 1.8 miles in a N about halfway up the E side of Imorigue Island. Keep a good
direction and 0.6 mile wide, is 2 miles SW of Iloc Island. lookout on the reefs on both sides of this course. When the
It has three distinct peaks, the N and highest one having an NW point of Imorigue Island bears 241o, steer for it, rounding
elevation of 201 m (660 ft). The island is mostly wooded. the point close-to, and follow a mid-channel course between
The N end is steep with numerous large boulders on its 35 Talaotauan Island and the coast of Palawan.
shoreline. Shoals and several detached rocks extends about
0.5 mile off the SE and NE sides. Two rocky islets, 30 and 47 Vessels passing through Tanguingui Channel should
m (100 and 155 ft) high, are 0.5 and 1 mile SSE of Binulbulan steer mid channel courses and as much as possible exercise
Island, respectively. caution to avoid the dangers in the channel. This channel
40 should be used only by smaller vessels with local knowledge.
SHARK FIN BAY TO FLECHAS POINT
(CHARTS 1563 & 4317) From Northeastward: Come to a position 2 miles E
of the 9.1-meter (30 ft) rock 548 m off the N side of Batas
BATAS ISLAND, forming the N side of Shark Fin Island, and head for Miraya Island on course 192o and in
Bay, is about 5 miles long in an ENE direction and 2.5 45 range with a sharp, double pointed peak showing midway
miles wide. The island is almost divided into two parts by in the mountain gap S. When the N end of Maalequequen
the bays making into the low land between the two heavily Island bears 045o, change course to 225o passing about 735
wooded peaks. The W and higher peak has an elevation of m W of Miraya Island. When the S tangent of Batas Island
443 m (1,455 ft). The E peak is 372 m (1,220 ft) high. The bears 270o and on line between Miraya and Macuao Islands,
shoreline is bordered by a coral reef varying in width from 50 change course to 248o with Miraya Island dead astern. When
45 m to 0.5 mile in places. the SW tangent of Imorigue Island bears 340o, steer for it
until Malapari Island is on the starboard beam about 0.5 mile,
SHARK FIN BAY, between Batas and Maytiguid then change course to 280o for the anchorage.
Islands, is about 6 miles long in an E direction and 2.5 miles
wide. The shoreline is very irregular and mostly fringed with 55 From Southward: Come to a position in mid-channel 0.6
mangroves fronted by coral reefs. Numerous detached reefs mile W of Dinit Island and steer 000o. When the S tangent
and shoals are on the N and S side of the bay. The clear area to Malotamban Island is on the starboard beam about 1
between the reefs to the head has depths of 36.6 to 14.6 m mile, change course to 315o heading for the highest peak
(20 to 7 fm). on Batas Island. When Miraya Island bears 045o, head for
60 Macuao Island on course 260o. Keep this course until the SW

5-3
tangent to Imorigue Island bears 340o and follow the previous
directions for the anchorage. A 146 m (480 ft) hill N is on
range with the tangent to Imorigue Island on this bearing.
IMORIGUE ISLAND, immediately W of Batas Island,
is 323 m (1,062) high, 1.3 miles long in a N direction and 735
m wide. The island is steep and connected to Batas Island
by a coral reef bare at low water.
TALAOTAUAN ISLAND, about 457 m in diameter
and 48 m (157 ft) high, is W of Imorigue Island. The channel
between them is about 183 m wide with a depth of 3.7 m (2
fm) in the middle. The channel W of Talaotauan Island is
about 274 m wide with depth of 12.8 m (7 fm) in the middle.
MALAPARI ISLAND, about 228 m in diameter, low
and covered with some mangroves is, connected by coral
reef to the SW side of Batas Island.
MACUAO ISLAND, about 2 miles SW of Batas Island,
is 24.4 m (80 ft) high, and about 183 m in diameter. A shoal
with a depth of 1.8 m (1 fm) has been reported in Shark Fin
Bay, about 1.5 miles 127o from the center of Macuao Island.
Another shoal with a depth of 9.1 m (5 fm) has been reported
in 1957 to exist 1.6 miles E by S of this island.
MIRAYA ISLAND, 2.5 miles E of TANGO POINT of
Batas Island, is heavily wooded, 38 m (125 ft) high, about
137 m long in a N direction and about 55 m wide. It is a very
good landmark for vessels entering Shark Fin Bay. A 1.4 m
(4.6 ft) spot is 548 m NE of the island. A coral patch awash
at low water, is 1.4 miles S of Miraya Island. Another small
shoal having a depth of 1.4 m (4.6 ft) is 548 m NW of the
rock awash.
A group of several island and shoals, forming a chain
extending about 12.5 miles in a S direction, is off the E part
of Shark Fin Bay. The islands afford excellent protection to
vessels approaching the bay. The waterway between the chain
and the coast vary in widths from 1 to 2 miles, and easily
navigated. The channels between the other islands are narrow
and tortuous, and should not be attempted except under the
most favorable circumstances.
DERIBONGAN ISLAND, 2.5 miles E of the NE point
of Batas Island, is about 735 m long in a NE direction,
365 m wide, and 100 m (328 ft) high near its central part.
It is surrounded by a narrow coral reef with shoal water
extending about 365 m from shore. An extensive bank with
depths of 10.5 to 16.5 m (5.7 to 9 fm) is off the E side of the
island. About 1.3 miles E of the island and W of the bank is
a detached shoal with a depth of 8.7 m (4.8 fm).
CAGDANAO ISLAND, about 1 mile S of Deribongan
Island, can be recognized from N by its bare cliffs which rises
vertically from the water 99 m (326 ft) at its highest part.
The island is about 0.5 mile long in a N direction and 548
m wide. Cottages and facilities of a private resort occupy the
SW shore. A large rock 19.8 m (65 ft) high, and connected
by a coral reef to the shore, is about 274 m W of the island.
On the SE and S parts, shoal water extends about 735 m.
The channel between Deribongan and Cagdanao Islands is
deep and clear.
5 MAALEQUEQUEN ISLAND, 1 mile W of Cagdanao
Island, is 0.5 mile long in a NNW direction and about 365
m wide. It has a club like shape, 90 m (296 ft) high at its S
end, and slopes gradually N. A large rock 7.6 m (25 ft) high
is about 183 m N. The area between Maalequequen and
10 Cagdanao Island is generally foul with numerous detached
coral patches and a rock awash.
PANGISIAN ISLAND, 1.5 miles SE of Cagdanao
Island, is about 0.8 mile long in a NE direction, 274 m wide,
15 and 63.4 m (208 ft) high at its N end. The bare cliffs which
rise vertically on the N point of the island and a pinnacle rock
45.7 m (150 ft) high, inclined N, are prominent features. A
small jetty of a private resort extends from the SW end of
the island. Several shoals with depths of 7.3 to 8.2 m (4 to
20 4.5 fm) are off the SE side. A large rock 12.5 m (41 ft) high
and another one 23 m (75 ft) high are 640 m and 0.9 mile
SE of the NE point of the island, respectively.
BUTACAN ISLANDS, two in number, 82 and 65 m
25 (270 and 213 ft) high, are about 1.5 miles SW of Pangisian
Island. They are 0.5 mile apart in a W direction and about 411
m in extent. A private resort is present on the W coast of the
W island. A grey tower is on the highest point of W Butacan
Island. Three detached shoals with depths of 1.4, 8.2, and 5.9
30 m (0.8, 4.5, and 3.2 fm) are 0.7 mile N of Butacan Islands.
MALCOROT ISLAND, 84 m (276 ft) high, and about
274 m in diameter, is about 548 m S of the W Butacan Island.
The channel between Malcorot and W Butacan shoals has a
35 depth of 5.9 m (3.2 fm).
CALABUGDONG ISLAND, 1 mile SE of Butacan
Island, is about 3 miles long in a S direction and 1 mile
wide. The island has a very irregular shoreline, hilly, with
40 an elevation of 211 m (692 ft). The E shore is generally
rocky with some stretches of sand beaches. A bare cliff 122
m (400 ft) high, shows prominently from NE. The W shore
is fringed with mangroves. A settlement is located at the
low land at the center of the island. The area between the E
45 Butacan Island and the N end of the Calabugdong Island is
foul, with a 12.2-meter (40 ft) rock near the middle.
MAQUERIBEN ISLAND, just off the NE point of
Calabugdong Island, is 90 m (295 ft) high and about 735
50 m in extent.
MALOTAMBAN ISLAND, 51 m (168 ft) high and
about 548 m in extent, is 0.5 mile W of Calabugdong Island.
The channel between these two islands is deep and clear.
55 Cottages and small jetties of a private resort is located at
the E end of the island.
MAOBANEN ISLAND, 2.8 miles long in a NNE
direction and 1 mile wide, is 0.5 mile S of Calabugdong
60 Island. It is 215 m (706 ft) high and sparsely wooded. Some
5-4
of its peaks are bare and some are grassy. A village is located is 1 mile long in a NW direction and 0.5 mile wide. It is steep
at its SW end. A rocky islet 28 m (91 ft) high is 484 m off and rocky on the E side. The W part is low and planted with
its NE point. Close to NE side of this islet is a conspicuous coconut trees.
pinnacle rock. Some rocks awash at half tide are 91 m NE
of the islet. A rock awash is 1 mile WSW of the NW point 5 BINGA ISLAND, 2.5 miles NE of Cagdanao Island, is
of the island. About 548 m E of this rock awash is a 6.9 m 117 m (385 ft) high, oblong in shape, about 548 m long in a
(3.8 fm) spot. NE direction and 365 m wide. A sharp, narrow, rocky point,
15 m (49 ft) high, projects from the SE end of the island. A
DINIT ISLAND, 75 m (247 ft) high, is 0.5 mile SW of rocky islet 9 m (30 ft) high is 146 m of this point. Off the N
the S end of Maobanen Island. It is semi-circular in form, 10 end of the island, 196 m from shore, is another rocky islet
about 0.5 mile long in a NW direction, and 548 m wide. A 29 m (95 ft) high.
village is located at its NE shore. Shoal water extends about
183 m N of the island and about 548 m S of Maobanen, TEJADA REEF, 7 miles E of Binga Island, has a depth
making the deep navigable channel to about 228 m wide. of 9.6 m (5.2 fm). Two shoals, 11.9 and 24.7 m (6.5 and 13.5
15 fm), have been reported existing between Tejada Reef and
CASIAN ISLAND, 548 m E of Maobanen Island, has Binga Island in 1958.
a prominent sharp conical peak 264 m (865 ft) high near
its SW end. The island is high and hilly on the W part, low MAYTIGUID ISLAND, on the S side of Shark Fin
near the middle, and with high rocky cliff at the E end. It is Bay, is separated from the coast of Palawan by Tanguingui
about 2 miles long in a N direction and 1.5 miles wide. The 20 Channel, which in some places is less than 183 m wide. The
shoreline is irregular and bordered by coral reefs 45 to 183 island is heavily wooded, irregular in shape, about 7 miles
m in places. A rocky islet 4 m (135 ft) high is about 548 m long in a NNW direction and has an average width of 3 miles.
N of the island. The shoreline is fringed with mangroves except some points
which are steep and rocky.
Casian, a small barrio on the beach on the S side of 25
the island, has several houses visible from seaward. A large Negra Point, the S end of the island, is rocky, steep,
building with galvanized iron roof is prominent landmark. and much undercut. Two prominent high peaks on the island
Some copra are produced and shipped by small boats to are separated by a valley which runs in a S direction. The
Maytiguid. A 3.7-meter (2-fathom) shoal has been reported N peak, 305 m (1,002 ft) high, shows prominently from N.
about 0.8 mile S of the barrio. Small boats approach the 30 The peak on the S part is 338 m (1,110 ft) high, dome-shape,
beach through a break in the reef that leads to the landing and prominent when viewed from E. It is used in connection
at the barrio. with Miraya Island as a range in coming down the inside
passage from Iloc Island.
DEBANGAN ISLAND is separated from Casian
Island by a narrow channel 292 m wide with a depth of 4.6 35 TAYTAY BAY, between Negra Point and Santa Cruz
m (2.5 fm) in the middle. The island is about 1.3 miles long Point, is 10 miles wide at the entrance and extends about 7
in a SE direction and 1 mile wide. It is generally hilly with miles W. The bay is dotted by numerous detached shoals with
an elevation of 214 m (703 ft) on the SE part. It is mostly some rocks awash. Several small islands are inside and at the
wooded except a narrow strip along the W side where it is entrance of the bay, leaving only a limited area for navigation.
cultivated. The shoreline on the SW side is bordered by coral 40 The narrow channels among the many shoals and between
reef about 457 m wide with several rocks varying in height the islands should not be used without local knowledge. The
from 0.6 to 4.6 m (2 to 15.1 ft). A 2.3-meter (1.3 fm) shoal is shoreline is mostly fringed with mangroves. A mountain
0.6 mile W of the 4.6 (15.1 ft) m rock. On the NE side about range with several prominent peaks reaching a height of 427
388 m from shore is a rock 9 m (30 ft) high. to 457 m (1,400 to 1,500 ft) are along the coast about 2.5
45 miles inland. W of the village of POLARICAN this range
Debangan, a small village on the NW shore, is the turns W toward Bacuit Bay on the W coast. Another ridge
headquarters of transient fishing boats. Salted fish are slopes SE toward the village of Mesecoy. A low valley is
exported through Maytiguid. between this range and Shark Fin Bay. Coral reef bordering
the W shore of the bay is about 183 to 548 m wide and the
DADALITEN ISLAND, 2 miles SW of Debangan 50 shoal and foul area extend about 2 miles from shore.
Island, is 78 m (257 ft) high steep and narrow. It is 0.8 mile
long in a N direction and about 183 m wide. An extensive Caution - A submarine telecommunication cable is
shoal area with depths of 1.4 to 10.5 m (0.8 to 5.7 fm) extends present in Taytay Bay and lands at the town of Taytay.
0.5 mile S and 1.7 miles E of the S end of island. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of the
55 submarine cable.
GUINLAP ISLAND, 1 mile N of Debangan Island, is
about 91 m in extent and 37 m (122 ft) high. Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Taytay
town may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63998-5858476.
CAGDANAO ISLAND, 1.2 miles NE of Casian Island,
has a sharp prominent peak, 162 m (533 ft) high. The island 60 TAYTAY, a town at the SW shore of Taytay Bay, is an

5-5
occasional port of call for interisland vessels. The town has
a post office. There is a small government dispensary with
an attending physician. The chief exports are copra, cattle
and dried fish. It is the headquarters of some fishing vessels.
Prominent Features - The old Spanish fort and big
white letters forming the word "TAYTAY" on the mountain
at the back of the town are prominent landmarks.
Major Light - Taytay Light (10° 49' 43"N., 119° 30'
35"E.) is displayed about 2 miles S of Taytay Head.
Berthing Facility - A stone mole extending 56.7 m (186
ft) NW from the fort is bare at low water, and used only by
small boats and bancas.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Taytay may anchor 1.6
miles E of Taytay Head in 32.9 to 36.6 m (18 to 20 fm), mud
bottom. Smaller vessels anchor close to the town about 548
m N of the fort in 5.5 to 9.1 m (3 to 5 fm) sand bottom.
Directions - The best channel for entering Taytay Bay is
between Debangan Island and Binatican Island. From a point
about 1 mile S of Debangan Island steer 250o heading for the
S end of Apulit Island. When Nabat Island bears 315o, change 25
course to 207o, heading for the E tangent to Castle Island.
When the S tangent to Apulit Island bears 270o, change
course to 233o, passing between Apulit and Elephant Islands,
and continue on this course to the anchorage 1.6 miles 093o
from Taytay Head. Smaller vessels may approach closer to 30
the ranges through the narrow passage between the reefs.
To approach closer to the town, steer 222 1/2o keeping the
S end of Apulit Island in range with a prominent sag of the
skyline of Casian Island bearing 042 1/2o until the largest
of a small group of black rocks on the edge of the largest 35
reef N bears 350o, then steer 170o with the black rock astern
in range with a notch in a prominent sag in the skyline W
of Silanga Peak. When the fort on Taytay Point bears 214o
haul a little W and anchor in 5.5 to 9.1 m sand bottom, about
548 m N of the fort. 40
Vessels coming from N through Shark Fin Bay, come
to a position 1 mile W of the S end of Malotamban Island,
then steer 180o until the S end of Apulit Island bears 270o
and follow the directions stated above.
Vessels coming from S through the offlying islands may
follow the courses laid down on the chart. Keep to the N of
a line joining the N tangent of Icadambanauan Island and
Taytay Head. There is a 3.2-meter (1.7-fathom) shoal and a
0.5-meter (1.6-foot) patch 1 mile N and 0.8 mile NE of Santa
Cruz Point, respectively. The W tangent of Apulit Island in
range with the 338 m (1,110 ft) peak on Maytiguid Island,
course 359o, leads E of these shoals. When the N tangent of
Icadambanauan Island bears 091o, change course to 315o for
1.4 miles. When the SE tangent to Castle Island bears 041o,
alter course to 275o for 3.6 miles then anchor or approach
the town as previously mentioned.
MESECOY BAY, on the NW part of Taytay Bay, is
filled with numerous shoals and is not frequented by vessels.
The village of MESECOY is on the W shore. TALACANEN
ISLAND, 0.7 mile long in an E direction, about 183 m wide
and 76 m (250 ft) high, marks the entrance to Mesecoy Bay.
5
Anchorage for vessels coming to Mesecoy is W or S
of Talacanen Island, in 25.6 to 29.3 m (14 to 16 fm), mud
bottom. On account of the numerous shoals in the bay only
smaller vessels with local knowledge may anchor closer
10 inshore.
Directions - Vessels calling at Mesecoy come to a point
about 0.5 mile S of Nabat Island, and steer 266o for the S
tangent of Talacanen Island. When Quimbaludan Island is
15 on the starboard beam, distant about 720 m haul WSW on
course 256o, and anchor 0.5 mile S or W of Talacanen Island
in 25.6 to 29.3 m (14 to 16 fm), mud bottom. The anchorage
may be approached also from S: Come to a position about
1 mile S of Apulit Island and steer 297o, heading for the E
20 end of Talacanen Island. When Quimbaludan Island bears
045o, haul W and anchor as mentioned above.
SILANGA BAY, on the N part of Taytay Bay, between
SILANGA POINT and the SW shore of Maytiguid Island, is
about 2 miles long and about the same breadth. The W shore
is fringed by a coral reef about 0.5 mile wide. The N and
E parts of the bay are mostly foul. A shoal spot, with depth
of 3.2 m (1.7 fm) in the middle of the bay, is connected by
shoal water to the N shore. The clear area S of this shoal has
depth of 21.9 to 29.3 m (12 to 16 fm).
Silanga is a small barrio on the W shore of the bay.
Maytiguid, an important barrio on the E shore, is the
shipping point of copra, dried fish, and other products coming
from the neighboring villages. Interisland vessels call twice
a month at Maytiguid.
Directions - Come to a position about 0.5 mile S of
Nabat Island and steer 298o, heading for the S end of barrio
Silanga. Continue on this course for about 4.5 miles then
anchor in 18.3 to 21.9 m (10 to 12 fm) about 0.8 mile off the
barrio. Some vessels enter the bay passing between Nabat
Island and Negra Point, steering 269o, then when the S end
of Silanga barrio bears 298o, head for it and anchor as above.
45 During the NE monsoon, tide rips, dangerous to small boats,
sometimes occur off Nabat Island.
SILANGA PEAK, 468 m (1,535 ft) high, about midway
between Shark Fin Bay and Taytay Bay, is 3 miles NNW
50 of Silanga Point. From the peak the ground slopes abruptly
to the N and more gradually to the S. A valley 1 mile wide
separates Silanga Peak from the higher mountains W.
SHARK FIN PEAK, 554 m (1,819 ft) high and
55 prominent, is 5 miles WNW of Silanga Peak. It is very
conspicuous on ac­count of its sharp, inclined top which has
the appearance of a shark’s fin. From the peak a ridge runs
S to a distance of 3 miles, with peaks ranging from 518 to
579 m (1,700 to 1,900 ft). The S end of this ridge has a sharp
60 shoulder which slopes down E to the village of Mesecoy.
5-6
 NABAT ISLAND, 548 m S of Negra Point is 69 m (226
ft) high, about 457 m long in a S direction and 160 m wide.
It is of limestone formation, has the same general appearance
as Negra Point with steep sides, and the base much undercut.
SILANGA ISLANDS, three in number, are off the
entrance to Silanga Bay. Quimbaludan Island, the S of the
group, about 183 m in extent, is 1.1 miles SE of Silanga Point.
The middle island, 53 m (175 ft) high, about 366 m long in a
N direction and 183 m wide is 1.1 miles NE of Quimbaludan 10
Island. The NE island, about 183 m in diameter and 41 m
(135 ft) high, is about 548 m NE of the middle island. The
channel between them are generally deep.
DITNOT ISLET, 2.2 miles SSW of Quimbaludan
Island is about 91 m long in an E direction and 27 m wide.
The E and W end of the islet has each, a rocky mound, 9 m
(30 ft) high. Shoal water extends 735 m S and 0.6 mile SE
of the islet, respectively.
GUINDABDABAN AND QUIMBULUAN, two
small islands, 15 and 14 m (50 and 45 ft) high, are 0.5 and
1 mile off the W central shoreline of Taytay Bay, and 3.5
miles N of Taytay Head. Another rocky islets is 1 mile SE
of Quimbuluan Island.
APULIT ISLAND, 178 m (585 ft) high, is 2.2 miles
SW of Negra Point. It is of limestone formation, 1.3 miles
long in a N direction with a maximum width of 548 m. From
the highest point in the center it gradually slopes down N 30
to a tapering point. About 64 m N of the N end is a high,
rocky islet with an elevation of 38 m (126 ft). The S end of
the island is very narrow with a high rocky bluff. The small
cove at the SW part is occupied by cottages and facilities of
a private resort. Shoal water extend 365 m to 0.8 mile W. 35
ROYALIST REEF, E of Apulit Island, is an extensive
shoal area 1.5 miles long in a NE direction and 1 mile wide
with depths of 11 to 1.4 m (6 to 0.8 fm). Another coral reef,
3 miles NE of Apulit Island is 0.5 mile in extent with a depth
of 0.5 m (1.6 ft). Between this reef and Royalist Reef is a
deep channel 1.5 miles wide. Both reefs are dangerous to
navigation and should be avoided when entering Taytay Bay.
PABELLON ISLAND, 2.8 miles S of Apulit Island,
are two in number. Elephant Island, the N of the two, is
196 m (645 ft) high, about 0.8 mile long in a N direction
and 457 m wide.
Castle Island, 0.5 long in a N direction, 274 m wide
and 189 m (620 ft) high, is 411 m S of Elephant Island. The
island are of limestone formation, steep, and separated by a
deep channel. A number of dangerous detached shoals are
E of the islands.
CALABADIAN ISLAND, 1 mile SE of Castle Island,
is almost triangular in shape about 1 mile on a side, with a
peak 167 m (550 ft) high near its center. It is steep on the E
side. The NW and SW sides slopes gradually to the beach.
Shoal water extends about 0.5 mile from shore on the E side. 60
MALATPUSO ROCK, 3.6 miles E of the S end of
Elephant Island, is 23.5 m (77 ft) high and prominent from
any direction.
5 BINATICAN ISLAND, 3.5 miles NNE of Malatpuso
Rock, is 1.8 miles long in a N direction, 0.6 mile wide, and
has a prominent peak 174 m (570 ft) high near its N end. A
small low area in the middle part of the island is planted with
coconut trees. A number of dangerous shoals with depths
of 1.4 to 11 m (0.8 to 6 fm) are S, E, and NE of the island.
About 0.7 mile NW is a 9.6-meter (5.2 fm) spot with coral
sand bottom.
SANTA CRUZ POINT, the S entrance point to Taytay
15 Bay, is sharp, rocky and steep-to. Two detached dangerous
shoals with depths of 0.5 and 3.2 m (0.3 and 1.7 fm) are 0.8
mile NE and 1 mile N of the point, respectively.
From Santa Cruz Point to Esfuerzo Point, a distance of
20 about 20 miles SSE, the coast of Palawan is very irregular,
indented by several inlets and bays, and faced by small
islands and reefs. High wooded mountains are close to
the shore. The salient points which are mostly rocky are
prominent.
25
CALAUAG BAY, between LIMBANGAN POINT and
PANGKANG POINT, is 3 miles wide at the entrance, and
extends 4 miles SW to a width of 0.6 mile at its head. The
bay has depths of 11 to 32.9 m (6 to 18 fm) in the middle,
but constricted by shoals making the navigable area to about
0.5 mile wide.
CALAUAG is a small barrio at the head of the bay.
IBOBOR ISLAND, about 0.8 mile in extent and 183
m (600 ft) high, is in the middle of the entrance to Calauag
Bay. The entrance channel S of this island, is deep and about
411 m wide. Shoal water extends 0.8 mile N of Pangkang
Point with some rocks awash near its N end.
40
TOMANDANG ISLAND, close to the W shore at the
head of the bay is 0.5 mile long in a NNE direction, about
411 m wide and 65 m (215 ft) high.
45 PINA ISLET, 11 m high to tops of trees, is 0.7 mile
NNE of Tomandang Island.
BABAROCON ISLAND, close to the S shore of
Calauag Bay, about 457 m in extent and almost the same
50 height as Tomandang Island, is 548 m N of Calabucay Point.
ICADAMBANAUAN ISLAND, 1 mile E of Santa
Cruz Point, may be recognized by its two hills, 152 and 156
m (500 and 512 ft) high on the N and S ends, respectively.
55 The island is 2.5 miles long in a N direction, very irregular in
shape, and with an average width of 0.8 mile. Two groups of
black rocks 1.2 m (4 ft) high each, and 1 mile apart, are about
1 mile E of the island. A small wooded island, about 137 m
long in a NNE direction, 68 m wide, and 91 m (300 ft) high,
is 548 m SE of Icadambanauan Island. A large white rock
5-7
15 m (50 ft) high, is 548 m SW of the small wooded island. hill 3.5 miles inland. When the low flat rock off the NE
side of Pangkang Point is in range with the S tangent to
CALABUCAY ISLAND, 46 m (150 ft) high, wooded Paly Island bearing 101o, change course to 223o, heading
and about 548 m extent, is 3.3 miles SSE of Icadambanauan between Tomandang Island and Dasilag Point, then anchor
Island. In the middle of the channel between these two islands 5 in 11 to 12.8 m (6 to 7 fm), mud bottom. Smaller vessels
is a coral shoal with a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm) which should may approach closer to the barrio by steering 243o, keeping
be avoided when approaching this vicinity. Extensive shoal the N end of Babarocon Island in range with the N end of
area extend 2 miles NE and S of the island. Paly Island astern, then anchor in 1.8 to 9.1 m (1 to 5 fm),
mud bottom.
CAGDANAO ISLAND, 1.5 miles SW of Calabucay 10
Island, is 0.6 mile long in a WNW direction, about 366 m Calauag through North Point: Come to a position 8
wide, and 76 m (250 ft) high near its E end. A dangerous coral miles 331o from Pirata Head and steer 270o heading for the
reef, 735 m in extent, with a depth of 0.5 m is 0.5 mile NE 6.7-meter (22 ft) rock 1 mile WSW of Cacbucao Island.
of the island. The recommended channel for inland routes When the tangent to North Point bears 219o, head for it.
in this vicinity is between this reef and Cagdanao Island. 15 When about 548 m NE from it, round the point at a distance
The channel between Cagdanao and Ibobor Islands is foul. of about 457 m until the 135.6-meter (445-foot) hill on it
bears 090o, then change course to 270o, and keep the summit
PALY ISLAND, 3 miles E of Pangkang Point, is 186 m of North Point astern. When the 289.6-meter (950-foot) peak
(610 ft) high, 2.5 miles long in a N direction, with an average S of Pangkang Point bears 281o steer for this peak. When the
width of 0.5 mile. The outer slopes are steep-to and sparsely 20 E tangent to Cagdanao Island bears 317o head for it on this
wooded, showing plainly a peculiar brown soil. The shoreline bearing until the S tangent to Ibobor Island bears 270o, then
is rocky with stretches of sand, shingle, or boulders. Shoals continue directions previously given for Calauag.
extends 1 mile to 0.7 mile N, E and S of the island. The W
shore is clear and steep-to except for a 0.9 m (0.5 fm) patch Taytay through North Point: Follow the directions
1.3 miles S from the N end of the island and 548 m offshore. 25 mentioned above. When the S tangent of Ibobor Island bears
270o, change course to 338o. When the N tangent to Cagdanao
DANGERS - Numerous dangerous coral shoals are Island bears 287o, change course to 301o, keeping no less than
in the area W of the line joining Binga Island and the E 274 m off the NE part of Cagdanao Island and avoiding the
point of Dumaran Island. The position and nature of these 0.5-meter (0.3 fm) shoal N of the course. When the E tangent
dangers in relation with the channels between them can be 30 to Cagdanao Island bears 165o, change course to 345o until
best understood by reference to the chart. the W tangent to Apulit Island and the 338 m (1,110 ft) peak
on Maytiguid Island are in range bearing 359o. Then steer
DIRECTIONS.—Vessels from S bound for Taytay may this course and follow directions previously given for Taytay.
round the E end of Dumaran Island, keeping E of the line
joining Binga Island and the E point of Dumaran Island until 35 DUMARAN CHANNEL, between the W point of
the highest peak on Debangan Island bears 306o. Steer for Dumaran Island and Esfuerzo Point, Palawan, is 1.5 miles
this peak on this bearing until the highest peak on Dadaliten wide. The navigable width of the channel N of Esfuerzo
Island bears 270o, then change course to 250o to pass about Point is much contracted by small islands and reefs to about
1 mile S of Debangan and Dadaliten Islands, and follow 735 m wide with depths of 12.8 to 21.9 m (7 to 12 fm).
directions for Taytay. 40 There are three passages, the E, between Central Island and
Bivouac Island; the middle, between Bivouac Island and
Vessels desiring to pass S of Icadambanauan Island, Capsalon Island; and the W, between Capsalon and the coast
steer 270 o for the peak of Calabadian Island. When of Palawan.
Calabucay Island bears 225o, steer for it until the S tangent
to Icadambanauan Island bears 271o then change course to 45 MAYABACAN ISLAND, the most NE of the group, is
254o. When the E tangent to Cagdanao Island bears 165o, 98 m (322 ft) high, 0.8 mile long in a N direction and 735 m
change course to 345o. Hold this course until the W tangent wide. Two smaller islands, about 365 m in extent each having
to Apulit Island is in range with the 338 m (1,110 ft) peak an elevation of 72 and 74 m (238 and 245 ft) respectively, are
on Maytiguid Island and steer for it on course 359o. When connected by a coral reef bare at low water N of the island.
the N tangent to Icadambanauan Island bears 091o, follow 50
previous directions for Taytay. CENTRAL ISLAND, 0.5 mile S of Mayabacan Island,
is 72.5 m (238 ft) high and about 735 m extent.
Vessels bound for Calauag by the channel N of Paly
Island: follow the initial courses 270o, 225o, until the W SOUTH ISLAND, 1 mile S of Central Island, is 62 m
tangent to Paly Island bears 180o and steer for it. When the 55 (202 ft) high, and about 0.6 mile in diameter.
prominent 289 m (950 ft) peak 1 mile S of Pangkang Point
bears 217o, head for this peak, until the S tangent to Ibobor MARUYOGRUYOG ISLAND, close to the N side of
Island bears 270o, then steer course on this bearing. When South Island, is about 640 m long in a NNW direction, 183
Pina Islet bears 252o, change course to this bearing with m wide, and 45 m (148 ft) high near its N end.
the islet in range with the 253-meter (830-foot) conical 60

5-8
 SOUTH CHANNEL ISLAND, 548 m W of South
Island, is about 548 m long in a W direction, 183 m wide,
and 29.6 m (97 ft) high. It is connected by a coral reef to the
SW shore of South Island.
5 Bivouac Island, and when the N tangent of Capsalon Island
BIVOUAC ISLAND, 1.4 miles W of Central Island, is
46 m (152 ft) high, and about 274 m in extent.
NORTH CHANNEL ISLAND, 30.5 m (100 ft) high,
and about 110 m in diameter, is 0.7 mile NNW of Bivouac 10
Island. The channel between North Channel Island and
Bivouac Island is foul, and shoal water area with rocks awash,
extends 1.6 miles N of North Channel Island.
CAPSALON ISLAND, 0.6 mile SW of Bivouac Island, 15
is almost triangular in shape, 0.5 mile on a side, and 50.6 m
(166 ft) high. A low flat islet, 183 m in diameter and planted
with coconut trees, is 548 m S of Capsalon Island.
Dumaran Channel may use the pass between Bivouac and
Capsalon Islands, or between Central and Bivouac Islands.
Through the pass between Bivouac and Capsalon Islands:
Continue the 000o course heading for the E tangent to
bears 297o, steer for it, changing to 322o when the SW tangent
to South Island bears 142o, steering a mid-channel course
until the E tangent to Capsalon Island bears 178o, then change
course to 358o, heading for the E tangent to Paly Island. When
the E tangent to Cagdanao bears 317o, head for it and follow
directions previously given for Calauag and Taytay. Through
the pass between Central and Bivouac Islands: Continue
on course 000o with the W tangents of Maruyogruyog and
South Islands in range astern. When the summit of Bivouac
Island bears 210o, change course to 339o, heading for the SW
tangent to Paly Island until the E tangent of Cagdanao Island
bears 317o, then follow directions previously mentioned for
Calauag and Taytay.

REEF ISLET, about 91 m in diameter, is about 0.5 mile 20 The S approach to Dumaran Channel, between Flechas
NE of the flat islet. It is on the NW corner of a coral reef Point and Calasag Point is dotted by numerous detached reefs
bare at low water 457 m wide and 0.5 mile in a S direction. and shoals with deep navigable channels between them. The
best of these channels to follow is to bring the 167 m (550 ft)
DANLIG is a small barrio at the head of an inlet SW hill 1.5 miles SE of Dumaran town to bear 027o before Mount
of Capsalon Island. Small boats and launches from Araceli 25 Ilian, 4 miles N of Flechas Point, bears 330o. Steer for this
call at this barrio for copra and mail. hill on course 027o. When the center of South Channel Island
and the E tangent to Paly Island is in range, bearing 352o,
DIRECTIONS - From SE through Dumaran Channel: steer for this range, and follow directions previously given.
Come to a position about 3 miles S of Langoy Island Light
and steer 261o heading for Flechas Point. When the 308 m 30 DUMARAN ISLAND, off the NE coast of Palawan, E
(1,010 ft) peak 1.5 miles W of Capayas bears 293o, steer for of Esfuerzo Point, is 15.5 miles long in an E direction with
it on this bearing. Hold on this course until the umbrella- a maximum width of 12 miles. It has an irregular shoreline
shaped tree on South Channel Island is in range with the with no remarkable features to distinguished it. The interior
E tangent to Paly Island, bearing 352o, then steer for this of the island is a series of low wooded hills, 121 to 152 m
range on this bearing, until the S one of the double points 35 (400 to 500 ft) high. Most of the shoreline is fringed with
of Esfuerzo Point is on port beam. At this point the town of mangrove, and extensive coral reefs bare off Piyaui Point and
Dumaran is just obscured by Dumaran Point and the 289 m E of North Point. Shoals extend off the N coast for a distance
(950 ft) peak S of Pangkang Point shows near the W end of of about 3 miles and to a lesser distance off the S coast.
Capsalon Island and in the sag between the two elevations
on that island. Steer for this peak on course 331o. When the 40 NORTH POINT, the N extremity of Dumaran Island
E tangent to Bivouac Island bears 000o steer for it on this has a prominent hill 135 m (445 ft) high. The N and W sides
course, passing about 457 m W of South Channel Island. are steep-to. On the E side extensive coral reef bare at low
water extends 1 mile. The coast E of the point is foul and
If bound for North Point, hold 000o course until the NW should be avoided. A shoal with a depth of 5 m (2.7 fm) is
tangent to Central Island bears 041o, then steer for it. When 45 in the channel 1 mile N of the point.
the W tangents South Island and Maruyogruyog Island are
in range, bearing 180o, change course to 000o. When the N CACBUCAO ISLAND, 35 m (115 ft) high, and about
point of Mayabacan Island bears 083o, change course to 030 183 m in extent, is 2.5 miles N of North Point. It is surrounded
1/2o, and bring Bivouac Island summit dead astern. When by shoal water extending 1.5 miles W. Near the W end of
the summit of North Point bears 090o head for it until close 50 the shoal area is a large rock 6.7 m (22 ft) high, and about
to and round the point at a distance of 458 m until it bears 1.2 miles W of the island.
219o then steer 039o, with the point astern.
PIRATA HEAD is a small promontory 72 m (237 ft)
Vessels coming from the open sea, through Dumaran high on the E point of Dumaran Island. It is steep-to on the
Channel, may come to a position about 16 miles SW of 55 NE side, and on the SW side a ridge with several low hills
Langoy Island. When the top of the 308 m (1,010 ft) peak extends about 0.8 mile.
1.5 miles W of Capayas bears 293o, follow the directions
previously mentioned. MARAQUIT ISLAND, 62 m (205 ft) high and about
735 m in extent, is 0.8 mile SE of the point. An extensive
Vessels bound for North Palawan ports, passing 60 coral reef bare at low water connects the point and the island.

5-9
 COTAD ISLAND, 105 m (345 ft) high, about 0.6 mile heading for a prominent black rock on the coral reef S of
long in a NE direction, and 365 m wide, is 0.8 mile SE of the town, and in range with the W tangent to the coconut
Maraquit Island. The E side is steep and rocky; the W shore grove at ARACELI POINT. A large clump of trees on a
is bordered by a coral reef 45 to 274 m wide. A depth of prominent hill in the interior also is in line with this bearing.
8.2 m (4.5 fm) may be carried through the channel between 5 This course leads midway between BALIOG POINT and
Maraquit and Cotad Islands. ARACELI REEF, the latter marked by a nun buoy. When
Baliog Point is on port beam, change course to 315o and
MANTULALI ISLAND, 51 m (168 ft) high, about 548 anchor in 7.3 to 9.1 m (4 to 5 fm) mud bottom, with the S
m in a NE direction and 183 m wide, is 1 mile SW of Cotad tangent to Maraquit Island bearing 100o and the 78.3-meter
Island. It is steep-to on its E side, with a coral reef about 137 10 (257-feet) hill back of Araceli bearing 042o. Vessels from N
m wide bordering the W shore. The channel between Cotad or E may also pass between Maraquit and Cotad Islands by
and Mantulali Islands is obstructed by a shoal with a depth favoring the Cotad side of the channel. The channel between
of 0.9 m (0.5 fm) in the middle. Cotad and Mantulali Islands may also be used but with great
caution on account of the dangerous 0.9 m (0.5 fm) shoal
LANGOY ISLAND, 1.1 miles SW of Mantulali Island, 15 in the middle.
is 100 m (329 ft) high and about 0.5 mile in extent. The W
side of the island is bordered by a coral reef bare at low BACARAN BAY (CHART 4355) on the S side of
water 45 to 183 m wide. The E shore is steep-to with high Dumaran Island, about 2.5 miles W of Baliog Point, is 0.5
dark cliffs. The highest point is marked by a Langoy Island mile wide at the entrance, extending 1.5 miles in a NNE
Light (10° 29' 38"N., 119° 59' 42"E.). 20 direction. The N half of this bay is shoal and the S part has a
general depth of 9.1 m (5 fm) in the middle. Coral reefs bare
CAMBARI ISLAND, 5.3 miles E of Pirata Head, is at low water extend about 548.6 m from each entrance point.
crescent shape 735 m long in a N direction with the convex Small detached shoals with depths of 4.6 to 5.5 m (2.5 to 3
side facing E. The highest point with an elevation of 70 m fm) are close to the W side of the entrance. The anchorage
(230 ft) is near its S end. The W side has bare overhanging 25 area is protected from the NE monsoon.
cliffs rising to the full height of the island over a wide bench
about 1.5 m (5 ft) above sea level. Directions - Vessels bound for Bacaran Bay may come
to a position about 2.8 miles W of Langoy Island, then steer
ARACELI BAY (CHART 4355), an irregular 003o heading for the 71.6-meter (235-foot) hill E near the
indentation between Pirata Head and Baliog Point, has two 30 E entrance point of the bay. When the S tangent to the W
anchorage basins. The N inner basin with a space of about entrance point bears 268o, change course to 328o and proceed
640 m in diameter has depths of 3.7 to 7.3 m (2 to 4 fm), mud to the anchorage SW of the 71.6-meter (235-foot) hill 8.2 m
bottom. It is mostly fringed by mangrove with mud flats on (4.5 fm) mud bottom.
the N head and extensive coral reef fronting the mangrove
line. The S outer basin has a width of about 548 m with depths 35 LANGCAN BAY (CHART 4355), immediately W of
of 7.3 to 9.1 m (4 to 5 fm) in the middle. A narrow, tortuous Bacaran Bay, is an irregular inlet, about 3 miles long in a
channel between the reefs about 68 m wide with a general NNW direction, and 1.2 miles wide at the entrance. The N
depth of 4.6 m (2.5 fm) connects the N and S basins. Several part of the bay is mostly mud flats with a narrow channel
private markers are on some critical spots of this channel. leading to its head. The S part, between LANGCAN POINT
40 and PANDACOPAN POINT, has a space of about 0.6 mile
ARACELI, a town on Araceli Point has Y-shaped pier wide and 1.5 miles long, with depths of 3.7 to 11 m (2 to
extending in a SW direction to the edge of the reef. Interisland 6 fm). The shoreline is mostly fringed with mangrove with
vessels calling at Dumaran usually anchor about 548 m SW of small stretches of sand beach in places.
the end of the pier in 8.7 m (4.8 fm) just clear of a sunken ship
with mast and part of the framings bare about 411 m SSW 45 Directions - Vessels coming from Araceli Bay bound
of the end of the mole. The town has a post office, mobile for Langcan Bay, steer 229o course, keeping the S tangent
phone communication, and Internet connection. A money to Maraquit Island astern. When the 44 m (144 ft) hill on
remittance center, grocery store, and small stores are present. Langcan Point bears 320o, steer for it and anchor 0.7 mile
A government health center can handle minor medical cases. SE of Langcan Point in 5.5 m (3 fm) mud bottom. Better
Araceli is frequented by fishing boats. Small quantities of 50 protected anchorage may be had NW of Langcan Point in
Diesel oil, gasoline and kerosene may be obtained from these 12.8 m (7 fm). A 2-meter (1.1-fathom) shoal in the middle
fishing boats, in case of an emergency. Copra, dried fish, and of the channel 795 m 325o from Langcan Point should be
cattle are the chief exports of the town. avoided. Vessels from S steer 007o for Pandacopan Point until
the S tangent to Maraquit Island bears 049o then head for it
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Araceli 55 on this bearing. When the hill on Langcan Point bears 320o,
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-8417817. follow previous directions to the anchorage.

Directions - Vessels approaching Araceli Bay, usually C A L A S A G B AY ( C H A RT 4 3 5 5 ) , b e t w e e n

pass between Langoy Island and Mantulali Island. From a BALAGANON POINT and Calasag Point, is 2.5 miles
position 0.9 mile 015o from Langoy Island Light, steer 346o 60 wide and about 0.8 mile in extent. The E part is mostly

5-10
filled with an extensive coral reef bare at low water. Lipod
River, discharging on the W side of the bay, has a wide area
of shoal water at its mouth. Upstream, the river beyond the
bar, has depths of 5.5 m (3 fm) in places. Anchorage is in
the middle of the bay between Calasag Point and the edge 5
of the reef extending 0.8 mile SE of barrio BOHOL, in 7.3
to 9.1 m (4 to 5 fm) mud bottom. A 1.8-meter (1 fm) shoal
has been reported about 365 m WSW of the mangrove island
SW of Bohol. This shoal should be avoided when nearing
the anchorage. 10
Directions - Vessels coming from Araceli steer 229o
with the S tangent to Maraquit Island astern. When the S
tangent to Calasag Point bears 261o, steer for this point on this
course. When the small mangrove island SW of Bohol bears
352o, change course to 323o and proceed to an anchorage in
7.3 to 9.1 m (4 to 5 fm) mud bottom. Vessels coming from
S come to a position 0.8 mile 164o from Calasag Point, and
steer for the mangrove island SW of Bohol on course 018o.
When the first point N of Calasag Point bears 270o, change
course to 323o and proceed to the anchorage.
FROM CALASAG POINT TO PIYAUI POINT,
the coast trends W for 6 miles. The first stretch of 4 miles to
MARANOG POINT, has heavily wooded hills close to the 25
shore. The points are mostly high and rocky with a narrow
coral reef fringing the shoreline. Several off-lying dangerous
shoals and reefs are 0.8 mile distant from the beach. W of
Maranog Point the shoreline is low with a sand fringed by
coral reef. 30
of Piyaui Point steer 352o, with the center of South Channel
Island in range with the E tangent to Paly Island. When the
N tangent of the entrance point to the cove 1.4 miles N of
Piyaui Point bears 090o, steer for the point on this bearing.
When Dumaran Points bears 000o change course to 045o,
and when the E tangent to the point bears 000o head for it.
When the W tangent to the largest island in the bay bears
045o, change course to 012 1/2o to pass between two small
reefs W of this island. When the fort bears 054o, head for
it, and anchor in 5.5 to 7.3 m (4 to 5 fm), mud bottom, with
the W tangent of the largest island in the bay bearing 180o.
From Esfuerzo Point to Flechas Point the coast of
Palawan trends in a SW direction for about 12.5 miles. The
15 shoreline is almost regular, with narrow fringe of mangrove,
and some stretch of sand beach. Heavy wooded mountains,
about 3 miles inland, have well defined peaks that slope down
to the shore of Flechas Point. Numerous dangerous shoals
and reefs are inside the 36.6-meter (20-fathom) curve which
20 extends 8 miles offshore.
DRAKE PEAK, 384 m (1,260 ft) high, is a conspicuous
landmark 5.5 miles WSW of Esfuerzo Point. A sharp wooded
peak 308 m (1,010 ft) high, 2 miles S of Drake Peak is also
prominent off the coast.
MOUNT ILIAN, 661 m (2,170 ft) high, with a heavily
wooded summit, is about 4 miles NNW of Flechas Point. The
mountains in this vicinity are seldom obscured by clouds and
make good landmarks.

SHARP HILL, 160 m (525 ft) high, 1.5 miles ENE SANTA TERESITA, a barrio about 2.9 miles SW of
of Maranog Point, and close to the shore, is a prominent Fuerzo Point, has a small pier fronting it. The Coast Guard
landmark for vessels approaching from S. From Piyaui Point station in the barrio may be contacted at mobile phone no.
to Dumaran, the coast trends in a N direction for 5 miles. The 35 +63919-7796922.
shoreline is mostly fringed by mangrove fronted by coral reef
bare at low water, varying in widths from 183 m to 0.6 mile. CAPAYAS, a barrio about 5 miles SW of Esfuerzo Point,
has several houses visible from offshore. The schoolhouse
DUMARAN BAY (CHART 4355), on the W side of with galvanized iron roof is prominent.
Dumaran Island, is a small indentation about 0.5 mile in 40
extent with depths of 3.7 to 7.3 m (2 to 4 fm) in the middle. Directions - Vessels approaching Capayas usually
follow the directions for Dumaran Channel. From a position
DUMARAN POINT, on the W side of the bay, 2.8 miles SW of Piyaui Point, with the center of South
is covered with mangroves and offers protection to the Channel Island in range with the E tangent to Paly Island,
anchorage. A coral reef bare at low water extends 1 mile S of 45 steer on course 294o heading for the 307 m (1,010 ft) peak,
the point. Between this reef and the reef bordering the main 2 miles S of Drake Peak. Keep a good lookout of the reefs
shore is a channel about 320 m wide with depths of 12.8 to on both sides of this course. When SQUALL POINT bears
7.3 m (7 to 4 fm) leading to the anchorage. An old fort, near 270o, steer for it on this bearing and then change course
the beach at the waterfront, is visible from the bay. to 330o passing in mid-channel between the bare reef on
50 starboard and the reef fringing the shore. Avoid a 1.4 m (0.8
DUMARAN, a small town on the E shore of the bay, fm) coral patch 1 mile SSE of Capayas. Anchor off the barrio
is connected by a road to the town of Araceli on the E coast in 11 to 12.8 m (6 to 7 fm), mud bottom. Flechas Point to
of the island. Mail and copra are transported to Araceli by Capayas: From a position 1 mile E of Flechas Point, head
small boats. for the E shoulder of Drake Peak on course 018o, and when
55 the mouth of Ilian River bears 267o change course to 087o.
Caution - The approach to Dumaran Bay is difficult to When Capayas Point bears 012o, change course to 037o
make on account of the numerous shoals off the entrance. It for 2.5 miles. When Capayas bears 330o steer mid-channel
is unmarked and local knowledge is necessary. courses on this bearing between the reef on starboard side
and the reef fringing the shore, then anchor E of the barrio
Directions - From S, come to a position 2.5 miles SW 60 in 12.8 to 14.6 m (7 to 8 fm).

5-11
 ILIAN RIVER, a small winding stream discharge on
the coast about 2.5 miles SE of Mount Ilian.
GREEN ISLAND BAY AND VICINITY
(CHARTS 1562 & 4319)
FLECHAS POINT, on the N side of the entrance to
green Island Bay, is steep, high and forms the termination of
a ridge extending in a SE direction from MOUNT BARING.
From the S and SE the point merges into a large mass of
wooded high mountain in the background and blends with
similar features in the vicinity.
Directions - Vessels approaching Flechas Point from the
SE, head for Bay Peak on course 307o. When Flechas Point
bears 344o, alter course to 000o and anchor E of the point in
12.8 to 14.6 m (7 to 8 fm), mud bottom.
BAY PEAK, 547 m (1,795 ft) high, and 3 miles W
of Flechas Point is separated from the higher peaks of the 20
point by a deep valley. It is easily recognized even at night
on account of the lowland W of it.
GREEN ISLAND BAY, between Flechas Point and
Bold Point, is a large open body of water about 35 miles wide
and 7 miles in extent. Numerous small islands, banks, and
shoals with deep water between them, are scattered almost
all over the bay. Under favorable conditions the bottom is
visible at 14.6 m (8 fm) and often a shoal of this depth can
be seen at a distance. The lead gives very little warning and
on sudden change in depths the vessels should proceed with
great caution when passing through the various channels.
GREEN ISLAND, the outermost of the island in Green
Island Bay, is about 0.6 mile long in a NE direction, flat, and
about 183 m wide. It is surrounded by a coral reef partly
bare at low water, 4.5 miles long in a NE direction and 1.5
miles wide.
JOHNSON ISLAND, 6.3 miles W of Green Island, is
about 735 m long in a NNW direction and 365 m wide. It
is higher than Green Island on account of the bigger trees
growing on it. These two islands are visible from a distance
of 6 to 8 miles offshore. The island is near the NW edge of
an extensive coral reef bare at low water about 3 miles long
in a NNE direction and 1.5 miles wide. The other islands
in the bay are: Puerco, Reef, Shell, Flat, Purao, Stanlake,
Howley, Reinard, North Verde, and South Verde.
Shoreline - The shoreline of green Island Bay is
moderately regular with few prominent points. It is mostly
interspersed with few light mangrove, some stretches
of white sand beach and fronted by narrow coral reef.
Several small rivers empty into the bay. E of the mouth of
BARBACAN RIVER, is a steep rocky point terminating
from a row of low hills in the interior.
Prominent Features - The most conspicuous landmarks
approaching the coast from Langoy Island to Bold Point
enroute to Puerto Princesa are Sharp Hill at the S shore of
5-12
Dumaran Island; the 307 m (1,010 ft) peak, 2 miles S of
Drake Peak, the 368 m (1,210 ft) hill on Barbacan Range;
and Sharp Peak the outer of the two peaks N of Bold Point.
The higher mountains in the interior of Palawan are also
5 good landmarks but are often obscured by clouds. A sharp
conical hill 210 m (690 ft) high, 1.8 miles NW of the barrio
of RIZAL is also prominent and an excellent landmark when
the higher mountains are obscured by clouds.
10 BARBACAN RANGE, back of BARBACAN POINT,
is a ridge sloping down to the river N of the barrio of
MALCAMPO. The highest point of this range is a round
wooded hill 368 m (1,210 ft) high with a small knob on its
W side. A Barbacan Light (10° 19' 06"N., 119° 21' 01"E.) is
15 displayed on Barbacan Point.
ROXAS, the town on Barbacan Point, is connected
by road to Puerto Princesa City. The town has post office,
mobile phone communication, and Internet connection. The
town has small government and private hospitals that can
only handle minor cases. Gasoline stations, public market, a
small shopping mall, grocery stores, hardware stores, motor
parts stores, money remittance centers, and delivery service
companies, are present in the town. Copra is the chief export.
25
Berthing Facilities - About 0.8 mile W of Barbacan
Point is the 220 m long government pier. An 80 m long
pier, about 2 miles SW of Barbacan Point, is operated by a
mining company.
30
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Roxas
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-8075150
and +63998-5858457.
35 CARAMAY, a small barrio 10.5 miles SW of Roxas,
exports copra and some cattle. Vessels call by previous
arrangement. The barrio has postal facilities.
DIRECTIONS - From a position 2 miles E of Langoy
40 Island a course 234o may carry a vessel well outside the
numerous shoals along this part of the coast to the entrance
of Puerto Princesa.
Vessels bound for Barrios Taradungan and
45 Tumarbong, and the Town of Roxas come to a position
about 8 miles SE of Flechas Point and enter Green Island
Bay heading for Bay Peak on course 307o. The anchorages
off this barrios are in 5.5 to 7.3 m (3 to 4 fm), mud bottom.
From Taradungan steer various courses keeping 1 to 1.5 miles
50 offshore to Tumarbong and Roxas. A coral reef with a sand
cay 1.4 miles 142o from TUMARBONG POINT should be
avoided. The coral reef off the coast which break on light
sea may also be avoided.
55 Vessels bound for Malcampo, come to a position
about 8 miles SE of Stanlake Island and steer for its center
on course 323o. When the sand cay S of it is clearly visible
and the 369 m (1,210 ft) hill on Barbacan Range bears 355o,
steer for it on this bearing. When the S tangent to Flat Island
60 bears 090o, alter course to 284o heading for Malcampo, and
anchor in 5.5 to 7.3 m (3 to 4 fm), sand bottom. and Dome, about 0.8 mile apart, and 2 miles inland. The point
does not protrude from general shoreline but is steep and
Vessels bound for Rizal follow the foregoing initial rocky with the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve about 228 m from shore.
direction, and when the 369 m (1,210 ft) hill on Barbacan
Range bears 355o, alter course to 270o. When the W tangent 5 DOME PEAK, about 3 miles N of Bold Point, is 929
to Stanlake bears 000o and the 210 m (690 ft) hill N of Rizal m (3,050 ft) high and prominent. SHARP PEAK, 914 m
bears 299o, head for the barrio on course 284o and anchor in (2,999 ft) high, is about 1 mile S of Dome Peak. These peaks
5.5 to 9.1 m (3 to 5 fm), mud and sand bottom. are frequently seen even when the higher mountains are in
the clouds.
Vessels from E bound for Caramay, come to a position 10
about 6 miles SE of Stanlake Island, and steer 270o for the FROM BOLD POINT TO CASTILLO POINT, the
N end of Reinard Island. When the 210 m (690 ft) hill N of coast trends in a WSW direction for 13 miles. The shoreline
Rizal bears 352o, change course to 304o and anchor off the is generally rocky with some steep cliffs forming at the edge
barrio in 5.5 to 11 m (3 to 6 fm), mud bottom. Most vessels of the high mountains which slope down close to the beach.
from S enter through the channel between Reinard and North 15 Several small rivers empty along this coast. From Bold Point
Verde Islands, being careful to avoid ZABALA REEF, about to Emmit Point, a distance of 5 miles, the coast is clear, and
1 mile SE of Reinard Island. may be approached close-to within 457 m, the 182.9-meter
(100-fathom) curve being 735 m to 1 mile from shore. From
PASCOE CHANNEL, between the E shore of Palawan Emmit Point to Castillo Point the dangers offshore become
and NORTH VERDE ISLAND, is tortuous, narrow, with a 20 extensive on account of the numerous shoals and reefs in
depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm) at its narrowest part. The N part of the area.
the channel about 0.5 mile SSW of the NW point of North
Verde Island offers an excellent typhoon anchorage for small PANGLIMA REEF, with a depth of 5.4 m (3 fm) is
vessels, in 11 m (6 fm), mud bottom. An extensive coral a detached coral formation 0.6 mile in diameter within the
reef bare at low water is in the middle of the N entrance. 25 20-meter (10.9-fathom) curve, about 4.5 miles S of Emmit
This reef divides the channel into two passages, and the W Point. The reef is almost surrounded by 200 m (109.4 fm)
pass is preferred in going to the anchorage. The S entrance which separates it from the extensive bank 1.5 miles NW.
is between the N end of SOUTH VERDE ISLAND and the
reef bare at low water extending 548 m S of North Verde MANGROVE POINT, 4.8 miles W of Bold Point,
Island. The channel is unmarked and should not be attempted 30 is prominent on account of the mangrove clump on it. It is
without local knowledge. fringed with coral reef about 457 m wide. The point may be
easily picked up from a distance of about 5 miles offshore.
CHARYBDIS SHOAL, about 19 miles ESE of North
Verde Island, is a coral sand formation about 0.8 mile in EMMIT POINT, 0.5 mile SW of Mangrove Point,
extent with a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm). 35 is higher but inconspicuous. A coral reef about 365 m
wide makes off the point. The cove formed by Emmit and
PASIG SHOAL, with a depth of 2 m (1.1 fm) is 8 miles Mangrove Points is locally known as BINDUYAN COVE.
SSW of Charybdis Shoal. This shoal is near the SE edge of It has depth of 5.7 m (3.1 fm), and offers good shelter for
an extensive bank about 2.5 miles wide extending 10 miles small boats and launches. A shoal with a depth of 1.5 m (0.8
in a WNW direction. It is steep-to on its E side, dropping 40 fm) is 1.2 miles SW of Emmit Point.
abruptly to 182.9 m (100 fm) in less than 1 mile.
PASCO POINT, 3 miles WSW of Emmit Point, has
CONSTANCIA SHOAL, 5 mile NW of Pasig Shoal has few scattered mangroves but is not prominent unless close
a depth of 2.6 m (1.4 fm). About midway between Constancia inshore.
and Pasig is a spot with 6.2 m (3.4 fm). 45
TARABANAN RIVER empties about 0.5 mile E of
WEST PASIG SHOAL, with a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm) the point.
is 4 miles W of Constancia Shoal. The channel between
West Pasig and Constancia Shoal has depth of 27.4 to 36.6 TINABOG, a small barrio on the W side of the mouth
m (15 to 20 fm). These shoals seem to mark the SE edge 50 of TINABOG RIVER, is about 1.5 miles W of Pasco Point.
of the submarine plateau making off from the NE coast of It is not visible from seaward. Vessels calling at Tinabog
Palawan and are the outer known danger off this coast. They may anchor about 1 mile offshore SE of the barrio in 20.1 m
show plainly and may be readily avoided when the sun is in (11 fm), mud bottom, with the SE point of Fondeado Island
a suitable position. bearing 240o, and Pasco Point bearing 012o. Smaller vessels
55 may find better protection in 12.8 to 18.3 m (7 to 10 fm), S
BOLD POINT TO MALANAO ISLAND of the mouth of the river, with the reef awash bearing 270o,
(CHART 4321) distant 0.5 mile.

BOLD POINT, 4.5 miles SW of South Verde Island, CASTILLO POINT, 3 miles W of Tinabog, probably
maybe easily recognized by the two prominent peaks, Sharp 60 derives its name from a rocky protuberance 38 m (125 ft)

5-13
high on the brow of the hill 1.5 miles N of it. This hill marks
the W end of the bold range which borders the coast from
Bold Point to Castillo Point.
HONDA BAY (CHART 4334), between Castillo 5
Point and the point 1.5 miles SE of Tagburos, is an open
indentation about 15 miles wide and 6 miles in extent. It is
similar to Green Island Bay, with numerous banks, shoals,
reefs and small islands having navigable channels between
them. Anchorages may be had in the lee of the islands in 11 10
to 27.9 m (6 to 15.3 fm), mud bottom. The shoreline at the
head of the bay is mostly fringed with a strip of mangrove,
and on the N shore consist of sand and coral beaches. The W
shore is fringed with light mangrove fronted by some mud
flat and coral reef. Low, wooded rolling hills are close to the 15
shore. Several rivers empty into the bay.
Prominent Features - When not obscured by clouds
the following peaks in the interior are conspicuous from
a distance offshore and may be used as landmarks: Chart
4716 — Stripe Peak 1,475 m (4,840 ft), Mount Saint Paul
1,027 m (3,370 ft), Cleopatra Needle 1,593 m (5,225 ft),
Escarpado Peak 1,236 m (4,055 ft), Mount Peel 1,114 m
(3,665 ft), Mount Aairy 623 m (2,045 ft), Mount Herschell
678 m (2,225 ft), and Conical Hill 363 m (1,190 ft).
BABUYAN RIVER, discharging on the N shore of
Honda Bay, about 2.5 miles W of Castillo Point, is navigable
at high water by small boats up to the barrio of BABUYAN,
about 1.3 miles upstream. The barrio is connected by road
to Puerto Princesa. Small boats and bancas may ascend the
river to the rapids 1.5 miles beyond the barrio. Vessels calling
at Babuyan, may anchor S of the mouth of the river 11.5 to
16.4 m (6.3 to 9 fm), mud bottom. Launches entering the
river should steer 328o with the E tangent of Fondeado Island
directly astern. This course leads to the entrance channel
which may be easily made by following mid-channel courses
between the bar at the entrance and the shoreline.
Vessels from the S come to a position about 5 miles 168o
of Arrecife Island and head for LIBERTY CAP, a peak 980
m (3,215 ft) high, W of Mount Saint Paul on course 000o.
FONDEADO ISLAND, 2.5 miles SW of Castillo Point,
is about 1 mile in diameter, low, and wooded, with the top of
the trees about 34 m (112 ft) high. The island is surrounded
by a coral reef about 228 m wide. The E half of the island
is covered by mangroves. The N point has a sand spit about
45 m wide. Numerous detached shoals, some of which bare
at low water are in the area between Fondeado Island and
the shore N. Deep channels separate the shoals, but they are
narrow and winding and only local knowledge is necessary
to navigate them. The channel E and S of Fondeado Island
is the one recommended for vessels going from Tinabog to
the anchorage off Babuyan River.
ARRECIFE ISLAND, 2.5 miles SW of Fondeado
Island, is about 735 m in diameter, low and wooded. Cottages
and facilities of a private resort occupy the most part of
the island. It is bordered by a white sand beach with some
5-14
mangrove on its E and W sides. Coral reef 274 m to 0.5
mile wide surrounds the island. A clump of mangrove on
the reef about 439 m from its SW side identifies the island
when approaching from seaward. A small detached coral
shoal about 457 m in extent, with a depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm)
is 0.8 mile 070o from the N end of the island. About 1 mile
E of this shoal is a 8.5-meter (4.6-fathom) spot which is
almost in the middle of the channel between Arrecife and
Fondeado Islands.
BUGUIAS, PARUNPONON, and KALUNGPANG
are small islands on the W edge of an extensive coral reef
bare at low water, about 1 mile W of Arrecife Island. Buguias
and Parunponon are low, covered with trees and mangroves.
A narrow sand spit extends up to 1 mile NE of Kalungpang.
A coral reef about 0.6 mile long in an ESE direction and
457 m wide is 0.7 mile NE of Buguias Island. This reef is
mostly bare at low water with some brush and a sand cay
at its W end. A channel about 457.2 m wide with depths of
20 10.5 to 14.6 m (5.7 to 8 fm) separates this reef and Buguias
Island from the foul area extending S from the village of
MANOGAN. This is the best channel leading from Babuyan
anchorage to Tapul Bay. The N end of Buguias Island may
be passed at a distance of 183 m.
25
From the mouth of Babuyan River to Addison Point, the
first 4 miles of the coast is fringed with a narrow beach and
the remainder bordered by mangroves. It is generally low,
heavily wooded, with some swampy area near Tandayak
30 River.
ADDISON POINT, 0.5 mile W of the mouth of
TANDAYAK RIVER, is low, covered with mangroves, and
rather an indefinite landmark. The point forms the E side of
35 Tapul Bay. Coral reef bare at low water extends about 640
m S of the point.
TAPUL BAY, on the NW part of Honda Bay, is about
2.5 miles wide and 0.8 mile in extent. It is mostly encumbered
40 by shoals and small reefs which bare at low water.
BUSH ISLAND, 735 m in extent at the entrance to
Tapul Bay, is low and covered with mangroves. A coral reef
274 to 640 m wide fringes the E and S sides of the island.
45 The N and W sides are sandy.
TAPUL ISLAND, 0.5 mile northward of Bush Island, is
about 228 m in extent and covered with mangroves.
50 TAPUL RIVER, a salt-water slough emptying into the
N head of Tapul Bay, extends about 1 mile N to the barrio of
SALVACION. The mouth of the river is shoal but inside, a
depth of 1.8 m (1 fm) may be carried through up to 0.8 mile
from the entrance. From Salvacion a good road leads through
55 a low pass across the island to Ulugan Bay on the W coast.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Salvacion may anchor
S of the mouth of Tapul River, between Addison Point and
Bush Island, in 9.1 to 11 m (5 to 6 fm), mud bottom. This
60 anchorage has a clear area of about 548 m diameter, but
the entrance is narrowed down to about 320 m wide by the water, is in the N side of the channel between Fraser Island
coral reefs making out from Addison Point and Bush Island. and Starfish Island.
A rock, bare at high tide, is on the edge of the reef, 503 m
S of Addison Point. MAKESI ISLAND, 1.1 miles E of Fraser Island, is low,
5 wooded, 735 m long in a SE direction, and 274 m wide. The
Directions - Vessels from S may come to a position 4.5 island is on the NW end of a large coral reef 2.2 miles long
miles S of Arrecife Island then steer 316o for the S tangent to in a SE direction and about 0.6 mile wide. A long narrow
Bush Island, keeping off about 548 m from the reef bordering sand spit which bare at half tide extends about 1.2 miles from
Makesi Island. When the N tangent to Makesi Island bears the SE end of the island. This sand spit with the light green
270o, change course to 300o until the W tangent to Makesi 10 color of the water around the reef renders it easy to pick up
Island bears 180o, then steer 342o for a point midway between from the distance. The channel N of this reef is generally
Addison Point and Bush Island, keeping Maseki Island used in approaching Salvacion from S. It is deep and easily
directly astern. Enter the bay favoring the E side of Bush navigated by keeping off its edge at a distance of 548 m.
Island as the reef making out from it is more defined and The channel which separates Makesi Island from the reef
easily picked up than the reef off Addison Point. Then anchor 15 extending SE of Fraser Island is deep but not recommended
in the specified anchorage. as it is narrow and the edges of the foul area are not well
defined and difficult to pick up.
Vessels from E may come to a position about 0.8 mile
S of Fondeado Island, then steer for Conical Hill on course CANON ISLAND, 1.7 miles SSW of Meara Island, is
322o. When the S tangent to Fondeado Island bears 090o, 20 triangular in shape, about 735 m on a side, low and mostly
change course to 270o heading about midway between covered with mangroves. The area NW of the island is dotted
Parunponon and Buguias Islands. When the W tangent to by numerous detached shoals with depths of 5.5 to 9.1 m (3
Arrecife Island bears 180o, steer 300o. Give the edge of the to 5 fm) between them.
reef a berth of about 320 m and round the N end of Buguias
Island about the same distance until it bears 090o, then steer 25 The channel between Canon and Meara Island is divided
264o, for the center of Bush Island. Enter the bay and anchor into two passages by an extensive coral reef about 1 mile
as mentioned in the preceding direction. long in a N direction and 0.6 mile wide. This reef is partly
bare at low water with some light vegetation on its N and S
MANGROVE INLET, immediately SW of Tapul Bay, ends. The sand cay at the SW end of the reef, known locally
is about 1 mile wide at the entrance tapering N to its head 30 as Luli Island, has two white-roofed cottages. The sand cay
for 1.2 miles. A coral reef, bare at low water, extending is submerged at high water, making the cottages the only
about 1 mile E from the mouth of Bacungan River, narrows features visible above water. A depth of 16.4 m (9 fm) may
the channel to about 640 m wide. The N part of the inlet is be carried through the NE side of this reef. The passage SW
mostly shoal, and the S portion has a depth of 3.3 to 8.2 m of the reef has depths of 11.4 to 16.4 m (7.5 to 9 fm).
(1.8 to 4.5 fm), mud bottom. 35
RAMESAMEY ISLAND, known locally as Cowrie
BACUNGAN RIVER, emptying on the W shore of Island, is 0.6 mile SSE of Canon Island. It is low wooded,
Honda Bay, about 4 miles SW of Addison Point, is navigable with some coconut palms on its W end. It is about 365 m
by launches and small boats drawing not more than 1.8 m long in a SE direction and 183 m wide. The island is on the
(6 ft) at high tide. The river is winding with mangrove and 40 W tip of an extensive coral reef extending 2 miles long in a
some nipa palms at its bank. The limit of navigation is at N direction with a maximum width of 0.6 mile. The channel
the village of BACUNGAN about 6 miles from the mouth. between the main shore reef and the reef extending SE of
Ramesamey Island has a navigable width of about 457 m
MEARA ISLAND, 1.8 miles ESE of the mouth of with depths of 4.5 to 10.3 m (2.5 to 5.6 fm) in the middle. A
Bacungan River, is low, flat, and heavily wooded. It is 45 small 1.2-meter (0.7-fathom) spot about 548 m SW of the
about 0.5 mile long in an E direction, irregular in shape, island should be avoided.
with extensive mangrove on the S side. The island is at the
NW edge of a large coral reef bare at low water 2 miles SE. SANTA LOURDES is a barrio located about 1.5 miles
W of Ramesamey Island. It has a small wharf used by boats
FRASER ISLAND, 735 m long in a SE direction and 50 that ferry tourists to the islands of Honda Bay. It is connected
about 183 m wide, is connected by a narrow sand spit, awash by road to Puerto Princesa City. Hotels, gasoline stations,
at high water, to the SE end of Meara Island. The island is hardware store, and small stores are present in the barrio.
low and wooded. It is in the middle of an extensive coral reef, The wharf is marked by Honda Bay Light (09° 50' 37"N.,
partly bare at low water, about 2 miles long and 1 mile wide. 118° 44' 43"E.).
55
STARFISH ISLAND, 1.2 miles N of the E end of Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
Fraser Island, is a narrow sand cay with mangroves at the barrio may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-
E side. Cottages, for use by tourists, is located at its S end. 8089145 and +63998-5858463, and e-mail at: cgsshobay@
The island sits on a coral reef, 0.5 mile in diameter. Another gmail.com.
detached coral reef, about 228 in diameter and bare at low 60

5-15
 TAGBUROS, a small barrio on the main shore about 1
mile SW of Ramesamey Island, is connected by a good road
to Puerto Princesa and N to barrio Baheli and Barrio Tanabag.
From Tagburos to Bancaobancaon Point, a distance of
about 6.5 miles S, the coast is low, wooded, with an extensive
sand beach bordered by barrier reef about 183 m wide, bare at
low water and extending about 0.5 mile from shore. Vessels
navigating along this coast should give it a berth of not less
than 1.5 miles.
PUERTO PRINCESA (CHART 4333), a large
irregular inlet between Bancaobancaon Point and Panagtaran
Point, is 2 miles wide at the entrance, extending about 6 miles
in a NW direction. Coral reefs about 0.5 mile wide making 15
out on the entrance points narrow down the navigable width
of the channel to about 1 mile with depths of 61 m (33.4 fm),
shoaling to 15.2 m (8.3 fm) in the vicinity of the pier. The
major portion of the NW and W part of the bay is mostly
shoal. The shoreline is generally fringed with mangroves 20
and fronted by mud flats. The surrounding land consists of
extensive wooden plain, backed by a high mountain chain.
Several small rivers navigable by launches and small boats
empty into the bay. The inner part of the harbor is a good
typhoon anchorage.
Prominent Features - From a distance offshore,
Mount Beaufort, 1,098 m (3,602 ft) and Thumb Peak,
1,269 m (4,163 m) high, are conspicuous. The latter, when
seen from the SE, appears as a steep conical mountain with
a knob on the summit. Both peaks are prominent but often
obscured by clouds. Central Peak, 995 m (3,264 ft) high, is
sharp and shows well over the coastal range. It is the N peak
of a central range which is separated from the still higher
mountains near the W coast of Palawan by a deep valley.
Table Head,162 m (531 ft) high, close to the shore, about
3.5 miles SW of Panagtaran Point, is a good landmark when
entering Puerto Princesa.
Bancaobancaon Point and Panagtaran Point, the N
and the S entrance points to Puerto Princesa, respectively,
are low and covered by mangroves. Bancaobancaon Point is
marked by Bancao-Bancao Light. Tidepole Point, a reddish
View One of (two parts) East Coast of Palawan, from eastward of Puerto Princesa
View Two of (two parts) East Coast of Palawan, from eastward of Puerto Princesa
5-16
cliff about 6 m high, 2.2 miles W of Bancaobancaon Point,
is easily identified by the light tower on it. An old church
with slightly conical-shaped roof with a white cupola on top
in Santa Lucia, about 0.9 mile SW of Heron Point, is visible
5 from the entrance to Puerto Princesa.
The twin spires of the church at Puerto Princesa and
a radio mast about 622 m NE of Tidepole Point Light
displaying two fixed red lights are good landmarks when
10 approaching the pier or anchorage.
Caña Island, on the N part of the harbor, may be
recognized by the coconut palms on it.
Major Lights - Bancao-Bancao Light (09° 43'
23"N., 118° 45' 57"E.) is displayed from a white tower on
Bancaobancaon Point.
Tide Pole Light (09° 43' 52"N., 118° 43' 55"E.) is
displayed from a white tower on Tidepole Point.
Aids to Navigation - Lateral buoys were installed from
the entrance of the harbor to the government wharf. Consult
the nautical charts and the List of Lights for details.
25
Routeing System - Ships entering and leaving Puerto
Princesa Harbor must use the established Traffic Separation
Scheme (TSS). Arriving vessels must pass N of the fairway
buoy at the entrance of the TSS while departing vessels must
30 pass S of it. Refer to Chart 4333 for details of the TSS.
Dangers - 9.9-m and 3.6-m shoals are located about 0.8
mile WSW and 1 mile W of Tidepole Point, respectively.
35 Gedeon Shoal, located about 0.4 mile W of the
government wharf, has a least depth of 1.5 m. A 3.5-m shoal,
located about 0.2 mile S of Gideon Shoal is marked by green
can buoy displaying flashing green light. A 3.6-m shoal is
located about 0.3 mile N od Gedeon Shoal.
40
A wreck is reported to lie about 0.4 mile N of the
government wharf.
 The government wharf of Puerto Princesa as viewed from the NW.
(Photograph - PPA, November 2021)
PUERTO PRINCESA, the capital city of Palawan Sea. The Coast Guard station in Puerto Princesa Base Port
province, is on the E side of the harbor immediately E of may be contacted through the following means:
PRINCESA POINT.
VHF: Channel 16
The city is connected with Manila by regular interisland 5 Mobile phone: +63975-1160875, +63917-8047822,
passenger vessels. The city has an international airport with +63998-5858461
regular commercial flights to Manila and major Philippine E-mail: cgspuertoprincesa1968@gmail.com
cities. Cable and long distance phone services, postal office
mobile phone services and Internet connection are available. The Coast Guard sub-station at the Puerto Princesa
The national road extends to Tanabag at km 75 N and to 10 Baywalk Pier may be contacted at mobile phone nos.
Brooke's Point at km 200 and Quezon at km 135 S. +63917-8086004 and +63998-5858462, and e-mail at
cgsspuertobay@gmail.com.
A number of banks operates in the city. Government
and private hospitals, that can handle major cases, operate Berthing Facilities - The Puerto Princesa Base Port (09°
in the city. During summer, numerous sailing yachts and 15 44' 33.07"N., 118° 43' 41.46"E.), located at Princesa Point
small crafts with local and foreign tourists call on this port is composed of a concrete wharf with berth length of about
for leisure, fishing and scuba diving. Fresh, dry and frozen 1,100 m with depths ranging from 10 m to 12 m (5.5 to 6.6
provisions; medical supplies and facilities; marine and fm). The wharf has a RoRo ramp. Available storage areas
engineering supplies are procurable at the city proper. include 11,400 sq m container yard, 9,000 sq m marshalling
20 yard, and two 672 sq m warehouses. Private cold storage
Port Management - The government wharf is plant are available outside of the port.
operated by PPA PMO - Palawan, which can be contacted
at telephone nos. (+6348) 434-5626 and (+6348) 434-4881. Puerto Princesa Cruise Port, about 600 m S of the base
The government wharf can accommodate vessels with LOA port, has a concrete wharf with berth length of 500 m. The
of up to 220 m and draft of 8 m. 25 wharf is for the use of large cruise ships calling at Puerto
Princesa.
Customs officers stationed in Puerto Princesa may be
contacted at telephone no. (+6348) 434-3124. Philippine Navy Pier, located at Tidepole Point, is 40 m
long. Mooring buoys, for use by vessels unloading petroleum,
Immigration officers stationed in Puerto Princesa may 30 is located off the oil depot of Shell and Petron oil companies,
be contacted at telephone nos. (+6348) 433-2248 and (+6348) 0.1 mile N and 0.4 mile E, respectively, of Tidepole Point.
433-0764, and e-mail at bi.palawan@gmail.com.
Petron Pier, about 500 m E of Tidepole Point, is
Quarantine - The Puerto Princesa Quarantine Station composed of two piers with pipes and facilities for unloading
may be contacted at telephone no. (+6348) 433-4001. Plant 35 of petroleum products. Large cylindrical tanks are at the root
quarantine officers may be contacted at telephone no. (+632) of the piers.
8433-2643.
Maunlad Wharf, about 600 m ESE of the Petron piers,
Distress & Rescue - Puerto Princesa City is the has a berth length of 40 m long and is connected to a shore by
headquarters of the Coast Guard District (CGD) - Palawan, 40 a causeway. The wharf is for use of fishing and ferry boats.
which covers Palawan Island, Calamian Group, Cuyo
Islands, Kalayaan Island Group, and western part of Sulu Puerto Princesa Baywalk Pier, about 900 m E of the

5-17
Base Port, has a 60 m long concrete pier. Small ferry vessels
call at this pier.
Abanico Yacht Club, located about 1.3 NNE of the Base
Port, has mooring facilities for visiting yachts. The yacht
club may be contacted at VHF Channel 72, mobile phone
nos. +63998-3049566 and +63995-6659195, and e-mail at:
AbanicoYachtClub@yahoo.com.ph.
Equipments - Available cargo handling equipments
at the government wharf include cranes and forklifts.
Weighbridge is available from the cargo handling company.
Port Services - Cargo handling and porterage services
are provided by Prudential Customs Brokerage Service,
which can be contacted at telephone nos (+6348) 422-2451
and (+6348) 433-2052. Trucks and cargo hauling services are
available from local companies. Shore reception facilities are
available. Bunkering may be requested from local gasoline
stations Fresh water may be delivered to the wharf. Request
for fresh water supply should be sent to the PMO 24 hrs in
advance. Ship chandlers are also available.
Repairs & Salvage - Drydocks and marine railways are
not available. Only minor repairs are available from local
repair shops. Divers and diving gears are available.
Pilotage is compulsory. 24 hrs advanced notice of ETA
must be sent to Puerto Princesa Pilots' Association, which
may be contacted by telephone no. (+6348) 433-3787 and 30
through VHF Channel 16.
Pilot boarding station for domestic vessels is about 0.8
miles SW of Tidepole Point. The pilot boarding station for
foreign vessels is about 1.3 miles SE of Bancaobancaon
Point.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Puerto Princesa may
anchor 1.4 miles SW of Princesa Point in 25 to 26 m (13.7
to 14.2 fm), mud bottom. A better protected anchorage is
located about 0.8 mile N of the government wharf in 16.8
to 17.6 m (9.2 to 9.6 fm).
Lightening vessels and vessels waiting to be berthed may
anchor at 0.2 mile NW of the government wharf. Lay-up
anchorage for vessels below 5,000 GRT is located about 0.6
miles NW of the government wharf while lay-up anchorage
for vessels 5,000 GRT and above is just NE of the domestic
pilot boarding station.
Quarantine Anchorage for vessels without infectious
disease onboard is about 0.7 mile SW of Princesa Point.
Quarantine anchorage for vessels with infectious disease is
located about 0.8 miles S of Tidepole Point.
Directions - From a position 4.1 miles SE of
Bancaobancaon Point, bring the Bancao-Bancao Light to
bear 315o and steer for it. When Bancao-Bancao Light is
about 1 mile, change course to 293o and follow the inbound
lane of the traffic separation scheme. When Tide Pole Light
5-18
bears 040o, change course to 349o heading for Caña Island,
until the SW end of the government wharf is abeam, then
anchor or go alongside.
5 At daytime a course S of the range Thumb Peak —
Tidepole Point clears the reef on the N side of the entrance.
Mount Beaufort on range with Tidepole Point clears the reef
on the S side.
10 IWAHIG RIVER, discharging on the opposite shore W
of Puerto Princesa, is navigable by launches and small boats
drawing not more than 1.5 m (5 ft) at high tide. About 1 mile
upstream is a steel bridge with a horizontal clearance of 36.3
m (119 ft) and a vertical clearance of 13.1 m (43 ft) which
15 joins the national road from Puerto Princesa to Aborlan.
IWAHIG PENAL COLONY, on the N side of Iwahig
River, about 3 miles upstream and about 2.3 miles by road
from the mouth of the river, is a national institution for
20 long-term prisoners. It has complete hospital facilities, farm
equipments, a sawmill, launch and motor transportation
facilities. There is a machine shop where minor repairs may
be made. It is connected by a good road and telephone with
Puerto Princesa. Meat, rice, and vegetables may be obtained
25 in an emergency.
VINAGRE REEF, with a rock awash near its center,
is about midway between the mouth of Iwahig River and
Nagplit Point. Binuan River empties 1 mile W of this reef.
Shoals, with least depth of 3.6 and 9.9 m (2 and 5.4 fm), are
located 0.3 miles NE and 0.5 miles ENE of Vinagre Reef,
respectively.
ABUCAYAN INLET, between HERON POINT
35 and ROJA POINT, on the S side of the entrance to Puerto
Princesa, is about 2 miles long in a SW direction and 548 m
wide. The entrance is contracted by coral reefs 183 m wide
which are clearly visible under favorable light conditions.
It has depths of 24.5 m (13.4 fm) shoaling to 3.1 m (1.7 fm)
40 near its head. The Santa Lucia Penal Sub-Colony is on the W
side of the inlet. The buildings of the colony are prominent
from offshore when entering Puerto Princesa harbor.
SAGUIT INLET, between RED CLIFF and
45 TABUNTABUN POINT, is immediately E of Abucayan
Inlet. It is about 0.8 mile wide at the entrance and 0.6 mile
in extent with depths of 32 to 6.7 m (17.5 to 3.7 fm). The
entrance is narrowed down to about 548 m wide by the coral
reefs making out from the entrance points. The shoreline is
50 entirely fringed with mangroves. Shoal water extends from
the S shore about 735 m into the middle of the inlet. Small
vessels which sometimes come to load lumber, may anchor
at the head of this inlet.
55 VILLAGE ROCKS, two groups of several rocks
resembling a group of native huts, are 228 m and 411 m E
of Red Cliff, on the W side of the entrance to Saguit Inlet.
MANGINGISDA is a big barrio occupying the
60 hinterland of Panagtaran Point and is connected by road to
Puerto Princesa City. It has a 80 m long concrete wharf at
Tabuntabun Point, which is used as a fish port. Fishing boats
call at the wharf. A Coast Guard sub-station in the barrio
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-8018126
and +63998-5858459, and e-mail at mangingisdacgss@
gmail.com.
BINUNSALIAN BAY, between Bay Point and Table
Head, is about 0.7 mile wide and 735 m in extent, with
depths of 34 to 4.5 m (18.6 to 2.5 fm). A narrow channel
with a depth of 2.4 m (1.3 fm) leads from its W head into an
inner basin known as TURTLE BAY. It has a depth of 11.8 m
(6.5 fm) in the middle and affords good shelter for launches
and small boats. A sand and coral shoal, bare at low water
and readily seen on entering, is in the center of Turtle Bay.
A stilt house, fishpen, and a private pier is located at the SE
coast of Turtle Bay.
In approaching this anchorage from E care must be taken
to avoid the 5.4-meter (3-fathom) shoal 1.3 miles E of
Tagbarunis Point.
5 VILLAGE BAY, between MAASIN POINT and
Puntog Islands, is entirely foul with numerous coral reefs
and shoal patches. The bay is small and may be used only
by small boats.
10 ISOG RIVER, emptying into the N part of Village Bay,
is a salt-water slough having a depth of 1.8 m (6 ft) on the
bar at half tide. Small boats can go up to W branch about 2
miles upstream.
15 PUNTOG ISLANDS, two in number, small and
covered with mangrove, are on the shore reef forming the S
side of Village Bay.

From Binunsalian Bay to Tagbarunis Point, a distance of SAUB RIVER, emptying W of Puntog Islands, may
6.5 miles, the shoreline is steep on account of the mountain 20 be entered by bancas and small boats up to the village of
range forming SW of Table Head close to the shore. SAUB, about 1 mile upstream. There is a cattle ranch and a
plantation at Saub.
TAGDUAN AND TAGBARUNIS RIVERS are
small streams that empty into this coast. At the S end of Table MALANAO ISLAND, 2.5 miles S of Maasin Point, is
Head Range, a wide level plain, heavily wooded and having 25 about 2 miles long in a SW direction and 1 mile wide. It is flat,
some good pasture land, slopes down to the coast from the covered with mangrove about 20 m (65 ft) high. A coral reef
high mountains inland. The greater part of the shoreline is extends about 548 m SW of the island. The channel between
fringed with mangroves, and coral reef extends off from 45 the island and the mainland is foul and vessels should not
m to 183 m. The deep water which comes up close to the attempt to pass through the intricate channels among the
coast of Puerto Princesa gives way about 7 miles to the S to 30 reefs, many of which are bare at low water. A channel close
a gradually widening bank with many dangerous shoals on to the W side of the island may be used by launches drawing
it. Table Head, bearing nothing W of 000o, clears this bank, 1.8 to 2.4 m (6 to 8 ft).
which deepens from 18.3 and 36.6 m (10 and 20 fm) to more
than 182.9 m (100 fm) in less than 0.5 mile. The edge of the MALANAO ANCHORAGE (CHART 4334), between
bank is frequently marked by ripples, and a considerable 35 the mainland and the SW part of Malanao Island, has an
current may be experienced in the vicinity, which however, anchorage space of 1 mile and depths of 5.1 to 9.1 m (2.8
will not be felt farther offshore or on the bank itself. to 5 fm). The anchorage is well protected especially during
the NE monsoon.
TAGBARUNIS POINT, 6 miles SW of Table Head,
is gently rounding, covered with mangrove, and not very 40 CUTTER POINT, forming the W side of the entrance
conspicuous from seaward. It is fringed with coral reef about to Malanao Anchorage is low, covered with mangrove,
183 m wide. gently rounding, and fringed with coral reef about 23 m to
91 m wide. An abandoned causeway extends from the point.
INAGAUAN RIVER, emptying immediately W of
Tagbarunis Point, has a depth of 0.9 m (3 ft) on the bar 45 ABORLAN RIVER, emptying about 1.5 miles SW
at half tide. Fresh water may be obtained about 0.5 mile of Cutter Point, has two mouths. The N one is larger and
upstream. Small boats may ascend the main branch about a deeper entrance channel. Small boats may cross the bar
2 miles further. having 0.9 m (3 ft) of water at half tide and proceed to the
wharf at the town of Aborlan about 1.5 miles upstream.
INAGAUAN, a large barrio about 1.5 miles SW of the 50
mouth of Inagauan River, is not visible from seaward but may ABORLAN is an important town on account of its
be identified by a high sand beach with some mangroves N educational and political development for the several tribes
of it. A good path leads from the beach to the barrio. There of central Palawan. The town has a small dispensary with
are some cultivated land between the mangrove swamps N an attending physician. Copra, cattle, and rattan are some of
and S and good pasture land extends back from the shore to 55 the important products which are taken overland to Puerto
the higher land. It is a station of the Iwahig Penal Colony Princesa for export. Interisland vessels which sometimes
locally known as SUGUT. call at Aborlan usually anchor in 5.1 to 9.1 m (2.8 to 5 fm)
E of the S entrance to the river. To approach this anchorage,
Anchorage off the barrio is S of the mouth of come to a position about 0.8 mile SE of Malanao Island, then
Inagauan River, in 9.1 to 12.8 m (5 to 7 fm), mud bottom. 60 steer 2700 for the S entrance to Aborlan River, passing about

5-19
735 m S of Malanao Island, and anchor on depth desired.
MALANAO ISLAND TO NARIZ POINT
(CHARTS 1556 & 4323)
CALVER POINT, about 5.5 miles SW of Malanao
Island, is double-pronged, low, and covered with mangroves.
Tigman Light (09° 21' 30"N., 118° 32' 12"E.) is displayed
on the S end of the S prong of the point.
LOLO BAY is a small, open and shallow indentation
between the two prongs of Calver Point. Its shore is bordered
by a light yellow sand beach which makes a useful leading
mark for approaching an anchorage off Calver Point.
Directions - Vessels coming from the vicinity of
Malanao Anchorage may take an inside route to an anchorage
off Calver Point as follows: From a point about 735 m S of
the most S point of Malanao Island, steer, 227o heading for
the S prong of Calver Point, keeping the E tangent to Malanao
directly astern. This course leads in mid-channel between the
several off-lying bare reefs N of Sombrero Island.
To approach Calver Point from the E, come to a position
about 1.7 miles SE of Sombrero Island and steer 277o for the
center of the light-yellow sand beach bordering Lolo Bay.
This course leads between the reef bordering Sombrero
Island and the 0.9-meter (0.5-fathom) shoal 1 mile SW of
the island.
MAASIN RIVER, a small stream discharging on the
N side of Calver Point, is a salt-water slough with about 0.3
m (1 ft) of water on the sand at its mouth.
TIGMAN RIVER, emptying 0.6 mile W of the S prong
of Calver Point, may be entered by small boats at high tide.
Fresh water is obtainable about 0.5 mile upstream.
SOMBRERO ISLAND, 2.2 miles E of Calver Point, is
735 m long in a NNE direction and 411 m wide, sandy, thickly
wooded, and about 36 m (119 ft) to the top of the highest tree.
The island is surrounded by a coral reef extending 548 m S
and 1 mile NE. It is a good landmark for clearing the coral
reefs and other inshore dangers in the vicinity.
OFFSHORE LANDMARKS - Several high mountains
in the interior along this coast are visible from a distance
offshore. The peaks may be identified by their relative
heights and form.
Mount Aborlan, 763 m (2,505 ft) high, 7 miles NW of
the town of Aborlan, is one of the most conspicuous. A deep
gorge separates the central range with its higher peaks to the
SW of Mount Aborlan from the VICTORIA PEAKS to the S.
Victoria Peak is 1,676 m (5,500 ft) high. It is surrounded
by a massive formation of numerous peaks and deep gorges
which in the glare of the sun show up as big red scars in a
dark background.
5-20
The Teeth, 1,597 m (5,240 ft) high, 1.5 miles W of
Victoria Peak, are sharp twin peaks which are very steep on
the S side. Another wide fertile valley separates the Victoria
Peaks from the SULTAN RANGE to the S.
5
Sultan Peak is 1,164 m (3,820 ft) high. The mountains
S of it terminate in a conspicuous headland near Calatugas.
APOAPURAGUAN POINT, 2 miles SW of Calver
10 Point, is low, covered with mangrove, with undercut coral
cliff about 3 m (10 ft) high on its S side.
APOAPURAGUAN RIVER which empties on the W
side of the point is a little less than a salt-water slough with
15 3 ft (0.9 m) of water on the bar at half tide. Some logs are
floated out of the river from a lumber camp inland. A shoal
with a depth of 1.2 m (3.9 ft) and a 1.8 m (1 fm) spot are 1
mile E and S of Apoapuraguan Point, respectively.
20 MAGLASGAO RIVER, emptying about .5 miles SSW
of Apoapuraguan Point, has two entrance channels. The S and
deeper channel, has about 0.9 m (3 ft) of water on the bar at
a half tide. Inside the entrance points the channel is divided
into three channels by two small islands near the mouth, the
25 main channel passing between the islands. Small boats and
bancas may ascend the river about 2 miles upstream.
NATIVE POINT, 1 mile S by W of the mouth of
Maglasgao River, is low and heavily wooded with a few
30 clumps of mangrove breaking a narrow sand beach extending
along the wooded shoreline. Coral reef 91 m wide surrounds
the point. From Calver Point to Native Point the 9.1- meter
(5 fm) curve 548 m to 0.5 mile from the shore. Vessels with
local knowledge may navigate this stretch of the coast by
35 following the curve and keeping a good lookout on the reefs
and shoals. A dangerous shoal with a depth of 2.1 m (1 1/6
fm) is S of Native Point.
ARENA ISLAND, 2.5 miles SSE of Native Point, is
40 about 365 m in extent. It is low, sandy and covered with trees
20 m (65 ft) high. It is on the W edge of an almost circular
coral reef 0.5 mile in diameter. A private resort occupies
the island.
45 PANACAN ANCHORAGE (CHART 4334), a body
of water between Panacan Point and the NW end of Rasa
Island, has an anchorage area of about 1 mile in diameter
with depths of 3.6 to 16.4 (2 to 9 fm).
50 PANACAN POINT is 3 miles SW of and similar to
Native Point. The coral reef bordering this point is about
228 m wide. It is the N entrance point forming a small bay
E of Panacan barrio.
55 CASUARINA POINT, 2.2 miles SSW of Panacan
Point, is sharp and low, with a sand spit extending 735
m E. Tando, a small settlement 0.8 mile W of the point,
has several houses which are visible from all directions in
Mantaquin Bay.
60
 MANTAQUIN BAY forming the S part of Panacan
Anchorage is 2.5 miles wide at the entrance between the S
end of Rasa Island and Emelina Island, and is connected to
Panacan Anchorage by a channel about 320 m wide with
depths of 12.1 m (6.6 fm) in the middle. Two shoals with
depths of 0.3 and 1.5 m (1 and 4.9 ft) are near the W side of
the S approach to this channel. The best water is close to the
reef fringing Rasa Island. A coral shoal with a depth of 1.3
m (4.3 ft) is about 0.8 mile E of Gitana Island.
PANACAN (TANDO), a barrio 0.8 mile W of Casuarina
Point, is the location of the government pier of Narra town. It
is marked by Panacan Light (09° 14' 41"N., 118° 24' 28"E.)
located at the root of the pier.
Port Management - The government pier is operated
by PPA. The port can handle vessels up to 498 GRT, 59 m
LOA, and up to 7 m draft. Vessels calling at Panacan should
inform the port manager of the vessel's ETA and cargo.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station, located at
the port area, may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63998-
5858456 and e-mail at: narracgss@gmail.com.
Berthing Facilities - The government pier is about 190
m long. A 96 sq m warehouse is available.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
from a local company. Minor repairs can be done by small
repair shops in the area. Bunkering and fresh water delivery
are also available.
Pilotage is optional. Pilots may be requested from
Puerto Princesa. New vessels to the port may be guided by
local sea marshals that are riding on small motorized boats.
12 hp tug boats are available.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Panacan may anchor 0.6
mile NE of Casuarina Point in 7.3 to 9.7 m (4 to 5.3 fm), mud
bottom. The anchorage is open to NE and more protection 40
from that direction may be had in Mantaquin Bay in the lee
of Rasa Island and Casuarina Point. Vessels entering Panacan
should favor the N end of Rasa Island to avoid the 0.3 m (1
ft) dangerous coral spot 735 m N of the island.
MALINAO RIVER, on the W shore of Mantaquin Bay,
has good fresh water. Small boats and launches may cross
the bar and ascend the river about 0.5 mile inland.
RASA ISLAND, forming the E side of Mantaquin Bay,
is about 2.5 miles long in a N direction, irregular in shape,
with a maximum width of 1.4 miles. The island is swampy
and covered with mangroves about 24 m (80 ft.) high. Coral
reef surrounds the island about 640 m wide at its NE and 0.6
mile on the SW ends. It has very few deciduous trees and
difficult to distinguish from offshore because its vegetation
blends with the mainland. The island was declared as a
Wildlife Sanctuary. Activities that may harm the environment
are strictly prohibited.
5-21
EMELINA ISLAND, 2.7 miles WSW of the S end
of Rasa Island, is elliptical in form, about 548 m long and
320 m wide. It is low, covered with deciduous trees, and
has an outer fringe of mangrove. A loose coral beach with
5 grassy land back of it is at its N end. A narrow sand and
coral spit extends 228 m N from the N point. Several small
islands on the shore reef close to the main shoreline are N
of Emelina. They are mostly clusters of mangrove which are
not distinguishable from offshore.
10
BIVOUAC POINT, 5.5 miles SW of Rasa Island, is
gently rounding, low, and inconspicuous.
CAGUISAN is a small barrio 2.3 miles NE of Bivouac
15 Point. It is connected by road to the national highway.
BATONBATON RIVER, discharging E of Bivouac
Point, has only 0.3 m of water at low tide. Fresh water may
be obtained in this river.
20
KATUBUNGAN RIVER, emptying about 0.8 mile
SW of Bivouac Point, may be entered by small boats and
launches at half tide. The channel between the sand spits has
about 0.9 m (3 ft) of water at low tide.
25
From Bivouac Point to Relief Point, a distance of
about 7.5 miles, the shoreline is fairly regular, low, flat and
practically clear of mangroves. It is mostly fronted by a fine
sand beach. Several small rivers empty into this stretch of
30 the coast.
Two causeways with docks at the offshore end are
located about 3 miles W, at the mouth of Pinagduguan River,
and 4.2 W of Bivouac Point. Vessels call at the docks to load
35 nickel ore.
ISLAND BAY, an open indentation between RELIEF
POINT AND SCOTT POINT, is dotted by a number of
dangerous shoals and reefs with deep water in the channels
between them. Several small islands in the bay serve as
landmarks and protection to the anchorages. Between the
outer limit of the islands and the mainland, coral reefs which
bare at low water are numerous and should be avoided. The
chart is the best reference in navigating this bay.
45
Anchorage - Moderate size vessels may anchor about
457 m W of Inamukan Island in 7.3 m (4 fm), mud bottom.
Vessels calling at Aboabo may anchor about 0.6 mile SW of
Separation Point. These anchorages offer protection against a
50 heavy sea. Larger vessels may anchor SE of Inamukan Island
in 18.3 m (10 fm), mud bottom. At times a heavy swell may
affect this anchorage, but never becomes too rough for safe
anchorage.
55 Directions - Vessels calling at Island Bay usually enter
from S. Due to presence of numerous shoals and reefs the
navigator should use extreme caution to avoid the unmarked
dangers. From a position about 3.5 miles SSE of Arrecife
Island, bring the W tangent to the island on range with the
60 W peak of the twin high point of Mount Buod Mainat, 312
m (1,024 ft) high and steer for the range on course 347o.
When the SW tangent to Inamukan Island bears 305o and
on range with the high point of Malanut Peak, 502 m (1,650
ft) high, steer for it keeping a good lookout for the reefs on
both sides. When the E tangent to Inamukan Island bears
000o alter course to 284o and round the island about 228 m
to the anchorage.
Vessels bound for the anchorage off Separation Point,
follow the initial courses of the afore-mentioned direction.
When the NW tangent to Pagasinan Island bears 024o and
in range with the 247 m (810 ft) peak, 4 miles W of Mount
Calatugas, steer for it. The W tangent to the sand cay 0.6 mile
SW of Pulaw Talam Island is almost on this range. When
the E peak (1,090) of Mount Buod Mainat bears 350o, steer
for it on this bearing and anchor SW of Separation Point.
ARRECIFE, INAMUKAN, AND BESSIE are the
three larger islands in Island Bay. The other smaller islands
are Bangawan, Temple, Pagasinan, Pulaw Talam, Bintaugan
and Gardiner. They are all low and mostly bordered by coral
reef varying in widths from 45 to 735 m wide.
CALATEGAS is a barrio located just NW of Separation
Point. The barrio is connected by road to the national
highway.
IPILAN, a barrio about 0.3 mile inland from the mouth
of ABOABO RIVER, has docks for fishing boats at the river
mouth. The barrio is also connected to the national highway
by road.
CRAWFORD COVE, on the S part of Island Bay,
between Ingiaran Point and Scott Point, is 1 mile wide at
the entrance extending about 1.2 miles W with depths of 8.2
to 2.7 m (4.5 to 1.5 fm). On the N side of Crawford Cove
is the S extremity of a coast range and DAVIE HILL lies 2
miles S of it.
From Crawford Cove to Nariz Point, a distance of
about 11 miles, the coast trends SW. It is generally low,
wooded, with small indentations and fringed by stretches
of mangroves.
A 140 m long pier extends SE from the N entrance of
a small cove, 2.5 miles SW of Crawford Cove. The pier is
used by vessels loading nickel ore.
IRARAY is a small barrio at the head of the cove about
4.5 miles SSW of Scott Point. It is marked by Iraray Light
(08° 58' 03"N., 118° 02' 38"E.).
CARAMAY BAY, 1 mile N of Nariz Point, is about 0.5
mile in extent with a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm) in the middle.
It affords good anchorage for launches and small boats.
Caramay River which empties into the head of the bay
is shallow. The barrio of Pulot is at the mouth of this river.
NARIZ POINT is low and covered with mangrove.
Coral reef bare at low water extends about 548 m S of the
5-22
point.
ALTNACRAIG SHOAL, with a depth of 0.9 m (3 ft)
is 15 miles 100o off Ingiaran Point. It is on a bank about 1
5 mile in diameter with several coral heads on the NE part.
The bottom is distinctly visible and the discoloration of
water may be seen at a distance of 1 mile. Irregular bottom
extends to Marabout Shoal to the SW, a depth of 16.5 m (9
fm) is found at a distance of about 5 miles.
10
HEAVY TIDE RIPS are frequently encountered
and a STRONG CURRENT sets along the 182.9-meter
(100-fathom) curve. Eddies seem to set in every direction
across the shoal. Several other detached shoals with depths
15 of 8.2 and 8.8 m (4 1/2 and 4 5/6 fm) are in the vicinity.
MARABOUT SHOAL, 4 miles S by W of Altnacraig
Shoal, has a depth of 5.2 m (2 5/6 fm), coral bottom. It is
5.2 miles 050o from Tagalinog Island. The ship Marabout
20 drawing 7.3 m (24 ft) ran aground on this shoal in 1885.
TAGALINOG ISLAND, 15 miles E of Nariz Point,
is about 0.6 mile long in a NW direction and 274 m wide.
It is wooded and about 24 m (80 ft) high to the top of trees.
25 Coral reef 183 to 457 m wide surrounds the island. The SE
end appears to be a small island by itself, but it is connected
to the island by a sand spit covered with grass. The edge of
the reef is steep-to and drops abruptly to 182.9 m (100 fm).
30 TALAKITOK REEF, 8.5 miles NW of Tagalinog
Island, is a coral formation with depth of 4 m (2.2 fm). It is
in the center of a bank about 1 mile in diameter within the
18.3 m (10 fm) curve.
35 BARRACUDA REEF, 7 miles 083o from Nariz Point,
has a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm). It is in the center of a bank mile
1 in diameter within the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve.
NARIZ POINT TO BUGSUK ISLAND
40 (CHART 1556, 1557 & 4325)
From Nariz Point to Filantropia Point, the coast trends
SW for about 5 miles. It is low and heavily wooded. This
low land extends a distance of 2.5 to 3 miles inland to the
45 base of the mountain range on this part of the coast. The
shoreline is bordered by a coral reef with numerous shoals
and rocks filling the area seaward for nearly 2 miles. About
midway between Nariz Point and Filantropia Point there is
a small mangrove point visible only from a short distance
50 offshore. A rock with a depth of 0.6 m (2 ft) is almost 1 mile
off this point, with a reef awash midway between it and the
mangrove point. The bay W of Nariz Point is filled with coral.
FILANTROPIA POINT is low, wooded, and fringed
55 with coral reef extending 640 m S. Launches and small
vessels can find some protection from the NE monsoon W
of it.
BROOKE'S POINT, 12 miles SW of Nariz Point, is
60 low and sandy. A small reef makes off the point.
 The government pier of Brooke's Point.
(Photograph - PPA website, undated)
BROOKE’S POINT, a municipality with increasing should contact the pilot association based in Puerto Princesa.
commercial importance, has a post office, and courier
services. Mobile phone services and internet connection are Anchorage - Vessels calling at Brooke’s Point usually
also available. Interisland vessels connects the town with anchor in IPOLOTE BAY, SW of the town in 5.5 to 9.1 m (3
other towns and nearby islands. Rice, copra, cattle and resin 5 to 5 fm), mud bottom. This anchorage affords good protection
are the chief exports. Supplies are scarce. The town has a during N and NW weather. A small coral reef making off
small sawmill producing enough lumber for local needs. Sir J. Brooke’s Point should be avoided when approaching
Diesel and gasoline are available from local fuel stations. the anchorage.
Fresh water is supplied by a local waterworks system. Ice can
be obtained from a plant in the town. Hospitals and various 10 ADDISON PEAK, 4 miles NW of Sir John Brooke
private clinics provide medical services. Commercial banks Point, is 943 m (3,095 ft) high, heavily wooded, and steep
are present in the town. on the E and W sides. It is seldom covered by clouds and
makes a good landmark.
Prominent Features - A warehouse, about 0.1 mile N of
the pier root, with roof painted light green is prominent from 15 TAMI POINT, 5 miles SW of Sir John Brooke Point
S and makes a good landmark when approaching the town. has a reef extending out about 457 m. It is low and wooded.

Major Light - Sir Brooke's Point Light (08° 46' 12"N., SEGYAM ISLANDS, 9 miles SW of Tami Point, are
117° 50' 05"E.) is displayed on the SE side of a government two large clumps of mangroves, 0.5 mile apart on the shore
blockhoues on Brooke's Point. 20 reef about 365 m from the beach. Several rocks awash are
0.6 mile off the islands.
Two jetty lights marks the ends of the breakwater
fronting the pier. BATARAZA is the town located 0.8 mile N of the mouth
of Marangas River. The town has a 245 m long causeway
Port Management - The government pier, located about 25 for small boats located 0.5 miles NW of W island of the
0.5 mile W of Brooke's Point, is operated by PPA TMO- Segyam Islands.
Brooke's Point. The TMO may be contacted at telephone no.
(+6348) 723-2282. The berthing area is quite shallow as only SAN ANTONIO BAY, between Segyam Islands and
barges with shallow draft can be accommodated at berth. SARAP POINT, 1.5 miles E of MOUNT SARAP, is 6
30 miles wide at the entrance and 3 miles in extent. It is semi-
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact circular in shape with depths of 3.7 to 18.3 m (2 to 10 fm).
the VHF DSC station in Brooke's Point. The Coast Guard It is generally clear except the W part where shoal water
station in the town may be contacted at mobile phone nos. extends 0.5 to 1 mile from shore. Numerous detached shoals
+63917-8427940 and +63951-6727095. with depths of 1.8 to 5.5 m (1 to 3 fm) and some bare coral
35 reefs are scattered off the entrance. Discolored water from
Berthing Facilities - Berthing facilities for the port is several rivers that empty into the W part of the bay makes
the 60 m pier connected to the shore by by a 190 m long these shoals hard to see.
causeway. A RoRo ramp is available. Storage facilities for
this port include 201 sq m warehouse, and a 3,000 sq m Caution - Vessels having no objective in coming into
open storage area. 40 San Antonio Bay should not pass this part of the coast nearer
than 8 miles, as local knowledge is indispensable for safe
Port Services - Cargo handling and porterage services navigation among the numerous coral shoals of this region.
are are available from a local company. Fresh water may be Surveys show the existence of many dangers along the
delivered at port. Bunkering and chandling are also available. coast, both inshore and offshore. Mariners navigating this
45 section should only use the latest edition of the charts and
Pilotage is not compulsory. Vessels requiring a pilot be guided by them.

5-23
 BONOBONO is an important barrio 1 mile N of the
N shore of the bay.
IWAHIG RIVER discharging on the W shore has
about 0.3 m (1 ft) of water on the bar at low tide; it has
deeper water inside. It is the largest river in S Palawan and,
rising in the foothills of Mount Escarpado, drains a fertile
and populous valley.
HUEVO SHOALS are a group of several shoals lying
E of the bay. Deep water exists in the channel between the
shoals but vessels should not attempt to pass through them.
EGG REEF, 4 miles S by W of Segyam Islands, is 0.6
mile long in an E direction and 548 m wide. It has a small
sand cay on its W end which may shift position due to storms.
GULL REEF, about 1.6 miles SW of Egg Reef, is about
735 m long in a N direction, 457 m wide, and bare at half tide.
On its SE side the water deepens abruptly to 36.6 m (20 fm).
PIRATE ISLAND, about 2.3 miles SW of Gull Reef,
is small, flat, with a number of high trees on its NE point.
Anchorage sheltered from SW winds may be had N of the
island in 29.3 m, sticky mud bottom. The coral reef extending
to the NE of the island affords good protection from the sea.
IGLESIA POINT, about 6 miles SW of Sarap Point, is
low and flat, consisting mostly of mangrove. A flat-topped hill
1.5 miles N of the point is a good landmark for this vicinity.
Fair anchorage in the NE monsoon exists just W of the point
in 11 to 12.8 m (6 to 7 fm), mud bottom, being careful to
avoid swinging on a 2.7-meter (1.5-fathom) shoal almost in
the center of the anchorage space.
SOUTHERN PALAWAN
(CHART 1557, 1560 & 4324)
CORAL BAY, between Iglesia Point and Cape
Buliluyan, is about 20 miles long in a SW direction and 4
miles wide. The S part of the bay is protected by the N coasts
of Pandanan and Bugsuk Islands. The SE side, between
ARRECIFE and BOWEN ISLANDS, is extremely foul with
extensive coral reefs bare at low water. This reefs breaks the
swell coming from the Sulu Sea during the NE monsoon
but leave a choppy sea on the bay. The clear area in the
middle of the bay has general depths of 18.3 to 32.9 m (10
to 18 fm). Extreme care and local knowledge is necessary
in navigating in this area.
Channels - There are two channels to Coral Bay.
Vessels from N may enter the bay by passing about 1.5
miles N of Arrecife Island. The sand cays may be used for
fixing the ship’s position. This channel has a general depth
of 31.1 m (17 fm). Vessels from W or S enter the channel S
of Cape Buliluyan between Pandanan Island and the coast
of Palawan. The channel has depths of 51.2 to 60.3 m (28
to 33 fm). The current sets SW on the flood with a velocity
of 2 knots in this channel. A coral shoal with a depth of 3.2
m (1.7 fm) and an awash coral reef are in the middle of the
5-24
channel. Another coral shoal with a depth of 4.6 m (2.5 fm)
is near the N end of this channel 3.4 miles 002o from the N
end of Bowen Island and marks the N limit of the foul area
extending N from Bugsuk Island.
5
Anchorage - Vessels may anchor anywhere in the bay
on the draft desired. Interisland vessels calling to load logs,
usually anchor closer inshore in 14.6 to 18.3 m (8 to 10 fm). A
good typhoon anchorage is W of the larger of the CABUGAN
10 ISLANDS, about 1.5 miles SW of RAWNSLEY POINT, in
12.8 m (7 fm), sticky mud bottom.
RIO TUBA - is a barangay of the municipality of
Bataraza situated about 3 miles NW of Iglesia Point. It is the
15 location of the Rio Tuba Nickel Mining Town Site. Petroleum
products are procurable at the Brooke’s Point and other
prime commodities. Rio Tuba Nickel Mining Corporation
(RTNMC) provides electricity to the community. Aside from
the barangay health center, RTNMC has a private hospital.
20
There are jeepneys from Rio Tuba to Puerto Princesa City
and Brooke’s Point. Rio tuba to Balabac Island is serviced by
pumpboats or motorboats. Radio communication facilities
are available only at RTNMC for official use. Mobile phone
25 communication is available. RTNMC maintains a private
airport located about 3 miles N of Rio Tuba.
Prominent Features - Five large cylindrical tanks are
located 0.1 mile N of the root of the pier. Two cylindrical
30 tanks at the mouth of Tuba River marks the RTNMC jetty.
Berthing Facilities - RTNMC operates a 380 m pier
with unloading platform at the offshore end. A 900 m trestle
supporting a pipeline extends SW from the offshore end of
35 the pier. Four dolphins were placed at the SW end of the
trestle. RTNMC also operates a 47 m long jetty at the mouth
of Tuba River.
Distress & Rescue - A Coast Guard station in Rio
40 Tuba may be contacted at mobile nos. +63917-8427947
and +63998-5858472, and e-mail at cgsriotuba@gmail.com.
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards at position about
2.9 miles SSW of Iglesia Point.
45
TUBA RIVER, emptying between MARANTOW and
OKAYAN POINTS, offers a good protected anchorage with
limited swinging room for small vessels in 5.5 m (3 fm) a
few meters inside the mouth. The bottom is mud and the
50 entrance easily negotiated. To enter this river, pass between
the N of two cays and a 4.1-meters (2.2 fm) spot 365 m S
of Marantow Point.
URSULA ISLAND, 9.5 miles 170o from Iglesia Point,
55 and about the same distance ENE from Bugsuk Island, is
low, sandy, and densely covered with vines and trees. The
highest tree near the center is dome shaped about 30 m
(100 ft) above high water. The island was declared as a bird
sanctuary. Unauthorized hunting of birds and other animal
60 species in the island are strictly prohibited.
 A coral reef extends about 0.8 mile NE and shoal water
exists E and S of the island. The best landing is found on the
N part where deep water is close to the shore. Vessels bound
along the coast of Palawan should pass to the NW of Ursula
Island as there are several dangerous shoals to the SE of it.
Several dangerous shoals with depths ranging from 2.3
to 8.7 m (1.3 to 4.8 fm) are in the middle of an otherwise
clear channel, 4 miles wide, between Ursula Island and the
ground extending NE of Bugsuk Island.
ARGYLL SHOAL, with a depth of 4.1 m (2.2 fm), is
4 miles 086o from Ursula Island.
WRIGHT SHOAL, about 9 miles 097o from Ursula
Island, is 1.3 miles long in an E direction, 0.5 mile wide,
with a depth of 1.8 m (1 fm) at its shoalest part. Depths of
54.9 to 128 m (30 to 70 fm) are close around it.
DICKINS SHOALS (CHART 4325) have depths of
4.1 (2.2 fm) m 3 miles 191o from Ursula Island and 6.7 m
(3.7 fm) 2 miles E of the 4.1-meters (2.2 fm) shoal. Between
Dickins and Argyll Shoals are several banks with slightly
less than 14.6 m (8 fm) of water over them.
WAKEFIELD SHOAL, on which the Ship Wakefield
struck in 1889, has a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm), coral and sand
bottom. It is 1.3 miles long in an ENE direction and 0.8 mile
wide. The shoal lies with Iglesia Point bearing 296o and
Mount Mantalingajan bearing 338o. The shoalest spot is on
the SW part with deep water close S and W.
NORTH BALABAC STRAIT AND VICINITY
(CHARTS 1557 & 4326) - There is a group of several
islands between the S end of Palawan and Balabac Islands. 35
The Islands are mostly low, wooded, and some are cultivated.
They are generally separated by deep tortuous channels
between them. Strong currents are usually encountered in
the channels.
DALAHICAN ISLAND, about 1.4 miles S of the S
end of Palawan Island, is about 735 m long in a N direction,
274 m wide, low, sandy, and planted with coconut trees. The
island is on the SE edge of an extensive coral reef bare at
low water 1.4 miles long in an E direction and 0.7 mile wide. 45
The channel between the reef bordering the island and Cape
Buliluyan is about 0.5 mile wide with depths of 11 to 14.6
m (6 to 8 fm).
CANIMERAN ISLAND, 2.3 miles W of Dalahican
Island, is about 274 m in extent, low and wooded. It is near
the S end of a reef 1.3 miles long in a N direction and 0.5
mile wide. Shoals with depths of 5.5 to 9.1 m (3 to 5 fm)
extend 2.5 miles N and 1 mile W of the island.
PATONGONG ISLAND, 1.2 miles SW of Canimeran
Island, is about 735 m in extent. It is on the SE edge of a
rectangular coral reef bare at low water, 1.7 miles long in a
NE direction and 1.3 miles wide.
5-25
PANDANAN ISLAND, 2.5 miles E of Patongong
Island, is roughly rectangular in shape, 6 miles long in a
NE direction and 2.5 miles wide. It is low, flat, and densely
wooded with a shoreline interspersed by rocky formation 3
5 m (10 ft) high in places. An intricate mass of coral reef and
deep channels extends NE of the island into Coral Bay. Foul
ground terminating in a group of detached coral shoals with
depths of 1.8 to 7.3 m (1 to 4 fm), extends SW to within 0.5
mile off Patawan Island. A wide coral reef fringes the S shore
10 of the island. The barrio of PANDANAN is about midway
of the island on the W shore.
CHANNELS.—The channel between Pandanan Island
and Dalahican and the Palawan coast is much frequented by
15 coasting vessels. It is about 0.7 mile wide, deep, and easily
navigated. SE of Canimeran Island it branches into two
deep channels which permit passage to the West Philippine
Sea. The N channel, with depths of 29.3 to 36.6 m (16 to 20
fm), is 0.5 mile wide between Canimeran and Patongong
20 Island reefs and appears to be the best approach from W.
The deep water follows closely along the edge of the coral
reef surrounding Patongong Island.
The channel S of Patongong Island opens from the W
25 and follows closely along the S edge of the reefs and curves
N past the island toward Cape Buliluyan. The channel is
about 548 m wide, clear, and deep with a bank of coral
shoals having depths varying from 0.3 to 8.7 m (1 ft to 4.8
fm). A coral shoal having a depth of 0.3 m (1 ft) is 1 mile
30 187o from the SE end of Patongong Island and marks the E
edge of the channel at the point where it turns NE. The N
edge is marked by a 2.3 m (1.3 fm) shoal 640 m 197o from
the S point of Patongong Island.
TIDAL CURRENTS in the channel are strong, and
the shoal point extending 2 miles NE of Bancalan Island
makes it inadvisable to enter this passage at night. The reefs
are covered with white sand and are clearly discernible in
the daytime.
40
BUGSUK ISLAND, immediately E of Pandanan Island,
is low, flat, and densely wooded. It is rectangular in shape
about 8.5 miles long in a N direction and 4 miles wide. The
coral reef surrounding the island has a varying width of from
183 m to 2.5 miles in the NE end. An estuary or river divides
the island at high water. The N entrance to this estuary has a
depth of more than 0.9 m (3 ft) and the W entrance is blocked
by mangroves. The channel between Pandanan Island and
Bugsuk Island is deep with a width of about 365 m between
50 the shore reefs on each side. The N end of the channel leads
to a maze of shoals and reefs. A marker consisting of several
pieces of stakes, with a white rectangular piece of lumber
nailed on the top marked the SW edge of the reef W of Bowen
Island. About 548 m to the SW is a similar marker marking
55 the shoal 1.8 miles NW of the N tip of the Island.
A privately maintained pier 10 m by 25 m is located
at the N tip of the Island. Interisland vessels calling to load
lumber and copra usually get alongside the pier.
60
 A house with galvanized iron roofing about 150 m SE of CANABUNGAN ISLAND, 2 miles SW of Mantangule
the pier is a good landmark to mooring alongside the pier. A Island, is 1.8 miles long in a SE direction and 735 m wide
private airport is located on the SE part of the island. tapering on the NW end. A coral reef extends 1 mile NW
and 0.8 mile E of the island. The area between Canabungan
APO, GABUNG AND BYAN ISLANDS are near 5 and Mantangule Islands is entirely foul.
the N edge of an extensive coral reef extending 5 miles SW
of Bugsuk Island. SHOALS - The following shoals mark the N edge of
the E entrance to N Balabac Strait and are in the following
BANCALAN ISLAND, 3.5 miles SW of Palawan positions off the E end of Canabungan Island. A 8.7-meter
Island, is about 3 miles long and 1.7 miles wide. The island 10 (4.8-fathom) spot, 1 mile 154o; a 5.5-meter (3-fathom) spot,
is half encircled by a reef usually discernible by the breakers 1.4 miles 123o; and a 3.2-meter (1.7-fathom) spot, 1.9 miles
and the light green color of the water inside and which at 099o.
the NW extremity extends nearly 1.3 miles from shore.
Foul ground extends an additional 0.8 mile. A rock awash at CHANNELS - The channel between Mantangule and
high water is 735 m 057o from the E point of the island. A 15 Byan Islands has been used many times by surveying vessels
5-meter (2.7-fathom) spot is 0.9 mile 098o from the E point and is considered safe for vessels of 4.6- meter (15 ft) draft.
of the island. It is tortuous with irregular depths. A number of dangerous
shoals are on either side of the channel. Vessels entering
Bancalaan is the barrio on the NW coast of the island. this channel should exercise great caution by keeping in
It has a 170 m long T-head concrete pier. The Coast Guard 20 mid-channel to avoid the dangers.
station at the barrio may be contacted at mobile phone no.
+63938-0979290. DIRECTIONS - From a position about 3 miles S of
the E end of Mantangule Island steer 350o with E tangent
Loudon, a village on the S coast of the island, is of Malinsono and Mantangule on range. This range passes
connected by a trail to Bancalaan. An 80 m long pier is at 25 close E of a 5-meter (2.7-fathom) spot 2 miles 172 1/2o from
the head of the small bay just W of the E point of the island. the E point of Mantangule, midway between the 3.7 m (2
fm) shoal and close W of a 2.7-meter (1.5-fathom) spot 1.1
Numerous coral patches with depths of 0.5 to 8.7 m miles 165o from the E end of Mantangule Island.
(0.3 to 4.8 fm) are in the channel between Bancalan and
Mantangule Islands. These shoals are dark and difficult to 30 When the 2.7-meter (1.5-fathom) shoal is on the
pick up. Vessels in this vicinity should navigate with caution. starboard beam, alter course to 012o to pass midway between
Byan and Mantangule Islands. This course will pass close W
PATAWAN ISLAND, 1 mile NE of the E point of of a 2.3-meter (1.3-fathom) spot 1.5 miles 039o from the E
Bancalan Island, is about 183 m in diameter. Coral reefs end of Mantangule Island and the 0.5-meter (1.6-feet) spot
extends about 365 m N and W of the island with sand beach 35 1.8 miles 032o from the same point. It then leads midway
on the S and E sides. Several dangers exist in the passages on between a reef with boulders awash and a 1.5-meter (5 ft)
either side of the island but a channel with a depth of 14.6 m spot 686 m E of it.
(8 fm) leads from the S, passing about 457 m E of Patawan
Island. This channel leads directly for Patongong Island To avoid this area, as soon as the S tangent to Gabung
and enters the deep-water channel. It is used by coasting 40 Island opens N of Byan Island, haul E and follow the edge
vessels but local knowledge is necessary to make passage of the reef until the W end of Gabung Island bears S, when
through the coral reef that fringes the main channel S of a course may be steered for the anchorage in the S end of
Patongong Island. the channel between Bugsuk and Pandanan Islands. A shoal
with a depth of 4.1 m (2.2 fm) is 0.6 mile 332 1/2o from the
A detached shoal with a depth of 3.2 m (1.7 fm) is 1.3 45 W end of Gabung Island.
miles 002o from Patawan Island. Shoals with 3.7 and 4.1 m
(2 and 2.2 fm) of water over them are 0.7 mile 060o and 0.5 If proceeding to anchorage NW of Malinsono Island,
mile 085o, respectively, from the same island. a careful lookout must be kept in the absence of aids to
navigation as the passage between Malinsono Island and
MANTANGULE ISLAND, 2.2 miles SE of Bancalan 50 the reefs extending S of Pandanan Island has several shoal
Island, is 4 miles long in an E direction and 1.8 miles wide. spots. Foul ground with rocks awash extends 1 mile E of
It is low and thickly wooded. The S and W shore is fringed Malinsono Island and a 3.7-meter (2-fathom) shoal lies 1.6
by a wide coral reef and foul ground extends 3 miles to miles 053o from the E end of the island.
the S and to Canabungan Island. Several dangerous shoals
surround the island. 55 TIDAL CURRENTS at flood run S through the pass
between Mantangule and Byan Islands and thence SE after
MALINSONO ISLAND, about 1.3 miles NE of clearing the wide reef S of Byan Island. The velocity of
Mantangule Island, is 0.8 mile long in a W direction, and 183 the currents vary from 1/2 to 1 knot. In other channels the
m wide. The island is connected to Mantangule by a coral currents are accompanied with tide rips and eddies.
reef passable by small boats at high water. 60

5-26
 ANCHORAGE - Vessels may anchor anywhere within cultivated area have been done. On the N part are several
the area between Pandanan, Bancalan, and Mantangule detached hills, the highest being 224 m (735 ft). On the S
Islands, where the shoals do not interfere, in 12.8 to 27.4 m half of the island the hills are higher and prominent.
(7 to 15 fm), mud and sand bottom. For very rough weather
the S entrance to the channel leading between Bugsuk and 5 Reporting System - All vessels passing through Balabac
Pandanan Islands or the channel itself is recommended. No Strait, North Balabac Strait, or any area in the vicinity of
sea can get into this latter anchorage though the place may Balabac Island should report to the Philippine Navy station
be subject to heavy winds during typhoon. "Coast Watch Balabac" at VHF channel 16. Information that
should be reported include the vessel's name, name of master,
Interisland vessels, which call at Bugsuk to load copra, 10 call sign, port of registry, type of vessel, type of cargo on
anchor about 1.8 miles S of the S end of Bugsuk Island. board, number of crew on board, port of destination and
ETA, last port of call, and course and speed.
The channels leading to these anchorages are narrow and
should be attempted only when the shoals are visible. The BALABAC PEAK, on the E central part and the highest
best channel is between Bancalan and Patongong Islands. It 15 on the island, is 569 m (1,867 ft) high. It is prominent from
is 1.5 miles wide at the entrance, deep, and narrows down a distance for the S end of Palawan Passage and in entering
to 640 m as it passes close alongside the Patongong Island Balabac Strait.
reef. It is a good channel for entering Coral Bay from S.
STEEPFALL RANGE, about 2 miles from the S end
DIRECTIONS - To enter the channel between Bancalan 20 of the island, is composed of several hills in a semi-circular
and Patongong Islands, come to a point about 3 miles W form, having elevations of 245 to 289 m (806 to 948 ft). It
of Patongong Island, keeping off the reef which extends presents a table-topped appearance, the shoulders and the S
2 miles off the NW point of Bancalan Island and head for side falling off in a precipitous manner to the lowland below.
the SW tangent of Pandanan Island on course 103o When N of Steep-fall other ranges varying in height from 244 to
Canimeran Island opens to the E of Patongong Island veer 25 429 m (800 to 1,406 ft) extend to the S side of Dalawan Bay.
N and steer 090o until the E tangent of Patongong Island
bears 000o. Then steer 037o passing 0.5 mile E of Patongong The E side of Balabac Island is mostly bold and fringed
Island. This leads to the main channel W of Pandanan Island with narrow reef between the bays. Deep water is usually
and into Coral Bay. close to the shoreline. Four large bays and several small
30 anchorage areas are along the coast. The W shore is generally
To enter the anchorage NE of Bancalan Island, follow low and for the most part fringed with mangrove swamps.
the initial course mentioned in the previous direction. When The dangerous reefs and shoals that extends several miles
the E tangent to Patongong Island bears 000o, steer 180o, off make it advisable to give this coast a berth of at least 12
passing between the 0.3 and 8.7-meter (0.2 to 4.8-fathom) miles. There are deep-water channels between reefs and the
spots on the S side of the channel and keeping the E end 35 various anchorages may be entered. During the rainy weather
of Bancalan Island always W of S. Then anchor in 16.5 to the whole area inside the main reefs is muddy and small
27.4 m (9 to 15 fm), mud and sand bottom. This anchorage detached reefs are not seen unless they are bare.
is recommended during the SW monsoon.
Caution - When standing toward the dangers offlying
In the NE monsoon the best anchorage is SW of Patawan 40 the W coast of Balabac, in the afternoon when the sun will be
in 16.5 to 23.8 m (9 to 13 fm), taking care to avoid the shoals astern, the outer shoals and also the reefs, will generally be
E of Bancalan Island and those E of Patawan Island. seen in sufficient time to avoid them. But if the sun is ahead
the outer shoals are difficult to see until close to them. The
BALABAC ISLAND, 17 miles SW of the S end of depths are very irregular within the 54.9-meter (30-fathom)
Palawan is about 17 miles long in a N direction and 9 miles 45 curve and sometimes shoals rise abruptly. A good lookout
wide. It is heavily wooded except in some parts of the E coast is therefore necessary when approaching this coast. At night
in the vicinity of Calandorang Bay where some clearings and the soundings coupled with bearings of the light must be

Balabac Island from Northward.

Eastern side of Balabac Island.

5-27
carefully observed, and a vessel should not approach to less is in 7.3 to 11 m (4 to 6 fm), sand bottom. Larger vessels
than 73 m off the SW and W parts of the island or 91 m off may anchor in 12.8 m (7 fm) about 0.8 mile from the beach
the NW part. in the middle of the channel with about 365 m swinging
room. Vessels entering this anchorage may steer a mid-
Currents - It is reported that such currents as are 5 channel course of 082o keeping a good lookout for shoals
present along the E coast of Balabac Island close inshore on either side.
flow sluggishly S. A tidal current of 1 to 1 1/2 knots seems
to follow the general direction of the reef front SW and W Berthing Facility - A 215 m long jetty extends from the
of Balabac Island. The ebb, flowing SW and W off Cape shore of Ramos Island.
Melville and NW and N along the edge of the reefs, creates 10
breaking tide rips and confused seas when running against NORTHWEST SHOALS, W of Ramos Island, is an
a N breeze. extensive area 7 miles long in a NE direction and 1 mile
wide with depths of 3.7 to 9.1 m (2 to 5 fm). A deep channel
RAMOS ISLAND (CHART 4347), N of Balabac about 1 mile wide between the 18.3-meter (10-fathom) curve
Island is about 4 miles in extent, wooded, with few even 15 separates these shoals from the coral reef bordering Ramos
hills in the middle. Island.

MARTIN HILL, 107 m (350 ft) high, is near the S part
and the highest on Ramos Island.
CANDARAMAN INLET, a narrow tortuous channel
about 183 m at its narrowest part, separates Ramos Island
from Balabac. A depth of 9.1 m (5 fm) can be carried through
this channel. Small coral reefs which are in the middle of
the entrances constrict the channels, through which a strong
tidal current sets E during the flood and in opposite direction
during ebb. Bad whirls and eddies occur during spring tides.
Anchorage - Small vessels may anchor in Candaraman
Inlet E or W of Albay Island in 7.3 to 12.8 m (4 to 7 fm), mud
bottom. Excellent protection is afforded and a vessel 60 m
long in mid-channel will have about 295 m swinging room.
Directions - Vessels entering Candaraman Inlet from W
should follow the shore reef off Ramos Island and pass about 35
548 m S of the S point of Paz Island and N of Sanz Island.
The reefs are easily seen on rising tides and high water, but tide at Secam Island is 1.2 m (4 ft). The tidal current in
on a falling tide and low water they are often obscured by Bate Channel sets E during flood and W during ebb with a
the mud from the numerous mangrove inlets.
PORT CIEGO, between MARTINEZ POINT and
CLIFF POINT, is about 2 miles wide at the entrance and
extends 1.4 miles E forming the E entrance to Candaraman
Inlet. The port has numerous coral reefs in the middle with
a 12.8-meter (7-fathom) channel toward the S portion and
to the entrance to Candaraman Inlet.
Directions - An extensive foul ground blocks the
entrance to Port Ciego. There are coral rocks awash in the
shoal area and vessels entering should follow the channel
close to the reef fringing Ramos Island.
RAMOS ANCHORAGE, a small inlet making into
the reef on the NW side of Ramos Island, is used by vessels
which call to load lumber in the vicinity. The entrance
between the bare coral reef is about 1 mile wide but the
navigable width of the channel towards the head is only 91
m wide on account of the shoal area on each side. Depths of
11 to 21.9 m (6 to 12 fm) may be carried from the entrance
to about 0.5 mile off the beach. Anchorage for small vessels
CAPE DISASTER, the N extremity of Ramos Island,
is broad, rounding, and generally low. The coral reef bare
20 at low water extends about 137 m to 1 mile W of the cape.
SECAM ISLAND, 2.5 miles N of Ramos Island, is 1.3
miles long in a NW direction and 365 m wide. It is low with
trees about 30 m (100 ft) high. It is on the W side of the N
25 approach to North Balabac Strait. The island is surrounded
by a coral reef bare at low water 411 m at the SE end to
1.5 miles at the NW point. Depths of 7.3 to 16.5 m (4 to 9
fm) extend about 0.8 mile W of the W end of the reef. It is
steep-to on the S side and the 36.6-meter (20-fathom) curve
30 is about 548 m from the edge of the reef on the N side.
BATE CHANNEL, between Secam Island and Ramos
Island, is 1.8 miles wide with depths of 45.7 to 91.4 m (25
to 50 fm) in the fairway.
Tides & Tidal Currents - The diurnal range of the
maximum velocity of 2 1/2 knots.
40
CANDARAMAN ISLAND, about 2 miles E of the N
end of Balabac Island, is low, flat, and wooded. It is about
1.3 miles long in a N direction and 0.7 mile wide. Coral reef
bare at low water 0.5 to 0.8 mile wide fringe the N, E, and
45 S sides of the island.
CAXISIGAN ISLAND, 1.2 miles W of Candaraman
Island, is about 0.8 mile long in a NNW direction, 548 m
wide, and planted with coconut trees. A white sand beach
50 surrounds the islands. Shoal water with patches of 1.4 to 5.5
m (0.8 to 3 fm), and some bare rocks, extends 1.5 miles N
of the Island. SE the reef extends for about 548 m. A shoal
patch with depths of 5 to 5.5 m (2.7 to 3 fm) is 548 m SE
of the S point.
55
The channel between Candaraman Island and Caxisigan
Island is deep and has a navigable width of about 735 m.
The channel between Caxisigan and Ramos Islands is about
411 m wide with depths of 31.1 to 42.1 m (17 to 23 fm).
60 Two detached shoals with depths of 3.2 and 8.7 m (1.7 and

5-28
4.8 fm) are near the middle of the N end of this channel and about 393 m S by W of it. At the N shore of the harbor is a
should be avoided. stranded wreck with a hull bare 3 m (10 ft) and may be used
as landmark.
Tidal Currents - During spring tides violent whirls
and overfalls occur here. In the vicinity of ENCAMPMENT 5 Major Light - Espina Point Light (07° 59' 36"N., 117°
POINT the currents are strong with a velocity of 2 1/2 knots 04' 21"E.) is displayed from a tower on Espina Point.
and at times attain a maximum velocity of 4 knots.
Climate - The dry season is from November to April and
CABOANG BAY (CHART 4347), 4 miles S of wet season from May to October. The average temperature
ANDEYRO POINT, is a small inlet about 0.7 mile in extent 10 for a year’s observation was 79o F.
and 548 m wide. The shoreline is lined with mangrove backed
by wooded hills. The entrance has a width of about 274 m Tides - The tides at Balabac are chiefly diurnal, and
narrowed down by the coral reefs which project off its points occur approximately the same time as at Manila. The diurnal
to a navigable width of about 64 m. A depth of 25.6 m (14 range is 1.3 m (4.3 ft).
fm) may be carried at the entrance to 9.1 m (5 fm) at its head. 15
This bay affords secure anchorage for vessels up to 150 tons Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
in 16.5 m (9 fm), mud bottom, in the NW corner of the inlet. may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63961-4687535 and
A coral reef bare a low water and extending about 457 m +63917-8427958.
ENE from the SW corner of the bay must be avoided when
coming to the anchorage. 20 Berthing Facility - A 50 m long concrete pier fronts
the town.
CALANDORANG BAY (BALABAC HARBOR)
(CHART 4347), between SARMIENTO POINT and Anchorage - Vessels calling at Balabac may anchor NE
ESPINA POINT, is 0.5 mile wide and extends 1 mile in a of the pier in 7.3 to 14.6 m (4 to 8 fm) mud bottom.
WSW direction. The bay has depths of 36.6 m (20 fm) at 25
the entrance to 3.7 m (2 fm) near the pier at Balabac. The Directions - Balabac Harbor is easy of access, and
head of the bay is shallow with extensive sand and mud vessels entering should come to a position about 0.6 mile
flats at the mouth of Gading River. The S entrance point is with Espina Point Light bearing 240o and steer 270o midway
formed by ALMIRANTE GIL HILL, 32 m (105 ft) high. between the entrance points. When the light bears 159o alter
The N entrance point is fringed with mangrove backed by 30 course to 233o heading for the bluff W of the town. Proceed
hills a short distance inland. Coral reefs with shallow water slowly as the depths decrease quickly inside the 18.3-meter
beyond extend about 183 m off both points and to a greater (10-fathom) curve towards the shore. When Espina Point
distance off the N shore. Light bears 113o, anchor in 14.6 m (8 fathom). Smaller
vessels may come closer according to draft desired.
GADING RIVER, discharging on the NW corner of the 35
head of Calandorang Bay, has a depth of 0.9 m (3 ft) at the A sailing vessel from S should make for Dalawan
entrance with deeper water inside. The entrance channel is Bay if the wind is likely to fail and await a more favorable
sometimes marked by stakes and small vessels 27.4 to 30.5 opportunity for entering Calandorang Bay. If the wind should
m (90 to 100 ft) long may enter at high water. fail when within a mile or so off the port where deep water
40 makes it unsuited for anchorage, the vessel would be swept
BALABAC, a small town on the S shore of Calandorang toward the numerous dangers N there being a current in that
Bay, is a port of call for interisland vessels. The town has direction during the SW monsoon.
postal facilities. Two airstrips, Bual and Indalawan for small
airplanes are maintained by a missionary. Some government DALAWAN BAY (CHART 4347), a semi-circular
buildings are on top of the hill near the lighthouse at Espina 45 bay about 6 miles S of Calandorang Bay, is 1.1 miles wide
Point. An old Spanish fort on the hill immediately W of the between MINAGAS POINT and TIMBANGAN POINT.
town is covered with vegetation. Depths of 32.9 m (18 fm) are found at the entrance, shoaling
gradually to the sandy beach at the head. The bay affords
Services of doctor and dentist are not available. Medical good shelter during the SW monsoon. There is considerable
supplies are not procurable and the health center provides 50 silting of the head of the bay, probably due to the outpouring
very limited medical facilities. The nearest hospital is at Rio of the rivers emptying into it. The shoreline is densely
Tuba which is about a 5 hrs trip by pumpboat. Malaria and wooded. The entrance points on either side are fringed with
dysentery are the common diseases. mangrove fronted by coral reefs 274 to 457 m wide partly
bare at low water.
Supplies - Fresh water may be obtained from a small 55
stream piped to the town. Supplies of any kind are only During the rainy season fresh water for boilers may be
available from small stores and are extremely limited. obtained from the small stream on the N side of Dalawan
Bay. It is best to boat this water at or near the time of low
Prominent Features that can be used in approaching tide with the use of pump and hose. This stream is reported
the bay are the tower of Espina Point Light and the fuel tank 60 to go dry during the month of January.

5-29
 Tides - The type of tide in Dalawan Bay is similar to
that at Manila and occurs about the same time. The diurnal
range is approximately 1.4 m (4 1/2 ft).
BUOY ROCK, bare 1.5 m (5 ft) at low water, marks
the S edge of the reef off Minagas Point. The spit on the
S side bares 274 m from shore and shoal water within the
9.1-meter (5-fathom) curve extends about 365 m NE from
the edge of the reef.
DALAWAN RIVER emptying into the SW corner of
the bay has a continually shifting channel due to freshets.
Small pulling boats can enter the river at high water. A small
coral reef about 137 m in extent is about 457 m E of the
mouth of the river. Another coral reef about 68 m in extent
is about 320 m S of this reef. Two white rocks, the E one
more conspicuous, is on the beach about 457 m S of the
mouth of the river.
TRANSEPT HILL, 428 m (1,406 ft) high, table-
topped, and wooded, is 1.5 miles W of Timbangan Point.
The low land extending in a WNW direction between this
hill and Balabac Peak identifies the location of Dalawan Bay.
It is shallow with mud flats at the head and surrounded by
mangrove swamps. It has depths of 11 to 14.6 m (6 to 8
fm) at the entrance, where anchorage may be made. The
bay is protected by Gnat Reef on the W side but open to
5 SW weather. The entrance channel is tortuous and local
knowledge is necessary to navigate it.
GNAT REEF, an extensive coral formation 1.8 miles
W of Pasig Bay, has a bare sand cay in its center. The wreck
10 of the S.S. Melville on the SW edge of the reef shows some
steel portions, apparently the engine of the ship.
From Pasig Bay to Sigumay Point, the shoreline is
covered with mangroves and intersected by numerous
15 streams emptying from the swamps. The low foothills lie
about 1 mile inshore.
SHARP PEAK, 158 m (518 ft) high and 3.5 miles N of
Pasig Bay, is a good landmark along this coast.
20
LIGAS POINT, 9 miles NW of Cape Melville, is low,
covered with mangrove and some coconut trees, and shows
distinctly from the NW and SW.

CLARENDON BAY (CHART 4347), about 5.5 25
miles SW of Dalawan Bay, is about 0.8 mile long in a NW
direction and 548 m wide between INANACULE POINT and
BARONG POINT, with depths of 7.3 to 11 m (4 to 6 fm),
mud bottom. The shoreline is mostly fringed with mangroves
and swampy interiors. Coral reefs extend about 137 m off the 30
entrance points leaving a navigable channel of about 54 m
between the 5.5-meter (3-fathom) curves. A T-shaped stone
mole, partly submerged at high water at the NW shore of
the bay, is used by small boats for landing supplies for Cape
Melville Lighthouse. The mole is difficult to make out and 35
its use as a landmark should be avoided. A trail connects the
lighthouse with the landing.
TARITIP POINT, the S prong of Ligas Point, is low
and covered with mangrove. A small stretch of fast land about
735 m E of the point is a good landing place for small boats.
SIGUMAY POINT, 4 miles NNE of Ligas Point, is
sandy, low, and covered by few trees.
BALABAC GREAT REEF, an extensive barrier of
coral and sand formation off the W coast of Balabac, is about
9 miles long in a N direction, very irregular in shape, and
partly bare at low water. The reef is divided into three parts
by narrow shallow channels. The N part serves to protect
Catagupan Bay from heavy W sea.

Directions - Vessels entering Clarendon Bay should SOUTHWESTERN BANK, a group of several shoals,
bring the middle of the entrance to bear 321o, and steer on 40 about 7 miles long in an ESE direction, is S of Balabac Great
this course keeping a good lookout for the reefs on both sides Reef. Numerous patches with depths of 5 to 14.6 m (2.7
of the channel; anchor about 0.5 mile SE of the mole in 8.2 to 8 fm) are within the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve. A clear deep
to 9.1 m (4.5 to 5 fm) mud bottom. channel, with depths of 16.5 to 36.6 m (9 to 20 fm) separates
Southwestern Banks and Balabac Great Reef. In approaching
CAPE MELVILLE, the S extremity of Balabac Island, 45 Balabac Strait and Cape Melville from W, vessels should take
is fronted by a reef about 0.5 mile wide. The shoreline is particular care to give this reef sufficient berth.
rocky with some mangrove. Shoal patches with depths of
0.9 to 6.4 m (0.5 to 3.5 fm) extend 1.5 miles W of the W WESTERN SHOALS parallel Balabac Great Reef at
point. Cape Melville Light (07° 49' 06"N., 117° 00' 01"E.), a distance of about 3.5 miles with a deep channel between
on a yellow stone tower, is located on the cape, near the S 50 them. The passage between Balabac Great Reef and Western
extremity of Balabac Island. Shoal has general depths of 21.9 to 31.1 m (12 to 17 fm)
with some intermittent spots of 7.3 and 9.1 m (4 and 5 fm).
Tide Rips often occur S of the cape. A bank about 1 Depths on Western Shoal vary from 5 to 11 m (2.7 to 6 fm).
mile in diameter within the 9.1-meter (5-fathom) curve 4.5
miles SW of Cape Melville Light has a depth of 5 m (2.7 55 A detached bank 1.8 miles long in a NW direction and
fm). On this shoal spot the S.S. Kowa Maru was grounded in 735 m wide with depths of 12.8 to 18.3 m (7 to 10 fm) is 9
1932. Vessels navigating in this area should avoid this shoal. miles 244o from Ligas Point. Another detached bank with
depths of 14.6 to 18.3 m (8 to 10 fm) is 9.5 miles 279o from
PASIG BAY (CHART 4347), 1.5 miles N of Cape Sigumay Point. The bottom of these banks is coral and clearly
Melville Light, is a small indentation about 0.6 mile in extent. 60 visible in smooth weather.

5-30
 ADA REEF, 3.5 miles NW of Sigumay Point, is about
1.8 miles long in a NE direction and 0.9 mile wide. A large
area of this reef is bare at low water. Shallow and extremely
foul area extends E of the shore.
A detached bank, roughly circular in shape, about 735 m
in diameter, with depths of 7.3 to 12.8 m (4 to 7 fm) within
the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve, is 5 miles W of the N end of Ada
Reef, and 7.5 miles 296o from Sigumay Point.
CATAGUPAN BAY (CHART 4347), between
Sigumay Point and Ligas Point, is enclosed by the N portion
of Balabac Great Reef forming the W side of the bay. It has
depths of 7.3 to 21.9 m (4 to 12 fm) in pockets and clear
areas. Several small coral reefs bare at low water and shoals
are scattered in the bay.
Channels - The entrance channel to Catagupan Bay
is 0.7 mile S of the S end of Ada Reef through the break
in the reef 1.3 miles W of Sigumay Point. This channel is 20
deep but local knowledge is necessary to navigate it. The
opening between the ends of the reefs is about 457 m wide
between the 5.5 m (3 fm) curves with depths of 38.4 to 23.8
m (21 to 13 fm). Smaller vessels may approach the bay from
S through the channel between Gnat Reef and the S end of 25
Balabac Great Reef. This channel winds into numerous small
boat passages among the many coral reefs close inshore. It is
divided into two parts, each about 91 m wide, with depths of
7.3 m (4 fm), by the intervening reef lying off Taritip Point.
These passages reunite about 0.5 mile farther N and widen 30
out to Catagupan Bay.
The channel which extends from Sigumay Point to
Ligas Point is wide and deep but obstructed by a 4.1-meter
(2.2-fathom) spot 1.5 miles 224o from Sigumay Point.
Tidal Currents - Considerable current is experienced
in the channels leading to Catagupan Bay.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Catagupan usually
anchor about 1 mile S of Sigumay Point in 14.6 m (8 fm),
mud bottom. Other anchorages may be had in the pockets
between the reefs if desired. Vessels not entering the bay
anchor 2 miles W of Sigumay Point in 25.6 m (14 fm), mud
bottom. In coming to this anchorage, a 5- meter (2.7-fathom)
spot 2.5 miles 276o from Sigumay Point should be avoided.
CATAGUPAN RIVER, discharging on the NE shore,
is navigable by small boats and launches at high water up to
the barrio of CATAGUPAN, about 1 mile inland.
MARTINEZ POINT, 3.5 miles NNE of Sigumay Point,
is low, flat and rocky. It is fringed with coral reef extending
N about 0.6 mile. Numerous coral heads are scattered on
this reef. A rock 9 m (30 ft) high is on the reef 548 m N of 55 reported to exist about 33 miles 239o from Cape Melville
the point.
NORTH BALABAC STRAIT, bounded on the NE by
Canabungan, Mantangule, and Bancalan Islands and on the
SW by Candaraman, Ramos, and Secam Islands, is 11 miles
5-31
in length and has a navigable width of 2 miles with depths
of 34.7 to 109.7 m (19 to 60 fm).
Currents - The tidal currents in the strait are strong and
5 set in a SE direction during flood, and in opposite direction
during ebb. The strength depends on the monsoon.
Directions - Vessels from E or S should come to a
position about 2.5 miles E of the S end of Candaraman Islands
10 then steer 320o. This course should clear the reef about 1.5
miles on each side of Bancalan and Secam Islands. If Bate
Channel is taken steer 270o when the W tangent to Bancalan
Island bears 000o. This course leads 1 mile S of Secam Island
and give sufficient clearance of the reef extending 0.8 mile
15 N of Cape Disaster.
Vessels coming from SW or W should not approach the
W coast of Balabac Island nearer than 12 miles until Balabac
Peak bear S of 120o or until Martin Hill bears 092o. When the
E end of Secam Island bears 070o steer for it on this bearing.
When the tangent to Cape Disaster bears 108o, steer 090o
entering Bate Channel and follow the reverse courses in the
preceding directions to North Balabac Strait.
NASUBATA ISLAND, 4.5 miles SE of Candaraman
Island, is a rock of sandstone formation, about 365 m in
extent and 27 m (90 ft) high to the top of trees. It is about
365 to 548 m S of the N edge of NASUBATA REEF, which
is 2 miles long in a SW direction, 1 mile wide, steep-to and
partly bare at low water.
ROUGHTON ISLAND, 2.5 miles E of Nasubata
Island, is sandy, wooded, and about 274 m in extent.
ROUGHTON REEF, surrounding the island is 3 miles long in
35 a NE direction and 1.5 miles wide. The reef is steep-to except
on its NE side where the 5.5-meter (3 -fathom) curve extends
about 548 m from its edge. The channel between Roughton
Reef and Nasubata Reef is 1.3 miles wide and has depths
of 182.9 m middle (100 fm). A 17.8 m (9.75 fm) depth was
40 reported to lie about 2 miles NE of Roughton Island. Strong
currents are usually found in the vicinity of these reefs.
BALABAC STRAIT (CHARTS 1558 & 4309),
connecting West Philippine Sea and Sulu Sea on its SW part,
45 is between Balabac Island on the N, and Balambangan and
Banguey Islands on the S. The greater part of the S portion
has numerous coral dangers reefs and shoals. Navigable
channels are usually found between them, but the one
generally used by oceangoing vessels is 6 miles S of Cape
50 Melville, then between Lumbucan Island and E coast of
Balabac through Nasubata Channel. This channel is about
5 miles wide, deep, and clear.
Danger - A shoal with a least of 23.8 m (13 fm) was
Light.
Currents - The velocity of the current through Balabac
Strait depends on the prevailing winds. In the months of
60 October and November, after a succession of W winds, it
was found to set constantly E, slackening only on the ebb. In
July after a continuance of unusually fine weather, with light
E and SE winds, it sets with the same velocity from 3/4 to 2
1/2 knots in the opposite direction. The mean velocity of the
current observed for 13 consecutive hours was 1 3/4 knots.
Distress & Rescue - The nearest Coast Guard stations
in the area located in Balabac Island (mobile phone nos.
+63961-4687535 and +63917-8427958) and Mangsee
Islands (mobile phone no. +882167-6009152).
Directions - Balabac Peak and Banguey Peak are about
38 miles apart from each other in a S-N direction. As most of
the dangers and channels are E of the line joining them, these
peaks are of great importance for determining the position
of a vessel when navigating Balabac Strait, especially from
W. The recommended route for vessels is as follows: Come
to a position about 25 miles 061o of Balabac Peak and steer
090o to pass about 6 miles S of Cape Melville. When Cape
Melville Light bears 344o, alter course to 035o for 15.5 miles
until the center of Comiran Island bears 110o, distant 2.5
miles. From this position steer 074o course passing through
Nasubata Channel. This course will lead to a position 2 miles
S of Tubbataha Light in the Sulu Sea.
NORTH CHANNEL, between Nasubata Island and
Canabungan Island, is 4.5 miles between their surrounding
reefs, and 6 miles wide between Roughton Reef and the
reefs extending 1.5 miles off Gabung and Byan Islands. The
channel is generally deep and clear.
Caution - Sailing vessels navigating in this channel
may have some difficulty in making headway against the
combined strength of the tidal current and the current caused
by the strength of the monsoons. When such a case arises
and no favorable breeze to effect headway, vessels should
keep N of the deep water on the N side of the channel where
anchorage may be had.
NASUBATA CHANNEL, between Roughton Reef and
Comiran Danger Bank, is 5 miles wide, deep and clear. It
is often used by vessels coming from SW through Balabac
Strait to the Sulu Sea.
Tidal Currents are strong in this channel and when
combined with the surface current set up by the wind, sweeps
with considerable velocity at times in the general direction
of the prevailing wind.
Caution - Two wrecks with least depths of 48 m (26.2
fm) and 73 m (39.9 fm) are reported to lie, respectively, about
2.6 miles and 3.3 miles NNE of Comiran Island. Another
wreck with least depth of 83 m (45.4 fm) lies about 10.3
miles NE of Comiran Island.
COMIRAN ISLAND, 8 miles off the E coast of Balabac
Island and due E of Balabac Peak, is low, flat, wooded, and
about 365 m in extent. The island is surrounded by coral
reef bare at low water, extending 183 to 365 m from shore.
5-32
COMIRAN DANGER BANK, an extensive shoal area
SW of Comiran Island, is 3 miles wide. It includes within
its limits the Comiran Island Reef and the two shoals, with
depths of 2.3 and 5 m (1.3 and 2.7 fm), 0.8 mile SW and 1
5 mile E of the island, respectively. Deep channels are between
these shoals and Comiran Island.
COMIRAN CHANNEL, between Comiran Island and
Lumbucan Island, is about 3 miles wide. It has very irregular
10 bottom with numerous scattered shoals of 7.3 to 12.8 m (4
to 7 fm) over its entire width. The 8.7 m (4.8 fm) spot is
midway between Comiran Island and the E end of Lumbucan
Island. Though there should be no difficulty in navigating
this channel, its passage is not recommended.
15
LUMBUCAN ISLAND, 5 miles S of Comiran Island,
is triangular in shape, about 1 mile long in an E direction,
0.8 mile on the NE side and 0.5 mile on the NW. It is low,
flat, sandy, and wooded. The height to the top of trees is
20 about 30 m (100 ft). The island is surrounded by coral reef
and shoal water with depths of less than 1.8 m (1 fm). The
reef extends about 1.3 miles WSW of the island and shoal
water with depths of 7.3 m (4 fm) extends 1.5 miles N of
the E end. Large sections of the outer fringe of the reef S
25 and several places N of the island are bare at low water. A
stranded wreck was located at the edge of the reef about 1.0
mile NE of the island.
LUMBUCAN DANGER BANK, consisting of the
30 shoal area which surrounds the vicinity of Lumbucan Island,
is about 6 miles long in an ENE direction and 2.5 miles wide.
NORTHEAST SHOAL, 2 miles long in a NE direction
and 735 m wide within the 9.1-meter (5-fathom) curve, has
35 a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm) in the center. It is 2.5 miles NE of
the E point of Lumbacan Island.
EAST SHOAL has numerous small patches with depths
of 1.8 to 4.6 m (1 to 2.5 fm).
40
SOUTH SHOALS, 1.5 miles long in an E direction
and 548 m wide within the 9.1 m (5 fm) curve, has a depth
of 2.3 m (1.3 fm) in the middle. This shoal marks the S limit
of Lumbacan Danger Bank.
45
LUMBACAN CHANNEL, between Lumbacan Danger
Bank on the N and Ellis Shoal and Simanahan Reef on the
S, is about 4 miles wide with depths of 11 to 54.9 m (6 to
30 fm). Detached shoal patches of 12.3 to 16.5 m (6.7 to 9
50 fm) are midway between Lumbacan Island and Ellis Shoal.
DOORLY PATCHES, with depths of 11 to 14.6 m (6
to 8 fm) are in the middle of the E end of the channel. It is
2.5 miles long in an E direction, 0.5 mile wide, and steep-to.
55
ELLIS SHOAL about 6.5 miles 202o from the W end
of Lumbacan Island, is 2.5 miles long in an E direction and
0.8 mile wide within the 18.3-meter (10-fathom) curve, and
composed of coral. It is on the N side of the W approach to
60 Simanahan Channel with a minimum depth of 3.2 m (1.7
fm) near its N central part.
SIMANAHAN REEF, 7.3 miles 134o from the E end
of Lumbacan Island, is a coral formation 5 miles long in an
E direction and 1 mile wide within the 18.3 m curve. The
coral reef which bare at low water is about 1.3 miles long
and 548 m wide with loose white sand on the center. At high
water when the entire reef is submerged, the discoloration
of water over it is visible from some distance. The shallow
part surrounding the bank under a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm) is
about 3 miles in extent.
RAY BANK, a sand and coral formation about 1.5
miles long in an E direction and 0.5 mile wide within the
18.3 m (10 fm) curve, is on the N side of the W approach
to Middle Channel. The center of this bank has a depth of
5 5.5 m (3 fm) and is about 10 miles 205o from the W end of
Lumbacan Island.
MIDDLE CHANNEL, separating the S edge of Great
Danger Bank from Mangsee Danger Bank, is about 1 mile
10 wide with depths of 29.3 to 62.2 m (16 to 34 fm) in the
middle.

SIMANAHAN CHANNEL, between Simanahan Reef Directions - Middle Channel is out of the usual track
and the Northern Patches of Great Danger Bank, is about 1.3 of vessels but may be used if necessary. From E come to a
miles wide with depths of 42.1 to 54.9 m (23 to 30 fm) in 15 position about 8.5 miles E of North Mangsee Island, steer
the middle. A course of 080o or 260o laid about 0.8 mile S of 292o passing about 2 miles S of Sand Cay. When Salingsingan
Simanahan Reef is a safe route and will clear all dangers in Island is on port beam, distant 1 mile, alter course to 283o.
the vicinity. This channel is seldom if ever used. When Balabac Peak bears 351o all dangers would have been
passed and the course may be shaped as desired.
Caution - A large area of the water E of the approaches 20
to Simanahan Channel has not been thoroughly surveyed. MANGSEE DANGER BANK, about 18 miles SE of
Several reported shoals with depths of 12.8 m (7 fm) are the S end of Balabac Island and between Great Danger Bank
in the vicinity of the position 7o 40' N., 117o 38' E. They and Mangsee Great Reef, is a group of shoals which includes
have visible bottom and may have lesser water over them. within its limits Salingsingan Island and the two Mangsee
Navigators in this area should exercise caution to avoid these 25 Islands. This bank is 10 miles long in an E direction and 4
possible dangers. miles wide at the E end, tapering to about 1 mile at the W
end. Off the reefs bordering the islands and shoals is deep
GREAT DANGERS BANK, comprising numerous water 7.3 to 27.4 m (4 to 15 fm) where anchorage may be
reefs and shoals between Simanahan Reef and Salingsingan had by moderate size vessels.
Island, is about 14 miles long in a WNW direction and 7.5 30
miles wide at the NW end, tapering to about 2 miles at its SE LOXDALE SHOAL, 3 miles W of Salingsingan Island,
extremity. The shoals are mostly coral and the reefs bare at is about 2 miles long in a W direction, with an average width
low water have sand cays. Vessels without local knowledge of 0.6 mile within the 9.1 m curve (5 fm). It is composed of
should not attempt to come close to this area. coral with depths of 4.1 to 5.5 m (2.2 to 3 fm).
35
NORTHWEST SHOALS, on the NW extremity of the SALINGSINGAN ISLAND, on the N part of the bank,
bank, is a group of several detached shoals with depths of about 5 miles 253o from Sand Cay, is 0.6 mile long in an E
2.7 to 5.5 m (1.5 to 3 fm). direction and 183 m wide. The island is low, flat, composed
of sand and coral, and covered with small trees. Shoal water
NORTH PATCHES, two in number near the N edge of 40 and foul area extends 0.8 mile E and 1.3 miles W of the island.
the bank, has depths of 6.4 and 8.7 m (3.5 to 4.8 fm). The shoal on the W side is about 1 mile wide with several
coral boulders awash at low water.
MIDDLE SHOALS, consisting of a group of numerous
small coral patches, forms the middle part of Great Danger JESSIE SHOAL, 2.5 miles ESE of Salingsingan Island,
Bank. It is about 6 miles long in an E direction, 3 miles wide, 45 is 1.5 miles long in a SE direction and 0.5 mile wide with
with depths of 3.7 to 9.1 m (2 to 5 fm). depths of 1.8 to 8.7 m (1 to 4.8 fm). This danger is on the E
part of the Mangsee Danger Bank, forming the S side of the
SOUTHEAST SHOALS, comprising several coral E approach to Middle Channel.
patches on the SE extremity of the bank, is about 2.5 miles
long in an E direction and 0.5 mile wide. The shoals have 50 NORTH MANGSEE ISLAND, about 2 miles S of
depths of 3.2 to 7.3 m (1.7 to 4 fm). The shallowest part of Salingsingan Island, is about 0.8 mile long in an E direction,
these shoals is 3 miles 100o of Sand Cay. 457 m wide and covered with trees which rise to an apex
near the center 39.6 m (130 ft) high. Coral reefs and shoals
SAND CAY, on the S part of the bank, is a conspicuous extend E of the island for 2.3 miles. On the W end the coral
object near the center of a coral reef, 3 miles long in an E 55 reef is about 1 mile wide and shoal water within the 9.1 m
direction and about 365 m. Shoal water with depths of less (5 fm) curve extends 2.5 miles in a WNW direction.
than 5.5 m extends 0.5 mile on each end of the reef. Patches
of 5.5 to 9.1 m (3 to 5 fm) extend farther out E, W, and N as SOUTH MANGSEE ISLAND, 0.7 mile SE of North
far as the Middle Shoals. Mangsee Island, is 0.5 mile in diameter, low, flat, and
60 covered with trees. It is surrounded by an irregular coral reef

5-33
extending about 1 mile E and 0.6 mile W. The N point of
the island is marked by Mangsee Light (07° 30' 30"N., 117°
18' 18"E.). The Coast Guard station operating in Mangsee
Islands may be contacted at mobile phone no. +882167-
6009152.
The channel between the North and South Mangsee
Islands is deep but narrow and tortuous.
MANGSEE GREAT REEF, 2.5 miles SW of Mangsee
Islands, is 5 miles long in a SW direction and 2.8 miles wide.
The reef is a vast expanse of coral and sand formation with
small lagoons in places. At high water the entire reef is
submerged except a sand cay near the E end which is visible
from a distance. A channel about 1 mile wide is between this
reef and Mangsee Islands. It is steep-to on all sides except
the W end where shoal water within the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve
extends about 2 miles with depths of 12.8 to 7.3 m (7 to 4 fm).
This shoal water should be avoided when rounding the reef.
KESTRELL ROCK, 5.5 miles SE of South Mangsee
Island, is a rocky shoal with a depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm). H.M.S.
Kestrel passed over this patch with 9.1 m (5 fm). It is of small
extent and soundings of 14.6 m (8 fm) 1 mile S of this rock
were obtained by H.M.S. Comus in 1882.
A rock covered at high water has been reported in
1899 about 9 miles E of Kestrell Rock. This rock, position
doubtful, has not been examined and no further information
regarding it has been received. In order to avoid this possible
danger, caution should be exercised when navigating in this
area.
BORNEO SHOAL, with a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm) and
about 1.5 miles long in a N direction, has been reported by
S.S. Borneo, off the E approach to Balabac Strait, about 16
miles 123o from the center of South Mangsee Island. Latoan
Island off the coast of Banguey is 13 miles 242o from this
shoal. A 5.9 m (3.2 fm) spot and a 7.3 m (4 fm) coral shoal are
4.5 and 3.3 miles, SE and S, respectively, of Borneo Shoal.
FEARLESS SHOAL, a coral patch with a depth of 7.3
m (4 fm), is about 20.5 miles 112o from the center of South
Mangsee Island. Depths of 11 and 14.6 m (6 and 8 fm) are
365 and 548 m, E and NE, respectively, of the shoal. From
the center of the shoal Balabac Peak bears 314o.
MANGSEE CHANNEL, separating Mangsee Great
Reef and Mangsee Danger Bank, is 1 mile wide at the
narrowest part. It is generally deep, with 32.9 to 53 m (18 to
29 fm) in the middle. The reefs on both sides of the channel
are steep-to.
Directions - Navigators will rarely have occasion to use
this channel, but in case of necessity the following directions
Balabac Strait (Main Channel) from Northeastward.
5-34
may be of assistance: From W, come to a position about 7
miles off Mangsee Islands and bring the center of South
Mangsee to bear 103o. Steer for the island, and when the
W end of North Mangsee bears 069o, alter course to 137o,
5 passing midway between South Mangsee and Mangsee Great
Reef. Keep a proper lookout to ensure safety.
MAIN CHANNEL, between Mangsee Great Reef and
Banguey Island, is 5.5 miles wide, but the navigable width is
10 constricted to 1.5 miles between the 18.3-meter (10-fathom)
curves by reefs extending N of Banguey Island. Vessels
coming from SE and bound through Balabac Strait during
the NE monsoon will find this channel the most convenient
to use.
15
Caution - A mined area includes the Mangsee and Main
Channels. Refer to Charts 1558 and 4309 for details.
Directions - Vessels approaching from W come to a
20 position 2.5 miles N of Siagut Point, then steer 079o to pass
about 0.8 mile S of Mangsee Great Reef. The light green
color of water over the reef will, even at high tide, enable
a good lookout aloft to make out the edge sufficiently far
off to permit a vessel being guided past it at a safe distance.
25 Follow mid-channel courses and keep a lookout, and when
the E tangent to South Mangsee Island bears 050o, alter
course to 069o to pass about 2 miles S of South Mangsee
Island and the same distance N of Kestrel Rock. When the
S tangent to South Mangsee bears 272o, alter course to 092o.
30 When the highest peak on Cagayan Sulu Island bears about
123o, steer 137o for Muligi Islands and lay course desired.
This route is the one usually taken by vessels bound for Jolo
and Sandakan.
35 WEST COAST OF PALAWAN
(CHARTS 1560, 1561, 1562 & 1563)
The W coast of Palawan Island is fronted by a bank
studded with numerous shoals and reefs. The 182.9-meter
40 (100-fathom) curve, marking the outer edge of this bank, is
about 20 miles NW of Cape Buliluyan. Then it trends in a
general NE by N direction to about 26 miles off the N end
of the island. The major portion of this bank, especially the
central part, has not been thoroughly surveyed and new
45 dangers are frequently reported. Navigators are advised to
keep outside of the 182.9-meter (100-fathom) curve unless
they possess local knowledge or are obliged to enter the
ports along this coast. Oceangoing vessels usually follow
the recommended course in Palawan Passage as shown on
50 Chart 4707 and 4716.
PALAWAN PASSAGE, a deep body of water forming
a long trough off the W coast of Palawan, is 35 to 40 miles
wide between the edge of the insular shelf and the extensive
55 bank studded with a number of dangerous shoals and reefs in
an unsurveyed area in the West Philippine Sea. The limits of the foul area fronting Palawan Island. Between squalls the
the area of this archipelago of dangers are defined by dotted wind frequently shifts to the SE. This weather renders it
lines on the charts. Navigators should not attempt to enter difficult to make the narrowest part of the Palawan Passage
within its limits. between Kanduli Shoal and the edge of the bank owing to
5 the land being obscured. It is advisable for vessels to pass
Palawan Passage affords a direct track between Sunda through here in daylight.
Strait and Manila and an alternate route for low-powered
vessels between Singapore, Manila, and Hong Kong during In November and December the weather is variable.
the NE monsoon. NE and E winds, changing at times to SE, more frequently
10 prevail. It is, however, not unusual, especially in November,
Tidal Currents & Streams among the dangers in the to have a SW blow with dark cloudy weather and rain.
banks and reefs in Palawan Passage are strong and irregular.
The tidal stream in the West Philippine Sea passes from N to S Prominent Features - Several prominent peaks on
along the W shores of Luzon and Palawan and enters the Sulu Balabac and Palawan Islands are visible from a distance
Sea through Verde Island Passage, Mindoro Strait, Linapacan 15 offshore. These peaks may be identified by their relative
Strait, and Balabac Strait. Off the Palawan coast during the elevations and used as landmarks for navigating in Palawan
NE monsoon the current is changeable and governed by Passage and along the W coast of Palawan.
the prevailing winds, but seldom runs strong in any current
generally sets to the N and towards the land, but frequently Latitude Longitude Elevation
there is no current and near the coast it is generally weak. 20 Name N E feet meters
Occasionally a slight SW set will be experienced in Palawan Balabac 7o 55' 117o 03' 1,867 569.0
Passage during the NE monsoon. Bulanjao Range 8o 36' 117o 22' 3,470 1,057.7
Pagoda Cliff 8o 43' 117o 30' 2,400 731.5
W and S of Balabac Island a tidal current of about 1 knot Mt.Mantalingajan 8o 49' 117o 40' 6,740 2,054.4
seems to follow the general direction of the reef bordering 25 Mount Gantung 8o 57' 117o 49' 5,860 1,786.1
the island. Victoria Peak 9o 22' 118o 19' 5,665 1,726.7
Cleopatra Needle 10o 07' 118o 59' 5,225 1,592.6
If the wind veer to the W with thick cloudy weather, Mount Capoas 10o 48' 119o 17' 3,350 1,021.1
vessels making the Palawan Passage from SW should not
approach Balabac Island nearer than 30 miles as W winds 30 Navigational Hazards - The principal dangers on the
usually force a strong E current through the passages to the W side of Palawan Passage near the edge of the danger area
N and S of the island. are Hasa-hasa, Dalagang Bukid, Kanduli, Abad Santos, and
Baybayin Dagat Shoals. These are discussed in the latter
Weather - Typhoons rarely cross this area but, passing part of this chapter.
to the N, cause strong winds and unsettled weather. The 35
monsoons on this coast are so subject to interruption, which Caution - Submarine telecommunication cables are
is influenced by local and other causes that it is difficult to present in Palawan Passage. Anchoring, fishing and similar
say at what period they begin. When the NE monsoon is activities are prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine
blowing steadily in the West Philippine Sea moderate NE and cables.
E winds prevail. May and the early part of June appear to be 40
the finest period of the year. Land and sea breezes continue CAPE BULILUYAN, the S extremity of Palawan
to blow with tolerable regularity, the former coming from Island is low, shelving, and fronted by mangroves. Depths of
the S and SE in the morning, and the latter from the N and 4.1 to 14.6 m (2.2 to 8 fm) are close to the S point. On the
NW in the afternoon. E side between the point and the N end of Pandanan Island,
45 where the channel is 0.8 mile wide, the depths are 51.2 to
Toward the end of June and throughout July unsettled 54.9 m (28 to 30 fm). The W side is fronted by a reef, 548 to
weather may be expected. A slight fall of the barometer 914 m wide, and bare at low water. Depths of 11 m (6 fm)
after a succession of fine weather frequently indicates the are close to the edge of this reef. Coral patches with depths
approach of strong squalls from the WSW which are usually of 7.3 to 9.1 m (4 to 5 fm) are about 0.8 mile off the SW
accompanied by dark cloudy weather and much rain, lasting 50 part of the cape. The bottom along this region is composed
for a week or 10 days. These are generally succeeded by a largely of dark coral and is seldom visible in depths greater
period of fine weather, with NW and SW winds which draw than 7.3 m (4 fm). The inshore surveys W of the cape extends
to the S and E in the morning. about 4 miles from shore.

In September and October the wind generally blows 55 N of Cape Buliluyan, the land rises gradually to the end
strong from the WSW with dark cloudy weather. Off the SW of the mountain mass that forms the backbone of Palawan
end of Palawan, it is not unusual, particularly in squalls, for Inland.
the wind to veer to the WSW and sometimes NW, blowing
with violence and accompanied by rain, and placing a vessel The W shore of Cape Buliluyan to WELCOME POINT
on a lee shore with respect to the shoals inside the edge of 60 is low, covered with mangrove and fronted by coral reef

5-35
about 548 m wide. Off Welcome Point rocky ground extends
about 2 miles seaward with numerous detached shoals
having depths of 2.7 to 7.3 m (1.5 to 4 fm). This foul area
widens N and radiate 3 miles from Capyas Island. The most
W danger has a depth of 5 m (2.7 fm) about 2.4 miles W of
Capyas Island.
A shoal with a depth of 6.9 m (3.8 fm) is about 3 miles
W of Welcome Point. Outside of this shoal are several
incompletely surveyed shoals which may have lesser water
than shown on the chart.
Buliluyan, the barrio at the SE coast Cape Buliluyan,
has a 115 m long concrete wharf. Ferry boats have regualr
travel to Balabac and other islands S of Palawan. A company
provides cargo handling services at the wharf. The Coast
Guard station in the barrio may be contacted at mobile phone
no. +63951-6015750.
CAPYAS ISLAND, 2.5 miles N of Welcome Point, is
low, sandy, covered by scrub brush and a few large trees. It
is best identified by its sandy beaches which when viewed
from seaward appear to be a prominent white sand cay. The
E side is steep-to, and coral reef, bare at low water, extends
about 0.5 mile from the other sides of the island. The island
is an excellent landmark in this vicinity.
VALDEZ, a small village 1.5 miles E of Capyas Island,
exports small quantities of copra, palay, rattan, resin, and
fish. These products are shipped by small boats to Balabac
or Brooke’s Point.
Anchorage for small boats may be had 0.6 mile E of
Capyas Island in 7.3 to 11 m (4 to 6 fm). This anchorage is
protected by the island and the several coral reefs bare at low
water. A narrow, deep, winding channel, with depths of 3.7
to 12.8 m (2 to 7 fm) leads from NW to this anchorage. It
is unmarked and local knowledge is necessary for entering.
REPOSO POINT, 2.3 miles NE of Capyas Island, is
low and narrow. The point is fringed with a coral reef bare
at low water and extending 0.6 mile. The sand beach around
the point is conspicuous.
MOUNT WANGLE, 298 m (980 ft) high, 2.2 miles E
of Reposo Point, is a good landmark.
KAMONGA SHOAL, 7.5 miles 329o from Capyas
Island, is a 3.7 m (2 fm) spot 548 m in extent. About 1 mile
SW of this shoal is a bank with depths of 5.9 to 9.1 m (3.2
to 5 fm).
SHALLOW SHOAL, 7.5 miles W of Reposo point,
has a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm). It has not been thoroughly
examined and may probably have less water. The shoals in
this vicinity are mostly steep-to with 54.9 to 64 m (30 to 35
fm) close to their edges.
MUREX SHOAL, about 18.5 miles W of Mount
Wangle. In 1901, the S.S. Murex is reported to have struck
5-36
on this reef. No sounding was obtained on the reef but the
depth nearby was 12.8 m (7 fm). This shoal has not been
verified and the position is doubtful.
5 HEREFORDSHIRE SHOAL - The position of this
shoal has not been accurately determined. It is enclosed
by a dotted line on the chart, 4 miles within the edge of the
bank, 8.5 miles NW of Shallow Shoal. Shoal water has been
reported about 2 miles W from Herefordshire Shoal.
10
SOUTH REGENT SHOAL, about 10 miles 290o
from Mount Wangle, is a patch of sand and coral 0.5 mile
in extent with depths of 2.7 m (1.5 fm). It is in line with the
summit of Bulanjao Range and Gandan Point. The shoal is
15 surrounded by deep water and breaks in moderate weather.
An extensive shoal 2 miles NE of South Regent Shoal show
scattered breakers in a moderate sea. The area is about 1.8
miles long in a NE direction and 0.6 mile wide. South Regent
Shoal and this area are close to the edge of surveyed ground
20 and are not completely developed.
Between Reposo Point and Muslog Point, a distance of
1.5 miles, is a bay about 0.8 mile in extent with depths of
7.3 to 12.8 m (4 to 7 fm) in the middle. Its approach is clear
25 with good holding ground. The reef extending 0.7 mile NW
of Reposo Point affords shelter from S to W.
WANGLE is a small village on the NE shore of the bay,
about 1.3 miles N of Reposo Point.
30
Anchorage off Wangle is in 11 m (6 fm) about 0.6 mile
SW of the village.
CHANNEL - A clear channel about 1.3 miles wide
35 with depths of 45.7 to 54.9 m (25 to 30 fm) is about 4 miles
offshore between the outer reefs and the foul area along the
shore. The channel extends NE for a distance of about 25
miles from off Reposo Point. It is the one generally used by
interisland vessels cruising along the inshore area of the W
40 coast of Palawan. Because of the numerous shoals in this
vicinity a chart is the only best guide with a continuous
lookout aloft.
GANDAN POINT, 6.5 miles NNE of Reposo Point,
45 is distinguished by the sharp cliff face on its extremity. It
is fringed with irregular coral reef bare at low water, about
183 m wide. The intermediate shoreline is chiefly mangrove,
indented by small bays lined with reefs bare at low water
and extending 548 m to 1,280 m. The edges of the reefs are
50 generally steep-to with depths of 18.3 to 21.9 m (10 to 12
fm) close by. Rocky patches with depths of 3.7 to 9.1 m (2
to 5 fm) extend 2 miles NW of Gandan Point. A detached
shoal spot with a depth of 6.9 m (3.8 fm) is 3.4 miles 293o
from the point.
55
CANIPAN BAY, between Gandan Point and Bonbon
Point, is 2.5 miles wide and 1 mile in extent. It has depths
of 3.7 to 9.1 m (2 to 5 fm) in the middle. The 1.8 m (1 fm)
curve backed by coral reef extends 548 m from the W shore
60 and about 1 mile from the S shore. Two shoals with depths
of 1.4 and 4.1 m (0.8 and 2.2 fm) marked by breakers are CANIPAN HILL, about 2 miles E of the N tip of
near the middle of the entrance. Bonbon Point, is 271 m (890 ft) high, steep, conical, with two
peaks when seen from NW. The S of these peaks is sharper
CANIPAN RIVER, which drains the hinterland, and higher. Next to Bulanjao Range, Canipan Hill is the
discharges in the center of a sandy beach at the head of 5 highest and most conspicuous object on this part of the coast.
Canipan Bay. It is navigable by small boats but entrance
can only be made at high tide during calm weather. The BULANJAO RANGE, about 4.5 miles E of Canipan
Barrio of Canipan is at the mouth of the river. Some copra, Hill, is nearly in the center of the island. It has an elevation
resin, and rattan are shipped on small boats to Balabac and of 1,058 m (3,470 ft) at ESCARPADO PEAK. The range is
Puerto Princesa. 10 of reddish aspect, rising gradually on the S side from a range
of hills E of Canipan. It has a long, smooth summit and the
BONBON POINT, on the N side of the entrance to highest part is difficult to distinguish. The N slope has several
Canipan Bay, is conspicuous on account of the low timber- small, sharp peaks with steep shoulders and ravines.
covered hills and a cliff at its N tip. It is surrounded by narrow
coral reef and shoal water within the 9.1 m (5 fm) curve 15 LOW HOCK, the NE shoulder of Bulanjao Range,
which extends about 0.7 mile W of the point. is 329 m (1,080 ft) high, generally visible even when the
adjacent hills are obscured by clouds.
TAGUGSOM BAY, between Bonbon Point and Latud
Point is about 1 mile wide and 0.7 mile in extent. It is mostly From Tagugsom Bay to Tagbita Bay, a distance of about
filled with coral reef, except a small area immediately E of 20 5 miles, the shoreline is bordered by sand beach up to the
Bonbon Point 183 m wide with depths of 3.7 to 5.5 m (2 to vicinity of Providencia Point. The reef fronting the shore
3 fm). A detached shoal bare at low water and marked by extends 0.5 to 1 mile. The coast is dangerous to approach,
breakers is in the middle of the entrance about 0.5 mile 322o as rocky uneven ground with many shallow patches extends
from the N tip of Bonbon Point. The bay is sheltered from about 2.5 miles from shore.
NE and SW weather. 25
TAGBITA BAY, between PROVIDENCIA POINT and
Anchorage for small vessels may be had in this bay but CLIFF POINT, has depths of 12.8 to 18.3 m (7 to 10 fm) in
local knowledge is necessary to enter it. a clear area of about 0.7 mile. Deep water is close to the S
side of Cliff Point. The S part of the bay is generally foul
NORTH REGENT SHOAL, about 10.5 miles 274o 30 with numerous patches of 0.5 to 7.3 m (0.3 to 4 fm). This
from Bonbon Point, is a coral formation about 735 m in extent foul area extends about 4 miles W of the bay to the limit of
with a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm). Mount Wangle and Pagoda PERIGEE SHOAL, with a depth of 4.6 m (2.5 fm), 3 miles
Cliff bear 135o and 077o from this shoal, respectively. A 260o from Cliff Point. W of the point are several detached
5.5-meter (3-fathom) patch is 2.8 miles 113o from the center shoals with depths of 1.8 to 11.4 m (1 to 6.2 fm).
of North Regent Shoal. A rock awash exist 10.2 miles 278o 35
from this shoal. Tides - The tides at Tagbita Bay are chiefly diurnal with
a range of 1.2 m (4 ft).
BREAKER REEF, about 7.5 miles 301o from Bonbon
Point, is about 0.5 mile in diameter with a depth of 1.4 m (4.6 Channel - The approach to the bay about 2.5 miles W
ft). The edge of this reef is steep-to and surrounded by deep 40 of Cliff Point is deep with a navigable channel about 0.5
water. Shoals with depths of 3.7 and 3.2 m (2 and 1.7 fm) are mile wide and 20.1 to 36.6 m (11 to 20 fm) deep. A good
1.3 miles 284o and 0.8 mile 192o, respectively, from Breaker lookout is necessary to enter this channel on account of the
Reef. Numerous patches of 7.3 m (4 fm) are 1.8 to 6.5 miles shoals in the vicinity.
in various directions from Breaker Reef. The other patches
with depths of 11 to 18.3 m (6 to 10 fm), coral bottom, are 45 Anchorage protected from NE weather may be had
near the edge of the bank. The surrounding depths are 54.9 about 0.6 mile SW of Cliff Point in 18.3 m (10 fm).
to 128 m (30 to 70 fm) generally mud bottom. Numerous
other shoals are beyond the surveyed area and great caution STEEP HILL, close to the S shore of the bay has an
should be exercised in navigating them. elevation of 215 m (705 ft) with a steep N shoulder 202.1
50 m (663 ft) high. Two green islets on the shore reef are N of
ANTELOPE SHOAL, 7.5 miles WNW of Cliff Point, this hill.
is about 1.5 miles long in a NNE direction and 0.7 mile wide,
with depths of 2.7 and 5 m (1.5 to 2.7 fm). It is surrounded by TATUB POINT, about 3.8 miles NE of Cliff Point, is
other detached clusters with depths of 2.7 to 10.1 m (1.5 to a bluff headland, extending about 735 m in a NW direction
5.5 fm). From the center of this shoal Canipan Hill bears 139o. 55 from the general coastline. A conspicuous rock is about 169
m N of the point. Numerous coral patches with depths of
LATUD POINT, on the N side of the entrance to 5.5 to 10.1 m (3 to 5.5 fm) extends 5 miles W of the point to
Tagugsom Bay, is low, sandy, with some coconut palms. A Coloby Shoal. About 0.8 mile SW of the point, an extensive
sand spit bordered by coral reef extends 1 mile W of the point. coral reef bare at low water, about 1 mile long and 0.5 mile
60 wide, is connected with the shore reef along the coast.

5-37
 COLOBY SHOAL, about 4.5 miles 262o from Tatub
Point, is about 365 m in extent with a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm).
It is steep-to with 36.6 m (20 fm) close by.
NORTHEAST ANTELOPE SHOAL, about 7.3 miles
284o from Tatub Point, is 548 m in extent with depth of 4.1
m (2.2 fm). The 18.3-meter (10-fathom) curve surrounding
this shoal extend about 0.7 mile W and steep-to. Pagoda
Cliff and Canipan Hill bear 101o and 162o, respectively,
from this shoal. Detached shoals surrounding Northeast
Antelope Shoal with depths of 3.2 to 8.7 m (1.7 to 4.8 fm)
lie in varying directions and distances. Large quantities of
seaweed are frequently seen in this vicinity. With a good
lookout the shoals can be detected from a distance by the
discoloration of water or breakers over them.
BULALOC BAY, between Tatub Point and Balintang
Point, is about 2 miles wide between Dita Dita Island and
Bucid Island. The S part of the bay is entirely protected by
the reefs fringing Datag and Bucid Islands. An area about 0.8
mile long and 0.5 mile wide between the shore and the islands
has depths of 9.6 to 16.5 m (5.2 to 9 fm) but a narrow sandy
reef with several coral heads E of Bucid Island obstruct the
passage to this area. The middle of the bay N of this sandy
reef has depths of 16.5 to 23.8 m (9 to 13 fm) in a space of 0.5
mile wide and 1.5 miles long in a W direction. The N portion
is mostly foul with numerous detached shoals extending 2
miles SW of Balintang Point.
Channels - Between the S shore of the bay and Datag
Island is a narrow, winding channel with a controlling depth
of 3.7 m (2 fm). This channel may be used by small boats
with local knowledge. The main channel for entering the bay
is N of Bucid Island between its fringing reef and the point
of shoal 1.5 miles SW of Balintang Point.
Anchorage - Vessels may anchor 1 mile S of Dita Dita
Island in 18.3 m (10 fm). This anchorage is open from N to
W weather. A good anchorage for smaller vessels is 0.5 mile
SE of Bucid Island in 16.5 m (9 fm).
DATAG AND BUCID ISLANDS, on the S side of
Bulaloc Bay, are of sandstone formation. Coral reefs bare at
low water extend 0.5 mile E and W from their extremities.
The W island is flat and wooded. Bucid Island is slightly
elevated and smaller.
BALINTANG POINT, on the N side of Bulaloc Bay,
is low and covered with mangrove. The coral reef bare at
low water extends 0.8 mile W of the point and surrounds
Dita Dita Island.
DITA DITA ISLAND, 15.2 m (50 ft) high, about 0.5
mile W of Balintang Point, is a rock about 36 m in extent
covered with scrub trees.
BALANSUNGAIN PEAK, 252 m (827 ft) high,
is on the low timber-covered ridge rising abruptly close
from the shore on the S side of Bulaloc Bay. It is sharp and
conspicuous from a distance N.
5-38
IWIIG RANGE, E of Balansungain Peak,is a
continuation, of Bulanjao Range which slopes toward some
lower hills on the plain N, and approaches the E shore of
Bulaloc Bay. DOUBLE PEAK, in the center of this range,
5 is 544 m (1,785 ft).
From Balintang Point to Bacao Bacao Point, a distance
of about 5 miles NE, the shoreline is very irregular, mostly
fringed with mangroves and fronted by coral reefs 183 m to
10 1.2 miles wide in places. Few small rivers empty into this
coast. The offshore area is dotted with numerous coral reefs
and small patches extending about 15 miles NW.
MERLIN SHOAL PATCHES, an extensive area
15 with varying depths of 3.2 to 12.3 m (1.7 to 6.7 fm), has
not been completely surveyed. The center of the 3.2-meter
(1.7-fathom) spot lies with Pagoda Cliff and Canipan Hill
bearing 122o and 184o, respectively.
20 VANGUARD SHOAL, a coral patch about 365 m in
extent, with a depth of 0.3 m (1 ft) is 12 miles 333o from Tatub
Point. It is steep-to with deep water close by. Canipan Hill
and Mount Mantalingajan bear 176o and 106o, respectively,
from this shoal.
25
PARAGUA RIDGE, about 5 miles W of Vanguard
Shoal is a bank 0.8 mile wide and 4.5 miles long extending
in a NE direction. It is formed by coarse sand and shells
with depths of 9.1 to 12.8 m (5 to 7 fm) in the middle. It is
30 steep-to on all sides with 36.6 to 54.9 m (20 to 30 fm) close
to the edge of the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve. From the central
S end of the ridge where the 9.1 m (5 fm) sounding was
obtained, Mount Mantalingajan and Canipan Hill bear 106o
and 162o, respectively.
35
LANDMARKS.—The high mountains and ranges in the
interior of Palawan Island are usually visible from a distance
E as well as from W. The peaks which have characteristic
features are prominent and may be distinguished from each
40 other by their relative elevations and positions.
PAGODA CLIFF, about 8.7 miles 098o from Tatub
Point, is a remarkable limestone formation, 731 m (2,400
ft) high, with a table summit having two clefts which
45 form pinnacles at either extremity, the S pinnacle being
sharper. A small rock in the gap between these pinnacles
is conspicuous on a SE-NE direction. Pagoda Cliff rises
immediately above a plain which extends across the island
separating the Bulanjao and Mantalingajan Ranges. It is
50 connected with Mantalingajan by a high ridge with various
peaks of similar character and formation, among the most
conspicuous of which are the Hat or Panalingajan and the
Fin, a very sharp pinnacle, and three sharp hills under the
fall of Mantalingajan.
55
MOUNT MANTALINGAJAN, 2,054 m (6,740 ft)
high, is of reddish barren aspect, and when viewed from the
W has a table summit, the N end being the highest part. A
long smooth shoulder, terminating in three nipples, slopes
60 gradually S. It has several spurs and lower ranges fronting
it, the most remarkable of which is SHARP PEAK, 872 m
(2,861 ft) high and 5.8 miles N.
MOUNT LANDARGUN, one of the highest peaks
along the central range, is 1,655 m (5,430 ft) high.
MOUNT GANTUNG, 1,786 m (5,860 ft) high, is about
3.5 miles NE of Mount Landargun.
MOUNT CORUMI, at the NE extremity of the range,
is a conical hill 2.5 miles NE of Mount Calibugon with an
elevation of 1,186 m (3,892 ft).
BACAO BACAO POINT, the S entrance point to
Culasian Bay, is low, wooded with some coconut palms. It 15
is fringed with coral reef 548 m wide. A small hill 33.5 m
(110 ft) high, a little inland of the point is a good landmark
from a short distance offshore.
CULASIAN BAY (CHART 4346), between Bacao
Bacao Point and Sicud Point, is 2.2 miles wide, 0.7 mile
in extent with depths of 2.1 m (7 ft) about 137 m from the
beach, slop­ing gradually to a depth of 9.1 m (30 ft) about
0.8 mile offshore.
S I C U D , TA G I PA N , C O N D U A G A , A N D
CULASIAN RIVERS empty into this bay. Conduaga
River may be entered by pulling boats at high tide where
fresh water could be obtained about 548 m upstream.
CONDUAGA is a on the N side of the mouth of
Conduaga River barrio 1 mile SE of Sicud Point. The small
hill with an elevation of 33.5 m (110 ft) 0.8 mile S of Sicud
Point, is a good landmark.
Caution - Vessels should not approach this part of the
coast within 4 miles unless bound into Culasian Bay. The
land gives no warning when near a reef and the shoal water
offshore is not sufficiently clear to detect the presence of
small shoal patches. Beyond the 4-mile limit, the depths are
27.4 to 31.1 m (15 to 17 fm), mud bottom, with occasional
shoaler patches of coral or sand.
Anchorage for vessels calling at Conduaga is 0.7
mile S of Sicud Point in 7.3 m (4 fm), mud bottom. When 45
approaching the anchorage care should be taken to avoid
the rocky spit making out about 0.6 mile W of the mouth of
Conduaga River. This spit is usually marked by breakers. A
small shoal with a depth of 3.3 m (1.8 fm) is 0.8 mile 350o
from the 33.5-meter hill on Bacao Bacao Point. This shoal 50
should be avoided in approaching the S half of the bay.
SICUD POINT, on the N side of the entrance to
Culasian Bay, is sharp, low, with some grass and cultivated
patches. Coral reef bare at low water extends 823 m W of 55
the point.
BRECHTEL SHOAL, 3 miles 258o from Sicud Point,
is about 1 mile in extent within the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve, with
a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm) in the middle. A coral reef about 0.5 60
5-39
mile in extent with breakers is 1.3 miles W of Sicud Point.
Several other detached shoals with 5.9 m (3.22 fm)
and lesser depths are scattered in the area 9 miles offshore
5 from Balintang Point to Sicud Point. These shoals should
be avoided by larger vessels. An extensive patch about 1.5
miles in extent in a NE direction, with a depth of 4.6 m (2.5
fm) is 8.3 miles 285o from Sicud Point. Pagoda Cliff and
Mount Mantalingajan bear 149o and 115o, respectively, from
10 the center of this shoal.
From Sicud Point to Mapankal Point, a distance of about
5.5 miles, the coast is indented by small open bays with sandy
beaches. The points separating these bays are generally low,
wooded, and fringed with coral reefs. Numerous coral reefs
with depths varying from 0.5 to 7.3 m (0.3 to 4 fm) are within
2.5 miles offshore. Some of these shoals break continually.
The reefs bordering the different points at the entrance to the
bays should be carefully avoided.
20
BINICAYAT HILL, gradually rising to an elevation
of 103 m (340 ft) is 2.3 miles NE of Sicud Point.
SUMURUMSUM POINT, about 3.5 miles NE of Sicud
25 Point is low, mostly cultivated, and fringed with a coral reef
bare at low water and extending 548 m.
SUMURUMSUM RIVER empties on the S side of
this point.
30
MONTALAY HILL, 162 m (530 ft) high, is about 1.5
miles SE of Sumurumsum Point. The hill is heavily wooded
and is a good landmark in this part of the coast when the
high peaks in the interior are obscured by clouds. Another
35 hill, 106 m (350 ft) high, is 1.1 miles NE of Montalay Hill.
RANSANG RIVER, emptying in the bight of the bay
between Sumurumsum and Mapankal Points, may be entered
by small boats. The entrance to this stream is protected by a
40 coral spit. In favorable weather, fresh water may be obtained
from this river. Two detached shoal spots with depths of 3.2
and 3.7 m (1.7 to 2 fm) are 0.9 and 0.6 mile, NE from the
mouth of the river, respectively.
MAPANKAL POINT, 1.7 miles NE of Sumurumsum
Point, forms the W point to Ilog Bay. It is low, wooded, with
coral reef extending about 457 m N and W of it. An almost
continuous shoal with depths varying from 1.4 to 6.9 m (0.8
to 3.8 fm) extends 1.8 miles N and 1 mile W of the point.
From Mapankal Point to Eran Point, a distance of 11.5
miles the coast is low, wooded, and in general, fronted by
flat coral reefs which bare at low water, extending 365 m to
0.8 mile from shore. The depths off this part of the coast are
generally more regular than those S, and with the exception
of a few shoal patches, generally increase from 12.8 to 16.5
m (7 to 9 fm) near the shore reef to 54.9 m (30 fm), mud
bottom, about 6 miles offshore.
DANGERS - From 6 to 18 miles off this coast, an
extensive area with scattered numerous shoals ranging in
depths from 1.8 to 11 m (1 to 6 fm) is bounded by a line drawn
between Scalesby Castle Shoal and Collingwood Shoal and
the coast of Palawan. These dangerous shoals, specially the
5.5-meter (3-fathom) and shoaler spots, are often indicated
by breakers during moderate weather. In smooth sea and
favorable light conditions shoals with depths of 9.1 m (5 fm)
or less are usually visible. For their locations and reference
navigators should use the latest edition of chart as a guide.
SCALESBY CASTLE SHOAL, a coral patch 0.5 mile
in extent with a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm), is 16 miles 297o from
Mapankal Point. It is steep-to on all sides and only 2.5 miles
E of the 182.9 m (100 fm) curve of the Palawan Passage.
COLLINGWOOD SHOAL, about 12 miles 305o
from Eran Point, has a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm). Another
shoal spot with a depth of 3.2 m (1.7 fm) is about 1 mile
NE of it. Collingwood Shoal is 6 miles of the 182.9-meter
(100-fathom) curve of the Palawan Passage. A ridge about
7 miles long in a NE direction with depths of 6.9 to 14.6 m
(3.8 to 8 fm) is 5.5 miles W of Collingwood Shoal.
CAUTION - Vessels navigating along this coast should
either keep W of the 182.9-meter (100-fathom) curve or come
closer to pass about 3 miles offshore with a good lookout.
This inshore route is very dangerous and should be navigated
only during daylight. Local knowledge is also necessary.
ILOG BAY, between Mapankal Point and Campong
Olay Point, is an open indentation about 2.3 miles wide with
depths of 16.5 m (9 fm) shoaling gradually to 5.5 m (3 fm)
365 m from the sand beach. The bay is entirely exposed to
N and W winds. A coral ridge 1 mile long and about 548 m
wide with depths of 1.4 to 4.1 m (0.8 to 2.2 fm) is on the
W side of the bay extending in a N direction off Mapankal
Point. This ridge should be avoided by vessels coming from
W. A coral shoal with a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm) on the N
side of the bay about 2.8 miles 025o from Mapankal Point,
and the other shoals in the vicinity, should be avoided when
coming from N.
ILOG RIVER which empties into Ilog Bay can be
entered by small boats at high tide. Fresh Water may be
obtained from a rapid with a 1.8 m (6 ft) drop about 365 m
upstream.
CAMPONG OLAY POINT, on the E side of Ilog Bay,
is rounding, low, sandy, and wooded. It is fringed with a coral
reef bare at low water and about 365 m wide.
From Campong Olay Point to Samboang Point, a
distance of about 4.5 miles, the shoreline is fairly regular,
low, with sandy beach fronted by coral reef 183 to 548.6 m
wide. About 1 mile S of Malakibay Bay, a small stretch of
the shoreline 0.5 mile long is fringed with mangrove.
MALAKIBAY BAY, between the reef fringing
Samboang Point and the reef extending 0.8 mile from the
shore, is about 1 mile long in a NW direction and 0.5 mile
5-40
wide. Depths of 16.5 m (9 fm) at the entrance gradually shoal
down to 3.7 m (2 fm) about 183 m from the sand beach.
Anchorage for small vessels may be had in the middle
5 of the bay, 0.5 mile 200o from Samboang Point, in 7.3 m (4
fm). The small shoals with depths of 3.7 m (2 fm) are reported
close to this anchorage, about 0.6 mile 209o and 218o from
Samboang Point, respectively.
10 KINALANG BAY, N of Malakibay Bay, is between
SAMBOANG POINT and TARUMPITAO POINT. The
entrance is about 548 m wide, between the coral reef
extending 357 m W of Tarumpitao Point and the coral reef
extending 0.8 mile N of Samboang Point. The bay has depths
15 of 14.6 m (8 fm) at the entrance, is clear and gradually
shoaling to 5.5 m (3 fm) about 183 m from the beach at the
head. The SE shore has rocky cliffs, densely wooded to the
edge. The edge of the coral reef on the W side is steep-to.
The N shore is mostly sandy.
20
Anchorage - Small vessels may anchor in the middle
of the bay about 0.5 mile 025o from Samboang Point in 9.1
m (5 fm) sand bottom.
25 RIZAL, the town just SE coast Tarumpitao Point, is
the location of an airstrip. The town is connected by road to
Puerto Princesa and other towns of Palawan.
Major Light - Tarumpitao Light (09° 03' 30"N., 117°
30 38' 30"E.) is displayed from a red mast with white bands on
Tarumpitao Point.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Rizal
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63998-5858471.
35
The small bay NE of Tarumpitao Point is foul with
several small patches of coral reefs and shoals. The shoreline
is mostly bordered by sand beach, backed by some cultivated
areas, and densely wooded to the interior.
40
MALAMBONGA RIVER, emptying about 1 mile NE
of Tarumpitao Point, can be entered by small boats at half
tide. Fresh water may be obtained a short distance upstream.
45 PUNTA BAJA, 1.7 miles NE of Tarumpitao Point, is
low, rounded, sandy, and planted with coconut trees. An
extensive coral reef bare at low water extends 0.6 mile NNW
of the point.
50 PUNTA BAJA HARBOR, a small sheltered inlet
between the coral extending NNW of Punta Baja Point and
the reef extending W of Mantaya Point, has an anchorage area
of about 457 m wide in 5.5 to 7.3 m (3 to 4 fm). The entrance
has a navigable width of about 137 m having depths of 16.6 to
55 18.3 m (9 to 10 fm). In heavy weather the reefs on both sides
of the entrance are marked by breakers. Coasting vessels
call here at irregular intervals to load lumber. Fresh beef
and a moderate amount of food supplies may be purchased
at Punta Baja Harbor from a store operated by the owner of
60 a timber concession.
 Prominent Feature - Mount Eran Quoin, a wedge-
shaped hill 116 m (380 ft) high, is 1.1 miles SE of Punta Baja
Point. It is the most conspicuous landmark on this section of
the coast and an excellent navigational aid in entering Punta
Baja Harbor. A white triangle on a tree near the beach forms
the front range marker for entering the channel.
Anchorage - Small vessels entering this harbor may
anchor in the middle of the bay about 397 m off the front
range in 7.3 m (4 fm) with good holding ground.
bad storms and at times almost disappear.
IRA-AN BAY, the W of the bights at the head of Eran
Bay, is between Eran Point and Banisi Point. It is about 1.3 to
5 0.8 mile wide and 1.5 miles long in a N direction with depths
of 12.8 m (7 fm) at the entrance to 5.5 m (3 fm) about 365
m from the sand beach at the head. The E and W sides are
fringed by coral reefs bare at low tide. It is easy of access and
may be entered at low tide. A detached shoal with a depth of
10 1.4 m (4.6 ft) is 0.9 mile 276o from Banisi Point.

Directions - From a position about 2.5 miles NNW of IRA-AN RIVER, emptying on the SW shore of Ira-an
Punta Baja Point, bring the marker on the beach in range Bay, may be entered at high water by small boats during
with the top of Mount Eran Quoin bearing 147o and steer calm and S weather. The approach to the river is shoal for
for it. This range leads through the narrow channel at the 15 some distance off its mouth. At low water there is only 10
entrance. Care must be taken to avoid the 5 m (2.7 fm) shoal cm of water on the gravel bar. Fresh water may be obtained
457 m N of the edge of the reef extending from Punta Baja from the river.
Point and 73 m SW of the range. The W side of the channel
close to the reef is steep-to and may be passed within 46 m. BANISI BAY, between the reefs fringing Banisi Point
20 and Kanikitan Point, is about 548 m wide and 1.3 miles long
MANTAYA POINT is low, wooded, with some coconut to its head in a S direction. It has depths of 9.1 m (5 fm) at the
trees and grassy patches. It is bordered by coral reef bare at entrance gradually shoaling to 3.7 m (2 fm) about 0.5 mile
low water and about 365 m wide. Foul ground and detached from the sand beach at the head. Shoal water terminating in
coral reefs extend 0.5 mile W and N of the point. a 1.4 m (4.6 ft) spot extends 0.9 mile 340o from Kanikitan
25 Point.
MANTAYA BAY, between Mantaya Point and Eran
Point, is about 0.8 mile wide, 0.5 mile in extent, and entirely KANIKITAN POINT, on the E side of the entrance to
open to N weather. It is clear with uniformly sloping bottom Banisi Bay, is small, low, covered with trees, and fringed by
from 9.1 m (5 fm) at the entrance to 5.5 m (3 fm) about 274 coral reef at low water 183 to 548.6 m wide.
m from the sand beach at the head. 30
TAGNIPA BAY, between Kanikitan Point and Bonog
ERAN POINT, locally known as Ariringan Point, is Point, is about 0.6 mile wide at the entrance tapering S about
low, narrow, heavily wooded, and bordered by mangroves. 1.2 miles to its head. The bay is clear with depths of 9.1 m
The fringing coral reef bare at low water is about 457 m wide. (5 fm) gradually shoaling to 3.7 m (2 fm) about 548 m from
About 183 m from the edge of the reef, depths of 12.8 m (7 35 the sand beach at the head. The coral reef bordering the
fm) and more may be found. Shoal spots of 4.6 and 3.2 m bay is steep-to. The shoal area extending 0.9 mile NNW of
(2.5 and 1.7 fm) are 0.8 mile 038o and 0.5 mile 328o from Kanikitan Point should be avoided when entering the bay.
Eran Point, respectively.
BONOG POINT is low, rounding, and heavily wooded.
ERAN BAY, between Eran Point and Tagbuaya Point 40 It is bordered by a coral reef bare at low water about 365
is 4.8 miles wide and about 3 miles in extent. It is entirely m wide.
open to N and broken up into five smaller bays at its head.
The bay proper has very regular depths ranging from 11 BONOG BAY is a small inlet between the coral reef
and 16.5 m (6 and 9 fm). Two shoals with depths of 1.8 and immediately N of Bonog Point. It is mostly shoal and should
3.2 m (1 and 1.7 fm) are 1.5 miles 290o and 1.3 miles 297o, 45 not be entered without local knowledge. Several rocks awash
respectively, from Suri Point. Coasting vessels calling to block the entrance to this bay.
load lumber usually enter the smaller bays which offer better
protected anchorage. Local knowledge is necessary and SURI POINT, about 1.2 miles N of Bonog Point, is
entrance should be made during low tide in order to have a low, wooded, and fringed with coral reef bare at low water
clear limit of the reef. 50 about 457 m wide. Foul ground with coral rocks awash at
low water extends 0.5 mile off the point.
Tides - The tides at Eran Bay are chiefly diurnal with
a range of about 1.4 m (4.6 ft) and occur approximately the TAGBUAYA BAY, between Suri Point and Tagbuaya
same time as at Manila. Point, is about 0.5 mile wide. The entrance has a general
55 depth of 14.6 m (8 fm) shoaling gradually to 3.7 m (2 fm)
BANISI POINT (TRUCE HEAD), 2.2 miles SE of about 274 m from the sand beach at its head. The approach
Eran Point, is low, sandy, covered with trees and coconut is generally clear except for the two shoals with depths of
palms. A coral reef about 0.5 mile wide extends 1 mile N of 1.8 and 3.2 m (1 and 1.7 fm) 1.5 and 1.3 miles from Suri
the point. A sand deposit on the reef about 457 m N of the Point, respectively. This bay may be entered in fair weather
point bares 0.6 m ( 2 ft) at high water. This sand shifts during 60 and preferably during low water when the reefs are bare.

5-41
 TAGBUAYA RIVER, emptying on the NE shore of the commencement of another range parallel to other lower
Tagbuaya Bay, can be entered by small boats at high tide. hills overlooking Eran Bay.
Fresh water may be obtained about 365 m upstream from
the entrance. Two shoals close to the shore with depths of 2.7 m and
5 7.3 m (1.5 and 4 fm) are 1.5 miles 339o and 2.8 miles 020o
TAGBUAYA POINT (AGUADA POINT), on the N from ISABEL POINT, respectively. The 2.7 m (1.5 and 4
side of the entrance to Tagbuaya Bay, is low, heavily wooded, fm) shoal is a sunken pinnacle rock and should be avoided.
and fringed with a coral reef bare at low water about 457 m
wide. Submerged coral and shoal area extend farther offshore Caution - The coast from Tagbuaya Point to Hummock
about 0.7 mile from the point. A detached shoal area with 10 Point should not be approached nearer than 2 miles as the
depths of 3.7 to 6.9 m (2 to 3.8 fm) is about 1.8 miles NW ground is mostly foul. Vessels approaching this coast should
of the point. keep Malapackun Island open of Isabel Point. Besides
the charted shoals other dangerous patches may exist and
From Tagbuaya Point to Bluff Point, a distance of extreme care should be exercised in navigating the area.
about 70 miles, along the W coast of Palawan has not been 15 Beyond a distance of 2 miles from shore the depths vary
adequately surveyed. The present charts covering this area from 27.4 to 45.7 m (15 to 25 fm), mud bottom. Occasional
were the results of incomplete government surveys up to patches of coral with depths of 9.1 to 12.8 m (5 to 7 fm) are
1985. The area is more or less foul and great care should scattered in the area.
be used if obliged to approach the coast or within the water
about 25 miles from shore. 20 PULUTE RANGE, about 7 miles inland, has an
elevation of 914 m (3,000 ft), with a deep saddle S and a high
Dangers - Coral patches with depths of 8.2 m (4.5 fm) and a low sharp nipple, the former 893 m high on the slope N.
are along the edge of the insular shelf bordering the W side Hills of lesser elevation are between this range and the coast.
of Palawan. Some breakers and other shoals may also have
shoaler water on them and should be avoided. A good lookout 25 MALAPACKUN ISLAND, about 1.3 miles from shore
specially stationed aloft will assists in safer navigation. The and 3 miles WSW of Hummock Point, is 104 m (340 ft) high,
area from Collingwood Shoal to Middle Shoal off Hen and wooded, and has a double summit. A round islet is about
Chickens Islands has numerous reported breakers and reefs 365 m S of it. A channel with depths of 16.5 and 18.3 m (9
and should be navigated with caution during daylight. They and 10 fm) is between the shore and the island, but its use is
have similar aspect as the shoals in the surveyed area S. 30 not recommended as the fringing reefs extend 735 m to 0.8
mile from the coast. This channel was reported dangerous
Currents are reported to be very weak and probably to navigation.
somewhat influenced by the monsoons. It has been observed
that during the strength of the NE monsoon the current sets MARANTAO ISLAND, about 2 miles ENE of
SW parallel to the coast. Later in the year it becomes tidal 35 Malapackun Island, is 75 m (247 ft) high. The island is
with a velocity which seldom exceed 1 knot. surrounded by coral reef which connect it to the main shore.

Directions - The following sailing directions are
recommended while navigating these areas. Vessels from
SW should come to position about 2.2 miles 332o from
Tarumpitao Point and steer 043o. This course should clear
the 11 m (6 fm) shoal NNW of Eran Point by about 0.5 mile.
When the highest peak of Malapackun Island bears 080o, alter
course to 055o. This course should clear the shoal spots W and
NW of this island. When Brow Cone 360-meter (1,180-ft)
bears 144o, alter course to 042o clearing all reported shoals
and dangers. As soon as Bluff point bears on starboard beam
distant 3.0 miles, alter course as desired so as to avoid Hen
and Chickens Islands and Dry Reef.
From Tagbuaya Point to Isabel Point the coast trends on a
NNE direction for about 4 miles, thence in a NE direction for
10 miles to Hummock Point. The shoreline is generally low,
similar to the shore of Eran Bay, with abrupt points fringed
with coral reefs bare at low water 548 to 735 m wide. The
bights of the small bays formed by these points are usually
bordered with sand beaches. Some rivers empty into these
small bays. The interior feature is generally mountainous.
Waterfall Peak, an abrupt rocky shoulder worn bare by the
action of water usually seen running down from its side, is
HUMMOCK POINT, about 1 mile E of Marantao
Island, is moderately high.
40
POINT HILL with an elevation of 170 m (560 ft) is on
this point. From Point Hill a low range extends alongside the
coast 5 miles in a SW direction, terminating in a triple-topped
hill. On the plain SW of this range is a high wooded mound,
45 Corumi Range and other hills of nearly equal elevation just
E of Eran Bay.
NAKODA BAY CHART 4346), about 2.5 miles E of
Hummock Point, is formed by Maricaban, Mariquit, and
50 Nakoda Islands on the W and the W side of Albion Head on
the E. It is about 1.5 miles in extent but the anchorage area
is greatly reduced to 0.5 mile wide and 1.3 miles long by
the presence of extensive reef on the S side. It has general
depths of 7.3 to 11 m (4 to 6 fm) mud bottom.
55
Channels - The main entrance to the bay is between
Nakoda and Sirinao Island. The channel has a width of
about 735 m between the reefs encircling these islands with
depths of 14.6 to 20.1 m (8 to 11 fm). The E entrance channel
60 between Albion Head and Sirinao Island is narrowed by

5-42
coral reef to about 183 m wide with depths of 7.8 to 13.3 m
(4.3 to 7.3 fm). It is not recommended for vessels without
local knowledge.
Anchorage for small vessels may be had about 365
m SW of the S end of Sirinao Island in 7.3 m (4 fm). The
anchorage is fairly protected from NE monsoon. During
the SW monsoon a better protected anchorage may be had
about 548 m off the SE side of Nakoda Island. In coming
to this anchorage care should be taken to avoid the point of
the reef extending almost to the middle of the bay about 1.5
miles W of Albion Head.
Caution - The approach to Malanut Bay has not been
completely surveyed. The area with a radius of about 5
miles from the N end of Albion Head is dotted with several
detached shoals and should not be approached by strangers.
5 Two shoals with depths of 1.8 and 3.2 m (1 and 1.7 fm)
are 1.8 miles 072o from the SE end of Triple Cima Island,
respectively. They are almost in the middle of the entrance
to Malanut Bay and should be carefully avoided.
10 Tide & Currents - The diurnal range of the tide in
Malanut Bay is about 1.2 m (4 ft). The current is scarcely
perceptible.

TRIPLE CIMA ISLAND, about 1 mile N of the Channels - The entrance channel between the reefs
entrance to Nakoda Bay, is somewhat flat, about 735 m 15 extending E of Sirinao Island and W of Bajallanura Island
long in a NW direction, 228 m wide, with three peaks, the is about 0.6 mile wide with depths of 11 to 18.3 m (6 to 10
highest having an elevation of 49 m (162 ft). It is surrounded fm). It is obstructed by FAIRWAY REEF, a coral formation
by coral reef extending about 183 m in places. with depths of 2.1 and 3 m (7 to 10 ft), about 0.8 mile N of
Albion Head. Vessels entering Malanut Bay should pass N
SIRINAO ISLAND, 0.8 mile SW of Triple Cima Island, 20 of Fairway Reef where the channel is about 274 m wide.
is about 0.8 mile long in a SE direction with an average width
of about 365 m. The highest part of the island is near the NW Anchorage - Vessels may anchor about 548 m to 0.5
end having an elevation of 85 m (280 ft). The S extremity mile E of Albion Head in 7.3 to 11 m (4 to 6 fm), mud bottom.
is low and sandy. The island is surrounded by a coral reef
varying in width from 183 m to about 0.5 mile on the E side. 25 Directions - The best time to enter Malanut Bay is
The channel between Triple Cima Island and Sirinao Island during low water when the reef surrounding Bajallanura
has depths of 21.9 m (12 fm). Island is all bare. At high water the edge of the reef is not
well defined. Vessels from W come to a position about 457
NAKODA ISLAND, about 1 mile S of Triple Cima m 047o from the NW end of Triple Cima Island, then steer
Island, is about 0.7 mile long in a NE direction and 548 m 30 103o. When the E tangent of Albion Head bears 159o, alter
wide. It is approximately 61 m (200 ft) high. course to 138o, keeping a good lookout and pass midway
between the reef bordering Bajallanura Island and Fairway
MARIQUIT, MARICABAN, AND MANGLE Reef. When the E tangent of Albion Head bears 185o, steer
BUTUAN ISLANDS, S of Nakoda Island, are mostly 170o heading for the pier at Quezon, then anchor in depth
covered with mangroves and joined by a coral reef to the 35 desired. Vessels from N come to a position 1.4 miles 069o
main shore which extends from Hummock Point to Albion from the NW end of Triple Cima Island and steer for the E
Head. tangent of Albion Head on course 159o. When the NW end
of Triple Cima Island bears 275o, alter course to 138o and
ALBION HEAD, locally known as Lipuun Point, is a follow the directions previously mentioned.
bold, perpendicular limestone cliff with stalactite caves. It 40
has several densely wooded peaks of nearly equal elevation. QUEZON (ALFONSO XIII) is a town at the head of
The highest on the E side is 210 m (690 ft) high. A 55 m long the Malanut Bay. It has a post office and a rural health center
wooden pier extends from Albion Head. The pier is used by where minor medical cases are attended to. Copra, resin,
visitors to Tabon Cave, the settlement of pre-historic human rattan, and shells are brought to Puerto Princesa by road.
known as the Tabon Man. 45 Food supplies in very limited quantities may be purchased.
Fuel can be purchased from a gasoline station near the pier.
BAJALLANURA ISLAND, about 1.1 miles NE of Quezon Light (09° 14' 22"N., 117° 59' 41"E.) is displayed
Albion Head, is 0.7 mile long in a NNW direction and 457 from a white tower near the root of the pier.
m wide. The island is low and flat, surrounded by irregular
coral reef extending from about 183 m at the S end to 1.2 50 Berthing Facility - Fronting the town is the 200 m long
miles on the NW end. The reef is generally steep-to with pier that can accommodate vessels up to 3 gross tonnage.
outlying patches in places. Fishing vessels usually call at this pier.

MALANUT BAY (CHART 4346), between Albion Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station at the port
Head and Durudeen Point, is about 3 miles in extent 55 area may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-8427377
and mostly shoal on the E part. The W portion between and +63998-5858475.
Bajallanura Island and Albion Head has a general depth of
11 m (6 fm), gradually shoaling to 5.5 m (3 fm) about 1.5 MALANUT RIVER, discharging at the SE part of
miles from the pier at the head. Malanut Bay near the W extremity of a sandy beach, is about
60 0.5 mile E of the pier. Here fresh water may be procured

5-43
with considerable facility when the river is swollen, but in
dry season it is difficult for boats to proceed any distance
upstream, because of the rocky nature of the bed and because
an extensive mud flat bares at low water off the entrance.
MALANUT RANGE, about 4 miles S of Malanut Bay,
has an elevation of 503 m (1,650 ft). The range extends SE
two-thirds of the way across the island where it terminates in
the conical mound, Malanut, 393 m (1,290 ft) high. Viewing
the range end in a SE or opposite direction, it assumes the
form of a precipitous cliff, with slips on its S side.
TREACHEROUS BAY, about 6.5 miles NE of Albion
Head, is between Durudeen Point and the point 2 miles N of
two remarkable peaks on the E shore of the bay.
Depths in the bay vary from 18.3 to 25.6 m (10 to 14
fm), mud bottom. A shoal with a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm) is in
the middle of the bay, with Tidepole Island and Back Cap
Peak bearing 036o and 126o, respectively, from its center.
Several small islands are N of Treacherous Bay.
Prominent Features - Devils Cap Peak, 190 m (625 ft)
high, the peak nearer the shore, breaks through the mangroves
and forms a conspicuous yellow-looking cliff on the shore.
Three-fourths of a mile to the SW of it is a stream of fresh
water.
Back Cap Peak, the higher and inshore peak, is 219 m
(720 ft) high with a small table spur at the back.
Caution - The reefs N as well as NW of Bajallanura
Island extend a long distance off. The area has not been
adequately surveyed and shoals may exist. The water is
usually muddy and some indication of dangers cannot be
seen. Vessels without local knowledge should not enter
Treacherous Bay. A 2.7 m (1.5 fm) shoal has been reported
about 1 mile SE of Tidepole Island.
PALM ISLAND, about 4 miles N of Durudeen Point,
is 30.5 m (100 ft) high, and has some dark rocks on a sand
bank 548 m NE of it. It has been reported that this island and
the rocks off it are located about 0.5 mile NW of their charted
positions. A shoal with a least of 5.5 m (3 fm) was reported
in 1962 to exist about 5.5 miles NW by W of this island.
TIDEPOLE ISLAND AND PATELAN ISLAND,
SE of Palm Island are moderately elevated. Tidepole, the
higher of the two, has an elevation of 62.5 m (205 ft) with
a rock on its NW side.
DOUBLE ISLAND, fronting an indentation in the
coast, consists of two low, flat island, connected by a small
neck of sand. Reefs partly bare at low water extend 0.6 mile
in a SW and 735 m in a W direction from Double Island.
The channel within it and also throughout Treacherous Bay
is encumbered with a reef with depths of 9.1 and 11 m (5 and
6 fm) close to the edge. The passages between Double Island
and the islands W have depths of 14.6 to 21.9 m (8 to 12 fm).
5-44
The depths 5 miles of the coast are 45.7 to 54.9 m (25
to 30 fm), the bottom consisting chiefly of broken coral with
a thin stratum of mud in some places. A shoal spot 735 m in
extent with a depth of 7.8 m (4.3 fm) is about 9 miles 344o
5 from Triple Cima Island.
From Double Island to Bahia Honda Point 3 miles
NE, the coast is low and thickly wooded. It should not be
approached nearer than 2 miles, as the edge of the reef bare
10 0.5 mile from the points, with rocky ground in some places
1 mile beyond.
FROM BAHIA HONDA POINT TO LONG
POINT the coast trends NE about 18 miles. Near Long
15 Point apparently a third separation takes place in the high
central range of hills. The low-land however, at this part is
considerably above level of that which divides the S.
OFFSHORE LANDMARKS - The high mountains
20 in the interior of Palawan offer good landmarks for vessels
navigating along the Palawan Passage. The mountain ranges
form the backbone of the island and are generally visible
offshore on the E and W sides. If not obscured by clouds the
peaks on the long ridge may be identified by their relative
25 heights and formation.
Victoria Peak, a sharp double peak, the highest on
Palawan Island, has an elevation of 1,727 m (5,665 ft). It
occupies a central position in the intermediate range from
30 which several lower ranges of not less remarkable features
extend on either side forming ravines and gorges which are
thickly wooded.
End Peak, 1,375 m (4,512 ft) high on the S part of the
35 range, is one of the most conspicuous, having a small double
top with a shoulder at the back, from which the land falls
rather abruptly. The S faces slopes gradually toward the plain
behind Black Cap Peak.
40 Sultan Peak, 1164 m (3,820 ft) high, is on the same
ridge about 4 miles SE of End Peak. The ridge on which
End Peak and Sultan Peak is located terminates in a long
table spur overlooking Island Bay on the opposite side of
the island. Other lower peaks lie between the shore and the
45 hinterland.
Valley Cone is a remarkable conical hill on the valley
between Bahia Honda Point and Steep Point. It is beneath
the three sharp peaks on the ridge above. The plain in front
50 of valley Cone is densely wooded. On the N side of the
valley the hills again approaches the coast near Bluff Point,
2 miles NE of Cuckold Hill, and then extend along the shore
to Moorsom Point, a distance of 3 miles.
55 Cuckold Hill, 85 m (280 ft) high, is near the beach about
2.8 miles NE of Steep Point. A copious stream of fresh water
flows into the sea immediately N of this hill. The entrance
leading to this stream is through a break in the shore reef
which bare at low water.
60
 Gap Range consists of several hills extending in an
E direction from Bluff Point to the middle of the island, of
which Brow Shoulder and Brow Cone are prominent.
Brow Shoulder, 1,170 m (3,840 ft) high, about 8 miles
NE of Steep Point, is a conspicuous shoulder of the ridge
extending in an E direction. It attains an elevation of about
1,524 m (5,000 ft) at it highest part, which has two peaks on
it. The N face of this ridge is a steep slope with deep ravines
and some conical hills.
them. Beeswax and tortoise shell are exported.
The river has fresh water, but it is impractical as a
watering place owing to a reef which extends 548 m from
5 the point and bares across the entrance. An airstrip extends
0.6 mile northeastward from the barrio.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard sub-station in
Apurawan may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63953-
10 3376216.

Brow Cone, at the W end of the ridge and near the coast, Anchorage - Vessels may anchor about 0.5 mile from
is 360 m (1,180 ft) high and conspicuous. shore in 12.8 to 14.6 m (7 to 8 fm) stiff mud and shells
bottoms, with Long Point bearing 000o. Smaller vessels may
The bay N of Bahia Honda Point is bold to approach. 15 anchor closer inshore depending on draft. This anchorage is
About 0.5 mile offshore along this bay are depths of 18.3 open to W weather but sheltered from N and E. About 0.8
to 21.9 m (10 to 12 fm). From Steep Point to Bluff Point a mile W of Apurauan Point is a shoal of 0.9 m (0.5 fm) which
distance of about 5.2 miles, the coast is fronted by a reef should be avoided.
extending from 55 m to 0.5 mile, the edge of which is bare
in some places and has a black rock on it at nearly 1 mile N 20 LONG POINT, 5.5 miles NE of Moorsom Point, is
of Steep Point. In small bay S of Bluff Point is a high rock densely wooded, moderately elevated, and slopes gradually
close to the shore. from the center, terminating in a rocky coast with several
sandy bights. A reef extends about 365 m from the N point.
STEEP POINT, 4.5 miles NE of Bahia Honda Point, Apurawan Light (09° 37' 46"N., 118° 21' 20"E.) is located
is the extension of a spur from a range immediately in front 25 about 1.3 miles SE of Long Point.
of Victoria Peak.
Danger - An extensive shoal area approximately 3 miles
BERONG, a barrio at the head of a small bay SW of wide and 23 miles long in a NE direction has been reported
Cuckold Hill, has an airstrip. The Berong Nickel Project site to exist about 7 miles W of Long Point. It breaks in heavy
is located 0.8 mile SW of the barrio. 30 weather. The area has not been adequately surveyed and
navigators should avoid this point.
PEAKED ISLAND, 33.5 m (110 ft) high, is about 3
miles N of Steep Point. It is 1 mile from shore and off the ANEPAHAN PEAKS, on a range of hills about 5
entrance to the copious stream at the N side of Cuckold Hill. miles inland, are twin peaks 1,295 and 1,280 m (4,250 and
A rock 7 m (23 ft) high is about 0.8 mile W of Peaked Island. 35 4,200 ft) high. ANEPAHAN PEAK, the N one, is sharper,
Two shoals with depths of 0.9 and 8.2 m (0.5 and 4.5 fm) are and the S one flat and ridge-like. These peaks are connected
1 mile SW and 2 miles W of Peaked Island, respectively. The with Long Point by a gradual slope in the range, on which
shoals are of coral formation with mud bottom in depths of some round-topped hills are usually visible when the more
32.9 m (18 fm) close to. To avoid them keep Back Cap Peak elevated land is hidden. There is a deep valley N.
open W of the lowland about Bahia Honda Point. 40
SOUTH ROCK AND NORTH ROCK are about
MOORSOM POINT, 3.3 miles NE of Bluff Point, is a 3 and 5 miles SE of Long Point, respectively, and about 1
prominent headland, moderately elevated, with a small rock mile off the coast. South Rock is 6 m (20 ft) high and bold to
above water 0.5 mile W of it. A reef awash is 1.5 miles N approach. The water close to the rock is 32.9 to 36.6 m (18 to
of the point. A channel of about 1 mile wide is between the 45 20 fm). North Rock is low and almost covered at high water.
shore and this reef with depths of 9.1 m (5 fm) in the middle. Breakers have been reported about 7 miles 333o from South
Immediately N of Moorsom Point is a small sandy bay where Rock. The small bay E of South Rock has several streams of
fresh water may be obtained from a stream. fresh water, but the shore where the streams flow is fronted
with coral reef which extends 365 m. Close to the edge of
APURAUAN POINT is a small headland immediately 50 the reef are depths of 5.5 to 7.3 m (3 to 4 fm).
S of Long Point. It is fringed with a coral reef bare at low
water and 548 m wide. ANEPAHAN is a small village about 10 miles NE of
Long Point. Some cleared area are in the vicinity of the
APURAWAN (APURAUAN) is a barrio at the head village on the spur of a hill that approaches the coast from
of a small bay between Long and Apurauan Points. A few 55 the high range and terminates in a small rocky point. The
food supplies such as fowls and vegetables may be obtained coast 2 miles on either side of this point is fronted by coral
from the inhabitants. Farming is the principal industry. The reef about 365 m wide. Depths close to the edge of the reef
people cultivate rice, corn, sweet potatoes, tobacco, and are 5.5 to 9.1 m (3 to 5 fm).
cotton in small quantities and manufacture from the fiber
of the plantation the colored textile fabrics usually worn by 60 From Anepahan the interior feature of the island is a

5-45
rugged, mountainous, heavily wooded country. The high the island and Hen and Chickens Islets is about 1 mile wide
peaks on the range which are visible from a distance offshore with depths of 16.5 to 38.4 m (9 to 21 fm).
on the E side of the island are also visible from the W coast.
A sharp shoulder with an elevation of 1,099 m (3,606 ft) TABLE POINT (Chart 4318) 2.8 miles N of Sprat
is the commencement of another central range extending to 5 Point has a conical hill. A rock 10.7 m (35 ft) high is close to
Ulugan Bay. the point W. The point is high and steep rising to an elevation
of 123 m (404 ft) and extending about 735 m in a S direction
The most remarkable peaks of this range are MOUNT forming a ridge which appear as a table land from seaward.
STAVELY, 1,198 m (3,930 ft) high with a needle peak rising
from the center of a flat-topped spur immediately N of the 10 From Table Point to Northwest Head, a distance of
sharp shoulder, and two dome-shaped mountains rather N. about 10.5 miles NE, the coast is generally rugged, rocky,
high, and mostly lined with bare cliffs. Numerous hills
THUMB PEAK, 1,274 m (4,180 ft) high is about 4.5 which form prominent landmarks slope down close to the
miles NNE of Mount Stavely and the highest on this range. beach. Waterfalls and small streams are usually seen at short
15 intervals on the sides of cliffs. Depths of 18.3 m (10 fm) along
MOUNT BEAUFORT, 959 m (3,147 ft) high, about 2 this coast are found about 91 m off the bold rocky points.
miles NE of Thumb Peak, has a hallow in the highest part.
From Mount Beaufort the range gradually falls and is again MOUNT AIRY, a double-topped summit 623 m (2,045
almost separated from another range a little farther N. ft) high, is about 2 miles ESE of Sprat Point. It is on the
20 middle of the ridge connecting Mount Herschel and Mount
MOUNT HERSCHELL, 706 m (2,316 ft) high, is Peel.
about 6 miles N of Mount Beaufort.
MOUNT BAHELI, 716 m (2,350 ft) high, about 2
MOUNT PEEL, 1,114 m (3,655 ft) high, is connected miles E of Mount Peel, has the same appearance as the latter
by a low ridge with Mount Herschel 7 miles SW. It has an 25 and slopes down in a SE direction nearly across the island.
abrupt fall in the spur extending toward Mount Airy. The N
and W faces have sharp ridges with deep ravines extending KARSOGLAN HILL, about 0.5 mile from shore and
to the coast, giving it a bold, rocky appearance. 3.3 miles NNE of Mount Peel, is 457 m (1,500 ft) high,
wedge-shaped when seen from W, and forms a part of
BLUFF POINT, 13 miles NE of Anepahan, is formed 30 the range which border Oyster Inlet in Ulugan Bay. N of
by a spur from Mount Herschel. The point is rocky with a Karsoglan Hill a row of several small hills joined by low
moderate bare cliff. It is steep-to, the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve ridges extend along the shore to Northwest Head.
being less than 91 m from the point.
DANGERS - York Breakers, a coral shoal about 735
HEN AND CHICKENS is a group of several islets 35 m in extent with a depth of 0.3 m (1 ft), is about 25 miles
and rocks extending 0.8 mile in a NW direction about 2.5 W of Bluff Point. It is steep-to and generally breaks except
miles N of Bluff Point. The biggest islet near the SE end of in a very fine weather. On this shoal the S.S. Countess of
the group is 35 m (116 ft) high. The second highest, 0.5 mile London was supposed to have been wrecked in November
W, 35 m (144 ft) high. 1816. About 9 miles W of the shoal is the 182.9-meter
40 (100-fathom) curve which marks the E edge of the Palawan
From Bluff Point to Sprat Point the shoreline is generally Passage. Mount Peel bears 079o from this shoal.
rocky with numerous small points mostly faced by cliffs. The
bights between the points are generally clear and bordered Several shoals reported in 1958 and coral patches with
by sand beaches. Several small streams and waterfalls empty depths of 5.5 to 14.6 m (3 to 8 fm) exist from 2 to 7 miles
into this coast. 45 NE, E and SW of York Breakers. Other shoal patches and
reported rocks are included outside the surveyed area. They
SPRAT POINT, 3 miles NE of Bluff Point, is small are usually steep-to with depths of more than 54.9 m (30 fm)
sharp, and rocky. It is steep-to and surrounded by a cliff in their immediate vicinities.
about 7.6 m (25 ft) high. The channel between Hen and
Chickens and the point is about 1 mile wide with depths of 50 Middle Shoal, with a depth of 6 m (3.3 fm) and an extent
45.7 m (25 fm) in the middle. of about 365 m is about 13 miles W of Table Point. Mount
Peel bears 086o from this shoal. Depths of 29.3 to 36.6 m
FISH BAY, an indentation about 1 mile wide NE of 54.9 m (30 fm) are close to its edge.
Sprat Point, has a sand beach at the head, but is foul with
several shoals. The depths at the entrance about 0.5 mile off 55 ALBAY SHOAL, with a depth of 11 m (6 fm), coral and
the head are 16.5 to 27.4 m (9 to 15 fm). A shoal with a depth rock bottom, is about 10 miles 251o from Table Point. It was
of 6.4 m (3.5 fm) is 1 mile N of Sprat Point. reported by the Spanish gunboat Albay in 1888. Discolored
water was reported in October 1965 to exist about 2.5 miles
DRY ISLAND, small, rocky, and 0.6 m (2 ft) high, is S of this shoal patch.
about 2.5 miles NW of Sprat Point. The channel between 60

5-46
 DUHME SHOAL, reported by the German Ship table-topped summit when seen in a NE direction and two
Minerva in 1882 as having breakers and has the appearance sharp nipples on the brow SW of it.
of very shoal water about 2 miles in extent, is 10 miles 306o
from Table Point. High Nipple, 370 m (1,215 ft) high on the brow of
5 Sangbauen Peak, well open to Broken Head and bearing E
GODE SHOAL, existence doubtful, reported in 1860 of 009o, leads W of Magsiapo Reef. It is a good guide for
about 19 miles 313o from Table Point, was observed to have keeping vessels to the W when working out of the bay until
green water with strong tide rips but no breakers. they are N of Tagnipa Inlet.

NORTHWEST HEAD, forming the W entrance point 10 Bentoan Peak, 523 m (1,715 ft) high, is 1.8 miles
to Ulugan Bay, is a bold precipitous cliff rising to an elevation S of Sangbauen Peak and separated from it by a wooded
of 181 m (595 ft). A rock 21 m (70 ft) high is close N of valley fronting WATERING BAY. The peak is sharp when
the point. viewed from NW and has a lower range adjoining it S with
four distinct peaks. The remainder of the E shore is mostly
CAMUNGYAN ISLAND, 1.3 miles N of Northwest 15 bordered by mangroves, with some rocky points in places
Head, is 46 m (150 ft) high. It is composed of three steep, backed by a low wooded range.
rocky humps when seen from NW and SE. About 228 m
072o from its summit is a flat rock which generally shows. Harbor Hill, 279 m (915 ft) high, 5.5 miles S of Bentoan
Another rock which bare 0.6 m at low water is 91 m N of the Peak and CONICAL HILL, 363 m (1,190 ft) high SE, are
flat rock. It is generally steep-to on the N side with the 36.6 20 conspicuous on this range.
m (20 fm) curve less than 735 m from the highest part of the
island. On the S side is a shoal with a depth of 7.9 m (26 ft) The W shore of Ulugan Bay is undulating highland
about 357 m S of the S point. Two 18.3 m (10 fm) spots are broken by three inlets. From Northwest Head to Cordelia
in the channel between Camungyan Island and Northwest Point the shoreline is rocky, steep, and cliffy. It is bordered
Head. Camungyan Light (10° 09' 17"N., 118° 45' 53"E.) is 25 by narrow coral reef and some mangrove farther S. Six small
displayed from the island. rivers CAIHOLO, UMALAGAN, BAHELI, IGDASON,
BARWANG, and CHIA, empty into the mangroves at the
ULUGAN BAY (CHARTS 4345 & 4346), between head of the bay. Channels through the reef lead in the entrance
Northwest Head and Piedras Point, is 2 miles wide at the to these rivers at high water. Caiholo and Baheli may be
entrance between CORDELIA POINT and BROKEN 30 entered by small boats drawing not more than 1.2 m (4 ft)
HEAD. It is 6 miles long in a S direction with varying depths at any stage of the tide.
of 27 to 55 m (14.8 to 30.1 fm) in the middle.
RITA ISLAND, about 735 m off the W shore of Ulugan
Restricted Area - Ulugan Bay is designated as a Bay, is 1.5 miles long in a S direction, about 183 m wide and
military reservation area. All vessels wishing to enter the 35 39.6 m (130 ft) high.
bay must seek approval from the AFP - Western Command
(WESCOM) fourteen days prior to entering the bay. Request OBSERVATORY ROCK, 13.7 m (45 ft) high, is close
for entry may be communicated to AFP-WESCOM through to its N end. The island is steep-to and bordered by narrow
mobile phone nos. +63917-8960014 and +0917-5311677. coral reef. Off its E shore the 20 m (10.9 fm) curve is less than
40 200 m from the beach. A coral reef bare at low water extends
Winds - During the fine season from the months of about 183 m off TIDEPOLE POINT, the S extremity of the
April to July or August, fresh SE winds usually blow over island. The N part of the channel between Rita Island and
the low-lands at the head of Ulugan Bay. the W shore of Ulugan Bay is full of numerous coral heads
and shoals. It should not be used except by small boats with
Tides - The tide at Ulugan Bay is mostly diurnal and 45 local knowledge. The S part of the channel is deep with 21
occurs approximately the same time as at Manila. The to 31 m (11.5 to 17 fm) in the middle.
diurnal range is about 1.2 m (4 ft). No perceptible stream
was observed in the bay except after heavy rains or when W OYSTER INLET, the S of three inlets on the W shore,
winds have prevailed, when there is a slight outset. is 1.8 miles long in a WNW direction 0.5 mile wide, and
50 separated from the coast outside by a low ridge about 548
At Ulugan Inlet, the duration beween high waters is m wide. Reefs which project from both points contract the
about 10 hrs and 21 min. The extreme low water is about channel at the entrance to about 548 m in width. They also
0.54 m below MLLW. fringe the shore within to the extent of 183 m gradually
increasing toward the head of the inlet where a bank of mud
Prominent Features - Camungyan Island on the W side 55 and rocks extends 0.5 mile off. Good oysters were found on
of the entrance to Ulugan Bay and other charted peaks and this bank. A depth of 31 m (17 fm) at the entrance gradually
hills are good landmarks in entering the bay. decreases over a stiff muddy bottom to 12.1 (6.6 fm) about
0.7 mile from its head.
Sangbauen, a peak about 0.7 mile E from shore and
1 mile SE of Piedras Point, is 549 m (1,801 ft) high with a 60 Berthing Facility - A 190 m long pier, operated by the

5-47
Philippine Navy, extends from the point about 1 mile W of
the entrance to the inlet. The offshore end of the naval pier
is undergoing construction and extension as of March 2021.
The two inlets N of Oyster Inlet are smaller, shallow,
and foul. The greater part of the area of SOUTH INLET is
nearly awash at low water. Extensive coral reef extend out
from either shore of NORTH INLET but small boats may
enter to within 274 m of its head through a narrow channel
having a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm).
TARAKAIAWAN ISLET, 0.8 mile W of Wood Point,
is about 64 m in extent and 10.7 m (35 ft) high. A white rock
about 735 m S of the islet is a conspicuous object near the
head of Ulugan Bay
MACARASCAS is the barrio at the head of Ulugan
Bay and E of Baheli River. It is connected by road to Puerto
Princesa. Naval Station Carlito Cunanan is located at the E
bank of the river.
Berthing Facilities - A 170 m long pier at the mouth of
Baheli River extends NW from the naval station. About 0.3
mile upstream is a government wharf with a berthing face of
30 m available for barges, launches, and other small crafts.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard sub-station in
Macarascas may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-
8019284 and e-mail at cgssmac@yahoo.com.
BUENAVISTA is a small barrio on the E shore of
Ulugan Bay about 0.1 mile SE of Marabay Point. Copra is
the principal product. A launch from Balabac sometimes
call at Buenavista.
MAGSIAPO REEF, an extensive coral formation with
several small detached shoals and coral heads, is 0.8 mile
off the NW extremity of Marabay Point. The area E of a line
drawn through the outer edge of the reef and Dalrymple Point
to the N is generally foul and should be avoided.
REEF ISLET, 39.6 m (130 ft) high and about 73 m in
extent, is connected by a coral reef bare at low water with
and 274 m NW of Marabay Point.
S of Bush Point shoal water extends about 0.7 mile from
shore to Wood Point. The shoal area which usually breaks
except in the calmest sea has several rocks that bare 0.2 to
0.9 m at low water. Keeping W of a line joining High Nipple
and the rock off Broken Head will clear all the dangers on
Magsiapo Reef and the adjoining shoals S.
TAGNIPA INLET, on the E side of Ulugan Bay
between DALRYMPLE POINT and BEEHIVE POINT,
is 1.1 miles wide, tapering E to about 365 m wide at its
head. Three small streams TAGNIPA, UGBARAYAN, and
SUGUA RIVERS empty at the head of this inlet. The inlet
is generally foul with very uneven coral bottom. The N part
of the E shore of Ulugan Bay is bold, steep, and cliffy with
a reddish-brown aspect.
5-48
Anchorage - Vessels may anchor about 550 m S of
Rita Island in 33 to 37 m (18 to 20 1/4 fm), mud bottom.
S of Coral Point the bay is quite foul and maneuvering in
this area should be executed with caution. About 548 m E
5 of Coral Point are numerous coral patches nearly awash or
covered with 1.4 to 9.8 m (0.8 to 5.4 fm) of water at low
tide. There is no protection at this anchorage from N winds
or in the NE monsoon. During W gales the swell sets home
to the head of Ulugan Bay breaking heavily on the reefs
10 especially on the E shore.
Moderate sized vessels may anchor in Oyster Inlet in
the middle of the channel 0.6 mile NE of Coral Point in 23
to 27 m (12.6 to 14.8 fm), mud bottom. At this anchorage
15 the N entrance point of the inlet and the S end of Rita Island
is almost in range bearing 071o. The edge of the reefs in the
inlet are usually visible and lighter draft vessels may anchor
closer to the head according to the desired depth.
20 Fair anchorage may be found also in Watering Bay about
365 to 411 m SE of BLACK ROCK in 8.7 to 10 m (4.8 to 5.5
fm), coral bottom. This anchorage is open W but protected
from E or NE winds. Fresh water can be obtained from a
small stream in Watering Bay. Landing on the stony beach
25 is impracticable at all times, except in fine weather, a heavy
swell usually sets into the bay. Vessels compelled to anchor
here should be prepared to weigh on the slightest indication
of W wind, as the swell is liable to come in suddenly. A
small waterfall, about 27 m from the shoreline, is in the
30 bight between Piedras Point and Black Rock N of Watering
Bay. This waterfall is recommended for watering place as
it is nearer from the beach. Hoses may be used for taking
water into the boats. Anchorage is about 183 m from shore
in 21.9 m (12 fm), sand and coral bottom.
35
Directions - Vessels bound to Ulugan Bay or any of the
harbors of Palawan N should not, except under favorable
circumstances, come within the 182.9 m (100 fm) curve S
of parallel 10o N before daylight. Vessels coming from SW
40 should come to a position about 35 miles 282o from Mount
Peel, steer 086o heading for Camungyan Island on the W side
of the entrance to Ulugan Bay. Approaching to this direction,
the bay may be readily recognized when a considerable
distance off, by some high, rugged land and a remarkable
45 dome-shaped hill named Saint Paul, just seen over a lower
range forming the N point of the bay. E of Mount Saint Paul
is the Cleopatra Needle, a sharp peak, the S and highest of
a range extending 5.5 miles in a NE direction. These peaks
are good landmarks in approaching Ulugan Bay. A shoal spot
50 with a depth of 11 m (6 fm) and Duhme Shoal should be given
a wide berth and a good lookout kept for other dangers which
might possibly exist. Pass about 0.5 mile N of Camungyan
Island, then round the island about the same distance and
head into the middle of the bay for the desired anchorage.
55
Vessels approaching from N will readily distinguish
the bay by an apparent complete separation between Mount
Peel and the high land SW of Cleopatra Range. The lowland
at the head of Ulugan Bay is not discernible until within a
60 few miles off Piedras Point. The bay is easy of access. The
channel between Camungyan Island and Northwest Head a 869-meter (2,850-ft) peak, 0.8 mile NE. About 5 miles E
is deep. If with a SW or W wind, a sailing vessel may pass of Saint Paul Bay is a chain of four prominent mountains
S of Camungyan Island, giving Northwest Head sufficient named by old navigators as the FOUR PEAKS.
berth, where the vessel is liable to meet baffling wind under
the land. Pass at a convenient distance E of Rita Island, 5 Cleopatra Needle, 1,593 m (5,225 ft) high, is the S,
observing the clearing mark for Magsiapo Reef, and proceed sharpest, and highest of these peaks.
to the anchorage off or in Oyster Inlet.
Stripe Peak, the N one of the four, is 1,475 m (4,840
PIEDRAS POINT (PUNTA DIABLO), the NE point ft) high and has a distinct drop to the N at its summit. The
of Ulugan Bay, is formed by a rocky bluff from which steep 10 four Peaks are fog-capped about half of the time, particularly
ridges extends SE to Sangbauen Peak. A rock 27 m (89 ft) in the afternoon. They are also visible off the E coast of
high, prominent from E and WSW, is about 50 m off the point. Palawan. From these peaks a chain of decidedly lower peaks
Baffling winds out of Ulugan Bay and around Sangbauen continues in a NNE direction toward the coast. The land area
Peak accompanied by tide rips, keep the water confused and between these high mountains and Saint Paul Bay is a series
rough in the immediate vicinity of Piedras Point even when 15 of rough, broken, wooded hills with steep narrow valleys.
there is no general onshore breeze or swell. Depths of 18.3
m (10 fm) may be found about 183 m off the point. Anchorage - There is no recommended anchorage in
Saint Paul Bay. Vessels finding it necessary to call at Sabang
From Piedras Point to Paodat Point, a distance of may anchor offshore about 1.5 miles WNW of Tuturingen
about 11 miles, the shoreline is densely wooded. Very few 20 Point in 16.5 to 18.3 m (9 to 10 fm), coral and sand bottom.
cultivated areas may be found along the shore. The rivers are At this anchorage Saint Paul Rock and Paodat Island are
small and navigable only for a short distance by small boats. approximately in range and Capoas Point bears due W.
This anchorage is protected from the SW winds by Mount
MOUNT BLOOMFIELD, 2.8 miles E of Sangbauen Bloomfield but only partially protected from the SW swell
Peak, is separated from it by a low, wooded valley. The 25 which tends to curve around Capoas Point.
mountain is a tableland with an elevation of 809 m (2,655
ft) and several nipples along its summit. The steep water SABANG is a barrio at the back of the sand beach
courses and ridges running down to the water’s edge N form between Capoas Point and Nagpoyopoyo Point. There are
a barren, oval coastline known as CAPOAS POINT. some coconut trees and a little cultivated area in the vicinity.
30 Tourists going to the Puerto Princesa Underground River
A small bay with a sandy beach about 1.4 miles wide frequent the barrio. The barrio has a money remmitance
is between Piedras Point and Capoas Point. It is clear with center, small stores, gasoline stations, hotels, and restaurants.
depths of 18.3 m (10 fm) about 0.5 mile from shore, gradually A road connects Sabang with Puerto Princesa City. Fronting
shoaling to 10 m (5.5 fm) about 400 m from the sand beach the barrio is a small wharf with stairlandings used by tourist
at the head. The bottom is evenly coral and sand. Fresh water 35 ferry boats.
can be obtained near the E end of Capoas Point about 438 m
NW of a large white rock on the high water line. A waterfall Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Sabang
in the stream about 30 m (100 ft) S from the beach is visible may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-8029927 and
from the NE. During wet season there are numerous small +63998-585-8458, and e-mail at: cgsssabang@gmail.com.
streams with visible falls emptying into the bay from the 40
slopes of Mount Bloomfield but the above-mentioned stream NAGPOYOPOYO ISLAND, about 68 m NE of
is the most accessible. Nagpoyopoyo Point, is about 91 m in extent, rocky, and
9.4 m (31 ft) high. A rocky ledge bare 1.2 m (4 ft) extends
SAINT PAUL BAY, between Capoas Point and Cliff about 183 m N of the island. SABANG RIVER empties
Head, is about 6 miles wide, entirely open NW, with depths of 45 immediately E of Nagpoyopoyo Point.
7.3 to 31.1 m (4 to 17 fm). The shoreline is bold in the vicinity
of Capoas Point. From there E and N it is a series of sandy TUTURINGEN (FORT) POINT, 1.3 miles E by N of
indentations and low rocky points. The bay is easy of access, NAGPOYOPOYO POINT, can be identified by the tower-
generally clear out without recommended anchorages. like rock at the point and a 2.4 m (8 ft) rock about 91 m
50 N. E of the point is a small cove bordered by steep almost
Landmarks - From a considerable distance offshore the vertical cliffs on the W side of which is a sand beach where
bay may be easily recognized by the remarkable mountains small boats can land.
fronting it.
Puerto Princesa Underground River, a protected area
Mount Saint Paul, 1,027 m (3,370 ft) high, is a dome- 55 and a popular tourist destination, has its entrance located near
shaped limestone mountain with numerous conspicuous the head of the cove. Row boats can enter the river to about
bluffs and cliffs that extend NE from its summit almost down 2 miles inland. At times the mouth of the river is open, but
to the shore. In addition to the peak itself this limestone most of the time it is blocked by a low sand bar. The mouth
formation has two other peaks worthy of mention, a sharper of the river is a cave-like opening in the base of the deep cliff.
dome-shaped peak, 980 m (3,215 ft) high, 1.3 miles SE, and 60 It is very dark inside but with a powerful light the beautiful

5-49
irregular chambers decorated by magnificent stalagmites and
stalactites may be seen along the sides. Depths vary from
0.9 m to 11.9 to (0.5 to 6.5 fm) in places. Several arms of
the river have not been explored. The head of navigation is
a rock barrier of loose broken boulders which block further
exploration.
BANTAWAN POINT, about 1.8 miles NNE of the
mouth of the Puerto Princesa Underground River, is rocky
and steep-to. The 9.1-meter (5-fathom) curve is only about
183 m off the point. Between Bantawan and Bintican Point,
a distance of about 0.7 mile NE, is a small indentation with
sand beach. Depths of 9.1 m (5 fm) may be found about 735
m from shore.
IPATDAN RIVER empties immediately NE of
BINTICAN POINT.
CURANGA POINT, 1.2 miles NNE of Bantawan
Point, is bold, rocky, and steep-to. A ridge 128 m (420 ft)
high extends about 0.5 mile E of the point.
MARAPINAS is a small village at the head of an
indentation between Paodat Point and Curanga Point. The
site of the village is easily identified by a coconut plantation.
Some people of Marapinas have settled at Ipatdan, about
0.7 mile SE.
PAODAT POINT, the termination of the ridge
extending in a W direction from the central range, is steep,
rocky, with an elevation of 86 m (282 ft). Depths of 18.3 m
(10 fm) may be found about 183 m off the point. Tide rips
frequently occur in the vicinity. A small break in the reef
about 735 m E of the point on the S side leads to a white sand
beach which makes a good landing place for small boats.
PAODAT ISLAND, about 201 m N of Paodat Point, is
about 91 m in extent, rocky and 26.5 m (87 ft) high.
SAINT PAUL ROCK, about 1 mile SW of Paodat
Point, is about 73 m long in a N direction, 46 m wide, and
1.5 m (5 ft) high. A smaller rock is about 18 m W of Saint
Paul Rock.
E from Saint Paul Rock and S from Paodat Point for
about 2 miles the bay is shoal with an average depth of 9.1
to 11 m (5 to 6 fm). Several detached shoals with depths of
5.5 m (3 fm) are scattered in the area. There are few shoals
that would endanger such craft as are likely to enter Saint
Paul Bay. The critical spots which are worth mentioning are:
Depths of 4.2 m (2.3 fm) 0.6 mile 301o and 0.8 mile 040o
from Nagpoyopoyo Island; and the 6.4 and 6 m (3.5 and 3.3
fm) spots 1.5 miles 259o and 0.6 mile 304o from Bantawan
Point, respectively.
There are several shoals with depths of 14.6 to 16.5
m (8 to 9 fm) about 1 to 2 miles SW of Saint Paul Rock. A
shoal with depth of 15.5 m (8.5 fm) is 0.7 mile 255o from
Paodat Point. 60
5-50
KINAULUGAN COVE, between Paodat Point and
Panganakan Point, is about 1 mile wide extending 1.5 miles
E to the head which is about 735 m wide. Depths at the
entrance are 23.8 to 25.6 m (13 to 14 fm) gradually shoaling
5 to 5.5 m (3 fm) about 548 m from the white sand beach at
the head. Small boat landings can be made in smooth water
at the N shore of the head of this cove even when a moderate
W swell is setting inshore.
10 PANGANAKAN POINT, on the N side of the
entrance to Kinaulugan Cove, is a long, wooded promontory
terminating in a steep cliff 107 m (350 ft) high. This headland
forms the SW prong of the peninsula that separates Saint
Paul Bay and Jibboom Bay.
15
NEW PANGGANGAN is the barrio at the head of the
cove formed by Panganakan Point and Cliff Head.
CLIFF HEAD, about 0.7 mile NE of Panganakan
20 Points, forms the S entrance point to Jibboom Bay. It is a long
wooded promontory terminating in a steep cliff about 103 m
(340 ft) high and forming the NE prong of the aforementioned
peninsula. It is steep-to with depths of 18.3 m (10 fm) about
183 m off the point.
25
JIBBOOM BAY, an irregular indentation between
Cliff Head and Peaked Point, is about 4.5 miles wide and
extends about 7 miles in a NE direction. A group of islands
and rocks in the middle of the entrance divide the approach
30 into two passages. The W pass, about 1.8 miles wide and
the NW pass, 0.9 mile wide, have depths of 36.6 to 25.6 m
(20 to 14 fm), respectively. Between Cliff Head and Long
Point, on the S part, is a semi-circular bay about 1.5 miles in
diameter with depths of 18.3 to 21.9 m (10 to 12 fm) in the
35 middle. A depth of 4.6 m (2.5 fm) is about 735 m NNE of
a small rocky point at the head. The edge of this rocky area
with depths of 7.3 m (4 fm) extends about 0.7 mile W from
the E shore. A shoal with a depth of 8.2 m (4.5 fm) is 548 m
W of Long Point. About 0.8 mile E of Cliff Head is the edge
40 of a shelf with depths of 7.3 and 9.1 m (4 and 5 fm), which
extends about 735 m N from the shore. The other bights in
Jibboom Bay are mostly bordered by sand beaches, except
the two N arms which are fringed by some mangroves fronted
by a mud and grass flat with some broken rocks. A group of
45 small reefs, partly bare at low water, are about 274 m from
shore in a small bight immediately E of SQUARE POINT.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Jibboom Bay may
anchor about 1.5 miles E of Square Point in 18.3 m (10 fm),
50 mud bottom. It affords an excellent protection during E or
W weather, but is open to storms from the SW and at such
times preferable anchorage can be found in the bights with
depths of 7.3 to 11 m (4 to 6 fm).
55 LONG POINT, on the S part of Jibboom Bay, extends
about 1 mile in a NW direction from the general shoreline.
It is sharp, rocky, and steep-to. A gradual ridge rises from
this point about 3 miles SE to a peak 666 m (2,185 ft) high
to the top of trees.
 CARURAY, a small barrio on the N shore of the bight
between Long and Chawat Point. Lumber and rattan are the
chief exports. Vessels call for these products by arrangement.
Anchorage - The clear anchorage area off Caruray has
a space of about 0.5 mile with depths of 7.3 to 14.6 m (4 to
8 fm), gray sand and mud bottom.
an average width of 735 m with two peaks 126.5 and 151 m
(415 and 496 ft) high. A small bay on the NE side bordered
by a sand beach has a depth of 27.4 m in the middle. The N
and W sides are bold, steep, and rocky with moderate cliffs.
5 Coral reef awash extends about 183 m off its NE extremity.
On the SW side of the island is a prominent white scar visible
from a distance.

Dangers - A shoal with depth of 3.8 m (2.1 fm) on the
S part of the bight about 1 mile E of Long Point should be
avoided when approaching the anchorage at Caruray. Other
dangers are a shoal with a depth of 5.6 m (3.1 fm) 0.9 mile
274o and a 4.2-meter (2.3-fathom) spot, 735 m 289o from
Chawat Point. A shoal area with depths of 2.7 to 5.5 m (1.5
to 3 fm) extends about 640 m NW of the point and should
also be avoided. These shoals break during such times as a
heavy swell makes into Jibboom Bay, and particularly so
when swells come in through the NW.
CATALAT ISLAND, 0.7 mile SE of Cacbolo Island,
10 is 253 m (829 ft) high with a clump of trees near its summit.
The island is 1.5 miles long in a N direction 0.9 mile wide,
tapering to a sharp point at its S extremity, and connected to
the mainland by a ledge with two pyramidal and several other
rocks. Between these rocks are two narrow passages with
15 depths of 0.9 m (3 ft) which may be used by small boats in
smooth water. Isthmus Rocks, the largest of these rocks, has
an elevation of 6 m (20 ft). The channel between Catalat and
Cacbolo Islands has depths of 29.3 to 36.6 m (16 to 20 fm).

CHAWAT POINT, 1.5 miles NE of Long Point, is a 20 MAYDAY BAY, between Cacbolo Island and Cacnipa
rocky knob 51 m (167 ft) high. The point is steep-to on the S Island, is 3.5 miles wide, very irregular, and extending about
side. Shoal water extends about 548 m NW of it. A 3.8-meter 5.5 miles in a S direction. The bay is generally deep with
(2.1-fathom) spot is 0.6 mile 004o from the point. 32.9 to 56.7 m (18 to 31 fm), mud bottom, at the entrance
and gradually decreasing to 27.4 and 32.9 m (15 and 18
KAYDOROS is a small village on the N shore of 25 fm) in the middle of the small bays S and NE of CONICAL
Jibboom Bay about 2 miles NW of Chawat Point. POINT, respectively. The shoreline is indented by numerous
small bights bordered by sand beaches. The salient points
BAY ISLANDS, at the entrance to Jibboom Bay, appear are mostly rocky and steep. The small bay between Conical
as a group of seven islands and rocks from a distance N and Point and INTERCOURSE POINT is 1.6 miles wide, deep,
S. At close range they are readily noted as divided into two 30 and clear. The 18.3-meter (10-fathom) curve is 183 to 735
sections. The larger part W is separated by a channel 91 m m from the shore. The N half of this bay SE of Intercourse
wide with a depth of 7.3 m (4 fm). The N coast of the islands Point is extremely foul about 183 to 457 m offshore and
are deeply undercut, with caverns and gorges running into boulders covered by depths of 1.8 to 3.7 m (1 to 2 fm) rise
the cliff faces. The S shores are partly accessible. sheer from depths of 12.8 to 20.1 m (7 to 11 fm).
35
BAY ISLAND, the largest, has a flat summit 102 m Dangers - The most dangerous spot in Mayday Bay
(335 ft) high. is NE of Catalat Island where a submerged rock lies 603
m 050o from its NE extremity. This rock is surrounded by
ZOE ISLAND, the most E of the group, has an elevation a heavy growth of seaweed which rises to the surface at
of 39.6 m (130 ft). A narrow rocky shoal with depths of 9.1 to 40 extreme low water. The rocks breaks at all stages of the tide
16.6 m (5 to 9 fm) extends about 0.5 mile NW of Zoe Island. and should be avoided when entering the bay. The W side
Except for this shoal the 18.3-meter (10-fathom) curve does of a small bay S of Conical Point is bordered by a series of
not exceed more than 365 m off the sides of Bay Islands. 1.8 to 5.5 m (1 to 3 fm) reefs which extends about 548 m
from shore. Breakers are usually present here in a moderate
PEAKED POINT, the N entrance point to Jibboom 45 swell. Several patches of 18.3 m (10 fm) with coral bottom
Bay, is bold, steep, and rocky. About 457 m E of the coast are in the middle of the bay. A 10.1 m (5.5 fm) spot is 548.6
the elevation is more than 183 m (600 ft). A peaked rock m from the E tip of Catalat Island. The white sand formation
30.5 m (100 ft) high is about 68 m W of the point. Depths makes it visible at a distance of about 548 m.
of 18.3 m (10 fm) are less than 183 m off the peaked rock.
50 Anchorage - The entrance to Mayday Bay is deep and
AMALINGAT POINT, 2.5 miles NNE of Peaked clear. Vessels may anchor anywhere in the S part of the bay
Point, is a table-topped headland, 334 m (1,095 ft) high, in 18.3 to 27.4 m (10 to 15 fm), soft mud bottom. The water
extending about 0.8 mile in a SE direction from its extremity. area just S of Inter­course Point affords a good anchorage
It has several large boulders at its base, the highest, NINEPIN for smaller vessels. The anchorages are sheltered from all
ROCK, having an elevation of 12 m (40 ft). Coral reef awash 55 directions except from NW weather. Crocodiles have been
extends about 274 m W of the point. A rock 23 m (76 ft) high seen near the head of the bay.
is 0.8 mile NE and about 77 m from the shore.
NATIVE POINT at the SE shore of Mayday Bay
CACBOLO ISLAND, about 2 miles NNW of is low and rocky. A small island 36.6 m (120 ft) high is
Amalingat Point, is 0.9 mile long in a N direction and has 60 connected to Native Point by a coral reef bare at low water.

5-51
The surrounding land is heavily wooded. Fresh water may
be obtained from the small stream which falls from the rocks
on the S side of the cove 2 miles SE of Conical Point.
PERFORATED POINT, on the E shore of Mayday
Bay, takes its name from a large hole piercing it. A 12.8-meter
(7-fathom) bank extends 548 m NW of the point. During W
weather heavy swells break at Intercourse and Perforated
Points.
COOKE’S POINT, about 0.8 mile N of Perforated
Point, is rocky and steep-to. The 18.3-meter (10-fathom)
curve is about 91 m off the point. About 0.6 mile 260o from
the point is a 20.1-meter (11-fathom) spot with visible
bottom.
DAFAGA POINT, 1.2 miles NNE of Cooke’s Point, is
sharp, rocky, and steep. From its N extremity, the point rises
gradually S about 0.8 mile to a flat hill with an elevation of
202 m (662 ft).
CACNIPA ISLAND, on the N side of the entrance
to Mayday Bay, is irregular, 1.5 miles in diameter, with an
elevation of 344 m (1,130 ft) to the top of trees. It is steep and
bold. The N and W sides are distinguished by cliffs which are
much undercut by wave action. Cacnipa Light (10° 30' 37"N.,
119° 04' 19"E.) is displayed on the N portion of the island.
Peaked Rock, 548 m from the N shore of the island, is
a bare pinnacle 12.8 m (42 ft) high, steep-to on the N and W 30
sides, with a 9.1-meter (5-fathom) ledge extending E and S
of it. A conspicuous thumb-shaped rock is close to the SW
point. The channel between Cacnipa Island and Dafaga Point
is about 735 m wide.
PASSAGE REEF, with rocks bare 1.5 m (5 ft) is nearly
in the middle of the channel dividing it into two passages.
The N channel is 201 m wide with depths of 11 m (6 fm) and
visible bottom. The S channel 301 m wide has a controlling
depth of 16.5 m (9 fm). A 18.3 m (10 fm) bank is 0.6 mile
288o from RELIANCE POINT, the NW tip of Cacnipa Island.
WEEDEN POINT, 0.7 mile E of Dafaga Point, offers
some protection to a small bay enclosed by it and Dafaga
Point. This bay has depths of 27.4 to 31.1 m (15 to 17 fm),
open N, and during slight depressions stiff willi-waws are
encountered. E of Weeden Point is another smaller bay about
0.5 mile wide with depths of 7.3 to 18.3 m (4 to 10 fm).
BOAYAN ISLAND (Chart 4316), 3 miles NE of
Cacnipa Island, is irregular in shape, heavily wooded, and
288 m (946 ft) high to the top of trees. It is about 5 miles long
in an E direction, generally rocky and steep on the N side.
The S side is mostly sand beach intersected by rocky points.
BOLD HEAD, on the NW extremity of the island, is
steep and rocky, with a double peak, rising to an elevation
of 239 m (785 ft) to the top of trees.
VILLAGE BAY, between Bold Head and ABRUPT 60
5-52
POINT, has depths of 36.6 m (20 fm) shoaling gradually to
7.3 m (4 fm) about 91 m from the head. A small waterfall
empties on the S shore of this bay about 548 m NE of Abrupt
Point. Anchorage may be had in this bay in 32.9 m (18 fm),
5 during NE winds. For shelter during SW winds vessels may
anchor in the small bay on the NE coast of the island between
PETULANT and PRICE POINTS, in 31.1 to 32.9 m (17 to
18 fm), mud and sand bottom.
10 BLUFF POINT, the SW extremity of Boayan Island,
is steep, rocky and 109 m (357 ft) high.
LUMP ISLAND AND SADDLE ISLAND, 123 and
66 m (404 and 216 ft) high, are small, rocky, and 457 m W
15 and 823 m S of the point, respectively. Two rocky islets are
between Lump Island and Bluff Point.
CAMEL ROCK, on a small reef awash, is 274 m NE
of Saddle Island. On the SE end of the island some peaked
20 rocks extend 366 m SE.
BROUGHTON POINT, the E extremity of Boayan
Island, is steep, rocky, and 83 m (274 ft) high to the top of
trees. A rock 19.5 m (64 ft) high is close to the point.
25
ROYALIST SHOAL, composed of coral with a depth
of 4.2 m (2.3 fm) is 0.8 mile 115o from Saddle Island.
CORAL HEAD REEF, 1 mile off the S coast of Boayan
Island and 2.3 miles 088o from Saddle Island, is a coral
boulder at the S edge of the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve on a shoal
about 228 m in extent. This reef and the shoal spot 735 m
295o from it are partly awash at low water.
35 BOAYAN REEF, a shoal area extending 0.5 mile S
of HALL POINT, with depths of 1.8 to 9.1 m (1 to 5 fm),
has several rocks awash at the S end close to the 36.6-meter
(20-fathom) curve.
40 DANGERS - The boulders on Royalist Shoal and
some of the other shoals in this locality are great dangers to
navigation. The shoals are steep-to with 36.6 m (20 fm) or
more close by. The absence of ripples and other indications
around these dangers make them hazardous as they are not
45 seen under unfavorable light conditions until close aboard.
Vessels navigating in this vicinity should exercise great
caution and employ a lookout to avoid these dangers.
PORT BARTON, on the NW coast of Palawan, between
50 RIDDLE POINT and BUBON POINT, extends 6 miles in
a S direction with depths of 49.4 m (27 fm) at the entrance,
decreasing gradually to 18.3 m (10 fm) close to the edges of
the reefs which fringe the shore at the head. The shoreline
is mostly fringed with mangroves fronted by a coral reef 45
55 to 457 m wide in places. Several small streams empty into
the mangrove and in the bights, but they do not afford good
watering place. The E side of the harbor is bounded by several
small islands connected by shoal water and reefs stretching
in a NW direction for 5 miles from Caramatan Point and
terminating in Albaguen Island. Some lumber is cut in Port
Barton and towed thence by launches. Tides in Port Barton from shore. W and S of the W island the coral reef extends
are chiefly diurnal with a range of 1.2 m (4 ft). 183 to 365 m with numerous coral rocks awash.

A concrete wharf, operated by a mining company, is at
the head of Port Barton. A barrio also named as Port Barton
is at the head of a bight 5 miles SE of Bubon Point.
Distress & Rescue - A Coast Guard station, located in
the barrio of Port Barton, may be contacted at mobile phone
no. +63967-3061794
REGATTA ISLAND, about 228 m NW of the W
5 Double Island, is 735 m long in a NW direction, with an
average width of 137 m tapering to the SE extremity. It is
56.1 m (184 ft) high to the top of trees. Shoal water with
several coral heads is between Double and Regatta Islands.
Foul ground surrounds the island to a distance of 274 to
10 457 m.

Pilotage is compulsory for vessels entering Port Barton. CAPSALAY REEF, a coral patch 365 m in extent,
Pilot boards 1.7 miles SE of Bubon Point. nearly awash and breaking at all stages of the tide, is
0.7 mile S of the SE tip of Regatta Island. Another coral
Anchorage in the harbor may be had anywhere in any 15 formation with numerous coral boulders bare at low water
convenient draft desired. During the SW weather, Queens and breaking at all stages of the tide, is 0.9 mile S of the W
Bay on the NW side of the port, affords a nearly landlocked end of Capsalay Island.
anchorage in 36.6 m (20 fm), mud bottom, with Queens
Peak bearing 227o and Bubon Point 000o. Smaller vessels MIDDLE REEF, about 183 m in extent, breaking at
may anchor closer in about 540 m N of MIDDLE POINT in 20 all stages of the tide and bare at low water, is 0.8 mile N of
32.9 m. Coral reef bare at lower and extend­ing about 367 m Endeavor Island.
NE of Middle Point should be avoided. During NE weather
good anchorage may be had S of Capsalay Island in 23.8 m From the E end of Capsalay Island to the NE side of
(13 fm), mud bottom, with the E tangent of the island bearing Endeavor Island, a line of numerous detached small reefs are
092o and the W tangent bearing 317o. When approaching this 25 along the 18.3-meter (10-fathom) curve, practically isolating
anchorage care should be taken to avoid Capsalay Reef and the few small clear areas between them and the shore. The
the reef extending S of Double Island. heavy swells that sometimes make into Port Barton cause
these reefs to appear as a solid line of breakers.
ALBAGUEN ISLAND, forming the N boundary of
Port Barton, is about 1.2 miles NE of Bubon Point. It is 192 30 ENDEAVOR ISLAND, on the S part of Port Barton, is
m (631 ft) high and 1.5 miles long in SE direction. On the about 365 m wide, 0.7 mile long in a N direction, and 88 m
NW end is ISTHMUS CONE, a prominent conical head 79.6 (290 ft) high to the top of trees. The NW point is sharp with
m (261 ft) high, connected to the mainland by a narrow low a flat rocky ledge partly bare at high water extending 91 m
neck of land. A narrow rocky ledge surrounds this point and NE. Coral reef 4.6 to 228 m wide surrounds the island, widest
the 18.3- meter (10-fathom) curve is 91 to 365 m offshore. 35 on the NE side and SW end. The edge of the reef is steep-to
The bight NE of the isthmus has a small area with depths of on the N and W sides with the 18.3-meter (10-fathom) curve
5.5 to 8.2 m (3 to 4.5 fm). A dangerous shoal spot with a depth about 91 m off it.
of 1.8 m (1 fm) is about 393 m off the E side of Albaguen
Island, 735 m N of its SE point. W of Endeavor Island there is an area of about 1 square
40 mile with an almost even depth of 21.9 m (12 fm) but it is
SAVAGE, DEAN, CONE, BUSH, AND MORISON obstructed at the entrance by a cluster of three shoals with
ISLETS, form a chain between Albaguen Island and numerous coral heads bare at low water, about 0.7 mile NW
Capsalay Island which is the E boundary of Port Barton. of the N end of Endeavor Island.
Shoal water with some coral heads bare at low tide extends
about 640 m NW of Dean Islet reducing the deep water 45 WEDGE ISLAND, about 457 m SE of Endeavor Island,
channel to about 45 m wide. is about 137 m in extent and 30 m (98 ft) high to the top of
trees. The island is connected with the mainland by a coral
CAPSALAY ISLAND, the nearest to the main shore reef bare at low water. The channel between Endeavor and
about 0.5 mile W of Caramatan Point, is 1.3 miles long in Wedge Islands is about 274 m wide with a depth of 11.4 m
a W direction, has an average width of 137 m and concave 50 (6.2 fm) in the middle.
on the S side. It is 74 m (243 ft) high to the top of trees near
the W end. Shoal water with several coral heads awash is OYSTER POINT, on the W shore of Port Barton, is
between the main coast and the island. rocky and sharp with a hill 68 m (223 ft) high. It is surrounded
by a steep-to coral reef extending about 393 m wide.
DOUBLE ISLAND, about 137 m W of Capsalay Island, 55
is 548 m long in a W direction, 183 m wide, and 41 m (135 QUEENS PEAK, a conspicuous wooded hill 337 m
ft) high to the top of trees. It is connected with Capsalay by a (1,105 ft) high to the top of trees, is about 1.3 miles W of
narrow strip of sand bare at low water. The other island about Oyster Point.
91 m W is 228 m in extent and 61 m (199 ft) high. On the
S side of the island a narrow coral reef extends about 640 m 60 QUEENS BAY, a nearly landlocked indentation on the

5-53
W side of Port Barton between Oyster Point and Bubon Point,
is about 1.5 miles wide, divided into two small coves with
an extent of about 0.5 mile each. The depths in the middle of
the coves are 32.9 and 34.7 m (18 to 19 fm) mud bottom. It
is generally clear except for the coral reefs extending about
365 m around Middle Point and Oyster Point which should
be avoided. A coral shoal spot with a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm)
is near the SW corner of the N arm. The shoreline is fringed
with little mangrove fronted by coral reef about 183 m wide.
Anchorage in the bay is about 548 m S of Bubon Point
in 36.6 m (20 fm), mud bottom. Smaller vessels may anchor
closer in about 548 m N of Middle Point in 32.9 m (18 fm),
mud bottom.
PAGDANAN BAY, immediately NE of Port Barton,
is between Caramatan Point and Pagdanan Point. The bay
is partly enclosed by Boayan Island on the N and Albaguen
Island and a chain of smaller islands on the SW. It extends
about 7.5 miles in an E direction and has a maximum width
of 5.5 miles in the middle. Depths at the entrance between
Saddle Island and Albaguen Island vary from 47.5 to 54.9 m
(26 to 30 fm) and decrease gradually to 11 m (6 fm) about
1 mile NW of KOMDONG, a small village at the head of
the bay.
Dangers - The middle of the bay is generally clear and
no dangers will be encountered within 1 mile of the coast of
the islands and the mainland. Royalist Shoal with a depth
of 4.6 m on the N side of the entrance should be avoided.
During W or SW winds large windrows of seaweed are blown
in Pagdanan Bay, which constantly foul the propellers and
are difficult to clear away.
ANCHORAGES - During SW winds vessels may
anchor about 1.5 miles N of the E end of Capsalay Island in
29.3 m, mud bottom. Near the head of the bay anchorage
sheltered from NE winds may also be had about 2.5 miles S
of Pagdanan Point in 18.3 m with Green Head bearing 100o.
A heavy swell rolls in during W or SW weather.
DIRECTIONS - Vessels from W come to a position
about 1 mile N of Cacnipa Island with the highest hill on
Bold Head bearing 045o and Reliance Point at Cacnipa Island
bearing 207o, then steer 100o heading for Green Head. This
course will lead clear of all dangers and pass about 0.9 mile
S of Royalist Shoal. Vessels from N steer 180o passing about
3 miles W of Boayan Island and heading for the center of
Cacnipa Island. When the highest point of Albaguen Island
bears 126o steer for it. Isthmus Cone, the NW end of the
island, is almost in range with the highest point on this course.
When the W tangent of Saddle bears 000o alter course to 100o
and proceed to the desired anchorage.
CARAMATAN POINT, on the S part of Pagdanan
Bay, is rounding with a small hill 63 m high to the top of
trees close to the shore. From the point the land rises into
several undulating hills attaining an elevation of 401 m
(1,315 ft) about 1.5 miles SE. The coral reef bordering the
point is about 183 m wide and extensive shoal water with
5-54
coral heads extends 0.8 mile N of the point. The shoal area
spans the channel between Caramatan Point and Capsalay
Island and extend N of Capsalay to a distance of 0.5 mile at
the edge of the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve.
5
BETBET POINT, on the SE side of Pagdanan Bay 2.3
miles NE of Caramatan Point, is sharp, rocky and rise to a
sharp conical hill 162 m (532 ft) high to the top of trees.
10 BETBET ISLAND, rocky about 137 m in extent, and
39 m (127 ft) high, is about 205 m NW of the point. Foul
ground with some coral heads surrounds the island and
extends 0.7 mile NW of Betbet Point to the edge of the 18.3
m (10 fm) curve.
15
REEF POINT is 0.7 mile NE of Betbet Point. It is
fringed with a coral reef about 183 m wide W and 365 m N
extending along the shore to Squall Point. The shoal water
and foul area extends about 548 m W and 0.5 mile N of the
20 point.
SQUALL POINT is 1.1 miles E of Reef Point. About
274 m SW of the point the land rises to more than 91 m
(300 ft). A small fresh-water stream empties in a bight S of
25 the point.
GREEN HEAD, at the head of Pagdanan Bay, is the W
extremity of a ridge sloping 1.2 miles from a hill 155 m (508
ft) high to the top of trees. Coral and foul ground extends
30 about 0.6 mile SW of the point.
KOMDONG RIVER which empties on the S side of
Green Head may be entered by small boats at high water.
35 CROWN POINT, 1.5 miles NNW of Green Head, is
small and rocky. Foul ground and extensive coral flats with
rocks awash extends 0.9 mile SW of it.
SAN VICENTE is the town located at the head of
40 the bay N of Crown Point. Mobile phone communication,
Internet connection, and postal services are available. The
town has a public market, drug stores, and small stores.
Berthing Facility - The town is fronted by an 18 m long
45 government pier, which is connected to the shore by a 230
m long causeway with stair landings.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in San
Vicente may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63915-
50 4075102.
DOUBLE ISLAND, 548 m offshore and about 1.5
miles WNW of Crown Point, is rough jagged, about 735 m
long in a SW direction, and 137 m wide. The island is almost
55 connected to the mainland by coral reef bare at low water. A
shoal area about 548 m in diameter with some coral rocks
awash is 0.6 mile S of Double Island. Another detached shoal
with a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm) is 0.7 mile SW of the island.
It is rocky, steep-to and about 137 m in diameter within the
60 18.3 m (10 fm) curve.
 PAGDANAN RANGE, about 4 miles E of the head
of Pagdanan Bay, is 664 m (2,180 ft) high and prominent
in this locality.
PAGDANAN POINT, on the NE part of Pagdanan
Bay, is rocky, of reddish color, and rises to a wooded hill
143 m (470 ft) high to the top of trees. An extensive landslip
is immediately S of the point.
PAGDANAN ROCK, on a small coral formation about 10
274 m in extent within 9.1 m curve (5 fm), is about 1 mile
NNW of Pagdanan Point. It has a depth of 1.8 m (1 fm)
with 12.8 to 18.3 m (7 to 10 fm) close-to. A line through
Confusion Rock and the W extremity of Pagdanan Point
nearly intersects it with a line joining the E of Niaporay 15
Island and Isthmus Cone.
CONFUSION ROCK, a white boulder 14 m (47 ft)
high, is about 548 m NW of Pagdanan Point. Uneven rocky
bottom with bare coral boulders surrounds the immediate 20
vicinity of the rock. A shoal spot with coral bottom and a
depth of 1.8 m (1 fm) is near the 18.3 m (10 fm) curve about
0.5 mile SW of Confusion Rock.
NIAPORAY ISLAND, about 0.6 mile S of the E end 25
of Boayan Island, is about 640 m in extent, thickly wooded,
and 116 m (380 ft) high to the top of trees. The NE side is
steep, rocky, and fringed by a rocky ledge. The coral reef
along the SW side extends about 183 m. Shoal water and foul
ground with depths of 1.8 to 9.1 m (1 to 5 fm) extends about 30
457 m. A coral shoal about 365 m in extent, with coral heads
at low water, is about 640 m NE awash of the E point of the
island. The channel between Niaporay and Boayan Islands
is reduced to about 365 m wide by the foul water extending
about 548 m N of the island, where there are depths of 1.8 35
to 7.3 m (1 to 4 fm) and scattered coral boulders.
NIAPORAY ROCK, 0.5 mile 125o from the E point of
Niaporay Island, is the S one of two coral boulders which
lie in the center of the channel between Niaporay Island and
Imuruan Island viewed from the NE.
(Photograph - LGU San Vicente website, undated)
5-55
Pagdanan Point. It has a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm). The 9.1-meter
(5-fathom) curve surrounding this rock has an extent of about
274 m and depths of 18.3 to 21.9 m (10 to 12 fm) are in the
immediate vicinity.
5
NORTHWESTERN PALAWAN
(CHARTS 1562, 1563 & 4316)
IMURUAN BAY, between Pagdanan Point and
Emergency Point, is 13 miles wide. The SW part of the bay
is bordered by Boayan Island extending 7 miles WNW of
Pagdanan Point. It is entirely open W, generally clear, and
easy of access. Depths are 18.3 to 45.7 m (10 to 25 fm),
mud bottom, with some scattered patches of 7.3 to 21.9 m
(4 to 12 fm) coral bottom. The shoreline is mostly bordered
by sand beach from one rocky point to another. The rocky
points alter the general appearance of the shore in that they
appear as dark spots among the long stretches of white sand
beach. The shore midway along the bay has a steep rocky
beach about 2.5 miles long rising abruptly to a height of 615
m (2,018 ft) 2 miles inshore. Depth of 15.9 m (8.7 fm) may
be found about 0.5 mile from the beach.
Prominent Features - Mount Capoas, on the N side
of the bay, is a high tableland with an elevation of 1,013 m
(3,323 ft). It has a high and low nipple at the W shoulder.
The table part is a sharp, uneven ridge extending 1 mile in an
E direction, from which the land falls suddenly on all sides.
During moderate NE breezes stiff willi-waws come down
from Mount Capoas. Its summit is very prominent when not
obscured by clouds. There is a prominent waterfall on the N
face of the mountain.
Bay Peak, 615.1 m (2,018 ft) high, 2 miles inland from
the E shore, is a very conspicuous landmark.
Wedge Island, 67.7 m (222 ft) high, wedge-shaped,
about 274 m in extent, thickly wooded, is almost in the
middle of the entrance about 5 miles SW of Emergency Point.
40
Imuruan Island, about 1.6 miles from shore and 4.5
miles 155o from Emergency Point, is 152 m (499 ft) high,
1 mile long in a N direction, and 0.6 mile wide. It is thickly
wooded with a rocky shoreline except on the N and E sides
where there are small stretches of sand beach. A small stream
of good fresh water flows NE from a summit of Imuruan
and comes out at the S end of the sand beach on the E side
of the island. A reef extends 548.6 m E making the channel
between the island and the main shore narrower with depths
of 3.7 to 7.3 m (2 to 4 fm).
Lampinigan Island, about 365 m long in an E direction,
183 m wide, and 61 m (200 ft) high, is 365 m W of Imuruan
Island. The narrow channel between the islands has a depth
of 6.9 m (3.8 fm) in the middle. A rocky shoal with a depth
of 7.3 m (4 fm) is 0.5 mile S of Lampinigan Island. Imuruan
and Lampinigan Islands are known as Bay Islands. From
offshore they are not very conspicuous because their features
blend with the wooded background of the mainland.
 Other landmarks which may be used when close inshore
are Bullock Point, Islet Head, Binga Point, and Emergency
Point.
Tides & Currents - The tide in Imuruan Bay is
approximately the same as that of Port Barton. The
diurnal range is about 1.2 m (4 ft). Tidal currents are very
inappreciable.
Anchorages - The bight between Emergency Point and
Binga Point has an extent of about 1 mile with depths of 10.9
to 18.2 m (6 to 10 fm) mud bottom. Anchorage sheltered
from NE winds may be found here. Smaller vessels calling
at Tor, 0.8 mile E of Binga Point, anchor about 0.5 mile S
off the village in 7.3 m (4 fm) sand bottom.
BULLOCK POINT, about 0.7 mile ENE of Pagdanan
Point, is sharp, rocky, and steep. W of the point is a small
bight about 548 m in extent with depths of 3.6 to 6.4 m (2
to 3.5 fm). A rocky shoal with a depth of 1.8 m (1 fm) is in
the middle of the entrance to the bight and breaks in a light
swell at any stage of the tide.
ISLET HEAD, 4.3 miles NE of Bullock Point and
rocky, has a rock 17 m (57 ft) close to it. A coral reef about
365 m in diameter which breaks almost continually is 0.8
mile S of Islet Head. About midway between Bullock Point
and Islet Head and 0.7 mile offshore are two shoals with
depths of 2.2 and 7.3 m (1.2 and 4 fm). These shoals break
at low water in a light swell. A rocky islet 16 m (52 ft) high
is close to the shore 1.4 miles NE of the Islet Head.
The barrios of Alimanguan and Santo Niño are located
about 1.8 miles NE and 4.2 miles NNE, respectively, of
Islet Head.
BINGA POINT, on the N side of Imuruan Bay, is
steep on the SW side and rocky. On the E side of the point
coral reef about 457 m wide extends about 0.8 mile along
the shore. TOR village is 0.7 mile E of the point. Two rocky
shoals about 274 m in extent, each with a depth of 6.8 m (3.7
fm) are 365 m 180o and 1.2 miles 170o from Binga Point.
EMERGENCY POINT, the S extremity of a ridge
sloping down from Mount Capoas, is 3.5 miles NW of Binga
Point. A wooded islet, 39 m (127 ft) high and about 274 m
in extent, is 1.3 miles E of the point. Coral reef with a 0.3 m
(1 ft) rock near its end extends 548 m NE of the islet. The
channel between the islet and the mainland is about 301 m
wide with a depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm) in the middle.
From Emergency Point to Cotteral Point, a distance of
3 miles NW, the shoreline is mostly rocky with moderate
cliffs in places. Between COTTERAL POINT and GRAVE
POINT is a small semi-circular bay 1.5 miles wide at the
entrance with depths of 12.8 to 16.4 m (7 to 9 fm) in the
middle. It offers a good anchorage during NE winds. The
head of this bay is bordered by a sand beach except a small
stretch of rocky cliff in the middle which emanate from a
knoll 63 m (206 ft) high about 183 m inshore. From this cliff
5-56
a reef awash extends 0.5 mile SW and terminates in a coral
head with a depth of 0.6 m (2 ft) surrounded by depths of
more than 9.1 m (5 fm).
5 LOW CAPOAS, a peak 476 m (1,563 ft) high, is about
1 mile E of the head of the bay.
WHITE ISLAND, about 183 m W of Grave Point, is
rocky, steep, conical in shape, and connected by a reef with
10 the main shore. It is 457 m in extent and 119 m (390 ft) high.
A small head on the S part of the island is 61 m high and
has a whitish aspect. Foul ground with several bare rocks
extends about 548 m W of the island terminating in a 3.7
m (12 ft) rock.
15
Between Grave Point and Enterprise Point, the shoreline
is very precipitous, rocky, and indented by three similar bays
of small extent. They are shoal and good only for shelter of
small boats during NE weather.
20
ENTERPRISE POINT, the SW prong of Cape Capoas,
is a steep, cliffy headland, about 0.6 mile S, and rise to an
elevation of 180 m (590 ft) 457 m E.
25 CAPE CAPOAS, is a bold, steep, rounding headland,
rising to an almost flat hill 262 m (861 ft) high about 735 m
inland. It is steep-to, the 20-meter curve (11-fathom) being
about 457 m off its W side.
30 WEDGE HEAD, 1 mile NE of Cape Capoas, is steep
and rocky with a hill 92 m (301 ft) high. An irregular bay
extending about 1.8 miles E is between Wedge Head and
Cape Capoas. It has depths of 20 to 36 m (11 to 19.7 fm)
in the middle.
35
ALLIGATOR ROCK, 1.2 m (4 ft) high, and
BULLOCKS ROCK, 4.6 m (15 ft) high, are 0.5 mile
apart and about 457 m off the S shore of the bay. They are
surrounded by coral reef which are steep-to on all sides.
40 Small boats may pass between these rocks and the S shore.
CLIFF ISLAND, 9 m (30 ft) high, about 0.5 mile from
the head on the S side of the bay, is connected with the
mainland by a coral reef bare at low water. Two clusters of
45 rocks near the mid-channel render the inner end of the bay
fit only for small boats and launches.
INLULUTOC BAY, between INLULUTOC HEAD
and WRECK HEAD, is 1.7 miles wide at the entrance and
50 about 2.5 miles long in an E direction. Depths are 49 to 54
m (26.8 to 29.5 fm) 0.5 mile S of Wreck Head shoaling
gradually to 20 m (10.9 fm) about 0.3 mile from the head E.
The shoreline is irregular and mostly rocky. The bights and
some points are fringed with coral reef, the edges of which
55 can be discerned by keeping an ordinary lookout.
Prominent Features - The bay is easy of access and
the rocky sharp points are good landmarks when nearing the
bay. From offshore, Saddle Hill 316 m (1,038 ft) high and
60 Chinongab Peak, 372 m (1,222 ft) high, on the N side of
the bay, form conspicuous objects to identify the locality.
Anchorage Island, 28 m (92 ft) high and 183 m in extent
on the N side of the bay, is almost connected by a coral reef
to the mainland. 5 surrounding deep blue water. In September 1948 two sunken
Dangers - The bay is practically clear and easy of access.
By keeping about 548 m off the shoreline all the dangers will
be avoided. A small shoal on the S side of the bay has a rock
with a depth of 0.9 m (3 ft) about 548 m SW of Green Head. 10
Anchorage may be had on the N side of the bay in a cove
between ANCHORAGE ISLAND and TEODORE POINT
in 21.5 to 32 m (11.8 to 17.5 fm), mud bottom. There are two
fresh water streams at the head of this cove but it is difficult 15
of access on account of the reef that borders it.
CAPE ROSS, 2 miles N of Wreck Head, is the W
extremity of the ridge extending from Diente Hill. It is rocky,
steep, and fringed with narrow coral reef. The 20 m (11 fm) 20
curve is about 274 m off the W side of the cape. The bay
between Wreck Head and Cape Ross has a steep shoreline,
deep and clear but open to W and S.
BAY ROCK near the head of this bay is steep-to. 25
Depths of 8.7 and 11.9 m (4.8 and 6.5 fm) are around this
rock.
DIENTE POINT, 1 mile NNE of Cape Ross, is steep-to,
rocky and fringed with very narrow coral reef. The point rises 30
about 0.6 mile SE to DIENTE HILL which has an elevation
of 217 m (711 ft).
DIENTE SHOAL, a small coral formation about 365
m in extent with a depth of 5 m (2.7 fm) is 0.9 mile 333o 35
from Diente Point. It is steep-to on all sides and the channel
between it and Diente Point is deep and clear.
OFF-LYING DANGERS - About 20 miles off Saint
Paul Bay and extending about 55 miles in a NE direction 40
from Gode Shoal to Crater Shoal, the offshore dangers are
mostly scattered close to the edge of the insular shelf along
the 182.9 m (100 fm) curve. Numerous detached patches
varying in depths from 5.5 to 14.6 m (3 to 8 fm) will be found
in the area. A good lookout for possible uncharted shoals is 45
necessary when navigating in the vicinity. Between these
off-lying dangers and the coast of Palawan there is a clear
area of about 11 miles wide with depths of 31.1 to 87.8 m
(17 to 48 fm). Interisland vessels usually take this inshore
space when cruising between Manila and W Palawan ports. 50
By keeping at least 2 miles off the salient points of the coast,
all the inshore dangers would be avoided from Piedras Point
off Ulugan Bay to Cape Ross off the entrance to Malampaya
Sound.
55
CRESCENT REEF, a coral formation about 0.8 mile
in extent with a depth of 7.3 m (4 fm) is about 23 miles 295o
from the highest point of Cacnipa Island. From the center
of this reef, Sangbauen Peak bears 168o and the highest part
of Boayan Island bears 103o. About 7 miles SE of this reef 60
5-57
is a cluster of shoals with depths of 5 to 8.7 m (2.7 to 4.8
fm) extending about 2.5 miles in a NE direction. They rise
sharply from depths of 73.2 to 91.4 m (40 to 50 fm) and
under favorable light conditions appear light green in the
rocks have been reported 2 miles NE of the NE tip and 2
miles SE of the S tip of this cluster. They are approximately
14 miles 315o and 13 miles 292o from the summit of Cacbolo
Island. About 4.5 miles N of Crescent Shoal is a half-moon
shaped submerged atoll with depths of 10.1 to 16.5 m (5.5
to 9 fm). This atoll is about 9 miles long with the convex
side dropping abruptly W to more than 182.9 m (100 fm).
On the concave side E depths are 36.6 to 82.3 m (20 to 45
fm). Patches of 5.5 and 7.3 m (3 and 4 fm) are 7 miles E of
the atoll.
CAPOAS CLUSTER, another submerged atoll 6 miles
in diameter within the 36.6-meter (20-fathom) curve, is about
14 miles NNE of Crescent Shoal. At the crest of the circular
ridge depths of 6.9 to 16.5 m (3.8 to 9 fm), coral bottom, are
visible. The center of Capoas Cluster has depths of 82.3 to
91.4 m (45 to 50 fm).
CRATER SHOAL, immediately N of Capoas Cluster,
is separated by a deep gorge 1 mile wide with a depth of
more than 182.9 m (100 fm). It is similar in formation to
Capoas Cluster, with depths of 8.7 to 18.3 m (4.8 to 10
fm) on the crest of the circular ridge of coral. An offshore
platform and a buoy are present at the E side of the shoal.
Lights are displayed from the platform and the steel pile at
the SE end of the shoal.
The W sides of Capoas Cluster and Crater Shoal are
steep-to and drop abruptly to more than 82.9 m (45.3 fm).
Some patches of 5.9 to 11 m (3.2 to 6 fm) are E of Crater
Shoal.
From the N edge of Crater Shoal, the 182.9 m (100
fm) curve at the edge of the insular shelf nearly follow the
general trend of the coastline about 23 miles offshore. The
shoal patches are less numerous and no shoaler than 8.7 m
(4.8 fm), which depth is about 3 miles E of the edge of the
shelf and 23.5 miles 281o from the N end of Palawan Island.
The patches are almost steep-to with flat tops. The nature of
the bottom near them is fine sand but in the deeper portions
of the shelf, especially off the N part of Palawan, stiff green
mud predominates.
NORTHWEST PALAWAN BASIN (CHARTS 4716
& 4723A), located NW of Palawan Island and W of Calamian
Island Group, is an area subject to extensive explorations
due to the presence of natural gas deposits. Submarine
pipelines, buoys, oil platforms, subsea wells, and other
offshore installations are present in the area. Caution should
be exercised when navigating in the area due to the prevalent
seismic surveys, dredging, and other offshore activities.
Restrictions - A restricted area was established from
half-moon shaped atoll S of Capoas Cluster to Malampaya
Natural Gas Field, located 38 miles N of Crater Shoal.
 An exclusion zone was also established in the vicinity
of Malampaya Natural Gas Field. Prohibited activities in the
exclusion zone include the unauthorized entry of vessels,
use and dumping of explosives, subsea activities, and other
activities which may damage the offshore infrastructures.
Flying of aircraft below 500 m altitude within 1 km away
from the platform is also prohibited.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels going to the
Malampaya platform. Notice of ETA should be sent 72 hrs,
48 hrs, 24 hrs, and 12 hrs before arrival. Final notice should
be sent when the vessels is 15 miles from the Malampaya
platform. Pilot boards 3 miles N of the platform. Pilots can
be contacted at VHF Channel 16. Berthing normally takes
place during the day. Unberthing could be done anytime.
MALAMPAYA SOUND (CHART 4349), on the
NW part of Palawan NE of CAPOAS PENINSULA, is an
extensive body of water 19 miles long in a SE direction,
varying in width from 2 to 5 miles. It is very irregular with
bays and inlets along its shores capable of affording safe
anchorage to a large number of deep-draft vessels. The sound
has two basins separated by a number of islands and is one
of the finest natural harbors in the Philippines. The N basin
has depths of 20.1 to 38 m (11 to 20.8 fm). The SE basin, or
the inner sound, is 9 miles long and 5 miles wide with depths
of 5 to 16.5 m (2.7 to 9 fm) in the middle. The shoreline is
generally steep with many rocky points and bold headlands
backed by heavily wooded hills. The head of the sound is
mostly shoal with mud flats. The shoreline is low, bordered
by mangroves and extensive swamps. A number of rivers
empty in this part of the sound. Agriculture is carried only on
a normal scale particularly providing for local needs. Fishing
is the principal industry as the sound is a very good fishing
ground with abundant varieties of edible fishes.
Prominent Features - From a distance S or W Mount
Capoas is the first landmark that may be made. From N the
numerous high islands off the coast are handy guides for
approaching Malampaya Sound.
White Round Island, 22 m (72 ft) high, off the middle
of the main entrance to the sound is very conspicuous. It
is steep-to and may be passed within 365 m on either side.
Entrance and Pillar Rocks, 4 and 11 m (13 and 35
ft) high, respectively, on a steep-to coral reef about 365 m
long E by 137 m wide, is on the S side of the main channel
about 1.2 miles NE of Diente Point. A group of lower rocks
are close to the W end of the surrounding reef.
Largon Island, 39 m (128 ft) high and wooded, is 1
mile SE of Pillar Rock. It is on the S edge of a coral reef
extending about 548 m N.
Largon Rock, 4 m (13 ft) high and 548 m N of Largon
Island, is separated from the N edge of the reef by a channel
137 m wide. Several other rocks are on the reef between
Largon Island and Largon Rock.
5-58
The bold rocky points along the main entrance channel
are also good landmarks. By keeping about 548 m off the
rock and these points all dangers would be avoided.
5 Channel - There are two good channels for entering
Malampaya Sound.
Worcester Strait, the main entrance channel, is
2.5 miles wide between Bold Head and Notch Island,
10 narrowing down to 0.6 mile between CHINAYAN HEAD
and PARMIDIARAN POINT with depths of 32 to 58 m
(17.5 to 31.7 fm). The fairway favors the S side of Tuluran
Island. The small islands on the S side of the entrance to the
strait should be given a good berth when entering the sound.
15
Endeavor Strait, between Tuluran Island and the
mainland of Palawan, is about 365 m wide at the narrowest
part just W of CHASE HEAD with a controlling depth of 8.6
m. The narrow part of the channel is on the N side from the
20 entrance to RELINQUISH HEAD, a distance of about 1.5
miles. The S part is about 0.8 mile wide between PILLAR
POINT and ENDEAVOR POINT with depths of 25.5 to
40 m (13.9 to 21.9 fm). The shoreline is bordered by light
mangrove fronted by a narrow fringe of coral which reduces
25 the effective navigable width to about 91 m.
The channels among the islands separating the outer and
the inner sound in Malampaya are mostly deep and navigable,
but the one generally used in entering the inner sound is
30 between Tacbolo and Palcocotan Islands, along the S side of
Passage Island, and between Ibelbel and Malaoton Islands.
Dangers - Diente Shoal, with a depth of 5 m (2.7 fm)
on the W side of the entrance to the sound, is 0.9 mile 333o
35 from Diente Point and should be avoided by vessels entering
Malampaya from W.
Huron Rock, a small rocky shoal with a depth of 5 m
(2.7 fm), is almost in the middle of the sound proper, 0.7
40 mile 047o from Bullock Head. It is steep-to and surrounded
by depths of 20.1 to 23.5 m (11 to 12.8 fm).
Boat Rock, a shoal area about 548 m in extent with
several coral heads near the middle of the entrance to
45 Northeast Bay, 1.3 miles E of Malapina Island, should also
be avoided.
Coloma Rock, the crest of a small rocky shoal with a
depth of 0.4 m (1 1/3 ft) almost in the middle of the inner
50 sound, is 2.4 miles 134o from Mallarois Island. Depths of 11
m surround the shoal. Other inshore dangers may be avoided
by keeping at least 548 m off the islands and points.
Marine Protected Area - Malampaya Sound and its
55 coastal areas were proclaimed as a protected area under the
NIPAS Law. Throwing of waste and other activities that are
harmful to the marine environment are strictly prohibited
within the protected area.
60 Tides & Currents - The tide in Malampaya Sound is
chiefly diurnal with a range of 1.1 m (3.5 ft). Strong tidal
currents set in and out of the sound and with a contrary wind
heavy tide rips may occur in Worcester Strait. Sometimes
there is also considerable current in Endeavor Strait.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Malampaya may anchor
either in the sound proper or in the inner sound according to
draft desired. For a more protected anchorage the bay, inlets,
and small coves indenting the shoreline are possessed with
good holding ground and may be availed of. 10
Directions - Vessels entering Malampaya Sound come
to a position 1 mile W of White Round Island and steer 130o
heading midway between Chinayan Head and Parmidiaran
Point. This course should clear Entrance Rock by about 0.6 15
mile and Largon Rock about 548 m. When the W tangent
to Chinayan Head bears 000o, alter course to 122o heading
for the summit of Malapina Island. When Wedge Head on
Tacbolo Island bears 159o steer for it and then anchor in any
draft desired. Vessels desiring to proceed to the inner sound 20
may continue on this latter course and when Calabuctung
Islands are nearly in range, alter course to 180o. When
Bivouac Point bears 090o change course to 165o and head for
the summit of Durangan Island. When the vessel is about 548
m off the N shore of the island, alter course to 115o clearing 25
it by about 274 m and then proceed to an anchorage in the
inner sound.
Vessels entering Malampaya Sound through Endeavor
Strait should be guided by a string of several small islands
on the W side of the N entrance. Mid-channel courses should
be steered, being careful on the sharp turn and the narrowest
part of the channel off the W side of the Chase Head. Great
care must be taken to avoid drifting to the shore reef as there
is a considerable tidal current at times. The strait is entirely
practicable for vessels of less than 1,000 tons.
Sailing vessels entering Worcester Strait should with a
S wind favor Largon Rock, to fetch through the strait and
prevent being set over upon N shore by shifts of wind from
the highland about Chinongab Peak.
reef, with a group of rocks the highest of which is 4.6 m (15
ft) is about 228 m N of the island. A small inlet extending
0.5 mile in a S direction and 735 m wide at the entrance is
SSE of the island.
5
CONE ISLAND, 1.3 miles ESE of Notch Island, is
about 228 m in diameter, steep, and 74 m (243 ft) high. The
channel between the island and the mainland is about 735 m
wide, deep, and clear. Between the island and Largon Island
the channel is about 365 m wide with a depth of 13.7 m (7.5
fm) in the middle.
BOLALO HILL, on the mainland about 1 mile SW of
Cone Island, has two distinct summits, 270 and 251 m (886
and 823 ft) high. S and E of this hill across Bolalo Bay the
country is mountainous and heavily wooded. The exposed
portions of the coast present a bold, rocky, and precipitous
aspect with the shores stream by boulders. The bays and
inlets are fringed with coral and lined by mangrove. Some
of the bays have sandy beaches at the head.
BOLALO BAY, between the headland forming Bolalo
Hill and Parmidiaran Point on the S side of Worcester Strait,
is irregular in shape, about 0.5 mile wide, and extending 2.5
miles long in a S direction. It has depth of 12 to 42 m (6.6
to 23 fm). Mangrove and coral fringe the greater part of the
shores. A narrow coral reef extends 735 m in a NW direction
from the SE head of the bay. Entrance to the bay may be made
either E or W of Cone and Largon Island, giving the latter a
30 good berth to avoid the reef extending about 274 m from its
sides. Vessels may anchor anywhere in the bay just clear of
the fringing reef. It is sheltered from all winds except N and
subject to gusts from the surrounding hills during stormy
weather. The head of the bay is separated from Inlulutoc
35 Bay by a narrow high isthmus.
WHITE ROCK, on the S side of Worcester Strait, 0.5
mile SE of Parmidiaran Point, has a rock awash close N of
it. The rock is steep-to on all sides with 36.6 m 36 m (19.7
40 fm) about 278 m NW and 34 m (18.6 fm) between it and
the main shore S.

Supplies - The principal resources of the sound region TULURAN ISLAND, on the NE side of the main
are some forest products and a little farming. The people entrance to Malampaya Sound, is about 4.5 miles long in
are mostly engaged in fishing. The population is small and 45 a N direction and 1.5 miles wide. It is high, rugged, and
supplies are not available. heavily wooded. Two sharp peaks, SOUTH TULURAN,
400 m (1,311 ft) and NORTH TULURAN 406 m (1,331 ft)
Communication - Except for some transient fishing high, are near the middle of the island.
boats which call at Malampaya, there is no regular means
of transportation coming to this place. At the barrio of 50 Thumb Peak, a high table land near the S end, looks
GUINLO on the E side of the inner sound is a road joining like the Capoas Cluster and rises to an elevation of 325 m
the national road leading to Taytay about 5 miles E, where (1,066 ft). Several other high peaks are on the island. The
postal facilities may be had. shoreline on the N and W sides is generally bold, rocky, and
precipitous with several conspicuous water courses. The
NOTCH ISLAND, on the S side of Worcester Strait 55 small bay between TULURAN POINT and BOLD HEAD
about 0.5 mile NE of Diente Point, is 57 m (188 ft) high, on the W side has depths of 5 to 20 m (2.7 to 10.9 fm) backed
steep, and wooded. It is about 183 m in diameter, surrounded by a valley sloping down to the sand beach.
by and connected with the main shore S by a coral reef bare
at low water. Between the island and the main shore are North Bay on the N end of the island is also bordered
several rocks visible at all stages of the tide. A small coral 60 by a sand beach. The entire E shore N of NALINBUNGAN

5-59
POINT is fringed with slight mangrove.
Tubod, a barrio located across Chase Head, is the only
populated area on Tuluran Island.
A semi-circular bay between Relinquish Head and
EXERTION POINT on the W side of the strait is about 1.2
miles wide with depths of 20.1 m, mud bottom. A group of
rocks bare at low water are just inside the line joining the
two points, 750 m 005o from Exertion Point. This bay offers
a well sheltered anchorage for small vessels.
PEAKED ISLAND, 82 m (270 ft) high, close to the
NW tip of Tuluran Island, is rocky, steep, and wooded. Two
rocks awash at very high water are on the edge of the reef
which extends 183 m NW of the island. The channel between
the island and the shore reef is about 45 m wide with a depth
of 3.6 m (2 fm).
PYRAMID ROCKS are a group of several bare
boulders 0.8 mile W of the NW tip of Tuluran Island. The
highest one has an elevation of 13 m (42 ft). A detached shoal
with a depth of 1.3 m (4.3 ft), coral bottom, is about 457 m
NE of the N rock.
LIMINANGCONG is a small barrio immediately E
of Chase Head. It has several sari-sari stores from which
supplies can be purchased in limited quantity. Fishing is the
chief industry. It is connected by road to the national road
leading to Taytay and El Nido. An interisland vessel usually
call here once a week. Vessels may anchor N of the barrio in
12.8 m (7 fm), sand bottom. Fresh water is available from
a small stream about 183 m E of the barrio and from its
water works system. Vessels drawing up to 2.4 m (8 ft) may
approach close inshore, just clear of the edge of the reef.
Fishing boats operating in Malampaya Sound and in the
offshore areas use this place as their watering point.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact MF
DSC of the Manila Rescue Coordinating Center or the VHF
DSC station in Liminangcong. The Coast Guard station in
the barrio may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-
8251743 and +63998-5858477.
Berthing Facility - The barrio has a 25 m long pier
operated by PPA.
PIRATE BAY, on the NW side of Malampaya Sound
between LOOKOUT POINT and SLIP POINT, is about 0.7
mile wide and 1 mile long in a SW direction. Depths at the
entrance are 29 m (15.9 fm) shoaling gradually to 16.4 m (9
fm) at the head, about 274 m NE of the mouth of the river.
A rocky shoal with a depth of 1.3 m (4.3 ft), 274 m NW by
W of Slip Point, should be avoided when entering this bay.
Vessels may anchor in the middle of this bay in 25.5 m (13.9
fm) mud bottom.
ALIMANGKONG RIVER, at the head of Pirate Bay
and a good source of fresh water supply, has a slight waterfall
about 160 m from the beach.
5-60
TENABIAN ISLAND, forming the SE side of Pirate
Bay, is 0.7 mile long in a SW direction and irregular in shape
with an average width of 411 m. It is wooded and 107 m (350
ft) high near its NE end.
5
TENABIAN PASSAGE between the SW end of the
island and the main shore is about 274 m wide but the
channel is constricted by a small coral reef bare at low water
extending about 183 m from the island. It has a depth of 10.9
10 m (6 fm) in the fairway. The barrio of San Jose is located
on the main shore.
DOUBLE ROCK about 274 m off the S shore of
Tanabian Island has two pinnacles, the higher having an
15 elevation of 4.6 m (15 ft). It is steep-to on its E and S sides
with 20 m (10.9 fm) close by.
MALAPINA ISLAND, 1 mile E of Tenabian Island
near the middle of the N end of Malampaya Sound, is about
20 365 m in diameter and 47 m (155 ft) high. It is steep, wooded,
and surrounded by deep water. The shoreline is rocky. The
area E and SE of the island is of irregular bottom, but no
depths affect free navigation by vessels drawing up to 10.7
m (35 ft) within 735 m around the island.
25
PIRATES HOLD, small cove on the N side of
Malampaya Sound between Bando Point and Endeavor Point,
is 735 m wide, extending 0.8 mile into an inlet at its head.
The outer portion has depths of 18.2 to 32 m (10 to 17.5 fm)
30 but it is constricted by two detached rocky shoals, one with a
depth of 2.2 m (1.2 fm) near the S side of the entrance about
169 m N of Endeavor Point, and the other with a depth of
3.2 m (1.7 fm) about 347 m SE of Bando Point.
35 NORTHEAST BAY, between Endeavor Point and
Calabuctung Point on the E side of the outer sound, is about
3 miles wide at the entrance, extending 2.5 miles in a NE
direction, and about 0.9 mile wide at the head. The inner
part is constricted by five islands, reefs, and detached shoals,
40 making it undesirable for anchorage by deep-draft vessels.
The deeper areas are more or less exposed to any swell that
may be making in through Worcester Strait. Smaller vessels
desiring to use the inner part of the bay should enter with
caution in order to avoid the shoals.
45
BINALUAN, a small village on the E shore of Northeast
Bay, is used as a temporary base by some of the fishing fleet
operating in Malampaya Sound. A wooden wreck 20.1 m long
and bare 2.4 m (8 ft) is close to the beach W of the village.
50
TAITAI BAY, on the W side of the sound between
Taitai Island and Bullock Head, is about 0.8 mile wide and
extend 1 mile in a W direction. The shoreline is mostly rocky
and steep on the N and S sides. The bights at the head are
55 fringed with some mangroves. It has depths of 21.5 m (11.8
fm) at the entrance shoaling gradually to 10.9 m (6 fm) close
to the head. It is entirely clear and by keeping about 274 m
off the shore all dangers would be avoided. Vessels entering
this bay should favor Bullock Head or Taitai Island within
60 735 m to avoid Huron Rock, 0.7 mile NE of Bullock Head.
 TAITAI ISLAND, on the N side of the entrance of
Taitai Bay 365 m E from the main shore, is wooded, about
137 m wide, 274 m long in an E direction, and 47.5 m (156
ft) high. Depths of 12.3 to 18.2 m (6.7 to 10 fm) are in the
channel between the island and the mainland. HALFWAY
ISLAND, about 365 m N of Taitai Island, is smaller, closer
to the shore, and has similar features as Taitai.
TURUNG BAY, between BULLOCK HEAD and
PUGGUIAUAN POINT, is about 0.8 mile wide, extending 10
2.2 miles in a SW direction, and narrowing to 735 m wide
at its head. It has depths of 18.2 m (10 fm) at the entrance,
shoaling gradually to 7.3 m (4 fm) about 457 m from its
SW shore. Vessels entering this bay should give Pugguiauan
Point a berth of a least 457 m to avoid the 8.6 m (4.7 fm) 15
spot off it. There are three small, wooded islands close to
the shore of the bay:
Turung Island on the N side of the entrance is about 365
m S of Bullock Head. It is surrounded by a shoal area about
163 m wide with a rock awash on the NW side. A detached
shoal with a depth of 5 m (2.7 fm) is 274 m 065o from the
center of the island. The channel between Bullock Head and
Turung has a depth of 11.4 m (6.2 fm).
Cooke and Fleming Islands,183 and 274 m,
respectively, off the S shore, are 0.5 mile apart. The top of
trees on these island are about 30 m (100 ft) above the water.
Anchorage is in the middle of the bay in 11.0 to 14.6
m, mud bottom.
PASSAGE ISLAND, the largest among the islands that
divide Malampaya Sound, is about 1 mile in extent, irregular
in shape, thickly wooded, and 143 m (470 ft) high. 35
TACBOLO ISLAND, immediately NW of Passage
Island, is about 0.9 mile long in a NW direction, with tapering
ends, and 548 m wide in the middle. It is 91 m (299 ft) high,
thickly wooded with some clearings and cultivated area on 40
the NE slopes.
Wedge Head is a prominent bluff on the NW tip of
the island.
PASSAGE ISLAND BAY, formed by Tacbolo and
Passage Islands on the S and Calabuctung Point on the N, is
about 735 m wide at the entrance between the W Calbuctung
Island and Wedge Head. The bay extends 2 miles in an
E direction with depths of 21.5 m (11.8 fm) decreasing 50
gradually to 7.3 m (4 fm) about 365 m from its head. It is
generally clear except a 6.4 m (3.5 fm) coral spot about 735
m SSE of Boswell Island. Several narrow channels among
the islands have access into bay. Vessels may anchor in 12.8
to 16.4 m (7 to 9 fm) mud bottom. 55
BOSWELL ISLAND, on the N side of Passage Island
Bay, is about 183 m in diameter, wooded, and 34 m (112 ft)
high. A narrow channel about 45 m wide with a depth of 7.7
m (4.2 fm) is between the island and the main shore.
5-61
CALABUCTUNG ISLANDS, two in number,
are small and wooded about 365 m and 0.6 mile W of
Calabuctung Point. Between them and the point is a depth
of 20.1 m (11 fm).
5
ENIARAN ISLAND, close to the W side of Passage
Island, is about 9 m wide and 228 m long in a W direction.
FLAT ROCK, bare at all stages of the tide, is close to
Eniaran Island's W extremity. A detached coral shoal 183
m in extent with a depth of 4.5 m (2.5 fm) is about 274 m
S of the rock.
CANSEA ROCK AND BALOLO ROCK are about
183 m W and S, respectively, of the S point of Passage Island.
These rocks and the shoal S of Flat Rock should be given a
good berth when going in or out of the inner sound.
PALCOCOTAN ISLAND, 0.8 mile W of Passage
20 Island, is about 183 m wide and 411 m long in a W direction.
It is wooded and 49 m (161 ft) high. The channel between the
island and the main shore is about 228 m wide with depths
of 20.1 to 23.5 m (11 to 12.8 fm). The channel on the E side
is wider, deeper, and the one generally used in entering or
25 leaving the inner sound.
DURANGAN ISLAND, 0.6 mile SE of Palcocotan
Island, is about 548 m wide and 0.6 mile long in an E
direction. It is almond shaped, heavily wooded and has an
30 elevation of 114 m (375 ft). A small detached rocky shoal
with a depth of 0.4 m (1.3 ft) is 119 m W of the NW extremity
of the island. Vessels passing W of the island should give it
sufficient berth to avoid this shoal. The N side can be passed
close-to from a distance of at least 274 m.
CALONHOGON ISLAND, about 365 m S of the SW
point of Durangan Island, is about 137 m in extent and 21 m
(70 ft) high. The channel between Durangan and Calonhogon
Islands has depths of 20.1 m (10.9 fm) but vessels using this
channel should favor the Durangan side in order to avoid the
2.2 m (1.2 fm) shoal on a rocky area extending 151 m NNW
of the N end of Calonhogon Island. The channel between
Calonhogon and Balolo Point is about 548 m wide, deep
and clear. A mid-channel course between these features will
45 ensure safe navigation in this vicinity.
BARTOC ISLAND, 0.5 mile ESE of Calonhogon
Island, is about 91 m in extent. It is surrounded by a shoal
area about 73 m wide which extends 100 m W with a rock
awash at its W end.
MALAOTON ISLAND, 0.7 mile S of Passage Island,
is wooded, about 274 m wide, 735 m long in a NE direction,
and 85 m (280 ft) high near its NE end.
Gull Rock, 2.7 m (9 ft) high, is 183 m off the SW
extremity of the island. It is conspicuous, steep-to on the
N side, and can be avoided by giving it a sufficient berth.
60 IBELBEL ISLAND, about 0.7 mile ESE of the S point
of Passage Island, is about 365 m in diameter wooded, and
55 m (182 ft) high. It is steep-to and the 10 m (5.5 fm) curve
is less than 183 m off around the island.
KANIPO ISLAND, close to the main shore, is 735
m NNE of Ibelbel Island. It is wooded, about 365 m wide,
735 m long in an E direction, and 79 m (260 ft) high. The
narrow channel between the island and the main shore has
a controlling depth of 2.2 m (1.2 fm).
VINALO ISLAND, 0.7 mile ESE of Ibelbel Island, is
about 228 m in extent, wooded, and 58 m (190 ft) high. It
is separated from the main shore by a channel about 274 m
wide with a depth of 12.3 m (6.73 fm) in the middle.
MALLAROIS ISLAND, 457.2 m S of Vinalo Island,
is about 228 m in extent, rocky, thinly wooded, and 12.8 m
(42 ft) high. Several very small islets and numerous rocks
and shoals are in its immediate vicinity E. About 448 m E by
S of the center of the island is a detached shoal with a depth
of 0.9 m (3 ft). The channel between Vinalo and Mallarois
Islands has depths of 14.6 to 16.4 m (8 to 9 fm).
ALLIGATOR BAY, on the W side of Malampaya
Sound between GREEN HEAD and BALULU POINT, is
almost triangular in shape, about 2 miles long in its NW and
SW sides. It has depths of 10.9 to 18.2 m (6 to 10 fm) in the
N part and 5.9 to 11.4 m (3.2 to 6.2 fm) in the constricted
area S of Alligator Island. The bay is practically clear except
for a shoal about 365 m in extent with a depth of 4.1 m (2.2
fm) 0.7 mile SW of the tip of Green Head and 425 m 145o
from JOHNSTONE POINT. The other inshore dangers in
the bay may be avoided by keeping off about 365 m from
the beach and salient points.
Anchorage is in the middle of the bay between Alligator
Island and Johnstone Point in 16.4 m (9 fm) mud bottom.
Fresh water may be obtained at high tide from Dapay River
about 251 m from its mouth. The river is accessible to small
boats only at high tide, but on extreme high water, the river
becomes too salty for boiler purposes.
ALLIGATOR ISLAND, 94 m (310 ft) high on the S
part of the bay, is about 0.6 mile in extent, irregular in shape,
and wooded. White Rock, bare 1.2 m (4 ft) and conspicuous,
is about 137 m E of its NE point.
DOUBLE CONE ISLAND, about 457 m SE of
Alligator Island, is 366 m long in a SE direction, 91 m wide,
and wooded with two summits each more than 30 m (100 ft)
high. A rock awash at low tide is on a detached shoal 169 m
N of the N shore of Alligator Island.
BAY ROCK, bare at all stages of the tide, is about 548
m WSW of the W tip of Alligator Island. A small shoal with
a depth of 2.2 m (1.2 fm) is 503 m 125o from Bay Rock.
MILLMAN ISLET, rocky and 12 m (39 ft) high, is
close to the NW shore about 457 m NNE of LINACKAUAN
POINT. Another islet is 640 m NE of Millman Islet.
5-62
MALIPU BAY, SE of Alligator Bay between Balulu
Point and Damao Island, is about 2 miles wide at the entrance
and extends 1.7 miles in a S direction. The N part of the bay
has depths of 8.2 to 18.2 m (4.5 to 10 fm). The S portion,
5 called CINARAN BAY, is mostly shoal with depths of 2.7
to 7.7 m (1.5 to 4.2 fm).
Anchorage is in the middle of the bay about 735 m to
0.6 mile N of the NE end of Chinicaran Island in 10.5 to
10 14.6 m (5.7 to 8 fm) mud bottom. Smaller vessels may find
better protected anchorage E of Chinicaran in 7.3 m (4 fm).
CHINICARAN ISLAND, constricting the bay on the
SW side, is about 0.5 mile in extent and wooded with an
15 elevation of 98 m (322 ft).
TALBAGUEN ISLAND, about 91 m NW of Chinicaran
Island, is about 183 m in diameter and 46 m (150 ft) high.
Two shoals with depths of 7.3 and 9.1 m (4 and 5 fm) are
20 548 m N and 735 m N by E, respectively, of the summit of
Talbaguen Island.
GULANG-GULANG is a small village on the W shore
of Malipu Bay about 7 m W of Talbaguen Island. Bambanan
25 is a small village on the W shore of Cinaran Bay about 735
m SW of the S extremity of Chinicaran Island.
CHINICARAN PASSAGE, between the main shore
and Chinicaran Island, is used only by small boats and has
30 a controlling depth of 3.2 m (1.7 fm).
DAMAO ISLAND, on the E side of the entrance to
Malipu Bay, is about 735 m in extent, partially cleared on
the E side, and 50 m (163 ft) high near its N end.
35
PEAKED ISLAND, about 46 m in extent, steep, rocky,
and 25 m (82 ft) high, is close to the NE shore of Damao
Island.
40 MICOTA ISLAND, about 91 m wide and 548 m long
in a SSE direction, is close to its SE side. It is low, thickly
wooded on the S half and sparsely on the N. The water
area between Damao Island and Micota Island, as well as
DAMAO CHANNEL S, is practically obstructed by several
45 small rocks and islets. They are narrow and tortuous, with
controlling depths of 2.2 m (1.2 fm) E of Damao Island and
8.6 m (4.7 fm) in the fairway of Damao Channel.
LITTLE SOUND, a small, irregular, shallow bay
50 indenting the E shore of the inner sound between RED
POINT and ISTHMUS POINT, is about 1 mile in extent. The
entrance is partly protected by ENTRANCE, MALUTONE,
and STUMPS ISLANDS. The main entrance channel is
between Malutone and Entrance Islands and has depths of
55 3.6 m (2 fm). The inner part of the sound is mostly foul with
extensive mud flats. Six small rivers empty into this bay; the
largest, MALAPAJO RIVER, constitute the thoroughfare
leading to the trail and road to Taytay about 5 miles E.
60 PANCOL AND GUINLO about 2 miles NNW and
2.5 miles SSE, respectively, of the entrance to Little Sound,
are small barrios on the E shore of Inner Sound.
BUAYA SOUND, the head of the Inner Sound is an
extensive shoal area between ALLEN HEAD and GREEN
HILL. S of a line joining these two features the depths are
below 4.1 m (2.2 fm). The shoreline is mostly fringed with
mangroves fronted by extensive mud flats which bare at low
tide. Numerous streams with brackish water empty into the
bights.
CLIFF ISLAND, about 1.4 miles S of Green Hill, is
about 45 m in diameter and 11 m (36 ft) high.
Marine Protected Area - Port Cataaba is included in
the El Nido Managed Resource Protected Area. Activities
that may harm the marine environment are strictly prohibited.
5 Anchorage in Port Cataaba is E of PIN POINT in 9.1
to 12.8 m (5 to 7 fm), mud bottom. This anchorage is free
from the dangerous winds blowing through the mountain
passes at some other anchorages in this part of Palawan.
Care must be taken to avoid the shore reef which extends
10 about 183 m NE of WHITE POINT ISLAND. The reefs are
hard to see on account of the silt carried down by Cataaba
River. Fresh water may be obtained from a small stream E
of this anchorage.

BAY ISLAND, 1.8 miles S of CLIFF ISLAND, is 15 PIG POINT divides the head of Port Cataaba into two
almost in the middle of the head of Buaya Sound. It is about parts.
137 m in extent, wooded, and 19.5 m (64 ft) high.
CATAABA RIVER, emptying 1 mile E of Pig Point, is
The shoreline N of Malampaya Sound from the N a fresh water stream navigable by small boats. The channel
approach of Endeavor Strait to Custodio Point, a distance of 20 across the mud flats at the entrance has a depth of 0.9 m (3
about 5.5 miles, is generally rugged, steep, rocky, with bold ft). Inside the river a depth of 2.7 m (9 ft) can be carried for
prominent points. A chain of several small islands and rocks about 3 miles inland up to the village of TABOY.
extends about 2 miles N from the W side of the entrance to
Endeavor Strait. On the E side of the approach to Port Cataaba, between
25 POINT DIFFICULT and Black Rock Point, is an inlet about
ANATO ISLAND, the S of the chain about 365 m N 735 m wide extending 0.9 mile in a NE direction. The
of the NE point of Tuluran Island, is about 365 m in extent shoreline is steep, rocky, and fringed with coral reef leaving
and 59 m (194 ft) high. It is separated from the point by a a clear area of about 274 m wide with depths of 18.3 to 11
narrow channel with a controlling depth of 6.8 m (3.7 fm). m (10 to 6 fm).
30
NEEDLE ROCKS, on a reef 183 m wide and 640 m RAGGED ISLAND, 0.6 mile NE of Point Difficult,
long in a N direction, are a group of several pinnacles varying is about 18 m in extent and 18 m (60 ft) high. The island is
in heights from 2.4 to 21.3 m. Between the reef surrounding close to and connected by a coral reef bare at low water with
these rocks and the N end of Anato Island is a narrow channel the main shore. Two small coves are between the island and
with a depth of 6.8 m (3.7 fm). 35 Point Difficult. The NW cove has depths of 5.9 to 9.1 m (3.2
to 5 fm) and the SE is almost closed by coral reef.
CAMAGO ISLAND, 1.1 miles N of Anato Island,
is about 137 m wide, 365 m long and 56 m (184 ft) high. COAST HILL, 1.5 miles N of Point Difficult, rising
The channel between Needle Rocks and Camago Island is abruptly E from the shore to an elevation of 255 m (837 ft),
about 548 m wide with depths of 9.1 to 12.8 m (5 to 7 fm). 40 appears flat from W. The shore is mostly eroded limestone
Vessels passing this channel should favor the N edge of the cliffs with boulders scattered at their base. Few small coves
reef fringing Needle Rocks to avoid the rock about 640 m with sandy beaches are along the shore.
S of Camago.
CALVER COVE, 0.7 mile N of Ragged Island, is
SADDLE ISLAND, connected by a coral reef bare at 45 nearly filed by coral reef. Fresh water may be obtained from
low water with Camago Island, is about 548 m long in a N a small stream at the head of this cove.
direction and 274 m wide. It is very conspicuous, wooded
and has two round hills 85 to 91 m (280 and 298 ft) high. TENT ISLANDS, 1.3 miles off the coast and about the
The coral reef surrounding both islands extends about 457 same distance N of Saddle Island, is a group of several rocky
m S of Camago. Several boulders are scattered on the reef 50 islets on a coral reef about 365 m in diameter. The highest
in the immediate vicinity of the islands. of these islets rises vertically to an elevation of 26 m (86 ft).
Several rocks awash at high water are 457 m N of the main
PORT CATAABA, between SIGNAL HEAD and islet. The channel between Tent Islands and Saddle Island
BLACK ROCK POINT, is 0.5 mile wide at the entrance and is deep and clear. Vessels from N bound for Port Cataaba or
extends 3 miles in a SE direction. From the entrance to about 55 entering Malampaya Sound through Endeavor Strait may
1.8 miles inside the bay the depths are 27 to 2 m (14.8 to 1.1 use this or the channel between Tent Islands and the W coast
fm) mud bottom. The SE part and the larger portion is entirely of Palawan.
shoal with extensive mud flats in the bights and mouths of
the rivers. Some mangroves fringe the shore. CUSTODIO POINT, 3 miles N of Ragged Island,
60 is steep, rocky, and 102 m (335 ft) high. From its elevated

5-63
portion it forms a ridge extending 0.5 mile S terminating on a
hill 151 m (496 ft) high which forms a part of PAGAUANEN
POINT.
From Custodio Point a remarkable group of rugged
islands of limestone formation extends 8 miles in a
NNW direction. The sides of these islands present bare,
perpendicular cliffs of every variety of tint, with numerous
stalactitic caves in which edible birds’ nests are found. The
summits terminate in small clusters of needle peaks, and
wherever it is possible for vegetation to take root they are
luxuriantly clothed with foliage, of which the pandanus plant
predominates. These features, contrasting strongly with
the dark-colored rock and white sandy bay in some of the
secluded nooks, impart to the group scenery of a peculiarly
picturesque nature. The bases of all the islands are worn
by the action of the sea water, undermining in some parts
the perpendicular sides from 4.6 to 6.1 m (15 to 20 ft) thus
rendering it almost impossible to land on any part of them,
except where an occasional slip or disruption occurs.
GUNTAO ISLANDS, two in number and the most W
of the group, are about 4 miles W of Custodio Point.
SOUTH GUNTAO, the SE and larger island, is about
1 mile long in a NW direction and 0.5 mile wide with an
elevation of 184 m (604 ft).
NORTH GUNTAO, the NW island connected by a coral
reef bare at low water about 457 m wide at its widest part, 30
and 162 m (531 ft) high. The islands are heavily wooded on
top with bare or shrub-covered, uniformly sloping sides. A
narrow coral reef fringes the shoreline, except the N end of
North Guntao where deep water is close to the shore. Rocks
and large boulders are on the reef which in places extends 35
91 m from shore.
DESTACADO ROCKS, a group of two and several
rocks awash on a reef about 365 m in extent, is 1.5 miles
WSW of the NW extremity of South Guntao Island. The
NE and higher rock has an elevation of 6 m (20 ft). The
SW rock is 3.6 m (12 ft) high. From a distance they appear
like two boats. A detached coral shoal with a depth of 1.3 m
(4.3 ft) is 460 m 226o from the 3.7 m (12 ft) rock. The water
surrounding these rocks are generally deep and by giving
them a berth of 0.5 mile all dangers would be avoided.
TAPIUTAN ISLAND, 3.3 miles NNE of North Guntao
Island, is 2.5 miles long in a N direction with an average
width of 0.6 mile. It has several peaks; the highest, with a
rounded top near its N end, is 445 m (1,460 ft) high. A low
neck separates this from another small rounded hill, 218
m (715 ft) high N. The NW extremity, connected by a low
narrow isthmus, is a precipitous cliff head 126 m (415 ft)
high. The shoreline is generally bold, steep, with a few sand
beaches between vertical undercut cliffs.
Binangculan Bay, a small cove on the NW side of
Tapiutan, is blocked by a coral reef at its head and on account
of the swell which often sweep along the coast it offers little
5-64
protection even from NE weather.
MATINLOC ISLAND, immediately E of Tapiutan
Island, is 4.8 miles long in a S direction generally rocky,
5 steep, and almost separated into three parts by narrow low
necks of land.
Mount Horn, in the middle and widest part of the island,
is 393 m (1,289 ft) high. It resembles a hump with a liberty
10 cap on its highest point and, when seen from N or S, assumes
the appearance of a horn.
Ilog Bay, on the E shore between BULALACAO
POINT and PALILO ISLAND, affords shelter for small
15 vessels during SW monsoon.
Cagbantang Cove is a small open indentation 1 mile
S of Palilo Island.
20 A small pier is located about 0.6 mile SSW of Culasa
Point, the northernmost point of the island. The white-painted
dome of an abandoned shrine is located near the foot of the
pier.
25 TAPIUTAN STRAIT, between Tapiutan and Matinloc
Islands, is about 274 m wide with a depth of 27 to 37 m
(14.8 to 20.2 fm).
INAMBUYOD ISLAND, 1 mile E of the N end of
Matinloc Island, is about 548 m wide, 1.4 miles long in a
S direction, about 202 m (663 ft) high near its N end. It is
steep, generally rocky, and has a wooded top. From a distance
E it has the appearance of an enormous turtle in the water
with the head toward the N. On the W side are several small
indentations bordered by sand beaches where a landing may
be made.
INAMBUYOD ROCK, 46 m (151 ft) high, is 183 m
NW of the island.
40
TAMBALANANG ISLAND, 1 mile N of Inambuyod
Island, is about 91 m in extent, crown-shaped, barren, and
rocky with an elevation of 43 m (141 ft). It is steep with
vertical and undercut cliffs on all sides except a small bench
45 near the S end.
PICANAYAS ISLAND, 548 m ENE of the S point
of Inambuyod Island, is 38 m (125 ft) high, rocky, and
mushroom-shaped. It is undercut all around about 6 m (20 ft)
50 to a height of 4.6 m (15 ft). The top is overgrown by heavy
foliage overhanging several feet from its edge. It is steep-
to on all sides with deep water between it and Inambuyod
Island.
55 MINILOC ISLAND, 1.3 miles E of the S part of
Matinloc Island, is very irregular, rugged, and about a little
more than 1 mile in extent. It is sparsely wooded and 367
m (1,204 ft) high. Several precipitous crags are NW and E
of the island. The shoreline is broken up into cliffy heads
60 with some small picturesque bays on the S side. Landing is
possible only on the S and E sides of the island. The large
bay on the NE part has depths of 36.6 m (20 fm) but at low
water the entrance is blocked by coral. The bay on the E part
has, at its head, a jetty and houses of a private resort. Two
small rocky islets 93 and 54 m (305 and 177 ft) high are close
to the NE point with deep water around them. Three similar
islets are off the NW point of Miniloc.
where mangroves usually fringe the shore. The points are
bold and rocky backed by a range of low hill close to the
shore. The head of the bay is divided into three parts by
CLAUDIO (CAMAGOMABAJUL) POINT and LONG
5 (CAMAGOMAITA) POINT which are bordered by coral
reefs. The islands and rock within the bay are mostly high
with sheer bare cliffs.

PAGLUGABAN ISLAND, 735 m S of Miniloc Island, Prominent Features - Several high peaks which are
is about 274 m wide, 0.6 mile long in a SW direction, and 10 visible from the E coast of Palawan are also conspicuous
169 m (555 ft) high near its NE end. Another rocky island from offshore when approaching Bacuit Bay.
183 m wide, 365 m long in a N direction, and 87 m (285 ft)
high, is connected by coral reef with the N end of Paglugaban Coast Hill on the W side of the bay and Shark Fin Peak
Island. The channel between Miniloc Island and the island on the SE side are prominent objects. The numerous islands
is about 183 m wide with depth 21.5 m. 15 off the entrance have some characteristic features and are
good landmarks when entering the bay.
JIP ROCKS (GUINTUNGAUAN PEQUENO
ISLANDS), 0.6 mile SSW of Paglugaban Island, are a group Channels - The main channel between Inambuyod
of several limestone formations, the highest of which is 33 Island and Dilumacad Island is about 2 miles wide with
m (108 ft) high. A detached shoal with a depth of 5 m (2.7 20 depths of 49 m (26.8 fm) in the middle. The other channels
fm) is about 274 m NE of the group. between the adjacent islands are deep and navigable but not
generally used except by those with local knowledge.
GUINTUNGAUAN GRANDE ISLAND, 0.5 mile SW
of Jip Rocks, is about 548 m long in a S direction, 137 m Dangers - The major portion of Bacuit Bay is generally
wide, and 72 m (236 ft) high. It is mostly bare of vegetation 25 deep and clear. Except for the shore reef and some shoals
except for some light shrubbery. The shoreline all around is close to the coastline, the only danger near the middle of
of vertical undercut cliffs except for a small sand beach on the bay is a 6.8 m (3.7 fm) coral spot about 1.3 miles W of
the E side. From N or S it resembles a huge block figure 8. Inabuyatan Island. A shoal with a depth of 3.6 m (2 fm) is
1 mile S of Ipil Point. This should be avoided when closing
PANGULASIAN ISLAND, 1.3 miles ENE of 30 in on the E shore.
Guintungauan Grande Island, is about 457 m wide, 0.6 mile
long in an E direction, and 162 m (533 ft) high. It is heavily Marine Protected Area - Bacuit Bay is included in the
wooded with uniformly sloping sides. There is a beach all El Nido Managed Resource Protected Area. Activities that
around except at the W end where the shoreline is steep and may harm the marine environment are strictly prohibited.
rocky. Accommodations of a private resort is located at the 35
SE beach. A pinnacle rock 3 m (10 ft) high is close to the E Anchorage - An excellent anchorage about 0.5 mile in
point of the island. The channel between Custodio Point and extent may be had E of Malpacao Island in 12.8 m (7 fm),
Pangulasian has depths of 23.5 to 34 m (12.8 to 18.6 fm) but mud bottom. This anchorage is restricted by two shoals
is contracted to a width of about 365 m by reefs extending with coral rocks awash at low water about 735 m SE and
out from both shores. 40 0.6 mile E of CARAT POINT, the S end of Malpacao. The
main shore reef on the E side of the anchorage extends about
ENTALULA ISLAND, 0.5 mile N of Pangulasian 365 m from the S side of Ciminaytoy Point. The entrance is
Island, is about 735 m in extent and 158 m (250 ft) high. It between Lagen and Malpacao Islands, then between Carat
has a very similar aspect to Miniloc Island. The shoreline Point and the W reef awash. The entrance NE of the island is
is fringed by a narrow coral reef with deep water close to 45 obstructed by shoals and reefs and should not be attempted
its edge. without local knowledge.

POPOLCAN ISLAND, about 457 m NE of Pangulasian
Island, is about 183 m in extent, steep, rocky, and 94 m (308
ft) high. Shoal water extends 94 m off its SE end. The channel 50
between it and the reef of Pangulasian Island is 365 m wide
with a depth of 32 m (17.5 fm) in the middle.
A wider anchorage may also be had S of Lagen Island
in 12.8 to 16.4 m (7 to 9 fm), mud bottom. It is, however,
subject to variable winds during heavy weather outside. The
small bay and inlets in Bacuit Bay are generally exposed or
blocked by coral reef and used only by small craft.

BACUIT BAY (CHART 4316 and 4349), between
Custodio Point and Ipil Point, is about 5 miles wide and
extends 7.5 miles in a SE direction. Numerous small islands
are on the E and W sides of the approach to the bay. The
bay proper has general depths of 14.6 to 38 m (8 to 20.8
fm). Deeper water is off the entrance between the off-lying
islands. The shoreline has steep beaches except in the bights
Directions - Vessels calling at Bacuit Bay come to a
55 position 1.5 miles W of Caverna Island. Then steer 180o
heading a little E of the highest point of Miniloc Island.
When the S end of Dilumacad Island bears 090o alter course
to 151o heading for Pinsail Island. This course leads about
365 m E of the 14.6 m (8 fm) spot 1 mile E of Entalula Island
60 and the 6.8 m (3.7 fm) shoal 1.3 miles W of Inabuyatan

5-65
Island. When Comocutuan Island is abeam head for the
desired anchorage.
FLAT ROCK, 7.3 m (24 ft) high and connected by coral
reef with the main shore, is 0.6 mile E of Custodio Point. The
small bay between this rock and Custodio Point is entirely
foul and filled by coral reef which extends 91 m NE of the
rock. It has a sand beach backed by coconut palms.
PANGAUANEN is a small village inshore of this bay.
WHITE ROCK, 23 m (75 ft) high, is on an extensive
coral reef making offshore about midway between Flat Rock
and Cudugman Point. The reef extends 365 m E and NE of
the rock and a ridge of coral shoals extending 0.5 mile N of
White Rock. A sand spit connects the island to the main shore.
BIGUN BAY, between White Rock and Cudugman
Point, is a small inlet about 228 m wide and 0.5 mile long in
a SW direction with depths of 1.8 to 21.5 m (1 to 11.8 fm).
Bigun River is a small stream that empties through the
mangrove at the head of this bay. A village is located about
170 m NW of the mouth of this river.
CUDUGMAN POINT, on the W side of Bacuit Bay 1.5
miles SE of Flat Rock, is of limestone formation with bare
perpendicular cliffs. Its summits terminate in small clusters
of needle peaks with some light vegetation. The bases of
the cliffs are undermined by the sea which in some places
extend 6 to 9 m (20 to 30 ft).
CUDUGMAN BAY, S of Cudugman Point, has depths
of 8.6 to 18.2 m (4.7 to 10 fm) is about 457 m in extent. Coral
reef on the S side extends about 548 m E from the shore with
some coral rocks bare at low water.
COMOCUTUAN ISLAND, 0.7 mile N of Cudugman
Point, is about 137 m in diameter, steep-to, and 86 m (282
ft) high.
DIBULUAN ISLAND, 1.5 miles SE of Cudugman
Point, is about 548 m wide, 0.6 mile long in a S direction, and
166 m (545 ft) high near its NW point. It has two prominent
cliffs on the W side. Coral reef fringes its shore and on the
S end extends 0.5 mile SSE. W of the island the channel
between it and the main shore is constricted by several shoals.
A detached coral reef, bare at low water and about 274 m in
extent, is 548 m SW of the S end of the island.
CAMAGO (LANGEBLANGEBAN) BAY, E of Long
(Camagomaita) Point at the head of Bacuit Bay, is about 0.5
mile wide and 0.8 mile long in a S direction. It is mostly
shoal having depths of less than 1.8 m (1 fm) and extensive
mud flats.
Langeblangeban River, one of the two rivers emptying
into this bay, leads to the village of LANGEBLANGEBAN
about 0.5 mile upstream.
5-66
LAGEN ISLAND, on the E side of Bacuit Bay, is
about 0.5 mile wide, irregular in shape, and 1.8 miles long
in a NW direction. It has two high peaks with elevation of
344 m (1,130 ft) near the N part and 372 m (1,220 ft) at the
5 S end. The gap separating the two parts of the island is 137
m (450 ft) high. The shoreline is mostly steep with a sheer
perpendicular cliff rising to 122 m (400 ft) from the water
edge. The small cove N of Obugun Point is partially closed
by breakwaters. Cottages of a private resort are at the shores
10 of the cove.
Bocal Bay on the N side is fringed with coral reef backed
by a sandy beach. It has depths of 9.1 to 18.3 m.
15 Nalupucan Bay on the S side is fringed with coral reef
about 91 m wide and the sand beach is backed by coconut
palms. It has depths of 3.6 to 16.4 m (2 to 9 fm). Two smaller
bays on the W side of the island are mostly filled with coral
reef.
20
The channel between Lagen and the main shore is
constricted by the coral reef extending about 365 m E of
its SE end and PUNGTUD ISLAND, about 342 m W of
PAYTOYTOYAN POINT. Two coral reefs about 183 m and
25 365 m in extent, bare at low water, are 0.6 and 0.9 mile SSE
and S, respectively, of the S end of the island. A shoal with
a depth of 4.1 m (2.2 fm) is 548 m SE. A small reef awash
at low water is 228 m W of the reef that is midway between
Long Point and Lagen.
30
NINEPIN ISLAND, 0.8 mile W of the S end of Lagen
Island, is rocky, steep-to, about 137 m in extent, and 67 m
(220 ft) high.
35 PINSAIL ISLAND, 548 m W of Ninepin Island, is 94
m (310 ft) high and about 183 m in extent. Two rocks S, the
higher 24.4 m (80 ft) high, are almost connected by coral
reef bare at low water with Pinsail. The edges of the reefs
that surround Ninepin and Pinsail Islands are steep-to. The
40 channel between them has a depth of 21.5 m (11.8 fm) in the
middle. Between the rock S of Pinsail Island and Dibuluan
Island is a channel 0.7 mile wide with depths of 23.5 to 25.5
m (12.8 to 13.9 fm). It should be used by vessels coming to
the anchorage S of Lagen Island.
45
MALPACAO ISLAND, 0.8 mile E of the N end of
Lagen Island, is a remarkable ridge of limestone, 0.6 mile
long in a SE direction, and 172.1 m (565 ft) high near its NW
end. At its NE point is a high round knoll with an elevation
50 of 94.5 m (310 ft) which from a distance appear as a separate
island. The low level land between this knoll and the ridge
is planted with coconuts.
INABUYATAN ISLAND, 0.8 mile NW of Malpacao
55 Island, is 337 m (1,105 ft) high, about 735 m in extent, and
very conspicuous on account of the high, steep, bare cliffs,
around its sides. A small area of flat land on its SE end is
planted with coconut trees. The island somewhat resembles
an elephant on his haunches. It is surrounded by a narrow
60 coral reef with deep water close to the edge. Depths of 20.1 to
23.5 m (11 to 12.8 fm) are between Malpacao and Inabuyatan
Islands. The channel between the main shore and the island
is about 0.6 mile wide with depths of 20.1 to 25.5 m (11 to
13.9 fm) in the middle. Several small detached shoals with
varying depths of 9.1 to 18.2 m (5 to 10 fm) are 735 m to
0.8 mile NW and N of the island.
DANET BAY, between CIMINAYTOY POINT and
DILAROG POINT, is about 1.5 miles wide at the entrance,
irregular in shape, and extends 1.8 miles NNE to its head. 10
Extensive irregular coral reef bare at low water fringe the
shore, 274 to 735 m wide in places. Off the bare reef the
depths vary from 3.6 to 12.8 m (2 to 7 fm), but it is constricted
by a number of small coral shoals with rocks bare at extreme
low water. One of these shoals is in the middle of the 15
entrance, about 0.6 mile SE of Dilarog Point, and surrounded
by depths of 14.6 and 16.4 m (8 to 9 fm). It is about 118 m
in diameter having depths of 0.9 to 1.8 m (3 to 5.9 ft) with
one boulder near the center that bares at extreme low water.
Several streams flowing from the head of the bay bring 20
down a large amount of silt during rainy season, rendering
it difficult for the shoals and reefs to be seen.
LANGDEL ISLAND, about 91 m in diameter and
connected by coral reef with the E shore of Danet Bay, is
1.1 miles E by N of Dilarog Point.
about 735 m SW of Lapuslapus Point. Another shoal spot
with a depth of 3.6 m (2 fm) is 1 mile S of Ipil Point.
Corongcorong, the barrio at the head of the bay, is
5 connected by road to the town of El Nido. The barrio has a
small market. Private resorts are located along the shores of
Corongcorong Bay.
IPIL POINT, the E entrance point to Bacuit Bay, is
sharp, rocky, and fringed by a steep-to coral reef about 91
m wide. It may be passed at a distance of about 274 m. The
point rises abruptly NE to a peak, 457 m (1,499 ft) high which
forms a prominent headland and ridge about 1 mile long in a
SE direction. The ridge is separated by a deep narrow valley
from the highland E and the NW and E sides are composed
mostly of high steep cliffs.
EL NIDO (BACUIT) (CHART 4346), is a town at the
head of a small cove on the S part of the bay formed by Emmit
Point and the group of islands W of the main coast. It is on
the E side of the headland forming the E point of the entrance
to Bacuit Bay. The town has a church, a school, and a rural
health center with doctors, nurses, midwives, and sanitary
inspectors. The health center provides minor surgeries and
25 treatment of common diseases. Fuel supply is available from
a petroleum station located in the vicinity of the pier.

DEPELDET ISLAND, 71 m (234 ft) high and about The town is a popular tourist destination and has
183 m in diameter, is on the edge of the shore reef 0.9 mile restaurants and private resorts. Several small stores in
NW of Dilarog Point. It is connected with the shore by a 30 town have limited supplies of canned goods and kerosene.
ridge of gravel and boulders bare at low water. Vegetables, pigs, chickens, and some beef can be obtained
in small quantities from the public market. Copra, edible
MANMEGMEG BAY, a small indentation between bird’s nests and cattle are the principal products exported.
Depeldet Island and Silago Point, has depths of 12.3 to 16.4 m Fresh water is available, being piped to the town from the
(6.7 to 9 fm). Cottages and facilities of private beach resorts 35 mountains.
are located along the shore of this bay.
Interisland vessels call at El Nido (Bacuit) from Manila
CORONGCORONG BAY, between LAPUSLAPUS once a weeek. Daily flights from Manila are also available.
POINT and SILAGO POINT, immediately N of Manmegmeg The airport is located about 2 mile NE of the town. Buses ply
Bay, affords shelter for small vessels during N weather. It 40 between the town and Puerto Princesa. There is a post office,
is separated from Manmegmeg Bay by a wide coral reef mobile phone services and Internet connection.
extending about 735 m from shore, near the outer edge of
which are several coral boulders baring about 0.6 m (2 ft) Marine Protected Area - Marine waters off the
at low tide. Depths are 7.3 to 25.5 m (4 to 13.9 fm). A shoal Municipality of El Nido, which covers marine areas off the
with a depth of 3.2 m (1.7 fm), coral bottom, is in the fairway 45 coast from Signal Head to Barotoan Bay and the waters

Government pier of El Nido (Bacuit) as viewed from the NE.

(Photograph - PPA PDO-Southern Luzon website, Undated)

5-67
around the islands in this part of the coast, form part of the
El Nido Managed Resource Protected Area. Activities that
may harm the marine ecosystem are strictly prohibited within
the protected area.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in El Nido
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-8428045 and
+63998-5858478.
Berthing Facilities - The PPA-operated pier, fronting
the town, can accommodate vessels up to 200 GRT, 50 m
LOA, and 3 m draft. The pier has 3 main berths and a 9
by 11 m wide RoRo berth. Vessels wishing to berth at the
pier should contact the TMO 24 hrs before ETA. Available
storage area include the 90 sq m warehouse and 250 sq m
open storage area. Cargo handling services and bunkering
are available.
Anchorage - The head of the bay is shoal with several
rocks awash at low water inside the 5 m (2.7 fm) curve.
Launches going alongside the pier should avoid these rocks.
Anchorage is about 1 mile N of the town in 12.2 to 18.3 m
(6.7 to 10 fm) mud bottom. It is protected from all directions
except from N. In heavy weather the anchorage is subject
to variable winds which may spill over the deep gaps in
the highland with hurricane force when only a half gale is
blowing in the more open places.
CADLAO ISLAND, 1 mile NW of El Nido (Bacuit),
extends 3.7 miles long in a NW direction, is irregular in
shape,and has a maximum width of 1.2 miles. It is mostly
rocky with bare cliffs on the peaks, of which the highest, a
table top, has an elevation of 609 m (333 ft) and is a very
conspicuous landmark when making the N end of Palawan
from the W.
Loggerheads, two other peaks 0.6 and 1.1 miles SE
of the highest peak, are 448 and 537 m (1,470 and 1,762
ft) high, respectively. From these peaks the land drops off
almost vertically to an elevation of about 243 m (800 ft).
The shoreline, wherever the limestone cliffs extend to the
coast, has been undercut by the sea and is invariably steep-
to. The heads of the bays have stretches of sandy beach and
narrow coral reef fringes the shore, fronting the more gently
sloping hills.
Calaragnan Point on the W side of the island and
ABRUPT (MACAMO) POINT on the E side are prominent
objects. The channel between the SE end of the island and
the main shore is 548 m wide, deep, and clear.
DILUMACAD ISLAND, 548 m SW of Cadlao Island,
is about 548 m wide, 0.8 mile long in a NW direction, and
241 m (132 ft) high. The E side has a sand beach fronted by
coral reef, the entire W side is overhanging cliffs. There are
prominent needle peaks near the S end of the island. The
channel between Dilumacad Island and UBUGUN POINT,
the SW extremity of Cadlao Island, has depths of 18.2 to 31
m (10 to 17 fm).
5-68
CAUAYAN ISLAND, 0.6 mile N of Cadlao Island, is
1.2 miles long in a NNW direction and 548 m wide. It has
two prominent peaks, the N one 258 m (846 ft) and the S
one 171 m (560 ft) high. They are mostly rocky and bare
5 to the tops, with the land between them dropping almost to
the sea level. This land is occupied by cottages of a private
resort. The cliffs practically along the entire shoreline rise
vertically from 30 to 91 m (100 to 300 ft) and are much
undercut at the base by sea action. The channel between
10 Cauayan and Cadlao Islands is divided into two passages by
a small undercut island 90 m (295 ft) high. The N pass, about
548 m wide, has a depth of 33 m (18 fm) in the middle. The
S pass is about 32 m wide and a depth of 12.8 m (7 fm) can
be carried through it.
15
CAVERNA ISLAND, 457 m WNW of Cauayan Island,
is about 365 m in diameter and 112 m (367 ft) high. Close to
the N side of the island is a pinnacle rock 46 m (150 ft) high
which has broken off the mainland and shows prominently
20 from E or W. An isolated pinnacle, 28 m (91 ft) high, is
about 91 m E of the island. A reef awash extends about 183
m from the S side.
MITRE ISLAND, 0.6 mile NW of Abrupt (Macamo)
25 Point, is about 160 m wide, 274 m long in a N direction, and
108 m (355 ft) high. It is rocky, steep-to, and almost bare of
vegetation. A rocky islet, almost similar to Mitre Island and
94 m (310 ft) high, is about 183 m E from the E shore of
Cadlao and 1 mile SSE of Abrupt (Macamo) Point.
30
From El Nido (Bacuit) to Crawford (Calitang) Point
the shoreline trends in a N direction for 8 miles. The first 4
miles has some stretches of sand beach backed by cleared
and cultivated areas. A central range, the continuation of
35 that over Bacuit Bay, overlooks both coasts of Palawan, and
in the parallel of Cadlao Island, where it attains its greatest
elevation, is a high table top, the NW and SW shoulders of
which are 1.3 miles apart, 594 and 658 m (1,950 and 2,160
ft) high, respectively. There is a sharp peak 505 m (1,658
40 ft) high S and several hills of less elevation bordering the
coast, the features of which are entirely different from those
of the limestone formation, and this nowhere is so evident
as at the back of Bacuit, where a sudden transition occurs.
EAST PEAK, about 7 miles E of Crawford (Calitang) Point,
45 has an elevation of 509 m (1,670 ft) but is not generally
visible from the W side until some distance offshore. It is
only conspicuous when N and E of Palawan.
EMMIT (MANSALAUIT) POINT, midway between
50 El Nido (Bacuit) and Crawford (Calitang) Point, is sharp with
a rocky ledge extending about 183 m W from it.
EMMIT (MANSALAUIT) ISLAND, 365 m WNW
of the point, is about 137 m wide, 365 m long, and tapering
55 to its NW end. It is wooded, rocky, and 53 m (174 ft) high
near its S end. Close to the NW extremity of the island are
two pillar rocks 27 m (90 ft) high. The coral reef bordering
the shore extends about 365 m on its S side. The channel
between the point and the island is shoal and narrow with a
60 depth of 2.2 m (1.2 fm) in the middle.
 The shoreline N of Emmit (Mansalauit) Point, is
bordered by several undulating hills, the bases of which rise
abruptly from the coast. A conical hill, similar to a sugar
loaf, 203 m (668 ft) high, and prominent, is 1.1 miles NNE
of Emmit (Mansalauit) Point. The 10 m (5.5 fm) curve is
about 0.3 mile from the shore on this coast. S of Emmit
(Mansalauit) the shoreline is fronted with numerous coral
rocks bare at low water and the 10 m (5.5 fm) curve is about
0.7 mile offshore.
CRAWFORD (CALITANG) POINT, 3.7 miles N of
Emmit (Mansalauit) Point, is rocky, steep, with a knoll 49
m (160 ft) high, and surrounded by a bare cliff at the base.
It is connected with the mainland by a narrow sand spit
with cogon grass. A rocky ledge with several big boulders
extend about 183 m W. Two rocky islets, each about 137 m
in diameter, 30 and 33 m (98 and 110 ft) high, are 183 m and
548 m N of the point, respectively.
BURY ISLETS, two in number, about 0.8 mile N of
Crawford (Calitang) Point, are rocky, 19 and 25 m (62 and
82 ft) high. They are surrounded by and on the same coral
reef about 548 m in extent.
PATUYO POINT, 2.3 miles NE of Crawford (Calitang) 25
Point, is bold, rocky, rising 0.5 mile S to a hill 158 m (520
ft) high.
LALUTAYA (AGUTAYAN) ISLAND, 1.3 miles NW
of Patuyo Point, is about 735 m wide, 1.2 miles long in a NNE 30
direction, and 125 m (410 ft) high. It has a generally bold
rocky shoreline except in the indentations on the E side where
stretches of sand beach border the shore and are fronted by
coral reef about 365 m wide. Lalutaya Light (11° 21' 50"N.,
119° 24' 45"E.) is diplayed from a tower on the island. 35
The channel between the Lalutaya Island and the main
shore has depths of 12.8 to 16.4 m (7 to 9 fm), sand bottom.
A 0.9 (3 ft) m shoal is 0.5 mile N.
BASE BAY, an open indentation extending 4 miles
wide N of Patuyo Point, is practically clear with depths of
10.9 to 18.2 (6 to 10 fm). The 10 m (5.5 fm) curve is about
0.3 mile from the shore. Several villages are along this coast.
BAROTOAN BAY, on the S part of Base Bay, is 735
m wide and 0.9 mile in a S direction with depths of 3.6 to
7.3 (2 to 4 fm).
DIAPILA (VITO) ISLAND, about 2.5 miles N of
Barotoan Bay, is rocky, about 365 m wide, 735 m long in a
N direction, and 68 m (223 ft) high. The channel between the
island and the main shore is about 1 mile wide with depths
of 10.5 to 16.4 m (5.7 to 9 fm).
DIAPILA BAY, 1.2 miles NE of Diapila (Vito) Island,
is a semi-circular indentation about 0.5 mile in diameter,
with depths of 4.1 to 12.3 m (2.2 to 6.7 fm). It is enclosed
by steep rocky shore rising to a hill 294 m (965 ft) high on
the S side and another 145 m (475 ft) high N.
5-69
CALITAN (CUBAD) ISLAND, 64 m (210 ft) high, is
about 2 miles NNE of Diapila (Vito) Island and 0.5 mile W
of Libro Point. A sharp double rock is between the island and
the main shore. The channel is generally foul on account of
5 the reefs that span across it. A rock awash is 0.5 mile SSE
of the island.
KALAYAAN ISLAND GROUP & VICINITY
(CHARTS 4716, 4723, & 4723A)
10
WEST PHILIPPINE SEA is the maritime area W of
the Philippine archipelago, which includes the Luzon Sea
and the waters around, within, and adjacent to the Kalayaan
Island Group and Bajo de Masinloc (Scarborough Shoal).
15
KALAYAAN ISLAND GROUP is an extensive shoal
area marked Dangerous Ground on chart and separated from
mainland Palawan by the deep Palawan Passage. This area
is characterized by numerous shoals, reefs, cays and banks,
20 and therefore not recommended for any passing vessels.
The island group is under the administrative jurisdiction
of the Municipality of Kalayaan as proclaimed by Presidential
Decree 1596. The limits of the municipality is stated in the
decree as follows: from a point at latitude 7°40′ North and
longitude 116°00′ East of Greenwich, thence due West along
the parallel of 7° 40′ N to its intersection with the meridian
of longitude 112°10′ E, thence due north along the meridian
of 112°10′ E to its intersection with the parallel of 9°00′ N,
thence northeastward to the intersection of the parallel of
12°00′ N with the meridian of longitude 114° 30′ E, thence,
due East along the parallel of 12°00′ N to its intersection
with the meridian of 118°00′ E, thence, due South along the
meridian of longitude 118° 00′ E to its intersection with the
parallel of 10°00′ N, thence Southwestwards to the point
of beginning at 7°40′ N, latitude and 116° 00′ E longitude.
A large portion of the KIG is within the Philippines’
Exclusive Economic Zone as defined by the United Nations
40 Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) and as
affirmed by the Arbitral Tribunal for the South China Sea
Arbitration.
DISTRESS & RESCUE - Vessels in Distress may
45 contact the Coast Guard District - Palawan at mobile phone
no. +63975-1160875. There is a Coast Guard station on
Pag-asa Island, which may be contacted at mobile phone
no. +63917-8386162.
50 BAYBAYIN DAGAT SHOAL (10° 48' 00"N., 117°
46' 20"E.) is the most N danger known on the W Side of
Palawan Passage. It is as charted 70 miles NW of Piedras
Point of Palawan Island. The shoal has a least depth of 7.4
m (4 fm) over it with depths from 35 m to 53 m (19.1 to 29
55 fm) inside the reef.
LESLIE BANK, (11° 05' 20"N., 117° 28' 00"E.), with
a depth of 14.3 m (7.8 fm) over it, lies 22 miles NW of the
N extremity of Baybayin Dagat Shoal.
60
 DALAG BANK (11° 04' 30"N., 117° 16' 30"E.) lies S from it to within 1 mile of Lawak Island. A large bank of
with its N extremity and shoalest depth of 13.4 m (7.3 fm) anchorage water with depths of about 20 m (10.9 fm) extends
10 miles WNW of Leslie Bank. 8 miles SE, although it has not been closely examined.

KAHOY BANK (10° 36' 30"N., 117° 10' 20"E.), with 5 HOPKINS REEF (10° 48' 32"N., 116° 05' 30"E.)
the least depth of 12.2 m (6.7 fm), is about 39 miles SW of nearly awash and which breaks heavily lies 16 miles E of
Baybayin Dagat Shoal. Patag Island.

KAYUMANGGI BANK (10° 41' 15"N., 117° 22' LAWAK ISLAND (10° 43' 57"N., 115° 48' 11"E.), 2
15"E.), with least depth of 11.4 m (6.2 fm), is located E of 10 m (8 ft) high, lies 5 miles SSE of Patag Island. It has few
Kahoy Bank. A 14.6 m (8 fm) shoal is located between Kahoy coconut trees upon it. Houses, radio tower, and a clearing
and Kayumanggi Banks. that is used as a helicopter landing area are at the N part of
the island. A pond is at E side of the island.
Two shoals with depths of 13.9 m (7.6 fm) and 18 m
(9.8 fm) are located 6 miles and 10 miles, respectively, NW 15 QUIRINO ATOLL (10° 29' 50"N., 115° 45' 20"E.) has
of 11.4 m (6.2 fm) depth of Kayumanggi Bank. 5 drying reefs which encircles a lagoon with depths of up to
47 m (26 fm). There are four main entrances to the lagoon.
KATIMUGAN BANKS (10° 26' 28"N., 116° 37' The NW entrance is 0.7 mile wide and has a least depth of
35"E.) lies with its NE extremity, 20 miles W of Kahoy Bank. 7 m (3.8 fm). The N entrance which is 2 miles wide has a
It extends 30 miles SW and has several patches with depths 20 least depth of 10.4 m (34 ft). The NE and E entrances, each
of less than 9 m (4.9 fm) on it. Magat Salamat Reef, with about 1.2 miles wide with least depths of 16.2 m and 16.8
a depth of 5.4 m over it lies 13 miles SW of Kahoy Bank on m (8.9 to 9.2 fm) respectively, are separated by a shoal with
the E extremity of Katimugan Banks. Little Patches, on the least depth of 6 m (3.3 fm) over it.
SE side of Katimugan Banks, about 22 miles SW of Magat
Salamat Reef, have depths of from 5.4 m to 15.8 m over them. 25 Anchorage with good holding ground, sand and coral
can be obtained anywhere within the lagoon, but there is no
RECTO BANK (11° 25' 50"N., 116° 53' 00"E.) lies shelter from bad weather.
approximately 30 miles NW of N extremity of Dalag Bank.
Its limit has not been defined. Depths less than 20 m (10.9 BONIFACIO REEFS, 30 miles SW of Quirino Atoll,
fm) and patches of discolored water are within the bank. 30 consists of Jacinto Reef and Diego Silang Reef situated 5.5
miles apart.
AMY DOUGLAS BANK, which is the SW part of
Recto Bank, extends about 26 miles SW to Iroquois Reef. Diego Silang Reef (10° 15' 03"N., 115° 22' 01"E.), NE
Many shoals and reefs with depths of less than 18 m (9.8 of the two, lies 27 miles SW of Quirino Atoll.
fm) dotted the area of the bank. 35
Jacinto Reef (10° 11' 45"N., 115° 17' 50"E.) situated
IROQUOIS REEF (10° 37' 12"N., 116° 10' 23"E.) and 5.5 miles SW of Diego Silang Reef encloses a lagoon which
BAKER REEF (10° 43' 02"N., 116° 10' 01"E.) 6 miles N, could be accessible to boats at high water, when a few rocks
both awash, lies on the S extremity of Amy Douglas Bank. on it may be visible.
Hirane Shoal, with a rock with less than 1.8 m (6 ft) of depth 40
over it lies 18 miles NE of Baker Reef. HUBO REEF (10° 07' 23"N., 116° 08' 40"E.) lies 32
miles SE of Quirino Atoll. It dries and has a narrow strip of
DEL PILAR REEF (10° 48' 22"N., 116° 50' 43"E.) is sand in the middle.
the SE end of Recto Bank. Its limits have not been clearly
defined. 45 SABINA SHOAL (09° 45' 00"N., 116° 30' 00"E.) lies
28 miles SE of Hubo Reef and extends 12 miles NW. The
MARIE LOUISE BANK (11° 58' 33"N., 116° 56' E portion consists of a number of reefs awash, while the W
07"E.), with a depth of 15.9 m (8.7 fm) over it, is on the N portion is a lagoon over which there are depths of from 3.7 m
edge of Recto Bank. to 18.3 m (2 to 10 fm). Anchorage can be had in many places
50 close to the edge of the bank although the shoal is steep-to
NARES BANK (11° 25' 50"N., 116° 10' 00"E.) lies and offer no shelter in bad weather. Several underwater rocks
with its shoalest head with a depth of 12.3 m (6.7 fm) near whose existence are doubtful encircle its E side at an average
its S extremity 21 miles NE of Patag Island (Flat Island). It distance of 0.7 miles.
extends about 43 miles NNE although its N limit has not
been defined. 55 ABAD SANTOS SHOAL (09° 27' 23"N., 116° 55'
39"E.), about 1.2 miles long in a NE-SW direction lies 25
PATAG ISLAND (10° 48' 59"N., 115° 49' 22"E.) is a miles SE of Sabina Shoal. It is steep-to. The lagoon with
low flat sandy cay from which a fringing reef extends 2 miles depths from 29 m to 33 m (16 to 18 fm), sand is completely
SE and NE. White outposts and Patag Light are located on the enclosed by the coral reef on which there are several rocks
cay. Some coconut trees is on the cay. A shallow reef extends 60 which dry 0.6 m (2 ft), the more prominent of which lie on

5-70
the NW and N parts. Two stranded wrecks lie on the NE depths of 27 m to 31 m (15 to 17 fm), sand and coral can be
side of the shoal. found. Two stranded wrecks lie on the NW and SW sides,
respectively, of the shoal.
Tidal Streams in the vicinity were observed to set NE
when the tide is rising. 5 Tidal Current - A W set of 0.7 knot has been observed
in the vicinity.
RAJAH SOLIMAN REEF, (09° 36' 02"N., 116° 09'
57"E.), dries and lies 20 miles SW of Sabina Shoal. HASA-HASA SHOAL (08° 53' 54"N., 116° 16' 24"E.)
lies 25 miles SW of Kanduli Shoal and 63 miles NW of
AYUNGIN SHOAL (09° 44' 10"N., 115° 51' 45"E.) 10 Cape Buliluyan, the S extremity of Palawan Island. A belt
lies with its N extremity 32 miles W of Sabina Shoal and of coral, awash, on which an inclined rock lies on its E side
extends 9 miles in a N-S direction. The reef encloses a lagoon enclosed a lagoon which offers good shelter to small crafts. It
where depths of 27 m (15 fm) can be found and which may has an average depths of 27 m (15 fm), but there are several
be accessible by boats on the E side. There is no anchorage coral heads with depths of from 0.3 m to 5.5 m (0.2 to 3 fm)
in the vicinity. A Philippine Navy vessel, BRP Sierra Madre, 15 over them. The entrance on the SE side of the reef SW of
is aground on the NW reef of Ayungin Shoal. the inclined rock has a depth of 12.8 m (7 fm). During NE
monsoon however (December to February) entry might be
PANGANIBAN REEF (09° 54' 09"N., 115° 32' 09"E.), impossible.
awash, is situated 22 miles NW of Ayungin Shoal. The
average depth inside the lagoon is 26 m (14 fm). The SW 20 RIZAL REEF (08° 21' 35"N., 115° 14' 11"E.) with its
half is free of danger and affords good shelter while the NE E extremity lies 67 miles SW of Hasa-hasa Shoal. It dries
part is encumbered with coral heads, most of which have in patches around its whole circumference and contains
depths of less than 1.8 m (6 ft) over them. two lagoons, with a sand cay, 0.5 m (1 ft) high on the neck
between them. Two small white-painted concrete structures
There are 3 entrances to the lagoon, 2 on the S side 25 and one wooden structure, all on stilts, are located on the sand
and one on the SW. The most W of the 2 entrances on the S cay. The structures serve as outpost of the Philippine Navy.
side has depths of more than 18 m (10 fm) while the rest are The W lagoon of Rizal Reef can be entered at high water, the
only boat channels. The deepest water lies in a slight curve best place being 2 miles on the N and S sides. General depths
approximately parallel to the edge of the reef on the W side; are from 5.5 m to 14.6 m (3 to 8 fm) but there are groups of
it begins in an 005° direction and enters the lagoon in a 354° 30 below water rocks in places. The E Lagoon which appears
direction. Vessels of less than 90 m in length could have little shallow and foul has not been closely examined.
difficulty in using this channel although the safe width does
not exceed 37 m. Care must be observed on account of tidal PAWIKAN SHOAL (08° 07' 50"N., 114° 39' 40"E.)
streams which attain a rate of 1.5 knots and set partly across lies with its W extremity 44 miles SW of Rizal Reef. The
the entrance. A track W of the deepest water is recommended. 35 irregular atoll formation, surrounded entirely by coral reef,
extends 17 miles E and dries in places but mainly has depths
ARELLANO REEF (09° 22' 55"N., 115° 26' 50"E.) of between 5.5 m and 18.3 m (3 to 10 fm). Some rocks are
lies 29 miles SW of the S end of Ayungin Shoal, dries and visible at high water at the W end. There appears to have
encloses a shallow lagoon dotted with numerous rocks visible good entrance at the SE end with a depth of 37 m (20 fm).
at high water. Anchorage may be obtained off the N end in 40 The lagoon formation has depths of probably more than 46
depths of 55 m (30 fm). m (25 fm) and may offer good anchorage in fine weather.

BULIG SHOAL (09° 19' 45"N., 115° 56' 01"E.) is TOMAS CLAUDIO SHOAL (07° 59' 20"N., 114°
situated 20 miles SSE of the S end of Ayungin Shoal. The reef 52' 00"E.), the existence of which is doubtful, was reported
with few rocks dries and encloses a shallow lagoon which 45 in 1940 to exist about 22 miles SE of the W extremity of
probably is accessible to boats at high water. Pawikan Shoal.

DALAGANG BUKID SHOAL, (09° 10' 37"N., 116° GABRIELA SILANG REEF (08° 06' 21"N., 114°
27' 42"E.) dries and lies 32 miles ESE of Bulig Shoal. It 07' 55"E.), 23 miles W of the W extremity of Pawikan Shoal
encloses a lagoon which may be accessible to boats at high 50 dries and encloses a shallow lagoon. Some rocks may appear
water. at high water on its E side.

KANDULI SHOAL (09° 03' 00"N., 116° 39' 45"E.) is
situated on the W side of the narrowest portion of Palawan
Passage 63 miles W of Eran Bay of Palawan Island and 14
miles SE of Dalagang Bukid Shoal. It consists of an unbroken
coral reef on which there are few drying rocks. A rock which
dries 1.2 m (4 ft) lies on the NW corner of the reef. The outer
edge of the reef is steep-to with depths greater than 183 m
(100 fm). Boats can enter the lagoon at high water where
ANTONIO LUNA REEF (07° 37' 11"N, 113°
56' 07"E.), the W extremity of Antonio Luna Bank lies
55 45 miles SW of the W extremity of Pawikan Shoal. The
shallow lagoon which is enclosed by a reef that dries may
be accessible to boats at HW. The reef is steep-to except on
its E side, where it joins Antonio Luna Bank.
60 ANTONIO LUNA BANK which extends 37 miles

5-71
ENE from the W edge of Antonio Luna Reef is surrounded
by a fringe of coral, over which the depths vary from 3.7 m
to 18.3 m (2 to 10 fm). The depths in the center of the bank
are estimated to be between 37 m to 55 m (20 to 30 fm).
Banak Breakers and Ardasier Breakers are the reefs on the
N side of Antonio Luna Bank.
A shoal, with a depth of 16.4 m (9 fm) about 18 miles
SE of the SE side of Antonio Luna Bank.
MARIVELES REEF (07° 58' 01"N., 113° 54' 58"E.)
is situated 15 miles SW of Gabriela Silang Reef. It dries and
entirely encloses two lagoons. A sand cay 2 m (5 ft) high
lies on the neck between the two lagoons and some isolated
rocks may be just visible at HW.
RAJAH MATANDA REEF (07° 37' 12"N., 113° 47'
44"E.) lies 5 miles W of Antonio Luna Reef and dries. The
reef entirely encloses a lagoon, which may be accessible to
boats at HW.
CELERIO REEF (07° 22' 26"N., 113° 49' 41"E.) lies
14 miles S of Dallas Reef and is marked by breakers formed
by a narrow belt of coral surrounding a shallow basin. Rocks
from above-water to 3 m (10 ft) high dotted its SE to E sides.
A stranded wreck lies near the W end of the reef.
ROYAL CHARLOTTE REEF (06° 56' 32"N.,
113° 34' 52"E.) lies 30 miles SSW of Swallow Reef, nearly
rectangular in shape and with some boulders 1 m high near
its SE end and some rock awash on its NE side. Foul ground
extends 8 miles NNE. Breakers have been reported observed
over this reef.
KALANTIYAW CAY (07° 53' 38"N., 112° 55' 16"E.) 35
is 2 m (8 ft) high and situated 62 miles WNW of Antonio
Luna Reef. It has two parts consisting of the E which has a
sand beach and broken coral and the W strewn with debris
and covered with a bed of guano. It is surrounded by coral
ledges which partly dry and upon which the sea breaks 40
heavily with any swell. A reef extends 0.5 mile NW from
Kalantiyaw Cay while a bank extends 1 mile NE with a
depth of 7.3 m (4 fm) over it. A fairly sheltered anchorage
on the bank NE of Kalantiyaw Cay can be obtained in the
SW monsoon (May to September) in a depth of 9 m (4.9 fm). 45
Good anchorage exists with the center of the cay bearing 224o
distant 1 mile in a depth of 15 m (8.2 fm). Caution is required
when anchoring as the banks are exceedingly steep-to.
Tides & Tidal Streams observed at Kalantiyaw Cay 2
days before neap tides indicated water commence rising at
2300H and falling at 0600H, the rise and fall being doubtful.
When the tide was rising, the stream set N while falling set
W with maximum rate observed being 1.5 knots.
MASCARDO REEF (08° 09' 48"N., 113° 18' 15"E.)
which dries, is situated with its SW extremity 21 miles NE
of Kalantiyaw Cay. It extends 18 miles NE where there is a
group of rocks, 2 m (6 ft) high. Boats can probably reach a
lagoon in the middle of the narrow reef. Anchorage can be
5-72
found on a spit, at the N extremity of the reef on which there
are heavy overfalls, in a depth of 37 m (20 fm).
MAGSAYSAY REEF (08° 03' 34"N., 113° 09' 45"E.),
5 nearly awash, is located about 3.5 miles SW of SW extremity
of Mascardo Reef.
RIFLEMAN BANK (07° 46' 25"N., 111° 38' 45"E.),
located about 75 miles W of Kalantiyaw Cay, consists of
10 sand and coral with shallow patches round the edges, within
which are greater depths.
Bombay Castle is the shoalest part of Rifleman Bank
and lies at its N end. It has a depth of 3 m (1.6 fm) upon which
15 the sea breaks, in the calmest weather. Johnson Patch, with
a depth of 7.3 m (4 fm) over it lies on the W side, Kingston
Shoal with a depth of 10.9 m (6 fm) lies at its S end and
Orleana Shoal with a depth of 8.2 m (4.5 fm) is situated on
the E side.
20
OWEN SHOAL (08° 07' 50"N., 111° 58' 37"E.)
with depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm) and encircled with dangerous
underwater rocks lies 20 miles NE of Bombay Castle.
25 LAGOS ISLAND (08° 38' 44"N., 111° 55' 16"E.), is
2 m (8 ft) high and lies 45 miles NNE of Bombay Castle.
The island is flat with white sand and broken coral. It is
frequented by a large number of birds. In 1963, the island
was covered with short green vegetation. The palm trunks
30 are conspicuous.
The island is surrounded by drying rocky ledges and
coral heads; it lies on the S edge of a coral bank which is
over 1 mile long and 0.9 mile wide. There are depths of less
than 5.5 m (3 fm) extending 0.5 mile from the island. The
E side is steep-to with depths of 18 m (9.8 fm). Depths of
less than 5.5 m (3 fm) lies on the SW and W side, before the
bottom falls away steeply into deep water.
Landing is possible on the lee side of the island during
the SW monsoon (May to September), but dangerous in a
swell due to numerous coral heads close to the beach.
Anchorage is possible on the bank either NE or SW
of the island. The NE anchorage appears to be better even
with a NE wind, as the bank is less steep-to. It is dangerous
to venture into depths of less than 18 m (9.8 fm) due to the
sheer and uneven nature of the bottom.
50 Tides & Tidal Streams - Tidal stream observation in the
summer months indicated one tide during the 24 hrs. In the
early part of July, HW was at 0900H, the rise and fall being
1.5 m (5 ft). The stream set SW during the rising tide at the
NE end of the bank and from SE to NE during the falling tide.
55
LADD REEF (08° 40' 02"N., 111° 40' 05"E.) lies 15
miles W of Lagos Island. The reef consists of coral, encloses
a lagoon, white sand bottom which dries in parts. It is not
possible for boats to cross over into the lagoon. In 1976,
60 three conspicuous stranded wrecks lay on the reef; on the
NW extremity is the wreck of a 7200 ton steamship which largest drying patch near the SW end of the reef. The sea
gives a good radar response, and the other wrecks lies about does not cover this reef in calm weather. A dangerous wreck
2 miles ENE and 1.5 miles ESE from it. A light is displayed lies at the NW extremity.
at the SW extremity of the reef.
5 Anchorage may be had in depth of 24 m (13 fm) with
JUBILEE BANK with a depth of 183 m (100 fm) was the prominent 1 m high rock bearing 062°, and also between
reported in 1972 to lie 9 miles SW of Ladd Reef. In 1968, a the shoals near the SE end of Kagitingan Reef in depth of
bank with a depth of 415 m (227 fm) was reported to lie 21 20 m (11 fm).
miles SW of Jubilee Bank.
10 DAGOHOY REEF (09° 12' 25"N., 113° 39' 50"E.),
QUEZON REEFS consist of 4 reefs extending 40 with depth of 2 m (1.1 fm) over it and steep-to, lies 50 miles
miles E from Kanluran Reef, the most W situated 20 miles SE of the SW extremity of Kagitingan Reef.
NE of Lagos Island.
HIZON REEF (08° 57' 18"N., 113° 40' 11"E.) dries and
Great caution should be observed when navigating in the 15 lies with its SW extremity 16 miles SSW of Dagohoy Reef.
vicinity of Quezon Reefs as they are steep-to and sounding It encloses a lagoon to which there is no apparent entrance,
is of little value. They should not be approached with the but may be accessible to boats at HW. There is a sand cay,
sun ahead, when it becomes difficult to distinguish shoal 1 m high, on the NE extremity. The stranded wreck of a
water or breakers. steamship (2280 tons) lies on the NW end of Hizon Reef.
20 There is anchorage off the NE end of the reef, in depth of
Kanluran Reef (08° 51' 33"N., 112° 13' 18"E.) has 27 m (15 fm).
several detached drying coral heads around its edge of
Kanluran Reef; a sand cay 1 m high lies on the E side. There DE JESUS REEF (08° 48' 40"N., 113° 59' 31"E.),
are depths of 11 m to 18 m (6 to 9.8 fm) in the middle of the which dries and encloses a lagoon, lies with its W extremity
reef, with several coral heads. The middle may be approached 25 15 miles SE of Hizon Reef and extends 10 miles ESE. The
from the SE side, but due to coral patches this is hazardous. lagoon appears to be foul and shallow where an entrance with
a depth of 9 m (4.9 fm) exists on the N side and 2.5 miles
Gitna Reef (08° 55' 50"N., 112° 21' 00"E.), coral, from the W end of the reef. The S side of the reef consists
awash, with a lagoon lies 6 miles NE of the NE end of of a number of drying patches, between which there are
Kanluran Reef. There are depths of 7 m to 15 m (3.8 to 8.2 30 narrow channels with depths of 9 m (4.9 fm). Anchorage
fm) within the belt of coral. A sandbank reported to cover at can be obtained close to the W and SE ends of Alison Reef,
HW springs lies on the SW extremity of Gitna Reef. Unlike in depths of 60 m (33 fm); also along its S side and off the
Kanluran Reef and Silangan Reef, this reef is not always N entrance to the lagoon in depths of 9 m (4.9 fm).
marked by breakers. A stranded wreck lies on the reef.
35 OSMEÑA REEF (08° 42' 55.4"N., 114° 11' 06.3"E.)
Silangan Reef (08° 49' 08"N., 112° 35' 49"E.) enclosing lies with its N extremity 7 miles E of the E extremity of De
a lagoon, with depths from 7 m to 15 m (3.8 to 8.2 fm) lies Jesus Reef. The reef which dries, encloses a lagoon with
17 miles E of the NE end of Kanluran Reef. The sea breaks depths of 9 m (4.9 fm), in which there are several coral
heavily on the reef with one or two rocks which seldom cover patches.
at its W extremity. There is no known entrance to the lagoon. 40
PIGEON REEF (08° 51' 29.1"N., 114° 39' 23.1"E.),
Calderon Reef (08° 51' 38.5"N., 112° 50' 12.1"E.), which dries is situated with its SW extremity 26 miles ENE
about 10 miles E of the E end of Silangan Reef, is the of Osmeña Reef. There are numerous above-water rocks
easternmost reef of Quezon Reefs. It is encumbered by rocks on the reef which encloses a lagoon. The lagoon may be
especially on its N side, where some are from 1 m to 2 m (4 45 accessible to boats at HW.
to 5 ft) high. Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 27 m
(15 fm) on the N side; the S side is steep-to. Tidal streams MARIANO CAY (08° 30' 01"N., 114° 21' 55"E.)
set E and W along the N side of Calderon Reef. was reported in 1940 to be 14 miles SE of the S extremity
of Osmeña Reef. A depth of 285 m (156 fm) is situated 15
CORONATION BANK (09° 17' 17"N., 111° 31' 50 miles E of Mariano Cay.
27"E.), with a depth of 182 m (99 fm), lies 47 miles NW of
the W end of Kanluran Reef. In 1970, a depth of 248 m (136 PAGKAKAISA BANKS AND REEF extends 30
fm) was reported 12 miles SW of Coronation Bank. miles NE from Mabini Reef (09° 42' 38"N., 114° 16' 37"E.)
and consist of a group of many drying reefs, surrounding a
KAGITINGAN REEF (09° 37' 40"N., 112° 58' 36"E.), 55 large area of shoal water. This formation has not been closely
lies with its SW extremity 40 miles N of Calderon Reef. The examined, but there is no doubt that there are numerous good
reef is steep-to and composed of patches of coral, several of entrances and that the reefs enclose an area of anchorage
which dry or are awash with depths of 4.7 to 10.9 m (2.6 to water. This area does not provide adequate protection in
6 fm) between them. The whole reef covers at HW except bad weather.
a prominent rock, 1 m high, situated on the SW side of the 60

5-73
 Rurok Island (09° 53' 07"N., 114° 19' 48"E.), 4 m (12
ft) high, lies on the W side of the banks, 10 miles NE of
Mabini Reef.
Julian Felipe Reef (10° 00' 00"N., 114° 39' 20"E.) lies
at the NE extremity of the Pagkakaisa Banks and Reefs
Holiday Reef (09° 57' 57"N., 114° 33' 40"E.) lies 6 miles
WSW of the NE extremity of Julian Felipe Reef.
Hughes Reef (09° 54' 52"N., 114° 29' 43"E.) is located
about 5 miles SW of H9oliday Reef.
Chigua Reef (09° 54' 15"N., 114° 27' 58"E.) lies 1.7
miles SW of Hughes Reef.
Loveless Reef (09° 51' 17"N., 114° 16' 35"E.) is about
3.5 miles SW of Rurok Island.
Collins Reef (09° 46' 12"N., 114° 15' 21"E.) and
Lansdowne Reef (09° 46' 44"N., 114° 22' 12"E.) are about 3
miles NNW and 5.8 miles NE, respectively, of Mabini Reef.
Sin Cowe East Reef (09° 54' 09"N., 114° 33' 50"E.),
about 3 miles S of Holiday Reef, is a drying reef with a
drying cay on it.
DISCOVERY SMALL REEF (09° 59' 53"N., 114°
00' 18"E.), 18 miles NW of Rurok Island, is a round coral
patch, which dries and is very steep-to.
PAREDES REEF (10° 01' 23"N., 113° 51' 22"E.) lies
with its S end about 29 miles WNW of Rurok Island. Most of
the reef dries and there are several above-water rocks. There
is a lagoon in the center, which appears to have no entrance.
The reef is steep-to.
GOMEZ REEF (10° 13' 50"N., 113° 38' 19"E.) lies
14 miles WNW of the N extremity of Paredes Reef. There
are under-water rocks at the SW end of Gomez Reef and
depths of from 1.8 m to 5.5 m (1 to 3 fm) in other places; it
is steep-to and dangerous.
TIZARD BANK lies about 40 miles E of Gomez Reef.
It consists of a lagoon bordered by shoals, with irregular
depths and drying reefs. There are islands on two of the reefs
and a sand cay on another. Several coral heads, with depths
of 7.7 to 10.1 m (4.2 to 5.5 fm) over them lie in the lagoon.
Anchorage for shallow draught vessels can be obtained in
fine weather almost any where on the banks surrounding the
lagoon, but caution should be exercised. Fisherman usually
visit the islands in December and January and leave at the
start of the SW monsoon.
Ligaw Island (10° 22' 38"N., 114° 21' 56"E. ) lies near
the NW end of Tizard Bank. A reef, defined by breakers,
surrounds the island and extends up to 0.5 mile offshore.
Ligaw Island is covered with scrub and trees, 8 m (25 ft) high.
Three stranded wrecks lie 0.1 mile SSW of the E extremity
of the island. A 5.5 m (3 fm) shoal, with a 3.6 m (2 fm) patch
5-74
close S of it lies 0.6 mile WSW of the W extremity.
Anchorage may be obtained 0.6 mile SSE of the W
end of Ligaw Island in a depth of 18 m (9.8 fm). The best
5 approach from seaward to this anchorage is through the
deep-water channel close to the E end of the island. A reef,
covered at HW, lies 2 miles E. A 6.4 m (21 ft) shoal lies near
the middle of the channel between them. In 1954, less water
was reported in this vicinity.
10
Bailan Cay (10° 22' 28"N., 114° 28' 48"E.) is a sand
cay laying 3.5 miles E of the last mentioned reef to which it
is connected by a ridge, over which depths are irregular. It
was reported in 1951 of having bushes 5 m high on it. Safe
15 anchorage may be obtained on the ridge in depths of 13 m
to 18 m (7.1 to 9.8 fm). The sand cay is surrounded by a
reef extending 0.5 mile offshore. There is a depth of 10.1 m
(5.5 fm) 2 miles W of the cay. Two 8.5 m (4.6 fm) patches
lie 1.5 miles WNW of the cay. Several shoals with depths
20 from 6.7 m to 10.1 m (3.7 to 5.5 fm) over them lie between
these patches and the cay. In 1959, less water than charted
was reported 0.6 mile W of the NW end of the cay, and the
same distance SE of the SE end.
25 Juan Luna Reef (10° 24' 34"N., 114° 34' 58"E.) lies
near the extremity of a steep-to coral ledge and extends 5
miles from the NE side of Tizard Bank. Several shoals, with
depths of from 5.6 to 8.5 m (3.1 to 4.6 fm) over them lies
on this ledge.
30
Malvar Reef (10° 20' 50"N., 114° 42' 00"E.) lies at the
E end of Tizard Bank, 7 miles SE of Petley Reef. A few large
and many small above-water rocks lie on this reef. The NE
end of Malvar Reef is narrow and steep-to; a ridge extends
35 1 mile NE on which depths increase to over 91 m (50 fm).
Binago Island (10° 10' 46"N., 114° 21' 59"E.), 18 m
(61 ft) high, covered with small trees and bushes, lie on
the S side of Tizard Bank, 11 miles S of Ligaw Island. It is
40 surrounded by a reef, which extends 1 mile W and 0.3 mile
in other direction. A 4.4 m (2.4 fm) patch lies 1 mile NE of
Binago Island; a shoal, with a depth of 6.7 m (3.7 fm) over
it, lies 2.2 miles WSW of the island.
45 Burgos Reefs (10o 12' N, 114o 13' E), two in number,
are 2.5 miles apart in a NW direction. The reefs form the
SW end of Tizard Bank. Burgos South Reef, which is the SE
reef lies 6.2 miles W of Binago Island. Burgos Reefs cover
at HW. Coral heads lie between them, with a depth of 6.4 m
50 (3.5 fm), 0.7 mile NW of Burgos South Reef.
KOTA BANK is steep-to and consists of a lagoon
surrounded by shoals, over which the depths are irregular.
On the S edge of the bank there are reefs, on two of which
55 there are cays and on the S most, an island.
There is anchorage on Kota Bank with Kota Island
bearing 260o distant 0.4 mile. The reef is visible from this
position. A 5.4 m (3 fm) shoal lies 2 miles W of Kota Island.
60
 Kota Island (10° 40' 03"N., 114° 25' 26"E.), 2 m (6 ft)
high, lies at the S end of Kota Bank, 22 miles NE of Ligaw
Island. The island is covered with mangroves bushes, trees
and coconut palms. A few houses are located on its S part.
The island is surrounded by a drying reef. A reef lies 2 miles
ENE of Kota Island.
PAG-ASA ISLAND (Chart 4359), the largest above-
water feature of the group, is situated near the E end of the W
bank. The island is surrounded by a drying reef which extends
up to 0.5 mile from its NE side. The reef is encumbered with
5 rocks, most of which are submerged and unnoticeable with
depth varying from 0.5 to 1.5 m (0.3 to 0.8 fm).

Lankiam Cay (10° 42' 51"N., 114° 32' 10"E.), about 7
miles NE of Kota Island, is located on a reef. Another reef
is about 4.8 miles NE of Lankiam Cay.
Two reefs, 1 mile apart in a NE direction, lie 5 miles NW
of Kota Island. Panata Island is the sand cay in the middle
of the NE reef.
Panata Island (10° 43' 43"N., 114° 21' 10"E.) lies 5.7
miles NW of Kota Island. It is sandy and situated near the
middle of a reef which extends up to 0.5 mile from it in
places. Structures, one of which has blue and red colored
paint, are located on the island. Panata Light is displayed
from the island.
A partly drying coral patch lies 2 miles ENE of Panata
Island. Two drying coral reef lie respectively 3 to 4 miles
NE of Panata Island. Depths of 11 m (6 fm) and less extends
1 mile N from the latter reef and an 11 m (6 fm) patch lie
0.5 mile N from the reef situated 3 miles NE. The E edge of
Kota Bank extends 8.5 miles N from the last mentioned reef.
The island is covered with grass and scrub, up to 18
m high except at a palm grove at its SW end. A well, with
10 brackish but drinkable water exists near the beach through
the palm grove.
The island is the poblacion of the Municipality of
Kalayaan. A school and health center are present on the
15 island. Settlers raise vegetables, poultry, hogs, and goats
for local consumption. Rice and other goods are imported
from Palawan. Mobile phone communication and Internet
connection are available. Rancudo Airfield, located on
the S side of the island, is a 1.3-km long airstrip that can
20 accommodate moderate-sized aircrafts.
Major Light - Pag-asa Light (11° 03' 09"N., 114° 17'
05"E.) is displayed from a white concrete framework tower
located near the center of the island.
25
Caution - A partially submerged wreck, marked by two
unlighted white spherical buoys, is located about 250 m N
of the W end of the airstrip.

LAKANDULA REEF (11° 09' 03"N., 114° 47' 55"E.),
awash, lies 38 miles NNE of Panata Island. A ridge of foul
ground, from 2 to 5 miles wide, extends 18 miles SW from
Lakandula Reef. There are depths of 3.6 m to 48.7 m (2 to
26.6 fm) on this reef; the shallowest known head lies 10
miles SSW.
BALAGTAS REEF (10° 52' 30"N., 114° 55' 00"E.),
which dries in patches and encloses a lagoon, lies 35 miles
ENE of Panata Island. There is a small sand cay near the
N end of the reef. A 2.3 m (1.3 fm) patch lies 2 miles SW.
LIKAS ISLAND (11° 04' 53"N., 115° 01' 26"E.)
situated 13 miles NNE of Balagtas Reef, is covered with
trees and bushes. It has some tall coconut trees at the E end.
Several houses are on the SW end. Likas Light is displayed
from the island. A reef with a depth of less than 1.8 m (1 fm)
extends 2 miles N from the island.
30 Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station on Pag-
asa Island may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-
8386162.
Berthing Facilities - The island has a concrete RoRo
35 ramp, which can accommodate vessels with 1.9 m draft.
Dolphins in the vicinity of the RoRo ramp facilitates berthing.
A harbor, just NE of the RoRo ramp, can shelter vessels
calling at the island.
40 Landing is best achieved during the NE monsoon (May
to September) in the middle of the W side where there is an
opening in the fringing reef.
Anchorage may be obtained by shallow draught vessels
45 on the S edge of the W bank, with the sand cay bearing
between 328o and 036o. There is also anchorage 1 mile SW in
a depth of 18 m (9.8 fm) in which position the reef is visible.

PAG-ASA ISLANDS (11° 03' 10"N., 114° 17' 07"E.), PAG-ASA CAY 1, a bean-shaped sand cay near the
about 25 miles NNW of Kota Island, is a group of several 50 center of the reef, which is about 1.8 miles NW of Pag-asa
dangerous patches located on two banks, which are separated Island. Irregular depths ranging from 4.6 m to 14.6 m (2.5 to 8
by a narrow and deep channel. Pag-asa Islands stretch about fm) exist in the channel between the reef and Pag-asa Island.
13.1 miles in the NE direction.
PAG-ASA CAY 2, a sand cay near the center of a drying
The W bank extends 6 miles W with reefs and irregular 55 reef, about 1.2 miles WSW of the W edge of the reef of Pag-
depths on its edges and greater depths within. The S edge of asa Cay 1. There is a 9 m (4.9 fm) shoal in the middle of
the W bank is not so dangerous as the N edge. The E bank the passage between the two reefs leading into the lagoon.
is separated from the W bank by a deep channel, about 0.8
mile wide. PAG-ASA CAY 3, about 0.8 mile WSW Pag-asa Cay
60 2, is on the center of a reef. Another reef exists about 0.7

5-75
mile WSW of this cay. NE. A channel 0.3 mile wide lies between the charted 5.5
m (3 fm) lines between the NE edges of this reef and the
PAG-ASA CAY 4, about 1.4 miles WSW of Pag-asa Cay W extremity of North Reef. This channel should not be
2, is near the NE end of the reef forming the W extremity of attempted as several shoals with depths of 3 m (1.6 fm) over
the W bank with detached reefs always marked by breakers 5 them, lie in the middle.
between them. Another small reef lies on the S edge of the
bank 2 miles SW of Pag-asa Cay 2. PUGAD ISLAND (11° 25' 43"N., 114° 19' 53"E.),
thickly wooded with trees 9 m high and covered with coarse
PAG-ASA REEFS, the E of the two banks of Pag-asa grass, lies 1.7 miles SW of Parola Island. A channel, with
Islands, is a mass of reefs and shoal patches. The shallowest 10 a 5.5 m (3 fm) patch, 0.7 mile SW of Parola Island and a
area of Pag-asa Reefs are Pag-asa Reef 1 and Pag-asa Reef 9.5 m (5.2 fm) patch 0.4 mile farther S separate the two
2, located at the SW and NE ends respectively. islands. Pugad Island is a breeding place for sea birds and is
covered with guano, the export of which has, for sometime,
ZAMORA REEF (10° 55' 10"N., 114° 05' 45"E.) been carried out on a considerable scale. It is surrounded by
which usually breaks and is steep-to, lies 14 miles SW of 15 a coral reef, which dries in patches and extends 90 m from
Pag-asa Island. The reef is composed of coral which dries its SE side and up to 0.3 miles in other directions. Landing
and surrounds a lagoon into which there appears no passage. is possible on the SE side during the SW monsoon (May to
September), even when it is blowing fresh.
NORTH DANGER REEF (11° 25' N., 114° 21' E.)
of coral formation and steep-to lies 21 miles N of Pag-asa 20 JENKIN PATCHES, with a least depth of 4 m
Island. The middle of the formation is remarkably flat and (2.2 fm), lie 1 mile SW of Pugad Island. These patches
even, with depths of 37 m to 47 m (20 to 26 fm) over its occasionally breaks in rough weather.
quarter part except for a 14.6 m (8 fm) patch near the center
of the lagoon. The lagoon is surrounded by a shallow reef of SOUTH REEF (11° 23' 12"N., 114° 17' 55"E.), at the
varying width on which there are many dangers, with depths 25 SW end of North Danger Reef, breaks heavily on its SW side
of less than 9 m (4.9 m) over them. Extensive areas of this during the SW monsoon.
reef dry in patches at the NE and SW ends of the formation.
Two islets are situated on its NW side. All the known dangers SABINA PATCHES, with a least depth of 4 m (2.2
are plainly visible in good light condition. During the NE fm), situated at the SE end of North Danger Reef, 3 miles
monsoon (October to March) the sea breaks heavily on the 30 SE of Pugad Island. A shoal with a depth of 4.9 m (2.7 fm),
NE side at the NE end of North Danger Reef. lies 0.2 mile NE of the NE extremity of Sabina Patches; a
6.7 m (3.7 fm) shoal lies the same distance E of it; a 6.4 m
No special anchorage can be recommended, the bottom (3.5 fm) shoal lies 0.9 mile NE.
within the surrounding reef being coral and sand. Calm
weather may be obtained under the lee of North Reef during 35 DAY SHOAL with a least depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm), lies
the NE monsoon (October to March), while under the lee of 1.2 miles S of the SE end of North Reef.
South Reef during the SW monsoon (May to September).
IROQUOIS RIDGE extends from Parola Island
Currents appear to be mainly seasonal depending on the to Day Shoal. It has a least depth of 9.1 m (5 fm) located
prevailing monsoon. In the middle of the formation, a rate of 40 1.5 miles SW of the SE extremity of North Reef; a deep
0.5 knots is never exceeded, except with very strong winds. channel between this patch and Day Shoal, 0.8 mile wide
On or near the encircling reef, stronger currents over 1 knot with openings toward the NW end of the ridge with greater
may be expected, the direction depending on the prevailing depths. Between this ridge and North Reef, there are several
wind, but weak currents against the wind, occur at times for patches, with depths of less than 9 m (4.9 fm).
short direction. 45
BISUGO SHOAL (11° 21' 00"N., 114° 36' 45"E.)
NORTH REEF (11° 27' 55"N., 114° 23' 23"E.), located lies 13 miles ESE of North Danger Reef. It is steep-to and
at the NE end of North Danger Reef, dries in patches. consists of a number of patches with depths of less than 18
m (9.8 fm) with a lagoon in the middle. A 4.8 m (2.6 fm)
PAROLA ISLAND (11° 27' 08"N., 114° 21' 16"E.), 50 patch lies near its SW extremity; another depth of 9.1 m (5
3 m (10 ft) high, lies 1.5 miles WSW of North Reef. It is fm) lies near the E end of this shoal.
covered with coarse grass, with a fringe of low bushes round
the edges. The cay is thickly wooded, with trees 6 m to 9 TATLONG TULIS SHOAL (11° 28' 15"N., 114° 40'
m high. Structures of a settlement is near the NE end of the 10"E.), 6 miles N of Bisugo Shoal, is steep-to and composed
island. Parola Light is displayed from the island. 55 of coral; many patches with depths of less than 18 m (9.8
fm), enclose a lagoon with greater depths. A reef, awash,
The island lies on a drying reef which extends 0.6 mile lies at the N end; a 2.2 m (1.2 fm) patch lies on its E side.

5-76
 CHAPTER 6
SULU SEA
CHART 4707
SULU SEA is the area bounded by Mindoro on the N,
Panay, Negros, and Mindanao on the E, Sulu Archipelago and
North Borneo on the S, and Palawan on the W. It is of great
depth, over 5,486 m (3,000 fm) in its E part and in the middle
are several isolated small islands and reefs which, paralleling 5
the E coast of Palawan, rise abruptly from the deep sea
bottom. Although connected with Luzon and Mindanao
Seas and with the Philippine Sea through San Bernardino
and Surigao Straits, its water are prevented from freely
interchanging with those bodies by the limiting depths of 10
several straits or passages leading into it. As a consequence,
in the Sulu Sea the minimum deep-sea temperature is reached
at about 731 m, whereas the same temperature (about 51o
F) is reached at 366 m in the Luzon Sea, at 329 m in the
Mindanao Sea, and 420 m in the Philippine Sea.
WINDS - In Sulu Sea, E winds with fine weather
prevail in October and the NE monsoon is not established
before November. In January it blows hardest, but not with
the force of the West Philippine Sea, and it is felt strongest
before the opening between Panay and Negros, and Negros
and Mindanao. At the end of May SW winds begin to blow,
and in a month become established, to terminate in October,
bringing with them a season made up of rain squalls and
tempests, which take place principally in July and August. In
September a heavy mist hangs about the coast of Mindanao.
Typhoons occasionally pass across the N part of the
Sulu Sea, but are usually of small diameter. PAGASA has a
weather station at Cuyo.
During July and August squalls and SE winds of the
outer zones of typhoons affect this area. During these months
there are frequently periods of fine, clear weather with S
and SE breezes. The bad spells are frequently preceded by 35
fine weather with shifts of winds to the N and NW, with a
gradual drop of the barometer. NW winds have generally
been followed within a few days by bad weather. This does
not apply to Mindoro Straits where NW winds are frequent.
During September and October considerable fine
weather prevails. The NE monsoon makes itself manifest
during November and gradually increases in strength. It lasts
until about the end of April. Its force has not been seen to
exceed that of fresh breezes. During May and June the winds 45
are irregular; fine, clear weather prevailing. The foregoing
applies particularly to the offshore area. Near Panay, the
Calamianes, and Palawan, during what is termed the SW
monsoon, considerable rain falls.
In Sulu Sea the E or NE monsoon is not a fresh, steady
breeze but is often variable. Near Mindanao the N winds
never blow fresh, and light changeable winds frequently
displace them for several days. This often occurs at the end
of January, and it is considered that the same winds prevail
from the Sulu Archipelago to Manila.
CURRENTS - During the NE monsoon the surface
drift, about 0.8 knot, is with the wind. In the S part of the sea
there is generally a NW or W current in the neaps between
Jolo and Basilan and in the tracks thence to Balabac Strait.
In March and April the current sets mostly E among the Sulu
Islands, but it sets W at the same time in the channels among
the islands to the N of Mindanao. Along the coast of Panay
there is a constant N current which varies but little in strength
with the change of tide. In the vicinity of Seco Island and
Batbatan Island this current changes its direction to W and
15 then SW through Cuyo Islands, thus forming a great eddy.
Observations of currents during the SW monsoon are too
scanty to afford reliable information. In general, however,
the current is much weaker and changes with the ebb and
flow of the tides.
20
TIDAL CURRENTS - Two tidal currents enter the Sulu
Sea and passages between the Philippines from opposite
directions—one from the West Philippine Sea through the
W opening, the other from the Philippine Sea through San
25 Bernardino, Surigao, and Basilan Straits. These streams meet
in the many channels between the S islands.
The stream from the West Philippine Sea enters that sea
from the Philippine Sea by the wide opening between Taiwan
30 and Luzon, and passes from N to S along the W shores of
Luzon and Palawan, and through Verde Island Passage,
Mindoro Strait, Linapacan, and Balabac Straits.
The Verde Island Stream after passing S along the
coast of Luzon, and deflecting some of its waters into Manila
Bay, continues along the coast as far as Puñas Point, where
it branches. One stream runs NE around Tayabas Bay and N
and E of Marinduque through Mompog Pass, reunites with
the other branch which passes SE along the Mindoro coast
40 as far as Dumali Point, and then E, S of Marinduque as far as
the Bondoc Peninsula, where it meets the flood stream from
the Philippine Sea, which has passed through San Bernardino
Strait. The N part of the Verde Island stream, which follows
round Balayan and Batangas Bays, reunites with the principal
current near Verde Island, producing violent tide rips and
eddies in that part of the channel between Malabrigo and
Escarceo Points.
The flood that enters Mindoro Strait, follows the coast
50 of Mindoro setting SE as far as Nasog Point, Panay, part of
it continuing round the coast of Mindoro N of Dumali Point,
where it meets the stream through Verde Island Passage. The
rest of the stream divides at the NW point of Panay Island.
6-1
One branch flows along the coast of Panay past Bulacaue
Point and the Gigantes Islands.
The other branch turning to the S from the NW point
of Panay, and being joined midway by the stream setting E
from the Cuyo Islands or Linapacan Strait, continues coasting
Panay and Guimaras Island and into Iloilo Strait.
Between the Calamianes and the N end of Palawan the
flood current sets SE and the ebb NW. The flood current
entering through Balabac Strait turning NNE along the coast
of Palawan spreads itself like a fan over the Sulu and Bohol
Sea from NE to E. It is said to meet the current from Surigao
Point approximately in the meridian of the Cagayanes.
IN SIBUTU PASSAGE, when the tide is rising, the
flood current sets N and W; and also sets generally in the
same direction in the Sulu Archipelago, but takes many local
directions among the islands, where it also appears to be
influenced by the monsoon currents.
THROUGH BASILAN STRAIT, when the tide is
rising, the current sets W and passes along the W coast of
Mindanao N until it meets the flood current from Surigao
Strait about midway on the coast.
The time of high water of the wave that enters from the
South China Sea seems to be from 10 to 12 hrs after the local
transit of the moon and that which comes from the Pacific
through the E and N straits from 6 to 7 hrs after the local
transit of the moon.
DISTRESS & RESCUE – The northern part of Sulu
Sea, including the Cagayan Islands, is within the coverage
of the MF DSC alerting system of the Manila Rescue
Coordinating Center (MRCC). Vessels in distress may
contact the MRCC. There is a remotely controlled coast
station with VHF DSC alerting in Mapun. The details of the
DSC system may be read in Chapter 2 of this publication.
Coast Guard stations in various areas of Sulu Sea may
be contacted through mobile phone, the details of which may
be read in their respective sections.
CAGAYAN ISLANDS (CHART 4356)
Cagayan Islands are situated on the S part of an extensive
reef, very steep-to, the depth of water at 183 m distance being
more than 183 m. The islands consist mostly of low, even
hills, the highest point, 62.5 m (205 ft) near the W shore of
Cagayan, being only 3 to 4.6 m (10 to 15 ft) higher than the
surrounding area. They are all wooded with low trees and
brush; cultivation is carried on in the open spaces where
the rocky nature of the surface gives way to a few inches
of soil, corn being the principal crop, but nothing is being
raised for export.
CAGAYAN ISLAND, the largest of the group, is long
and narrow with a smooth ridge extending nearly its entire
length. The W shore is a rocky bluff from 46 to 62 m (150
to 205 ft) high with a short stretch of sand beach near the
middle of the island, where the bluff recedes about 91 m to
the E. At the S end of this beach is the only place on the W
5 shore where an ascent to the top of the ridge is feasible. The
bluff is undercut about 1.2 m at the water line, and a similar
scar is noticed 12 or 15 m (40 or 50 ft) higher up the face of
the rocks, indicating a sudden uplifting of the island at some
past period; a coral reef, bare in W end. The slope on the E
10 side is more gradual, and the shore is very irregular, with a
number of small islands and rocks on the reefs close inshore.
CAGAYANCILLO, a town on the E side of the island,
has a church and school. The ruins of an old fort is located
15 on the bluff E of the town. There is a post office. A small
pier permits landing in small boats at high tide. Supplies
are very scarce and ship communication is irregular. There
is an airstrip at the SW end of the island. Rain is the source
of fresh water.
20
Major Light - Apao Light (09° 34' 48"N., 121° 12'
06"E.) is displayed from the port area of Cagayancillo.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact MF
25 DSC of the Manila Rescue Coordinating Center. The Coast
Guard station in the town may be contacted at mobile phone
no. +63917-8258428.
Berthing Facility - A 250 m long causeway pier extends
30 from the head of the cove fronting the town.
Anchorage - The best anchorage, only partly protected
by the barrier reef, is 1.6 miles ENE of the town about 274
m S of Calalong Island in 9.6 m, sand and coral bottom. The
35 best approach is from the E.
A vessel drawing not more than 3.7 m (12 ft) can
enter or leave this anchorage at any stage of the tide; the
ranges are easy to pick up, and the whiteness of the bottom
40 exaggerates the dangers. It is, however, exposed to the SE,
and the SE storms set home with great force; special care
should be taken not to be caught by a SE storm at night, when
it would be almost impossible to get to sea or to move farther
W for more protection. The approach to on this anchorage
45 from S was seldom used on account of frequent rain squalls
obscuring the ranges.
Directions - Bring the S tangent of Calalong Island in
range with the N tangent of the islet just E of and appearing
50 to be a part of Cabuaya Island from that direction on course
279o. Almost immediately after the bottom becomes visible,
or when the SW point of Dondonay Island is abeam bearing
009o, the S tangent of Cabuaya Island will be in range with a
peculiar round tuft on the sky-line of Cagayan Island bearing
55 272 1/2o, then change course to 275 1/2o and continue for
0.6 mile to anchorage.
LANOG ISLANDS, two in number, are small about 0.7
mile S of Cagayancillo, and near the E edge of the reef which
60 extends about 0.9 mile S at the S end of Cagayan Island.
6-2
 CABUAYA ISLAND, 1 mile NE of the town, about
36 m wide, 366 m long and 11 m (35 ft) high, forms the S
portion of a small rounded bay of the same name between
Cagayan and Calalong Islands. The bay has a depth of 5.5
m, sand bottom and entrance at high tide for small boats may 5 A sunken wreck was reported to exist about 1.5 miles
be had through a narrow channel between a 6 m rock and the
W tip of Cabuaya Island.
CALALONG ISLAND, 1.5 miles ENE of the town, is
26 m (85 ft) high and composed of a group of low, rounded 10
hills with steep, rocky bluff on the S shore. It is separated
from Cagayan Island by a narrow channel that dries at low
water.
DONDONAY ISLAND, 735 m E of Calalong Island, is 15
46 m (150 ft) high, about 3 miles long in a NE direction and
narrow with a low ridge running its entire length. The entire
shoreline is composed mostly of rocky bluffs with only a few
stretches of beach. The island is covered with brush and scrub
trees, with only few small cleared places. A coral reef runs 20
along the entire E shore. The channel between Dondonay
and Calalong Islands is navigable by a vessel drawing 3.7
m (12 ft), but the area inside is so filled with coral heads that
it is of no practical use.
25
TANUSA ISLAND, 27.4 m (90 ft) high, and VOLATA
ISLAND S of it, are separated from the N end of Cagayan
Island and each other by narrow, foul channels impassable
for anything but small boats. Tanusa has the same general
appearance as Cagayan, but Volata is rather flat. A small pier, 30
used by boats, is extends from the barrio of Nusa about 0.2
mile S of Tanusa Point.
ANULING AND LANGISAN ISLANDS, NE of
Dondonay Island, are surrounded by coral reefs which are 35
steep-to on their E sides. They are bare rocks, the latter being
24 m (88 ft) high. These and the many small rocks in the
vicinity are undercut by the sea.
MANUCAN ISLAND, 2.2 miles E of Langisan Island, 40
is flat and sandy, covered with a thin brush and some coconut
trees. It is completely surrounded by a coral reef which bare
at low water. Shoal water with depths of 4.9 and 7.3 m are
0.9 mile W and 0.6 mile NW of the island, respectively.
Manucan Light (09° 38' 33"N., 121° 20' 47"E.) is shown 45
from the center of the island.
BOOMBONG ISLAND, 6 miles N of Manucan Island,
MANUCAN ISLAND, FROM EAST-SOUTHEASTWARD
CAGAYAN ISLANDS (BOOMBONG ISLAND FROM EASTWARD)
6-3
is 15 m (50 ft) high to the top of trees, and the NE one of
the Cagayan Islands. It is low, sandy, and surrounded by a
coral reef which extends about 0.8 mile in a NE direction.
NE of Boombong Island.
DAUISAN, CABANTAYAN, and IGCAUAYAN
REEFS, mostly bare at low water, form the limits of an
extensive coral and shoal water area immediately N of the
Cagayan Islands. A rock awash on the NW edge of Dauisan
Reef is prominent. Numerous detached coral rocks and
boulders are scattered in the area enclosed by these reefs.
CALUSA ISLAND, 20 m high to the top of trees, is 10
miles W of the S end of Cagayan Island. The water between
the two is very deep. The island is 0.5 mile wide, 1 mile
long in an E direction, flat, sandy, and covered with brush
and coconut trees.
Magsaysay, the barrio on the S side of the island, has
several houses which are mostly blocked by coconut trees.
A steep-to coral reef about 228 m wide surround the entire
island.
CATIMOGAN SHOALS, a group of several detached
coral formations, has the S end of their banks about 3 miles
NE from Boombong Island. They extend N for 5 miles with
a maximum width of 2 miles within the 18.3- meter curve.
The depths on the shoals vary from 4.1 to 14.6 m (2 1/4 to 8
fathoms) with 20.1 to 54.9 m (11 to 30 fathoms) in between
them.
SULTANA SHOALS, N of Catimogan Shoals, is a
coral ridge about 5.5 miles long in a N direction and 0.5 mile
wide within the 18.3-meter curve with depths varying from
1.4 to 16.5 m (3/4 to 9 fathoms). The S end of these banks
is 10 miles 010o from Boombong Island. Both Catimogan
and Sultana Shoals are very steep on their W sides, having
depths of more than 183 m (100 fathoms) at less than 0.5
mile distance. On the E side it slopes gradually 6 miles E to
the 182.9- meter curve. Between the N end of Catimogan
Shoals and the S end of Sultana Shoals, a distance of 4 miles,
is a 10.1-meter (5 1/2 fathoms) spot with depths of 25.6 to
45.7 m (14 to 25 fathoms) around it. The tops of the trees
at Cagayan Island just dip below the horizon at its position.
CAVILI, an elongated island 1 mile long in a NE
direction and 548 m wide, is low, to the sandy, flat, and
about 30 m (100 ft) high to the top of trees. It is about 30
miles SW of Cagayan Island and surrounded by steep-to
coral reef 548 m to 0.8 mile wide. A small village is at the
NE end of the island.
ARENA ISLAND, about 4 miles SW of Cavili Island
is sandy. A tower for a tower of a proposed lighthouse is on
the island. The island is on a steep-to coral reef about 4 miles
long in a NE direction and 1.3 miles wide.
Several detached sand cays are on the reef S and W of
the island. A deep channel 2 miles wide separates Arena and
Cavili Islands.
TUBBATAHA REEFS
(CHARTS 1566 & 4357)
TUBBATAHA REEFS, in the central part of Sulu Sea,
are two dangerous reefs separated by a deep channel about
5 miles wide.
Marine Protected Area - Tubbataha Reefs and Jessie
Beazly Reef were designated as Tubbataha Reefs Natural
Park. Unauthorized entry is strictly prohibited. Dumping
of waste, illegal and destructive means of fishing, and other
environmentally harmful activities are also prohibited inside
the marine park. Consult Chart 1566 for detailed information
on the restricted and buffer zones of the marine protected
area.
Particularly Sensitive Sea Area - In 2017, the
International Maritime Organization recognized the
Tubbataha Reefs Natural Park as a Particularly Sensitive
Sea Area (PSSA). The limits of the PSSA coincides with the
limits of the buffer zone of the Tubbataha Reefs Natural Park.
The PSSA is designated as an Area to be Avoided (ATBA)
for all vessels of 150 gross tonnage and upwards.
Protected Area Management - The Tubbataha
Management Office (TMO) manages the Tubbataha Reefs
Natural Park and implements the environmental laws and
guidelines for the PSSA and ATBA. The TMO also regulates
the entry of yachts, small pleasure crafts, and tourists in the
area. The TMO may be contacted at telephone no. (+6348)
434-5759 and e-mail at tmo@tubbatahareef.org. The TMO
has a park ranger station located at the Central Islet.
NORTHEAST TUBBATAHA REEF, also known as
North Atoll, is oblong in shape and encloses a lagoon 2 miles
wide and 5 miles long, with depths of 7.3 to 32.9 m mud
bottom. There are no passages through the barrier reef into
the lagoon but small launches can cross the barrier at high
tide. Deep water is close to the outer edge of the reefs, and
no anchorages are available.
North Islet, Central Islet, and a number of small black
rocks are the only objects that appear above high water. At
low water a large number of detached sand cays or ridges,
each about 91 m long and 9 to 18 m wide, can be seen along
the entire length of the reef. North Islet is covered with grass
and some guano. The Ranger Station is located on the Central
Islet. The sunken wreck of a vessel named Malayan is located
about 2.5 miles NW of the ranger station.
5
The SW reef is about 4.5 miles long N and S, with
several black rocks and sand cays visible at high water.
SOUTH ISLET is made up of loose, white sand about
10 1.5 m (5 ft) above high water, and is protected by riprap.
Tubbataha Light (08° 44' 55"N., 119° 49' 11"E.) is displayed
from a prominent white cylindrical tower located on the S
point of the island.
15 JESSIE BEAZLEY REEF, about 18 miles N of
Tubbataha Light, extends about 640 m in a NW direction and
is about 137 m wide. At the center of the reef is a small hill of
broken coral about 1.8 m (6 ft) high, devoid of vegetation. At
low water the reef bares over a considerable area. Few birds
20 sometimes land on bare parts of this reef. The white sand
cay is readily picked up by day at a distance of 3 to 5 miles.
MAEANDER OR BASTERRA REEF, about 50 miles
SW of Tubbataha Light, is a low sand cay about 2.4 m (8
25 ft) high, surrounded by a coral reef about 823 m in diameter
and is apparently steep-to.
SOUTHWEST SULU SEA
(CHARTS 4720 & 4722)
30
The SW part of Sulu Sea is an area characterised by
numerous shoals, rocks, and reefs. Mariners are advised
to navigate with caution as there are plenty of uncharted
dangers in this area.
35
MOYUNE SHOAL is 1.3 miles in extent E and W
and 0.8 mile wide. The shoalest area is in the SE part with a
depth of 5.9 m about 33 miles 278o from Bancoran Island.A
9.1- meter shoal was reported in 1961, about 8 miles ENE
40 of this shoal.
BANCORAN ISLAND, about 56 miles 008o from the
highest peak of Cagayan Sulu Island, is nearly 548 m in
diameter, steep-to, flat, and heavily wooded. A tree on the
45 center of the island is about 30.5 m (100 ft) high and stand up
clear of the surrounding trees. A steep-to coral reef extends
off its N side for a distance of about 0.5 mile. The island is
a good landmark and can be easily picked up on a clear day
by vessels crossing the Sulu Sea from Jolo or Zamboanga
50 for Balabac, or from Puerto Princesa for Cagayan Sulu and
Sandakan.
A stranded wreck was reported in 1959, 0.5 mile NE of
the island. About 1.5 miles N by NE of the island is a 12.8 m
55 shoal which was reported in 1962 to be in existence.
JAVA REEF, a dangerous shoal with a depth of 4.6 m
over it, is 10 miles 218o from the peak of Bancoran Island.
The 9.1- meter limit around this reef extends 1.3 miles in a
60 NNE and SSE direction. In day light it may be passed fairly
6-4
close to, as a well defined discolored water is visible over it.
Strong tide rips often occur around the shoal ground. A good
channel exists on either side of it. To avoid this reef, vessels
passing in this vicinity from N should head W of the range
formed by Bancauan Island and the islet N of it, or E of a
210o bearing to Bancauan Island.
VALPARAISO SHOAL is about 2 miles in extent
with apparently shoaler water SW. Sounding of 11 and 12.8
m were obtained, the bottom of coral being plainly seen at 10
the time. Its approximate position is about 8 miles NW of
Bancauan Island. The British SS Shantung, drawing 5.8 m
(19 ft) reported touching on or in the vicinity of Valparaiso
Shoal. The depth on this shoal is therefore assumed to be
about 5.5 m instead of 11 m as formerly shown on the charts. 15
SAN MIGUEL ISLANDS consists of four islets lying
about 40 miles N from Cagayan de Tawi-Tawi.
These shoals lie in a NE and SW direction, apparently about
4 miles apart. They were sighted from the masthead and
the ship was slowed and ran about midway between them,
heading 135o. No bottom was found at 45.7 m.
5
A shoal apparently about 1 mile in diameter is 11 miles
210o from Manuc Manucan. This shoal could not be seen
from the masthead until the ship was almost on it. The engine
was stopped and backed full speed and the vessel ran into
7.3 m before headway was stopped. Shoal water was seen
ahead near the middle of the shoal. The edge was abrupt with
a depth of 12.8 m close-to. No bottom at 45.7 m was found
just off it. This shoal is covered with very large boulders,
some of which appear almost to the surface.
The position of these shoals were obtained by longitude
sights, meridian altitude, and bearings of Bancauan, Manuc
Manucan, and Cagayan Sulu Islands.

BANCAUAN ISLET is the largest, being about 0.8 20 In 2005, a rock was reported to exist at position 07o 37'
mile long; about 366 m from the NE point it is nearly divided 42"N., 118o 07' 30"E.
by the sea. The N point rises to a peak 24 m (78 ft) high. A
small coral islet 0.8 mile N is connected with Bancauan by In May 1954 the M.S. China Mail reported Discolored
a coral reef extending from its N and W sides. The reef has water, possibly a shoal, is reported about 13 miles 149o from
some sand cays and large boulders. The islet is steep-to on 25 Bancoran Island.
the SE part.
Memnon Shoal is reported as lying about 16.5 miles
MANUC MANUCAN, about 5 miles 248 o from 187o from Manuc Manucan. It consists of coral with patches
Bancauan Islet, the larger of the two SW islets on the group, of sand and has an estimated width of about 1 mile. The depth
is sparsely wooded and 0.9 m (3 ft) high. It is connected by 30 found was 11 m, but it appeared shoaler in other places.
a reef with a small coral islet lying 0.5 mile S. The coral Heavy tide rips marked the NE edge of the shoal and rendered
reef extends to the N and NNE of the islet for nearly 1.5 it apparent; otherwise it did not show distinctly.
miles, with large lumps of coral bare at low water. There
is no safe anchorage found in the vicinity of these islands. VIOLA SHOAL, (7o 50' 00"N., 117o 40' 50"E.), a coral
In the progress of the survey anchorage was taken up S of 35 patch having only 1.2 m at low water spring tides, and on
Manuc Manucan in 11 m with 128 m over the stern. A coral which the Spanish vessel Viola struck and remained several
patch with a depth of 4.1 m is 2.3 miles, 315o from Manuc hours. This reef has been searched for without success. A
Manucan, which is considered to be connected with it by danger, position doubtful, is now on the chart 4 miles N of it.
shoal ground, and therefore should be avoided.
40 In about position 7o 30' N., 118o 50' E., the water
WEST BANK, 4 miles W of Manuc Manucan, extends appeared to be swelling up from the bottom like an overfall,
about 6 miles in a NNW direction with a depth of 11 m at and a peculiar effect of refraction was very noticeable just
the center. above the surface. This may have been a very strong tide
rip, though the dead reckoning showed no strong currents
SOUTHWEST BANK has its E extremity bearing 220o, 45 encountered. It probably marked the edge of the deep.
distant 6 miles from Manuc Manucan; from this position
the bank extends W 3.3 miles and thence NW 5 miles, the CAGAYAN DE TAWI-TAWI ISLANDS (CHART
general direction being ESE and WNW for about 8 miles. A 4348), A group of islands on the SW part of the Sulu Sea,
depth of 16.5 m was found on its SE extremity. The bottom include the island of Cagayan de Tawi-Tawi, Bulissuan close
is even, generally coral and sand, and may be clearly seen in 50 W and the two Muligi Islands SW of it, with Keenapusan,
23.8 to 31.1 m. Anchorage with good holding ground may Pamelikan, Bintut, Bohan, Mandah, Silumisan, and
be had on this bank. From the E edge of the bank the summit Lapunlapun N. Except Mandah, Bintut and the smaller
of Cagayan Sulu can be seen in clear weather bearing 167o, islands all the islands in this group are inhabited.
distant 38 miles.
55 CAGAYAN DE TAWI-TAWI , the largest of the group,
DANGERS - Shoals have been reported by the U.S.S. extends about 8 miles long in an E direction and 5 miles
Don Juan de Austria, as follows: wide. With the exception of the NW and SE points which
are steep-to, coral reef extending nearly 0.8 mile in some
Don Juan de Austria Shoals, A small shoal, probably places fringe the shore. This reef is bare in patches at low
3.7 or 5.5 m is about 21 miles 249o from Manuc Manucan. 60 water. The breaks on the reef lead to channel for canoes or

6-5
rafts between their edges and the shore. In the interior of
the island are ranges of hills with MOUNT LEDAN, 311 m
(1,020 ft) high near the NE part, sloping gradually to the sea.
LAKE SINGUAN, elevation 9 m (30 ft) and LAKE
ERNESTINE, elevation 17 m (55 ft), are deep, circular,
fresh water crater lakes with precipitous shores between
Gunboat Harbor and Jurata Bay. LAKE SAPA is 1.4 miles
SSW of Mount Ledan.
MAPUN (CAGAYAN DE TAWI-TAWI) is a town
on the N shore of GUNBOAT HARBOR, the indentation
of the S shore of Cagayan de Tawi-Tawi Island, 1 mile
W of TANDOTAO POINT. The town's population was
about 27,000 in 2015. The people are peaceful and for
their subsistence, they depend chiefly on rice, fish, cassava,
bananas, and other root-vegetable crops. The soil and
climate are favorable to vegetation and the principal exports
are copra, and a little sea food. Textiles, groceries, daily
necessities and about two-thirds of the rice consumption are
imported from Jolo, Palawan, and Borneo. Fresh water may
be obtained at half tide from a spring at the landing place near
the SW anchorage, at the watering place inside Jurata Bay
on the S side of the island, and near Lapunlapun anchorage
off BUOG village.
Major Light - Tandotao Point Light (06° 58' 07"N., 118°
31' 28"E.) is displayed at about 0.5 mile W of Tandotao Point.
Berthing Facility - The town has 50 m long causeway
pier.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact the
VHF DSC station in Mapun. The Coast Guard station in the
town may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63916-6118665.
LUPA PULA village is at the S foot of LUPA PULA
HILL, after the evacuation of Jurata. Bullocks and fowls are
raised in small quantity.
A pier consisting of a causeway with a 30.5 m inner
section was built of steel sheet piling and filled with coral and
sand. The E side of the pier can only be used by very light
draft vessels. Along the W side, the depths vary from 3 to 3.4
m (10 to 11 ft) in October 1965. Ships of 62 tons net (107
gross) capacity go alongside regularly. Postal communication
is available. There is an 800- meter long airstrip at the spit of
land at the W part of the entrance to Gunboat harbor.
ANCHORAGES - The best anchorage during the NE
monsoon is off the W end of the island with Tavotavo Point
bearing 359o, distant 1.5 miles and Mount Salisali bearing
058o, in about 27.4 m, sand and coral bottom. Anchorage
may also be found on the N side of the island in 32.9 m,
with Lapunlapun Island bearing 058o and KAMUTYAJAN
POINT 193o. Steer for this anchorage on course 111 o,
keeping BULINGIS POINT on range with the summit
of the 244-meter (800 ft) hill on the E side of the island.
Temporary anchorage for communication with the N side of
the island may be taken up E of LAPUNLAPUN ISLAND,
but it is not good. Anchorage may also be found during the
NE monsoon about 0.6 miles S of the small island at the
entrance to Jurata Bay.
5 KEENAPUSAN ISLAND, about 9 miles N of Tavotavo
Point, is a little more than 0.5 mile in extent and 53 m (173
ft) high. It is surrounded by a coral reef which, on the S side,
extends about 548 m. To the N and E the water is deep, but
on the S and W sides the 36.6- meter curve extends nearly
10 1.5 miles. The S part of the island is planted with coconuts.
An islet, covered with low trees and locally known as
NUSAMUSA, is on the shore reef about 78 m NW of the
island.
15 ANCHORAGE may be had SW of the island in 12.8 to
18.3 m coral and sand bottom, with the higher Keenapusan
Hill bearing 041o and Pamelikan summit 153o.
NORTHEAST BANK, the 18.3- meter limit of which
20 includes a circular space of about 1 mile in diameter, with
7.3 m on its shoalest part, is 058o about 3.5 miles from
Keenapusan. The shoal is not steep-to, the soundings
decreasing regularly from 36.6 to 9.1 m forming a fair
anchorage or stopping place on either side of the shoal.
25 Tavotavo Point, in line with the W point of Bohan 202
1/2o, clears its E side, and keeping Pamelikan just open off
Tavotavo Point, clears the W edge. Deep water is between
this shoal and Keenapusan Island.
30 NORTHWEST BANK, the S 7.3-meter patch of
which is 311o, 3.5 miles from Keenapusan, runs in a NW
direction. It is 1 mile long and about 548 m wide. It has
the same character as Northeast Bank, but is more steep-to
and vessels should not anchor on it. The W point of Bohan
35 in line with the W point of Pamelikan bearing 161o, clears
its edge, and the W point of Pamelikan in line with the W
end of Mandah 144o, clears the W side of the shoal. The
36.6-meter curve surrounding this bank extends irregularly
S for about 4.5 miles.
40
PAMELIKAN ISLET is a small flat islet about 548 m
in extent and 2.8 miles S of Keenapusan Island. A clump of
trees 45 m (148 ft) high is on the E part of the island. It is
surrounded by a coral reef which extends to about 548 m
45 on the E and SW sides.
In 1953, many uncharted shoals have been reported in
existence about 3.3 miles 053o from the N end of the islet.
A shoal with a depth of 8.2 m has been reported about 2.9
50 miles 301o from the same point of Pamelikan.
BINTUT ISLET, 1.3 miles S of Pamelikan, appears to
be a vast block of dark sandstone, 42 m (139 ft) high. BISU
BINTUT is a rock close to the E side. The channel between
55 Bintut and Pamelikan is deep and clear.
BOHAN ISLAND, 1 mile SE of Bintut Islet, is about
548 m in extent, covered with coconut trees, and 31 m (102
ft) high. BISU BOHAN, a rock 16.5 m (54 ft) high, is at the
60 edge of the coral reef bare at low water which extends about
6-6
0.5 mile W of the island. m (29 ft) is 16 miles 259o from the highest point of the S
Muligi Island. About 5 miles NW of this shoal is another
MANDAH ISLAND, 0.9 mile ESE of Bohan Island, has shoal reported also in 1962 to have a least depth of 7.9 m
a sharp peak rising to an elevation of 72 m (236 ft) toward (26 ft). Discolored waters have been sighted on these shoals.
the N and fairly sloping towards the S. It is about 548 m in 5
extent, wooded, with some coconut trees on its S part. It is MONMOUTH SHOALS is a group of five small,
connected with Bohan Island by a coral reef with 0.3 to 0.6 detached, coral formations extending about 6 miles long
m (1 to 2 ft) of water in patches at low tide. in a NE direction with varying depths of 4.1 to 8.2 m. The
shoalest one is 20 miles 237o from the highest point of the
A bank about 0.5 mile in diameter, with a depth of 16.5 10 S Muligi Island.
and 40.2 m close around, has been reported about 30 miles
300o from the highest peak of Cagayan Sulu Island. Other WANDERER SHOAL, about 2 miles in extent with a
banks, reported in 1952, about 13 miles N of Keenapusan depth of 3.7 m at its SE edge, is about 22 miles 239o from
Island are indicated on the chart. An uncharted shoal with the highest point of the S Muligi Island. It is reported that
a depth of 15.1 m in the general depth of 76.8 m has been 15 deep water lie between Monmouth and Wanderer Shoals.
reported in 1954 about 23 miles W of Tandotao Point Light.
KECHIL ROCK, is a coral patch about 548 m in extent
BOLISSUAN, 125 m (412 ft) high, is an irregularly on a shoal area 1.5 miles long in a NE direction within the
shaped island with a little neck about 274 m long on the same 18.3-meter curve. It has a depth of 5.5 m and is about 16.8
reef close to and W of Cagayan Sulu Island. TAVOTAVO 20 miles 003o from Sibaung Island. A 10.1- meter spot, existence
POINT on its NW end is steep-to. doubtful, is charted 1 mile SSE of Kechil Rock.

MULIGI ISLAND, about 8 miles S of Tavotavo Point
are 119 and 52 m (392 and 170 ft) high. The S, higher, and
larger island is about 0.5 mile long in a S direction and 548 25
m wide. The NE island is about 548 m in diameter. They
are both inhabited and planted with coconut trees. The
channel between them has a depth of 45.7 m but is narrowed
considerably to about 366 m by a coral reef extending about
274 m to the NE of the S island. 30
KESTREL SHOAL, about 0.5 mile in extent, with a
depth of 2.3 m, is 5 miles SSW of Kechil Rock and 12 miles
355o from Sibaung Island.
MAMBAHENAUHAN (BAIHINAUAN) ISLET,
30.5 miles S of the highest peak of Cagayan Sulu Island, is
44 m (145 ft) high, composed of brown rock with brushwood
and small trees on its summit.

WILLCOX BANK, about 0.5 mile in extent within the
36.6- meter curve, is 4.5 miles 230o from Tandotao Point
Light. It has a depth of 5 m near its NW edge with a plainly
visible coral bottom. The channel between Muligi Islands and 35
this bank has depths of 93 to 102 m. Between the bank and
the S coast of Cagayan Sulu Island, the channel has depths
of 38 to 49 m. From the shoal the S Muligi Island bears 239o,
distant 4.8 miles, and Tavotavo Point 331o, distant 7 miles.
40
CAUTION - Numerous detached shoals and banks off
the W and SW of Muligi Islands (Chart 4720), have not been
thoroughly surveyed. The depths indicated on the charts may
have less water and vessels navigating in this region should
exercise great caution in order to avoid possible dangers. 45
Around San Miguel Island and near the surrounding shoals
tide rips and whirlpools often occur.
A chemicals dumping ground is located about 44.2 miles
NE of Tandotao Point Light. 50
MULIGI PATCHES, consisting of a number of coral
shoals and banks extending about 7 miles in a W direction,
have depths varying from 9.1 to 18.3 m. The E most of these
patches, with a depth of 14.6 m, is 20 miles 275o from the 55
S Muligi Island. There may be less water on some of these
patches and numerous coral reefs are reported to lie W.
A shoal about 2 miles long in a NE direction and about
548 m wide, reported in 1962 to have a least depth of 8.8 60
TURTLE ISLANDS, consisting of Sibaung, Boaan,
Lihiman, Great Bakkungaan, Langaan, Taganak, and Baguan,
are about 25 to 35 miles SW of Mambahenauhan Islet.
They are high and prominent, forming good landmarks for
locating a vessel when navigating in this locality. Coconut
trees are the dominant vegetation and these islands are noted
for turtle eggs that abound around the sand beaches during
laying season. The islands are under the administration of the
municipality of Turtle Islands, which is under the province
of Tawi-Tawi.
Marine Protected Area - The municipality of Turtle
Islands and its sorrounding waters are protected areas under
the NIPAS law. Waters that are included in the protected area
are those within 15 km from the shoreline of each islands.
Dumping of garbage and environmentally harmful activities
are prohibited.
BAGUAN ISLAND, about 26 miles S by W of
Mambahenauhan Islet, is densely wooded and 69 m (228
ft) high. A coral reef bare at low water and about 0.5 mile
wide surrounds the island. From the N point discolored water
has been seen to a considerable distance in the direction of
Laurel Rock. The passage between Baguan and the rock
should therefore not be attempted.
TAGANAK ISLAND, about 8 miles WSW of Baguan,
is 1 mile long in a NNE direction, 137 m (450 ft) high, and
densely wooded. It is surrounded by a coral reef varying from

6-7
36 m at the S end to about 735 m at the W side. A settlement
on the S part of the island is the seat of the municipal district
of Taganak (Turtle Islands). Two T-head jetties extend S from
the shore of Taganak town. Strong currents are reported in
its vicinity.
LANGAAN ISLAND, 12.5 miles NW of Taganak
Island, is about 137 m wide, 640 m long in a NW direction,
36.6 m (120 ft) high, and mostly planted with coconut trees.
It is on the SW edge of an extensive reef projecting 1.2 miles
NE, with 0.3 to 0.6 m of water at low tide. A narrow sand
cay about 366 m long in a N direction, 0.6 m (2 ft) above
high water, is near the E edge of the reef about 735 m E of
the island.
GREAT BAKKUNGAAN ISLAND, 1.8 miles SW
of Langaan, is about 594 m wide, 0.7 mile long in a NE
direction, and 36.6 m (120 ft) high on the N end. The island
is wooded with extensive coconut trees. It is fringed with
coral reef bare in patches at low tide. Detached coral reefs 20
extends 1.5 miles NW and 1 mile W and E of the island.
Likud Bakkao is the barrio on the W coast of Great
Bakkungaan Island. The Coast Guard station in the barrio
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63914-6609115.
LIHIMAN ISLAND, 4.2 miles NW of Great
Bakkungaan, is 457 m wide and 0.6 mile long in a NE
direction. It has a conical mud volcano 41 m (135 ft) high
near the N end. The lower portion is densely wooded and
planted with coconut trees. It is surrounded by a coral reef
varying in width from 45 to 365 m in places. A rocky islet,
about 73 m in extent and 20 m (66 ft) high to the top of trees,
is 0.5 mile NE of Lihiman. Several coral boulders are on the
reef surrounding the islet.
BOAAN ISLAND, 2.7 miles N of Lihiman Island,
is about 735 m wide, 0.8 mile long in a NE direction, and
58 m (190 ft) high on the N end. Its lower part is densely
wooded and planted with coconut trees, with a small stretch
of mangrove at the SE shore. A coral reef about 548 m wide
surrounds the island. Both Boaan and Lihiman are almost
similar in shape and have mud volcanoes.
SIBAUNG ISLAND, 4.5 miles W of the N end of Boaan
Island, is about 91 m long, rocky, with a few bushes 11 m (35
ft) high. It is surrounded by a coral reef varying from 91 to
274 m wide. This is the most W and N of the Turtle Islands.
DANGERS - Several offlying shoals, reefs, and isolated
rocks in the vicinity of Turtle Islands constitute dangers to
navigation. The area has not been thoroughly surveyed and
the charted shoals may have less water on them. They should
be avoided and mariners should exercise great caution when
navigating the area.
LAUREL ROCK, about 4 miles NE of Baguan Island,
is of small extent and stands 1.8 m (6 ft) above high water.
5 Several rocks awash extend about 91 m NW of this rock. It
is the most E danger in this locality.
CLOTILDE ROCK, 0.6 m (2 ft) above high water,
is on a small coral reef 8.5 miles NNW of Baguan Island.
10 Several coral boulders awash and bare 0.3 m (1 ft) are on
the reef NW of the rock. The surrounding depths close-to
are about 36.6 m. A shoal with a depth of 3.2 m is 1 mile
SW of Clotilde Rock.
15 The Norwegian steamer Progress reported striking on a
pinnacle rock with a depth of 5.5 m about 2 miles 311o from
Baguan Island.
TAGANAK PATCHES, with depths of 8.2 to 18.3
m and greater depth between them, are about 2.5 miles in
extent in a NW direction. The central and shoalest part is 4
miles 293o from the SW end of Taganak Island. Tide rips
occasionally occur over the patches.
25 A small 7.8- meter shoal is 7 miles WNW of Taganak
Island. A coral patch, apparently of small extent, having
a depth of 7.3 m and possibly less, is 4.5 miles 112o from
Langaan Island. A 16.5-meter patch is about 1 mile N of
this coral patch.
30
JOHNSON ROCK, on a coral shoal about 2.5 miles
in extent, has a depth of 2.2 m about 2.2 miles 058o from
the SE extremity of Langaan Island. It is near the W edge
of the shoal ground with depths varying from 8.2 to 14.6 m.
35 A 16.5 and 5.9-meter shoals are 3.8 miles ENE and 2 miles
NW, respectively, of Johnson Rock.
Small detached coral reefs extends 1.8 miles NW and
1 mile SE of Great Bakkungaan Island. The most NW of
40 these reefs has a depth of 0.9 m. A 2.4-meter coral patch
has been reported in the channel between Great Bakkungaan
and Langaan Islands.
A small shoal with a depth of 3.2 m is 2.3 miles 109o
45 from the summit of Boaan Island.
FLYING FISH ROCK, with a depth of 3.2 m is on a
small shoal about 2.5 miles E of Boaan Island. Deep water
is close around it.
50
Two small shoals with depths of 7.8 and 9.1 m reported
in 1952, are 1.7 miles 065o and 4.8 miles 306o, respectively,
from the summit of Boaan Island.
6-8
 CHAPTER 7
MINDANAO ISLAND
CHART 4708
MINDANAO ISLAND, the second largest island in
terms of size in the Philippines, has an area of about 95,586
square kilometers and a length of general shoreline of about
1,383 miles. It has a very irregular shape, the coastline being
indented with deep bays and inlets. The large bays, Iligan
on the N, and Illana on the S, nearly sever the island in two,
the isthmus between them being only about 7.5 miles wide
at the narrowest part, at the head of Panguil Bay.
The island is mountainous and drained principally 10
by two large rivers, the Agusan and the Rio Grande de
Mindanao. Mount Apo, a dormant volcano situated W from
Davao Gulf, rises to a height of 2,953 m (9,690 ft) and is
the highest point on the island and in the entire Philippines.
AGUSAN RIVER has its sources in the comparatively
low divide that separates this valley from the one making
N from Davao Gulf and flows N into Butuan Bay on the N
coast. The river is navigable by small vessels of 2.7 m (9 ft)
draft to Butuan, about 5 miles up from its mouth. Small boats
and launches of 1.2 m (4 ft) draft can ascend the river about
70 miles. The valley land tributary to the Agusan River is
about 1,000 sq miles in extent.
COTABATO VALLEY OR BASIN, an extensive
plain with several large lakes and rivers, is drained by the
MINDANAO RIVER, which having formed an extensive
delta, empties through two main channels into Illana Bay
near Bongo Island. Small vessels of 2.4 to 2.7 m (8 to 9 ft)
draft cross the bar at high tide and ascend the N channel 5
miles to Cotabato City. Launches of 1.1 m ( 3 1/2 ft) draft can
ascend the river 60 miles farther. The fertile valley traversed
by this river is about 30 miles in width and shows scarcely
any change of level. The area of the valley, not including
Lake Buluan and Liguasan Marsh, is about 1,800 sq miles.
The Cotabato Valley is separated from the valley to the N
of Sarangani Bay by a low divide.
The whole island, being less than 10o from the equator,
has a hot and humid climate, more equable than Luzon.
It is under the influence of the monsoons of the Northern
Hemisphere, but it is largely below the typhoon region. It
has all the products of the other islands of the archipelago;
tuna, copra, bananas, and rice being the principal exports.
Mindanao Island is connected with the telephone,
mobile phone, and Internet communication systems from the
rest of the country. Zamboanga, Cagayan de Oro, General
Santos, Surigao and Davao are the main commercial ports
and sufficient quantities of general supplies are available. 50
They are ports of entry and are connected with Manila and
other cities of the Philippines by several lines of ferry vessels.
The N and E coasts of Mindanao are served by commercial
vessels from Cebu and Iloilo. A system of roads is being
rapidly extended throughout the island and connection is
afforded between the towns on the N coast and S across the
island to Cotabato and Davao.
5 WINDS - The NE and SW monsoons blow with
strength on the N coast and, together with the tidal currents
from the Strait of Surigao, raise a chopping sea. During the
SW monsoon the land breezes are regular; they blow from
sunset to morning and shift sometimes to SE and ESE, but
during “collas” the wind remains steady at SW. “Colla” is
the name given in the Philippines to a SW gale that blows
occasionally during the months from July to October, with
violent squalls and much rain.
15 During the NE monsoon the land breezes are not
regular but still they are experienced when the monsoon is
established, and the winds vary from N to NE and ENE. The
coast is very exposed at that season.
20 In navigating under sail, in either monsoon, the coast of
Mindanao should be approached in order to profit by the land
breezes; but care must be taken to guard against the violent
squalls that come off the mountains.
25 CURRENTS - Between Surigao Strait and Camiguin
Island there is a constant current to the W in both monsoons,
varying in strength according to wind and tide. The flood
current entering Surigao Strait passes SW on both sides of
Camiguin Island with considerable velocity, but loses its
30 strength as it enters Macajalar Bay. During spring tides the
current flows with an estimated velocity of 2 to 3 knots. S
of Bohol the currents follow the direction of the prevailing
monsoon. Near the coast and in the great bays the currents
are influenced by the discharge from the rivers.
35
DISTRESS & RESCUE – There are remotely
controlled coast stations with VHF DSC alerting in
Surigao, Butuan, Cagayan de Oro, Iligan, Ozamis, Dapitan,
Zamboanga City, Pagadian, Cotabato, General Santos,
40 Sarangani Islands, Davao City, Mati, and Bislig. Vessels
in distress may contact these stations when they within 50
miles from it. The details of the DSC system may be read in
Chapter 2 of this publication.
45 Coast Guard stations in various areas of Mindanao may
be contacted through mobile phone, the details of which may
be read in their respective sections.
NORTH COAST OF MINDANAO
(CHARTS 1535, 1536 & 1537)
SURIGAO STRAIT AND VICINITY (CHARTS
1537 & 4603) - From Bilaa Point to Bagacay Point, a distance
of about 110 miles, the coastline is generally regular, rocky,
7-1
and steep, except at the head of Butuan Bay, where the shore
is low and bordered by sandy beach. The shoreline is fringed
by narrow coral reefs with deep water close to their edges.
It is clear, free of off-lying dangers, and can be navigated
within a distance of 0.5 mile from the shore. Two large deep
bays, the Gingoog and Butuan, separated by Diuata Point,
are within this coast.
BILAA POINT, the N extremity of Mindanao, is the
termination of the range of mountains that traverses the E
coast from N to S. The point is composed of dark rocky
formation, clear, and fringed by a narrow steep-to reef.
Major Light - Punta Bilaa Light (09° 49' 23"N., 125°
26' 25"E.) is displayed atop the white tower on Bilaa Point.
Caution - A submarine power cable, crossing the
Surigao Strait to Panaon Island, terminates at the the coast
about 1 mile SW of Bilaa Point. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in its vicinity.
BILAA SHOAL, composed of sand and dark coral
heads and covered by a depth of 3.7 m is 0.8 mile N of Bilaa
Point, from which it is separated by a deep channel 0.5 mile
wide. Vessels using this channel should pass between 365 25
m and 0.5 mile from the shore. The position of the shoal is
usually indicated by the tide rips. During the SW monsoon,
the slope around this shoal is partly sheltered from tide
streams.
MADILAO POINT, about 4 miles SW from Bilaa
Point, is 82 m (270 ft) high, clear, steep-to and composed
of dark rock. A deep open bay which extends about 1 mile
SE is between Bilaa and Madilao Points. This bay is partly
sheltered from NE to SW through E and because of the
great depth of water anchorage should necessarily be made
close inshore.
FROM MADILAO POINT the coast trends S for 46
miles to the mouth of Agusan River. From Madilao Point to
Mount Tubay the shoreline which formed by the W slope
of two mountain ranges along the coast is high, bold, clear,
and steep-to. There are no off-lying shoals that will endanger
navigation. Several small scattered barrios along the shore
are points of call for small coasting vessels.
Major Lights - Punta Beach Light (09° 34' 00"N., 125°
25' 04"E.), displayed on a white tower, is located about 12
miles S of Madilao Point.
San Vicente Light (09° 25' 30"N., 125° 26' 48"E.) is
located about 8.7 miles SSE of Punta Beach Light.
MOUNT TUBAY, a prominent hill which rises to a
height of 447 m (1,468 ft) is on the E side of Butuan Bay
about 0.8 mile inland. The hill is the location of the Tubay
Nickel Mining Project operated by SR Metals Inc. (SRMI).
Vessels loading nickel ores anchors at the small bay fronting
Mount Tubay.
BUTUAN BAY, about 20 miles wide at the entrance
between Tubay and Diuata Points, extends 10 miles S and is
deep and clear. The E shore from Mount Tubay to the mouth
of the Agusan River, a distance of 10 miles, is low, densely
5 wooded, and fringed by a sandy beach. Shoal water, with
very deep water at its edge, extends to a distance of 0.5 to
0.8 mile from shore. The shoreline on the S side of the bay,
between the Agusan River and the town of Nasipit, 10 miles
W, is low and wooded to the sandy beach. Several houses
10 and clearings are scattered on this stretch of coast, and the
shoreline is intersected by small streams. Shoal water does
not extend more than 0.5 mile from the shore between these
two points. The shoreline near Nasipit is such that tangents
around the harbor entrance are somewhat similar and must be
15 used with great caution. From Nasipit to Diuata Point, about
10 miles NW, the shore is fringed by a reef which varies in
width from less than 365 m to 0.5 mile.
Caution - Submarine telecommunication cables are
20 present in Butuan Bay. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited
in the vicinity of the submarine cables.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Butuan
City may be contacted at VHF Channel 16 or mobile phone
nos. +63945-2446348 and +63917-3204942. The VHF DSC
station in Butuan City may also be contacted during distress.
PORT OF AGUSAN is the area bounded by the coast
of Butuan Bay and the imaginary line connecting Diuata and
30 Tubay Points. PPA's PMO-Agusan operates the government
ports and regulates private berthing facilities in the Port of
Agusan.
TUBAY, a small town near the sea, is on the S side of
35 the mouth of Tubay River and about 1.5 miles SW of Mount
Tubay. The town has telephone and mobile phone services.
The Coast Guard station in the town may be contacted at
mobile phone no. +63997-9130648.
40 TUBAY RIVER, emptying on the E side of Butuan
Bay, is a swift-running stream with very little water on its bar
at low water. It is reported that the inhabitants pole canoes
upstream to Lake Mainit, and an inland passage for canoes
may be had between Tubay and Agusan Rivers.
45
ANCHORAGE for vessels which occasionally call
at Tubay is in 21.9 to 27.4 m, about 0.8 mile 347o from the
town and 735 m from shore.
50 CABADBARAN, a town 3 miles S of Tubay, is on the
S bank of Cabadbaran River, about 0.5 mile E of its mouth.
The town has a post office, public dispensary and private
hospitals. Gasoline is available from the nearby oil depot of
Shell Petroleum Corp. A highway connects the town with
55 Surigao City, Butuan City and Davao City.
Major Light - Cabadbaran Light (09° 07' 12"N., 125°
31' 26"E.) is displayed from a white tower on the S bank of
the mouth of Cabadbaran River.
60
7-2
 Caution - Submarine fire pump suction pipes extend which is connected to the shore by a causeway. It has a
about 70 m NW from the Shell Petroleum Oil Depot. The controlling draft of 7 m. A RoRo ramp is available. A 6,500 sq
depot is located at the N bank of Cabdbaran River and is m open storage area is available. Mobile cranes and forklifts
marked by its large white cylindrical tanks. with various capacities and trucks are available.
5
CABADBARAN RIVER has little water and the bar Port Services - Vessels requiring cargo handling
at its entrance is bare at low tide. Vessels which sometimes services must inform the local cargo handling companies
call at Cabadbaran anchor S of a sand spit W of the S bank at port 48 hrs in advance. Ship waste collection is available.
of the river, between the light and the pier, in 18.3 to 11 m.
This anchorage is not recommended as the water drops off 10 Supplies - Fresh water is only available at Nasipit Port,
abruptly close from the shore. about 10 miles W. Fuel suppplies is delivered by tanker
lorries inside at the wharf.
AGUSAN RIVER (CHART 4647) which discharges
into the SE angle of Butuan Bay, is the second largest river Pilotage is compulsory and handled by the Nasipit-
in the island of Mindanao. Its mouth is divided into two 15 Masao Pilots' Association. 24 hrs advanced notice of ETA
channels by Pontod Island, a small sandy cay planted to is required for ocean-going vessels while 12 hrs advanced
coconuts. The bar off the N entrance, blocked by stones, has notice is required for coastal vessels. The pilot association
a depth of only 0.9 m (3 ft) and is not used for navigation. may be contacted through the following means:
The W entrance has a width of about 183 m at the narrowest
part, and 2.7 or 3 m (9 or 10 ft) at ordinary high water. The 20 Telephone: (+6385) 342-811
current in the river is strong and the water off the wharves Mobile phone: +63908-8984821
is fresh at all stages of tide. Vessels desiring to navigate VHF: Channel 16
inside the river should keep on the side of the river where the E-mail: nasipit_pilots@yahoo.com
current is strongest, which is on that side where the current
from upstream strikes it. Caution should be observed to avoid 25 A 450 hp tug boat is available.
the floating logs and drifting trees which abound in the area.
Anchorage - There is no good anchorage outside the
Caution - The sandy cay at the mouth of Agusan River entrance, the water being very deep and the bar steep-
shift. Thus, Pontod Island's actual position may differ from to. Small vessels which do not intent to ascend the river
its charted position. 30 may anchor at the mouth of BAUG RIVER, just S of
MAGALLANES, off the Agusan River Light. The rainy
Major Lights - Agusan River Light (09° 00' 53"N., season begins in December and lasts about four months. The
125° 31' 24"E.) is displayed from a concrete tower at the water in the river during these months is usually deeper and
mouth of Agusan River. filled with floating debris, most of which can be avoided by
35 anchoring under the lee of a point.
Masao Light (09° 00' 38"N., 125° 30' 14"E.) is displayed
from a white tower at the shore end of the Masao Wharf. The anchorage for vessels calling at Masao Port is
located W of the wharf and just N of the 20 m depth curve.
Caution - The entrance channel to Agusan River is Refer to the nautical charts for the details of the anchorage
constantly shifting, specially during freshets. Strangers 40 area.
entering the river should get the latest information regarding
the channel from the pilots or from the skippers of interisland Directions - In June 1955, the best water across the
ferryboats. bar at the river mouth was found as follows: Steer for the S
tangent of Pontod Island on course 073o until Agusan River
Port Management - The Masao Wharf, located SE of 45 Light bears 106o. Turn sharply to head for the light on this
Butuan Bay situated at the W side of the mouth of Agusan bearing. When about 91 m off the beach at Magallanes, haul
River, is operated by TMO-Masao. The TMO may be sharply SE on course 141o, favoring the E side of the river
contacted at telpehone no. (+6385) 343-3065. until abeam the mouth of MANTANGIE RIVER, when mid-
channel courses should be steered, following the usual rules
The port can accommodate vessels up to 3,000 GRT 50 for river navigation to the wharf at Butuan City.
vessel at berth NE of the wharf and a smaller vessel of 300
GRT at berth at NW. Vessels wishing to berth must notify MAGALLANES is the town at the E side of the mouth
the TMO 24 hrs in advance for ocean-going vessels and 12 of Agusan River. Ferry boats calling at the town berth along
hrs in advance for coastal vessels. the seawall facing the Agusan River. Large factories of
55 wood processing factories are located along the N bank of
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Butuan Baug River.
may be contacted at VHF Channel 16, and mobile phone nos.
+63945-2446348 and +63917-3204942. BUTUAN, a chartered city and the capital of Agusan
province is on the W bank of Agusan River, about 5 miles
Berthing Facilities - The port has a 100 m long pier, 60 from the sea. Depths of 3.7 to 10.1 m may be carried from

7-3
the bar at the entrance of the river to the wharves at Butuan.
A considerable trade of hemp, copra, and lumber is being
transacted, especially with Cebu. A provincial hospital,
private hospitals, and clinics serve the medical needs of the
city. Major commercial banks, money remittance centers,
minor shopping malls, courier and parcel companies, and
hotels are opresent in the city.
Launches and small boats make up the transportation to
the inland towns along the Agusan River and its tributaries.
Public buses and vans has daily trips between Butuan and
Davao City, and Cagayan de Oro. Postal services, mobile
phone communication, Internet connection are available.
Bancasi (Butuan) Airport, located about 4 miles W of the
government wharf, is the nearest airport. It is the largest
airport in the region and has daily commercial flights to
Manila and Cebu.
Port Management - TMO-Butuan operates the
government wharf situated 5 miles inland from the mouth
of Agusan River. The TMO may be contacted at telephone
nos. (+6385) 342-6452. Entry of vessels is allowed during
daytime only. Maximum draft allowed is 5 m. Local vessels
wishing to berth must notify the TMO 12 hrs in advance.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Butuan
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63916-3614261,
+63998-5853655, and +63917-6238716; and e-mail address:
cgsbutuan@coastguard.gov.ph.
Berthing Facilities - The government wharf has a berth
length of about 138 m and alongside depth of 6 m. A 3,600
sq m open storage area and a 540 sq m transit shed are the
available storage facilities. Several private warehouses near
the wharves have ample storage space for copra. Mobile
cranes, forklifts, payloaders and trucks are available.
Port Services - Vessels requiring cargo handling
services must send 24 hrs advanced notice to the local service
providers. Ship waste collection and bunkering are available 40
at the wharf.
Supplies - Fresh supplies, Diesel oil, gasoline, ice and
other supplies are available. A good supply of lumber may
be obtained from several lumber mills at Butuan. Fresh water
may be obtained through road tankers
Pilotage is compulsory for all incoming and outgoing
vessels and is handled by the Nasipit-Masao Pilots'
Association, which may be contacted through the following 50
means:
Telephone: (+6385) 342-811
Mobile phone: +63908-8984821
VHF: Channel 16 55 may contacted at telephone no. (+6385) 300-0295.
Email: nasipit_pilots@yahoo.com
NASIPIT is the town located at the E entrance of Nasipit Port may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63935-6038128.
Port. It is connected by road to government wharf in Nasipit
Port. Public utility jeepneys connect the town with Butuan 60
City. Ferry vessels have regular trips from Nasipit to Cebu
City, and Jagna, Bohol. There is a post office, mobile phone
communication, and Internet connection. The nearest airport
is in Butuan City. A 25-bed government hospital and a private
5 clinic are present in the town.
NASIPIT PORT (Chart 4647), lies SE of Butuan Bay,
NW of Masao and is about 10 miles SE of Diuata Point. It is
a naturally covered port located 12 miles WNW from Butuan
10 City. Deep water can be found from the entrance and in the
area facing the government wharf. The head of the port dries
during low tide.
Prominent Features - The entrance is distinguished by
15 two good landmarks consisting of rocky bluff headlands 0.5
mile apart. The cross on the church in the town is prominent
from seaward.
Major Lights - Nasipit Light (08° 59' 22"N., 125° 19'
20 55"E.) is displayed from a white tower at the W entrance
point to the port.
Nasipit Harbor Light (08° 59' 00"N., 125° 19' 52"E.)
shown atop a white tower on a bluff on the W shore of the
25 harbor about 0.5 mile from the entrance.
Channel - The entrance to Nasipit Harbor has a
navigable width of about 228 m, constricted by reefs on
either side, the reef on the W side extends about 548 m N
30 from the W entrance point; the reef, which partially dries
and shows plainly on a clear day. The fringing reef on the
E side outside the entrance extends about 183 m offshore.
Caution - Fish pens, the extent of which are unmarked
35 and unlighted at night, exist along the W side of the port.
Tides and Currents - The mean range of the tide in
Nasipit Harbor is 0.85 m and the diurnal range is 1.25 m.
The heights of the high and low water are 0.8 of the heights
of Cebu and occur 15 minutes earlier. There is an appreciable
tidal current setting in S direction during flood and N at ebb.
Port Management - The port is operated by TMO-
Nasipit, which may be contacted at telephone no. (+6385)
45 343-3065. The port can accommodate vessels with maximum
draft of 7 m, maximum GRT of 11,638 tons, and LOA of 160
m. As of 2016, the major outgoing cargoes from the port are
banana and plywood.
Vessels wishing to berth must notify the TMO 24 hrs
in advance for ocean-going vessels and 12 hrs in advance
for coastal vessels.
Customs - The Bureau of Customs office in Nasipit Port
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Nasipit
Berthing Facilities - The wharf has berth length of about
7-4
630 m and alongside depth of 7 m. One RoRo ramp with
berth length of 75 m and five 20 m by 20 m RoRo ramps are
available. The wharf has a 11,600 sq m open storage area,
1,100 sq m cargo shed, and 450 sq m transit shed. Mobile
cranes and forklifts are available. Liquid cargoes are handled
through pipeline receptacles.
Port Services - Cargo handling services, ship waste
collection, and bunkering are available. Vessels requiring
cargo handling service and bunkering should notify the 10
TMO 24 hrs in advance. Bunker fuel are delivered to the
port by tanker lorries. Fresh water is supplied via pipelines
inside the port.
Supplies - Fresh stores and other supplies are scarce.
Only minor ship repairs can be undertaken at the mill shops.
Ice are available from the two ice plants in the area.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. Pilot boards at
the entrance to the port. Ocean-going vessels must provide 20
ETA 24 hrs in advance while Coastal vessels must provide
ETA 12 hrs in advance. Nasipit-Masao Pilots' Association
provides pilotage services and may be contacted through the
following means:
Telephone: (+6385) 342-811
VHF: Channel 16
Mobile phone: +63908-8984821
Email: nasipit_pilots@yahoo.com
Four 450 hp tug boats area available at the port.
Anchorage - For small vessels, the anchorage is in
Nasipit Harbor about 0.2 mile of SE of Nasipit Harbor Light
in 13 m depth. The area is very limited and has insufficient
swinging room for large vessels, but the holding ground is
good. Large vessels can take anchorage in depths of 26 m to
44 m, sand and mud, about 1.1 miles NE of Nasipit Light.
Anchorage may also be had in 33 to 38 m located just off
the entrance to the port.
Directions - Within 1 mile N of the town of Nasipit, steer
for Nasipit Harbor Light on course 215o. This route will lead
the vessel to pass between two wooden stakes that mark the
edge of the reef. When the rocky bluff on the W side of the
entrance bears 345o, change course to 167o and continue to
anchorage, or go alongside the wharf.
From the W entrance point of Nasipit Harbor, the reef
extends about 457 m NE, then curves around to W with
average width of 0.5 mile for 3 miles up to N of CARMEN.
W from its point the reef narrows down to less than 548 m
and follows the shoreline in NW direction to and around
Diuata Point and into Gingoog Bay.
DIUATA POINT, the W entrance point to Butuan Bay,
is low, densely wooded, cultivated, and rises gradually to
a height of 308 m (1,011 ft) at a distance of about 3 miles
inland. Diuata Point Light (09° 05' 37"N., 125° 12' 29"E.)
is displayed from a white tower on the point. The coast is
formed of coral with coral sand beaches and is fringed by
a very narrow, steep-to reef, which widens to 137 m W of
the point.
5 GINGOOG BAY, between Diuata and Sipaca Points,
is 20 miles wide at the entrance and extends about 13 miles
S. The shores of the bay are fringed with very narrow steep-
to coral reefs. The center of the bay is deep and clear and
there are no off-lying dangers with the exception of a small
2.7-meter shoal off the town of Gingoog and a 7.3-meter
shoal off Talisayan. However, there are no charted dangers
outside a distance of 1 mile offshore.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact the
15 Coast Guard District - Northern Mindanao in Cagayan de
Oro City at VHF Channel 16. Coast Guard stations are also
located in the towns along the coast of the bay.
MAGSAYSAY (LINUGOS), a town near the sea on the
N side of the mouth of LINUGOS RIVER, is about 5 miles
southward of Diuata Point. A break on the shore reef about
457 m wide, directly W of the town affords anchorage for
small vessels in 12.8 m, sand and mud bottom. It is protected
from NE and S winds. Magsaysay Light (09° 00' 45"N., 125°
25 10' 15"E.) is displayed from the point S of the town.
ODIONGAN is a barrio at the E side of the mouth
of Odiongan River, which discharges into the SE angle of
Gingoog Bay, about 10 miles S of Magsaysay (Linugos). A
30 small shelf of coral and sand with irregular depths of 5.5 to
12.8 m, N of the E side of the entrance to the river affords
excellent anchorage for small vessels. Larger vessels may
anchor 365 m offshore in a depth of 37 m.
35 ANAKAN, a barrio camp in the bight 1 mile W of
Odiongan, is a former loading point of a lumber company.
The approach to this loading point is free of hazards and
easy of access.
40 Vessels usually anchor in 73.2 m with Sipaca Point
bearing 300o and the city of Gingoog bearing 243o. The
bottom shoals rapidly and in this position when the vessel
swings N, the stern will be in about 10.1 m of water. This
anchorage is open N and the holding ground is poor.
45
GINGOOG, a chartered city at the head of Gingoog
Bay is visible from seaward and makes a good landmark. It
has a post office, mobile phone communication, and Internet
connection. Land transportation is by public jeepneys to
50 neighboring towns and by public bus to Davao City, Cagayan
de Oro, Butuan, and Surigao City. The nearest airport with
daily commercial flights is at Cagayan de Oro. The city's
major economic industry is agriculture and fishery with
coconuts and fruits as major products. The city has a private
55 hospital and government health centers.
Major Light - Gingoog Light (08° 49' 48"N., 125° 05'
59"E.) is displayed near the root end of the government pier.
60 Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Gingoog
7-5
City may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63956-0483943. have increased the berth to take vessels of about 150 m in
length. Depths of 8.2 m to 16.5 m were reported along the
Berthing Facility - Fronting the city is a 110 m long inboard side.
concrete pier operated by the government. The pier is
connected to the shore by a 75 m long causeway. 5 Anchorage off the town is fully exposed to the NE
monsoon and is not recommended on account of the abrupt
Anchorage - Vessels which do not go alongside the depth a short distance from the shore. Oceangoing vessels
pier usually anchor in 27.4 m, sand bottom, about 457 m which sometimes call to load copra, use the anchorage off
from shore N of the city. Except for the coral shoal 0.8 mile the pier, and are serviced by means of lighters.
offshore and 1 mile NW of the city, the approach to the 10
anchorage is free of dangers. A deep channel about 0.5 mile TALISAYAN, one of the principal towns in Gingoog
wide is between this shoal and the shore. An uncharted shoal Bay, is about 1 mile SE from the highest summit of Sipaca
with a depth of 1.2 m (4 ft) lies about 457 m E of Gingoog. Point. It is distinguished by a white monument and white
arches of the cemetery. A government hospital is available.
FROM GINGOOG to Sipaca Point, 17 miles NW, the 15 The town has a post office, mobile phone communications,
shores are fringed by a steep-to coral reef. A short distance and Internet connection. Interisland vessels sometimes call
back from the shore heavily wooded mountains rise to heights to load copra.
of over 914 m (3,000 ft). Several towns and barrios, some
partially covered by coconut groves, are on this stretch of Danger - A detached coral shoal covered by a depth of
the coast. 20 7.3 m is 457 m from the shore. Between this shoal and the
shore is a deep channel about 457 m wide.
LUNAO, a small barrio about 2.5 miles NW of Gingoog,
is a lumber loading point of Asia Pacific Timber and Plywood Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
Corporation. The lumber mill has a 30 m long concrete pier may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63926-1995031 and
with 15 m draft alongside. The pier may be distinguished by 25 +63975-6294950.
a large warehouse at its root. Fresh water may be obtained
from the pipe connection at the pier but the supply is limited Berthing Facility - The town has a 150-meter long pier
on account of the low water pressure. with depths of 4 to 2.7 m (13 to 9 ft) at its seaward end in
June 1964.
Anchorage is in 29.3 to 54.9 m about 365 m off the 30
wharf. The approach to the anchorage and the pier is deep Anchorage for small vessels is on this shoal. Larger
and free from any danger, but open to the N and NE. vessels anchor farther offshore N of the town in 36.6 m. This
anchorage is exposed to NE winds and the bottom drops
SAN LUIS (MINLAGAS), a barrio located about 2.5 abruptly to deeper water.
NNW of Lunao, is the location of the factory operated by 35
Wilmar Edible Oils Corp. Dolphins fronts the factory. A SIPACA POINT, the W entrance point to Gingoog Bay,
conveyor facility extends from the factory to the dolphins. is a bold conical hill rising from the water’s edge to a height
of 267 m (875 ft). From a distance it appears as an island and
MEDINA, a small town on the W shore of Gingoog is an excellent landmark. It is connected with the mainland
Bay, is identified by the several buildings with galvanized 40 by a mangrove swamp, through which there is reported to
iron roofs. The piers and the warehouses with galvanized be a channel passable by canoes at high water.
iron roofs near the beach are good landmarks. There are no
off-lying dangers in the vicinity of Medina. The shore is FROM SIPACA POINT the coast trends WSW for
fringed with a very narrow coral reef with deep water near about 6 miles to Bagacay Point. This section of the coast is
the edge. The town has a post office, telephone, mobile phone 45 fringed by a steep-to coral reef, which attains its greatest
communication, and Internet connection. Bus transportation width off the town of Kinoguitan where it is about 0.5 mile
from other towns is available. wide and mostly bare at low water.

Dangers - Two sunken wrecks exists off the town of
Medina.
Major Light - Medina Light (08° 54' 35"N., 125°
01' 17"E.) is shown on the shore about 163 m N of the
government pier.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63966-6605730.
Berthing Facilities - The L-shaped pier at Medina is
7.6 m (25 ft) long at the face. Dolphins off the NE corner
CANAUAYON ISLET, 33.5 m (110 ft) high, is about
50 1.8 miles W of Sipaca Point and about 548 m off the main
shore. The SE side of the islet is connected to the mainland
by a coral reef which is nearly bare at low water.
CANAUAYON ANCHORAGE (CHART 4639),
55 is a small well-protected bay between the main shore of
Mindanao and Canauayon Islet. The entrance channel is
SW of the islet and has a controlling depth of 14.6 m. It is
narrow, unmarked, and bordered by reefs on both sides, with
a navigable width of about 114 m.
60

7-6
 BALINGOAN, a town on the SE side of Canauayon
Anchorage has a daily interisland vessel communication
with Benoni and Guinsiliban in Camiguin Island. Copra is
the principal product shipped. It has highway connection
with other neighboring towns. The town has a post office.
Major Light - Balingoan Light (09° 00'20"N., 124° 50'
45"E.) is displayed from a tower on the pier.
Port Management - The government wharf and pier
are operated by TMO-Balingoan, which can be contacted at
telephone no. (+6388) 588-3709. The port can accommodate
vessels with maximum DWT of 848 tons and LOA of 42 m.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63916-3630139.
Berthing Facilities - The government pier has a length
of 105 m with a draft of 5 m. There are fixed RoRo ramps
that have drafts of 4 m.
Port Services - Cargo handling services and fresh water
supply are available.
Anchorage - Small vessels which do not go alongside
the pier usually anchor in 14.6 m NE of the end of the pier.
CAMIGUIN ISLAND (CHARTS 1536 & 4604), off
the N coast of Mindanao, is 7 miles NW of Sipaca Point. It
is oval in shape, 12 miles long in NW direction, and 8 miles
wide. It is extremely mountainous and steep. The highest
peak in the middle of the island is MOUNT MAMBAJAO,
1,713 m (5,620 ft) high.
Mount Hibok-Hibok, a very active volcano, is about 2
miles NNW of Mount Mambajao. The entire island, except
the high mountain slopes, is under cultivation, mainly with
hemp and coconuts; above heights of 457 m (1,500 ft) the
mountains are heavily wooded. The shores, except around
Catarman Point and a few detached bluffs, are low and sandy,
and fringed with narrow steep-to coral reefs.
Mambajao, Mahinog, Sagay, Catarman and
Guinsiliban are the principal towns. Indifferent anchorage,
according to the season, can be found off these towns, but
necessarily very close inshore because of the great depth of
water along the coastline. There is a pier at Mambajao and
also at Benoni (Binoni), a barrio 1 mile S of Mahinog. The
principal exports are hemp and copra. Motor vessels furnish
regular connection with Cebu and Mindanao. A road parallels
the shore connecting the principal coastal towns of the island.
DISTRESS & RESCUE - Vessels in distress in any of
the port of Camiguin Island should contact the Coast Guard
stations in Mahinog and Barrio Balbagon of Mambajao, the
details of which is their resective sections.
CAUTION - Submarine telecommunication cables exist
in the channel between Camiguin and Mindanao Islands.
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of the
submarine cables.
MEDANO ISLET is a sand cay about 1 mile NW of
Camiguin Island. It is about 365 m in extent and 1.8 m (6 ft)
5 above high water, surrounded by a coral reef which, on the
E side, extends to a distance of about 0.5 mile. The channel
between the islet and Camiguin is deep and clear, and is
generally used by coasting vessels. Tide rips form about 0.5
mile NW of the cay.
10
JIGDUP REEF is a circular coral reef about 0.5 mile
in diameter and covered by a depth of 1.4 m about 3 miles
from the NE coast of Camiguin on the bearings. Mambajao
Light 265o, distant 4 miles and Magsaysay Island 155o,
15 distant 5.8 miles.
MAGSAYSAY ISLAND, 2 miles from the E coast of
Camiguin, is small, low, wooded, and sandy. Coral reefs
extends 0.6 mile from its N and E sides, while to the S the
20 bottom drops off rapidly to a depth of 101 m.
BULIAS SHOAL is a small 7.8-meter coral patch 1.5
miles N from Magsaysay Island.
25 MAMBAJAO (CHART 4639) is one of the principal
towns on the N coast of Camiguin Island. A government
hospital serves the local medical needs of the town. The town
has a post office, telephone connection, and mobile phone
services. Interisland vessels from Cebu and Jagna, Bohol
30 regularly call at the pier of Balbagon, about 1.5 miles SE of
Mambajao. Camiguin Airport, located just W of the town,
has a daily commercial flights to Cebu City.
Caution - A wide reef which fringe the shore N of the
35 town should be avoided when approaching this port.
Tidal Currents during flood set W. The mean tidal
range is 0.76 m and the diurnal range is 1.25 m. The height
of high and low waters is 0.8 of that of Cebu and occur 15
40 minutes earlier.
Major Light - Mambajao Light (09° 15' 13"N., 124°
43' 13"E.) is displayed from a white tower near the shore
of the town.
45
BALBAGON, a barrio located about 1.5 SE of
Mambajao, is the site of the government pier.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
50 Balbagon may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63955-
8633295.
Berthing Facilities - The government pier has a length
of 95 m and a draft of 4 m. It is exposed to the NE monsoon.
55 There is a 15 m by 15 m RoRo ramp, having draft of 3 m.
Fresh water is obtainable from the pier. Other supplies are
scarce.
MAHINOG is a small town on the E coast of Camiguin
60 Island about 7.5 miles SE from Mambajao. It has a large
7-7
white stone church, the white tower of which may be seen
from a distance of 5 miles. Anchorage may be had off the
town in 27.4 m, sand bottom.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
Mahinog may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-
8162384 and +63977-2547178.
BENONI (BINONI), a barrio 1.5 miles S of Mahinog, by a local company.
is one of the busiest ports in Camiguin Island, aside from 10
Mambajao. It is the main entry port to Camiguin from
the mainland of Mindanao. RoRo vessels have daily trips Farol Light (09° 05' 03"N., 124° 46' 54"E.) is displayed from
between this port and Balingoan.
Major Light - Binoni Light (09° 08' 18"N., 124° 47'
35"E.) is displayed from the town.
Aids to Navigation - Six wooden beacons, privately
maintained, mark the approach to the pier.
Danger - A sunken wreck, with 6.1 m of water over it,
is about 0.5 mile ENE of Binoni Light.
Port Management - The government pier is operated
by TMO-Benoni, which may be contacted at telephone no.
(+6388) 387-4001. The port can accommodate maximum
GRT of 251 tons and LOA of 37 m. Berthing is only done
during daytime.
Berthing Facilities - The port has a 50 m long pier and
two fixed RoRo ramps. Allowable draft at the pier is 7 m.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
from local service providers.
GUINSILIBAN is a town about 1.5 miles NE of
FAROL POINT. It is connected by road to other towns of
Camiguin. Ferry vessels from Balingoan call at the town.
Benoni (Binoni) Pier.
(Photograph - PPA, undated)
Berthing Facilities - The town has a 20 m long pier
and 6.5 m by 9 m fixed RoRo ramp that are connected to the
shore by a causeway. The pier and the ramp have 4 m draft.
The pier can only accommodate vessels with maximum GRT
5 of 565 tons and LOA of 42 m. Berthing is allowed during
daytime only.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are handled
FAROL POINT, is the S extremity of Camiguin Island.
a white tower about 0.8 mile NE of the point.
15 SAGAY is a small town about 3 miles NW of Farol
Point, the S extremity of Camiguin Island. Anchorage,
protected only during the NE monsoon, is in 21.9 m sand
bottom, with the N gable of the church bearing 002o. This
church is prominent and visible 20 miles. The town has a
20 post office, telephone connection and mobile phone services.
It is connected to Mambajao by first class road.
CATARMAN, 3 miles NW of Sagay, is almost hidden
by coconut trees although the church steeple and roof show
25 above them to W. Good roads connect Catarman with other
towns. It has a post office, telephone connection, and mobile
phone communications. A government hospital serves the
medical needs of the town.
30 LAWIGAN, a barrio located about 3.4 miles NW of
Catarman, has a fish port and harbor that can handle small
fishing vessels.
CATARMAN POINT, about 6 miles NW of Catarman,
35 forms the W edge of a volcano. About 0.6 mile S of the point
is a large cross that marks a cemetery that sunk into the sea
after a volcanic eruption.The cross and the sunken cemetery
is a popular tourist spot in Camiguin.
7-8
 Major Light - Catarman Light (09° 12' 07"N., 124°
38' 03"E.) is displayed from a white tower about 0.9 mile S
of Catarman Point. The ruins of a church is in the vicinity
of the light tower.
ILIGAN BAY AND VICINITY (CHARTS 1535 &
4604) - From Bagacay Point the coast trends S with a curve
E for 12 miles to BANBAYAN POINT at the N entrance
to Balingasag Bay. This section of the coast is fringed by a
narrow steep-to coral reef, and there are no detached dangers
with the exception of a small coral reef covered by a depth of
4.6 m 457 m from shore about 7 miles S from Bagacay Point.
From this reef the church in the town of SALAY bears 140o
distant about 0.5 mile; there is a narrow channel between
this reef and the shore.
Major Lights - Dampias Light (08° 58' 00"N., 124° 46'
15"E.) is displayed from a white tower about 0.7 mile SW
of Bagacay Point.
Looc Light (08° 51' 24"N., 124° 47' 12"E.) is displayed
from the town of Sagay.
CONSTANCIA REEF, about 457 m in extent and
covered by a depth of 0.5 m is about 735 m NW from
Banbayan Point. There is a deep channel about 320 m wide
between it and the reef fringing Banbayan Point. From the
center of Constancia Reef the church at Balingasag, which
is very prominent, bears 152o and the tangent to Gorda Point
bears 190o.
N tangent of Gorda Point 265o.
GORDA POINT is clear and steep-to; the top is
wooded, has a flat crown, and forms a very prominent
5 landmark from any part of Macajalar Bay. Balingasag Light
(08° 42' 49"N., 124° 45' 18"E.) is displayed from a white
tower about 0.8 mile NE of the point.
MACAJALAR BAY is 16 miles wide at the entrance
10 between Gorda and Sulauan Points and extends about 12
miles SE. The E shore is higher and formed by sand beaches
separated by low, rocky points. The head of the bay is fringed
by narrow coral reefs, about 1 mile inland grass-covered
hills rise to heights of over 457m (1,500 ft). The W shore of
15 the bay is low and fringed by steep-to coral reefs. A coral
reef, partly bare at low water, extends 0.8 mile N from
MOLUGAN POINT, and between this point and Sulauan
Point there are five small detached reefs, none of which
is 0.5 mile from shore. The middle of the bay is deep and
20 clear and contains no detached dangers with the exception
of Alutaya Reef.
Caution - Submarine telecommunication cables
are present in Macajalar Bay. Anchoring and fishing are
25 prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine cables.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact
the Coast Guard District - Northern Mindanao in Cagayan
de Oro City at VHF Channel 16. The VHF DSC station in
30 Cagayan de Oro City may also be contacted during distress.

BALINGASAG BAY, between Banbayan and Gorda ALUTAYA REEF, also known as Agutayan Reef, is
Points, is 4 miles wide at the entrance and extends 1.5 miles situated 3.5 miles 240o from Gorda Point. It is of oval form,
SE. A pier, operated by a thermal power plant, extends from having a greatest diameter of 0.6 mile. At low water the center
Banbayan Point. A conveyor facility and cranes are available 35 uncovers, leaving bare a bank of sand and rocks. Alutaya
at the pier for handling of coal. Reef Light (08° 40' 30"N., 124° 41' 15"E.) is displayed on
the reef. The channel between it and the shore is about 2.5
BALINGASAG, the largest town in this vicinity is on miles and there is a depth of over 182.9 m in it.
the E shore of the bay. There is a post office at Balingasag.
The monument on the beach W of the town is prominent. 40 CABULIG BAY, about 4 miles S from Gorda Point,
Interisland vessels call once a week to load copra. A white offers anchorage sheltered during the NE monsoon, but
light is shown on the beach by a local labor union whenever necessarily very close in because of the great depth of water.
a boat is expected at night. A pier and large cylindrical tanks are on the N entrance point
of the bay.
Caution - Fish pens of a mariculture park, which are 45
unmarked and unlighted at night, are located near the W JASAAN, the town at the head of the bay, has a very
coast of Balingasag Bay. conspicuous church. It has a post office and mobile phone
communications. It is connected by road to Cagayan de
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town Oro City. Coast Guard station in Jasaan may be contacted
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63926-8165578. 50 at mobile phone no. +63926-0894528.

Berthing Facilities - There is a pier 50 m long fronting Berthing Facilities - The pier at the N entrance point
the town. An 80-m long T-head pier is about 0.4 mile SE of of Cabulig Bay has a length of about 45 m. It is operated by
the town. Five dolphins, owned by Pryce Gas Inc., is about RI Chemical Corp. Large warehouses, used for for handling
1.3 miles S of the town. 55 resin glue and adhesives, are at the root of the pier.

Anchorage is W of the town, 365 m from the shore, in A small wharf, about 0.6 mile NE of the RI Chemical
16.5 m sand bottom. Better protected anchorage in the SW Corp. pier, is used by small vessels and fishing boats calling
monsoon will be found near the head of the bay in 21.9 m at Jasaan.
mud bottom, with Balingasag Church bearing 005o and the 60

7-9
 The Jasaan Misamis Oriental Ecozone, located at
the S entrance point to Cabugao Bay, is the location of
large cylindrical tanks and warehouses. The 7 m by 10 m
reinforced concrete pier located at the ecozone is operated
by Pilipinas Kao Inc. It has two closed warehouses for use
in storing oil and other products derived from coconuts.
Repair Facilities - Just E of the RI Chemical Corp. pier
is the shipyard operated by Philippine Iron Construction and
Marine Works (PICMW). It handles industrial construction, 10
ship building, and ship repair. It has a 1,200 DWT synchrolift
with a side transfer rail system. PICMW may be contacted at
telephone no. (+6388) 2276-0248 and mobile nos. +63915-
5984249, +63947-5859029, and +63943-2964549.
VILLANUEVA, located about 4 miles S of Jasaan, is
the site of the PHIVIDEC Industrial Estate. The town has a
medical clinic. It is connected by road to Cagayan de Oro
City.
Major Light - Villanueva Light (08° 34' 42"N., 124°
45' 30"E.) is reportedly displayed near the wharf operated
by the Philippine Sinter Corp. (PSC)
Berthing Facilities - PSC operates a 350 m long
concrete pier and a 235 m long wharf. PSC has cranes and
other equipment used for handling sintered ores.
A jetty and dolphins are located about 0.2 mile NE of
the PSC wharf. A 210-m long pier, operated by STEAG Coal
Power Plant is located about 0.2 mile SW of the PSC pier.
The pier is connected to the shore by a conveyor facility that
is used to transport coal. A chimney, supported by a lattice
tower, is a prominent landmark of the power plant.
Another coal power plant, operated by FDC Misamis
Power Corp., is located about 0.9 miles SW of the STEAG
Coal Power Plant. The power plant sits on the N bank of
Tagaloan River. It is marked by a red-and-white banded
chimney. A 180 m long pier and dolphins, connected to the 40
shore by a conveyor facility, fronts the power plant.
TAGOLOAN is a small town about 1.5 miles SE from
the mouth of the river of the same name, which discharges
5.5 miles S of Cabulig Bay. There is very little water on the
bar at the mouth of the river, and the water outside the bar is
too deep to afford anchorage. There is a post office, and the
town is connected by first class road to Cagayan de Oro City.
Major Light - Sugbongcogon Light (08° 31' 34"N.,
124° 44' 59"E.) is displayed atop the control tower at the
back of MCT. Four yellow buoys with "X" topmark exist
just NW and SW of MCT wharf.
Customs clearance may be had from the customs
officers stationed at the Mindanao Container Terminal.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
Tagoloan may be contacted through mobile phone no.
+63917-8169261.
7-10
Berthing Facilities - This portion of the coast of
Macajalar Bay, from the barrios of Gracia to Bugo, is
the location berthing facilities operated by the following
corporations:
5
SL Harbor Bulk Terminal Corp (SLHBTC) operates an
oil terminal at the barrio of Gracia. The terminal is composed
of a concrete deck and six dolphins. A pipeline, connected
to the concrete deck from the shore, is used to transport
petroleum products. Large cylindrical tanks, used in the
storage of molasses, marks the shore end of the pipeline.A
66 m long concrete pier is about 0.2 mile NNW of the
SLHBTC deck.
15 Gracia Port Services operates a 115 m long concrete
wharf about 0.3 mile SE of the SLHBTC oil terminal.
Jetti Petroleum Inc., operates a 170 m long jetty located
about 0.2 mile SE of the Gracia Port Services wharf. A
20 pipeline transports petroleum products from the jetty to the
large cyclindrical tanks of the oil depot.
Mindanao Container Terminal (MCT), located just
SE of Jetti Petroleum Inc. jetty. The terminal has a wharf
25 with a total berth length is 300 m. Available storage area is
the 9.4 hectares container yard. Equipmentsat the terminal
includes weighbridges, quayside gantries, rubber-tired
gantries, 5-tonner forklift and stacker. Supply of petroleum
is available at the terminal.
30
Petron Bulk Terminal operates three dolphins located
about 0.4 mile SE of the MCT wharf.
Del Monte Philippines pineapple packing plant, located
35 at the barrio of Bugo, operates a 150 m long concrete wharf.
The building of the plant is prominent from a distance. The
wharf is well protected from all winds except from NW. It is
reported that a prevailing NW wind makes leaving the wharf
difficult in the afternoons. Del Monte Philippines maintains
a well-equipped machine shop which is available for minor
ship repairs. The company also operate a medical clinic.
Anchorage, with good holding ground, may be had
at 0.5 mile NW of the MCT wharf. It is recommended that
45 anchoring or docking be done only during daylight.
Pilotage for docking or undocking at any of the privately
owned piers in this area is compulsory and may be obtained
from the Misamis Oriental and Camiguin Harbor Pilots
50 Association, which may be contacted at telephone no.
(+6388) 856-8895 and mobile phone no. +63917-7071108.
Pilot usually boards at half a mile off the berthing facilities.
Supplies - A limited amount of fresh stores may
55 sometimes be purchased. Fresh water maybe obtained
from the pipe connections at the piers. The nearest hospital
facilities is at Cagayan de Oro City. The private piers are
connected by good roads to Cagayan de Oro City and other
neighboring towns.
60
 PUERTO, the barrio about 0.4 mile SW of Del Monte
Philippines Packing Plant, has an 85-m long pier for use of
small boats and fishing vessels. Dolphins and submarine
pipeline are located about 0.5 mile SW of Puerto.
TABLON is the barrio of Cagayan de Oro City located
about 1.6 miles SW of Puerto. It is fronted by the private
berthing facilities of Cagayan de Oro Oil Company (Legazpi
Pier) and General (Ricor) Milling Corp. (GMC).
The factory of Cagayan de Oro Oil Company has a 113
m long pier, dolphins and a mooring buoy.
GMC operates a 110-m long pier, 155-m long pier, and
two mooring buoys. It has silos and facilities used in handling
feeds and grains.
CAGAYAN DE ORO (CHARTS 4639 & 4646), a
chartered city and the capital of Misamis Oriental province, is
at the head of Macajalar Bay. It is one of the most urbanized
city in Northern Mindanao and is distinguishable by houses
and buildings that stand along the coast from Del Monte
Philippines wharf to Cagayan River. The city has hospitals,
medical clinics, groceries, and shopping malls. Major
comercial banks, courier companies, and money remittance
centers are present in the city.
The city is a customs port of entry open to overseas
shipping. Domestic cargo and passenger vessels have
regular trips from Cagayan de Oro to the cities of Manila, 30
Cebu, Bacolod, Iloilo, and Tagbilaran. Foreign ships usually
come to load copra, hemp, and other products. Good roads
connect the important towns along the coast and the national
highway extends as far as Cotabato and Davao. The nearest
airport with daily commercial flight to the cities of Manila, 35
Cebu, Davao, Bacolod, Tagbilaran, Dumaguete, Iloilo, and
Zamboanga is located about 16 miles NW of Cagayan de
Oro City. Postal, mobile phone communication, and Internet
connection are available.
Harbor Limits - Cagayan de Oro Harbor is defined as
that portion of Macajalar Bay between the coast and line
connecting Banbayan Point and Sulauan Point.
Prominent Features - Coming from the NW, the first
landfall on approaching Cagayan de Oro is Sulauan Point.
The W side of Macajalar Bay is low and wooded. Several
low hills about 0.8 mile back of the shoreline rising from
the low land along the coast to an elevation of from 78 to
192 m (256 to 631 ft) are good landmarks. Macabalan Point,
although low and sandy may be distinguished by the houses
and other built-up structures. Past this point the surrounding
buildings, warehouses and the long concrete wharf are plainly
visible. A seminary building on the hills, SE of the city makes
a good landmark. On the E side of the bay, Gorda Point is
very prominent.
Major Light - Macabalan Light (08° 30' 25"N., 124° 39'
42"E.) is displayed atop a white tower on Macabalan Point.
7-11
Channels - There is no regular channel. The approach to
Cagayan de Oro is clear and easy of access. There is a deep
channel 2.5 miles wide between Gorda Point and Alutaya
Reef but it is seldom used.
5
Dangers -The entrance to Macajalar Bay is wide, deep
and clear. Except for the Alutaya Reef on the E side which
is bare at low water, there are no other detached dangers.
The sandy shoal extending E of Macabalan Light should be
10 given a berth of at least 320 m when passing E of Macabalan
Point. A stranded wreck is about 0.3 mile SE of the S corner
of the wharf.
Caution - Submarine telecommunication cables are
15 present in Cagayan de Oro Harbor. Anchoring and fishing
are prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine cables.
Tides - The mean tidal range at Cagayan de Oro is 0.99
m. The tide becomes diurnal around the time of moon’s
20 maximum N and S declination. The diurnal range is 1.33 m.
High and low waters occur fifteen minutes earlier than that
of Cebu, with a ratio of 0.8 in height.
Weather - During the SW monsoon which occur
25 from May to October, the harbor is well sheltered from the
prevailing winds coming from that direction. During the
NE monsoon, however, it is generally exposed. There is no
period of very pronounced maximum rainfall. The dry season
is short, lasting only from one to three months, and usually
begins from February to April.
Port Management - Cagayan de Oro is the baseport
of PMO-Misamis Oriental, which supervises the TMOs of
Balingoan, Benoni (Binoni), Mambajao, and Guinsiliban.
The PMO can be contacted at telephone nos. (+6388) 856-
9098 and (+6388) 856-9099.
Pre-Arrival Procedure - Vessels should send ETA
within 24 hrs and 48 hrs prior to arrival of scheduled run and
40 tramping vessels, respectively. For berth allocation, vessel
should file the Application for Berth or Anchorage (ABA)
within 24 hrs. Contact can be made through VHF Channel
16 or at maneuvering frequencies at Channels 14, 12 and 06.
45 Berthing may be done during the day or night and is on
a first come, first serve basis, however, passenger vessels
are given more priority over cargo vessels. Maximum berth
allocation for foreign vessels is 300 m, Manila run passenger
vessel is 170 m, Cebu or Bohol run passenger vessels is 150
50 m, and tramping vessels is 320 m.
Customs - The Customs office in Cagayan de Oro may
be contacted at telephone no. (+6388) 856-8782.
55 Immigration - The Cagayan de Oro Immigration
District Office may be contacted through the following
means:
Telephone: (+6388) 880-1824
60 Fax: (+6388) 880-3255
 E-mail: bi_cagdeoro@yahoo.com also be contacted at telephone no. (+6388) 856-8895 and
mobile no. +63917-7071108.
Quarantine - The Quarantine Station in Cagayan de
Oro may be contacted at telephone no. (+6388) 324-0135. Pilot boards at position about 1.1 miles NNE of
5 Macabalan Light. Approaching vessels are required to blow
The Plant Quarantine office in Cagayan de Oro may be horns - two long and one short blast, stop the engine and
contacted through the following means: wait for the pilot.

Telephone: (+6388) 856-8777 Towage services are available from local companies.
Mobile Phone: +63919-5246437 10 Tug assistance is optional for vessels calling at Cagayan de
E-mail: pqs.cdo@gmail.com Oro.

The Veterinary Quarantine office in Cagayan de Oro may Anchorage - Designated anchorage areas for vessels
be contacted at telephone no. (+6388) 881-0797 calling to Cagayan de Oro are located at the head of the
15 bay, about 0.2 to 0.4 mile off the coast of Brgy. Gusa. The
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard in Cagayan anchorage is fairly protected but open to the NE.
de Oro may be contacted through VHF Channel 16, and
mobile phone nos. +63916-6893261, +63906-6574426, and Quarantine Anchorage is located about 1 mile E of
+63917-8239106. Macabalan Light.
20
Berthing Facilities - The government wharf (Macabalan Directions - Vessels from NW may be guided by the
Port), located about 0.7 miles S of Macabalan Light, has courses on the table of sailing directions. By passing about
13 berthing spaces having a total of 1,152 m length. A 4.5 miles E of Sulauan Point and heading to a point about
11 m by 13 m RoRo ramp is available. Available storage 1 mile NE of Macabalan Light, vessels may easily make
facilities include 21,600 sq m open storage area, 14,600 sq 25 Cagayan de Oro. Vessels from N or E, after clearing Alutaya
m container yard, and 25,600 sq m stacking area. The port Reef, may steer for a position about 320 m E of Macabalan
also has a weighbridge, cold storage facilities, reefer outlets, Point, then anchor or go alongside the wharf.
and storage tanks for molasses.
CAGAYAN RIVER, which empties into the head
Port Services - Cargo handling is provided by Oroport 30 of Macajalar Bay, has a depth of 0.9 m on the bar off the
Cargo Handling Services, which can be contacted at entrance at low water. The river channel across the bar
telephone nos. (+6388) 856-9056 and (+6388) 856-8759. changes frequently in direction and in depth with the freshets
Shore reception facilities is provided by Golden Dragon, of the rainy season. Small launches and bancas can enter the
with telephone no. (+6388) 856-1692. river at high water to a distance of about 2 miles from the
35 mouth. Beyond this, the water is obstructed by numerous
Supplies - Fresh water is available at the port, through rocks which makes it unnavigable.
hose connections. The oil depot of Shell Philippines is
located just W of the government wharf. Fuel is delivered at Caution - A bridge and overhead power cables cross
the wharf through pipes or tanker lorry. Chandling services the river about 0.8 mile from the river mouth.
are available. 40
OPOL is the town at the head of the small bay S of
Repairs - There are several small machine shops in Molugan Point. It is connected by the highway to Cagayan
the city where minor repairs can be done. Welding can de Oro City. Foreign vessels call at Opol to load chromite ore.
be performed. The nearest shipyard is Philippine Iron
Construction and Marine Works (PICMW) located in Cabulig 45 Major Light - Luyong Bonbon Light (08° 31' 50"N.,
Bay, about 10 miles NE of the wharf. It has a 1,200 DWT 124° 34' 25"E.) is displayed atop a concrete tower about 0.6
synchrolift with a side transfer rail system. PICMW may be mile N of Opol.
contacted at telephone no. (+6388) 2276-0248 and mobile
nos. +63915-5984249, +63947-5859029, and +63943- Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Opol
2964549. 50 may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-8425611.

Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 100 GRT or
over, docking at or leaving the government wharf or any
privately-owned wharf in the Port of Cagayan de Oro.
Pilotage is optional for vessels leaving the anchorage. Non- 55
liner vessels should send 36 hrs advanced notice to Cagayan
Harbor Pilots. Liner vessels may send advanced notice 24
hrs before ETA. Contact should be made with the Misamis
Oriental and Camiguin Harbor Pilots via VHF Channel 16
(Call: Cagayan Pilot Station) 3 hrs before ETA. Pilots may 60
Berthing Facilities - Opol Wharf, operated by the
Philippine Ports Authority, is at the head of the bay. It has
berth length of 123 m long.
Opol Fish Port, located just N of the government wharf,
has a 50 m long causeway pier and 60 m long concrete wharf.
Fishing vessels call at this port to unload their catch.
San Miguel Brewery Wharf, a private port about 200 m

7-12
NE of the fish port, has a berth length of about 15 m.
Anchorage - Owing to the depth of water off Opol,
vessels anchor NW of Molugan Point with the church
bearing S, in 29.3 to 32.9 m. This anchorage is exposed to
NE monsoon.
MOLUGAN POINT, 1.2 miles NNW of Opol, is
marked by a breakwater extending NE of it. Shoal water
extends about 0.5 mile N of the point.
ALUBIJID BAY is a small open bight about 7 miles
NW of Opol, and about 2 miles S of Sulauan Point. At Moog,
near the head of the bay, are the ruins of a small wooden pier.
SULAUAN POINT, the W entrance point of Macajalar
Bay, is low and wooded. Its shoreline consists of low coral
cliff alternating with sandy stretches. It is fringed by a coral
reef about 0.5 mile wide, part of which is bare at low water.
Laguindingan Airport is located at its hinterland. The point
is marked by Sulauan Point Light (08° 37' 09"N., 124° 28'
45"E.), which is displayed from a white tower.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station, at barrio
Mauswagon about 3 miles WSW of Sulauan Point, may be
contacted at mobile phone no. +63935-0351530.
FROM SULAUAN POINT the coast trends SW for
11 miles to Initao Point which is timbered and much undercut
by wave action, thence SSW for about 16.5 miles to Iligan
City at the head of Iligan Bay. This section of the coast is
fringed by a narrow steep-to coral reef with very deep water
at its edge.
ILIGAN BAY (CHARTS 1535 & 4604), between
Initao Point E and Polo Point W, is a great arm of the sea,
about 33 miles wide and 23 miles long. Its E and S shores
are in general safe and steep-to. The W side is fringed by
reefs which at some points extend to a distance of 1.5 miles.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress and requiring
assistance may contact The VHF DSC station in Iligan City.
The Coast Guard station in Iligan City may be contacted at
mobile phone no. +63917-6233156. Coast Guard stations are
also present in other areas of the bay, the details of which
may be read in the succeeding sections.
MAPUTI POINT, about 4.0 miles S of Initao Point, is
broad and rugged. Its seaward side is steep-to and bordered
by a narrow coral reef. The water close to the point is deep
and can be passed within a distance of 457 m.
INITAO BAY, between Initao and Maputi Points, is
a small indentation in the coast which offers a very limited
anchorage for small vessels. The INITAO RIVER empties
at the NE side of the bay.
INITAO, a town almost obscured by coconut trees,
is on the E shore of this bay. Interisland vessels which
sometimes call to load copra and corn, usually anchor in
7-13
5.5 m W of the town. The highway connecting Cagayan de
Oro and Iligan passes through Initao. The town has a post
office communications.
5 NAAWAN (NAAUAN) is a town on the E shore of
Iligan Bay. No prominent landmarks distinguish the place
other than NAAUAN HEAD, N of the town, which can be
distinguished by its low cliff face. The approach is open and
clear. The shore is steep-to with deep water a short distance
10 offshore. Deep draft vessels calling at Naawan to load chrome
ore, anchor 0.6 mile offshore about 228 m S of the mouth
of TALABAAN RIVER in 82.3 m good holding ground the
anchorage is subject to rough seas and swells during the
SW monsoon.
15
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63905-5871701.
MANTICAO POINT, located about 5.1 miles SW of
20 Naauan Head, is wooded. A 70-meter long pier exists about
0.3 mile NE of Manticao Point. A 9.8-meter (32 ft) concrete
tower for a proposed light stands about 0.5 mile NE of the
point.
25 SALIMBAL POINT, about 3 miles SW of Manticao
Point, is the site of HOLCIM Cement Plant. Piers,
warehouses, and facilities of the plant mark the point. The
plant has a 100-meter long T-head pier, 200-meter long wharf,
and conveyor facilities used for loading cement. The barrio
30 of Lugait is just NE of the point. Vessels calling at the plant
anchor off Lugait. Salimbal Point Light (08° 20' 08"N., 124°
15' 10"E.) is displayed from a white tower on the point.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station, located
35 in HOLCIM compound, may be contacted at mobile phone
no. +63917-6233156.
QUINALANG COVE (CHART 4639) is a small
indentation in the coast 3 miles N from Iligan City where
40 anchorage sheltered from the NE monsoon may be found
in 36.6 to 45.7 m about 228 m from the edge of the shore
reef. Fresh water may be obtained from the MANDULOG
RIVER, which discharges N from QUINALANG POINT,
the S point of the cove. The warehouses, factories, and
45 facilities of Pilmico Foods Corp., Republic Cement Iligan
Inc., Granexport Manufacturing Corp. are located at the NE
coast of the cove. A factory, operated by San Miguel Corp.,
is located at the S coast of the cove.
50 Berthing Facilities - Pilmico Foods Corp. has a 30 m
long pier that can handle international bulk carriers. The pier
has eight mooring dolphins laid in line with its offshore end
giving a total length of 182.9 m for the vessels to lay against.
In June 1964, depths alongside were 14.9 to 10.7 m (35 ft). It
55 has conveyor facility that can transport wheat flour from the
cargo vessels to the silos. The company also has a concrete
wharf, located about 80 m E of pier, with a berthing space
of 92.7 m (304 ft) that had depths of 4.6 to 3.5 m (15 to 17
ft) at its face in June 1964 and is. The wharf is being used
60 by several interisland vessels calling from Cebu. Fresh water

Granexport facilities in Quinalang Cove.
(Photograph - Granexport website, undated)
can be piped in from both the pier and wharf when requested
for emergency reasons.
Republic Cement Iligan Inc. operates a T-shaped 25
concrete pier about 100 m SE of the Pilmico wharf. It has
a berthing space of about 110 m with a controlling depth of
4.6 m (16 ft) at its offshore side in June 1964. The pier has
conveyor facility that is used to transport cement from the
factory to the vessel. 30 officers stationed in Iligan.
Granex Manufacturing Corp. operates a copra processing
plant about 0.3 mile SE of the Republic Cement pier. It has a
100 m long L-shaped pier and about 10 dolphins. The pier can
accommodate vessels up to 65,000 DWT and has conveyor
facilities used for loading copra products.
San Miguel Corp. operates a coconut oil mill about 0.6
miles SW of Granex Pier. The company operates a 90 m
long pier, four dolphins, and conveyors facilities used for
loading coconut oil.
ILIGAN CITY, an important port on the SE shore
of Iligan Bay, is on the N side of the mouth of ILIGAN
RIVER. It has attained greater importance because of the
large amount of commerce that passes through this port to
Marawi City and other towns in the vicinity of Lake Lanao.
Copra, corn, and bananas are the principal products and logs
are also exported.
Interisland vessels from Cebu and Manila make
regular calls at this port. Land transportation by trucks
and buses through highways leading to different towns, as
far as Cotabato and Davao, on the S coast of Mindanao is
available. There are postal facilities, telephone connection, 55
mobile phone services, and Internet connection. There is
an airport about 6.4 miles SW of the Iligan but it has no
commercial flight. The nearest airport with daily commercial
flight at Laguindingan Airport, about 26 miles NE of the
city. Hospitals, clinics, and pharmacy are present in the city. 60
7-14
Prominent Features - The approach to the port is clear
and free of hazard. The city may be distinguished by the
numerous buildings and the concrete wharf fronting it. A
peak 528 m (1,732 ft) high, about 2.5 miles SE of Iligan, is
a good landmark.
Major Light - Iligan Light (08° 14' 02"N., 124°
13' 58"E.) is displayed from a steel tower located at the
government wharf.
Tides & Currents - The mean range of the tide in Iligan
is 0.79 m and the diurnal range is 1.28 m. The heights of
high and low waters are 0.8 of the heights of Cebu and occur
10 minutes earlier. The tidal currents at ebb set N across the
wharf and are exceptionally strong when the Iligan River
is in flood.
Winds - During the NE monsoon, the piers are exposed
and sometimes become untenable. Heavy surge may be
experienced alongside the piers even in the most favorable
weather.
Port Management - Iligan Port is the baseport of
PMO-Iligan, which may be contacted at telephone nos.
(+6363) 223-9125 and (+6363) 223-9124. The port can
accommodate vessels with maximum GRT of 20,000 tons
and LOA of 200 m.
Customs clearance may be had from the customs
Immigration - The Iligan Immigration Field Office may
be contacted through the following means:
35 Address: 2nd Flr., Room 203, Diocesan Centrum Bldg.,
Salvador T. Lluch St., Iligan City
Telephone: (+6363) 221-6282
Fax: (+6363) 221-6282
E-mail: bi_iligan@yahoo.com
40
Quarantine - The neareast Quarantine Station is in
Cagayan de Oro.
The Plant Quarantine office located at the port area in
45 Iligan City may be contacted through the following means:
Telephone: (+6363) 341-5673
Mobile Phone: +63915-2822233
E-mail: pqs.iligan@gmail.com
50
The Veterinary Quarantine office in Iligan City may be
at telephone no. (+6363) 221-3721.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress and requiring
assistance may contact the Coast Guard station in Iligan at
VHF Channel 16, mobile phone no. +63917-6232990, and
e-mail address: cgsiligan@coastguard.gov.ph.
Berthing Facilities - The port has one 98 m pier with
two berthing areas, 356 m long wharf with 4 berthing
areas, and RoRo ramps. The pier can accommodate vessels
with maximum draft of 6 m and LOA of 78 m. Available
equipments are truck mounted cranes of various capacities.
There is an open transit shed and storage as well as
warehouses.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
at the port. Vessels requiring cargo handling services should
inform the PMO 24 hrs in advance.
Supplies may be obtained from several stores in the city.
Fuel is available and delivered by tanker lorries, however
24 hrs advance notice are required for buyers. Fresh water
is supplied at the wharf through pipe connection.
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilotage
is provided by the Iligan Harbor Pilots Association, which
may be contacted at telephone number (+6363) 221-5512.
Pilot boards at position 0.8 mile W of the government wharf.
At least 48 hrs advance notice must be made before ETA.
Confirmation must be made 2 hrs before ETA via VHF
Channel 16.
Tugboats are available from the pilot association or from
other local providers. Vessels requiring tugging services 25 bank of the river. A 100 m lont T-head concrete pier extends
mayrequest from the PMO through VHF Channel 16.
Anchorage - The sea off the coast of Iligan has steep-to
bottom and the deep water is very close to the reef. Mandated
anchorage for vessels calling at Iligan is located at the area 30 mouth of Agus River, is the site of the Maria Cristina Hydro-
from 0.3 mile W to 1 mile SW of Iligan Light.
During the NE monsoon vessels may find sheltered
anchorage in Quinalang Cove. Temporary anchorage open
to the NE with limited swinging room may be had in 11 to
18.3 m about 0.5 mile off the small stretch of sand beach
in barrio TAKUB, KAUSWAGAN, and 1.3 miles WNW of
the logging camp at barrio KAWIT.
Vessels with dangerous cargoes may anchor at 0.4 mile
and 0.7 mile N of Iligan Light.
ILIGAN RIVER is small and used only by bancas,
the bar having less than 0.91 m depth at low water. A small
bridge crosses near the river mouth.
TOMINOBO, 1.5 miles SW of Iligan, is identified by
big buildings, smoke stacks at the steel mill, and the surge
tank on the hill of the Maria Cristina Hydro-Electric Plant
are prominent landmarks.
Berthing Facilities - A 90-m long jetty with two
dolphins at its offshore end is operated by a petroleum
depot. Large cylindrical tanks marks the shore end of the
jetty. An offshore berth, composed of three mooring buoys,
is situated 0.2 mile NW of the jetty. It is connected to shore
by a submarine pipeline. Vessels up to 230 m long and with
maximum draft of of 9.75 m can use the berth. It is capable
of taking up to 20,000 GRT oil tankers. Vessels is secured to
one buoy ahead and two astern. The facility is closed from
7-15
mid-November to mid-February due to adverse weather
conditions.
A 230 m long concrete pier, about 0.2 mile NW of the
5 petroleum depot, is owned by Global Steel Philippines Inc.
(GSPI). A 160-ton fixed leg crane is located at the offshore
end of the pier. There are depths of 10 m alongside its E side
and 6.1 m alongside its W side. The pier can be identified
by a steel furnace on the W side and four oil tanks on the E
10 side. GSPI also owns two small piers located about 1 mile
W of the 230-m long pier. Two cranes stand on the E pier.
FROM ILIGAN, the coast trends W with a slight curve
S for about 13 miles to Binuni Point. Several small rivers
15 discharge along this coast.
THE AGUS RIVER, which discharges about 2 miles
W from Tominobo, is the outlet of Lake Lanao. It is a
rapid-flowing river, descending about 704 m (2,310 ft) in
20 a distance of about 21 miles, has a depth of 1.2 m (4 ft) on
the bar at the mouth at low water, and is somewhat deeper
for a short distance up.
Mabuhay Vinyl Corp. and MCCI have plants at the W
NW from the plants. Dolphins are near the offshore end of
the pier.
MARIA CRISTINA FALLS, about 1.2 miles up the
Electric Plant.
E of the mouth of Agus River the coral reef which fringes
the shore extends to a distance of about 457 m thence to the
35 mouth of the RIDAPON RIVER, about 4 miles W, there
is very little reef. W of Ridapon River to Binuni Point, the
fringing coral along the shore has a general width of nearly
0.5 mile. Along this stretch of coast heavily wooded hills
rise a short distance inland.
40
KAUSWAGAN (08° 11' 27"N., 124° 05' 12"E.) is the
town on the E coast of Anwon Cove about 6 miles W of Agus
River. The town is connected by road to Iligan City and other
towns in the area. The Coast Guard station in the town may
45 be contacted at mobile phone no. +63945-7661823.
Berthing Facilities - A 340 m long causeway with 60
m long pier at the offshore end extends NW from the town.
Fishing vessels usually call at the port.
50
An abandoned pier, owned by the Iligan Bay
Manufacturing Corp. (IBMC), is located about 1 mile E of
the town. It is 73 m long with two dolphins at the offshore
end. A causeway connects the pier to the shore. Factory
55 buildings are at shore end of the causeway.
A coal power plant, operated by GN Power, is about
1.8 miles E of Kauswagan. The chimney and the buildings
of the power plant are the prominent features of the area.
60 It has a 200 m long concrete wharf that is connected to the
shore by a 150 m long causeway. The pier has a conveyor Anchor in 7.3 to 9.1 m.
facility for unloading coal. Buoys were placed off the pier.
MUKAS (Mucas) is the barrio located 0.8 mile SW of
BINUNI POINT is low and wooded and surrounded by Palalagoya Point. A RoRo pier, which is connected to the
a fringing coral reef about 548 m wide. From here the coast 5 shore by a 260 m long concrete causeway, extends NW from
trends S and W to Port Ozamiz. The town of Bacolod is at the barrio. RoRo vessels from Ozamiz call at the pier daily.
the hinterland of the point.
Caution - Fishtraps, located at the NW and NE vicinity
Major Light - Labuay Light (08° 09' 42"N., 123° 57' of the barrio, restricts the movement to the pier.
00"E.) is about 4.6 miles SW of Binuni Point. 10
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Mukas
PORT OZAMIZ (CHART 4640), including Panguil may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-6228795 and
Bay, is a long narrow inlet extending in a SW direction for e-mail address: cgssmukasldn@gmail.com.
about 22 miles. It is 9 miles wide at the entrance between
Binuni and Loculan Points and narrows down to 0.6 mile 15 PANGUIL BAY is nearly 9 miles long in a NE-SW
between SOLATON ISLAND and JANDADALAO POINT, direction and 4 miles wide. It is bordered mostly by nipa
about 12 miles SW from the entrance. From this point it palms backed by wide stretches of mangroves. Fishtraps
spreads out forming a large shoal basin known as Panguil abound in the bay, and when entering care must be taken to
Bay. avoid them. Sailboats and small launches are the principal
20 means of transportation between the towns and barrios
KOLAMBUGAN BAY, E of the city of Ozamiz, bordering the bay. It has general depths of 5.9 to 13.7 m
between PALALAGOYA and KULASIHAN POINTS, from the entrance off Solaton Island to about 1.3 miles off
offers a good anchorage in 7.3 to 9.1 m about 1 mile NE of Tangub. SW to the head of the bay is shoal water.
MIGCANIGUING.
25 TUBOD (TUBOT) COVE, a small indentation at the S
PASIL SHOAL, which extends from Palalagoya Point, shore of Panguil Bay, is about 7.5 miles SW of Kolambugan.
separates the bay from the channel leading to Panguil Bay.
The bay is open N but sheltered from other directions. TUBOD, a town on the E shore of Tubod Cove, is the
out port for products of the Kapatagan Valley. The town has a
KOLAMBUGAN, a town immediately E of 30 post office and a hospital. It is connected with a good road to
Migcaniguing Point, has a 230-m long pier extending Iligan City and to Baroy, Lala, and Kapatagan in the interior
northwards. The principal industry is lumbering. There is a with connections up to Zamboanga del Sur.
post office and a provincial government hospital. Diesel oil
and gasoline are available in limited quantities. Major Light - Tubod Light (08° 02' 42"N., 123° 47'
35 12"E.) is displayed from a white tower at the town.
Ships from Manila, Cebu, and other ports call here
regularly. Ocean going vessels occasionally call to load Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Tubod
lumber. Minor mechanical repairs may be made with the may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-6243472.
facilities of the timber company. There is a regular ferry
service to Ozamiz City. Regular bus transportation connects 40 Berthing Facilities include a 125 m long reinforced
the town with Iligan City and Kapatagan Valley. concrete pier, a 11 m by 6 m RoRo ramp, and a 70 m long
pier for outrigger boats. The port has a 4,500 sq m open
Prominent Features - The buildings of Findlay Millar storage area.
Timber Company is located about 0.3 mile W of the town.
The church with red roof is partly visible from the anchorage. 45 Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
from a local company. 24 hrs advanced notice is required
Range Beacons - Two range beacons (char: fixed red), for vessels needing cargo handling services.
at the back of Migcaniguing Point, mark the approach to
Kolambugan. Anchorage around the port is not reccommended due
50 to shallow water and strong current, especially during the
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town monsoon season.
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-6228795.
BAROY, a town close to the shore, is 2 miles SSW of
Berthing Facilities - The town has as a 230 m long Tubod. It has a post office and a government hospital. A road
reinforced concrete causeway pier with a draft of 2 m at 55 leading E from the town joins the national highway between
the offshore end. It is used by passenger ferry boats from Lanao and Zamboanga del Sur. There is a small wooden pier
nearby Ozamis City. used by launches plying between Ozamiz City and Baroy.

Directions - Vessels calling at Kolambugan when about There are numerous rivers discharging into Panguil Bay.
7 miles N of the port steer for the range marks bearing 193o. 60 They are narrow and long and the bars at their mouths are

7-16
shallow. They are used only by launches and small boats
which call at the villages along their banks.
LAPINIG RIVER, on the E side of the head of Panguil
Bay is navigable by vessels drawing not more than 1.8 m (6
ft) up to a lumber camp about 2 miles upstream.
LINTOGUP RIVER, discharging on the opposite
shore, is 2.2 miles NW of Lapinig River. The bar at the
mouth is shoal and may be entered only by small launches 10
during high water for barrio LINTOGUP, 3 miles upstream.
This barrio is connected by road to the town of AURORA
about 4 km W.
MIGPANGUI RIVER, is about 2.5 miles N of
Lintogup River. In 1954, there was a depth of 2.3 m at the
entrance. Launches may navigate at high water for the town
of BONIFACIO, about 2 miles from the mouth.
TANGUB CITY, located on the N shore of the bay, 20
is a corn and copra producing district. It is joined by good
roads to Ozamiz City and towns of Zamboanga del Sur.
Fresh stores, gasoline and diesel oil are available in limited
quantities. There is a post office, private courier companies,
money remittance centers, telephone connection, mobile 25
phone services, and Internet connection. A hospital and
clinics are available.
Berthing Facility - An abandoned government concrete
pier is located at Silanga Point about 1.6 miles E of the 30
poblacion. Its E face was destroyed during the war. Having
only about 0.91 m of water at this face, the pier is now being
used solely as a landing for boats plying between Tubod
and Tangub.
From Silanga Point, the coast trends NE towards Ozamis
City. Fishtraps were placed on the shallow areas along the
shore.
PORT OZAMIZ is the major port in this area. Its shores
are low and covered with mangroves, but N from Ozamiz
City, there is an extensive sandy shore, and immediately S,
on the opposite coast, there are high hills. A number of reefs
and shoals render the approach to Port Ozamiz somewhat
dangerous and the entrance should be cautiously approached.
Distress & Rescue - The VHF Digital Selective Calling
(DSC) station in Ozamiz City may also be contacted during
distress. The details of the DSC system may be read in
Chapter 2 of this publication.
OZAMIZ, (08° 08' 38"N., 123° 50' 42"E.), a chartered
city is the center of commercial activities in Misamis
Occidental, is on the NW side of the entrance to Port
Ozamis. Regular interisland vessels often call from Cebu. 55
Oceangoing vessels also call occasionally to load copra
and logs. A highway connects the coastal towns and bus
transportation is available. There are post office, mobile
phone communications, and Internet connection. The nearest
airport, located 2 miles N of the city, has regular commercial 60
7-17
flights to Manila and Cebu.
Prominent Features - From a distance, Ozamiz is
distinguished by its numerous buildings. The light tower on
5 the SW bastion of an old fort is prominent.
Bucagan Hill, 1.5 miles W of Port Ozamiz Light, is
conspicuous. Javier Mountains, on the S side of the entrance
to the port, and a buildings at the foot of the government
piers are good landmarks.
Major Light - Port Ozamis Light (08° 08' 28"N., 123°
50' 45"E.) is displayed from a white tower inside the old fort.
15 Channels -The approach to the port is difficult to make
on account of the existence of several dangerous shoals.
The E edge of Loculan Shoals with a depth of 0.9 m (0.5
fm) and Narvaez Shoal with a depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm) are
the two outermost dangers. The recommended channel is
marked by buoys and has a controlling depth of 9.6 m (5.25
fm). However, it was reported that the buoys are unreliable.
There are several fish traps along the channel, specially at
the W edge of Pasil Shoal and in the bight W of Misamis
Point. The channel W of Loculan Shoals is deep but a shoal
with a depth of 4.6 m is in the middle. This channel is used
only by small local coasting vessels.
Dangers - Narvaez Shoal the outer danger on the S
side of the E approach to Port Ozamiz is a small patch of
coral, covered by a depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm) 1.2 miles from
the SE shore of the port. From its N edge of the S tangent
to the fort at Ozamiz bears 244o, distant 5 miles.
Kulasihan Shoals, with 2.7 m (1.5 fm) of water over
35 them, are S from Narvaez Shoal and about 0.7 mile from
shore.
Panguilinan Shoals are two small patches covered
with 2.1 m (1.1 fm) of water, lying about 1.5 miles SW from
40 Narvaez Shoal. From the N patch the S tangent to the fort at
Ozamiz bears 254o, distant 3.6 miles.
Pasil Shoal is a long, narrow shoal extending nearly 3
miles in a NE direction from Palalagoya Point, on the S side
45 of the port. It has depths varying from 0.5 to 5.5 m (0.3 to
3 fm) over it, and from the N edge of the 5.5-meter (3 fm)
curve the S tangent to the fort at Ozamiz bears 259o, distant
2 miles. The N extremity of Pasil Shoal is marked by a black
can buoy moored in 9.1 m of water.
50
Loculan Shoals, 0.5 to 1.3 miles from shore, about
midway between Opol and Loculan Points, are of sand and
rock formation partly bare at low water. Near the SW and
N parts of the shoals are small sand cays bare at low water.
Trunks of large trees stranded by the currents may often be
seen upon the shoals. From their SE edge, Port Ozamis Light
bears 226o, distant 3.4 miles. There are three shoal spots
covered by 0.9 to 8.2 m (0.5 to 4.5 fm) lying S and E from
Loculan Shoals, between which and the main shoals there is a
narrow deep channel. These patches are marked by a red buoy
moored in 4.6 m (2.5 fm) of water, coral bottom. About 0.7 There is fresh water pipe connection at the port area
mile E of this buoy is a 4.6-meter (2.5-fathom) shoal spot. but no facilities to convey water to the anchorage. Several
warehouse are located in the vicinity of the piers.
Shoal water extends nearly 1 mile E and NE from the
fort, and about 457 m beyond this there is a shoal spot with 5 Supplies - Food and other supplies can be obtained in
4.6 to 5.5 m (4.6 of water on it. The SE edge of the foregoing limited quantities from the local market and city stores. Fresh
shoal spot is marked by a red second class nun buoy moored water and fuel are delivered at the port by lorries.
in 7.3 m of water, hard sand bottom. Loculan Point, just
closing in by the land N from Opol Point, clears the E edge Repairs - No ship repairs can be performed. Minor
of the 4.6-meter patch and the E end of Solaton Island, in the 10 machine shop work can be done.
narrows between Port Ozamiz and Panguil Bay, bearing 227o
clears the above shoal and the shoal ground E from the fort. Pilotage - There is no regular pilot in Port Ozamiz.
Pilotage in and out of the port is not compulsory. Foreign
Caution - Submarine telecommunication cables are vessels desiring such service may obtain it from Iligan. Pilot
present in Ozamiz Port. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited 15 boarding station is located just NE of Loculan Shoals or 4.5
in the vicinity of the submarine cables. miles NE of Port Ozamis Light. Vessels requiring pilots
must send advanced notice 48 hrs before ETA. Pilots may
Tides & Currents - The mean tidal range at Port Ozamiz be contacted at telephone number (+6363) 221-5512 and
is 0.88 m and the diurnal range is 1.34 m. The rise and fall of through VHF Channel 16.
tides has a ratio of 0.9 with and occur at the same time as that 20
of Cebu. The tidal current at ebb sets E across the ends of the Tug - A 500 hp tug is available but a 24-hour notice is
pier. The currents at the anchorage in mid-stream are strong, required.
with a reported velocity of 4 knots, and follow the general
trend of the coastline of the port in a NE and SW direction. Anchorage - Deep draft vessels may anchor at 0.8 mile
25 SE of Port Ozamis Light while light draft vessels may anchor
Port Management - The city is the base port of PMO- at 0.4 mile SW of the light. Anchorage, although open to
Ozamiz, which may be contacted at telephone nos. (+6388) the NE, the holding ground is good and the anchorage is
521-1538 and (+6388) 521-0238. The port can accomodate considered safe.
vessels with maximum LOA of 145 m and GRT of 12,000
tons. 30 Quarantine Anchorage - Vessels for quarantine
inspection should drop anchor at 0.7 mile NE of Port Ozamis
Customs - Customs clearance may be had from the Light and wait for the QMO.
customs officers stationed in Ozamiz.
Directions - Vessels entering this port may use these
Immigration - The Ozamiz Immigration Field Office 35 directions: within 6 miles NE of Misamis Point, pick up
may be contacted through the following means: Kolambugan range lights to bear 193o, and steer for it giving
buoy “2” off Loculan Shoals a berth of about 457 m to the
Telephone: (+6388) 521-1581 starboard. When Port Ozamis Light bears 235o and almost
Fax: (+6388) 521-1581 abeam of the buoy alter course to 226o, passing between
E-mail: biozamis440@gmail.com 40 buoys “1” and “4”. Continue on this course until the light
is abeam, then haul in for the anchorage or pier. There are
Quarantine - The nearest quarantine station and times when the light is difficult to pick up, and if this should
veterinary quarantine office are located in Cagayan de Oro. be the case, other landmarks should be availed of.
The Plant Quarantine office in Ozamiz may be contacted
through the following means: 45 Vessels can also bring Bucagan Hill to bear 243o and
steer for it in range with an isolated iron-roofed building
Telephone: (+6388) 521-1344 on the beach. When Port Ozamis Light bears 235o, change
Mobile Phone: +63929-2627097 course to 226o. When the end of the pier at Ozamiz bears
E-mail: pqs.ozamiz@gmail.com 300o, haul in for anchorage or go alongside. Vessels calling
50 at this port should enter during daylight hours only in order
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in to avoid the numerous dangers at the entrance.
Ozamiz may be contacted through mobile phone nos.
+63998-5858573, +63917-6247867, +63966-1875445, and Vessels coming from NW along the coast may pass about
+63961-9081887. 735 m E of Loculan Point on course 181o, keeping a good
55 lookout for shoals on either side. The W edge of LOCULAN
Berthing Facilities - The main berthing facility at SHOAL is usually marked with a stake and should be passed
Ozamiz is a concrete pier that extends 120 m SSW from the at a distance of 183 m. When Port Ozamis Light bears 254o
S side of Misamis Point. A 200 m long wharf extends SE change course to 230o giving buoy “4” a berth of about 365
from the root of the pier. RoRo ramps are also available. m then follow preceding directions to the pier or anchorage.
60

7-18
 LOCULAN POINT, about 4 miles NNE from Ozamiz
City, is low and sandy. The town of CLARIN (LOCULAN)
is immediately back of the point, S of Loculan River. It is
small and partly obscured by trees. Vessels which sometimes
call at Clarin usually anchor E from the point in 11 m fine
sand bottom.
The shoreline on the W side of Iligan Bay is low, flat,
swampy, and interspersed with low-lying alluvial and sandy
areas. At a distance of 1 to 2 miles back from the shoreline
the foothills begin to rise gradually to the Mountain range
running parallel to the shore. The foothills for a distance of 6
to 10 miles from the shore are cultivated and about one-half
of the area is cleared; on the uncleared portion there are many
large trees. The mountains are broken and heavily wooded.
The valleys are precipitous and the peaks seemingly very
steep. The shore is generally fringed with coral, which in
some places extends to a distance of 1.5 miles.
Vessels calling at the factory usually anchor off Tabu
Point.
PALILAN RIVER, with very little water on its bar at
5 low tide discharges about 0.9 mile NW of Tabu Point.
MADRE, PORICOS, and a number of other reefs,
partly awash at low water, are off the vicinity of Jimenez.
They are usually well-defined and easy to pick; between them
10 and the shore is a good but contracted anchorage. A number
of channels lead between the reefs to this anchorage; the S
channel is the one generally used.
JIMENEZ is a town 1.5 miles NW from Tabu Point
15 and about 1 mile W from the shore. There is a post office,
mobile phone communications, and Internet connection in
town. Hospitals are also present. Limited stores, fuel and
water supplies are available.

BALICAOCAO POINT, 1.5 miles N from Loculan 20 Prominent Features - The town may be recognized
Point, is rounded, sandy, and planted with coconut trees. by a prominent, white, stone church having a square tower
There are several detached reefs off this point and it should and hemispherical dome. The church stands at the head of
be given a berth of at least 1 mile. the main street leading from the pier to the town and shows
through the trees when well offshore. Large white cylindrical
FROM BALICAOCAO POINT the coast trends 25 tanks are located close N of the root of the pier.
N for 6 miles to Tabu Point, forming a large bay with a
low-lying shoreline of sand and mangrove fringed in most Caution - Ship captains calling at Jimenez report that
places by coral. The towns of TUDELA, SINACABAN, there is shoaling and that during the strength of the NE
and several barrios are on the shores of this bay. A chain monsoon a heavy swell sometimes reaches the pier.
of reefs, parts of which bare at low water, begins about 0.5 30
mile NE from Balicaocao Point and extends N to within 1 Tidal Currents at this anchorage set N and S along the
mile of Tabu Point. The outer edges of these reefs which are reefs and across the entrance.
steep-to are more than 1.5 miles from shore. Structures on
stilts of the Misamis Occidental Aquamarine Park is on a Port Management - The port manager can be contacted
reef located about 2 miles SSE of Tabu Point. 35 at telephone nos. (+6388) 272-3734 to 35.

Major Light - Sinonoc Light (08° 17' 26"N., 123° 52'
16"E.) is displayed from the marine park.
Anchorage - There is an expanse of water between the
reefs and the land where anchorage, well sheltered from the
sea during the NE monsoon, may be found in depths of 5.5 to
36.6 m mud and sand bottom. Access to this anchorage may
be had through channels between the reef E of it or from the
N, care being taken to avoid a 2.7 m patch in the middle of
the N entrance, 1 mile 188o from Tabu Point.
TABU POINT, about 7.5 miles N from Loculan Point,
is low, sharp, sandy, and bordered by coconut trees. It is
very steep-to, a depth of 7.3 m being found within 45 m
of it. Tabu Point Light (08° 19' 34"N., 123° 51' 45"E.) is
displayed from the point.
Large cylindrical tanks and factory buildings stands
about 0.1 mile SW of Tabu Point Light. A 120-m long T-head
pier extends SE from the factory buildings. Three dolphins
off each end of the T-head provide a mooring length of about
200 m of this berth. Mooring posts are available; a small boat
assists in running the lines. Copra and coconut oil are loaded
from this pier. Facilities for loading the oil are available.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Jimenez
may be contacted mobile phone nos. +63917-6265861 and
+63998-5858570.
40
Berthing Facility - The 100 m long concrete pier is at
the termination of the main street leading to the town. The
pier has a controlling depth of 5 m.
45 Oceangoing vessels calling at Jimenez to load copra do
not use the pier but usually anchor in 21.9 m about 457 m
S of Tabu Point.
Pilotage - is compulsory and is available during the day
50 only. Pilot boarding station is located at 1.7 miles ESE of
Tabu Point. Only one tugboat is available.
Directions - Southern Channel: Come to a position
2 miles 285o from Tabu Point Light and steer 270o to pass
55 about 320 m S of the buoy S of Madre Reef. When the light
bears 354o haul N to pass 183 m E of Tabu Point. Round the
point and head for the anchorage in 11 m sand bottom, 228
m off the end of the pier, or go alongside the pier.
60 The Northern Channel is seldom used. In case it is

7-19
desired to enter through this channel, bring the church to
bear 236o and steer for it. When the light bears 160o, change
course to 154o keeping in mid-channel until almost abeam of
the pier, then anchor, or go alongside the pier. This channel
is narrow and unmarked. Vessels using this passage should
keep a good lookout of the shoal on either side.
FROM TABU POINT the coast trends in a general N
by W direction for 6.5 miles to Balaring Point. The first 2.5
miles of this section faced by detached reefs to a distance of
about 1 mile thence to Balaring Point the reefs which fringe
the shore do not extend to a distance of more than 0.5 mile
and there are no offlying dangers.
MAPAAN POINT, about 3.5 miles N from Tabu Point,
is low, sandy, covered with coconut trees, and fringed by
reefs to a distance of about 0.5 mile.
ALORAN, a town about 4 miles N from Jimenez and
1 mile W from the shore, is not visible from seaward. The
landing place is marked by an iron-roofed warehouse and
several nipa shacks. There is a post office in town. Vessels
calling at Aloran usually anchor in 29.3 m on the edge of
the shore reef with the warehouse bearing 249o, distant
about 548 m.
BALARING POINT is round, sandy, bordered with
mangroves and nipa, with a strip of coconut trees about 91
m from the shore, and fringed by reefs extending 457 m.
FROM BALARING POINT the coast trends NW
for 3 miles to Simio Point. A shoal, composed of rocks with
a depth of 3 m (10 ft) at low water, exists 1 mile 345o from
Balaring Point.
SAN VICENTE, a village about 1.5 miles SW from
Simio Point and 0.8 mile inland is not visible from seaward,
being entirely concealed by trees. A 250-m long causeway
pier extends E from the coast about 1 mile S of Simio Point.
Vessels calling at San Vicente may anchor in 7.3 m about
548 m S from some houses on the beach just N of the mouth
of SAN VICENTE RIVER.
SIMIO POINT is low, sandy, covered with coconut
trees, and fringed by reefs extending 457 m.
OROQUIETA RIVER, 0.7 mile NW of Simio Point,
has about 0.5 m (1 1/2 ft) of water on its bar at low water.
OROQUIETA, the capital of Misamis Occidental 50
province, is about 1 mile NW from Simio Point, on the N
bank of the mouth of Oroquieta River. Ferry vessels from
Cebu regularly calls at Oroquieta. There is a post office,
mobile phone communication, and Internet connection. The
provincial government and private hospitals are present. 55
Major commercial banks, money remittance centers, hotels,
and small shopping centers are all present.
Prominent Features - It is easily recognized by its many
buildings, visible from a distance N. The church which has
7-20
an unusual ornamental design stands close to the beach and
is conspicuous.
Major Light - Oroquieta Light (08° 29' 48"N., 123° 47'
5 45"E.) is located about 93 m NW of the pier.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
Oroquieta may be contacted mobile phone nos. +63917-
6249755 and +63998-5858579.
10
Berthing Facilities - A causeway with a 40 m long
reinforced concrete pier is at the head of LOBOC COVE.
Approach to the pier is through a narrow break in the off-
lying coral reef and there is insufficient turning room inside
15 for any but small vessels. Fresh water is not available at
the pier.
Anchorage, protected from S and W winds, with good
holding ground, may be found about 457 m from shore in
20 21.9 m, mud bottom, with the church bearing 227o. This
anchorage should be approached cautiously as the bank is
very steep. At times during the NE monsoon this anchorage
becomes untenable and small vessels find anchorage in Loboc
Cove, about 1 mile NW from Oroquieta. This anchorage is
25 very constricted and vessels are obliged to moor fore-and-
aft. The cove affords shelter in all but the heaviest weather.
PAYPAYAN BAY, NW from Oroquieta, is between
Napolo and Layaban Points. The bay is fringed by a wide
30 reef, leaving anchorage space at the entrance, SW from
Layaban Point, nearly 457 m in extent with a depth of 6.4
m in the middle.
LAYABAN POINT is low, sandy, and bordered with
35 coconut trees, which grow close together that the point has
the appearance of a high bluff when seen from a distance.
The reef which fringes Paypayan Bay surrounds Layaban
Point, continues N to Silanga Island, and has a general width
of about 0.5 mile.
40
SILANGA ISLAND is a small island covered with trees
about 18 m high, on the reef close to the shore about 2.3 miles
NNW from Layaban Point. The reef which surrounds Silanga
Island extends to a distance of about 735 m E.
45
POLO BAY, between Silanga and Polo Points, is an
irregular indentation on the coast almost filled with coral
reefs. The bay is open to the NE and E winds, but a good
sheltered anchorage may be found inside, about 1 mile S
Polo Point Light. The main entrance to the bay is between
Polo Point and Capayas Islet, in the break leading to the
anchorage. There are no aids to navigation, and in the absence
of local knowledge, a stranger should not attempt to enter
this bay, except at low water when the edges of the reefs are
plainly visible.
LOPEZ JAENA, the town on Silanga Point, is hidden
by trees. It is connected by road to Oroquieta. The 200 m
long jetty extending NW from Silanga Point is used by ferry
60 boats calling at the town.
 CAPAYAS ISLET, about 1.3 miles 156o from Polo
Point Light, is a small rocky formation on the edge of the reef
on the S side of the main entrance to Polo Bay. This islet is
about 91 m long, E and W, and 45 m wide. It is overgrown
with a few bushes about 1.5 m (5 ft) high.
POLO POINT, the W limit of Iligan Bay, is low and
flat. It is generally covered with mangrove swamp and
fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. Polo Point Light (08° 35'
59"N., 123° 45' 21"E.), with small concrete dwelling at the
base, is displayed from the point. W of the point is a narrow,
tortuous passage connecting Polo Bay and Inamucan Bay.
This passage is accessible only to small boats at high water.
The water close to the point is deep, and it may be safely
passed at a distance of at least 0.5 mile.
ILIGAN REEF, 7.8 miles 064o from Polo Point Light,
is a dangerous reef about 548 m in diameter, composed of
coral and white sand and covered by a depth of 2.7 m.
INAMUCAN BAY (CHART 4639), 1.7 miles NW
from Polo Point, is the harbor for the town of Plaridel. It
is small and affords good protection in S weather and fair
shelter in NE because of the reefs extending from both
entrance points; these reefs reduce the navigable channel to 25
a width of 274 m and in entering a good lookout must be kept
for them on account of the narrow entrance, lack of marker,
presence of fish traps, and limited space. The anchorage space
is very limited, being less than 457 m in diameter.
Major Lights - Inamucan Bay Light (08° 36' 42"N.,
123° 43' 36"E.), privately maintained, is reported displayed
from a bamboo tower at the edge of the reef on the W side
of the entrance.
Plaridel Light (08° 36' 43"N., 123° 43' 31"E.) is
displayed from the town.
Navigational Aids - Lighted buoys were laid in
Inamucan Bay to guide vessels calling at Plaridel.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Plaridel
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-6255395 and
+63998-5858561.
Berthing Facilities - The town has a 80 m long concrete
wharf that can accommodate RoRo vessels. A 25 m long
pier, located about 0.1 mile SW of the wharf, is used by
fishing boats.
Pilotage - Pilot boarding station for vessels calling at
Inamucan Bay is located at 0.6 mile NNW of Baubaon Point.
Directions - From a point 2 miles 309o from Polo Point
Light, steer 182o to give the W tangent of Baubaon Point a
berth of 274 m. When the private light at Inamucan Bay is
on starboard beam, change course to 227o and anchor in
18.3 m, soft mud bottom, about 274 m E of the pier, or go
alongside. Oceangoing vessels calling at Plaridel for copra
usually anchor outside the bay, near the entrance in about
7-21
73 m and not off the town. This anchorage is open to the
NE monsoon.
PLARIDEL, a small town about 3 miles W of Polo
5 Point, distinguished by prominent buildings. The town
has a small dispensary which provides very limited
medical facilities. There is a post office and mobile phone
communication. During the SW monsoon, vessels which
sometimes call at this town anchor in 18.3 m about 0.5 mile
10 from shore with the bell tower of the church bearing 182o.
In approaching this anchorage care must be taken to avoid
the USUCAN and LANGARAN SHOALS, both of which
are about 0.6 mile from shore; the former is about 1.5 miles
NW from the town and is covered by a depth of 2.7 m the
15 latter is about 0.6 mile NNE from the town and is covered
by a depth of 3.7 m.
FROM PLARIDEL the coast trends WNW for 8
miles to Bulalo Point at the E entrance to Murcielagos Bay.
20 Near the middle of this section of the coast there is a large
bight about 2.5 miles long and 1 mile wide, which is nearly
blocked with reef, leaving a small boat passage which is
used occasionally as a landing place for Baliangao, 2 miles
distant, with which it is connected by a good road. A portion
of this bight was proclaimed to be part of Baliangao Protected
Landscape and Seascape under NIPAS. Activities that may
harm the environment are strictly prohibited within the
marine protected area. Baliangao Point Light (08° 40' 00"N.,
123° 37' 12"E.) is diplayed from Baliangao Point. Between
30 the bight and Murcielagos Bay the shore is fringed by a very
narrow steep-to coral reef.
MURCIELAGOS BAY (CHART 4641), between
Bulalo Point and Silla Point, is very irregular and almost
35 filled by coral reefs and shoals. Several channels and deep
pockets affording excellent anchorage are between these
reefs. The E shore is low and flat, mostly wooded or cleared
for coconut plantations. The S and W shores are hilly,
gradually rising to the higher mountains inland.
40
ILIJAN HILL near the SE angle of the bay shows up
well from a short distance offshore.
MOUNT NANCA and MOUNT CANIM are rather
45 indefinite in shape and hard to distinguish at a distance.
MOUNT SILLA, 222 m (728 ft) high, is the most
prominent landmark in this vicinity, specially when viewed
from E or W. Bare vertical cliffs rise from the 152 m (500
50 ft) level in a sharp spire and with the next hill to the N, this
mountain takes the shape of a saddle, from which it derives
its name.
CABGAN ISLANDS, consisting of a bigger and several
55 smaller islet on the E side of the entrance to Murcielagos
Bay, are connected to BULALO and MIRAY POINTS by
coral reef, bare at low water. The SE end of Cabgan Island is
occupied by cottages of a private resort. Shoal water extends
0.8 mile W of the largest island, the W limit being marked
60 by a black can buoy. A 4.6- meter coral shoal is 1 mile 273o
from the NW point of Cabgan Island and about 640 m NW
of the black can buoy. A 3.2- meter shoal is 0.8 mile WNW
of the 4.6- meter shoal, with a 5.9-meter spot 457 m W of it.
There is a clear channel 0.5 mile wide between these reefs
and the shoals which fill the head of Murcielagos Bay.
BALIANGAO, a town at the E head of Baliangao Bay,
is the shipping point for copra which is produced in the
vicinity. The town has several stores where food supplies can
be purchased. A few tins of gasoline and kerosene are usually 10
obtainable. There is a weekly boat connection to Cebu. It is
connected by a highway with other towns. There is a post
office and a small dispensary in the town.
Aids to Navigation - The approach to the anchorage is
marked by two black and two red buoys.
Caution - S of Miray Point the shoal extends about 228
m which narrows the channel to 91 m in the vicinity of the
government pier at the point. The edges of the shoal may be
readily seen when the sea is calm, but owing to this danger,
vessels approaching the pier should exercise caution at this
point. A closer approach to the town should not be attempted
without specific local knowledge.
Berthing Facilities - The town is fronted by a 35 m long
pier, which can only be approached by small boats at high
water. The government pier at Miray Point, 1 mile WSW of
the town, had a depth of 6.4 m at its end in October 1952.
Interisland vessels often use this pier. A small pier that can 30
only accommodate boats is at the point about 0.9 SE of
Miray Point.
Anchorage - Oceangoing vessels calling at Baliangao
to load copra, usually anchor outside the bay about 0.5 mile
WNW of the largest of the Cabgan Islands in 34.7 m rocky
bottom. This anchorage is exposed to all winds, and during
SW monsoon there is a strong E set.
Directions - In entering from N or E, approach black 40
can buoy No. 1 on course 182o, to pass 91 m W of it. This
will lead about 137 m E of the 4.6- meter shoal. Continue
on this course to about 365 m SSW of black buoy No. 1,
then change to 117o to bring black buoy No. 3 dead ahead.
This course will lead well to the S of a detached shoal about 45
halfway between the buoys and N of the large shoal area in
the head of the bay. When close aboard black buoy No. 3,
steer 080o to pass about 91 m S of the beacon 735 m SW
of Miray Point, then steer 060o. When Miray Point bears N
about 365 m, anchor in 11 m or continue on mid-channel 50
courses and go alongside the pier.
CASUL BAY, the largest arm extending S from the SE
side of Murcielagos Bay, affords excellent anchorage, but
the channel leading into it is narrow and unmarked, being
barely 91 m wide E and NE of NABUROS ISLAND. On a
clear smooth day the reefs bordering the channel are easily
seen. A T-head pier, fronting the barrio of Sapang Ama, is
located about 0.4 mile S of Caluya Point. Only boats call
at this pier. Atop the hill at the back of the barrio is a statue
7-22
of Jesus Christ, which is a prominent landmark in this area.
Directions - Come to a position about 457 m SE of buoy
“3”. Steer for the W tangent of Caluya Point on course 179o
5 until abeam of the N point of Naburos Island, then change
course to 190o, giving the E side of the island a berth of at
least 73 m. When abeam of the highest hill of the island,
change course to 206o. When the E tangent of MANGLA
ISLAND and the N tip of MANGLA POINT are in range,
change course to 147o and anchor in 11 m, mud bottom, about
365 m NE or E of NAPUTHAO ISLAND.
TALULUC CHANNEL, forming a deep passage
between the NW shore of Murcielagos Bay and the extensive
15 reef in the middle of the bay, leads into an excellent
anchorage near the NW end of SINIPAY DACO ISLAND.
Directions - To enter this channel bring Mount Silla
to bear 277o and steer for Mount Canim on 232o course.
20 This course will clear the shoal water extending E from
LATUNGON POINT and lead directly over a 5-meter shoal
0.8 mile 049o from Taluluc Island. To clear this shoal, haul
S when Pinahon Island bears 160o until Taluluc Island bears
234o, steer for it until the W tangent of Sinipay Daco Island
25 bears 207o, then change course to 216o. When the N tangent of
Sinipay Daco Island bears E, anchor in 27.4 m mud bottom.
A branch channel leads toward PINAHON ISLAND,
which is marked by Sibutad Light (08° 39' 31"N., 123° 30'
30"E.). To enter, follow the course stated above, and when
Pinahon Island bears 160o, steer for it. This course can be
safely followed to within 183 m off the island. No depth less
than 32.9 m is encountered in mid-channel and within this
course. There are several deep pockets in the reef connected
35 by narrow winding channels to which the chart is the best
guide.
PANGANURAN, a barrio at the head of the cove just
NE of Taluluc Point, has a harbor for boats, which was cut
through the reefs. It is connected by road to Dapitan City.
LIBAY, a barrio about 0.7 mile SW of the SW end of the
Sinipay Daco Island, is fronted by a T-head pier. The barrio
has a T-head pier and is connected by road to Dapitan City.
SINIPAY DIUTAY ISLAND, about 0.4 mile SW of the
SW end of Sinipay Daco Island, is surrounded by seawalls
all around.
SILLA POINT, the most N limit of Murcielagos Bay,
is surrounded by a reef less than 457 m wide. The point may
be recognized by Mount Silla which rises to height of 222
m (728 ft) immediately S of it.
55 FROM SILLA POINT the coast trends SW for about
2 miles and thence WNW for 6 miles to Tagolo Point and is
composed of low, even, mushroomed coral reefs. The head
of the bight W of Silla Point is fringed by a wide coral reef,
leaving only a little passage to the village of CAVITE, which
60 is situated on the W shore.
 TAGOLO POINT, the most N point on the coast W
of Murcielagos Bay, forms the N entrance point to Dapitan
Bay. Tagolo Point Light (08° 43' 40"N., 123° 22' 43"E.)
is displayed on this point from a white tower. The point
is about 30 m (100 ft) high and surrounded by a narrow
steep-to reef. The water is deep around the point and it can
be safely navigated within 0.5 mile. About 1 mile SE from
the point the land rises to a height of 290 m (951 ft) and is
heavily wooded.
TIDAL CURRENTS are very strong off Tagolo Point;
the flood sets E and the ebb W.
SILINO ISLAND, 8 miles 016o from Tagolo Point, is
about 0.5 mile in extent, low, flat, and wooded, with sandy
shore. It is fringed with a narrow steep-to reef, which on
the W side extends about 457 m. Silino Island Light (08°
51' 22"N., 123° 25' 00"E.) is displayed from the center of
the island.
Marine Protected Area - Silino Island and its
surrounding waters were proclaimed as Selinog Island
Protected Landscape and Seascape. Activities that may harm
the environment are strictly prohibited inside the marine
protected area.
Danger - A 12.8 m shoal was reported in 1976 to exist
about 1.8 miles NW of Silino Island Light.
ALIGBAY ISLAND, 9 miles 277 1/2o from Tagolo
Point, is about 0.5 mile extent, 30.5 m (100 ft) high, and
wooded. From its NW side a steep-to coral reef extends
about 457 m and to the E shoal water extends about 0.5 mile.
Marine Protected Area - Aligbay Island and its 35
surrounding waters were proclaimed as Aliguay Island
Protected Landscape and Seascape. Activities that may harm
the environment are strictly prohibited inside the marine Point, serves as small boat landing. It is connected by road
protected area. to Dapitan.
CHALLENGER REEF, 2 miles 160o from Aligbay
Island, is composed of coral, covered by a depth of 6.4 m
it is about 0.7 mile in diameter within the 20-meter curve.
DON REEF, composed of coral and covered by a depth
of 3.7 m is 6.5 miles 230o from Tagolo Point Light. Within
the 20-meter curve it is about 546 m long NW and SE, and
about 380 m wide; the shoal part is very small compared
with the rest of the reef.
DAPITAN BAY (CHART 4639) is between Tagolo
Point and Boton Point. The entrance to the bay is open and
free of hazards, with depths of 51.2 m decreasing gradually
to the beach E. Two pyramidal spires of the church at Dapitan
make landmarks when entering the bay.
Major Lights - Tagolo Point Light (08° 43' 40"N., 123°
22' 43"E.) is displayed from a white tower on Tagolo Point.
Port Pulauan Light (08° 38' 18"N., 123° 22' 48"E.) is
7-23
displayed near the pier of Port Pulauan.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Dapitan
may be contacted through mobile phone nos. +63905-
5 3860539 and +63967-5661422. The VHF Digital Selective
Calling (DSC) station in Dapitan City may also be contacted
during distress.
TUBUD POINT, 1.3 miles S of Tagolo Point, is formed
10 by a prominent isolated hill; it is fringed by reefs about 457
m wide, which extend N and terminate W of Tagolo Point.
LIUAY ROCK, about 548 m W of Tubud Point, is a
flat rock about 45 m in diameter, partly awash at high water.
15
PORT TAGUILON is a snug little port in the N part
of Dapitan Bay. The entrance is 1.5 miles SE from Tubud
Point, about 274 m wide, with a depth of 6.9 m in the middle.
20 Berthing Facilities - A 50-meter long pier extends
NNE from the point at head of Port Taguilon. The barrio of
Taguilon is at the hinterland of this point.
A 100-meter long jetty, about 0.3 mile W of Taguilon,
25 is operated by Dakak Beach Resort.
Anchorage - Immediately inside the entrance there is
an anchorage space about 735 m in extent, in which the least
depth is 8.7 m; NE from the island in the W part of the port,
30 there is another good anchorage basin about 274 m in extent.
DANGERS - A small coral reef with a depth of 1.2
m (4 ft) is 365 m 208o from the small islet off ESTACION
POINT. Depths of more than 5.5 m are found between the
reef and the point.
SANTO NIÑO, a barrio about 0.5 mile E of Estacion
40
DAPITAN RIVER, discharging into the head of the
bay, has very little water on its bar at low tide. With a smooth
sea, small lighters can cross the bar at high water. A bridge
crosses the river N of the town.
45
DAPITAN CITY is on the E shore of Dapitan Bay,
just S of the mouth of Dapitan River. It has a post office,
telephone connection, mobile phone services, and Internet
connection. Public buses have regular trips to Dipolog
50 and other neighboring towns. Limited amount of supplies
may be procured from several small stores. Gasoline and
kerosene in tins can be obtained. A government hospital is
available in the city. Vessels calling at Dapitan usually dock
at Pulauan pier. A small landing 0.5 mile NW of the city is
55 used by small boats.
PORT PULAUAN, on the S shore of Dapitan Bay,
about 0.8 mile SE of Boton Point, is the shipping port of
Dipolog and Dapitan.
60
 Major Light - Port Pulauan Light (08° 38' 18"N., 123° Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Dipolog
22' 48"E.) is displayed from the port. may be contacted through mobile phone no. +63963-
5603347.
Berthing Facilities - The port has a 115 m long concrete
pier and 150 m long concrete wharf. The port also has a RoRo 5 Berthing Facilities - Dipolog has a harbor, partially
ramp with controlling depth of 4 m. There is a passenger protected by a breakwater, about 1.8 miles SW of the city.
shed, open storage for cargoes, and a warehouse. Vessels calling at this harbor usually berth at the inshore end
of the breakwater.
Supplies - Petroleum products are available in limited
quantities. Fresh water may be obtained through road tankers. 10 Anchorage may be found anywhere W from the town
according to draft.
Anchorage - Good anchorage, sheltered from all
except NW winds, may be found in any part of the bay. The FROM DIPOLOG, W along the coast, there are very
usual anchorage off Dapitan is in 6.4 m, mud bottom, with few good anchorages on account of the great depth of water
the church bearing 092o, and 0.5 mile from shore. Good 15 near the shore.
anchorage may also be found in 12.8 m about 735 m S
from the small islet off Estacion Point, with the river mouth KATIPUNAN, a town about 6 miles SW of Dipolog, is
bearing 092o. seldom visited by interisland boats, because of the inadequate
anchorage area. Vessels which call occasionally must
Pilotage - Pilot boarding station for vessels calling at 20 necessarily anchor close the beach on account of the great
Port Pulauan is about 0.5 mile N of Boton Point. depth of water off the town. There is a post office and mobile
phone communications. Private clinics and government
Tides - The mean tidal range at Dapitan is 0.79 m and health center are the only medical facilities in the town. A
the diurnal range is 1.34 m. The heights of high and low national highway runs W and NE connecting Katipunan
waters are 0.8 of that of Cebu and occur forty minutes earlier. 25 with other towns.
The tidal current during ebb flows outward from the end of
Pulauan pier. ROXAS is the town about 3.3 miles WNW of
Katipunan. The town has telephone connection and mobile
FROM BOTON POINT, at the W entrance to Dapitan phone communications. The government health center is the
Bay, the coast trends WSW 1.5 miles to Sicayab Point, and 30 only medical facility in the town. The town is connected by
then S 8 miles and W 14 miles to Blanca Point, forming a road to Dipolog. The T-head pier located about 1.4 miles E
large bay. This bay is deep and free from danger. of the town is operated by the municipal government.

BOTON POINT is fringed by a narrow reef; SICAYAB
POINT is fringed by rocks, always visible, which extend
about 320 m W, beyond which shoal water extends about
228 m.
DIPOLOG RIVER has very little water on its bar, but
may be entered by pulling boats at high water.
DIPOLOG CITY, the capital of Zamboanga del Norte
province, is on the S side of the mouth of the river of the same
name, about 2.5 miles S from Sicayab Point. It is visible from
seaward. A concrete cross is at the beach end of the main
street. The water W of the town shoals gradually towards the
shore, the 10-meter curve being 370 m off.
Dipolog Airport, the S end of which is located at the N
bank of the mouth of Dipolog River, has daily commercial 50
flights to Manila and Cebu. A ferry from Manila call weekly
while a ferry from Cebu call daily. Copra, corn, hemp,
and lumber are shipped. Ice is obtainable as well as sawed
lumber, a few tins of kerosene, gasoline, and lubricating oil.
A public bus line operates between Dipolog and Dapitan. 55
The city has a post office, telephone connection, mobile
phone communications, and Internet connection. The city
has private and government hospitals. Commercial banks,
courier companies, money remittance centers, and hotel
accommodations are available. 60
Caution - Fish traps exist just NW and SE of the
35 government pier.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Roxas
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63951-9400894.
40 Berthing Facilities - The government-operated T-head
pier, located about 1.4 miles E of Roxas, has a length of 145
m and extends NE from the coastline. Cargo vessels usually
call at this pier.
45 Four dolphins, about 0.2 mile NW of the government
pier, is owned by Wilmar Edible Oil Philippines. A conveyor
facility, used to transport palm oil, from the factory to the
ship. A large factory and cylindrical tanks are at the shore
end of the conveyor facility.
A 200-meter long concrete pier, located about 0.6 mile
NW of the town, is operated by Seaoil Philippines Inc. It
has four dolphins at the offshore end. Large buildinges and
two white cylindrical tanks are at the shore end of the pier.
Pilotage - Pilot boarding station for the government
pier and private piers in Roxas is located at 1.2 miles NE of
the government pier.
MANUKAN, a small town about 8.5 miles W of Roxas.

7-24
It is traversed by the highway and bus transportation is Present position: [in Latitude and Longitude or bearing
available. and distance from the nearest point of reference]

ZAMBOANGA PENINSULA Status: [indicate if underway, all is well, under attack,

(CHARTS 1528, 1533 & 4605) 5 or in distress]"

Zamboanga Peninsula is a long, semicircular peninsula Vessels under attack must report immediately and to the
extending southwesterly toward the Sulu Archipelago. It nearest Littoral Monitoring Station and request for assistance.
is connected to the mainland by an isthmus bordered by
Pagadian and Panguil Bays. The peninsula is bordered on the 10 BLANCA POINT, one of the remarkable features of
north and west by Sulu Sea and on the south by Moro Gulf. the coast, 13.5 miles W of Katipunan, is a perpendicular
cliff of white clay about 15 m (50 ft) high. It forms a long
Majority of the peninsula fall under the administrative horizontal tableland covered with grass, but with no trees on
region of Zamboanga Peninsula, which is composed of it. During the rainy season a stream of fresh water falls from
three provinces, namely, Zamboanga del Norte, Zamboanga 15 this headland. The vicinity of the point is shoal; at a distance
del Sur, and Zamboanga Sibugay. Misamis Occidental, the of about 365 m there is a depth of only 3.7 m. Between Blanca
province occupying the E end of the peninsula, falls under Point and Dohinog (Dohinob), about 8 miles E, shoal water
the administrative region of Northern Mindanao. The major extends to a considerable distance, the 10-meter curve being
cities are Zamboanga City, Dapitan, Dipolog, Oroquieta, generally found about 0.5 mile from shore. The land in the
Ozamiz, Pagadian, and Tangub. 20 interior in this vicinity is mountainous and there are many
small peaks and ridges which are heavily wooded. The lower
RECOMMENDED ROUTE - A Transit Corridor slope is generally sparsely wooded or covered with cogon.
was established by the Philippine Government in 2017
around the Sulu Archipelago, along Basilan Strait, and off the DIWAIT POINT, 2.5 miles SW of Blanca Point, is
N coast of Zamboanga Peninsula. The corridor is not a traffic 25 steep-to with a narrow fringing reef. LUMAYAG ROCK,
separation scheme but only a safety zone which is regularly having an appearance of a sail when seen from NE or SW,
patrolled by the Philippine Navy and the Philippine Coast is on the edge of the reef off the point.
Guard to deter piracy and terrorist activities in the area. The
limits and details of the Transit Corridor may be referred to MOUNT DISACAN, 492 m (1,614 ft) high, shows
the nautical charts covering Sulu Archipelago and Western 30 up well and is the most prominent landmark in the vicinity.
Mindanao.
JOSE DALMAN (PONOT), about 2.2 miles SSW of
Reporting Procedures - Vessels wishing to enter the Diwait Point, is hidden by trees. A 100-m long pier extends
Transit Corridor should report to the following Philippine from the town.
Government Agencies at least 24 hours in advance: 35
MADALAG POINT is clear and steep-to. The point
Philippine Coast Guard Action Center itself is high, rocky, and very steep with dark trees covering
E-mail: cgac@coastguard.gov.ph the seaward face, showing up well against the lighter colored
Mobile phone no.: +63917-7243682 vegetation surrounding it.
Telephone no.: (+632) 527-3877 40
SIARI, a barrio about 5.4 miles S of Madalag Point,has
Maritime Research Information Center (MRIC) small concrete deck for small boats. Partially protected
E-mail: mric@nav.ph anchorage may be found in the bay between Madalag and
Mobile phone no.: +63917-7085248 Lanboyan Points about 0.6 mile NW of Siari. There are
Telephone no.: (+632) 843-1833 45 protected landings for small boats in breaks of the reef N and
W of the barrio. A shoal with a depth of 3.7 m is 1 mile N of
National Coast Watch Center (NCWC) the barrio and 0.5 mile offshore. This is the only danger to
E-mail: ncwatchcenter@gmail.com navigation along this coast N of Palid and Lanboyan Points

All vessels are required to report to the nearest Littoral
Monitoring Station before entering the Transit Corridor
and every hour or as necessary. The report must be in the
following format:
"Security, Security. This is [Name of Vessel]
I am entering [Name of the sea lane]
With a speed of _____ and course _____.
50 LANBOYAN POINT rises abruptly from the water’s
edge for about 45 m (150 ft) to the top of the trees that
cover the point. The point itself below the treeline appears
as a yellow bank or slide. A rock awash is located 0.2 mile
W of the point.
55
TIDE RIPS are experienced NW of Lanboyan Point.
Conical hills, varying in heights from about 182 to 259 m
(600 to 850 ft) are 2 to 3 miles inland, and detached rocks
and breakers extend 365 m NW of PALID POINT, on
60 which the sea breaks heavily during the NE monsoon. S of

7-25
Lanboyan Point into Sindangan Bay a coral reef 183 to 274
m wide fringes the shore, with mangrove bushes growing
well outside the high waterline.
SINDANGAN BAY, between Lanboyan Point and 5
Sindangan Point, is about 19 miles wide with an extent of
about 5 miles. The bay is generally deep and offers indifferent
anchorage. The E and SE shore are composed of a low sand
beach, while a cobblestone beach, with a number of small
rocky points, makes up the shore of the bay from TALINGA 10
RIVER W of Palandok Point. The SE corner off the bay off
the mouth of Sindangan River is very deep, a depth of 182 m
being less than 0.5 mile offshore. Lanboyan Point, Palandok
Point, and Sindangan Point serve as landmarks for navigating
in the vicinity of Sindangan Bay.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
Sindangan Bay may be contacted through mobile phone nos.
+63905-7711378 and +63975-0345456.
SINDANGAN is a town on the E shore of Sindangan
Bay. The town has a post office and mobile phone
communications. It is connected by road to Dipolog. The
town has three hospitals. Corn and rice are shipped to Cebu.
There are some private ports that ship timber and chromite
to Japan and Taiwan.
Major Light - A fixed red light is displayed from a house
near the beach, when vessels are expected at night. The light
is visible about 2 miles offshore.
Berthing Facilities - Located about 1 mile NW of the
town is an 80 m long cocrete pier operated by PPA. A 75 m
long concrete wharf is the root of the pier. Controlling depth
on the offshore end of the pier is 5 m.
A T-head pier in ruins is located about 0.4 mile NW of
the government pier.
Pilotage - Pilot boarding station for vessels calling at
the Sindangan is located about 3.8 miles W of the town.
Anchorage, protected from SE, may be found in the E
part of the bay, W of the town of Sindangan, in 7.3 to 14.6
m, mud bottom, in a general direction of 295o from the town,
distance 0.5 to 1 mile from shore.
PALANDOK POINT is a high cobblestone beach
projecting about 0.5 mile from the general trend of the
coast. The point is heavily wooded and, with its background 50 5 miles SE of Sawigan Point is a good landmark when
of cogon, appears dark and more prominent from seaward approaching Quipit Bay.
than it really is. High cobblestone beaches, clay banks 4 to
9 m (15 to 30 ft) high, and small rocky ledges make up the
shore from Palandok Point to TALINGA POINT. This coast is an open indentation which is exposed to N winds. It has
Sindangan Point from northeastward.
7-26
is heavily wooded to the high waterline.
THE PALANDOK RIVER has about 1.5 m (5 ft)
over the bar and for about 0.5 mile upstream. The head of
navigation is at the rapids about 1 mile from the mouth of
the river.
TALISAY POINT, a small rocky point about halfway
between Palandok and Sindangan Points, is faced by a
vertical cliff, but is not prominent from a distance seaward.
Bare rocks and breakers extend about 274 m N of it. W of
Talisay Point is the town of Salug, which is fronted by easy
sand beach with sparsely wooded country back of the shore.
15 LILOY is the town situated about 2 miles SE of
Sindangan Point. The town has a private clinic and a
government hospital that treats minor medical cases. A
branch of a commercial bank and money remmitance centers
are present. Mobile phone communication and Internet
20 connection are available. Public buses going between
Zamboanga City and Dipolog passes through this town.
Berthing Facilities - A small harbor, protected by a
breakwater, is located at the N edge of the town center. A
25 concrete pier, oriented NE-SW, is about 1 mile of the town.
It can accommodate only 1,000 GRT vessels and is exposed
to NE wind and wave direction.
SINDANGAN POINT consists of undercut cliffs and
30 rocks, 6 to 15 m (20 to 50 ft) high, with deep water close to
shore on its E side. Shoal water extends about 274 m from
its N and W sides. The point itself is flat on top and heavily
wooded, and when seen from N appears to rise gradually to
a peak 618 m ( 2,030 ft) high. From the S and W, this slope
35 appears broken by a series of hills which rise step by step to
the high land inland. Sindangan Light (08° 09' 40"N., 122°
39' 41"E.) is displayed from the point.
PATAUAG RIVER, emptying 4.3 miles SW of the
40 point has less than 0.6 m (2 ft) over the bar but upstream,
the river can be ascended with depths of from 1.5 to 3 m (5
to 10 ft) for 2 miles.
SAWIGAN POINT, 9.5 miles SW of Sindangan Point,
45 is low, flat, and sandy. The point forms the E side of Quipit
Bay, which can be rounded within a distance of not less
than 457 m.
MOUNT DANSALAN, 718 m (2,355 ft) high, about
QUIPIT BAY, between Sawigan and Quipit Points,
 Northwest part of Zamboanga Peninsula from Westward.
Coronado Bay from southwestward.
a general depth of 12.8 m decreasing gradually toward the
shore. Several detached shoals with depths of 2.7 to 8.7 m
are N of the bay, about 1 to 1.5 miles offshore. The best
approach to this bay is from the NE, passing 0.5 mile off
Sawigan Point.
LABASON, is a small town on the S shore of Quipit
Bay. There are reported a 60 m long seawall with only fishing
boats call, with its controlling depth at 1 m. The town has
two hospitals.
QUIPIT RIVER which empties at the W part of Quipit
Bay has 0.9 m (3 ft.) of water on the outer bar. The river can
be ascended by launches and small boats to about 2 miles
upstream.
QUIPIT POINT, the W entrance point to Quipit Bay,
is low, flat, sandy and decidedly bold.
MURCIELAGOS ISLANDS, about 3 miles NNW 20
of Quipit Point, are two small islands surrounded by an
oval reef. The reef is about 1 mile in extent, steep-to with a
3.2-meter (10.5 ft) shoal off its E end. The E and larger island
is about 12 m (40 ft) high to top of trees. Murcielagos Light
(08° 07' 00"N., 122° 26' 45"E.) is displayed from the larger 25
island. The channel between the islands and the shoal water
extending N of Quipit Point has depth of 29.3 m with one
shoal of 11.9 m 1 mile S of the larger island.
TIDE RIPS are frequent occurrence E of the NE end
of the channel.
SIBALIC POINT is clear and steep-to. The shore in
the vicinity is bold, with short stretches of sand and shingle
beach between rocky points. Large trees and underbrush
line the beach. The tops of the higher hills and mountains
are heavily wooded but the lower slopes have large open
stretches of cogon. The area is sparsely inhabited.
CORONADO POINT, the most NW point of
Zamboanga Peninsula, is high, broad, and fairly prominent
from SW. It is the first landfall for vessels nearing Zamboanga
City from Manila and Iloilo. Coronado Point Light (07° 57'
7-27
20"N., 122° 13' 13"E.) is displayed from a white tower on
the point.
Tide Rips and ground swell are frequent occurrence in
5 the vicinity of the point.
CORONADO BAY, between Coronado Point and
TUMAO POINT, is 5 miles wide with an extent of about
1.5 miles. The bay offers good protection from NE winds,
10 just S of Coronado Point where vessels may anchor in 18.3
to 36.6 m. Two detached shoals with depths of 3.2 and 11.4
m are in the middle of the bay 2 miles SW of Coronado
Point. Other shoals with depths of 3.6 and 7.7 m are closer
inshore about 2 miles S of the point. Several small rivers
15 empty into Coronado Bay; some of them may be entered
by small boats at high water, and some are entirely closed
during the dry season.
BALIGIAN BAY, between CONDULINGAN
ISLAND and NUNUYAN POINT, is about 10 miles SW of
Coronado Point. The bay is irregular and open W. During the
N monsoon protection may be had in an anchorage in 9.1 to
27.4 m, about 0.5 mile SE of Condulingan Island. Vessels
entering this bay from N should round the W and S sides
of Condulingan Island at a distance of 457 m and proceed
to the anchorage. The channel between the island and the
N entrance point of the bay is restricted by shoal and is not
recommended.
30 NUNUYAN BAY (CHART 4651), immediately S of
Balingian Bay, is between Nunuyan Point and SAMPOAK
POINT. The bay is open N and has an area of about 0.5 sq
mile at its head. It has a general depth of 45.7 m gradually
decreasing S to 23.8 m near the S shore. The W side of the bay
35 is moderately high and offers full protection from SW winds
and sea during the SW monsoon. Several small settlements
are along the shore of the bay.
PORT SANTA MARIA (CHART 4651) also known as
40 Port Siocon, affords the best sheltered anchorage on the W
coast of Zamboanga Peninsula, being practically landlocked
with high surrounding hills. The bay is not easily seen from
vessels passing at a distance offshore along the coast.
 The shore at the entrance to the bay is made of rocks
and cliffs, but at the head of the bay itself there are some
sand beaches. The hills to the N are heavily wooded; to the
S, are partly covered with cogon.
The edge of the reef on both sides of the entrance to
the port are marked by beacons. In June 1964, the first two
beacons upon entering were found not existing.
SANTA MARIA, the barrio at the E coast of Port Santa
Maria, has a 50-m long concrete wharf facing it.The barrio
is connected by road to the town of Siocon, which is about
4 miles SE. There is a regular ferry service from the port
to Siocon.
Prominent Features - Mount Santa Maria, 196 m
(646 ft) high, is a sharp triangular hill and makes a good
landmark. About 548 m NE of it is a cogon-covered hill with
a bushy tree growing out of 4.57-meter old tower which is
easily recognized from W and NW.
Major Light - Santa Maria Light (07° 45' 33"N., 122°
06' 17"E.) is located about 750 m NE of mountain peak.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
barrio may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63975-
5420908.
Anchorage in 21.9 to 27.4 m of water may be had in
the E and S arms of the bay. The bottom is mud or sand,
changing to coral near the shore. A coral reef extends about
274 m N of the point which projects from the S shore of
the bay. Fresh water may be obtained from a small stream
emptying into the E bight.
DULUNGUIN POINT, 2 miles SW of Port Santa
Maria, is steep-to. A group of three rocks, 2.1 m (7 ft) high,
are 0.8 mile N of Dulunguin Point and about 274 m offshore.
A shoal with a depth of 5 m is 0.8 mile S of the point and 0.5
mile offshore. This shoal is dangerous to vessels rounding
the point into the N part of Siocon Bay.
SIOCON BAY, between Dulunguin and BALATACAN
POINTS, is generally deep and mostly open from W. Limited
anchorage, sheltered from NE wind and sea, is on the N part
of the bay, very close the shore.
Dulunguin Point from southwestward.
Panabutan Bay from Southwestward.
7-28
THE SIOCON RIVER has about 1.2 m (4 ft) of water
on the bar at half tide and small launches can ascend the river
for about 3 miles. There is an extensive area of tillable land in
this valley partly planted with coconuts, rice and hemp. The
5 74 m (245 ft) hill on the N bank of the Siocon River is quite
prominent and a good landmark for the N part of the bay.
SIOCON is a town on the E shore about 2.5 miles NE
of the mouth of Siocon river. The town has a government
10 hospital and a private clinic. Postal services, mobile phone
communication, and Internet connection are available.
PANABUTAN BAY (CHART 4651), between
PANABUTAN and CAUIT POINTS, is about 4 miles wide
15 and 0.8 mile in extent. The shoreline is irregular, especially
the S part which is indented by several smaller bay and coves.
The N part of the bay is well sheltered from N monsoon.
Anchorage is E of Panabutan Point in 18.3 to 25.6 m, mud
bottom. During the SW monsoon little protection is available
20 in this anchorage. Several small streams empty into the bay,
of which PANABUTAN and SIRAGUAY RIVERS are
considered the larger ones. Siraguay may be entered at high
water by small boats drawing not more than 0.8 m (2 1/2 ft).
25 Prominent Features - A good landmark for approaching
the bay is the 207 m (680 ft) hill E of Balatacan Point. The
hill is heavily wooded with the exception of the lower slopes
of its S side.
30 Dangers - A rock awash at low water is 91 m W of
Balatacan Point. This rock is a danger to vessels rounding
close to the point, as it is hard to see in calm weather at high
water. A few broken piles, marking the site of a former pier
are on the E side of Panabutan Point.
35
S of the mouth of Siraguay River, a coral reef makes out
from shore W for 594 m. A rock awash is 91 m off the end
of this reef. This rock is the only danger in Panabutan Bay.
40 SIRAWAI, the town at the former site of the now
defunct Misamis Lumber Corporation on the N shore of
Panabutan Bay.
Major Light - Sirawai Light (07° 35' 10"N., 122° 08'
45 20"E.) is displayed from a white tower in the town.
 Berthing Facilities - A concrete wharf, constructed
along the reclaimed land NW of the town, is operated by a
lumber company. Two shore cranes, used for loading logs,
stand on the wharf.
PIACAN BAY forming part of the SW portion of
Panabutan Bay, affords good protection during SW weather.
PINA ISLAND, 58 m (190 ft) high, is in the middle
of the entrance and is a good guide in approaching this bay.
The island may be passed within 274 m on either side when
proceeding to the anchorage.
cases. It is connected by road to Zamboanga City. The Coast
Guard station in the barrio may be contacted at mobile phone
no. +63915-3232806.
5 F R O M B ATO R A M P O N (B ATO L A M P O N)
POINT to Caldera Point, the coast curves gradually to the
E and is low, covered with trees, and bordered with steep
and sand beaches. Coasters with speed of 4 knots or less,
going to or from Zamboanga City with wind and current
10 against them, sometimes land their crews and track the vessel
to Caldera Bay, the tidal currents set toward Caldera Point
with great velocity.

KAUIT BAY, a small indentation about 0.8 mile in
extent, is S of Cauit Point. The bay is open W and offers little
protection except from NE monsoon and general E weather.
FROM KAUIT BAY S to Sibuco Bay, the shoreline
is usually rocky with several small steep points. Numerous
small mountain streams empty into the bights between these
rocky points.
TALISAYAN, 3.1 miles NW of Caldera Point, is a barrio
15 of Zamboanga City. 0.6 mile NW of it is San Ramon Penal
Colony, recognizable by buildings that are quite prominent
and form a good landmark.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
20 Talisayan may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-
6201929.

A small rocky island, 3 m high, close inshore is about Berthing Facilities - Along the coast fronting barrio
1.5 miles S of MANTIBUG POINT. towards Caldera Point are the following companies that
25 operates piers and other berthing facilities:
CAUTION - A chemicals dumping ground is located
about 33.7 miles WNW of Batatindoc Point. Pryce Gas Depot, about 3 miles NW of Caldera Point,
is marked by large white LPG tanks. Dolphins, utilized by
BATOTINDOC POINT, about 3 miles N of Sibuco vessels unloading LPG, is located off the depot.
Bay, is high and steep-to. A pinnacle rock very close to the 30
shoreline is W of the point and visible only from N or S. YL Fishing Corp. Facilities, about 2.3 miles NW
of Caldera Point, has a 65 m long concrete deck that is
SIBUCO BAY (CHART 4651) is generally exposed connected to the shore by a causeway. The pier is exclusively
to W winds and offers little protection from NE or SW used by the fishing vessels operated by the company. An ice
monsoon. The bay is deep and free of dangers. The entrance 35 plant facilities, blast freezing equipment and minor repair of
is about 3 miles wide and considerable swell is usually felt fishing vessels are available.
inside the bay. Vessels calling at Sibuco Bay anchor 320 m
offshore, 0.5 mile SW of SIBUCO (SIBUKO) barrio, or 274 Permex Corp. Factory, about 2 miles NW of Caldera
m NE of GALICANAN POINT. Point, has a 75 m long concrete pier. Two dolphins are
40 position at the pier's offshore end. Large buildings with blue
FROM PANGIAN POINT, the S entrance point roof are at the pier's shore end. The pier can accommodate
to Sibuco Bay, the coast trends SW with a curve to S to 8,000-ton vessels. Cold storage facilitiy and an ice plant are
Batorampon (Batalampon) Point, the most W point of available.
Mindanao. The coast is clear and free from dangers with
the exception of the MIGALOG ROCKS which are close 45 CALDERA BAY (06o 57' 04"N., 121o 58' 15"E.) is
to shore about 201 m N of LINTANGAN and are dangerous a small port 7 miles NW of Zamboanga City. The bay is
for vessels approaching from N and to anchor off that place. sheltered from NE monsoon and partly protected from W
The rivers are all small and can not be entered by small boats winds and sea by CALDERA POINT. Oil tanks and the
except at high water. There is a small wooden boat landing buildings along the shore are visible from the anchorage.
about 183 m SW of Lumayang Point. 50 The smoke stack and water tank at the factory compound
are good landmarks.
BATORAMPON (BATOLAMPON) POINT is
identified by a small hill 137 m (450 ft) high close to the Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Caldera
shore, with somewhat lower ground E of it. It is flat on top Bay may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63915-5236876.
and densely wooded. Batorampon Point Light (07° 06' 37"N., 55
121° 53' 57"E.) is shown from the point. When approaching Berthing Facilities - A T-headed concrete wharf
from N by night, care must be taken to avoid ALIMPAYA operated by RI Chemical Corp. (06o 56' 56"N., 121o 58'
POINT, which is low and flat and does not show well against 01"E.) projects 36 m E from Caldera Point. The length of
the higher point S. The barrio of Labuan is about 0.6 mile the wharf is 96 m and has a reported depth of 11 m. Vessels
S of the point. The barrio has a hospital that can treat minor 60 up to LOA of 183 m can be accommodated. Vessels should

7-29
berth heading N, using both anchors. Four large cylindrical
tanks are at the coast W of the wharf.
DACON Plywood Inc., operates the wharves and
landing facilities in the most inner part of the bay. Crane
and other equipment used for handling wood are located
at the berthing facilities. Entrance to the DACON berthing
facilities are constricted by the vessels docked at the shipyard
north of it.
Universal Fishing Corp. (UFC) wharf, located about 0.2
mile N of the RI Chemical wharf, has a berth length of about
260 m. At the shore end of the wharf is the blue roof factory
that manufactures canned sardine products. The factory has
equipment used for handling fish, cold storage facilities, and 15
blast freezer. Slipways used for the repair of fishing vessels
up to 200 GT is located just W of the wharf.
Mega Fishing Corp. (MFC) wharf, about 160 m W of
the UFC wharf, has a berth length of about 300 m. A factory
that manufactures canned sardines is located at the wharf.
Fish-handling equipment, cold storage facilities, ship repair
facilities are available at the wharf.
A concrete wharf, with total berth length of about 280
m located about 0.3 mile W of the MFC wharf.
Repairs - DMC Shipbuilders Inc. and Varedero de
Recodo Inc. operate the slipways (06o 57' 12"N., 121o 57'
53"E.) located in the inner part of the bay. The facility can
repair vessels up to 600 GRT. DMC Shipbuilders Inc. may be
contacted at telephone no. (+6362) 982-0656 while Varedero
de Recodo at telephone no. (+6362) 982-0636.
UFC and MFC have facilities dedicated for the repair
of their fishing vessels.
Varadero de Cawit (06o 57' 12"N., 121o 58' 35"E.) is the
largest shipyard in the bay. It can handle vessels up to 1,000
GT. The shipyard manager may contacted at telephone no.
(+6362) 982-0274.
AMR Shipyard, about 0.2 mile W of Varedero de
Cawit, can repair vessels up to 200 GT. The shipyard may
be contacted at telephone no. (+6362) 991-9914.
Anchorage - Vessels anchor between the coast and the
20-m sounding curve. The inner basin of Caldera Bay is
cluttered by numerous fish traps and can only accommodate
few small vessels of 1.8 m (6 ft) draft; the entrance to the 50
inner basin being 64 m wide with a depth of 3.7 m.
FROM CALDERA POINT the coast trends ESE
for 7 miles to the City of Zamboanga. It consists of sand
beaches with some rocky bluffs and is low, steep and
wooded. Vessels can anchor, if necessary, off San Mateo, 4
miles E of Caldera Point, on a bank of sand in 27.4 to 14.6
m of water, but elsewhere along this coast the bottom is foul
and uneven. Fuel tanks painted white at Gavilan Point are
prominent from seaward.
7-30
Repairs - A small shipyard (06o 55' 54"N., 122o 00'
16"E.), about 2.5 miles E of Caldera Point, that can handle
vessels up to 200 GT is operated by Zamasco General Service
Enterprise. The shipyard may contacted at telephone no.
5 (+6362) 982-0914.
CAMPO ISLAM (06o 54' 48"N., 122o 02' 42"E.) is a
densely populated barrio W of BALIWASAN RIVER. Along
its shore are the following berthing facilities:
10
Naval Station Romulo Espaldon (06o 54' 57"N., 122o
02' 17"E.) is the headquarters of the Naval Forces Western
Mindanao Command. It has a 170 m long T-head pier, which
is connected to the shore by a 125 m long causeway.
Petron Depot Jetty, about 0.4 mile of the naval station, is
about 90 m long and has dolphins at the offshore end. Large
cylindrical tanks are at the shore end of the jetty.
20 An L-shaped pier, 134 m in length, is located about 0.2
mile E of Petron Depot Jetty. Large buildings of a factory
are at the shore end of the pier. Five concrete dolphins are
located E of the pier.
25 A concrete wharf, 240 m in length, is located about 0.1
mile E of the L-shaped pier and at the W bank of Baliwasan
River. Large buildings of a factory are at the wharf.
PORT OF ZAMBOANGA, is a major port and a port
30 of entry located at the SW tip of the Zamboanga Peninsula.
It is defined as that portion of Basilan Strait within the
following boundaries:
An imaginary line extending from the E bank of the
35 mouth of the HONDO RIVER S to its intersection with an
imaginary line drawn due E from the E point of Little Santa
Cruz Island; thence along an imaginary line extending from
this point intersection to the E point of Little Santa Cruz
Island; thence along an imaginary line extending from the E
40 point of Little Santa Cruz due N to the shoreline of Mindanao;
thence along the S shore of Mindanao Island to the E bank of
the mouth of the Hondo River, the place of commencement.
ZAMBOANGA (CHART 4645), an important city of
45 Mindanao, is on the SW extremity of the island, N of Basilan
Strait. It is the center of trade for the SE section of Mindanao
and the N portion of the Sulu Archipelago. Copra, lumber,
coconut products, seaweeds, and fish products are the chief
exports. Rubber and other product from the surrounding
region are also shipped in small quantities. Zamboanga is a
customs port of entry and a quarantine station.
The city has government and private hospitals that
can handle major medical procedures. Medicines may be
55 brought from various pharmacies within the city. Shopping
malls, commercial banks, and money remittance centers are
all available.
Zamboanga City is well-connected by road to Cotabato
60 City, Davao City, General Santos City, Cagayan de Oro, and
 Zamboanga from southeastward.
other major towns in Mindanao. Buses ply the route between
Zamboanga and these cities. Commercial airlines have
reguilar flights from Zamboanga to Manila, Cebu, Davao,
and Tawi-Tawi. Ferry vessels regularly call at Zamboanga
from Manila, Dumaguete, Bacolod, Isabela City and Lamitan 5
in Basilan Island, Jolo in Sulu, Bongao in Tawi-Tawi, and
Sandakan in Sabah. Cargo vessels regularly call from
Manila, Cebu, Dipolog, and Bacolod. A post office, private
parcel companies, telephone connections, mobile phone
communications, and Internet connection are available in 10
the city.
Prominent Features - The W approach to Zamboanga
is well marked the factory buildings at Caldera Bay, several
aluminum painted fuel tanks and concrete piers at Campo
Islam, and the white steel-framed tower of the light on Little
Santa Cruz Island.
The city itself is easily distinguished by the government
wharf, and the density of buildings and houses near the shore.
Little and Great Santa Cruz Islands appear as one low
island when seen from W.
(6.6 ft) above the plane of reference. The same phenomenon
is observed here as in the West Philippine Sea (South China
Sea), viz, the higher high water and lower low water follow
the moon’s upper transit when she has S declination and the
lower transit when she has N declination.
In Basilan Strait the tidal currents follow the edges of
the channel, and near the islands and shoals they follow the
edge of the reefs. They may attain velocities of 5 to 6 knots.
The W strength occurs about 3 hrs after low water at Cebu
and the E strength about 3 hrs after high water at Cebu. The
current has been observed, however, to set continuously E
with varying velocity for 24 hrs during the period of NW
winds. Slack water occurs at Zamboanga approximately 1
15 hour and 40 minutes before the corresponding high and low
water at Cebu. The turn of the tide takes place later in the
strait than at Zamboanga. The change begins first on the
coast of Mindanao, then in the strait and last on the coast of
Basilan. Observations in mid-channel between Zamboanga
20 and Great Santa Cruz Island indicate that the current at that
location slackens 1 hour before low and high waters at Cebu.
The W strength occurs about 2 hrs after low water and the E
strength about 2 hrs after high water at Cebu.

Major Lights - Little Santa Cruz Light (06° 53' 09"N., 25 Winds - In the vicinity of Zamboanga the winds which
122° 02' 28"E.) is displayed from a white steel framework prevail during the different months of the year are in January
tower located near the center of Little Santa Cruz Island. The from E and NE with clear weather in February, March and
light is partially obscured by the Great Santa Cruz Island. April the same with occasional breezes from the NW of
short duration. In May and June it blows from the SE and
Zamboanga Light (06° 54' 11"N., 122° 04' 24"E.) is 30 is variable. The month of June is generally squally and at
displayed from the government wharf. the end of the month fresh breezes from the SW prevail. In
July, August, and September it blows from the SW with more
Dangers - A coral patch cleared by wire drag at 1.8 m or less force and much rain and foul weather; when a gale
is 238 m 115o from the SE corner of the wharf. occurs it generally does not last more than 3 to 4 days. In
35 November and December it blows from N and NE and then
Caution - Vessels going alongside the S face of the the monsoon becomes steady. Throughout the year, when the
wharf should exercise great care, particularly during flood seasonal wind is not strong, the land breeze blows during the
current, to avoid the shoal area 3.7 to 5.5 m deep, W of the night, sometimes freshly.
pier. Approach to the wharf should always be made against
current, being careful not to bring the current too wide on 40 Storm Warning Signals are displayed at a mast near
the bow. Approaching the wharf and maneuvering with the the custom house building, 300 m N from the pier.
current is difficult and dangerous procedure. During the SW
weather, heavy swell and surge is felt at the wharf, the wharf Port Management - The government wharf fronting
itself giving little protections. the city is managed by PMO-Zamboanga, which may be
45 contacted at telephone nos. (+6362) 991-2360 and (+6362)
Submarine telecommunication cables are present off the 991-2360.
coast Zamboanga City. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited
in the vicinity of the submarine cable. The port can accommodate vessels that have maximum
length of 200 m and draft of 10 m.
Tides & Currents - At Zamboanga there are generally 50
two tides in the lunar day; but at equinoctial quartering, and Customs - The office of the Region XI Customs
when the moon has high declination, there may be but one Collection District is located just behind the government
tide. The average height of the higher high water is about 2 m wharf, along Don Pablo Lorenzo Street (Calle Voluntario).

7-31
The Customs Office may be contacted at telephone no.
(+6362) 992-6844.
Immigration - The office of the Bureau of Immigration
in Zamboanga City may be contacted at telephone no.
(+6362) 991-2234.
Quarantine - The following are the contact details
of government agencies mandated to provide quarantine
services in Zamboanga City:
Bureau of Quarantine
Telephone: (+6362) 991-5019
Plant Quarantine Service
Telephone: (+6362) 991-2802
Bureau of Animal Industry
Telephone: (+6362) 991-0486
Fisheries - The regional office of BFAR is located along
the coastline about 0.8 mile NW from the government wharf.
Address: R.T. Lim Boulevard, Zamboanga City
Telephone: (+6362) 991-8192
Fax: (+6362) 993-2046
Email: frmd_ix@yahoo.com
Website: region9.bfar.da.gov.ph
Distress & Rescue - The city hosts the headquarters of
the Naval Forces Western Mindanao Command, the Coast
Guard District - Southwestern Mindanao (CGDSWM), and
Region 9 office of the PNP Maritime Group; all of which
can deploy vessels in response to piracy or any emergency
situations.
Vessels in distress or under piratical attacks should call
the Coast Guard station through VHF Channel 16. The Coast
Guard stations in the city may also be contacted through the
following means:
The government wharf of Zamboanga City.
(Photograph - PMO-Zamboanga, Undated)
7-32
Telephone: (+6332) 993-1004
VSAT Telephone: 8300 to 8303
Mobile Phone: +63967-2761478
+63956-2512585
5 +63915-3294613
+63968-8546901
Vessels in distress may also contact the PNP Maritime
Group at telephone no. (+6362) 991-2366 or mobile phone
10 no. +63926-3752222.
The VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in
Zamboanga City may also be contacted during distress. The
details of the DSC system may be read in Chapter 2 of this
15 publication.
Berthing Facilities - The government wharf (06o 54'
10"N., 122o 04' 22"E.) has a total berth length of about 1.5
km. It also has two 9 m by 11 m RoRo berths. It has reefer
20 facilities, 5,400 sq m container yard, and 6,200 sq m paved
storage area.
A T-headed concrete pier, with a length of 110 m, is
located about 1.3 miles NW of the government wharf. Large
25 buildings of a factory and white silos are at the shore end
of the pier.
San Miguel Corp. pier, about 150 m E of the T-head pier,
is also T-head pier with a berth length of 30 m. A building
30 with a blue roof is at the shore end of the pier.
PHIDCO Pier, about 200 m E of San Miguel Pier, is a
T-head pier connected to the shore by a 150 m long concrete
causeway. Its face has a length of 85 m. Large cylindrical
35 tanks are at the root of the pier. Vessels call at the pier to load
coconut oil and coconut-derived products.
A 60 m long jetty is located between San Miguel Pier
and PHIDCO Pier. Small fishing vessels and boats usually
40 call at this jetty.
 Basilan Strait from east-southeastward.
A concrete pier of a fish port, about 180 m E of PHIDCO
Pier, has a length of 130 m. Fishing vessels calling at the fish
port anchor in 3.2 to 6.8 m E of the pier.
A small wharf, located about 0.5 mile E of the
government wharf, is used by boats that ferry tourists to the
Great Santa Cruz Island.
Repairs - There is a machine shop in the city. Drydocks
and shipyards, which are mostly used to maintain commercial
fishing vessels, are located in Caldera Bay. Maximum
servicing capacity of the drydocks is about 1,800 GRT and
LOA of 60 m.
Port Services - Cargo handling services can obtained
from Zamboanga City Integrated Port Services. Porterage
and watering services are available from local providers.
Major oil companies provide bunkering services.
Supplies - Adequate fresh stores, notably meat and fish, 20
are available. Ice can be obtained from ice plants in the city.
Small marine hardware and few general hardware can be
purchased. Diesel oil, gasoline, kerosene, and lubricating oil
may be obtained. Bunker fuel is available but requires 24 hrs
advance notice. Fresh water is also available from pipeline 25
connection to the pier.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. Pilot boards
at position about 0.9 mile SE and 0.9 mile WSW of the
government wharf for vessels coming from the E and W, 30
respectively. Request for pilot must be made 24 hrs in
advance to the Zamboanga Harbor Pilot Association at
telephone nos. (+6362) 991-1435 and (+6362) 991-4388.
Pilot boat is berthed at Wharf 11 of the government wharf
and in case of inclement weather, pilots are stationed at 35
Caldera Bay.
A tugboat and the two pilot boats are used for tugging
services.
Anchorage - Owing to the steep bank, strong currents
and hard even bottom, there are no good anchorages off
Zamboanga. Anchorage may be made anywhere S of the
wharf outside the 20 m (10.9 fm) curve, but vessels usually
anchor in 29.3 m (16 fm) about 457 m, 155o from the E end 45 referred to the nautical charts covering Sulu Archipelago
of the wharf. This anchorage is much exposed to gales from and Western Mindanao.
the W and SW. A heavy sea sets in with these gales and is
increased when the flood current sets against the wind.
On the first appearance of a SW gale, sailing vessels slip 50 Government Agencies at least 24 hours in advance:
from Zamboanga and if possible run to Masinloc Anchorage,
NNE of Tictuan Island, anchoring in 12.8 m (7 fm), mud
bottom with good holding ground. The approach of these
7-33
storms is generally foretold by the coast of Basilan being
hidden by masses of flying clouds, and the Sangboy Islands,
to the W, being lost to view; and if the same time it should be
W cloudy, dark, and threatening to the NW, bad weather is
5 certain, the wind generally beginning to blow from the NW
and backing until it settles to the SW. The cause appears to
be typhoon passing N. During the NE monsoon the road is
sheltered and the water smooth.
10 Quarantine anchorage is located about 1 mile from the
government wharf. All vessels calling at Zamboanga Port
subject to quarantine inspection should anchor within the
quarantine anchorage area and fly the quarantine flag. Vessels
subject to quarantine are not allowed to leave the anchorage
15 area until given a pratique by the quarantine officers.
BASILAN STRAIT
(CHARTS 1528 & 4511)
BASILAN STRAIT, between the SW end of Mindanao
Island and the N coast of Basilan Island, is 8.5 miles wide
and extends 24 miles long E and W. The Santa Cruz Islands
and Bank, near the Mindanao side, divide the strait into two
channels, both equally navigable. The N channel, although
narrower, is generally preferred by sailing vessels, as it offers
better anchorage on the coast of Mindanao in case of a calm,
thus avoiding being carried away by the current.
RECOMMENDED ROUTE - A Transit Corridor
(TC) was established by the Philippine Government in 2017
around the Sulu Archipelago, along Basilan Strait, and off
the N coast of Zamboanga Peninsula.
A Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC) in Moro
Gulf, which is established by the Philippine Coast Guard,
terminates at the E portion of the strait. The RTC runs from
Basilan Strait to area near Sarangani Bay.
The transit corridors are not traffic separation schemes
40 but safety zones which are regularly patrolled by the
Philippine Navy and Philippine Coast Guard to deter piracy
and terrorist activities in the area.
The limits and details of the transit corridors may be
Reporting Procedures - Vessels wishing to enter the
Transit Corridor should report to the following Philippine
Philippine Coast Guard Action Center
E-mail: cgac@coastguard.gov.ph
 Mobile phone no.: +63917-7243682
Telephone no.: (+632) 527-3877
Maritime Research Information Center (MRIC)
E-mail: mric@nav.ph
Mobile phone no.: +63917-7085248
Telephone no.: (+632) 843-1833
National Coast Watch Center (NCWC)
E-mail: ncwatchcenter@gmail.com
All vessels are required to report to the nearest Littoral
Monitoring Station before entering the TC and every hour
or as necessary. The report must be in the following format:
"Security, Security. This is [Name of Vessel]
I am entering [Name of the sea lane]
With a speed of _____ and course _____.
Present position: [in Latitude and Longitude or bearing
and distance from the nearest point of reference]
Status: [indicate if underway, all is well, under attack,
or in distress]"
Vessels under attack in Basilan Strait must report
immediately and to Zamboanga Coast Watch Station at VHF
Channel and request for assistance. 30
All vessels, including pleasure craft and seaplanes, must
establish contact on entering and departing Basilan Strait or
passing by the Zamboanga Coast Watch Station. The station
is operated by the Philippine Navy. Contact may be made at
VHF Channel 16 by calling Coast Watch Zamboanga.
Vessels entering the RTC are required to notify the
Philippine Coast Guard through at least 6 hrs in advance.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may call the
Coast Guard station in Zamboanga City through VHF
Channel 16 or through the following means:
Telephone: (+6332) 993-1004
VSAT Telephone: 8300 to 8303
Mobile Phone: +63967-2761478
+63956-2512585
+63915-3294613
+63968-8546901
The VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in
Zamboanga City may also be contacted during distress. The
details of the DSC system may be read in Chapter 2 of this
publication.
SANTA CRUZ BANK, (06o 52' 00"N., 122o 02' 00"E.),
the N edge of which is 1.5 miles distant from the coast
of Mindanao, extends 8 miles in a direction parallel with
the coast and has a general width of 2 miles. The bank is
7-34
composed mostly of coral formation and surrounds the Santa
Cruz Islands. A channel with an average depth of about 14.6
m is crossing the middle of the bank diagonally in a NW
and SE direction. The shoalest water, 0.9 to 7.3 m (0.5 to 4
5 fm) is distributed in patches along the outline of the bank.
A dangerous spot, covered by 0.9 m (0.5 fm) of water is 2
miles W of Great Santa Cruz Island with Little Santa Cruz
Light bearing 053o.
10 LITTLE SANTA CRUZ ISLAND, small low, flat,
wooded, and near the N edge of the bank, is about 2 miles
SW from Zamboanga. It is 0.8 mile long E and W and 228 m
wide; each end is prolonged by a reef which dries at extreme
low water to a distance of 0.5 mile. Little Santa Cruz Light
15 (06° 53' 09"N., 122° 02' 28"E.) is displayed from a steel-
framed structure near the middle of the island. Shoal water
of 3.7 m (2 fm) depth extends from the W reef to a distance
of 1.5 miles from the land. A wreck is located about 0.6 mile
E of the light.
20
GREAT SANTA CRUZ ISLAND is near the E end of
the bank SE from the smaller island from which it is separated
by a channel 11 to 14.6 m (6 to 8 fm) deep. This island is
1.4 miles long in a W-NW and opposite direction and has a
25 maximum width of 0.9 mile. It is low, flat, wooded, and is
fringed by a narrow reef with 11 to 14.6 m (6 to 8 fm) at its
edge, except at the NW and SW corners where the 5-meter
curve is respectively 640 and 274 m offshore. A resort and
a village is on the N shore of the island.
PRESIDENT SHOAL, with depths of 4.5 m to 8.6 m
extends from 0.7 mile 218o to 0.9 mile 142o from the E end
of Great Santa Cruz Island.
35 Two shoal patches of 4.1 m (2.25 fm) and 4.5 m (2.5
fm) are 008o and 040o, respectively, 0.8 mile from the E end
of Great Santa Cruz Island. Another detached patch of 8.6
m (4.7 fm), is 111o 1.5 miles from the same point.
40 CLEARING MARKS - The SW tangent of Mindanao,
bearing 332o, clears the W part of Santa Cruz Bank, and
Zamboanga Light on the government wharf at Zamboanga
City, bearing 090o, clears the N part of the bank.
45 Little Santa Cruz Light, bearing 279 o clears the
shoal patches N and NE of Great Santa Cruz Island, and
Zamboanga Light bearing 335o clears the detached 8.7-meter
shoal ESE from Great Santa Cruz Island.
50 MARINE PROTECTED AREA - Great and Little
Santa Cruz Islands Protected Landscape and Seascape,
established through the Expanded NIPAS Act, covers Great
and Little Santa Cruz Islands and the surrounding waters.
Throwing of waste and other activities that may harm the
55 environment are strictly prohibited.
LUZON REEF, (06° 47' 01"N., 122° 04' 09"E.), with
general depths of 11 to 16.5 m (6 to 9 fm) 4 miles long E
and W, with a maximum width of 0.5 mile. A depth of 6.4
60 m (3.5 fm) is over a very small area located on the bearing;
Zamboanga Light 001o, and the peak of Lanhil Island 094o.
From Zamboanga the coast trends ESE for about 2 miles
to Mariqui Point and thence ENE for 4 miles to the mouth
of the Masinloc River. This section of the coast is low and
composed of mangroves fringed with a narrow reef that
is bare at low water. Shoal water extends SE and E from
MARIQUI POINT.
From the mouth of the Masinloc River to the N entrance
of Masinloc Anchorage the coast is low, bordered with
mangroves, and fringed with reefs. About 2 miles N from the
river’s mouth the shore reef begins to widen and gradually
attains a width of about 0.5 mile.
MASINLOC RIVER, (06° 55' 22"N., 122° 09' 13"E.),
discharging into Masinloc Anchorage, has a depth of 4.1
m on its bar at low water, but is very narrow and of little
commercial importance. The village of Masinloc is on the
S side of the mouth of the river. A small landing, used by
small ferry boats, fronts the village.
TICTAUAN ISLAND, (06° 53' 21"N., 122° 09' 07"E.)
1.8 miles ESE from Mariqui Point, is about 0.8 mile wide and
2 miles long in an ENE and opposite direction. The island is
low and entirely covered with mangroves, with the exception
of a narrow strip of sand beach at the W end.
Tigtabon (Tabtabon), the barrio on the E side of the
island is fronted by a wider sand beach and backed by
coconut plantation. A reef about 548 m wide partly bare at
low water, fringes the beach, beyond which shoal water with
2.7 m (1.5 fm) at its end extends NE about 0.5 mile from the
shore. Shoal water also extends W and S from the island,
and it is recommended that these sides be given a berth of
about 0.5 mile. A fishing village is at the W end of the island.
TICTAUAN CHANNEL, between Mindanao and
Tictauan Island, is 0.6 mile wide at the narrowest part and has
general depths of 18.2 to 21.5 m. The channel is sometimes
used for temporary anchorage, but because of the very strong
currents in the area it is not generally recommended.
Dangers - A sand and coral shoal having a depth of 5
m (2.7 fm) within the 10-meter curve is near the middle of
the SW entrance to the channel. The S tangent of Tictauan
Island bears 110o and the N tangent of the same island bears
072o from this shoal.
Tictauan Shoal, about 373 m long in a NNW and
opposite direction and 147 m wide within the 10-meter curve,
exists in the middle of Tictauan Channel. It is composed
of sand and coral, covered by a depth of 5.4 m (3 fm), and
generally marked by tide rips. The wider and better channel
is NW of this shoal. The SW point of Tictauan Island bearing
203o leads W, and the N tangent to the same island bearing
092o leads N from this shoal.
Directions - Enter the channel from the S with the E
tangent of Balabac Island bearing 050o and hold this course
7-35
until abeam of the S tangent of Tictauan Island, then steer
042o till Tictauan shoal is cleared. From thence be guided
by the chart into Masinloc Anchorage.
5 SACOL ISLAND, (06° 57' 34"N., 122° 13' 28"E.),
forming the E side of Masinloc Anchorage, is 7 miles long
in a NE and SW direction and about 2 miles wide. The W
part is low and consists mostly of mangrove swamps. On
the E part of the island are two prominent hills; the higher,
10 known as SACOL HILL, rises to a height of 238 m (781 ft).
From a distance the hills appear as two islands, the SE one,
or Sacol Hill, making a good landmark when approaching
from the N or E. The NW side of Sacol Island, facing
Masinloc Anchorage, is clear and steep-to; the N and E sides
15 are fringed with narrow, steep-to reefs, and the S side is
fringed with coral, outside of which foul ground extends to
a considerable distance. The dome of a mosque at Landang
on the S side of the island is a good landmark for vessels
plying along the coast.
20
PANGAPUYAN ISLAND, close to the SW end of
Sacol Island, is small and planted with coconuts. A school
building, with green roof, stands on the E shore of the island.
Shoal water with 7.3 m at its edge extends 770 m SW from it.
25
Stretching out NE for a distance of nearly 2 miles from
the E end of Tictauan Island are a number of shoal patches
covered by depths of 4.1 to 5 m. The channel between
these shoals and Pangapuyan Island, is navigable but not
30 recommended to strangers.
MASINLOC ANCHORAGE is formed by a narrow
strait between Mindanao and Sacol Islands. From the
entrance to Tictauan Channel, which may be considered a
35 prolongation of Masinloc Anchorage, it is about 8 miles to
the shoals obstructing the N end. It is about 0.5 mile wide
at the narrowest part, with depths of 10.9 to 27 m. It is well
sheltered from wind and sea. Vessels usually take refuge
here during the SW monsoon and anchor anywhere in this
40 strait in 11 to 21.9 m. The flood current in the strait sets SW
and the ebb NE at about the same time as at Zamboanga. In
the N approach to Masinloc Anchorage a number of shoals
divide the entrance into two channels, both of which are
about 0.5 mile wide. The W channel has a depth of 10.1 m
45 and the E one a depth of 11 m. To enter these channels, local
knowledge is necessary.
Dangers - A small coral shoal covered by a depth of 0.9
m (0.5 fm) is 2 miles 280o from the most N point of Sacol
50 Island, near the middle of the entrance to the E channel.
The W tangent of Sacol Island bearing 215o and the N point
bearing 110o, clear this danger. A rock, which covers and
uncovers, and two underwater rock are located about 1.6
miles WNW and 1.6 miles N, respectively, of the 0.9 m depth.
55
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard personnel in the
area may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63965-5466605.
TALUKSANGAY, (06o 57' 01"N., 122o 10' 58"E.), a
60 barrio which forms part of Zamboanga City, is on the W
shore of Masinloc Anchorage. A good road connects this
district with the city proper.
Prominent Features - A mosque with two towers and a
dome is the most prominent building in the area. The dome
and top part of the towers were painted red.
Berthing Facility - The barrio is fronted by a T-head
concrete pier, with a face measuring about 25 m.
MANICAHAN, a barrio about 4.2 miles NE of
Taluksangay, is at the N entrance to Masinloc Anchorage. It
is connected by road to Zamboanga City.
TULNALUTAN ISLAND, (06° 59' 04"N., 122° 21'
07"E.), about 1 mile in extent, is clear and steep-to, with a
central hill rising to a height of 61 m (200 ft). It is 3.5 miles
E of the E point of Sacol Island.
An L-shaped breakwater extends from the shore, about
0.5 miles Sw of the NE end of the island. A harbor for boats
is within the breakwater.
ANGOSTO SHOAL, covered by a depth of 2.7 m (1.5
fm) is of coral and sand formation, 548 m in extent, about
3.7 miles 075o from Tulnalutan Island. From this shoal Sacol
Hill and the N end of Tulnalutan Island are in range, and
Matanal Point, Basilan Island, is in range with the W end
of Lanhil Island.
ROLDAN ROCK is a small rock covered by a depth
of 1.3 m (0.7 fm) about 2.1 miles 034o from the most N
point of Sacol Island. It is surrounded by deep water and is
situated on the bearings: Sacol Hill 201o and the summit to
Tulnalutan Island 129o.
SINONOG ISLAND, about 2.5 miles E from Sacol
Island and 2 miles SW from Tulnalutan, is small and low
except on its E side, where there is a cliff 30.5 m (100 ft)
high. It is surrounded by a reef which extends 548 m ENE
with 16.5 to 31.1 m at its edge.
A very small shoal of black and white sand, covered by
a depth of 8.6 m (4.7 fm) is about 1.5 miles 101o from the S
tangent of Sinonog Island.
MALANIPA ISLAND, on the N side of the E end of
Basilan Strait, is 5 miles S of the E point of Sacol Island. It is
1.8 mile long, N and SE, wooded, and has an elevation of 107
m (350 ft). Villages are on the E and W shores of the island.
LITTLE MALANIPA is a wooded islet close to E coast
of Malanipa Island.
GREAT SAND BANK, extending 4.8 miles W from
Malanipa Island, is of sand and coral covered with depths
of 0.9 to 16.5 m. The bank is about 0.5 mile wide near the
island, tapering to its W end. Near the W tip of the bank is a
6.8 m (3.7 fm) depth from where the N tangent to Tictauan
Island bears 292o, distant 2.9 miles. Fine shifting sand are
7-36
on the shoaler part of the bank.
COCO ISLAND, (06° 44' 03"N., 122° 15' 25"E.), is
4.5 miles from the NE coast of Basilan Island. It is about 1
5 mile long NW and SE, 0.5 mile wide, 140 m (460 ft) high
at the NW end, and thickly wooded. The barrio of Linongan
at the W shore of the island has a small pier. The shore reef
surrounding the island is steep-to at a distance of 365 m.
10 LITTLE COCO ISLAND, of moderate height, round
topped, and covered with vegetation, is 548 m NW of Coco
Island; between the two there is a navigable channel 365
m wide with depths of 6.9 to 11 m, sand and stone bottom.
15 SIBAGO ISLAND is 7.5 miles E of Coco Island and
about the same distance NE from MATANAL POINT, the E
extremity of Basilan Island. It is 192 m (630 ft) high, 1 mile
long in a NNW and opposite direction, 0.8 mile wide, and
covered with vegetation. Two distinct and prominent hills,
20 are on this island, the N one of which is higher. The shores
are low, and stretching off from the SE side for more than
0.5 mile is a bank of clear sand, having a depth of 13.7 m
at its outer end and then falling off rapidly to 182.9 m and
over 0.8 mile from the island.
25
LANHIL ISLAND, 1.5 miles NW of Sibago, is 1.3
miles long in an ENE and opposite direction, 170 m (560
ft) in height at the S part, and covered with forest. The shore
is low and the reef which surrounds the island dries out 457
30 m E, forming a little bay S of it. Sibago and Lanhil, seen
from a certain direction, appear as one saddle-shaped island;
there are no outlying dangers and the channel between them
is clear, having a depth of 29.3 m, sand and stone bottom.
35 MORO GULF
(CHART 4605 and 4606)
MORO GULF, considered as the largest gulf in the
Philippines, is located between Zamboanga Peninsula and
40 the W coast of Mindanao.
Recommended Route - A Recommended Transit
Corridor (RTC) has been established in Moro Gulf for
vessels navigating to and from Basilan Strait. The RTC was
45 established to allow Philippines law enforcement agencies
to monitor vessel movement and deter acts of piracy. The
RTC is not a Traffic Separation Scheme and is not marked
by any aids to navigation.
50 The operational area of the RTC covers the Moro Gulf
from Basilan Strait (06° 50’ 33”N., 122° 12’ 10”E.) to the
vicinity of Bacud Point (05° 54’ 03”N., 124° 29’ 19”E.) of
Mindanao Island.
55 The corridor includes separate inbound and outbound
transit lanes, which are each 1 mile wide and separated from
each other by a 0.5 mile wide buffer zone.
The RTC applies to all vessels transiting this area with
60 the exception of government vessels involved in maritime
law enforcement duties.
The following procedures are in effect for transiting
the RTC:
Vessels navigating in the RTC should comply with the
following rules of passage:
1. Notify the Philippine Coast Guard through VHF
Channel 16 as least 6 hrs. before entering the RTC.
2. Proceed within the appropriate transit lane in the
general established direction of the traffic flow for that lane.
3. Keep clear of the buffer zone.
4. Do not engage in fishing, recreational activities or
other activities that will impede the passage of any vessel
transiting the RTC.
5. Turn on the AIS while transiting the RTC.
6. Acknowledge the radio challenges by authorities.
7. Report all observed suspicious activities to the
authorities and to other vessels in the area.
8. Steer toward a safe area and out of the RTC and
display the necessary lights during night time and shapes
during day time if the vessel encounters defective propulsion,
defective steering, inoperative navigation lights, impaired
maneuverability, defective navigational equipment, and other
similar conditions that may impair its navigation or affect
the safety of other vessels.
9. Proceed at full maximum speed while navigating
along the RTC or as recommended by the Coast Guard.
10. Secure all access doors to avoid entry of armed
robbers or pirates.
Vessels that are restricted in her ability to maneuver
and engaged in the maintenance of safety of navigation,
or laying and maintenance of submarine cables in the RTC
are exempted from complying with the rules to the extent
necessary to carry out the operation. Such vessels should
notify the Philippine Coast Guard prior to the start of the
said activities.
Vessels experiencing engine breakdown or any situation
that may impair its navigation within the RTC should notify
the Philippine Coast Guard immediately.
The Philippines Coast Guard - Coast Guard Action
Center (CGAC) can be contacted, as follows:
VHF: VHF channel 16
Telephone: (+632) 527-5481; (+632) 527-5482;
(+632) 527-5489; (+632) 527-3880
(+632) 527-3885
7-37
Fax: (+632) 527-8482
E-mail: cgac@coastguard.gov.ph
SIBUGUEY BAY (CHART 4605), (07° 20' 00"N.,
5 122° 31' 26"E.), an extensive body of water E of Zamboanga
Peninsula, is 36 miles wide between Sacol Island and
Olutanga Island. From Sacol Island it extends about 52 miles
in a NE direction to the head of the bay near the mouth of
Kabasalan River. The shores on both sides are very irregular
10 and indented by several smaller bays and numerous rivers.
Dangers - In the entrance to Sibuguey Bay, about
midway between Sacol and Olutanga Islands, are distinct
detached shoals, with depths ranging from 2.2 m to 25.5 m.
15 These shoals are all of coral and white coral sand formation,
surrounded by deep water. In favorable light conditions,
these shoals can usually be identified by the discoloration
of the water over them. In some instances, however, this
is not always true, because very often, the coral heads on
20 which the least depth is found are sometimes dark in color
and do not show up better than the sand bottom of the deeper
water. On the E side of the bay, S of Patan Point to W of
Seboto Point, thick scattered shoal patches extend from 2
to 6 miles offshore. The N part of Sibuguey Bay N of Patan
25 and Bagolibud Points is practically clear, with the 20-meter
curve averaging 1 mile distant from the E and W shorelines.
Prominent Features - Mount Sibuguey, (07° 36'
07"N., 122° 48' 45"E.), 320 m (1,050 ft) high on the E side of
30 the bay, is usually visible from almost all directions offshore,
and may be used in taking bearings to locate the shoals. The
top of Mount Sibuguey has a short nearly level N and S ridge
with several lesser elevations E of it.
35 Mount Tanguite, (07° 17' 37"N., 122° 16' 45"E.), the
highest hill near the shore on the W side of Sibuguey Bay, is
427 m (1,400 ft) high and very prominent. The hill is entirely
wooded and has steep symmetrical slopes, with a smoothly
rounded dome-shaped top.
40
Sharp Peak, 753 m (2,471 ft) high and 8.5 miles 351o
from Mount Taguite, is the highest peak in the extremity of
the ridge W from Tungauan Bay. This peak is also prominent,
but when the clouds are over the ridge it is usually obscured.
45 Another peak with lower elevation on the same ridge S of
Sharp Peak shows well, and this should not be confused
with Sharp Peak.
Mount Silingan, (07° 46' 18"N., 122° 29' 02"E.),
50 about 5 miles W from the coast on the W side of the head
of Sibuguey Bay, is a conspicuous landmark. It has three
prominent peaks and a lower one rising from its N shoulder.
Quipit Peak, 899 m (2,950 ft) the central and highest,
55 and Matanog Peak, 741 m (2,431 ft) high, are readily
identified unless obscured by clouds or rain.
Directions - The shoals in the vicinity of the entrance
to Sibuguey Bay are not marked. Vessels entering this bay
60 should be guided only by the chart and the existing natural
features and peaks. In the absence of buoys and other aids,
the recommended channel, is between Angosto Shoal and
Tulnalutan Island, near the W side of the bay. Vessels with
local knowledge may enter the bay by rounding the reef S
of Olutanga Island at a distance of at least 1 mile.
From the N entrance to Masinloc Anchorage to Vitali
Point, the coast trends in a general NNE northeast direction
for 25 miles. This stretch of the coast is very irregular, being
indented by smaller bays, most of which are foul and of no 10
importance to navigation. It is cut into by a number of small
streams, none of which are navigable. Several small villages
are scattered along the shore. It is fringed in places by coral
reefs and faced by a number of small islands, which may be
passed 548.6 m on their seaward sides. This section of the 15
coast can be safely navigated by keeping at least 1 mile E
off the outlying points and these islands.
MALASUGAT POINT, (07° 05' 18"N., 122° 13'
55"E.) 5.5 miles NNW from the N tip of Sacol Island, is 20
low, wooded, and fringed by a narrow reef. MALASUGAT
BAY, a slight indentation in the coast SW from Malasugat
Point is nearly blocked by reefs. A small dangerous shoal
with a depth of 1.8 m at the entrance to the bay, is 1.5 miles
S from Malasugat Point. 25
SANGALI, the barrio at the head of Malasugat Bay, is
the site of various berthing facilities. The barrio is connected
by road to Zamboanga City.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Sangali
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63916-6813937 and
+63935-4340692.
Kabungan Island, (07° 10' 05"N., 122° 16' 17"E.), the
largest and the highest of this group has an elevation of 73
m (240 ft).
5 Pitas Island, the most S and the nearest to the coast, is
52 m (173 ft) high. The other islands have lower elevation
and not more than 2 miles from shore.
The mainland behind Panubigan Islands is covered
mostly with cogon grass. Bolong, about 0.7 mile SW of Pitas
Island, is marked by a church with white facade. Panubigan,
a small bariio about 1 mile W of Bobo Island, has a small
pier. Ferry boats from Panubigan Islands call at this barrio.
Dangers - Two underwater rocks were reported to lie
about 2.3 miles NE and 2.1 miles E of Kabungan Island.
Anchorage - Small sheltered anchorage may be found
between these islands. The anchorage formed by Kabungan,
Buguias, and Lambang Island, with depths of 12.8 to 16.5 m
has been used by Coast Survey vessels and is recommended.
The entrance N of Buguias Island is preferable as it is easy
of access and apparently free of dangers.
FROM LAWIGAN POINT, (07° 11' 40"N., 122° 15'
37"E.) the coast trends N for 7 miles to BLUFF POINT and
is indented by a few small unimportant bays mostly blocked
by coral reef.
30 TAGUITE BAY, (07° 18' 49"N., 122° 18' 16"E.),
between Bluff Point and Taguite Point, is 2 miles wide and
extends about the same distance N. The bay is shoal and used
only by local craft and vintas.

Berthing Facilities - Zamboanga Fish Port Complex, 35
about 1.6 miles of Malasugat Point, is operated by PFDA.
The fish port manager may contacted at telephone nos.
(+6362) 992-4526 and (+6362) 992-0751, and e-mail at
opm_zfpc@pfda.gov.ph. The fish port has a 160 m long
concrete pier and a 300 m long quay used by fishing vessels. 40
It has a refrigeration facility for storage of fish, ice plant, and
fresh water supply. It also has a repair facility for fishing gear
and a boat repair facility that can handle fishing vessels up to
500 GT. Forklift, which is used for loading fish, is available.
45
RJA Fish Port Complex, about 500 m W of Malasugat
Point, has two concrete piers with lengths of about 190 m and
130 m, and are separated by a distance of about 80 m. The
fish port complex has facilities and equipment for handling
fish es and other seafood products. 50
Repair Facility - The slipways and repair facilities
of ZC DAAP Shipyard are located about 2 miles SW of
Malasugat Point.
55
PANUBIGAN ISLANDS are a group of several small
islands and rocks near the coast between Malasugat Point and
LAWIGAN POINT. The Coast Guard personnel stationed at
the islands may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63926-
2439023. 60
TAGUITE ISLAND, near the middle of the entrance
to Taguite Bay, is wooded, about 0.5 mile in extent, with an
elevation of 67 m (220 ft).
VITALI ISLAND, between Taguite Bay and Tungauan
Bay, is about 6.5 miles long and 2.5 miles wide. It is separated
from the mainland by a shallow slough which has not been
examined. The island is heavily wooded on the E shore at
the inner edge of the mangrove as far as can be seen except
near Vitali Point where the low hills are covered with grass.
All the hills W of the point as far back as can be seen are
heavily wooded to their summits. This section of the coast
is fringed by a narrow coral reef.
VITALI POINT is the NE extremity of the island. In
the immediate vicinity of the point are low foothills covered
by rank grass. About 1 mile SW from the point is a small
low wooded islet on the shore reef close to the shoreline. A
village is about 0.4 mile NW of the point.
A rock awash, surrounded by deep water, is 0.6 mile 150o
from Vitali Point. A small offlying shoal, covered by a depth
of 8.6 m and surrounded by deep water, is 8.7 miles 104o
from Mount Taguite and 8.2 miles SSW from Vitali Point.
TIGBAUAN ISLANDS are group of five small islands

7-38
and one rock E and SE from Vitali Point.
Tigburacao Island, the most SE of the group, is a low,
flat, heavily wooded island about 3.6 miles 134o from Vitali
Point. It is fringed by a narrow reef, widest on the W part. It
is about 274 m long E and W and 137 m wide. SE about 91
m from this island are two large pinnacle rocks, the higher
of which rises to a height of 12.2 m (40 ft). These rocks are
very prominent and can be seen from a considerable distance.
When seen from the SW they appear as one.
White Rock, about 0.5 mile 248o from Tigburacao
Island, is bare at all stages of the tide. It stands on a small
coral reef which is surrounded by deep water.
Gatusan Islands, two in number, are about 2 miles 151o
from Vitali Point. Both are small, about 274 m long N and
S, less than one-half that in width, and fringed with rocks.
The N island is less than 15 m (50 ft) high, while the S rises
to a height of 36 m (118 ft).
Bacungan Island, the largest of the group, is 2 miles
E from Vitali Point. It is about 411 m long NE and SW and
nearly 274 m wide. The shores are fairly bold and the land
rises sharply from sea level to a height of 64 m (211 ft). About
735 m 236o from Bacungan Island there is a rock awash. The
channel between the island and the rock is deep and clear.
Lapinigan Island, the most N of the group, is about
0.5 mile 060o from Vitali Point. It is nearly round, about 183
m in extent, heavily wooded, and rises to a height of 58 m
(192 ft). On the S and E sides are rocks bare at low water to
a distance of 45 to 55 m. The channel between Vitali Point
and this island has a depth of 5 m. Lapinigan, seen from the
S, appears like a cone with a steep slope on the E side and
a gradual rise on the W. There is a small shoal covered by a
depth of 4.1 m about 0.8 mile 092o from Lapinigan Island.
From Vitali Point the coast trends sharply W, then N and
E to Linguisan Point, forming Tungauan Bay. Near the coast
are numerous hills with heights of from 30 to 61 m (100 to
200 ft), separated by deep, winding valleys. Back of these
hills the land rises in a series of hills to the mountains well
back in the interior.
TUNGAUAN BAY is a nearly semicircular indentation
between Vitali and Linguisan Points. It is about 7 miles wide
at the entrance and extends some 3 miles W. The depths
decrease gradually toward the W shore where there are
extensive mud flats. In the few places where the depth is
more than 18.3 m the bottom is sandy.
Cobog and Camugan Islands, two small wooded
islands on the reef near the S shore of Tungauan Bay, are
about 15 m (50 ft) and 6 m (20 ft) high, respectively.
Prominent Feature - Cone Hill, 229 m (751 ft) high on
the SW side of Tungauan Bay, is entirely covered by cogon
grass, presenting a sharp contrast against the surrounding
background. The hill serves as an excellent landmark in 60
7-39
approaching Tungauan Bay from the E.
Danger - Basan Reef, a dangerous detached coral reef,
partly bare half tide, about 0.5 mile in extent, is 1 mile NE
5 of Cobog Island. This reef is the only danger on the S side
of the entrance to Tungauan Bay. On the two highest parts of
this reef, banks of white sand have formed, and are visible
from a distance, specially at low water. The N and E side
of the reef are steep-to and may be approached with safety,
10 but the S and W sides are foul. The water deepens rapidly E
and S of Basan Reef.
Anchorage in Tungauan Bay is anywhere on a line
N from Basan Reef in 18.3 m mud bottom. No anchorage
15 is recommended in the N part of the bay where the depths
are slightly greater. On the S part of the bay, vessels which
occasionally call to load cattle and lumber, usually anchor
SE of Camugan Island. Basan Reef should be avoided when
approaching this anchorage.
20
TIGBUCAY BAY, (07° 29' 59"N., 122° 24' 17"E.),
formed by a small indentation on the N part of Tungauan Bay,
is about 1 mile long in a NE direction and 548 m wide. The
S part is apparently deep and clear, but the N part, halfway
25 from its head, is shoal and of little importance to navigation.
BANGAAN ISLAND, 49 m (160 ft) high, is at the
entrance to Port Banga. It is 0.6 mile long in a NE and SW
direction and about 457 m wide. The island divides the
30 entrance to Port Banga into two channels. It is sparsely
wooded on the slopes and grassy on the highland.
DANDULIT POINT, on the NE part of the island, is
rocky and fringed by narrow reef. SE of the island the reef,
35 bare at low water, extends about 365 m from shore.
BUCHU POINT, the SW extremity of the island, is
rocky and the reef surrounding the point forms into a ledge
extending 548 m SW. Shoal water extends about 228 m off
40 the SE and SW portions of the reef making it dangerous to
approach them within 0.5 mile. The NW and N coasts may
be approached to at least 228 m from shore. The ruins of a
wharf and several buildings on the N side mark the site of
a former lumber mill.
45
LAMPINIGAN ISLAND, small, heavily wooded, and
off the NW side of Port Banga, is 1.5 miles NNE of Bangaan
Island and about 457 m from shore.
50 LINGUISAN POINT, (07° 30' 04"N., 122° 26' 15"E.),
the E entrance point to Port Banga, is low and wooded. The
coral shelf surrounding the point and E from it along the S
side of the peninsula is partly bare at low water and extends
to a distance of about 457 m. The extreme E limit of this
55 shelf extends a little farther out and is marked by several
rocks bare at high water. Small shoal patches of 8.7 and 7.3
m exist 548 and 800 m, respectively, from Linguisan Point
in a line with the point and the N side of Bangaan Island.
A small community consisting of a few houses is on the N
side of Linguisan Point.
 PORT BANGA (CHART 4651), (07° 31' 11"N., 122°
26' 34"E.), a fine harbor on the N part of Tungauan Bay, is
between Tigbucay and Linguisan Points. It is 2 miles wide
at the entrance and extends about 4 miles NE. The port is
perfectly protected from all winds, and vessels of any size
may enter this harbor safely. Anchorage may be had in 18.3
to 14.6 m, mud bottom, in the SW part of the port. Smaller
vessels usually anchor NE of Lampinigan Island in 7.3 to
11 m near the head of the harbor.
Dangers - Along the NW shore of the port, NW of a
line running 045o and 225o from the E side of Lampinigan
Island, is a foul ground with bare coral patches NE from the
island. At the rocky point 0.8 mile SW of the island a coral
reef extends about 274 m S. A small detached coral patch
with a depth of 0.9 m (3 ft) at low water is 0.5 mile 155o
from Lampinigan Island and 457 m from shore. On the SE
side of the port the coral reef that fringes the shore near the
entrance has a varying width of from 45 to 320 m.
A small dangerous detached reef with rocks awash,
surrounded by deep water, is 1 mile SE from the SE shore
of the peninsula E of Port Banga. From this reef the tangent
to the land NE bears 026o, and the peak of Bangaan Island
bears 276o. This reef is composed of numerous coral heads,
some of which bare at extreme low water.
LOCLABUAN BAY, a small indentation in the coast
with an extent of about 0.5 mile, is 1.5 miles N of Panabulan
Islet. A prominent heavily wooded hill, 75 m (246 ft) high, is
on the N side of the bay. A village is at the head of the bay.
5 A small coral with a depth of 0.9 m is off the entrance to
Loclabuan Bay, about 1.3 miles 187o from Bagolibud Point.
BAGOLIBUD POINT, (07° 34' 46"N., 122° 30' 22"E.),
the S entrance point to Busan Bay, is a narrow neck of land
10 formed by a small irregularly-shaped peninsula extending in
a NE direction. The S part of the peninsula is covered with
cogon grass and a few scattered trees. On the N part, in the
vicinity of the point are low wooded hills, the N one of which
rises to a height off 55 m (183 ft) and forms the summit of
15 Bagolibud Point. Foul ground extends 457 m E of the point
and the N side is fringed by a reef, backed by mangroves.
TATAL ROCKS, a cluster of rocks 3 to 4 m (10 to 13
ft) high, are about 228 m N of the point. These rocks are
20 connected with the mainland by a reef bare at low water and
are very conspicuous from seaward.
PADUGAN ISLET, 6.1 m high and about 274 m from
shore, is on the outer edge of the shore reef which bares at
25 low water. This islet and Tatal Rocks mark the limit of the
dangers N of Bagolibud Point.

Directions - Vessels approaching Port Banga from the N BUSAN BAY is formed by Bagolibud Point and
or E should bring Dandulit Point to bear 295o before Buluan Laboyoan Point, a distance of 7 miles. This bay is exposed
Island is shut in by Bagolibud Point, in order to clear the 30 to the NE winds. The shoreline is mostly fringed by narrow
coral patch SE of Linguisan Point. reef, the widest part of which, awash at low water extends
1.2 miles from the N side of its head.
To enter Port Banga by the E channel, steer for
Dandulit Point on 295o and when Buchu Point tangent bears Prominent Features - Tupilac Hill, (07° 40' 38"N.,
240o haul sharply N and steer 000o. When the W tangent of 35 122° 27' 49"E.), 158 m (518 ft) high about 1.8 miles from the
Bangaan Island bears 240o and Tigbucay Point opens up, coast, is among the natural features in the immediate interior.
steer a mid-channel course 045o with the highest point of It is a cone-shaped grassy hill and is very conspicuous from
the island astern, and anchor in a desired depth. a distance because of its green wooded background. SW
of this hill are three grassy slopes hills of less importance.
To enter by the W Channel, give Buchu Point a berth 40 Numerous other low hills with grassy slopes line around the
of at least 0.5 mile. Stand W until Tigbucay Point is broad on SW shore of the bay. These hills are separated from the higher
the starboard bow when it should then be steered for. When and more prominent ones in the interior by a valley leading
the channel is well open and Lampinigan Island is in range in a W direction from Calug Point. A similar valley extends
with the point N of Bangaan Island, follow mid-channel from the S shore of Busan Bay to Port Banga.
course favoring the W shore. Avoid the shoals off the NW 45
point of Bangaan Island. When clear of these shoals, haul Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
NE and anchor as previously recommended. town of Tungawan may be contacted at mobile phone no.
+63912-6240702.
FROM LINGUISAN POINT the coast trends E for
1 mile and then NE for 5.8 miles to Bagolibud Point. The 50 Anchorage with good holding ground may be found
shoreline is well defined by numerous cliffy points with anywhere in Busan Bay. A better protected anchorage for
sandy beaches in the indentations between them. This stretch small vessels is near the head of the bay between Saduc Islet
of the coast is fringed by a narrow strip of coral reef, with and Lalim Point in 6.4 m to 10.5 mud bottom.
deep water close-to.
55 LALIM POINT, extending NE from the S shore of
PANABULAN ISLET is about 3 miles SSW from Busan Bay, is about 1.3 miles W of Padugan Islet. The point
Bagolibud Point and about 274 m from the shore. It is is fringed by coral reefs which extends 457 m N from it.
surrounded by a reef which connects the islet with the
mainland. SADUC ISLET, composed mostly of a clump of
60 mangroves, is on the reef in the SW part of the bay about

7-40
274 m from shore.
DILIGAN ISLAND, about 1.3 miles NW from
Bagolibud Point, is low and heavily wooded. It is about
457 m long E and W, half that in width, and is fringed by a
narrow steep-to coral reef. The island may be rounded safely
at a distance of 457 m on either side.
TUNGAWAN is a town well inland and not visible
from Busan Bay. It has a 70-m long concrete pier connected 10
to the shore by a 300-m long causeway, about 0.5 mile SW
of Saduc Islet. The pier is connected by road to the town.
MADIAOP POINT, (07° 44' 33"N., 122° 34' 43"E.),
projects in a SE direction and is fringed by a narrow belt of
mangroves. Numerous rocks awash at low water are in the
immediate vicinity of the point.
5
IPIL (SANITO), a small town near the coast, is about
1.5 miles NW of Madiaop Point. Telephone connection,
mobile phone communications, Internet services are
available. Buses going to Zamboanga City are available.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Ipil may
be contacted through mobile phone no. +63998-1748691.

CALUG POINT, about 2 miles N from Diligan Island,
is low, narrow, and extends in an E direction. A coral reef,
all but the outer extremity of which is awash at low water,
extends about 0.5 mile SE from the point. N from the point
the shore is fringed by coral reef, except in the bight on its
N side.
ROSELLER LIM, a town about 1.7 miles NW of Calug
Point, is well inland and not visible from the bay. Buses going
to Zamboanga City passes through the town. A barrio, about
1 mile NNE of Calug Point, has a pier that is connected by
road to the town.
LABOYOAN POINT, (07° 41' 40"N., 122° 31'
25"E.), forming the NE limit of Busan Bay, is merely a
mangrove point and by its position defines the mouths of the
GANGO and LOOC RIVERS, both of which are small and 30
unimportant. From the end of the point mangroves extend
about 1 mile in a NW direction. It is surrounded by coral
reefs which extend to a distance of about 0.5 mile. In the
bight S of the point, a small stretch of sand borders the shore.
BULUAN ISLAND, the largest and most prominent
island in the N part of Sibuguey Bay, is about 0.5 mile long
in a NW and SE direction and rises in the SE part to a sharp,
heavily wooded peak 99 m (324 ft) high. It is situated 6.6
miles 020o, from Bagolibud Point and about 1 mile ESE 40
from Laboyoan Point. A navigable channel 457 m wide with
depths of 12.8 to 18.3 m in the middle, separates the island
from the mainland. The E, S, and SW sides are fringed with
coral, bare at low water, and 228 m SW from it are rocks
awash at high water. Deep water is found close to the reefs 45
on all sides except the SE, which should be given a berth of
at least 0.5 mile.
Berthing Facilities - A 117 m long by 19 m wide
15 reinforced long concrete pier, managed by the municipal
government of Ipil, is located about 0.3 mile NE of Madiaop
Point. It is connected by road to the town.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
20 from local providers. Watering and bunkering services are
available but requires prior request.
SARO POINT, about 1.5 miles ENE from Madiaop
Point, is outlined by low cliffs. This point marks the E limits
25 of the low, irregular, grass-covered hills which extend in a
SW direction toward Madiaop Point.
BACALAN POINT, about 1.3 miles ENE from Saro
Point, extends about 0.5 mile in a SE direction. The S
extremity is composed of low cliffs while a gravel beach
outlines the E part. The point is slightly over 3 m (10 ft) high,
covered with a thick growth of light timber and brushwood.
It is part of a small island at the mouth of a river, connected
with the mainland by an extensive mangrove swamp.
35
Between Bacalan Point and Taynabo Point, a distance
of 3.3 miles, the shore recedes N for about 1 mile, forming
a large bay, the upper half of which is composed of mud
flats bare at low water. The head of this bay is lined with
mangroves and there are several small streams emptying
into it.
COBA ISLET, 10 m (33 ft) high, about 365 m from the
shore, is 1.2 miles NE of Bacalan Point. The islet is wooded
and surrounded by mud flats bare at low water. The S side is
composed of cliffs about 6 m (20 ft) high, giving it a rugged
appearance from the S.

A detached shoal covered by a depth of 5.9 m is S from
the E edge of the reef which extends SE from Laboyoan
Point. The shoal is in the fairway near the S approach to the
channel, about 735 m SW from Buluan Island.
FROM LABOYOAN POINT the coast trends NE
to Madiaop Point. BULUAN RIVER discharges about 1.3 55
miles NNE from Laboyoan Point; the village of BULUAN is
on the S side of the mouth of this river. Cattle and copra are
occasionally shipped from here. The village of CAPARAN is
in the midst of mangroves about 3 miles 031o from Laboyoan Point, a distance of 4.5 miles, is somewhat larger than the
Point.
TAYNABO POINT, (07° 45' 59"N., 122° 40' 20"E.),
50 is the most prominent point at the head of Sibuguey Bay.
Cliffs about 4.6 m (15 ft) high outline the S and E sides
while the SE side is a curved, sandy beach. The S part is
heavily wooded; the E part is covered with grass and brush
and rises to a height of 50 m (165 ft). The point is connected
with the mainland by a narrow neck of mangroves similar
to Bacalan Point.
TAYNABO BAY, between Taynabo Point and Ticauan
60 bay W from Taynabo Point. Tando and Banco Points project

7-41
S from the head of this bay and divide it into three smaller
bays. Both of these points are fringed with coral, but the
bays are comparatively clear. Villages are on the shores of
the bays and on Taynabo Point.
Prominent Features - TANDO POINT, about 1.7 miles
NE from Taynabo Point, terminates in low cliffs about 3 m
(10 ft) high. It is covered with brushwood,and at a short
distance from its extremity rises to a height of 64 m (211 ft).
Numerous rocks awash at low water are off the S end of the
point. An irregularly shaped rock about 4.6 m (15 ft) high is
365 m S from the point.
About 1.3 miles NW from Tando Point, is one of the
most conspicuous hills at the head of Sibuguey Bay. This
hill is heavily wooded, detached from the higher hills of the
interior, and has two similar peaks. The SW peak is 212 m
(696 ft) high, the NE 199 m (656 ft). These peaks are good
landmarks.
BANCO POINT, about 1 mile in an ESE direction
from Tando Point, is outlined on its SW and S sides by cliffs
about 3 m (10 ft) high. It terminates at the S extremity in a
sharp point surrounded by a number of rocks awash at low
water. This point is heavily wooded, rises to a height of over
30.5 m (100 ft) on the SW side, and slopes down gradually
NE. Mangrove swamps N and NE from the point separate
it entirely from the mainland.
SIAY POINT is midway between Banco and Ticauan
Points.
Major Lights - Taynabo Point Light (07° 46' 54"N.,
122° 41' 00"E.) is displayed atop a green warehouse about
1.2 miles NE of Taynabo Point.
Naga Light (07° 47' 00"N., 122° 41' 40"E.) is displayed
from a tower on Tando Point.
Dangers - A small reef, about 457 m in extent, covered 40
by a depth of 0.4 m and surrounded by deep water, is at the
entrance of the bay about 1.4 miles E of Taynabo Point. A
clear channel 0.6 mile wide and 14.6 m deep in the middle
is between this reef and the reef fringing the 4.6-meter (15
ft) rock S from Tando Point. 45 largest in this region, has been ascended to a distance of 3
Caution - Fish traps were laid from in the area between towed from the river. When inside the mouth keep well over
Tando and Ticauan Points.
NAGA, the town on the W coast of the small bay 50
formed by Taynabo and Tando Points, is recognizable by
the dense number of houses along the shore. The town has of the river, is connected with the mainland S from it at low
a 40-m long pier that is used by small boats. Naga Light is water is similar to the mainland in that it is not recognized
displayed from the town.
TICAUAN POINT, (07° 44' 58"N., 122° 44' 42"E.),
about 4.5 miles E by S from Taynabo Point, is the most
pronounced point in the vicinity of the NE part of Sibuguey
Bay. It extends in a SW direction to a distance of about 0.5
mile. With the exception of two small inconspicuous areas
7-42
of dry land, the entire point is composed of mangrove.
FROM TICAUAN POINT the coast trends E for 3
miles and then generally S for 29 miles to Lutangan Island,
5 the E entrance point to Sibuguey Bay. Mangrove swamps
extend along this section of the coast and completely obscure
the shoreline. At Patan Point, the mangrove belt is very
narrow. At Lambayogan Point, and at one point in Taba Bay,
off the village of Bagalamatan, and at Seboto Point, the shore
10 is rocky or sandy and free from mangroves. Extensive mud
flats, bare at low water, front the coast between Ticauan and
Patan Points and deep water is usually found close to their
outer edge. An exception to this rule is found, however,
just E from Ticauan Point, where the bare area is less than
15 0.5 mile wide while the 5-meter curve is more than 2 miles
from shore. Between Ticauan and Patan Points the coast is
free from danger and may be safely navigated by keeping 1
mile from shore except at the shoal area, which makes off
to a distance of 3 miles off the mouth of the Kabasalan and
20 Siay Rivers. Fish traps and fish cages were laid off the coast
from Ticauan Point to Patan Point.
KABASALAN RIVER discharges into the NE corner
of Sibuguey Bay. The channel into the river is entered
25 through the same narrow and tortuous channel which winds
through the mud flats of the bay to the mouth of the Siay
River. This main channel has a depth of 2.4 m (8 ft), but local
knowledge is necessary for passage through it and into the
rivers. The inner part of the river above the mouth is wide
30 and apparently deep. Local small vessels of 2-meter draft
enter this river and ascend about 2 miles up the main channel,
and thence about 0.5 mile farther up a side channel, entering
the E channel to the dock on the N side of the stream about
0.8 mile from Kabasalan.
35
KABASALAN, a town 3.5 miles from the mouth of
Kabasalan River, is the headquarters of a rubber plantation
company. The town has a post office and mobile phone
communications. A 12-bed private infirmary with an
attending physician is present in the town. Small launches
from Zamboanga call at Kabasalan. A gasoline station is
present in the town.
SIAY RIVER, (07° 43' 53"N., 122° 48' 48"E.), the
miles by launch and no obstruction was found. Lumber is
to the N and E bank as shoal water extends some distance N
and E of Cabut Island.
CABUT ISLAND, forming the W side of the mouth
as island when seen from the bay.
55
PAMANDIAN RIVER, which discharges into the bay
about 1.3 miles S from Cabut Island, has a depth of 1.5 m
(5 ft) on the bar at low water. Inside the river, the depths are
considerably greater.
60
 SIBUGUEY RIVER, which discharges about 3 miles
N from Patan Point, is nearly dry at the mouth at low water.
This river leads to the coal deposits back of Mount Sibuguey
that were worked to some extent in the past.
A small patch of coral reef bare at low water, is 548 m
from shore, at the edge of the mud flat at the mouth of the
TONGCOLASIAN RIVER, a small stream discharging 1.3
miles S from the Sibuguey River.
PATAN POINT, (07° 35' 35"N., 122° 47' 16"E.), 10
miles SSE from Ticauan Point, forms the N entrance point
to Taba Bay. The detached hill forming this point rises to a
height of 74 m (244 ft) about 457 m E from its extremity. The
low, heavily wooded area E from this hill is approximately
7.6 m (25 ft) above sea level. The S slope of the E extremity
of the hill is covered with cogon grass, while the remaining
portions are heavily wooded. The W extremity of the point is
fringed by a narrow coral reef and low cliffs define its S side.
TABA BAY (CHART 4651) is formed by Patan Point
and the reefs bare at low water extending NW from Cabog
Island. The inclosed basin 4 miles long with an average
clear width of 0.8 mile is the best harbor on the E side of
Sibuguey Bay. 25
The N entrance off Patan Point is 735 m wide with a
depth of 25.5 m in the middle. It is easy to enter at any stage of
tide, specially at low water when the edges of the dangerous
reefs are clearly defined. Two small detached coral reefs,
one 0.9 mile and the other 1.6 miles, SE from the point, are
about 457 m from the shore. These detached reefs, as well
as the narrow coral reef fringing Patan Point, can usually
be made out by the discoloration of water over them. The
best water in the bay is in the middle of the harbor between
these two detached reefs and the long bare reef extending
NW from Cabog Island. However, this entrance is restricted
by numerous fish cages laid between Cabog Island and the
mainland.
Directions - To enter Taba Bay, pass Patan Point on a
137o course, giving the point a berth of about 457 m; when
the E side of Cabog Islands bears 180o alter the course to 160o
and anchor in any draft desired. Masters are advised to be
on look out for fish cages while following the recommended
directions.
The W entrance between Cabog Island and Cabog Point
is narrow and tortuous. The channel is about 137 m wide
with depths of 3.6 m and used only by launches and small
local craft. The shores of the bay are generally lines with
mangroves and the fringing reefs are very narrow. The head
of the bay is shoal and in the SE corner are mud flats bare
at low water. A number of small streams flow into the bay.
SUONG ISLAND (SUONG LABATAN ISLAND), a
mangrove islet at the head of the bay, is difficult to distinguish
when entering.
PAYAO, a small town with several houses, is on the N
7-43
shore of Taba Bay E of Patan Point. It has a 41 m long and
9 m wide concrete pier. Controlling depth alongside the pier
is 4 m to 5 m.
5 BAGALAMATAN is about 2 miles SE from Patan
Point. The point of which this village is situated is outlined
by low cliffs and rises to a height of 10.7 m (35 ft) about
228 m inland.
10 CABOG ISLANDS, two small mangrove-covered
islets, lie close together on a reef, part of which bares at
low water. This reef extends N from the islets to within 0.5
mile off Patan Point. The channel between the islands and
CABOG POINT is marked by private beacons maintained
15 by the lumber company. There is a depth of about 3.6 m in
the channel but local knowledge is necessary for passage.
FROM CABOG POINT the coast trends S for 4.5
miles to Talaid Point. This section of the coast is lined with
20 mangroves and fringed by reefs which extends to a distance
of 1 mile in some places. Beyond this reef are a number of
small detached reefs whose position will be best understood
by reference to the chart.
S of the entrance to Taba Bay to the vicinity of Lutangan
Point, the coast is foul and should be avoided by all but small
craft. Good anchorages are found along this coast where good
shelter from all winds except those from the SW may be had,
but these anchorages are not easy to approach because of
30 the many offshore reefs, often not seen until close aboard.
The absence of natural objects ashore suitable for ranges or
bearings, make it more precarious for vessels without local
knowledge to approach the anchorages. No directions can be
given for clearing these dangers other than what is apparent
35 and by reference to the chart.
A coral reef about 1 mile long N and S and 735 m wide
bare at low water is about 5 miles SW of Patan Point. On
the N part of this reef is a mound of white coral sand nearly
40 228 m in diameter, which is usually awash at high water;
its shape and position change with every storm. Deep water
surrounds the reef on all sides, but the bright sand pile not
only gives ample warning of the danger but also affords a
fair landmark for navigating this coast.
45
LABATAN HILL, (07° 30' 51"N., 122° 47' 41"E.), a
grass-covered dome-shaped hill, 134 m (440 ft) high, is near
the coast about midway between Cabog Point and Talaid
Point. This hill is the only elevated ground S from Mount
50 Sibuguey and for this reason is readily recognized from any
part of the bay.
PANDALUSAN ISLAND, (07° 27' 50"N., 122° 41'
22"E.), is a small, partly wooded, and 9.6 miles SW from
55 Patan Point. It is irregular in shape, about 274 m in extent,
and rises to a height of 22 m (72 ft) near the SE point. A
coral reef, awash at low water, extends 365 m SW from the
island, while another, not quite awash, extends about the
same distance to the E. A narrow coral bank, with a depth of
60 2.7 m at its E extremity, extends 1.5 miles E from the island.
 NORTHWEST ROCK, about 2.3 miles 302o from from all directions.
Pandalusan Island, is a small coral reef about 457 m in extent,
which is awash at low water. It is not easily picked up, and CANALIZO STRAIT, a narrow tortuous channel
vessels navigating in this area should keep close at least 1 separating the NW part of Olutanga Island with the mainland
mile W of Pandalusan Island. 5 of Mindanao, is foul and navigable only by launches plying
between Zamboanga and Alicia. It is about 2 miles long
A shoal about 1 mile in extent, covered by a depth of and from 228 to 457 m wide. A depth of 2.1 m (7 ft) can be
9.1 m is about 4.8 miles 188o from Pandalusan Island. This carried through the strait at low water, but the W entrance is
shoal may be picked up at a distance of more than 1 mile in only 91 m wide between the coral heads and is rather difficult
clear weather, by the color of the water over it. 10 to find. The N side of the W entrance is marked by a small
mangrove islet, about 2.5 miles 140o from Talaid Point, 228
TALAID POINT, forming the W side of Locsico Bay, m W from shore. The salient points on the dangerous spots
extends about 1.5 miles in a SW direction. The entire point in the channel are marked by stakes, maintained by local
is fringed by a narrow belt of mangrove, within which the patrons. The N side of the E entrance is marked by Lapinigan
land is low and heavily wooded. The point is surrounded by 15 Island and is easy of access.
a reef which extends nearly 1 mile in a SW direction.
Caution - Overhead power cables were placed across
LOCSICO BAY is about 2.5 miles wide at the entrance the strait in the area about 0.7 mile NW of the W end of
between Talaid Point and the islet marking the N side of W Lapinigan Island.
entrance to Canalizo Strait, and extends about 3 miles NE. 20
Its entire shore is lined with mangroves and fringed with From the W entrance to Canalizo Strait the coast trends
coral reefs. in a general S by W direction for 4.5 miles to Deal Point.
The shoreline is fringed by a comparatively narrow belt of
TOPOCAN POINT is a small mangrove-covered point mangrove which is intersected by a number of small streams.
extending S from the head of the bay. This point and the 25 The shore reef is nearly 0.5 mile wide and a number of
long reef extending southward from it divide the bay into detached reefs which bare at low water are about 2 miles
two arms, neither of which are of any value except to every from shore.
small vessels. The main part of the bay is further obstructed
by a number of small detached coral reefs, parts of which TALUSAN is the town on the NW coast of Olutanga
bare at low water. In the absence of any natural or artificial 30 Island and at the W entrance of Canalizo Strait. It has
aids to navigation it is difficult to give any specific directions an 11 m by 14 m concrete pier with rock bulkhed and
for entering this bay. seawall. Controlling depth of the pier is 5 m to 6 m. Cargo
handling services are available at the pier. Ferry boats from
EAST CIRCE SHOAL, about 10.3 miles 179o from Zamboanga City and Margosatubig regularly call at the pier.
Pandalusan Island is covered by a depth of 5 m. On the N 35 The Coast Guard station in the town may be contacted at
side of the shoal the water deepens rapidly, but S the depths mobile phone no. +63963-5588181.
increase gradually and depths of 29 m are found 1 mile S
from the shoalest spot. LIPARI ISLAND, about 2.8 miles S from the W
entrance to Canalizo Strait, is a small mangroves island
WEST CIRCE SHOAL, about 10 miles 199o from 40 lying less than 0.5 mile from the shore. It is surrounded by
Pandalusaan Island and 3.5 miles 282o from East Circe Shoal, a wide reef and when viewed from the W appears to be a
has a depth of 5.4 m on the rock near the center of the shoal. part of the main island.
Lutangan Point, bearing 090o will carry a vessel well S of
both Circe Shoals. DEAL POINT, low, heavily wooded, and fringed with
45 a narrow belt of mangroves, is the most conspicuous point
OLUTANGA ISLAND is immediately S from the on the W coast of Olutanga Island.
peninsula forming the E side of the head of Sibuguey Bay.
It is separated from the mainland by a broad, irregularly FROM DEAL POINT the coast curves around in a
shaped body of water extending from the E along the N part general SSE direction for 4.5 miles to Seboto Point. The
of the island, and by Canalizo Strait. Olutanga Island is of 50 shoreline is fringed by narrow reef which widens in the
very irregular shape and has a greatest length N and S of 9 vicinity of Seboto Point, where it extends S, partly baring
miles, and is 11 miles wide at the W part. The W coast is at low water, for a distance of nearly 1.5 miles, and E
fairly regular; the SE and N ends are cut into by deep bays. surrounding Lutangan and Silagui Islands. Vessels passing
The entire island is low and flat, generally fringed with S of Olutanga Island should give Seboto Point a berth of at
mangroves and heavily wooded in the interior. 55 least 2.5 miles.

A long, low, heavily wooded ridge about 91 m (300 ft) GANDAAN RIVER, emptying on the W coast of
high to top of trees is N of CANGAN POINT. The highest Olutanga Island, is navigable by launches and small crafts.
part of this ridge is 113 m (370 ft) to the top of trees and is The entrance channel between the reefs is narrow and
marked by a prominent lone tree which may be recognized 60 unmarked. A depth of 2.4 m (8 ft) can be carried at low water

7-44
for 2 miles up the river.
Directions - To enter, steer 050o passing 411 m W of the
S point of the entrance. When about 68 m from the N shore,
haul E into the mouth of the river, favoring the N shore until
well inside, then follow mid-channel courses up the river.
TAMBANON RIVER, about 1.5 miles S from the
mouth of Gandaan River, has its entrance obstructed by
reefs, bare at low water. Considerable logging activities are
carried on in the vicinity of this river. Logs taken from the
interior are hauled out at high tide.
SEBOTO POINT, the S extremity of Olutanga Island,
is outlined by a white sand beach. The point is generally low,
broad, and covered by heavy timber land. There is a small
wooden boat landing about 0.5 mile SE of Seboto Point.
LUTANGAN ISLAND, immediately SE from the
S extremity of Olutanga Island, with which it is nearly 20
connected by a mangrove swamp, forms the SE entrance
point to Sibuguey Bay. It is about 0.8 mile in extent, low,
and planted with coconuts. Its SE side is composed of low
cliffs and a sand beach; the remaining sides are fringed with
mangroves. A barrio is located on the NW point of the island. 25
Its E extremity is clear and steep-to; on all other sides it is
surrounded by reefs, partly baring at low water.
SILAGUI ISLAND, a small low island covered with
light timber, is on the same reef as Lutangan Island and
about 183 m N from it. Its S and E sides are composed of
low, brown cliffs. A small rocky islet 6.1 m (20 ft) high
covered with bushes is about 55 m E from Silagui Island.
The reef on which Silagui Island lies extends 228 m E and
735 m N from it.
A small detached coral patch, bare at low water, is about
457 m NE from the bushy islet previously mentioned. Good
anchorage for a small vessel may be found in a pocket in the
reef about 0.5 mile NW from Silagui Island. This anchorage
has a clear space of more than 457 m in extent with a depth
of 14.6 m, mud bottom.
FROM SEBOTO POINT the coast trends in a general
ENE direction for about 10 miles to Taguisian Point. The
shoreline is irregular and bordered by coral reefs. Cangan
and Sarva Points are two fairly prominent points along this
coast. The two unnamed bay separated by Cangan Point are
open and exposed to the SE winds. Several detached shoals
with depths ranging from 3.2 to 9.1 m obstruct the entrance
to these bays.
OLUTANGA (SUBANIPA), is the town on the NW
side of the bay between Lutangan Island and Cangan Point.
Olutanga Island Light (07° 18' 24"N., 122° 50' 12"E.) is 55
displayed about 0.5 mile NW of the wharf.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town and extends 8 miles NW. Tantanang Bay forms the N part
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63963-5634884.
60 smaller bays indent the shores of Port Sibulan.
7-45
Berthing Facility - The town has a 80 m long L-shaped
reinforced concrete pier and a 50-m long jetty. Controlling
depth alongside the pier is 10 m while alongside the jetty is
5 m at MLLW.
5
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
from a local company in Olutanga. No supply or fresh water
can be obtained at this place.
10 PONGCA BAY, between Sarva and Taguisian Point, is
about 1 mile wide and extends about 3 miles long in a NW
direction. The bay is extremely foul with numerous small
coral heads bare or nearly bare at low water. Deeper water,
however, is close to them and small boats carefully feeling
15 their way between rocks can carry 1.8 m (6 ft) of water to
within a half mile from the head of the bay. These rocks and
shoals are dark in color and, except for those large in area,
are not usually visible at high water. At low water they can
be seen only under a certain favorable direction of the sun.
A narrow channel with a depth of 5.5 m extends midway
between the entrance to the head of the bay. This channel if
properly marked would afford a well-protected anchorage
for small vessels in 9.1 m sand bottom. A 130-m long jetty
extends from a village located about 1.7 miles NW of Sarva
Point at the head of the bay.
ARAYAT SHOAL, covered by a depth of 5 m is about
1 mile long E and W and 0.5 mile wide. The center of the
shoal spot is 7 miles 092o from Lutangan Point and 6 miles
30 183o from Taguisian Point. Another shoal spot with a depth
of 7.8 m is 548 m S from the center of Arayat Shoal. Deep-
draft vessels navigating in this vicinity should pass well to
the S of this shoal.
35 In the area bounded by Lutangan Island, Taguisian
Point, and Arayat Shoal there are a number of shoal spots
whose position will be best understood by reference to the
chart. They are covered by depths of from 3.2 to 11 m. When
directly over them the bottom of these shoals are distinctly
40 visible and may be readily picked up from a distance by the
discolored water over them.
PORT SIBULAN TO POLLOC HARBOR
(CHART 4606)
45
The S coast of Mindanao Island from Lutangan Point to
Flecha Point is very irregular, indented by numerous small
bays and harbors. The larger bays are generally deep, with
several shoal patches and detached reefs. From Tambulian
50 Point, 3 miles E of Flecha Point, the coast trends in a N
direction for about 25 miles to Pagadian, and then curves
SE for 50 miles to Tugapangan Point, the N entrance point
to Polloc Harbor.
PORT SIBULAN (CHART 4652), the water area
between Mindanao and Olutanga Island, is about 6 miles
wide at the entrance between Taguisian and Lapat Points
of the port, and Tumalung Bay, the SE portion. A number of
 Dangers - The following are the detached dangers near
the recommended track into Port Sibulan:
MIDDLE REEF, in the entrance to Port Sibulan, is a
large detached reef covered by a depth of 2.7 m. This reef
has a length of about 2.3 miles in a NW and SE direction and
a maximum width of 0.8 mile within the 10-meter curve. The
least depth, over a small rocky patch, is 2 miles S of Letayen
Island. Depths of 4.6 m are about 457 m W and 228 m S from
the 2.7-meter rock. The remainder of the reef is covered by
depths of from 5.5 to 9.1 m coral and sand bottom.
SIBULAN REEF, covered by a depth of 5 m is 0.9 mile
010o from Sibulan Island; this reef is about 457 m long NW
and SW and 228 m wide. The best water is about 457 m N 15
of Sibulan Island.
Anchorages with better protection may be found in
Tumalung Bay, Tantanang Bay, and Balangan Bay, on the
W, N, and E sides of the port, respectively.
Directions - Vessels entering Port Sibulan should round
Taguisian Point at a distance of not less than 0.9 mile. The
clear and better channel is along the NE shore of Olutanga
Island, between Taguisian Point and Sumangul Point, where
the shore may be approached to a distance of at least 0.8 mile
at any place. The middle part of the entrance is encumbered
by numerous shoals which should be avoided. Vessels
desiring to anchor in the other parts of the port should be
guided by the chart and the directions to Tumalung Bay and
Alicia.
TAGUISIAN POINT, (07° 21' 45"N., 122° 58' 27"E.),
the E extremity of Olutanga Island, is a long, narrow neck of
land projecting in a SE direction. It is low, heavily wooded,
about 3 miles long, and varies in width from 1.5 miles to 365
m. A narrow belt of mangroves fringe its NE and SW sides.
Cliffs having a maximum height of 12.2 m (40 ft) and a white
sand beach mark the SE extremity of the point. The large
trees which cover the point grow up to the very edge of the
cliffs and present a definite and abrupt profile when seen in
a NE or SW direction. The cliffs do not show up well when
seen from offshore, being largely covered with overhanging
bushes. The point is fringed by coral to a distance of 735 m
with good water at a distance of 0.8 mile.
COAYAN BAY, between Comot and Cambulong
Points, about 2.5 miles NW from Taguisian Point, is small
and has not been sounded out. The head of the bay is shoal.
About 1.8 m of water can be carried in approximately 183 m
W of the point on the S side of the mouth. Both the entrance
points are low, heavily wooded, and fringed with mangroves.
The entrance to the inner and W extremity of the bay is
marked by two small, detached, rocky islets. The NE and
larger of these two islets is covered with brush and rises to
a height of 9.1 m (30 ft) the SW islet is also covered with
brush and 4.6 m (15 ft) high.
CAMBULONG POINT, (07° 24' 16"N., 122° 56'
36"E.), the N entrance point to Coayan Bay, is surrounded
7-46
by a reef 735 m wide with a depth of 1.8 m at its edge. The
10-meter curve is about 0.8 mile from the shore at this point,
outside of which the water deepen rapidly.
5 FROM CAMBULONG POINT the coast trends in a
general NW direction for 3.5 miles to Sumangul Point, the
N extremity of Olutanga Island.
SIBULAN ISLAND about 5 miles NW from Taguisian
10 Point and slightly less than 2 miles 110o from Sumangul
Point, is a small, heavily wooded island with steep rocky
sides. It rises to a height of 19.8 m (65 ft) and forms an
excellent landmark for vessels bound into Port Sibulan. The
E side of Sibulan Island is marked by prominent light yellow
cliffs 15 m (50 ft) high, partly overgrown by brush. There is
no channel between it and Olutanga Island. Good water is
found NE from the island, but at a distance of 457 m NW the
bottom is foul, and slightly less than 0.5 mile that direction
there is a rock covered by 0.9 m with fair depths on all sides.
20
SIBULAN RIVER discharges about 548 m SW from
Sibulan Island; the W side of its mouth is defined by rugged
cliffs, while a low point outlined by a curved sandy beach
marks the E side.
25
SUMANGUL POINT, (07° 26' 30"N., 122° 53' 48"E.),
about 7 miles NW from Taguisian Point, is very conspicuous
from the E and can be readily identified off the entrance
to Port Sibulan. The point terminates in a narrow neck of
30 land about 91 m wide, which projects about 320 m in a NW
direction. It is wooded and rises to a height of 16.5 m (54
ft). A low saddle, rising slightly above sea level, extends
entirely across the point about 320 m from its NW extremity;
this depression is very noticeable from an E or W direction.
35
SUMANGUL, a small community consisting of several
houses, is on this point. The point is covered by coconut trees
for a distance of 0.5 mile to the S. The barrio of CALIDA is
about 0.5 mile to the SE.
40
A 3.6-meter shoal is 0.8 mile E of Sumangul Point and
about 0.5 mile SE of Taledom Rock.
TALEDOM ROCK, 10 m (33 ft) high and covered
45 with bushes on top, is a lone dark rock about 0.5 mile 038o
from Sumangul Point. The rock is prominent from an E or W
direction, but not when seen from N. A sand spit which bares
at low water extends 183 m N and W from the rock. Shoal
water less than 1.8 m deep extends nearly 457 m N from
50 the rock, with the 10-meter curve 457 m farther to the N.
TUMALUNG BAY, the entrance to which lies between
Sumangul Point and Marek Point, is a large indentation SW
of Port Sibulan. It is nearly 2 miles wide at the entrance
55 and extends about 5 miles S. Its bottom is very irregular
and there are numerous detached shoal patches of coral
and sand throughout the N part of the bay. The S half of the
bay shoals gradually to about 1 mile from the head, where
there are extensive mud flats bare at low water. The entire
60 shoreline is fringe with mangroves. The barrio of Caliran,
about 1.7 miles SW of Sumalung Point, has a small pier that
can accommodate boats. A village with a small pier for boats
is located about 1.2 miles SW of Caliran.
Anchorages in 9.1 to 18.3 m are on the E side of the
bay SW from Sumangul Point. Fresh water may be easily
obtained from a small stream about 0.8 mile SW from
Sumangul Point. At high water a boat can be filled directly
from a bambo pipeline over the high water shoreline; at low
water a boat can get within 45 m of the pipe.
Directions - From a position 0.9 mile 045 o from
Taguisian Point, steer 325o from 4.5 miles. When Sibulan
Island bears 270o, distant 1.0 mile, steer 307o, until Taledom
Rock bears 180o, distant 0.9 mile, then change course to
222o, heading for a red cliff on the W shore of the bay. When
Sumangul Point bears 090o distant 1 mile, steer 185o and
proceed cautiously to the desired anchorage.
LAPINIGAN ISLANDS, two small islands in the W 20
side of Tumalung Bay, mark the N side of the E entrance to
Canalizo Strait. They are low, heavily wooded, and almost
entirely surrounded by mangroves. Cliffs with an average
height of 9 m (30 ft) outline the NE extremity of the E and
larger island. On the smaller island two 4.6-meter cliffs at 25
the N extremity are the only points showing clear of the
mangroves. Irregular bottom with shoal water in places
extends a long way E of the islands, and they should not be
approached on that side within a distance of 1 mile.
MALINAO, a barrio about 1 mile SW of the bigger
of Lapinigan Islands, is connected by road to the town of
MABUHAY, which is 1 mile inland.
HULA-HULA, the sitio on the S entrance point of the
E entrance to Canalizo Strait. It has a 3 m by 12 m RoRo
ramp, with a controlling depth of 3 m to 5 m.
GUICAM, the sitio across Hula-Hula, has a 21 m by 21
m RoRo ramp with controlling depth of 3 m to 5 m. The port
administrator of Guicam Port may be contacted at telephone
no. (+6362) 211-7008.
Vessels ferrying people and goods between Olutanga
Island and the mainland uses the berthing facilities of Hula-
Hula and Guicam.
MAREK POINT, (07° 27' 56"N., 122° 52' 20"E.),
about 1.9 miles 310o from Sumangul Point, is about 301 m
wide and projects 0.8 mile S, forming a small bay W from
it, into which the MUDUG RIVER discharges. The W side
of the point is fringed with mangroves, while its S extremity
is composed of a sand beach and low perforated rocky cliffs.
A reddish-brown eroded bank which rises to a height of 19.8
m (65 ft) is on the E side. Part of this bank is bare and forms
one of the prominent landmarks visible from the entrance to
Port Sibulan. The settlement of MUDUG is just S of the bluff.
SAONG BAY, between Marek and Tantanang Points,
is about 2 miles wide and extends about 1.5 miles W. 60
7-47
Mangroves and coral fringe the shores and project well of
the S entrance point.
PANAGAN RIVER discharges into the head of the bay
5 and a small strip of sandy beach N from the mouth of the
river may be seen from the entrance to the bay.
TANTANANG POINT, (07° 30' 41"N., 122° 52' 58"E.),
is a low, densely wooded point terminating in low cliffs
10 about 4.6 m (15 ft) high. A pile of rocks, bare at half tide,
is 183 m 116o from Tantanang Point. About 0.8 mile 010o
from Tantanang Point is a low cliffs about 3 m (10 ft) high
showing clear of the mangroves. This cliff forms a small
point covered with large trees, the prominence of which is
15 increased by the growth of small trees on either side. A pile
of rocks, awash at high water, lie about 301 m 073o from the
above-described cliffs.
TANTANANG BAY, forming the N head of Port
Sibulan, is nearly 3 miles wide at the entrance between
Tantanang and Kaladis Points and extends over 2 miles
N. This bay shoals gradually from its mouth to its head,
affording good sheltered anchorage in 18.3 to 9.1 m. Between
Tantanang Point and the NE corner of the bay the shoreline
is mostly fringed with mangroves. From the NE corner of
the bay to Kaladis Point there are no points or indentations
of any prominence. The small points on this stretch of the
coast are low, heavily wooded, and composed of low, reddish-
brown cliffs, and every indentation is fringed with a narrow
30 belt of mangroves.
KALADIS POINT, (07° 30' 18"N., 122° 55' 51"E.), is
composed of a low, red, tree-covered cliff about 4.5 m (15 ft)
high. Although not very prominent, this point is, nevertheless,
35 the most prominent point on the N side of Port Sibulan NW
of Tegolting Point.
ALICIA (NAGA-NAGA) is about 0.5 mile E of Kaladis
Point. There is a post office, mobile phone communication,
40 a 25-bed capacity government hospital, and a Police
detachment. Supplies and fresh stores are obtainable in
limited quantities. Launches from Cotabato and Zamboanga
call regularly at Alicia for passengers and light cargo.
45 Berthing Facilities - The government pier, located
about 0.3 mile SE of Kaladis Point, has a length of 110
m and width of 6 m. Controlling depth for the pier is 4 m.
Cargo handling services are not available at the pier. The
port administrator may be contacted at telephone no. (+6362)
50 211-7008. Tidal currents during flood set N off the piers.
Anchorage - There is no designated anchorage off the
government pier considering that large waves generated
by winds coming from Moro Gulf are common in the area.
55
Directions - From a position 0.9 mile 045 o from
Taguisian Point steer 325o for 4.5 miles. When Sibulan Island
(65) bears 270o, distant 1.0 mile, steer 307o for 1.4 miles.
When Sibulan Island bears 172o change course to 352o with
the island astern and keeping well clear off Pandan Reef, until
the red cliff at Kaladis Point bears 055o, then head for the pier.
FROM KALADIS POINT the coast trends SE for
2.3 miles to Tegolting Point. This section of the coast is
composed of mangroves, low cliffs, and sandy beach. It
is fringed by a reef narrow at the NW end and gradually
widening to a distance of 0.5 mile from the coast of Tegolting
Point.
PANDAN REEF, a large detached coral reef nearly 10
bare at low water, is 1 mile S from Kaladis Point and the
same distance from shore. This reef is of irregular shape,
about 0.5 mile wide in places, and 1.3 miles long N and S.
A long ridge of white sand in the middle of this reef, covered
at half tide, is identified by the discoloration of water on it. 15
A narrow channel with an average depth of 9.1 m separates
the E shore of Port Sibulan from this reef. Kaladis Point,
bearing 018o clears the W side of this reef, and the N point
of Letayen Island, bearing 092o, clears the S side.
TEGOLTING POINT, (07° 28' 26"N., 122° 57' 27"E.),
the second point on the NE side of the entrance to Port
Sibulan, forms the W side of Balangan Bay. It is heavily
wooded and rises to a height of 38 m (126 ft) about 0.8 mile
NW from its S extremity. The W and SW sides are composed
of a sand beach and low cliffs. The E side is fringed with
mangroves, at the S end of which is a prominent reddish-
brown cliff about 12 m (40 ft) high.
TOBAC, a community consisting of few houses, is 548
m NW of this cliff. It is surrounded by a low ridge covered
with cogon grass and scattered brush. The point is surrounded
by shoal water extending 0.5 mile.
BALANGAN BAY, between Tegolting and Lapat
Points, is nearly 2 miles wide and extends 1.3 miles N. The
head of the bay N of the parallel of Tegolting Point is shoal.
The entrance is from the SE between the reefs which surround
Letayen Island and Lapat Point. This channel has a depth
of 18.2 m in the middle and is free from dangers. Another
narrow channel with a depth of 7.7 m accessible from the
W, is between the NW point of Letayen Island and the reefs
which extends from Tegolting Point about two thirds of the
way to the island.
Anchorage sheltered from all winds except from S
and SE is in 14.6 m about 0.5 mile NE from the middle of
Letayen Island.
LETAYEN ISLAND, in the entrance to Balangan Bay,
0.6 mile SE from Tegolting Point, is the largest and most
important island in Port Sibulan. It is 0.7 mile long NW and
SE, 548 m wide, and surrounded by reefs which extend to
a distance of 1.4 miles in a SE direction. A prominent tree
on the island makes an excellent landmark for this vicinity,
being visible at a distance of 20 miles from seaward. The S
half of the island is heavily wooded and the N half is covered
with coconut palms. The barrio of Litayon is on the NE coast
of the island.
7-48
A 5.4-meter shoal is 1.1 miles 222o from the NW point
of Letayen Island. Depths of 6.4 to 9.1 m are about 735 m
NW from the 5.5-meter patch.
5 LAPAT POINT, (07° 27' 38"N., 122° 59' 03"E.),
between the entrances to Balangan and Dumanquilas Bay,
is low, heavily wooded, and fringed with a narrow belt of
mangroves. Low cliffs with an average height of 6.1 m (20
ft) outline a small part of the S extremity of the point. Lapat
Point is surrounded by reefs which extend about 1 mile S
and 2 miles E from it.
TANDIONG MUSLIM, the barrio about 0.3 mile
NW of Lapat Point, is connected by road to Alicia. It has a
50-m long jetty for use of boats ferrying people and goods
to Letayen Island. A mosque and a structure with blue roof
is at the root of the jetty.
DUMANQUILAS BAY (CHART 4606 and 4650),
20 between Lapat Point and Dumanquilas Point (07° 28' 07"N.,
123° 10' 05"E.), is about 11 miles wide at the entrance and
extends 16 miles N. It affords good shelter and holding
ground among the islands and in the smaller bays that it
encloses. The general depth is 13.7 to 29.3 m with 9.1 m
25 near the shore. The bottom in the vicinity of Lapat Point is
rocky and irregular and this side of the entrance should be
avoided. The best channel in the bay will be found by keeping
within a mile off the points on the E shore.
30 Marine Protected Area - ENIPAS Act declared
Dumanquilas Bay as a protected landscape and seascape.
Activities that may harm the marine environment are strictly
prohibited.
35 Currents in the open channels entering the bay seldom
exceed 1 knot but are greatly intensified near the shoals in the
approaches, forming eddies near these shoals. They may be
avoided by giving the shoals a berth of about 1 mile.
40 Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
town of Malangas may be contacted through mobile phone
no. +63960-8879753.
Dangers - Several shoals, banks and rocky patches are
45 in the outer approach to Dumanquilas Bay. These dangers
are unmarked and the chart is the best guide for their location
and relative position.
ARAYAT SHOAL, covered by a depth of 5 m is about
50 1 mile long E and W and 0.5 mile wide. The center of the
shoal spot is 7 miles 092o from Lutangan Point and 6 miles
183o from Taguisian Point (07° 21' 45"N., 122° 58' 27"E.).
A can buoy is moored close SE of the Arayat Shoal. Another
shoal spot with a depth of 7.8 m is 548 m S from the center
55 of Arayat Shoal. Deep-draft vessels navigating in this vicinity
should pass well to the S of this shoal. A shoal covered by
a depth of 10.9 m (6 fm) is 3 miles E from Arayat Shoal.
LISCUM BANK covered by a depth of 13.7 m (7.5 fm)
60 is 9.5 miles 134o from Taguisian Point.
 A shoal with a depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm) is 6 miles 113o
from Taguisian Point.
BREECHES SHOAL is a large rocky coral shoal
extending 1.5 miles in a NE and SW direction, 9.7 miles 92o
from Taguisian Point. The depth on Breeches Shoal is 7.7 m
(4.2 fm). From the E edge of the shoal, Mount Botetian, the
highest part of Dumanquilas Point bears 019o.
A small coral shoal with a depth of 3.6 m (2 fm) is 8
miles 83o from Taguisian Point. Three shoals with depths of
6.8 m (3.7 fm), 7.7 m (4.2 fm) and 12.3 m (6.7 fm) are from 2
to 4.5 miles ENE from the 3.6-meter shoal. These constitute
the outer dangers in the approach to Dumanquilas Bay.
ACHA ROCK is a small circular patch of coral and sand,
steep-to, and covered by 3.6 m (2 fm). From the center of
the patch Taguisian Island bears 231o 8.4 distant miles and
Triton Island bears 066o distant 3.8 mile.
A shoal with a depth of 2.3 m (1.25 fm) is about 1.5
miles SSE of Acha Rock and a shoal with a depth of 4.1 m
(2.2 fm) is the same distance of it.
There are a number of shoals with depths of 3.2 to
10.1 m lying E and NE of the reefs that surround Lapat
Point. The shoals are generally small in area and steep-to,
being surrounded by depths of 32.9 to 42.1 m. Some of
these shoals have live coral boulders on them. The shoals
are hard to see at times, due to the silt carried down by the
rivers during heavy rains and great caution should be used
when navigating in their vicinity. A shoal, about 457 m long
with a depth of 5 m (2.75 fm) is 1.8 miles 116o from the S
end of Tigabon Island. From the shoal Igat Point bears 025o.
A 12.8-meter (7-fathom) shoal spot is about 1.4 miles 231o
from the 5-meter spot.
Directions - The best water for entering Dumanquilas
Bay is near its E side. Large vessels bound into this bay
should approach Dumanquilas Point with Mount Botetian
bearing between 000o and 320o. By giving Dumanquilas
Point and Triton Island a berth of 1 mile, skirt the shoreline
about the same distance and follow directions for Malangas
and Margosatubig. Interisland vessels with local knowledge
sometimes enter near the W side of the bay by giving Lapat
Point a berth of at least 2 miles, then heading into the different
anchorages and piers.
TIGABON, LAMUYONG, and LAMBANG
LAMBANG ISLANDS are three small islands near the W 50
side of Dumanquilas Bay. They are clear and steep-to on about 457 m SE of the pier. Smaller vessels may anchor
the E side. The island are covered with heavy timber and farther in toward the head of the bay, but caution should
coconut palms. be exercised, as the area has a very limited swinging room.
BUGSOK ROCK, bare 1.83 m at low water on a
small boulder strewn reef, is about 365 m W of Lambang
Lambang Island.
TANGCOCOLOAN ROCKS are a group of rocks
bare 0.9 m (3 ft) at high water, about 1 mile E of Lamuyong
Island, and nearly 2 miles W of a line drawn between Igat
and Carabuca Points. At extremely high tides the well breaks
over the rocks.
5 NIPA NIPA ISLANDS are three small heavily wooded
islands, clear and steep-to, 2.1 miles NW of Lamuyong Island
and dividing the channel into two passages. The two larger
islands rise to a height of 73 and 13.7 m (239 and 45 ft).
10 A small coral shoal with a depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm) is 0.5
mile N of the N tip of Nipa Nipa Island. A 7.8-meter (4.25
fm) shoal lies 0.8 mile 355o from Lambang Lambang Island.
MALANGAS, a town at the head of Malangas Bay on
15 the W shore of Dumanquilas Bay is about 1.3 miles W of
IGAI POINT (07° 37' 39"N., 123° 03' 20"E.). The town is
the shipping point for the coal and logs of the Zamboanga
Sibugay province. It has a post office, telephone connection,
mobile phone communication, money remittance center.
20 Fishery, agriculture, and coal mining are major economic
activity in the town. Very limited fresh stores and supplies
are obtainable.
Prominent Features - A tank at the head of the bay are
25 prominent from seaward. The galvanized iron roofing of the
belt conveyor at the PNOC pier may be used as a landmark
when approaching the town.
Major Light - Malangas Light (07° 37' 40"N., 123° 02'
30 22"E.) is displayed from the town.
Berthing Facilities - The government pier is managed
by TMO-Malangas. It has a 52 m long and 25 m wide
reinforced concrete pier. There is also a stair landing for
35 small crafts and a RoRo ramp. Controlling depths for the
port are 3 m on the NW corner of the pier and 7.5 m on the
SW corner. Storage facilities include 125 sq m and 988 sq
m open storage areas. Cargo handling services are available
from local providers. Watering services are available in
40 limited quantities.
The PNOC Pier, operated by the Philippine National Oil
Company, is located about 0.2 mile SE of the government
pier. The concrete pier is 45 m long and has a conveyor
45 facility used to load coal.
There are several small wooden landings on the shore
of the town.
Anchorage may be had in 18.3 m (10 fm) mud bottom,
55 Directions - Large vessels should approach Dumanquilas
Point with Mount Botetian bearing between 000o and 320o.
Then by giving Dumanquilas Point and Triton Island a berth
of 1 mile, head for Tigabon Island on course 325o. When
Tigabon Island is 0.7 mile distant on this heading and Igai
60 Point bears 000o, veer N and head for Igai Point, passing
7-49
about 0.5 mile E of Lamuyong Island. When about 1 mile S
of Igai Point and the point 548 m SE of the town bears 305o,
head for the government pier.
Interisland vessels with local knowledge calling at
Malangas sometimes enter the bay near its W side by giving
Lapat Point a berth of at least 2 miles on course 017o. When
Tigabon Island bears 325o, distant 0.7 mile follow the
directions stated above.
CAUTION - Numerous fish traps, which may be
unlighted at night, were laid in inner part of the bay N of
the imaginary line connecting Igai Point and Dayana Point.
LAPINIGAN ISLAND, a small wooded island, is
1.8 miles NW of the Igai Point. The vicinity of the island
is clear and may be approached within a distance of 45 to
137 m offshore.
A shoal, covered by a depth of 2.3 m (1.25 fm) is about
midway between Lapinigan Island and Igat Point; from it
the NW point of the largest Nipa Nipa Island is in line with
the highest point of Lamuyong Island and Putili Islet is in
range with the S side of DAYANA POINT.
A small rocky shoal about 183 m in extent, with a depth
of 1.4 m (0.75 fm) and surrounded by 14.6 to 18.3 m is 0.6
mile 185o from the S end of Lapinigan Island.
SILUPA BAY, W of Lapinigan Island, between
Pamunuan Island and Silupa Point, is shoal and consists
mostly of mud flats. Three rivers and many smaller streams
empty into it. Some fresh beef is obtainable at the Silupa
Ranch located on the S side of Silupa Point. The ranch lands
are now being planted with coconuts.
PAMINTAYAN POINT, (07° 40' 44"N., 123° 04'
56"E.), is 1.7 miles NE of Silupa Point.
BUUG, the town located about 0.5 mile N of Pamintayan 40 when small boats can go to the town of LAPUYAN 1.8 miles
Point, has a 100 m long pier. Approach to pier is encumbered from the entrance. A coral reef, bare at low water, is 0.8 mile
by numerous fish traps laid off the town.
MANLIN (GUSEM), a barrio located about 0.9 mile
NE of Buug, has a 45 m long jetty, which is connected to
the shore by a causeway.
CABOG ISLANDS, near the head of Dumanquilas Bay,
are two small islands, 48 and 87 m (159 and 285 ft) high.
They are covered with coconuts, clear and steep-to on all
sides. A clear passage for small boats between the islands is
about 137 m wide with an controlling depth of 3.7 m. The
water shoals gradually from 7.3 m close to the islands to
the extensive mud banks, bare at low water, about 1 mile to
N. The islands are thickly infested with a huge number of
large brown bats.
KUMALARANG RIVER empties into the NW corner
of the head of Dumanquilas Bay. An extensive mud flat
bare at low water divides the entrance into two channels.
7-50
The deeper entrance extends in a S by E direction from the
mouth and the other follows closely along the W shore of the
bay. The river is navigable by small craft for about 3 miles
above the entrance. The entrance to the river is encumbered
5 by numerous fish traps.
LATAS ISLAND, (07° 40' 17"N., 123° 07' 19"E.), 15
m (50 ft) high, is a small round island close to the shore 0.8
mile SE of Cabog Islands. The huge brown bats that infest
10 Cabog Islands sometimes make Latas Island their abode to
feed on certain fruits that abound on the island.
IGAT BAY, a large inlet on the E side of Dumanquilas
Bay, is 4.2 miles wide at the entrance between Latas Island
15 and Igat Point and extends 5.5 miles SE, forming a safe and
commodious harbor.
PUTILI ISLET in the middle of the entrance is very
small and steep-to. It is a good landmark in entering the bay.
20 By giving this island a berth of at least 1 mile, a 0.5-meter
(0.25 fm) shoal SE will be avoided.
A shoal about 0.5 mile in extent, covered by a depth
of 0.5 m (0.25 fm) is about 0.8 mile SE of Putili Islet. The
25 channel between Igat Island and this shoal is 1.2 miles wide
and has depths of 27.4 to 31.1 m.
DANGANAN, a barrio located 3 miles SE of Latas
Island, is the landing place for the town of Lapuyan. It has
30 75-m long causeway pier.
LABAO INLET is navigable at high tide by vintas
and launches for nearly 0.5 mile to a boat landing called
SONG LUPA.
35
GAPUL CREEK is navigable at high tide by vintas and
launches for a distance of about 1 mile upstream.
LAPUYAN RIVER can be entered only at high tide,
W of the mouth of the river.
DUMANQUILAS RIVER is narrow and shoal and
45 of no importance.
MARGOSATUBIG, a town on the S side of Igat Bay,
was formerly a milling point of the Mindanao Lumber
Company. The town has a public market, small stores,
50 money remittance centers, and a gasoline station. Telephone,
mobile phone, and Internet are the available means of
communication. It is connected by road to Pagadian City.
Motor launches and small interisland vessels furnish boat
connection with Zamboanga City, Pagadian and Cotabato
55 City. Margosatubig Regional Hospital can only handle minor
cases. Planting of copra anf fishery are the town's major
economic activities.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
60 may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63995-7984023.
 Prominent Features - The hospital building located
on the hill SW of the town is very prominent from the bay.
Major Light - Margosatubig Light (07° 34' 50"N.,
123° 10' 05"E.) is displayed from a white tower at the root
of the pier.
Berthing Facilities - The government pier is operated
by PPA TMO-Margosatubig. Available berthing facilities
include the 70 m long L-shaped pier and the 22 m long rock
causeway pier. Controlling depth alongside the pier is 10 m
and alongside the causeway pier is 5 m, referred to MLLW.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available.
Watering services are also available but in limited quantities.
Petroluem is obtainable from the gasoline station located
near the port area.
Directions - Large vessels calling at Margosatubig
should approach Dumanquilas Point with Mount Botetian 20
bearing between 000o and 320o. Then giving Dumanquilas
Point and Triton Island, Labucan, Buca, and Carabuca Points,
a berth of 1 mile, round Igat Point at least 0.5 mile and
proceed to the desired anchorage in the bay, or go alongside
the pier. Interisland vessels with local knowledge bound for 25
Margosatubig sometimes use the entrance near the W side
of the bay, by giving Lapat Point a berth of at least 2 miles
on course 017o. When Tigabon Island bears 325o, distant 0.7
mile, change course to 040o passing Tangcocoloan Rocks
about 365 m to the port, then round Igat Point and proceed 30
as stated above.
IGAT ISLAND, 215 m (705 ft) in height, densely
wooded, forming the SW side of Igat Bay, is separated from
the mainland by a narrow channel near the E part of which is a
good watering place. The narrow channel between Igat Island
and the mainland to S bares at low water, but is navigable at
high tide by small boats. A bridge connects the SE point of
the island to the mainland.
IGAT POINT, (07° 36' 10"N., 123° 05' 46"E.), the W
extremity of Igat Island, is clear and steep-to. The bay formed
by the S side of Igat Island and the mainland is 2.5 miles
wide at the entrance between Igat and Carabuca Points, and
extends 1.5 miles E. It is deep and clear with the exception 45
of the large shoal of white sand and coral, bare 0.3 m (1 ft)
at low water, which is in the middle of the bay.
The coast between Carabuca Point and Dumanquilas
Point, 7 miles SE, consists of low hills covered with high
trees.
CARABUCA POINT, 2.5 miles S of Igat Point; BUCA
POINT, 1.1 miles S of Carabuca Point; and LABUCAN
POINT, 1.6 miles SE of Buca Point, are clear, steep-to, and 55
may be passed within 0.5 mile. Between Labucan Point and the center of Maculay Island to bear 015o and steer for it.
Dumanquilas Point, 4.5 miles SE, the coastline recedes E, When the center of Lunqui Islet bears 050o haul E and anchor
forming a bay which is foul toward the head. in any depth desired.
LUMBAL, a barrio about 2.5 miles SE of Labucan
7-51
Point, has a 180 m long jetty for use of passenger and fishing
boats.
TRITON ISLAND, situated about midway between
5 Labucan and Dumanquilas Points and 0.5 mile outside of a
line drawn between them, is a small, rocky, wooded island
which rises to a height of 45 m (155 ft). It is steep on the
S side but sloping on the N side; it is surrounded by a reef,
narrow on the SW side and wider on the NE side.
10
DUMANQUILAS POINT, (07° 28' 03"N., 123° 10'
26"E.), is the S extremity of a high, bold promontory forming
the E entrance point to Dumanquilas Bay. It is clear on the S
side but is fringed on the W side by a reef gradually widening
15 on the shores of the bay N.
MOUNT BOTETIAN, the summit of the promontory
which terminates at its S part in Dumanquilas Point, is 224
m (735 ft) high and being practically detached from the
remaining high land, is very prominent; it is visible from
seaward under ordinary conditions from a distance of more
than 20 miles. From a distance it appears as an island but
is connected with the mainland by an isthmus of low land
1.3 miles wide.
M A L I G AY B AY ( C H A RT 4 6 5 2 ) , b e t w e e n
Dumanquilas Point and Baganian Peninsula, is about 6
miles wide at the entrance and extends 3.5 to 4 miles N. The
W and N sides of the bay consist of a series of rocky points
interspersed with mangrove. Coral reefs which are bare at
low water extend from 183 m to 0.8 mile offshore. The E
shoreline is mostly mangrove fringed with coral reefs from
457 m to 1 mile wide. A series of extensive shoals covered by
3.2 to 5.9 m inside the 36.6-meter curve make out from the
35 E side of the entrance for a distance of 3 miles. The largest
and shoalest of these is nearly in the middle of the entrance,
and forms an irregular bank about 2 miles long and 1.3 miles
wide with several spots covered by 3.2 to 5 m (1.75 to 2.75
fm). The bottom is a white sand covered by low coral knobs.
40 The rest of the bay is mostly deep, the 18.3-meter (10 fm)
curve being from 228 to 457 m from the edge of the reefs.
Anchorage in 9.1 to 18.3 m (5 to 10 fm) may be found
in a belt about 0.5 mile wide near the N part of the shoal.
Smaller vessels may anchor in the bights which make out
from the E and W part of the bay, or N of Maculay and
Lunqui Islands. The bight on the E shore is protected by
reefs and affords an anchorage area of about 548 m wide in
18.3 to 23.8 m (10 to 13 fm), mud bottom, but the entrance
50 is narrow and should be attempted only by those who have
local knowledge. The anchorage N of Maculay Island is
clear and free of dangers. Other anchorages may be entered
with caution.
Direction - Vessels entering Maligay Bay should bring
60 LUNIB, a barrio about 2.5 miles NE of Dumaquinlas
Point, has a 40-meter long pier. A green-roofed building is
at the root of the pier. The barrio is connected by road to the
town of Vicenzo Sagun, about 1 mile inland. A 45-meter long
jetty is located about 0.2 mile NE of the barrio.
MACULAY ISLAND is small, rocky, wooded, and 89
m (293 ft) high on the reef close to the NW shore of the bay.
It is 0.5 mile long in a NW and SE direction and 457 m wide.
A small rocky shoal covered by a depth of 10.5 m (5.75
fm) is 1 mile 038o from the S point of the island. This is the
only danger in this anchorage.
Anchorage is in 25.6 to 29.3 m (14 to 16 fm) on a
small sandy area about 228 m in diameter which is 548 m
NE of Maculay Island. Deeper draft vessels anchor in 36.6
to 45.7 m (20 to 25 fm) farther off the island. During the
SW monsoon, this is the only well sheltered anchorage to
be found in Maligay Bay. From the center of this area the E
tangent of Maculay bears 185o and the N tangent bears 255o.
LUNQUI ISLET small, rocky wooded, and 86 m (284
ft) high on the shore reef in the N part of the bay. It is 548 m
long E and W and 228 m wide. A coral reef makes out 274
m from the E point. A protected anchorage for small craft in
9.1 to 18.3 m (5 to 10 fm) may be found about 137 m from
shore, N of this islet.
GRAP, a barrio on the coast across Linqui Islet, has a
small pier for boats. It is connected by road to Vicenzo Sagun.
BAGANIAN PENINSULA (CHART 4606), between
Dumanquilas and Ilagan Bays, extends about 13 miles in a
SE direction and has a general width of about 5 miles. It
is traversed throughout its length by a range of hills, the
highest of which is Mount Flecha. The base of the peninsula
between Maligay Bay and Port Sambulauan is low and only
about 2 miles wide.
MOUNT FLECHA, about 4 miles N from the S end
of the peninsula, is extremely flat-topped, heavily wooded,
rises to a height of 343 m (1,126 ft) and is visible from a far
distance seaward.
The W coast of Baganian Peninsula is fringed by a
steep-to coral reef bare at low water, varying in width from
1 mile at the N part to 183 m in the vicinity of Flecha Point.
Between Maligay Bay and a small bay which makes into
the coast about 2.5 miles NW from Flecha Point the coast is
fringed with mangroves; thence to Flecha Point the shore is
a rocky ledge about 4.6 m (15 ft) high, broken by stretches
of sand beach.
FLECHA POINT, (07° 21' 49"N., 123° 24' 12"E.), the
S extremity of the peninsula terminates in a rocky ledge about
4.6 m (15 ft) high, back of which the land rises gradually
to Mount Flecha. The point is heavily wooded and very
prominent. Anchorage may be had on the sandy flat which
extends nearly 1 mile off Flecha Point in 18.3 to 36.6 m, but
is exposed to SW monsoon and with strong winds, a heavy
7-52
sea sets around the point. An anchorage SW from Mount
Flecha may be had in about 36.6 m (20 fm). When rounding
Flecha Point deep-draft vessels should keep 0.5 mile off to
avoid a 7.3-meter (4 fm) spot just E of the point.
5
PITOGO is the town about 7.7 miles NW of Flecha
Point. It has a money remittance center, gasoline stations,
and small stores. Mobile phone communication is available.
Boats calling at the town berth at the seawall fronting the
10 town. The Coast Guard station in the town may be contacted
at mobile phone no. +63999-1360060.
PANUBIGAN, a barrio about 6.3 miles NW of Flecha
Point, has a small pier for boats.
15
PANIQUIAN ISLAND, 4.5 miles 280o from Flecha
Point and about 2 miles from shore, is a sandy island about
1.2 m (4 ft) above high water and is covered with low trees
and coconuts, the tops being 12 m (39 ft) above high water.
20 A prominent small wooded islet is about 457 m in a SE
direction from Paniquian Island. It is rocky, 2.7 m ( 9 ft)
high, with tress 14 m (46 ft) above high water.
Coral reefs, partly bare at low water, extend 91 to 137 m
25 to the E and N of Paniquian Island, but extend 548 m to 0.5
mile to the W and SW. To the E, N and W of the edge of this
reef the water drops off to 18.3 m (10 fm) or more within 183
to 548 m. To the S, however, a sandy shoal extends 0.8 mile
from the S edge of the reef. This shoal slopes gradually from
30 3.7 m (2 fm) at the edge of the reef to 18.3 m (10 fm) about
1.1 miles S of Paniquian Island. Outside of the 18.3-meter
(10 fm) curve the bottom drops rapidly to over 182.9 m on
all sides of the island. An exposed anchorage may be found
in from 9.1 to 14.6 m (5 to 8 fm) on this shoal. The bottom
35 is plainly visible up to 18.3 m (10 fm).
TULTOLAN, a barrio at the head of the bight between
Flecha and Tambulian Points, has 90-m long jetty. It has a
small market where minimal supplies may be procured.
40
Anchorage may be had in the bight in 38.4 to 42.1 m
(21 to 23 fm), coral sand bottom, but it is insecure except in
favorable weather.
45 TAMBULIAN POINT, (07° 22' 36"N., 123° 27' 02"E.),
the SE extremity of Baganian Peninsula, situated about 4
miles 074o from Flecha Point is low and wooded and not very
prominent unless viewed from a NE or opposite direction.
Baganian Light (07° 22' 40"N., 123° 27' 06"E.) is displayed
50 atop a concrete tower on Tambulian Point.
ILLANA BAY (CHART 4606, 4652, and 4654) is
between Tambulian Point and Tapian Point. It is separated
From Panguil Bay on the N side of Mindanao by an isthmus
55 7.5 miles wide. The middle of the bay is generally deep,
mostly open from S, and devoid of good anchorages.
Tidal Currents in Illana bay run with considerable
velocity, especially the ebb, near the water E of Flecha
60 Point. Vessels bound from Zamboanga City to Malabang
and Cotabato City will often find on nearing the E side of with reefs which extends nearly 1.5 miles E from it.
the bay that they have set appreciably S. Near Flecha Point
the currents run with great velocity and cause a heavy sea PORT SAMBULAUAN (CHART 4652), about 7.5
when there is any wind. Due allowance must be made for miles NW from Tambatan Point, is a small narrow bay
the tidal currents, and great care exercised in coasting in this 5 with a tortuous channel into its head. The entrance between
vicinity, especially in the night time. Gasacan and Pisan Points is 1.3 miles wide, but reefs from
both sides of the point reduce the navigable channel to a
Caution - Submarine telecommunication cables are width of 274 m. A number of rocks and coral heads, bare at
present in the bay. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in low water are on the reef that fringes the shore. Dangerous
the vicinity of the submarine cables. 10 detached shoal patches are in the channel near the head of
the port. The water is generally dirty yellow and the dangers
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact the are difficult to locate, except at low water.
VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in Pagadian.
The Coast Guard station in Pagadian may be contacted at Prominent Features - Bacayauan Hills, which form
mobile phone nos. +63935-3825171 and +63966-1732324. 15 prominent landmarks for the entrance to Port Sambulauan are
about 0.5 and 0.8 mile S and SW from the point, respectively.
FROM TAMBULIAN POINT N to Gasacan Point, The NE hill is 123 m (405 ft) high, covered with scattered
the coast is more irregular than the W side of Baganian small trees and grasses the SW hill is 109 m (360 ft) high
Peninsula. The land along this coast rises gradually toward and covered with grass.
Mount Flecha and is densely wooded and sparsely inhabited. 20
It is fringed by a coral reef bare at low water, which N from Sambulauan Hill, about 0.5 mile NW from the head of
Limbug Cove gradually widens until Gasacan Point is Port Sambulauan, is about 91 m (300 ft) high and covered
reached, where it extends to a distance of more than 1 mile. with grass. It is much lower than the mountains behind it,
Several rivers along this section of the coast are small except which attain an elevation of almost 609 m (2,000 ft) but
BUBUDAY RIVER which discharges about 1.5 miles S from 25 owing to the fact that it is covered with cogon grass, it stands
Gasacan Point. There are no off-lying dangers in this vicinity, out prominently, especially on a clear day.
with the exception of Rios Rock, and the E side of Baganian
Peninsula may be safely navigated at a distance of 1 mile. Tidal Currents are strong and follow the general trend
of the channel, producing whirlpool and eddies at its mouth.
TAMBATAN POINT, about 3.5 miles N from 30
Tambulian Point, is low and not prominent unless seen in a N Anchorage for small vessels may be found near the head
or S direction. Tabina Light (07° 26’ 04"N., 123° 27’ 03"E.) of the port in 7.3 to 9.1 m (4 to 5 fm) mud bottom. From
is displayed from a white tower on the point. the middle of the entrance to the channel, Sambulauan Hill
bears 306o, but this bearing should not be steered straight
LIMBUG COVE (CHART 4652), about 3.5 miles NW 35 through, as the points of the reefs overlap, and only mid-
from Tambatan Point, is about 0.6 mile in extent. The reefs channel courses should be followed. In the absence of any
extending from both entrance points restrict the channel to navigational aid, no directions could be given and local
a width of about 228 m. The cove is fringed by reefs leaving knowledge is necessary to enter this port.
an anchorage of about 735 m diameter with a depth of 18.3
m (10 fm), mud bottom. A bare rocky bluff, about 0.6 mile 40 DIMATALING is the town on the S shore of the port
SE from the entrance to the channel, shows white in the near the W side of Gasacan Point. A launch calls from
sunlight and forms a good landmark for picking up the cove. Pagadian. Boats and small vessels calling at the town may
use the pier located about 1 mile NE of the town. The pier and
TABINA is the town on the S entrance point to Limbug the town is connected by a dirt road. The town is connected
Cove. It has a concrete deck that is being used by fishing 45 by road to Pagadian.
boats to land their catch. The town has money remittance
centers, market, and gasoline station. It is connected by road DINAS, a town about 2 miles N from the head of Port
to Pagadian. A launch calls daily from Pagadian. The Coast Sambulauan, on the bank of DINAS RIVER, is not visible
Guard station in the town may be contacted at mobile phone from the sea. The town has several stores, a market, and a
no. +63995-0369019. 50 money remittance center. The town is connected by road to
Pagadian. The river is navigable by small boats to the town.
RIOS ROCK, a dangerous reef about 0.8 mile in extent
and covered by a depth of 1.8 m (1 fm), is 5 miles 099o PISAN ISLAND, forming the NE side of Port
from the NE Bacayauan Hill and the same distance 005o Sambulauan, is low, ill-defined and consist mainly of
from Tambatan Point. Tambulian Point just closed in behind 55 mangroves. It is irregular in shape, about 3 miles long NW
Tambatan Point, will clear the W side of Rios Rock, and and SE, and has a general width of 1 mile. It is separated
the E tangent to the land N, bearing 000o, leads well E of it. from the mainland by the Dinas and Panaldan Rivers.

GASACAN POINT, (07° 31' 36"N., 123° 22' 47"E.), PISAN POINT, (07° 33' 33"N., 123° 23' 11"E.), the
the S entrance point of Port Sambulauan, is low and fringed 60 S extremity of Pisan Island, consists of mangroves and is

7-53
surrounded by reefs, bare at low water, which extend 1.5 Tagalo are poorly defined, and from all positions offshore
miles SE and 2.5 miles E from it. the coast appears very rounded. All the points are fringed by
reefs extending a short distance from shore.
MALUBUG BAY, between Pisan Point and Malubug
Point, is nearly blocked with reefs, the greater part of which 5 A large reef about 735 m wide which extends nearly
is awash at low water, leaving narrow channels between 1 mile in a N and S direction is about 2.5 miles NE from
them. The entire shore is composed of mangroves, the back Sagayaran Island. This reef is covered by a depth of 3.7
of which the land rises gradually to the mountains. m (2 fm) and its presence is plainly marked by discolored
water. There is a channel nearly 1 mile wide between it and
PANALDAN and TULUDAN RIVERS are two large 10 the shore reef of the mainland. The SE tangent to Sagayaran
rivers discharging into Malubug Bay; their delta forms a Island bearing 225o and the tangent to the land N bearing
network of small streams through the mangroves. The barrios 348o clears the SE and E sides, respectively, of this reef.
of Tarakan (Kalipapa), Kalilangan (Dansalan), and Bubual
are on the N shore of the bay. Jetties, used by boats calling Two small, rocky patches covered by 8.2 and 10.1 m
from Sagayaran Island, is located at Bubual and 0.5 mile 15 (4.5 and 5.5 fm) are 1.5 and 2 miles E from Tucabadoc Point,
NE of the barrio. respectively. The SE tangent to Sagayaran Island bearing
215o and the tangent to Tagalo Point bearing 332o clears the
In addition to the reefs blocking Malubug Bay, there are E side of these reefs. The channel between these reefs and
a number of detached reefs covered by a depth of 1.8 m (1 the mainland is 1 mile wide, deep, and clear.
fm) in the entrance to the bay. These reefs are in a NE and 20
SW direction on a line between the reef extending E from SAN PABLO, the town located about 1.5 miles N of
Pisan Point and Sagayaran Island. The channel between their Malubug Point, has a 170 m long pier for use by fishing boats.
NE extremity and Sagayaran Island is nearly 0.8 mile wide, The pier is marked by San Pablo Light (07° 39' 00"N., 123°
deep and clear. The middle of Sagayaran Island kept bearing 28' 04"E.). The town is connected by road to Pagadian City.
nothing E of 002o will clear all dangers in the approach to 25
Malubug Bay. The small barrios of Tiniapan (Dinapan), Culasian
(Culacion), Bag-ong Silao (Tagalo) are on the coast from
SAGAYARAN ISLAND, about 1 mile S from San Pablo to Tagalo Point. A promenade pier extends NE at
MALUBUG POINT, (07° 38' 16"N., 123° 27' 39"E.), at Tiniapan, about 2.8 miles NE of San Pablo.
the NE entrance to Malubug Bay, is small, prominent, well- 30
wooded, and about 0.8 mile in extent. It rises to a height of TAGALO POINT, (07° 43' 41"N., 123° 28' 40"E.),
114 m (375 ft) in the SW part and is surrounded by reefs, the NE extremity of the land in this vicinity, is a bold,
partly bare at low water. A village is on the NW shore of the round headland, which rises to a height of 244 m (800 ft) at
island. A jetty extends about 100 m NW from the village. a distance of 0.8 mile inland; it is fringed by a very narrow
35 reef and can be passed safely at a distance of 0.5 mile.
There is no channel between Sagayaran Island and the
mainland. Good protected anchorage may be found about 457 PAGADIAN BAY (CHART 4652), forming the NW
m W from the W extremity of Sagayaran Island in 29.3 m (16 part of Illana Bay, is about 9 miles wide between Tagalo
fm) mud bottom. This is the best anchorage in this vicinity. and Calibon Point, extends about 5 miles NW and includes
40 the anchorage in Dupulisan Bay. The land on the W side of
TICALA ISLETS, three in number and wooded, Pagadian Bay rises gradually toward the mountains, while
are between Malubug Point and Sagayaran Island. The the land on the N side is low and flat.
two S islets are on the same reef as Sagayaran Island and
immediately N from it. The W of these two is 56 m (185 ft) TAGALO REEFS, two in number, are 1.6 and 2.6
high and the E one, 52 m (170 ft) the N islet is on the shore 45 miles E from Tagalo Point. They consist of two detached
reef surrounding Malubug Point and has an elevation of small rocky patches each covered by a depth of 4.1 m (2.25
36.6 m (120 ft). fm) with a deep channel between them. The W reef lies on
the bearings: Dupulisan Point 302o and summit of Sagayaran
A small coral reef about 457 m in extent, covered by Island 204o. The E reef is on the bearings: Dupulisan Point
a depth of 8.2 m (4.5 fm) and surrounded by deep water, is 50 296o and summit of Sagayaran Island 210o. The channel
about 0.8 mile E from the E Ticala Islet. between them and Tagalo Point is deep and clear.

FROM MALUBUG POINT the coast trends N and
then NW for 7.5 miles to Dupulisan Point. This section of the
coast is bold and rises very rapidly to heights of about 426 to 55
487 m (1,400 to 1,600 ft). The shoreline is rather irregular,
being indented by a number of small coves, at the heads of
which small streams discharge through the mangroves; all
of these coves are blocked by reefs and are of no value to
navigation. The points Pangpang, Tucabadoc, Quiramat, and 60
BOCA REEFS, near the middle of the entrance to
Pagadian Bay, is a chain of several detached reefs which
extend about 4 miles SE from Suanbato Point. Some of
these reefs are always awash, some awash at low water,
and the remainder covered by very little water. There are
several narrow channels between these reefs, and a wider
channel is also between them and the shore NW, but the
better and recommended channel into the main part of the

7-54
bay is between the SW side of Boca Reefs and Tagalo Point.
The SE limit of these dangers lies on the bearings: Dupulisan
Point 045o.
DUPULISAN POINT, about 3 miles NW from Tagalo
Point, is about 12 m (40 ft) high, covered with cogon grass
and stands out clear from the wooded background which
rises to a height of 215 m (705 ft) at a distance of less than
1 mile inland. It is fringed by a narrow steep-to coral reef.
DUPULISAN BAY, forming the SW corner of Pagadian
Bay, immediately W from Dupulisan Point, is nearly 1.5
miles wide at the entrance and extends about 1 mile SW. The
shores of the bight are fringed with coral, and shoal water
extends about 0.5 mile from the SW shore. The middle part
of the bay is clear and good anchorage may be found in 27.4
m (15 m) mud bottom. A small reef covered by a depth of
0.9 m (0.5 fm) is about 0.6 mile 070o from the N entrance
point to Dupulisan Bay.
PANTAD, the barrio about 1.6 miles NW of Dupulisan,
is fronted by a 100 m long causeway pier.
The barrios shore from the N entrance point of
Dupulisan Bay to Pagadian is occupied by fishing villages
composed by large volume of houses, some of which stand
on stilts. Fishing boats are anchored off these fishing villages.
DUMAGOK ISLET, locally known as Dao-Dao Dako
Island, is on the shore reef close to the W shore of Pagadian
Bay. It is 58 m (190 ft) high and wooded. Dao-Dao Light
(07° 47' 38"N., 123° 26' 10"E.) is displayed from the islet.
It may be safely passed on its E side at a distance of 457 m.
LAMPAQUI ISLET, locally known as Dao-Dao 35
Gamay Island, is about 1 mile N of Dumagok Islet. It is near are obtainable. Fresh water is supplied by the Pagadian City
the end of the shore reef extending 548 m from a rocky point Water District and delivered to the government wharf by
at the NW corner of the bay. The islet is low, flat, and wooded. lorries. Fuel is also supplied via tanker lorries.
PAGADIAN, the capital of Zamboanga del Sur, lies
on the NW shore of Pagadian Bay. It is the shipping center
of the province and the NW section of Illana Bay. It has a
total population of 199,060 in the 2015 census. The major
government hospital in the city is the Zamboanga del Sur
Medical Center, which can handle major medical cases.
Private hospitals, medical clinics, and pharmacies, gasoline
stations are also present in the town. Hotel accommodations,
money remittance centers, parcel services, post office,
mobile phone communication, Internet connection, major
government and commercial banks, and shopping malls are
available. The city is connected by good roads to Zamboanga
City, Ozamiz, Iligan, and Cotabato City. The jeepneys are
the principal mode of transportation although some bus
companies are plying in the area. Interisland ships often call
at the port. Pagadian Airport, about 1 mile from the city, has
daily commercial flights to Manila and Cebu City.
Major Light - Pagadian Light (07° 49' 25"N., 123° 26'
15"E.) is displayed near the pier.
7-55
Dao-Dao Light (07° 47' 38"N., 123° 26' 10"E.) is
displayed from a white tower on Dumagok Islet.
Dangers - Two bare reefs, 0.3 and 0.9 mile SE
5 of Lampaqui Islet constrict the channel leading to the
government wharf. There is a coral head with a depth of 3.4
m (1.8 fm) near the SW of the pier, about 125 m 194o from
the Pagadian Light.
10 Port Management - The government wharf fronting
the city is operated by TMO-Pagadian. The TMO may be
contacted through telephone no. (+6362) 214-1739. The port
can accommodate vessels that has a maximum length of 100
m, breadth of 16 m and draft of 8 m.
15
Fisheries - The provincial office of BFAR is located at
the port area and may be contacted at telephone no. (+6362)
925-2194.
20 Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
Pagadian may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63935-
3825171 and +63966-1732324.
Berthing Facilities - The port has a reinforced concrete
25 wharf with berth length of 158 m. Alongside depth, referred
to MLLW, is 6 m. Fendering system is composed of rubber
and truck tire fenders. Available cargo handling equipment
include forklifts. The port has a 3,618 sq m open storage area
and a 140 sq m cargo transit shed.
30
Pagadian Fish Port, located about 0.3 mile E of the
government wharf, has a wharf with a berth length of 200
m. Fishing boats call at the fish port to unload their catch.
Supplies - Fresh stores, ice, gasoline and other supplies
40 Anchorage - The usual anchorage off Pagadian may be
found midway between Dumagok and Lampaqui Islets in
23.8 m (13 fm) mud bottom, or in 21.9 m (12 fm) about 484
m S of the government wharf. Anchorage may also be had
at 36.6 m (20 fm) to 45.75 m (25 fm) located at the eastern
45 part of the port. The anchorage area is being used by foreign
vessels loading logs. Fishing boats calling at Pagadian anchor
between the government port and the fish port. Other vessels
not intending to communicate with Pagadian sometimes
anchor in Dupulisan Bay, about 3 miles S of Pagadian.
50
Directions - From a position about 4 miles, E of Tagalo
Point steer 292o, heading for a round peak in range with and
behind a V in the distant mountain range. When Dupulisan
Point bears 255o, distant 0.8 mile, change course to 276o for
55 anchorage in Dupulisan Bay; or steer 338o heading for the
government wharf. This latter course leads between the two
detached bare reefs 0.3 and 0.9 mile SE of Lampaqui Islet.
These dangers may be avoided by keeping them at least
457 m on each side. When maneuvering off the government
60 wharf, care must be taken to avoid the submerged coral head
124 m 194o from Pagadian Light.
SUANBATO POINT, (07° 48' 50"N., 123° 27' 29"E.),
1.5 miles SE of Pagadian, is low and flat, covered with
mangroves and fringed by reefs which extend more than 0.5
mile S. This point is not readily made out from S but shows
up well when seen from W or E.
FROM SUANBATO POINT to Calibon Point (Chart
4606) the coast trends SE with a curve N for about 8 miles.
It is low and fringed with mangroves. From Suanbato Point
to within 1.5 miles W of Tukuran River, reefs extend to
a distance of about 0.5 mile; here the reefs terminate and
the remaining stretch of coast is very steep-to. The valley
between Pagadian and Calibon Point is drained by a number
of rivers, the richest and the best cultivated tract of country
on the shores of Illana Bay.
LABANGAN, about 4.3 miles NE of Pagadian City,
is about 2 miles upstream of from the mouth of Labangan
River and is not visible from the sea. Several barrios and
small villages are on the shore of this section of the coast.
TUKURAN, about 4.5 miles SE of Labangan, is the
town at the mouth of the river of the same name.
Major Light - Tukuran Light (07° 50' 58"N., 123° 34'
32"E.) is displayed from the town. Boats calling at the town
usually land on the beach fronting the town.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63936-2235199.
Anchorage off this town may be had 274 to 365 m from
shore in 36.6 m (20 fm) mud bottom. This anchorage should
be approached cautiously as the water shoals suddenly. The
sea in this vicinity is much discolored at times by muddy
water from the river.
CALIBON POINT, (07° 50' 05"N., 123° 36' 00"E.),
about 1 mile SE from the mouth of the TUKURAN RIVER,
is fringed by a narrow very steep-to coral reef. The land
immediately N of the point rises rapidly to a height of more
than 305 m (1,000 ft) forming a ridge covered with cogon
grass and small timber. This ridge is the only mountain of
this description on the N shore of the bay and can be easily
distinguished by its green appearance as far as Flecha Point.
FROM CALIBON POINT to Dugolaan Point the
greater part of the shoreline consists of mangrove swamps
with mud flat, and heavily wooded land behind them. Coral
reefs, partly bare at low water, fringe this section of the coast
to a distance of 735 m in some places. At the shore reef
about 2 miles E from Calibon Point, a chain of dangerous
detached reefs, covered in places by as little as 2.7 m (1.5
fm) of water, extends in a SE direction for about 7 miles to
within 1.5 miles NW from Semaruga Point. These reefs are
steep-to on their seaward sides. Channels between the reefs
are navigable and, with local knowledge and under favorable
conditions, may be used, but not recommended.
7-56
DUGOLAAN POINT, (07° 48' 03"N., 123° 41' 29"E.),
about 6 miles ESE from Calibon Point, is surmounted by a
hill 102 m (335 ft) high and is clear and steep-to.
5 CAROMATA BAY, between Dugolaan Point and
Semaruga Point is clear with the exception of a coral patch
covered with a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm) about 0.5 mile from
shore with Semaruga Point bearing 165o, distant 2 miles.
Near the W side of the S entrance to the bay, a shoal with a
10 depth of 3.2 m (1.75 fm) is about 1 mile W of Dato Rock.
Elsewhere the water shoals gradually toward the shore,
affording anchorage in any desired depth.
SULTAN NAGA DIMAPORO, formerly known as
15 Karomatan, is the town at the head of Caromata Bay. It has
money remittance centers, mobile phone communications,
a gasoline station, and small stores. The town is the site of a
campus of Mindanao State University, which is a government
agricultural school.
20
Major Light - Sultan Naga Dimaporo Light (07° 47'
58"N., 123° 43' 01"E.) is displayed from the town.
Berthing Facility - A 120-meter long concrete pier
25 extends SW from the town. Fishing boats usually call at
the pier.
Anchorage - Fishing boats calling at the town anchor
off the pier.
30
DATO ROCK is a large rock nearly awash at high water
about 1 mile N from Semaruga Point and 274 m from shore.
SEMARUGA POINT, (07° 44' 02"N., 123° 44' 08"E.),
35 the E entrance point to Caromata Bay, is a small, well-
wooded promontory, 39 m (130 ft) high, connected with the
mainland by a low isthmus. It is clear and steep-to.
BANGAAN POINT is about 0.6 mile SE from
40 Semaruga Point. Two red-roofed buildings are on the point.
SIGAYAN BAY, between Bangaan Point and Sigayan
Point, is about 2 miles wide and extends 1 mile NE. The
shores of Sigayan Bay rise gradually to an elevation of 30.5
45 m (100 ft) and then abruptly to a ridge about 305 m (1,000
ft). Sigayan Bay is deep and clear, and anchorage, well
protected from N winds, may be found near its head in 36.6
m sand bottom.
50 BANGAAN is the barrio about 0.7 mile NE of Bangaan
Point. An L-shaped concrete pier is about 0.2 mile W of the
barrio. A red-roofed building is at the root of the pier.
SIGAYAN POINT, (07° 42' 26"N., 123° 46' 21"E.),
55 the SE entrance point to Sigayan Bay, is about 30.5 m (100
ft) high, well wooded, clear and steep-to. A reef covered by
a depth of 6.9 m (3.8 fm) is about 0.5 mile S from Sigayan
Point. Deeper water is between this reef and the point.
60 FROM SIGAYAN POINT to Lapitan Point the
coast trends ESE for 13 miles with a curve N. The shoreline
consists of a number of small, bold points with small bays
between them, and generally clear and steep-to. Several small
villages are scattered along this section of the coast, but there
are no ports of any importance. Viewed from seaward the
land appears very mountainous, but none of the peaks are
very prominent except Mount Iniaoan.
In most places along the coast between Sigayan and
Lapitan Points the water is too deep for anchorage, the depths
increasing rapidly from 3.7 m (2 fm).
ANCHORAGE may be found close inshore in 36.6
m (20 fm) of water off the Subuan River and also W from
Magapu Point. Good anchorage may be found from 1 to 2
miles W of Selungan Point.
TIDAL CURRENTS - The flood current sets NW
parallel with the coast and the ebb current in the opposite
direction. 20
MOUNT INIAOAN, 1,586 m (5,204 ft) high, 9 miles N
from Magapu Point, is fairly conical in shape, well wooded,
and easily distinguishable.
SELUNGAN POINT, (07° 41' 58"N., 123° 49' 15"E.),
about 3 miles E from Sigayan Point, is steep, rocky, and rises
to a height of 113 m (370 ft) at a distance of 548 m inland.
The shore between Sigayan and Selungan Point is mostly
sand beach, back of which is a large valley, partly cultivated
but mostly grown up with cogon grass and scraggy trees.
MAGAPU POINT, about 5 miles E from Selungan
Point, consists of three small steep-to headlands and is very
abrupt, rising to a height of 333 m ( 1,094 ft) at a distance of 35
594 m inland. This is a very prominent headland and forms
a good landmark. The shore between Selungan and Magapu
Point is generally rocky with intermittent sandy beaches. A
small rocky islet about 68 m in extent is about 0.5 mile W
of Magapu Point. It is round in shape, 13.4 m (44 ft) high, 40
and topped by a few trees.
SUBUAN RIVER is a small stream discharging about
1.5 miles E from Magapu Point. It is about 45 m wide at its
mouth and has about 0.3 m (1 ft) of water on its bar at low
water. This river drains a large flat valley between Magapu
and Lapitan Point, which is cultivated to quite an extent.
Between Magapu Point and Tuka Bay, a distance of 4.5
miles, the coastline is regular, almost straight, and bordered
by sand beach.
TUKA BAY, just NW from Lapitan Point, is small being
only about 0.5 mile in extent. The head of this bay is fringed
with mangroves and reefs make out from both sides. TUKA
is a small village on the bluff adjacent to the E side of the bay.
LAPITAN POINT, (07° 38' 50"N., 123° 58' 48"E.), is
rather low and flat and mostly covered with cogon grass. The
shore is rocky with low rocky bluffs. Immediately back of
the point the land rises to an elevation of about 122 m (400
7-57
ft) and then slopes gradually back to the mountains, which
have a general elevation of about 762 m (2,500 ft).
MAPANTAO is a small village on the W bank of a
5 small stream of the same name between Lapitan Point and
Port Baras. A jetty extty extends from the village. From
Mapantao, a valley extends some distance inland.
FROM LAPITAN POINT to Port Baras about 2 miles
10 E, the shore is irregular and is composed of alternate sandy
beaches and low rocky points, behind which it is somewhat
hilly and covered with grass and trees.
PORT BARAS (CHART 4652) is about 0.8 mile in
15 extent; the middle of the bay is deep but the head and E
part are shoal. The barrio of Punong, which is connected by
the highway to Pagadian and Cotabato City, is at the head
of the port.
Anchorage may be had in 23.8 to 31.1 m (13 to 17 fm)
mud bottom, about 735 m NW of Ibus Island. The E shore
is low and covered with coconut trees, but the W side of the
port 3 miles inland is high and the hills are heavily wooded.
25 IBUS ISLAND, on the E side of the entrance to Port
Baras, is a small island covered with coconut trees and
bushes. It is 35 m (115 ft) high to the top of the trees. The S
part of the island is high with a rocky shore and the N part
is low with a sandy beach. A small village is at the NE point
30 of the island. Between Ibus Island and the mainland is a very
narrow passage for small boats and launches.
FROM PORT BARAS (CHART 4606) the coast
trends SE for about 3 miles to the mouth of the Mataling
River. This stretch of the coast is low, sandy, and cut by a
number of small streams. The low land extends about 3 miles
inland and is lined with trees and bushes. Deep water is close
to the shore and free of dangers.
MATALING RIVER is nearly dry at its mouth at low
water.
MALABANG, a town about 6 miles SE from Lapitan
Point, is on the bank of MALABANG RIVER, about 0.8
45 mile inland. It is accessible by small pulling boats through
the river to the landing at the town and a road from the beach.
Regular public bus transportation between Cotabato City
and Dansalan is maintained. Postal communications, mobile
phone communications, and Internet connectionare available.
50 Launches from Cotabato regularly call at Malabang. Some
food supplies, gasoline, and kerosene are obtainable. A
government hospital and medical clinics are available.
Prominent Features - The radio tower at Malabang is
55 prominent from seaward.
Dos Hermanos Peaks, two round-topped peaks
connected by a saddle about 6 miles NE from the mouth
of Malabang River, are excellent landmarks from offshore.
60 These peaks are 814 and 811 m (2,671 and 2,661 ft) high in
a NW direction.
Dangers - A small coral patch with a depth of 5.9 m
(3.75 fm) is about 2.5 miles 260o from the radio tower.
This shoal is NW of the recommended anchorage. Another
dangerous shoal about 457 m in extent, covered by a depth
of 3.2 m (1.75 fm) is 2.8 miles 185o from the radio tower and
1.5 miles from the shore. A good channel, 0.8 mile wide, is
between the shore reef and this shoal.
Buford Reef, covered by a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm) is
about 0.5 mile long in a NW-SE direction and 0.5 mile wide
within the 18.3-meter (10 fm) curve. The center of this reef
is 5.3 miles 199o from the radio tower. A detached patch with
a depth of 5.9 m (3.25 fm) is 0.6 mile N of Buford Reef.
Pinatayan Shoal, about 0.5 mile long E and W covered
by a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm) is irregular in shape. It is about
2.5 miles 285o from Barrel Rock. The channel between Bay, is rocky, 98 m (322 ft) high, and wooded. The shores
Pinatayan Shoal and Matimus Point is 2 miles wide, deep 20 are lined by rocky boulders with low rocky bluffs fringed
and clear.
BALABAGAN is a town about 3 miles SE of the
mouth Lalabuan River. It is connected by the highway to
Cotabato City.
5 TETIAN BAY (CHART 4654), about 8.5 miles SE of
Malabang, is 1 mile in extent and affords good anchorage in
21.9 to 34.7 m (12 to 19 fm). It is protected from all winds
except from NW. The N shore is low and sandy, with deep
water close to the beach. The E shore is composed of alternate
10 sandy beaches and rocky points. Shoal water extends about
548 m from the S shore.
MATIMUS RIVER which discharges near the head of
the bay is small and its mouth is nearly bare at low water.
15 MATIMOS (Matimus), a small village consisting of several
houses, is on the E side of the mouth of this river.
MATIMUS POINT, forming the SW side of Tetian
by a narrow reef.

Anchorage - Vessels calling at Malabang usually anchor
about 548 to 735 m S from the black storehouse on the beach
in 21.9 to 27.4 m (12 to 15 fm).
Directions - Vessels from W within 5 miles from
Malabang should bring the radio tower to bear 057o and steer
for it on range with the NW peak of the Dos Hermanos Peaks.
Steer for this bearing and range. When Ibus Island bears
338o, haul E and anchor in the recommended anchorage.
Vessels coming from Cotabato City or Parang should give
Tugapangan and Matimus Points a berth of at least 0.5 mile.
When Barrel Rock (7.3 m) bears 090o, bring the SW tangent
of Matimus Point to bear 143o, and haul NW. Steer 323o with
the SW tangent of Matimus Point astern and the hill (117 m)
at the end of Tugapangan Point well open of Matimus Point.
This course leads clear W of a 3.2-meter (1.75 fm) shoal
S of the anchorage, and clears Pinatayan Shoal about 0.8
mile. When the radio tower bears 020o, haul N and proceed
to anchorage.
BARREL ROCK, the largest of a group of three rocks
about 91 m N from Matimus Point, is 7.3 m (24 ft) high and
25 very steep. These rocks form the W entrance point to Tetian
Bay and may be passed safely at a distance of 228 m.
S from the 98-meter (322 ft) hill on Matimus Point are
two shoal spots 548 m and 0.5 mile from the shore, covered
30 by 0.5 m (0.25 fm) and 7.3 m (4 fm) respectively.
LALABUGAN BAY, between Matimus and
Tugapangan Points, is about 1.5 miles wide and extends
about 1 mile E. In the NE and SE parts of the bay are two
35 small bights, the SE being somewhat larger. At the heads of
these bights are sand beaches and a few houses. Between the
bights and N from them the land is high and covered with
grass and trees. The shore is somewhat rocky and fringed by
a coral reef. The S shore of the bay is composed of alternate
40 sand beaches and rocky points. The water is deep and being
open W does not afford good anchorage.

From the mouth of the Malabang River the coast trends
SE for about 9 miles to Tetian Bay and is mostly sand, lined
with trees and bushes. It is fringed by a steep-to reef, which 45
in some places extends to a distance of about 0.5 mile. A
rocky point with a few outlying rocks bare at low water is
about 3 miles SE of Malabang river. The SE side of the point
is planted with coconut trees. SE of this point is the mouth
of the Lalabuan River, almost bare at low water. 50
SALAUANG POINT is low and sandy, covered with
trees, and fringed by reefs extending 0.5 mile.
THE BALABAGAN RIVER empties about 1.5 55
miles SE from Salauang Point. The land for about 3 miles
inland is low and wooded; back of this, in the interior, are
high mountain peaks attaining an elevation of about 1,219
m (4,000 ft).
60
TUGAPANGAN POINT, about 3.5 miles SE from
Matimus Point and forming the E point to Polloc Harbor, is
clear and steep-to. The point may be rounded at a distance
of 457 m. It is 117 m (385 ft) high with low rocky bluffs and
covered with grass and trees.
BONGO ISLAND, off the entrance to Polloc Harbor, is
nearly 6 miles long NW and SW, from 1 to 1.5 miles wide,
and heavily wooded throughout. The N part is low, but toward
the S end it rises to a height of 113 m (340 ft). It is marked by
Bongo Island Light (07° 17' 54" N., 124° 01’ 36” E.) at its S
end. The island is fringed by reefs which on the NE, N, and
the NW sides extend to a distance of 0.5 mile. On the NW
side of the island foul ground extends 1.5 miles beyond the
edge of the shore reef, and this side should be given a wide
berth. The E side is steep and the reef bordering the shore is
narrow, with deep water close-to. Several small rocky islets
45 to 183 m from the shore are on the SE side. The channel

7-58
between the reef extending from the NE point of the island Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact the
and Tugapangan Point is 4 miles wide and free from danger. VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in Cotabato
City. The Coast Guard station, located in the Polloc Freeport,
Several villages are on the shore of the island, the largest may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63935-6065224.
of which is on the NW shore about 3.5 miles SW of Utara 5
Point. The village has a jetty, connected to a causeway, QUIDAMAK BAY, on the NW part of Polloc Harbor,
that extends beyond the shore reef. Another village, with a is about 1 mile wide and 0.7 mile in extent. It has a general
concrete pier, is at Tangan Point. depth of 25.6 m (14 fm) in the middle. This bay is clear and
the shore may be approached within 365 m from the edge
LIMBAYAN ISLAND is a small island on the edge of 10 of the fringing reef. Salaman, a small barrio at the head of
the reef about 137 m from SALATAN POINT, the S end of the bay, has a 80 m long causeway pier.
Bongo Island; it is 8.5 m (28 ft) high and forms a prominent
landmark when seen from an E or W direction. SUGUT BAY, on the N side of the Polloc Harbor E of
Quidamak, is half-filled by numerous detached shoals and
BONGO SHOAL, a small coral formation covered by 15 reefs. The shoreline is cut by several small rivers.
a depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm) and surrounded by deep water,
is about 3 miles NW from Bongo Island on the bearings: PARANG ANCHORAGE, located S of Sugut Bay, has
UTARA POINT 082 1/2o and Salatan Point 148o. a general depth of 20.1 to 27.4 m (11 to 15 fm). The town of
Parang is at its head.
A small coral shoal, covered by a depth of 7.3 m (4 fm) 20
and surrounded by deep water, is about 1 mile W of Bongo PARANG, a town at the head of Parang Anchorage,
Shoal and 4 miles NW from Bongo Island on the bearings: is on the main highway between Cotabato City and the
Utara Point 083o and Salatan Point 139o. coastal towns of Northern Mindanao. The town has regular
bus transportation to Cotabato City. Interisland vessels call
POLLOC HARBOR (CHART 4654), between 25 at Parang. Foreign vessels call to load logs and plywood.
Tugapangan Point and Marigabato (Red Rock) Point, is Post office, mobile phone communication, and Internet
an excellent, well sheltered harbor. The entrance is easy of connection are available. Medical services are available
access with depths of more than 73.2 m (40 fm). Inside the from a government and private hospital in the town. Gasoline
harbor the depth ranges from 27.4 to 45.7 m (15 to 25 fm) stations, motorcycle repair shops, pharmacies, money
mud bottom. It is open W, but slightly protected from winds 30 remittance centers and courier service providers are in the
from that quarter by Bongo Island. A steep-to narrow coral town. Supplies are available from the public market.
reef fringes the N shore. On the S side the reef extends 365 to
640 m from the shore. On the E side of the harbor, just S of Caution - Vessels going alongside or leaving the NE
Sugut Bay, the reef extends nearly 2 miles in a SW direction. face of the pier should exercise great caution in order to
35 avoid the reef constricting this berth. Deep-draft vessels
The harbor is composed Quidamak Bay and Sugut Bay should use only the SW side of the pier with care to avoid
on the N part and Parang Anchorage and Polloc Anchorage on the submerged wreck lying about 36 m off the face. In March
the S part. The S part of the harbor has an irregular shoreline, 1965, the least depth over this wreck was 5.8 m (3.2 fm).
with a wider space for anchorage, and is generally clear.
40 Berthing Facilities - The 110-meter L-shaped concrete
Winds - During the first months of the year, when pier had depths of 12.5 to 9.1 m (41 to 30 ft) alongside the
the wind is well established from the NE, there are often SW face and 6.1 to 5.2 m (20 to 17 ft) alongside its NE face
squalls in the afternoon from the N, accompanied with much in July 1964.
lightning, wind, and rain. Before the squall begins the wind
blows from the NW and W, and after it is over the land 45 Supplies - Fresh water is available at the pier through
breeze sets in until the following morning. During the SW a pipeline connection.
monsoon the wind freshens after midday and varies from
the SW to W and NW; rain falls in abundance and heavy Anchorage for large vessels is about 457 m W from
thunderstorms occur. the seaward end of the pier in 25.6 to 27.4 m (14 to 15 fm)
50 mud bottom.
Tide & Currents - There are two tides in the day, with
some rare exceptions. The mean range is 1.5 m (4.8 ft) and POLLOC ANCHORAGE is situated on the S side of
the diurnal range is 1.7 m (5.6 ft). The tidal current turns at Polloc Harbor, E of Marigabato Point. It is bounded to the
high and low water in Polloc Harbor and at all the ports on W by the the land mass that was formerly Polloc Island.
the coast between Zamboanga and Polloc. On the coast, with 55 Sampinitan Creek, which was a tortuous narrow channel
a rising tide, the current sets N, NW and W according to the separating Polloc Island from the mainland, is now blocked.
local configuration. At Polloc Harbor, with rising tide, the The N and E sides of the land mass are fringed with reefs
current set E on the shore and follows the bend of coast S and shoals extending about 365 to 548 m.
and W; the ebb current sets in the reverse direction.
60 Major Light - Polloc Beacon Light (07° 21' 19"N., 124°

7-59
13' 17"E.) is displayed N of the wharf.
Port Management - The ports in Polloc Harbor is under
the jurisdiction of the BARMM Regional Ports Management
Authority. Bangsamoro Terminal Services, Inc. operates the
Polloc Freeport.
Customs - Customs clearance may be had from the
customs officers stationed in the freeport. The customs office
may be contacted at telephone no. (+6364) 421-2336.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station, located
in the Polloc Freeport, may be contacted at mobile phone
no. +63935-6065224.
Berthing Facilities - Polloc Freeport consists of a 400 m
long reinforced concrete wharf with controlling depth of 10.5
m and auxiliary berths at main wharf sides each measuring
67 m long with depth of 3 m in 1989. There are open storage
and transit sheds. Cranes and forklifts of various capacities, 20
payloader, prime movers and trucks are available.
A small private concrete pier is located about 250 m S
of the S end of the freeport wharf.
Supplies - Bunker and fresh water are available at the
wharf area.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. At least 24 hrs
advance notice is required.
Towage - Tug service is available from a private
company.
Quarantine Anchorage is located at 1 mile SW of
Lalayanga Point.
Anchorage - Large vessels calling at the freeport may
anchor in area about 1 mile E of the wharf. This anchorage
is protected from the SW. See Chart 4654 for more details
on the anchorage area. Small vessels can anchor farther to
the S and W, not going much inside of 25.6 m (14 fm) as the
banks on the S side of the harbor are steep-to.
Directions - Vessels coming from N should round
Tugapangan Point at least 0.5 mile. When this point bears
000o, distant 0.7 mile, and Marigabato Point bears 132o, steer
109o for 4.8 miles. When Marigabato Point bears 237o, distant
1.9 miles, alter course to 081o and head for the freeport, the
pier at Parang or the anchorage. Vessels from S should round
Marigabato Point and the N end of Polloc Island at least 0.6
mile, and then head for the pier on course 081o.
POLLOC, a barrio on the N of the freeport, consists
of a few small houses. It is connected by road to Parang.
MARIGABATO (RED ROCK) POINT, the S
entrance point of Polloc Harbor, is clear and steep-to on all
sides except the N side, where a rocky ledge, bare at low
water, extends 183 m from shore. The 73-meter (240-ft) hill
7-60
on Marigabato Point is a prominent landmark.
FROM MARIGABATO POINT, the W extremity
of Polloc Island, the coast trends S with a slight curve E for
5 about 5 miles to PANALISAN POINT, the N entrance point
to the Cotabato entrance of the Mindanao River. This stretch
of coast is low, intersected by a number of small streams, and
fringed by a reef which in some places extends to a distance
of 0.8 mile. A 200-meter concrete causeway pier, the offshore
10 end of which is in ruin, is located about 2.8 miles SSE of
Marigabato Point.
MINDANAO RIVER (CHART 4655 and 4654), or
Rio Grande de Mindanao,the largest river in the island of
15 Mindanao, discharges 5 to 10 miles S from Polloc through
two large and several small mouths. It flows through a
beautiful, fertile valley, about 30 miles in width, which
scarcely shows any change of level. The course of the river
is NW for 45 miles between its mouth and LIGUASAN
MARSH, out of which it seems to flow; from the other side of
the marsh the direction of the river is SSW from its source in
the Sugut Mountains. About 21 miles from its mouth the river
divides into two arms, which enter the sea about 4.5 miles
apart and between them form a great delta. These branches
25 are joined by a number of small channels. The N entrance
or the Cotabato Entrance is just S of Panalisan Point. This
arm which leads to Cotabato is wider, deeper, and navigable
for small vessels.
30 The S entrance or the Tamontaka Entrance to the
Mindanao River is about 1.5 miles SW from Timaco Hill,
between GARDOQUI and BULUSAN POINTS. This arm
of Mindanao River, known locally as Tamontaka River, is
narrow and has a depth of only 0.9 m on its bar at low water.
35 Only small local craft use this entrance. Shoal water extends
to a distance of more than 0.5 mile W of a line drawn between
the entrance points. There are no aids to navigation.
The bar at the Cotabato Entrance to the Mindanao River
40 is reported to have shoaled considerably, but small vessels
drawing 2.4 to 2.7 m (8 to 9 ft) cross the bar and enter the
river during high tide. Local knowledge is necessary both for
crossing the bar and navigating the river. In case of necessity
local launch captains with knowledge of the river and capable
45 of piloting across the bar can be found at Cotabato City.
Small local river boats drawing 1.5 to 2.1 m (5 to 7 ft) make
daily trips from Cotabato City to Peidu Pulangui, a barrio 27
miles up the river. At periods of high water the same boats
continue up the river as far as Fort Pikit, a distance of 52
50 nautical miles.
Major Light - Cotabato River Light (07° 15' 12"N.,
124° 11' 19"E.) is shown from a steel tower on the SW side
of the Cotabato Entrance of Cotabato River.
55
Caution - A submarine telecommunication cable lands
at the Cotabato Entrance of Mindanao River. Anchoring and
fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine cable.
60 Currents in the river are strong. It has been reported
that the ebb has a velocity of about 2 knots and the flood
about 0.5 knot.
Near the mouths of Mindanao River, and sometimes well
out to sea are numerous floating masses of grass resembling
small islands. Floating debris of all kinds, logs, and trunks
of large trees are frequently observed in the vicinity. The
river currents are felt well offshore, and at times discolored
water extends to Bongo Island and Polloc Harbor. The bars
at the entrances are subject to change in depths and position
during freshets.
Prominent Features - Timaco Hill, close to the shore
between the main entrances to the river, is the summit of a
rounded heavily wooded island. It rises to a height of 184
m (603 ft) and is very conspicuous, being surrounded by
low land. Its W point is rocky and rugged, with low rocky
cliffs 15 m (50 ft) high. Several rocky boulders are on the N
and W shores. Between the S side of the Cotabato entrance
and Timaco Hill, shoal water extends to a distance of 1 mile
from the coast.
Cotabato Hill, 56 m (185 ft) high, about 4.5 miles SE
from the anchorage, is a good landmark.
Mount Cabalata, another excellent landmark, is about
4.8 miles SSW from Timaco Hill and 1.5 miles inland. It is a
sugar-loaf-shaped mountain, which rises to a height of 708
m (2,325 ft). Its slopes are covered with grass. From here,
an elevated range of volcanic mountains, dominated by the
central peak, Dilafungan, extends some 70 miles SE, nearly
parallel to the river.
Anchorage for vessels not entering the river is in 9.1
to 18.3 m (5 to 10 fm) about 1 mile NW of Panalisan Point. 35
The anchorage is not recommended specially during the
SW monsoon.
Directions - From a position 4.1 miles 199o from
Marigabato Point, steer 126o for Panalisan Point in range with
Cotabato Hill, and anchor in 18.3 to 9.1 m (10 to 5 fm) about
0.8 mile from shore on this range. Vessels desiring to enter
the river should favor the S bank until the low mangrove-
covered islet, 0.8 mile E of the entrance is abeam, then steer
030o for about 1 mile then haul E following mid-channel
courses up to the river.
MATAMPAY RIVER - A small river that is connected
to Mindanao River at the center of Cotabato City. The
source of this river is the lake at the barrio of Katidtuan,
about 6 miles SE of Cotabato City. This river, together with
Mindanao River, divides the city into two parts.
COTABATO CITY, the major city in this part of
Mindanao, is about 3 miles upstream from Cotabato Entrance 55
of Mindanao River. It is of considerable importance, being the
center of trade for the Mindanao Valley and the surrounding
coastal area. Rice, corn, and copra are the most important
products. There are numerous stores where supplies of
food, medicine, diesel oil, gasoline, and kerosene are 60
7-61
obtainable. Post office, telephone connection, mobile phone
communications, Internet connection, courier services, and
money remittance centers are all available. Regular bus
connection with Iligan, Davao, and Bukidnon are maintained.
5 Interisland vessels call at Cotabato and small commercial
river motorboats make daily trips to Peidu Pulangui, 27
miles up the river from Cotabato. Daily commercial flights
to Manila is available at Cotabato (Awang) Airport, about
2.6 km S of the city. Ice can be purchased. Fresh water is
10 delivered at the wharf by trucks.
Repairs - There are some facilities for repairs at
Cotabato. Private companies with machine shops and
welding equipment may undertake repairs of launches and
15 river boats.
Port Management - Cotabato City is the baseport
of PMO-Cotabato, which may be contacted at telefax no.
(+6364) 421-1037. The port can accommodate vessels with
20 maximum LOA of 50 m, 12 m breadth, and 1 m draft.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact the
VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in Cotabato
City. The Coast Guard station in the city may be contacted at
25 mobile phone nos. +63956-4000591 and +63930-1889389.
Berthing Facilities - The government port has a 343 m
long concrete wharf with controlling depth of 2 m. Two units
of forklifts are available. Cranes are available upon request.
30
About 900 m upstream of Matampay River from the
government wharf is 60 m long private wharf, which is used
by small river boats that ferry people and goods between
the communities along the rivers. Boats wishing to berth at
the private wharf have to pass under the Matampay Bridge.
Port Services - Cargo handling services and tugboats
are available from local companies. Fresh water is delivered
by trucks at the port.
40
The coast from the Cotabato Entrance to Tamontaka
Entrance of Mindanao River are indented by the mouths
of various creeks, namely, Pamang Creek, Tarbeng Creek,
Mamaluy Creek, and Timaco Creek. Only small boats can
45 navigate these creeks, some of which are crossed by bridges
at the mouths. A pier is being constructed at the mouth of
Timaco Creek.
TAMONTAKA RIVER, the S arm of Mindanao River,
50 is located about 4.2 miles SSW of the Cotabato Entrance of
Cotabato River. Its mouth is also known as the Tamontaka
Entrance of Mindanao River and is entered between
Gardoqui and Bulusan Points.
TAMONTAKA (TAMONTACA), is a barrio about
4.1 miles upstream from the river mouth, is connected
with Cotabato City by a good road. The town of Datu Odin
Sinsuat, the location of the Cotabato (Awang) Airport, is
located S of this barrio
 FROM BULUSAN POINT the coast trends S by
W for 1.5 miles to Linek. It is low, generally fringed with
mangroves, and cut into by several small streams. The land
E is low and covered with coconut trees and bushes. This
stretch of coast is faced by a reef to a distance of about 0.5
mile with deep water at its edge.
LINEK, a small barrio near the beach, consists of
several houses. From here the coast trends in a WSW
direction for about 5.5 miles to Tapian Point and, in places,
is fringed by a narrow steep-to coral reef awash at low water.
About 548 m to 1 mile inland from the beach the coast is low
and covered with bushes, coconut trees, and grasses. Back of
this, a range of hills, which attains elevations of 243 to 518
m (800 to 1,700 ft) extends in a NE and opposite direction.
COTABATO TO SARANGANI BAY
(CHART 4607)
TAPIAN POINT, 8 miles SW of Timaco Hill, is low,
sandy, and wooded. The point is marked by Tapian Light
(07° 08' 45"N., 124° 04' 00"E.). S of the point the land rises
gradually to 442 m (1,450 ft) about 1.5 miles from shore.
The point is fringed by coral reef about 274 m wide.
TAPIAN REEF, covered by a depth of 4.6 m (2.5 fm)
is about 0.7 mile NW of Tapian Point. The reef has an extent
of about 228 m within the 18.3-meter (10-fathom) curve.
Deep channel about 0.5 mile wide is between this reef and
the shore reef of the point.
FROM TAPIAN POINT to Quidapil Point, the coast
trends SW and S for 21 miles. The land adjacent to this
stretch of coast is broken and mountainous. Only in few
places are found small areas of lowland, mostly in bights at
the mouths of Kinemi and Landassan Rivers and at the end
head of Resa Bay.
MANANGULA POINT, 3 miles SW of Tapian Point,
is low and covered with coconut trees.
MATABAL RIVER, emptying on the S side of
Manangula Point, can be entered by a whaleboat at half
tide, but the bar at the entrance frequently changes, specially
during the rainy season.
TENOTUNGAN POINT, 7 miles SW of Tapian Point,
is distinguished by the several scattered houses which are
visible from a distance through the coconut trees on the
point. Small vessels may anchor N of the point in 18.3 to
21.9 m (10 to 12 fm) sand bottom, between the 5.5-meter
(3-fathom) shoal and the point, just opposite a short stretch
of sand beach.
MOUNT BINACA, 1,021 m (3,350 ft) high and 3
miles inland, is the highest mountain in the coastal ridge.
Its summit is wooded, but the sides are covered with cogon,
bushes and clumps of trees. The coastal mountains are
generally covered with cogon and bushes. The shoreline
consists of rocky formation, with intermittent sand and gravel
7-62
beaches. Big trees generally overhang the shore.
MOUNT BLIK, 1,226 m (4,022 ft) high and 15 miles
E from shore, is near the N end of the higher inland range of
5 mountains and forms an excellent landmark for approaching
this coast. N of this mountain is the broad valley of the
Mindanao River. The land S between Mount Blik and the
mountain SE of Port Lebak, is comparatively low and
traversed by Tran Grande River.
10
CURRENT - A continuous N current with a small
velocity is felt offshore, and along the reefline a reverse
current is felt inshore. The water in this vicinity deepens
abruptly to 91.4 m usually less than 0.5 mile from shore.
15
LOGUNG POINT, a sharp prominent point 3 mile W
of Mount Binaca, is distinguished by a tree-covered knoll
97.5 m (320 ft) high. The water close to the point is deep and
may be passed within a distance of 457 m. About 0.7 mile
20 215o from the point is a small shoal 320 m in extent, with a
depth of 3.7 m (2 fm). This shoal consists of a sand formation
with boulders, and should be avoided when nearing the point.
KINIMI (Kinemi), a small barrio about 2.5 miles S of
25 Logung Point, is visible from seaward. Small coasting vessels
sometimes call at this place to load copra.
RESA BAY, between TAGATA POINT and LIESS
POINT, is about 2 miles wide and 1 mile in extent. The
30 middle of the bay is generally deep. It is open W and only
tenable in fair weather. Four small sand and coral shoals with
depths of 5.5 m (3 fm), 9.1m (5 fm), 14.6 m (8 fm), and 6.9 m
(3.75 fm) are near the NE shore, off the mouth of LASSAK
RIVER. The outermost of these shoals which has a depth of
35 6.9 m (3.75 fm) is 0.5 mile from shore. Large vessels usually
anchor about 0.5 mile N of the mouth of Lapacan River in
31.1 to 42.1 m (17 to 23 fm) sand bottom.
LAPACAN RIVER, emptying on the SE shore of
40 Resa Bay, is accessible to whaleboats and small launches at
half tide, but the channel at the entrance frequently changes
during the rainy season, and local knowledge is necessary
to enter the river.
45 QUIDAPIL POINT, the most W point along the
Cotabato coast, is formed by a narrow ridge 106 m (350 ft)
high covered with grass and bushes. The point appears as an
island when seen from N or S, and is prominent from these
directions. The shore is steep and rocky with loose boulders
50 and coral reef exposed at low water.
MOUNT COROBONG, a prominent cogon-covered
peak, 716 m (2,350 ft) high, is 2.5 miles E of Quidapil Point.
55 SADAM BAY, 3 miles S of Quidapil Point, is a small
deep cove 0.5 mile in extent. Its shore is mostly bordered by
coral and mangrove. On the W side of the bay is a break in
the reef where small boats may find a good landing during
rough weather.
60
 LINAO POINT, the S entrance point to Sadam Bay,
is rocky with large loose rocks on the coral reef exposed at
low tide.
HUIDOBRO REEF, 2 miles 240o from Linao Point,
is 548 m long N and S, about 274 m wide, and has a depth
of 5.9 m (3.25 fm). The outer rim of this shoal is composed
of live coral and dead coral with white sand spots in the
center. It is readily visible from a distance on account of the
discoloration of the water on it. A deep channel 1.5 miles
wide is between this shoal and Linao Point.
LINAO BAY (CHART 4653), between Linao Point and
Kalingmomo Point, is 3 miles in extent and open to SW. The
shore is composed of sand and hard mud, line with bushes 15
and trees along the high water line. Near the head of the bay
are three detached shoals, each about 228 m in diameter with
depths of 2.3 m (1.25 fm), 3.7 m (2 fm), and 1.4 m (0.75 fm).
Vessels which sometimes call at MATI, usually anchor SW
of the barrio between the 1.4-meter (0.75-fathom) shoal and 20
the barrio on the N part of the bay in 12.8 to 20.1 m (7 to 11
fm) mud bottom. In heavy SW weather the sea rolls in and
render this anchorage uncomfortable.
TRAN GRANDE RIVER, emptying at
KALINGMOMO POINT, is accessible to small boats at
any stage of tide. TRAN, a small barrio on Kalingmomo
Point is on the S side of the mouth of the river.
Between Linao Bay and Port Lebak the country is low
and flat, the coastal mountains being from 3 to 4 miles back
from shore ranging from 305 to 609 m (1,000 to 2,000 ft)
high. The entire country is wooded; the rivers are small and
of no importance. This coast is clear and free of dangers to
navigation. A rocky reef, about 91 m in diameter, with two
boulders awash at low tide, is 457 m off the rocky point 1
mile N of Lebak Point. A clear deep channel, about 183 m
wide, exists between the reef and the shore.
LEBAK is the town about 7.2 miles SSE of Kalingmomo
Point. It has two private hospitals and a branch of Land Bank.
Mobile phone communication and Internet connection are
available. The town is connected to Cotabato City and the
town of Kalamansig by the national highway.
LEBAK POINT, the N entrance point to Port Lebak,
is high and rocky, rising to an elevation of 104 m (340 ft)
0.5 mile NE of the point.
LEBAK ISLAND, near the outer edge of the reef
extending seaward from Lebak Point, is small, rocky, and
11 m (37 ft) high.
PORT LEBAK (CHART 4653), about 17 miles S of
Quidapil Point, is a small well protected bay in this part of
Mindanao. The shoreline is irregular and mostly fringed by
mangroves, especially its SE side. The N side is generally
low and the coral reef bordering it is from 91 to 320 m wide.
The SW shore is mostly rocky and steep. The bay is easy of
access and the water shoals gradually from 82.3 m (45 fm)
7-63
at the entrance to 21.9 m (12 fm) in an anchorage 0.5 mile
from its E head. This anchorage is exposed to W winds but
has a good holding ground and ample swinging room for
good-sized vessels.
5
From the S shore, a long reef bare at half tide extends
about 735 m in a NW direction from the W side of the mouth
of LEBAK RIVER. Tubotubo Island, with an elevation of
33.5 m (110 ft) and another rocky islet 9 m (30 ft) high, are
10 on this reef and are good landmarks. The reef N of Tubotubo
Island extends 183 m and should be avoided when entering
the bay.
KALAMANSIG is the town on the N shore of Port
Lebak. It has a post office, telephone connection, mobile
phone communications, and Internet connection. Agriculture
and fishing are the major economic activities. Several small
stores with limited supplies and a commercial bank are
available. The town's health center is the only available
medical facility in the town. The nearest hospital is in the
town of Lebak, about 4.6 miles N.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
town may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63967-9118226.
25
Berthing Facilities - An 80 m long concrete pier,
connected to the shore by a 200 m long causeway, fronts
the town of Kalamansig at a position about 0.5 mile ESE of
Lebak Point. It has a 1,000 sq m open storage area.
30
An 80 m long concrete pier of the town's fish port is
located about 0.9 mile ESE of Lebak Point. A concrete deck is
at the pier's offshore end, The Coast Guard station is located
at the pier's shore end.
35
A wooden pier about 217 m long and 10 m wide is near
the E side of the mouth of Lebak River. In May 1965, depths
at its seaward end was 12.8 m (42 ft) gradually shoaling to
4.6 m (15 ft) at a point about 127 m (426 ft) from the foot
40 of the pier. Fishing boats call at this pier.
Pilotage is not compulsory although tug assistance can
be provided by a private company in the vicinity.
45 Anchorage may be had at the southern side of the pier
with a depth of 60 m. A limited anchorage ESE of Tubotubo
Island may be had in 29.3 to 32.9 m (16 to 18 fm).
Between Port Lebak and Tuna Bay, 10 miles S, the coast
50 is very irregular and indented by small deep bays and rocky
points. The land rises steeply from the shore and is heavily
wooded. The only low land lies N of SANGAY POINT
along the valley of the SANGAY RIVER, which leads to
the coastal mountains.
55
MOUNT SYNIOP, 527 m (1,730 ft) high, is the most
prominent peak near the shore. It is conical in shape near
the summit and is heavily wooded. All the mountains near
the shore merge into the higher mountains in the interior.
60
 DONAUANG SHOALS are a series of seven shoals dying out between 5 to 6 o’clock in the afternoon.
extending for 4 miles in a NW and SE direction along this
coast. The N and outer shoal is 2 miles 282o from NARRA CURRENTS - A continuous current of 0.5 to 1 knot
POINT. It is about 347 m in diameter and has a least known sets SE with a current in the opposite direction close inshore.
depth of 7.8 m (4.25 fm) sand and coral. 5
MALATUNA POINT, 5 miles SE of Tuna Point, is
A clear, deep channel separates this shoal from the two readily distinguished from the N and from the SE by the
shoals about 1 mile W of PITAS POINT, and a clear channel small 24.4-meter (80-foot) island lying close in to shore.
0.5 mile wide separates this latter shoal from the group of
four shoals lying over 1 mile N of Donauang Island. The SE 10 TAYTAYAN ISLAND, 7 miles SE of Tuna Bay, lies
one of these has a depth of 3.2 m (1.75 fm) and is about 1 close to the shore, the channel between it and the shore having
mile 202o of Pitas Point. This shoal breaks in heavy weather barely enough water to float a rowboat at low tide. It is 47 m
and is marked by heavy tide rips. All the reefs are steep-to (155 ft) high, with small trees growing on top. The W side
on all sides, and a deep passage 0.7 mile wide is between is clear and steep-to, but rocks bare 183 m S. The island is
the reefs and the mainland. 15 barely distinguishable from the S, but shows plainly from
the N to vessels coasting along shore.
BASIAUANG BAY (CHART 4653) is between
BASIAUANG POINT and Donauang Island. Its great depth FROM TAYTAYAN ISLAND to Pola Point is a chain
makes anchoring difficult, though small boats and launches of numerous detached shoals from 0.5 to 2 miles offshore.
can find some protection on either the N or S side of the bay. 20 These shoals are on the edge of the bank near the 200-meter
The barrio of Paril, at the head of the bay, is fronted by a curve, having depths ranging from 7.8 m (4.25 fm) to bare at
30-meter long pier. half tide and are steep-to on all sides. A shoal, with a depth
of 6.9 m (3.75 fm) is 1.5 miles S of CADIZ POINT and 0.8
DONAUANG ISLAND is about 91 m (300 ft) high, mile offshore.
thickly wooded, and makes a good landmark for vessels 25
approaching from either N or S. It is surrounded by a reef 183 CANIPAN REEF, a large shoal area with a 1.83-meter
m wide on the S and W sides, reaching out 347 m on the N. patch near its S end, lies 1 mile W of this reef, the channel
A deep channel 201 m wide, separates it from the mainland. between them having a depth of 58.5 m (32 fm).
This channel is used by coasting vessels going to Port Lebak.
Vessels not calling at these ports should keep about 5 miles 30 PALIMBAN POINT, about midway between Malatuna
offshore, thus avoiding all the dangers described above. and Pola Points, is low and rounding. The town of Palimbang
is about 1 mile SE of the point.
TUNA BAY (CHART 4653) is open to S and a heavy
swell is felt at the anchorage during the SW monsoon. POLA POINT, about 11 miles SE of Taytayan Island,
Moderate-sized vessels can anchor near the head of the bay 35 is 140 m (460 ft) high with a conspicuous rocky bluff. The
in 32.9 to 36.6 m (18 to 20 fm) mud bottom, protected from point is prominent when seen from W and SE. A small, flat,
all except S weather. white sand cay lies 2.2 miles 280o from Pola Point.

TUNA POINT, the W entrance point, is rocky with a
narrow rocky shelf, on which there are several rocks awash at
high tide. The W shore of the bay is bordered by a coral reef
of varying width, the widest part being marked by a small
island, 6 m (20 ft) high, which is connected to the mainland
by a mangrove swamp. The E shore is mainly sand beach
with a few patches of rocks and gravel.
FROM TUNA BAY the coast trends SE and ESE for
75 miles to Sarangani Bay. High, heavily wooded mountains
extend along the coast, their summits being from 2 to 4 miles
back from the shore. Two cone-shaped peaks N of Bacud 50
Point are very prominent when seen from W or SE. The
water deepens rapidly, the 200-meter curve being 2 miles
offshore. Following the general direction of the coast line a
vessel can safely navigate at a distance of 5 miles, the outer
danger being less than 3 miles offshore.
WINDS - The SW monsoon is felt strongly along this
section of the coast. The wind blows moderate to fresh and
varies in the direction from which it blows from SE to SW composed of two privately maintained range markers. The
arising usually between 8 to 10 o’clock in the morning and 60 front range is a large inverted white triangle near the beach.
The channels among the reefs and between the reefs
40 and the shore are deep and clear, but the reefs are hard to
pick up, on account of the discolored water from the rivers
in the vicinity.
CURRENTS - A moderate current, little affected by tide
45 or weather, sets NW along the shore, but offshore the strong
SE current setting toward Sarangani Strait is encountered.
MILBUK HARBOR (CHART 4607), 1 mile ENE of
Pola Point, is small but offers good shelter from N winds. The
approach to the harbor is encumbered by several reefs, some
of which dry, that lie about 1/2 mile offshore. The shores of
the harbor are fringed by reefs which dry and extend from
91 to 320 m from the shore. There is a break in the reef off
the barrio of Milbuk at the head of the bay. A detached reef,
55 with a least depth of 2.29 m (1.25 fm) lies about 0.5 mile S
of the barrio.
Ranges - The navigational aid in entering the harbor is

7-64
The rear range is a cross on a prominent, tall, bushy-topped
tree on the skyline of the first ridge N of the barrio. It was
reported that the rear mark is difficult to be distinguished.
Berthing Facilities - A 30-m long concrete pier is at the
head of the harbor. Small vessels and fishing boats regularly
call at the pier.
Anchorage is S of the barrio in 11 to 27.4 m (6 to 15
fm) sand and mud bottom. Vessels which occasionally call
to load logs usually anchor in 14.6 m (8 fm) about 183 m
SE of the end of the ruined pier.
Directions - From a distance of about 1.5 miles S of Pola
Point, bring the markers in range on course 005o and steer
for it. When the 3.7-meter (12-foot) rock off Pola Point bears
285o, change course to 020o and proceed to the anchorage.
FROM MILBUK HARBOR to Pinol Point, the
shoreline is composed of sand and gravel, and is wooded
to the high water line. From Pinol Point to Maguling Point,
the next point 1 mile SE, the shore is bordered by an uneven
coral reef 137 m wide, and the land rises steeply from the
water’s edge, to a hill 158 m (520 ft) high.
MACULI POINT, 4 miles SE of Milbuk Harbor, is low,
broad, and rounding. Close to the point the water is deep, the
200-meter curve being only 0.5 mile offshore.
KRAAN RIVER emptying near the S side of Maculi
Point is a small stream accessible only to small boats at
high water.
PINOL POINT, 3.5 miles SE of Maculi, is formed
by a hill 67 m (220 ft) high. It is easily identified by the
yellow cliff 21 m (70 ft) high which shows prominently
from seaward.
MAGULING POINT is rocky and steep. It may be
approached by coasting vessels close to at least 457 m.
FROM MAGULING POINT to Pagang Point, a
distance of 7.5 miles, a private company maintains two
beacons. These beacons consist of a white triangle mounted
on 3-meter poles on the beach, about 1.5 miles on the NW 45
and SE side of the mouth of Kalaoang River, and are used
for guide in anchoring. The foreshore along this stretch of
the coast to Bacud Point is low and flat, with numerous small
rivers emptying into the sea. Some of the rivers can be entered
by whaleboats at half tide, and during low tide, fresh water 50
can be obtained a short distance from their mouths.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
barrio of Mabay, about 6.7 miles SE of Maguling Point, may
be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-8172097.
PAGANG POINT, 9 miles SW from Pinol Point, is
sharp, rocky, and 21 m (70 ft) high. Its seaward face is formed
by a vertical rock undercut by the sea. Its land side drops off
rapidly to the level of the beach. The rocky face with a white
7-65
scar is prominent from SE. Kiambing Light (06° 01' 47"N.,
124° 30' 40"E.) is displayed from the point.
BACUD POINT, sometimes called Kiamba, is a
5 broad, high, rocky point 14 miles SE of Maguling Point. It
is fronted by a reef about 183 m wide, on the outer edge of
which is a rock 7.9 m (26 ft) high. The point is composed
mostly of rocky cliffs 12 m (40 ft) high, rising to a rather
flat-topped peak with an elevation of 231 m (760 ft). Two
10 cone-shaped peaks 518 and 552 m (1,700 and 1,810 ft) high
N, are prominent from seaward and readily help to identify
the point.
KIAMBA (CHART 4653), a town just E of Bacud
15 Point, is at the W side of the mouth of DUAL RIVER.
The major economic activities are farming and fisheries.
The town has a post office, mobile phone communication,
and Internet connection. Public utility vehicles, such as
jeepneys and vans, have daily trips to General Santos City.
20 Two public hospitals and a private hospitals are available at
the poblacion.
Berthing Facilities - The concrete pier fronting the
town is maintained by the municipality. It is used only by
25 small boats and launches.
Anchorage - Interisland vessels calling at Kiamba
usually anchor S of the town in 9.1 to 27.4 m (5 to 15 fm)
mud bottom.
30
BACUD REEF, 4 miles SE of Bacud Point and 2.8
miles offshore, is a dangerous shoal with a depth of 0.9 m (0.5
fm). The reef is about 503 m long by 347 m wide within the
20 m curve, rising out of a depth of about 183 m (100 fm).
35 It is formed by broken shell and coral, with flat rocks on the
deeper parts of the reef. The abrupt change of depths in its
vicinity give no warning of its existence until actually over it.
BUCA POINT, about 4.7 miles SE of Bacud Point, is
40 marked by Buca Point Light (05° 57' 25"N., 124° 40' 35"E.).
KLING RIVER (CHART 4653), about 1.8 miles ESE
of Buca Point, has a settlement located at the W bank of its
mouth. An extensive coconut plantation extends NW and SE
of the settlement. N of the settlement the country is heavily
wooded to the top of the hills. The barrio of Lagundi and
Molegon River are located about 1 mile and 1.7 miles ESE
of Kling River, respectively.
KAYUPO is a barrio about 3.1 miles SE of Kling River.
A 170-m long concrete pier extends S about 0.2 mile E of
the barrio. A building with a white roof stands near the shore
end of the pier.
55 BUAL POINT is 8 miles SE of Kling River. The point
is low and wooded. It is clear beyond 278 m from shore.
MATIL POINT, 6 miles ESE of Bual, is low and flat.
The point consists of coral and sand with the tree line about
60 91 m back from shore. It can be safely passed within at least
0.5 mile.
MAASIM, the town about 4.3 miles of Matil Point, is
connected by road to General Santos City. It has petroleum
stations, a municipal hospital, pharmacy, a public market, and
money remittance center. Mobile phone communications and
Internet connection are available. Maasim has no berthing
facility and boats calling at town anchor off it.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Maasim
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63927-5562117.
TALIAK POINT, 7 miles E of Matil Point, is more
rounded and the interior hills are lower than those at Matil
Point. Several shoals with depths of 2.7 to 6.9 m (1.5 to 3.75
fm) are 0.8 mile S of the point, and extend about 2 miles in
an E and W direction. A good channel is between these shoals
and the point. Coasting vessels coming from Sarangani Bay
bound to ports along the S coast of Mindanao frequently use
this channel. The 2.7-meter (1.5-fathom) spot close inshore
about 0.5 mile S of KAMANGA POINT should be avoided
when passing this channel.
KAMANGA PORT (CHART 4601), about 2.9 miles
ENE of Taliak Point, is a berthing facility operated by
Sarangani Energy Corp. The blue-roofed building and the
concrete wharf of the coal power plant are the prominent
features in the area. Large vessels call at this port to unload
coal.
Berthing Facility - The power plant has a 180 m long
concrete pier with one dolphin near each end. A conveyor
system is available for transporting coal from the wharf to
the power plant.
TAMPUAN POINT, which is marked by Tampuan
Light (05° 52' 30"N., 125° 05' 10"E.), forms the W side
of the entrance to Sarangani Bay. A communication tower,
located on the hill about 0.3 mile NW of the point, is the
most prominent feature in the area. The waters off it is deep
Tampuan Point as viewed from the S.
(Photograph - Sarangani Province website, Undated)
7-66
and rocky. It is faced by vertical cliffs 10.7 m (35 ft) high
and can be easily identified by this feature from a distance.
Buildings, with brown-colored roof, of a private resort are
on the point. Close inshore the water is deep and may be
5 passed at least 457 m.
SARANGANI BAY TO
CAPE SAN AGUSTIN
(CHARTS 1523, 4608 & 4624)
10
SARANGANI BAY, between Tampuan Point and
Sumbang Point, is 6 miles wide and about 16 miles long in
a NE direction. Near the entrance the land rises steeply from
the shore, on the E side the shore is irregular and the hills
15 are heavily wooded. On the W side the shore is generally
straight and regular, the hills being covered by grass or
cogon, and only the lower slopes are wooded. At the head
of the bay the land is generally low and flat, rising gradually
to a rolling country to the higher hills and mountains in the
20 distance. The bay is deep and clear, the 20-meter curve, in
most places being less than 0.5 mile from the shore. A shoal
with a depth of 4.1 m (2.25 fm) is 548 m E of LABU POINT
and another with a depth of 5.9 m (3.25 fm), 548 m SE of
LONDON POINT.
25
Weather. - During the SW monsoon the weather is
usually rough and choppy, with moderate winds in the
afternoons. Mornings are usually calm and smooth.
30 Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact
the VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in General
Santos City, which is at the head of the bay. The coast guard
stations in Sarangani Bay may be contacted at VHF Channel
16 or mobile phone nos. +63965-5163025, +63916-2924980,
35 +63915-3556834, +63917-9021039, +63991-3608763,
+63939-3677616, and +63927-4853025.
Mount Matutum, 30 miles N of Tampuan Point, is
2,293 m (7,524 ft) high and is a prominent landmark from
40
offshore.
TAMPUAN COVE, N of Tampuan Point, is generally
deep and free of dangers. The barrio of Tinoto is at the shore
of the cove.
SIGUEL RIVER is about 4.8 miles NNE of Tampuan
Point. Just S of the river mouth is the site of Gensan Shipyard
and Machine Works. The shipyard has twin slipways,
90-meter long berthing wharf, 500-ton capacity pontoon 10
barge, a machine shop, and two floating drydocks that are 117
m and 75 m long. The shipyard may be contacted at telephone
no. (083) 554-3592 and e-mail at info@gensanshipyard.
com.ph.
BANIN POINT, about 5.8 miles NNE of Tampuan
Point, is fronted by the small pier and drydock facility of a
fishing company. Berthing facilities and drydock facilities
of other fishing companies are located along the coast from
Banin Point to London Point.
LONDON is the barrio about 1.4 miles NE of Banin
Point and just N of London Point. Cylidrical tanks of an oil
depot are the prominent features in the area. The oil depot
has a 25-meter long pier. N of the barrio are the berthing and
drydock facilities of fishing companies.
LABU POINT, about 1 mile NW of London Point, is
the site of the following berthing facilities and shipyards:
TSP Marine Industries has a 40-meter long pier and
repair facilities for fishing vessels.
Southern Philippines Shipbuilder & Shiprepair Corp.
has drydock facilities and repair equipment for large fishing
vessels.
Frabelle Fishing Corp. has a concrete wharf and crane
facilities that are used for loading and unloading fish
products.
Petron Depot, the northernmost berthing facility at Labu
Point, is distinguishable by large grey cyclindrical tanks. It
has a 160-meter long jetty with dolphins at its offshore end.
From Bual Point to Calumpan Point, which is the S
entrance point of Makar Cove, the shore is occupied by
berthing facilities operated by fishing companies, notable
of which are the following:
Philippine CINMIC Industrial Corp. facilities (06° 01'
15"N., 125° 08' 29"E.) has a small wharf and drydock facility
for fishing vessels.
SAFI Shipyard, located just N of Philippine CINMIC
Corp. facilities, has drydock and repair facilities for large
fishing vessels.
Cargill Jetty (06° 01'32"N., 125° 08' 33"E.) is operated
by Cargill Philippines Inc. The jetty is 40 m long and has four
7-67
dolphins at its offshore end. A conveyor facility is available
at the pier to load crushed copra to cargo vessels.
General Santos Fish Port Complex (06° 01' 45"N., 125°
5 08' 36"E.) is operated by PFDA. It's berthing facilities are
divided into following harbor basins:
Harbor Basin 1, the northernmost harbor basin, has
a wharf that has a berth length of 400 m. It has concrete
stairlandings. Fishing boats use this harbor basin.
Harbor Basin 2 is a multi-level quay with a berth length
of 400 m. Fishing boats and medium-sized fishing vessels
use this harbor basin.
15
Harbor Basin 3 has a berth length of about 820 m. Large
fishing vessels use this harbor basin.
Harbor Basin 4 has a berth length of about 170 m. It is
20 protected by a breakwater, the end of which is marked by a
light. This harbor basin is being used by fishing boats.
The fish port complex has a warehouse, storage facilities
for fishery products, refrigeration building, repair facilities
25 for fishing vessels, and fish market. The port manager
of General Santos Fish Port Complex may be contacted
at telephone nos. (+6383) 552-0835, (+6383) 552-7847,
(+6383) 552-3996, (+6383) 552-3995; and fax no. (+6383)
552-3996; e-mail at opm_gsfpc@pfda.gov.ph.
30
Berthing and drydock facilities of small to medium-
sized fishing companies occupy the coast from Biu Point to
Calumpan Point.
35 MAKAR COVE (CHART 4653), about 1.7 miles SW
of the city center, is the port area of General Santos City. It is
disnguishable by the piers and wharves, the largest of which
is Makar Wharf located at the N entrance point of the cove.
40 Major Light - Makar Light (06° 05' 42"N., 125° 09'
36"E.) is displayed near the NE end of Makar Wharf.
Port Management - Makar Wharf is operated by South
Cotabato Integrated Port Services, Inc. (SCIPSI), which may
45 be contacted at telephone no. (+6383) 554-6543, fax no.
(+6383) 553-4452, and e-mail at info@scipsi.com. Vessels
wishing to berth at Makar Wharf should notify the port
manager one hour in advance via VHF Channel 16.
50 Berthing Facilities. - General Milling Corp. (GMC)
Pier, located on Calumpan Point, has a 10-meter long
T-headed concrete pier. The pier has conveyor system for
transporting grain from the warehouse to the pier. A wharf
and drydock facilities of a fishing company is located S of
55 GMC Pier.
Dole Pier, located N of GMC Pier, has a 130 m long
pier that handles fruit products. The berthing and drydock
facilities of Gensan Aqua Frio Corp. and RDEX Food
60 International Philippines Inc. are located N of the Dole
 Makar Wharf with Makar Cove in the background.
(Photograph - ICTSI, undated)
facilities. Port Management - PMO-SOCCSKSARGEN, having
Makar Wharf as its baseport, regulates the ports in Sarangani
Makar Wharf, operated by SCIPSI, is the northernmost Bay. The PMO may be contacted at telephone nos. (+6383)
berthing facility in Makar Cove. It has a total berth length 552-4484 and (+6383) 552-4446.
of 699 m with 9 berthing positions. It has a 30 m by 13 m 5
RoRo ramp. Controlling depth along the wharf ranges from Customs - The customs office in General Santos City
10 m to 12 m. The port's storage facilities include 4 hectares may be contacted at telephone no. (+6383) 552-8890.
container yard and open storage areas. Reefer outlets, cranes,
and weighbridges are available. SCIPSI provides cargo Immigration - The field office of Bureau of Immigration
handling services while porterage, chandling and watering 10 in General Santos City may be contacted at telephone no.
services are provided by local companies. (+6383) 302-3442, fax no. (+6383) 553-5724, and e-mail
address: immigrationgensan@yahoo.com.
GENERAL SANTOS (DADIANGAS), the highly-
urbanized city on the NW shore of Sarangani Bay, is the Quarantine - The Bureau of Quarantine station in
commercial center and principal shipping center of Region 15 General Santos City may be contacted at telephone no.
XII. The city is prominent from seaward by its buildings and (+6383) 522-8376. The plant quarantine station may be
warehouses. The city's sprawl reaches up to Siguel River, contacted at telephone no. (+6383) 552-4254 and e-mail at
about 10 miles SW of the city center. The principal products pqs.gensan@gmail.com. The animal quarantine station may
shipped are cattle, fish and rice. A number of hospitals be contacted at telephone no. (+6383) 309-1351 and e-mail
and several practicing physicians offer medical services. 20 at vetquarantine_gsc@yahoo.com.ph.
Pharmacies and dental clinics are also present.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact
Supplies and general provisions are obtainable. Bunker the VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in General
fuel is available from two oil depot in the area. Major Santos City. The headquarters of Coast Guard District -
commerical banks and money remittance centers are present. 25 Southern Mindanao (CGDSM) is located in the city. CGDSM
Interisland vessels call every day at General Santos. The city and the Coast Guard stations in the city may be contacted
is connected by roads to the cities of Davao and Cotabato. at VHF Channel 16 or mobile phone nos. +63965-5163025,
Public transportation by bus is available. There is a post +63916-2924980, +63915-3556834, +63917-9021039, and
office, Internet connection, telephone, and mobile phone +63991-3608763.
communications. The General Santos International Airport, 30
located about 6 miles SW of the city center, has daily flights Repairs - Minor repairs can be done at Makar Wharf and
from Manila, Cebu, and Iloilo. General Santos Fish Port. Majority of shipping companies

7-68
in Sarangani Bay have can drydock facilities for fishing
vessels. SAFI Shipyard and Southern Philippines Shipbuilder
& Shiprepair Corp. can repair large vessels.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of foreign registry
of 100 GRT and over, and domestic vessels of 50 GRT or
over. Pilotage is provided by General Santos Harbor Pilot's
Association. Advance notice of 24 hours is required. The
pilot association may be contacted at telephone no. (+6383)
552-4752. Tug assistance is optional for vessels calling at
General Santos.
Anchorage - The mandated anchorage for the Port of
General Santos is located about 0.2 to 0.3 mile off the coast
of the city in 66 m (36 fm) to 91 m (50 fm).
LAGO COVE, on the NE side of Sarangani Bay, affords
a limited anchorage close inshore in 36.6 m (20 fm). The area
is very restricted because the water drops abruptly from the
beach and presence of fish pens.
MALAPATAN, the town about 5.3 miles SSE of Lago
Cove, is at the mouth of Malapatan River. Money remittance
centers, pharmacy, gasoline stations, and small stores are
presnt in the town. It is connected by road to General Santos 25
City. The town has a small wharf where fishing boats unload
their catch. The Coast Guard station in the town may be
contacted at mobile phone no. +63939-3677616.
SAPU BAY (CHART 4653), a small deep cove
about 0.6 mile in extent, is 8 miles S of Lago Cove. The
bay is protected from S and SW winds, but because of the
deep water close inshore, it offers a very limited area for
anchorage. Vessels calling at this place may anchor N of
the mouth of BIG SAPU RIVER, about 274 m W from the
coral reef that fringe the shore, in 25.6 to 45.7 m (14 to 25
fm) mud bottom.
CANALASAN COVE (CHART 4653), immediately E
of Sumbang Point, is the best harbor in Sarangani Bay during 40
the SW monsoon. The W side of the cove near Sumbang
Point is steep, gradually decreasing E to a low flat land at its
head. The E and S shores are fringed with narrow mangrove
and the reef extends about 365 m in places. The water is
generally deep and steep-to.
Major Light - Glan Light (05° 49' 40"N., 125° 12'
08"E.) is displayed from the government pier.
Weather - It was reported that between November and
March, this anchorage is affected by N winds and sometimes
landing is difficult.
GLAN is the town located at the head of Canalasan
Cove. The town has postal, telephone, and mobile phone
communication services. A small hospital that serves
minor medical cases is at the poblacion. A gasoline station,
money remittance center, parcel service, and small stores.
Small amount of supplies are obtainable at Glan. Passenger
motorboats to Sarangani Islands, fishing vessels and tramping
7-69
vessels going to Indonesia usually call at Glan.
Berthing Facilities. - The concrete deck connected
to rock causeway serves as the municipal pier. Controlling
5 depth for the pier is 10 m below MLLW. Approach to the
pier should be made from N or W to avoid the shoal water
NE of the pier.
Anchorage may be had close inshore at the head of
10 the cove NW of the town of Glan in 16.5 to 27.4 m (9 to
15 fm) mud bottom. Vessels calling at Glan usually anchor
183 m NW of the end of the pier in 16.5 to 18.3 m (9 to 10
fm) mud bottom.
15 SUMBANG POINT, the E entrance point to Sarangani
Bay, is rocky and steep. A bare white cliff 15 m (50 ft) high
which identifies this point is a good landmark. S of the point
the shore is fringed by narrow coral reef with rock boulders,
bare at about one-fourth tide. The trees along the shore grow
20 close to the high water line.
FROM SUMBANG POINT to Tinaca Point, a
distance of about 20 miles, the coast trends SE, forming a
rugged shoreline, with several rocky points and some sandy
beaches. The indentations between the points are deep and
wide, open to SW and W winds.
SADDLE PEAK, 1,124 m (3,687 ft) high, about
14 miles SE of Sumbang Point, and DOME PEAK, 594
30 m (1,950 ft) high, about 3.5 miles N of Tinaca Point are
prominent landmarks in this vicinity. They appear as islands
when first seen from a great distance. The volcano on Balut
Island with an elevation of 882 m (2,895 ft) is a good
landmark in approaching Sarangani Strait.
35
LEFA POINT, 4 miles S of Sumbang Point, is very
steep and rocky. Numerous large boulders close inshore
surround the point. Two small bights N of the point have
light sand beaches and may be used for landing by small
boats. A shoal with a depth of 8.7 m (4.75 fm) is 1 mile SE
of Lefa Point. From Lefa Point the shoreline turns slightly E
then curves SSE to Sagby Point, forming an open bay about
3 miles wide. In this bay are two detached shoals with depths
of 5 m (2.75 fm), 2.7 m (1.5 fm) and 1.7 miles NNW from
45 Sagby Point.
SAGBY POINT, 4 miles SE at Lefa Point, is rocky and
high. The red cliff which identifies this point is visible from a
distance offshore.The point is surrounded by a narrow coral
50 reef forming a barrier along the coast.
Between the shore and this barrier reef is a protected
passage for bancas with a depth of about 0.5 m (0.25 fm).
Large vessels navigating off Sagby Point should avoid the
55 10.1-meter (5.5-fathom) spot 1 mile SW and the submerged
rock 2.75 miles WSW of the point.
TINACA POINT, the most S point of Mindanao Island,
consists of two headlands connected by a semicircular beach.
60 The hole gives the idea of a volcanic crater with an angle
of 045o, half above and half below water. The point is clear
and steep-to and may be passed at a distance of 91 m. An
extensive shoal with depths of 5 to 6.4 m (2.75 to 3.5 fm) is
0.8 mile E of Tinaca Point. The point is marked by Tinaca
Light (05° 33' 22"N., 125° 19' 50"E.).
the ebb sets E. On the E side of Sarangani Island the flood
sets S with a velocity of about 3 knots, being deflected by the
36.6-meter (20-fathom) bank off the SE side of the island.
Heavy tide rips have been noted N and S of Sarangani Island
5 and S and W of Balut Island.

Tides - At Tinaca Point the tides is of semidiurnal type. Tidal currents in the channel between Balut and
The mean range is 1.3 m and the diurnal range is 1.6 m Sarangani Islands are strong. The flood current sets N and
referred at the tides in Davao City. the ebb S. Strong eddies sweep along the reef on both sides
10 of the channel. Heavy tide rips usually occur on the N and
BALANGONAN COVE and MALAVINUAN COVE, S approaches of the channel.
two small indentations on the coast about 2 miles E of Tinaca
Point, are exposed S but afford good shelter during NE Distress and Rescue - essels in distress may contact the
monsoon. Vessels using these coves usually anchor in 21.9 to VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in Sarangani
29.3 m. The barrio of Balangonan, at the head of Balangonan 15 Islands. The following are the Coast Guard stations in
Cove, has a boat harbor protected by breakwaters. The Coast Sarangani Islands:
Guard in the barrio may be contacted at mobile phone no.
+63917-8427962. Mobile phone no.
Batuganding +63975-5189735
E of Malavinuan Cove to Bukid Point, the reef fringing 20 Lipol +63965-2572796
the coast extends as much as 457 m from shore, and outside Mabila +63906-0527734
of this well-defined reef, the water are clear of dangers.
BALUT ISLAND, the most W of the group, is larger,
BUKID POINT, 5.1 miles ENE Tinaca Point, is low higher, and heavily wooded to its summit. The island is partly
and sloping. The point is fringed by narrow reef and may be 25 cultivated. In its center is a volcano having an elevation of
passed as close as 0.5 mile. 882 m (2,895 ft). PHIVOLCS classified it as potentially
active. To the SW of this highest point is another volcano 678
SARANGANI ISLANDS, a group of two big wooded m (2,225 ft) high. A prominent hill, 326 m (1,070 ft) high, is
islands and a wooded sand cay, is about 7 miles S of Tinaca near the SE point of the island. On the NW side of the island
Point of Mindanao and separated from it by Sarangani Strait. 30 are two hot springs, about 14 m inshore of high water line.
The entire coast is bordered by a reef, which in places on the
The channel between Balut and Sarangani Islands is N and E sides extends out 548 m. On the S and W sides, the
about 1.5 miles wide. It is deep but the extensive reefs on shoreline is steep and the fringing reef generally very narrow.
both sides of the passage reduce the channel to a navigational
width of 0.8 mile. 35 Lajan Point, on the NE side of Balut Island, is low and
covered with mangrove. The point is fringed with coral reef
Tidal Currents in the vicinity of these islands are extending about 457 m. Shoal patches with depths of 5 m
strong. Through Sarangani Strait the flood current sets W and (2.75 fm) and 6.9 m (3.75 fm) are 0.7 mile SE and 1.2 miles

Sarangani Strait from westward.

Sarangani Strait from eastward.

Balut Island from southeastward.

7-70
S of the point, respectively.
Mabila (Chart 4653), formerly known as Kaimba,
is a barrio located just S of Lajan Point. It is the seat of
government of the Municipality of Sarangani, which covers
all Sarangani Islands. The town has a municipal hospital that
can only handle minor cases.
Berthing Facility - It has a 190 m long causeway with
concrete deck at the seaward end. A 9 m by 11 m RoRo
ramp is available.
MANAMIL ISLAND, off the SW point of Balut Island,
is a rocky islet 38 m (124 ft) high. Manamil Light (05° 22'
12"N., 125° 21' 00"E.) is displayed from a white tower on
the islet.
SARANGANI ISLAND, 168 m (551 ft) high is
composed of several heavily wooded undulating hills. The
shoreline is very irregular, especially on the W side where it
is indented by three inlets and several small coves. The coral
reef bordering the island is widest on the NE and SW sides,
extending about 0.5 mile from shore. Vessels which do not
intend to enter the inlets may anchor offshore between Port
Patuco and Port Tumanao in 21.9 to 27.4 m (12 to 15 fm).
Port Patuco (Chart 4653), an inlet close to the N end
of the island, offers good shelter for small craft during bad
weather. The entrance to this port is about 457 m S of a red
cliff on a 35.1-meter hill near the N entrance point. The 30
channel is narrow and tortuous, increasing in width from 46
to 114 m near its head, where an anchorage area of about
274 m may be had in 5.5 to 9.1 m (3 to 5 fm) mud bottom.
The barrio of Camahual is located along the S coast of port
entrance. 35
Tiain Point, 1 mile SW from the entrance to Port Patuco,
is high and rocky. A prominent gray cliff identifies the point.
The water close to the point is deep and free of dangers. It
can be approached within at least 274 m. A shoal with a depth
of 8.2 m (4.5 fm) is 0.8 mile N of the point.
Port Tumanao (Chart 4653), a former Spanish military
post and the largest of the three inlets in Sarangani Island,
is 0.8 mile S of Tiain Point. It is open W and the water in
the channel is generally deep. Both sides of the entrance are
steep and rocky. The N side of the entrance point is bordered
by a reef extending 457 m from shore. Vessels entering the
port should favor the S side by giving it a berth of at least
228 m. Fresh water can be obtained from a small rivulet on
the N side of the port. The barrio of Laker is on the S coast
of the port opposite of the rivulet.
Anchorage is in the middle and at the head of the inlet,
in 27.4 to 51.2 m (15 to 28 fm) mud bottom.
Port Bolay (Chart 4653), 1.5 miles S of Port Tumanao,
is the smallest of the three inlets. It has a general depth of
8.2 m (4.5 fm) and a navigable channel of about 91 m wide.
A settlement is at the head of the port.
7-71
Camalig, about 3 miles SE of Tiain Point, is the barrio
at the head of an inlet, which is about 90 to 150 m wide.
Fishing vessels usually anchor in the inlet. A small pier, for
use of boats, fronts the barrio.
5
An inlet, about 3 miles SE of Tiain Point on the E coast
of Sarangani Island, can be used as anchorage by small
vessels.
10 OLANIVAN ISLAND, 1 mile N of the N end of
Sarangani Island, is a flat sand cay about 34 m (113 ft) high
to the top of trees. Olaniban Light (05° 31' 00"N., 125° 29'
15"E. ) is displayed from the island. It is surrounded by a
reef extending about 183 to 457 m from shore, widest on the
15 E side. A deep channel 0.5 mile wide is between the fringing
reef of this island and Sarangani Island. Tidal Currents
floods NNW and ebbs SSE through this channel with great
velocity. Opposing currents meeting in the channel create
disturbed water.
20
KAMALIAN COVE is a small deep open indentation
immediately N of Bukid Point. This cove is seldom used by
interisland shipping.
25 FROM KAMALIAN COVE to Silacay Point, a
distance of 2.5 miles, the coast is fringed with a very narrow
coral reef. The water a short distance from shore is deep and
free of dangers.
PORT HOLLAND (CHART 4653), a small cove
2.5 miles NE of Bukid Point, offers good shelter for small
craft during NE and SW monsoons. The water is deep close
inshore, with the 20-meter curve averaging about 183 m
from the beach. The barrio of Butulan is at the head of Port
Holland.
BUTULAN COVE, immediately N of Silacay Point, is
semi-circular in form, 0.5 mile wide, and 457 m in extent. The
cove is generally deep in the middle and affected by ground
40 swell, specially when the sea sets in from cross currents along
the coast. Small vessels which call here may anchor about
228 m NE of the mouth of a small stream in 18.3 to 25.6 m.
FROM BUTULAN COVE to Banos Point the coast
45 trends NE for 22 miles. It is generally clear, save for small
narrow reefs jutting out from the points and fringing the shore
at intervals. The shoreline is formed by several gently curving
shallow bights where landings on sand and boulder beaches
are feasible all along this stretch, even during NE winds. The
50 small projecting points and bights offer some protection from
NE swell. Numerous small hemp and coconut plantations
are along this coast. Fresh water is obtainable from small
streams. The coastal hills are generally high and heavily
timbered to the peaks, with patches of cultivated areas and
55 cogon grass at the slopes.
JOSE ABAD SANTOS is the town at the head of the
bay between Caburan Point and Banos Point. It is connected
by road to Davao City. Public jeepney to Digos City and
60 Davao City are available.
 BANOS POINT, 22.5 miles NE of Silacay Point, is
steep and high. It is formed by a prominent peaked ridge,
the S part of which is 81 m (265 ft) high. Banos Point Light
(05° 55' 20"N., 125° 39' 33"E.) is displayed from the point.
Strong currents and violent eddies are prevalent off this point.
FROM BANOS POINT to Calian Point, the coast
trends in a NNE direction for 12 miles. It is generally rocky
with intermittent sand beaches backed by cultivated areas
mostly planted with coconuts. The water along the coast is
deep and free of dangers to within 0.5 mile from the beach.
Immediately N of Banos Point is a long stretch of curving
sand beach about 2 miles long.
CULAMAN, a barrio consisting of a few houses, is
about 2.5 miles NNW of Banos Point near the N end of the
sand beach.
LAWAYON POINT, about midway between Banos and
Calian Points, is steep and rocky. It is formed by a conical
rounding hill 207 m (680 ft) high. The point is prominent
and may be used as landfall by vessels approaching this
coast. From this point to about 2 miles N the coast is steep
and rocky. Then a long sand beach backed by steep ridge
stretches out 2.5 miles to the S side of Calian Point.
CALIAN POINT, the most E point on the W shore
of Davao Gulf. is bold and rugged. It is a very prominent
landmark. Its seaward side is steep and marked by streaks
of bare cliffs. From the narrow valleys on its N and S sides
the point rises to a height of 379 m (1,243 ft). Calian Point
Light (06° 06' 13"N., 125° 42' 47"E.) is displayed from a
white tower on the point.
DAVAO GULF (CHARTS 1523, 4608 & 4624), a
large body of water on the SE part of Mindanao, is between
Calian Point and Cape San Agustin. It is 30 miles wide and
extends about 70 miles N. The water in the middle of the
gulf is deep and clear.
Samal and Talikud Islands (Chart 4624) are on the N
part of the gulf. The water area N of these islands is so well
protected and it is reported that it rarely becomes rough even
during the SW or NE monsoons. The W shore is indented
by several small bays. The shoals that fringe its shoreline
do not extend more than 1.5 miles from the coast. In the E
part of the gulf, between Arena Point and Sigaboy Island,
are a number of dangerous detached shoals and reefs from
3 to 4 miles offshore. Closer to the shoreline is more foul.
Tidal Current - The tidal current in general floods
W past Cape San Agustin directly toward the main shore
of Mindanao where, between Banos and Calian Point
it apparently splits; one flood current setting S toward
Mindanao (Calian Point from southeastward).
7-72
Sarangani Strait, and the other, a slightly weaker current
setting N into Davao Gulf. The ebb currents setting in the
reverse direction are reported less violent than the flood.
5 Distress and Rescue - The headquarters of Coast Guard
District Souteastern Mindanao (CGDSEM) is located in
Davao City. Vessels in distress and requiring assistance may
contact the CGDSEM through VHF Channel 16, or mobile
phone nos. +63955-5083665 and +63920-5387037.
10
FROM CALIAN POINT the coast trends in a
general NNW direction in a succession of rounding cliffs
and sandy beaches for about 25 miles to Tubalan Head. The
hills in most places rise abruptly from the shore and form
15 few distinctive landmarks. The water along this stretch is
deep, the 200-meter curve does not extend more than 1.5
miles from the shore. Several small barrios and villages are
usually found in bights, back of which are coconut groves
and some cultivated areas.
20
LAWA, a barrio 5 miles N of Calian Point, is visible
from seaward. The electric lights which illuminate the barrio
at night show well from offshore.
25 DON MARCELINO (06° 11' 57"N., 125° 42' 04"E.)
is a small town about 0.8 mile N of Lawa. It is connected
to Digos City and Davao City by the coastal highway. The
town has a public market and mobile phone communication.
The major economic activity in the town is agriculture with
30 banana as the top export.
TINGULO POINT, (06° 21' 35"N., 125° 38' 20"E.),
about 16 miles NNW of Calian Point, is low and is occupied
by the barrio of the same name. The white tower of Tingulo
35 Point Light (06° 21' 39"N., 125° 38' 21"E.) is on the beach
fronting the barrio.
MALITA (CHART 4656), (06° 24' 47"N., 125° 36'
48"E.) a town about 6 miles SSE of Tubalan Head is at a low
40 point of the same name. It is the economic center center of
Davao Occidental Province. Interisland vessels sometimes
call at this place to load hemp and copra. The town has
pharmacies, money remittance centers, banks, gasoline
stations, and a public market. A post office, mobile phone
45 communication, courier services, and Internet connection are
available. Malita District Hospital, located in the town, can
handle minor cases. The town has welding shops for minor
repairs. A road connects several barrios along the coast. A
government airstrip is located S of the town. Fresh water is
50 obtainable from a small river in town.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Malita
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63905-4458256.
 Berthing Facility - The coal power plant, about 1 mile no definite ranges or formation but a more or less jumbled
S of Malita, is fronted by a 270 m long concrete pier that and confused mass, which makes it difficult to select and
is connected to the shore by a 700 m long causeway. It is identify particular peaks. The entire area is heavily wooded.
operated by SMC Global Power. Shore crane and conveyor
facility that transport coal are available. The chimney and 5 SIGARIN POINT, the SE entrance point to Basiauan
large structures of the power plant are prominent landmarks. Bay, comes down in a gentle slope notched by five hills close
to the gulf side and ends in a bluff about 24 m (80 ft) high.
LACARON, a barrio 3 miles NW of Malita, is at the The point is fringed by a coral reef with foul ground beyond
head of an open bight midway between Malita and Tubalan it at a distance of nearly 457 m.
Head. 10
BASIAUAN BAY (CHART 4656), between Sigarin
TUBALAN HEAD, forming the E side of the port of Point and Sibalatan Point, is 2.3 miles wide and extends
the same name, is a prominent landmark, being a gently 1.8 miles S. The middle of the bay is deep and clear. The
rounded hill which rises to a height of 170 m (558 ft). The hill S part between Tambalan Point and Tibungoi Point with
is connected with the mainland by a low isthmus, giving the 15 an extent of about 0.6 mile is generally used. It offers better
point an appearance of an island when seen from a distance. shelter with no outlying dangers except the reef that fringes
The NE and E sides of the headland are clear and steep-to and the shore. The reef that extends 457 m NW of Tambalan
there are no outlying dangers in its immediate vicinity. Off Point is bare at low water and protects the anchorage from
the NW part of the headland, the reef extends to a distance NE sea. The reef on both sides of the bay is of dark brown
of about 274 m. Tubalan Head Light (06° 30' 00"N., 125° 20 with 0.3 m (1 ft) of water in places at low tide.
35' 30"E.) is displayed from Tubalan Head.
Anchorage is NE of the barrio in 25.6 to 29.3 m mud
PORT TUBALAN (CHART 4656), between Tubalan bottom.
Head and Botak Point, is a small bay about 1.2 miles wide
with an extent of 0.8 mile. The entrance is clear and free 25 SIBALATAN POINT, the NW entrance point to
of dangers, but the reef extending about 274 m NW from Basiauan Bay, is the termination of a ridge about 61 m (200
Tubalan Head, reduces the entrance channel to 0.6 mile wide. ft) high with a curving embankment extending S. The point
The middle of the bay is deep. The shoreline is irregular and is not prominent from up or down the gulf, but is easily
generally rocky with mangroves in the bights. The coral reef recognized from NE. A coral reef with foul ground outside
that fringes the shore is widest at its SE side, extending about 30 of it, extends about 457 m from the point.
457 m. Vessels calling at this port usually anchor in the W
part of the bay about 457 m from shore in 36.6 to 40.2 m MONKIAUA BAY, an open indentation immediately
(20 to 22 fathoms) mud bottom; and in the SE corner about NW of Sibalatan Point, is deep and clear. The bay is exposed
457 m 295o from Basol Islet in 40.2 to 43.9 m (22 to 24 to NE weather and seldom used by interisland vessels.
fathoms) mud bottom. 35
KULUNGAN BAY, separated from Monkiaua Bay by
Berthing Facility - A small pier for boats is located at Kabalantian Point, is 2 miles wide. The bay is gradually
Barrio Buhangin, about 1 mile SW of Botak Point. Large foul, specially the N part, where the shoals abound, and some
number of fish cages fronts the barrio except the area fronting of which are awash at low water.
the pier. 40
Danger - A small shoal with a depth of 3.7 m is about
BASOL ISLET, 12.8 m (42 ft) high is on the reef at 2.2 miles NE of Kabalantian Point.
the SE corner of Port Tubalan. It is rocky and steep with few
bushes on its top. A house was placed on SE part of the islet. KULUNGAN POINT, about 3.5 miles 321o from
45 Sibalatan Point, is easily recognized by a sharp tongue of
BOTAK POINT, the N entrance point to Port Tubalan, bare, rocky, yellow bluff running several hundred yards N
is steep and rocky. From a 12.2-meter rocky bluff at the to the water’s edge. The point is 103 m (340 ft) high and
extremity of the point, it rises abruptly to a height of 110 m fringed with narrow coral reef. It may be rounded safely at
(361 ft). The point is fringed by a narrow coral reef and can a distance of 457 m.
be passed within 137 m. 50
FROM KULUNGAN POINT to Colapsin Point, a
FROM TUBALAN HEAD to Colapsin Point, the distance of 4 miles, the shoreline is bold and rocky, with
coast trends in a WNW direction for about 13 miles. This stretches of sand beach in small bights. Coral ranging from
stretch is by far the most indented section of the coastline 27 to 320 m wide fringes the shore.
in Davao Gulf. Numerous sharp peaks ranging from 183 to 55
427 m (600 to 1,400 ft) high are along the coast 1 to 3 miles CLIFF POINT, midway between Kulungan and
inland. Several miles farther inland and usually separated by Colapsin Points, is 119 m (390 ft) high, clear, and steep-to.
pronounced valleys are peaks ranging in height from 488 to
probably 1,219 m (1,600 to 4,000 ft). These interior peaks COLAPSIN POINT, the NE extremity of the peninsula
are often covered with clouds, and the whole system present 60 forming the N side of Malalag Bay, rises to a height of 81

7-73
m (265 ft). The point is densely wooded and fringed by a
narrow coral reef which extends 320 m from shore. A coral
shoal with a depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fathoms) is 0.6 mile 027o
from Colapsin Point. The shoal should be avoided, as there
may be some coral heads on it with less water.
MOUNT PIAPI, a lone partly cultivated hill, 162 m
(531 ft) high, close to the beach on the W side of the entrance
to Malalag Bay, is 3 miles, 282o from Colapsin Point. It is a
good landmark, being distinguishable from a distance.
Anchorage - The bay is being used as lay-up anchorage
and can handle vessels up to 1000 DWT. Forty-eight vessels
can be accommodated simultaneously within the bay. Vessels
wishing to use Malalag Bay as lay-up anchorage may contact
5 Asia-Pacific Chartering Phil., Inc. at telephone no. (+632)
8817-7369.
Vessels usually anchor near the entrance of Malalag
Bay because the inner part of the bay is occupied by a large
10 number of fish cages.

PIAPI REEF, about 548 m in extent and bare about 0.3 MALALAG, a town at the mouth of Malalag River,
m at low water, is 1.1 miles, 078o from the point at the foot of is a port of call for interisland vessels. Ships from Davao
the E slope of Mount Piapi. Piapi Reef and the surrounding often call here to load corn and copra. A highway connects
waters was established by the Municipality of Padada as 15 Malalag with other towns N to Davao City. Two small private
marine sanctuary. hospitals in the town can handle minor cases. Pharmacies, a
public market, and a gasoline station are present. Post office,
MALALAG BAY (CHART 4656), (06° 36' N., 125° mobile phone communication, and Internet connection are
25' E.) on the W part of Davao Gulf, is about 4 miles long in available. Supplies are scarce. Fresh stores are available only
a SE direction and 1 mile wide. The E entrance point, about 20 in limited quantities.
0.5 mile WSW from Colapsin Point, is 57 m (189 ft) high.
It is surrounded by a coral reef, the W extremity of which Prominent Features - Mount Piapi, on the W side
is 735 m 240o from the point. The N part of the W shore of of the entrance to Malalag Bay and Colapsin Point on the
the bay is fringed by mangroves. Shoal water fronting the E side, are good landmarks in approaching the port. The
mangroves extends 0.5 to 0.8 mile from shore to the 10-meter 25 concrete beacon on Bolton Reef in the middle of the channel
curve, leaving a channel 1 mile wide into the bay. The inner and the triangular daymark on the beach near the E side of
part of the bay is surrounded by high hills. At the head of the the mouth of Malalag River are good guides in entering the
bay on both sides of the mouth of a small river are extensive channel. Large white cylindrical tanks are located near the
mangrove swamps, and wide shoals are in the bights along government wharf.
the mangroves. This river is navigable by bancas and small 30
craft at high water to a barrio about 1 mile inland. An islet Berthing Facilities - The 165-meter long government
18 m (60 ft) high, 0.8 mile NW of the mouth of this river. wharf, about 1 mile SE of the town, has controlling depth
of 9 m. The port has tanks and pipelines used for handling
Major Lights - Bolton Reef Light (06° 37' 40"N., 125° molasses.
24' 32"E.) is displayed from a concrete post on Bolton Reef. 35
A small wharf for fishing boats is on the shore just W
Colapsin Light (06° 37' 53"N., 125° 25' 42"E.) is of the N end of the government wharf.
displayed from a white tower on Colapsin Point.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
Malalag Light (06° 35' 54"N., 125° 24' 44"E.) is 40 at the wharf.
diplayed from a white tower on a hill about 0.2 mile NW of
the government wharf. Pilotage - Pilot boards at a position about 1 mile N of
Colapsin Point.
Navigational Aids - Lateral and cardinal buoys were
placed in Malalag Bay to mark the recommended route 45 Achorage - The anchorage in 18.3 m (10 fathoms) about
leading to the government wharf of Malalag town. 457 m N of the daymark is bad during N winds, which have
a long sweep down the gulf, and even with S winds there is
Dangers - Bolton Reef, with a depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm) some sea here. Anchorage for vessels of any size and with
in the middle of the entrance, is marked by a white beacon more protection is NE of the pier in 29.3 to 34.7 m (16 to 19
structure of Bolton Reef Light, 5.2 m (17 ft) above water. 50 fathoms) mud bottom. Vessels entering the bay for shelter
The beacon may be passed at a distance of at least 274 m will find good protected anchorage between the islet near the
on either side. head of the bay and the N shore in 36.6 m (20 fathoms) mud
bottom or in 40.2 m (22 fathoms) 1.5 miles E of the daymark.
Caution - Fish cages were installed in the inner part
of the bay, from the head up to E limit of the recommended 55 Directions - Vessels entering Malalag Bay should bring
route marked by navigational buoys. the beacon on Bolton Reef to bear 205o and steer for it. The
course will lead a vessel about 0.8 mile E of Piapi Reef. When
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Malalag Colapsin Point bears 090o, veer SW to 230o and pass about
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63948-6371659. 550 m W of Bolton Reef beacon, then haul SE to 155o, and
60 head for the pier or desired anchorage.

7-74
 FROM MOUNT PIAPI to the mouth of Davao River,
a distance of about 30 miles, the coastline is generally rugged.
The land in the immediate vicinity of the shore is low and
rises rapidly to a mountain range culminating in Mount
Apo. This section of the coast is wooded and intersected by
a number of small streams, none of which are navigable by
motor launches. At low water they are difficult to enter even
with a pulling boat.
The shores are fringed with reefs and in some places
there are several detached reefs 1 to 1.5 miles from shore.
The anchorage are poor and in many cases rendered difficult
of access by the off-lying reefs.
UMBAKANAN RIVER, is a small stream which
discharges about 1.5 miles N from Mount Piapi. Between the
point E of Mount Piapi and the mouth of Umbakanan River,
the shore is low, flat, and bordered by mangroves with a few
scattered hills inland. A flat sandy beach with overlying coral
fronts the mangroves shoreline. The sand flats extend to a
distance of about 0.5 mile to the limits of the coral reefs and
are nearly bare at low water.
PADADA RIVER, emptying 1.5 miles N of Umbakanan
River, is navigable by bancas and small craft at high water.
The town of Hagonoy is on the N bank of the river about
0.5 mile inland. A small grass covered mound marks the N
bank of the mouth of the river.
Anchorage off Padada River is easy of access and
free of dangers. Vessels may anchor about 0.5 mile SE of
the mouth of the river in 18.3 to 36.6 m (10 to 20 fm) mud
bottom. Soundings of 9.1 m (5 fm) were reported by the S.S.
Heber Creel in an arc of 2 miles from the outer reef and this
should be avoided.
FROM THE MOUTH OF PADADA RIVER to
Digos Point the coast trends N with a curve W for about
4 miles. This section of the coast is fronted by a fine sand
beach fringed with coral, nowhere exceeding 457 m in width. 40
BALUTAKAY RIVER, which discharge about 2.8
miles SSW from Digos Point, is small and sometimes barred
by sand at its mouth.
DAWIS, a barrio about 1.7 miles SW of Digos Point, has
a 65 m long finger pier, which is not operational since 1996.
DIGOS RIVER discharges about 1 mile SSW of Digos
Point. Digos Islet, shown on Chart 4656, is already part of
the mainland because of the eastward movement of the river
mouth due to sedimentation. A reef, part of which bares at
low water, extends about 274 m E from the river mouth.
DIGOS CITY (CHART 4656), on the S bank of Digos
River, is the capital and economic center of Davao del Sur
province. It is connected by road with Davao City. The city
has hospitals that can handle major operations, clinics, and
pharmacies. Major banks, hotels, gasoline stations, repair
shops, public markets, and shopping malls are also present.
7-75
Postal, courier services, money remittance centers, mobile
phone services and Internet connection are available.
Dangers - Within a radius of about 0.5 mile E of the
5 river mouth is an area of good water with depths of 16.5 to
36.6 m (9 to 20 fm). Beyond this to 1.5 miles off Digos Point
are numerous detached shoals and reefs which are dangerous
to navigation.
10 A small detached shoal with a depth of 5.4 m (3 fathoms)
is 1.2 miles SSW from the mouth of Digos River.
Digos Reefs, the E danger off Digos Point, are a group
of numerous detached reefs and shoals extending about 1.5
15 miles from the shore. Some parts of these reefs are bare at
low water, but they are relatively very small compared with
the total extent of the reefs. Vessels navigating in the vicinity
off Digos Point should not come closer than 1.5 miles E
of the point in order to avoid these reefs. A narrow deep
20 channel 228 m wide is between the shore reef and Digos
Reef. Several other channels are between the reef and shoals,
but in the absence of local knowledge, navigation should be
conducted with caution.
25 Digos Outer Reef, the SE danger in this vicinity, is
awash at high water. The center of the main reef with an
extent of about 735 m is 1.8 miles SE of Digos Point. This
reef is steep-to on the E and S sides, but on the W side foul
ground extends to a distance of nearly 0.5 mile.
30
Anchorage off Digos City may be had between the river
mouth and Digos Reef in 20.1 to 31 m (11 to 17 fathoms)
mud bottom or between the same river mouth and Digos
Outer Reef in 20.1 to 43.8 m (11 to 24 fathoms) mud bottom.
35
Directions - The approach to the anchorage off Digos
City should be made from S. Channel in and around the reefs
N of Digos Outer Reef, although deep, are not recommended
to strangers. Vessels with local knowledge sometimes pass
N of Digos Outer Reef, especially when it is clear and the
reef bares.
DIGOS POINT is low, flat, and wooded. The point is
fringed with mangroves and surrounded by a steep-to coral
45 reef which bares at low water to a distance of nearly 457 m.
The point is fairly prominent when seen from N or S. The
channel between the point and the reefs lying E from it is
about 228 m wide and has depths of 12.8 to 23.8 m (7.1 to
13 fathoms). The channel is restricted and can only be used
50 by boats due to the presence of numerous fish cages.
TAGABULI BAY (CHART 4624), a deep inlet 0.9
mile long and about 457 m wide, is 2.5 miles N of Digos
Point. The entire shore of the bay is fringed by mangroves
55 and fronted by narrow steep-to reef bare at extreme low
water. The approach is clear and free of dangers, but both
sides of the entrance are low and not readily made out from
seaward. Only small boats can navigate is the bay due to the
presence of numerous fish cages. A causeway extends from
60 the S shore near the entrance of the bay.
 Anchorage, protected from winds, except those from
ESE, is in the middle of the bay in 29.3 to 36.6 m mud
bottom, where the width of the bay is about 365 m between
the edges of the reefs.
FROM TAGABULI BAY to Santa Cruz Point, a
distance of 2.5 miles, the shoreline is low and fringed by
narrow coral reef, covered with white sand, which is visible
from a distance. Back of the shore is a wide expense of
cultivated land planted mostly of hemp and coconuts. The 10
water close inshore is deep and free of dangers, the 20-meter
curve being not less than 274 m from the edge of the reef.
PASIG POINT, about 1.7 miles NE from Tagabuli Bay,
is low and occupied by houses. Pasig Point Light is displayed
from a white tower on the beach of the point.
SANTA CRUZ POINT, 2.5 miles NE of Tagabuli Bay,
is low and fronted by white sand beach. The barrier reef
surrounding the point extends about 183 m offshore. About 20
3 miles WNW from the point, at an elevation of 366 to 457
m (1,200 to 1,500 ft) is a patch of cogon grass visible from a
considerable distance and forms a good landmark, especially
for vessels bound into Santa Cruz.
SANTA CRUZ, the town located on Santa Cruz Point, is
visible from seaward. The town has postal, mobile phone and
telephone services, and Internet connection. It is connected
by road to Davao City. A municipal health center and private
clinics that can handle minor cases are the available medical
facilities. It is the shipping point of agricultural products like
copra, hemp, rice, banana, and corn from the S towns of
Davao del Sur province. Diesel oil, gasoline, and lubricating
oil may be obtained in limited quantities. Water supply is
available.
Winds - Based on the data gathered by PAGASA from
1997 to 2002 the prevailing wind direction and average
velocity in Santa Cruz follows three patterns. From January
to April, the wind blows NE up to 6 knots. From May to
October, the wind direction is toward the S up to 4 knots.
From November to December, the wind blows toward the
N up to 6 knots.
once a crater seems to have disappeared. During the survey,
it had been observed that sulphur steam was constantly
issuing from several fissures in the vicinity. Mount Apo and
the surrounding peaks are constantly enveloped in clouds
5 from March to June.
FROM SANTA CRUZ POINT to Malusi Point the
coast trends NE for about 3 miles forming an open bay, the
shore of which is fringed with coral. Very little lowland
borders the shore of this bay and the land in the interior rises
abruptly to heights of 762 m (2,500 ft) within 1 mile from
the coast. Several detached reefs with depths of 1.8 to 5.9 m
are 0.6 to 0.8 mile along this coast. Between the shore and
these reefs a good anchorage may be found.
15
MALUSI POINT is low, rounded, and not very
prominent. The prominent feature on the point is the water
tank and factory buildings of Franklin Baker Company. Two
small shoals covered by depths of 8.6 m (4.7 fm) and 5.9
m (3.2 fm) lie nearly 0.8 mile 191o and 169o, respectively,
from Malusi Point, on a bank about 0.5 mile long in an E-W
direction inside the 20-meter curve. Deep water is between
this bank and the point.
25 FROM MALUSI POINT to Tagulaya Point, a
distance of 3.8 miles NE, the shores are solid except for a
little mangrove at the bight near Astorga.
ASTORGA is a small village about 2 miles NE from
30 Malusi Point. Along this mangrove-covered section and for
457 m on either side of it, there is a fringe of broken coral
thrown up by the sea, but the remainder of the low water
area is fine sand beach, 9 to 18 m wide. This sand beach is
extensively used as a road. All the interior in this vicinity
35 is heavily wooded and the mountain sides are furrowed by
deep valleys. The bight fronting Astorga is encumbered by a
number of detached shoals. A broken chain of shoals covered
by depths of 0.9 to 7.7 m (0.5 to 4.2 fm) is a little more than
0.5 mile outside of a line drawn between Malusi and Tagulaya
40 Point. The most N of the shoals is about 1.5 miles SW from
Tagulaya Point and extend for a distance of about 2 miles
in the same direction. The shoals are composed of sand and
coral and the bottom are generally visible.

Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Santa 45 Berthing Facilities - Mooring dolphins and an offshore
Cruz may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63928-2690405. platform of an oil depot operated by SEAOIL Philippines
Inc. are located about 0.2 mile SE of Astorga. The facilities
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Santa Cruz usually can handle vessels up to 50,000 DWT. Large cyclindrical
anchor about 274 to 365 m from the beach SE of the town gray tanks of the oil depot are the prominent features in
in 12.8 to 36.6 m (7 to 20 fm). Better protected anchorage 50 this area.
may be found in a cove about 1 mile NE of Santa Cruz in
31.1 to 31.9 m (17 to 17.5 fm) mud bottom at back of a reef A group of dolphins, located about 0.2 mile SE of
which bares at half tide. This anchorage is protected from Astorga, is operated by Pryce Gases, Inc. Vessels carrying
all except strong SE winds. LPG call at this berthing facility.
55
MOUNT APO, about 13 miles 317o from Santa Cruz TAGULAYA POINT is low, wooded, and fringed by
Point, is 2,953 m (9,690 ft) high and appears as a peak a narrow gravel beach. A small shoal covered by a depth of
with steep slopes and rounded summit. It is reported that a 7.3 m (4 fm) and surrounded by deep water is 1.5 miles 025o
small crater is at the summit. On the S side and about 305 from Tagulaya Point and 0.8 mile from shore.
m (1,000 ft) below the summit part of what was evidently 60

7-76
 FROM TAGULAYA POINT to the mouth of the pfda.gov.ph.
Sirawan River, 4 miles N, the shore is fringed by a broad
curving sandy beach, backed by an extensive coconut Berthing Facilities - The fish port has a concrete wharf
plantation. with a berth length of 230 m. The harbor basin, which is
5 protected by breakwaters, can accommodate up to 45 fishing
DARONG (DORONG), a barrio on the shore about 1 vessels of 75 GRT. The fish port has a refrigeration building
mile N of Tagulaya Point is covered by trees. with 80-ton capacity.

Berthing Facilities - A 420 m long concrete pier, which Supplies - Ice and fresh water are available at the fish
is under construction in 2019, is located about 0.9 mile N 10 port.
of Tagulaya Point. The pier is owned by San Miguel Corp.
Anchorage may be had about 0.5 miles from the fish
The Therma South Power Plant, located about 2.4 miles port in 14.6 to 27.4 m (8 to 15 fm). This anchorage is exposed
N of Tagulaya Point, has a 270 m long wharf and jetty for to E winds and sea.
use by vessels delivering coal. The silver coal dome of the 15
power plant is prominent. Buoys, flashing yellow lights, mark FROM DALIAO to DUMUY POINT, the coast trends
the offshore ends of the intake and outfall pipes. NE for 2.5 miles. The land is low, level, and heavily wooded.
The beach is mostly sand with little coral. The villages of
SIRAWAN RIVER, a small stream which empties 4 LIPADAS and DUMUY are near the beach along this coast.
miles N of Tagulaya Point, is navigable by small boats and 20
launches for not more than 0.5 mile. The bar at the entrance LIPADAS POINT, about 1 mile NE of Daliao, is
of the river has depths of 1.5 to 1.8 m at low water. The barrio recognizable by a concrete breakwater extending 115 m NE.
of Sirawan is on the S side of the mouth of Sirawan River. The breakwater and the shore N forms a small harbor that is
used as log pond by SMWPI Wood Products Inc.
DALIAO, a highly urbanized barrio near the mouth of 25
the river of the same name, is 5.2 miles N of Tagulaya Point. TALOMO BAY (CHART 4656), between Dumuy and
It is fronted by the piers and facilities of Davao Fish Port Dumalag Points, is 2.5 miles wide and about 1 mile in extent.
Complex, which are visible from a distance offshore. The It is generally deep and clear. The bay is protected from N
business center is at TORIL, 0.5 mile inshore where several winds. Fish cages were laid at the E part of the bay about
small stores and a church are located. Telephone and highway 30 0.5 mile NNE of Dumalag Point.
connection is maintained with Davao City.
TALOMO RIVER AND MATINA RIVER are
Aids to Navigation - The offshore ends of the small streams emptying into the bay.
breakwaters of the fish port are marked by lights. The
North Breakwater Light flashes red light while the South 35 DUMALAG POINT, the E entrance point to Talomo
Breakwater Light flashes green. Bay, is mostly low and wooded. The point extends about 1
mile S from the general shoreline and is easily identified
Dangers - Daliao Reefs, consisting of two coral shoals when nearing the coast. The S extremity of the point is
which extend about 1 mile long in a N and S direction, are fringed by coral reef 183 m wide which bares at low water.
the only dangers in the vicinity. The N shoal about 0.5 mile S 40 Shoals with depths of 7.3 m (4 fm) and 9.6 m (5.24 fm) are
from Daliao is partly bare at low water. The S shoal covered 548 m 107o and 0.6 mile 160o, respectively, from the point.
with very little water has a rock awash at low water near its
N end. Between these shoals and the shore is a deep channel PORT OF DAVAO, is the sea area bounded by an
about 137 m wide at the narrowest part. This channel is not imaginary line drawn from Dumalag Point running E to the
recommended to strangers. 45 W shore of Samal Island; thence by the shoreline of Samal
Island to Bassa Point; thence by an imaginary line running
A small detached shoal covered by a depth of 8.6 m is straight to the mouth of Lasang River; and thence by the
about 457 m N from the N end of Daliao Reefs and about shoreline of the mainland (Mindanao Island) to Dumalag
365 m from the beach. Point.
50
Distress and Rescue - The Coast Guard station at the From Dumalag Point to the mouth of the Davao River,
fish port may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63927- the coast trends NE for about 3 miles. It is low, swampy,
1520341. and bordered by a sandy beach. Shoal water extends to a
distance of about 457 m from shore beyond which the water
Port Management - The wharf at Daliao is operated 55 deepens very rapidly.
by the Philippine Fisheries Development Authority (PFDA)
and serve as the main fish port for Davao Region. It is also Davao River (07° 02' 59"N., 125° 36' 25"E.) is of little
a transhipment port for foreign fishing vessels. The fish port value to navigation, except for fishermen on bancas and small
manager may be contacted through telephone nos. (+6382) crafts. The mouth of the river is obstructed by shoal and bar
291-0732 and (+6382) 291-1407, and e-mail at opm_dfpc@ 60 has a depth of 0.5 m (1 1/2 ft) at low water. The channel at the

7-77
entrance changes frequently in freshets and local knowledge vessels should not use the passage unless the wind is free and
is necessary to enter the river. strong enough to enable her to stem the current.

From Davao River to the mouth of Ilang River, the coast
is characterized by high density residential, commercial and 5 Pakiputan Strait, is well buoyed. Consult the nautical charts
industrial structures. Berthing facilities of Davao City, the
details of which may be read in sebsequent sections, are
located along the stretch of this coast.
From the mouth of Ilang River, the coast trends in a 10
NNW direction for 3 miles to the mouth of Bunawan River.
The shore is fringed with light growth of mangroves fronted
by mud and sand flats. The water fronting the barrio of
Tibungco, just N of Ilang River is encumbered by numerous
shoals extending about 548 m from shore. Some fish traps 15
mark the edges of these shoals.
Bunawan River (07° 13' 41"N., 125° 39' 03"E.) is
navigable by launches drawing 0.6 to 0.9 m (2 to 3 ft) for
several miles inland. The mouth of the river has a shifting 20
bar and a channel is difficult to locate on account of the
mud flat fronting the mangroves which extends about 365 m
from the entrance. A small bight, N of the river, is protected
from SW winds. A coral reef 228 m wide and awash at low
tides, fringes the shore of the bight for 0.8 mile. A mud flat 25
is between the shore and reef line. Stilt houses stand on the
mud flat. A ruined pier is near the head of the bight. Vessels
calling at this place may anchor in 14.6 to 27.4 m E of this
ruined pier. Vessels may also anchor in 18.3 to 36.6 m S of
another ruined pier at the N coast of the bight. Small launches 30
may go alongside the ruined pier at high tide. The immediate
vicinity of the ruined pier is covered by a mud flat which
dries at low water.
Navigational Buoys - Port of Davao, which includes
for details.
Dangers - The gulf is generally deep. The course
leading to the harbor from the S is clear and free of hazards.
The W side of the S entrance to Pakiputan Strait has several
dangerous shoals. The outermost of these dangers are the
shoals with depths of 2.1 m (1.1 fm) and 8.7 m (4.75 fm)
about 1.1 miles 066o and 1.7 miles 059o , respectively, from
the end of Santa Ana Pier. When shifting berth from Santa
Ana Pier to the Sasa Wharf, vessels should keep off at least
0.8 mile SE of Ipil in order to avoid the numerous shoals
and coral reef in this area.
In the N approach, the dangers consists of several small
detached reefs and shoals covered by depths of 0.3 to 9.1
m (0.2 to 5 fm) along the W shore of the strait at a distance
of about 457 m from the main coast. The reef surrounding
Arboles Island should not be approached closer than 0.5 mile.
Caution - Submarine power cables cross Pakiputan
Strait from Davao City to Linao Point in Samal Island.
Anchoring and fishing is prohibited in the vicinity of the
submarine power cables.
Seaweed cages were placed near Arboles Islands. Fish
cages abound near the coast of Davao City and Samal Island.
These structures are temporary and are not easily detected,
particularly during nighttime.

From Bunawan River the shore curves NE for about 35 Tidal Current in Pakiputan Strait is strong and
2.3 miles to the mouth of Lasang River, which marks the sometimes attain a velocity of 2 1/2 knots. The flood sets N
northern limits of the Port of Davao. The shoreline from 1 and the ebb S.
mile S of Bunawan River to Lasang River is bordered by mud
flat which bares at low water to a distance of 137 to 548 m. DAVAO CITY (CHART 4624), is the highly urbanized
40 area in the Mindanao Island side of the Port of Davao. The
PAKIPUTAN STRAIT, the narrowest portion of the city is the commercial and administrative center of Southern
Port of Davao, is between Samal Island and the coast of Mindanao and is the location of the regional branches of
Davao City. It is 0.5 mile wide at its narrowest part with mid- national government agencies and major commercial entities.
channel depths of 20 to 35 m (11 to 19 fm). The coastline
on the Davao City side is generally sandy, with stretches 45 Davao City is a customs port of entry and quarantine
of mud in the bights and near the mouths of the rivers. The station. Abaca, copra, logs, sawed lumber and agricultural
low water line is bordered by coral. On the Samal side of products are exported in great quantity. Food supplies and
the strait, the entire coastline is planted with coconut trees manufactured goods are the main imports. The city has
extending into the interior. The beach is of white sand and several hotels, banks, and shopping malls.
small broken coral. The shoreline opposite of Arboles Island 50
is bordered by narrow mangroves for about 1 mile, with mud Prominent Features and Landmarks - From a distance
flats in places. Fresh water is obtainable from a spring near of about 10 miles in the vicinity W of Talikud Island, the
the high water line, about 548 m S of BASAO. Davao City is distinguished by the numerous buildings,
warehouses, and the concrete pier at Santa Ana. A wooded
Arboles Island, locally known as Vanishing Islands, is 55 hill 163 m (535 ft) high W of the city and 3.4 miles N of
a prominent landmark near the E side of Pakiputan Strait, Dumalag Point is also conspicuous. A white stone monument
midway between Linao and Bassa Points. It consists of white of President Ramon Magsaysay about 24 m high stands about
sand and broken coral. 270 m SW of Davao Light. Opposite Linao Point on the W
side of Pakiputan Srait, which is the Buhangin District of
Pakiputan Strait is too narrow to work in, and sailing 60 Davao City, several large warehouses and storage tanks of

7-78
petroleum depot are prominent. Sasa Wharf and privately- under the regulatory control of PMO - Davao. The PMO
maintained piers and are visible from a distance. may be contacted through the following means at telephone
nos. (+6382) 235-2564 to 68 and VHF Channel 16. Vessels
Major Lights - Davao Light (07° 04' 39"N., 125° 37' calling at Davao City must send advance notice to the port
35"E.), displayed from a white tower at Santa Ana Pier, 5 authority 48 hrs before ETA.
was reported indistinguishable from the city lights at the
background. Customs - Vessels subject to customs inspection are
boarded by the customs officers the ports. The office of
Sasa Light (07° 07' 20"N., 125° 39' 46"E.) is displayed Bureau of Customs Collection District XII is located at
from a white tower at Sasa Wharf. 10 Sasa Wharf and may be contacted at telephone nos. (+6382)
233-1258 and (+6382) 224-9691.
Panacan Light (07˚ 09' 10"N., 125° 39' 46"E.) is
displayed from a white concrete column at the Naval Station Immigration - The Davao Immigration District Office
Felix Apolinario in Panacan District of Davao City. may be contacted through the following telephone nos.
15 (+6382) 228-6488 and (+6382) 228-6477. The immigration
Channels - Approach to Davao City is through office at the Davao International Airport may be contacted at
Pakiputan Strait. Another approach is at the E side of Samal telephone no. (+6382) 232-8076. The immigration office may
Island, however, this is mainly used as exit channels for also be contacted through e-mail at bidavao@gmail.com.
vessels departing from ports N of Davao Gulf. The water
depth in the strait is about 36 m while the width of the 20 Quarantine - Vessels subject to quarantine inspection
clearance is 0.4 mile. are boarded by the QMO off the port areas. The Davao
Quarantine Station may be contacted at telephone no.
Directions. - To enter Pakiputan Strait from the S bring (+6382) 300-2378.
Arboles Island almost in range with the W tangent to Linao
Point on course 019o. Steer for this range until about 1 mile 25 The Veterinary Quarantine Station in Davao City
from Linao Point, and when Sasa marginal wharf bears 010o may be contacted at telephone no. (+6382) 234-3668 and
steer for it, or head for the other private piers, or anchorage. e-mail at vqs.region11@bai.gov.ph. The Plant Quarantine
Vessels bound to any part of the head of Davao Gulf when Office, which is located at Sasa Wharf, may be contacted
abeam of Caltex pier on 010o course should steer mid-channel at telephone nos. (+6382) 228-5094 and (+6382) 298-6267,
courses, keeping not less than 457 m from each side of the 30 and e-mail at pqs.davao@gmail.com.
shore. At the point where Arboles Island is in range with
the W tangent of Bassa Point, bearing 024o and Caltex pier Distress and Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact
bears 288o, change course to 032o. When Arboles Island bears the VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in Davao
019o and the NE corner of Sasa marginal wharf bears 243o, City. The Coast Guard District Southeastern Mindanao
distant 0.5 mile, alter course to 000o until abeam of Bassa 35 (CGDSEM) may also be contacted through VHF Channel
Point then set course to the desired place of call. 16 or at mobile phone nos. +63955-5083665 and +63920-
5387037. The following are the Coast Guard stations in the
Medical Facilities - Complete medical and hospital Port of Davao:
facilities are available in Davao City. Merchant seaman may
be hospitalized at any of the public or private hospitals, at 40 Mobile phone no.
the discretion of the master, agents or owners of the vessels. Sasa Wharf +63927-3178031
The Southern Philippines Medical Center is the major Sasa (Km 11) +63906-3868542
government hospital in the city that can handle major medical Ilang +63991-4524363
cases. Private hospitals, medical clinics, pharmacies, and Santa Ana Pier +63927-1532648
drug stores are present throughout the city. 45
The PNP Maritime Group - Regional Maritime Unit 11,
Communications - Commercial ships travel regularly stationed at Santa Ana Pier, may be contacted at telephone no.
between Davao and Manila and other principal ports of the (+6382) 222-8791, and mobile phone no. +63998-8868879.
Philippines. Foreign vessels call frequently at Davao. Public
buses connect the city with the important towns along Davao 50 The Philippine Navy's Naval Forces Eastern Mindanao
Gulf and cities of Mindanao Island. RoRo buses have regular (NFEM), headquartered in Davao City, may also assist
trips to Metro Manila. Postal services, Internet connection, vessels in distress. NFEM may be contacted at telephone
telephone, mobile phone and radio communications are no. (+6382) 235-2437.
available. Several motor boats ferry passengers and cargo
between the city and Samal Island. Commercial airlines have 55 Berthing Facilities - The Port of Davao has two major
daily flights between Davao City to and from Manila, Cebu, government ports and numerous private piers. The two major
Zamboanga and other important cities. International flights ports are Santa Ana Pier and Sasa Wharf. The following are
are also available. the port facilities in the Port of Davao:

Port Management - All ports in the Port of Davao is 60 Santa Ana Pier (07° 04' 36"N., 125° 37'37"E.) consists

7-79
of two 100-m long concrete piers. It regularly caters to
launches and motored boats that ply the routes between
Davao City and the islands of Talikud and Samal. It also
accommodates larger vessels ferrying scrap metals and
commodities going to General Santos and Cebu. About 1.5
hectares of open space is available as storage area.
Cargo handling services, porterage, bagging, chandling,
and machineworks are available from local companies in
Santa Ana Pier. Fresh water is delivered by private companies
using trucks. Bunkering services are available. Request for
stevedores and other port services must be included to the
advanced notice sent to PMO - Davao.
Vessels calling at Sta. Ana Pier should anchor at position
about 0.9 mile E of the pier. Anchorage may also be had at
the S entrance to Pakiputan Strait at position about 2 miles
NE of Sta. Ana Pier. The anchorage is well protected except
during the SW monsoon.
Buhangin, the coastal district of Davao City across
Linao Point of Samal Island and SW of Sasa Wharf, is the
site of numerous tourist piers operated by hotels, such as
Waterfront Insular Hotel, and Blue Jazz Resort. The piers
are used by small crafts that transport hotel guests to Samal 25
Island.
Pearl Farm Marina (07° 06' 14"N., 125° 39' 06"E.) has a
150 m long concrete T-head jetty. Just SW of this hotel is the
Davao Boat and Leisure Club that has berthing and mooring
facilities for leisure crafts. The operator of the yacht club may
be contacted at telephone no. (+6382) 234-0539 and e-mail
at davaoboatclub2006@gmail.com.
The 160 m long jetty of Waterfront Insular Hotel and the
170 m long jetty of Blue Jazz Resort are located about 380
m and 480 m from the Pearl Farm Marina jetty, respectively.
Along the coast, between the tourist piers and Sasa
Wharf, are the berthing facilities of petroleum depot and
factories. Large cylindrical tanks and factory buildings are
prominent along this stretch of the coast.
Phoenix Petroleum Bulk Depot (07° 06' 32"N., 125° 39'
16"E.) has a 70 m long jetty that is connected to the shore
by a 100 m long causeway. Dolphins are at the offshore end
of the jetty.
Petron Davao Depot, about 0.2 mile NE of Phoenix
Petroleum Depot, has a 100 m long jetty with dolphins at
it offhore end.
Chevron Depot, located just NE of Petron Davao Depot,
has a 40 m long pier with dolphins at the offshore end. A 20 m
long jetty, located about the 73 m NE of the Chevron Depot
pier and at the S bank of a small river, is utilized by tourist
boats ferrying passengers to a beach resort in Samal Island.
Insular Oil Depot, located about 0.2 mile NE of Chevron
Depot, has a 140 m long pier with dolphins at the offshore
7-80
end.
The berthing facilities of First Coconut Manufacturing
Inc. and Universal Robina Corp., just NE of Insular Oil
5 Depot, is composed of three concrete wharves with berth
length of 200 m, 40 m, and 80 m. Equipment for handling
coconut products and flour are available.
Shell Depot, located just SW of Sasa Wharf, has a 40
10 m long pier with dolphins at the offshore end.
Sasa Wharf (07° 07' 37"N., 125° 39' 47"E.) serves
as the international port of Davao. It has a berth length of
1.1 km. Available storage facilities consist of 29,700 sq m
15 open storage area, 41,500 sq m container yard, and reefer
facilities. Cranes of various tonnage are available at Sasa
Wharf. Special equipments for handling cement and bananas
are also available.
20 The port manager of Sasa Wharf can be contacted at
telephone no. (+6382) 235-2564 local 129.
Cargo handling services, porterage, bagging, chandling,
and machineworks are available from local companies in
Sasa Wharf. Fresh water is delivered by private companies
using trucks. Bunkering services are available. Shore
reception facility is also available. Request for stevedores
and other port services must be included to the advanced
notice sent to PMO - Davao.
30
Private wharves and piers occupy the W shore of
Pakiputan Strait from Sasa Wharf to Ilang River. The
coastline in this area is characterized by large density of
houses, most of which stands on stilts on the shallow part
35 of sea.
Ferry Wharf (07° 08' 05"N., 125° 39' 48"E.), with
a berth length of about 30 m, is used by boats ferrying
passengers and goods between Davao City and Samal Island.
40
Kudos Wharf (07° 08' 45"N., 125° 39' 48"E.), about 1
mile N of Sasa Wharf, has a berth length of about 500 m. It
serves as the port of call for vessels ferrying cargo between
Davao City, General Santos City, and Bitung in Indonesia.
45 Small vessels ferrying passengers to Samal Island also call
at this wharf.
Naval Station Felix Apolinario (07° 09' 13"N., 125°
39' 39"E.) is the headquarters of the Naval Forces Eastern
50 Mindanao of the Philippine Navy. It has a 60 m long and
45 m long concrete wharves. Panacan Light (07˚ 09' 10"N.,
125° 39' 36"E.) is displayed from the naval station.
Ilang (07° 10' 09"N., 125° 39' 22"E.), the industrial area
55 of Davao City, is prominent due to large factory buildings and
berthing facilities located along the shore between Panacan
River and Ilang River. The berthing facilities are operated
by the following:
60 Davao Bay Coconut Oil Mills Inc. or DBCOM (07° 09'
40"N., 125° 39' 35"E.), about 0.3 mile NNW of Panacan
River, has an 80 m long concrete pier with dolphins at the
offshore end. Just N of DBCOM is the facilities of New
Davao Oil Mill Inc. (NDOM), which has a 90 m long
concrete pier, 110 m long concrete wharf, and dolphins.
DBCOM and NDOM have equipment and pipelines at the
piers for handling coconut and coconut oil.
Tierra Agri Technologies Inc. (TATI), just N of NDOM,
has a 170-meter long concrete that is used by vessels
unloading chemicals used to manufacture fertilizer.
Unifrutti Philippines (07° 10' 04"N., 125° 39' 27"E.)
has a 280 m long concrete pier. International cargo vessels
call at this wharf to load bananas for export to Japan and
other Asian countries. Cold-storage facilities are available.
TEFASCO (07° 10' 19"N., 125° 39' 23"E.) has a
concrete wharf with a berth length of 550 m. The wharf
can handle vessels with maximum draft of 9.5 m. Available 20
storage facilities include warehouses with a total storage
space of 3,000 sq m, two transit sheds, and 4,000 sq m open
space. Additional storage facility is available at Ilang Agri
Industrial Estate Corporation (ILAIECO) across the highway
from TEFASCO wharf. Available equipment include two 25
ship-to-shore gantry crane, one telescopic shore crane, two
gantry cranes, 190 reefer outlets, two bulk unloaders, four
reach stackers, 80-ton weigh bridge, forklifts, payloaders,
prime movers, and trailers. Stevedoring and arrastre services
are available at the wharf. 30
Holcim Philippines Inc., just N of TEFASCO wharf
at the S bank of Ilang River, is marked by two large gray
cylindrical tank used for storing cement. It has a 200 m long
conveyor pier and a concrete wharf with a berth length of
340 m. Vessels call to load cement products.
Mindanao Terminal and Brokerage Services, about 0.2
miles N of Holcim Pier, has a 100 m long concrete wharf
that is connected to the shore by a 300-m long causeway.
The wharf is currently abandoned and is not operational.
Sumifru Philippines Corp. (07° 12' 25"N., 125° 38'
55"E.) has 300 m long concrete wharf that is used by vessels
loading bananas, pineapple, papaya, and other fruit products.
Gothong Southern Shipping, just N of the Sumifru
Wharf, has wharves with a total berth length of 620 m.
The wharf can handle containerized and rolling cargoes.
The port manager may be contacted at mobile phone no.
+63977-7306230.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at the facilities of Sumifru
Philippines and Gothong Southern Shipping may anchor
about 0.5 mile offshore in 21.9 to 27.4 m. Small launches with
local knowledge may approach closer inshore of Tibungco
through a narrow winding channel among the reefs and
anchor between the shoals and the shore.
Repairs - There are two ship repair facilities in the Port
7-81
of Davao operated by CW Cole Inc. and Mintrade Shipping
Corp. The facilities of CW Cole Inc. (07° 07' 15"N., 125°
40' 22"E.), located at Barrio Kinawitnon in Samal Island, has
a slipway than can accommodate vessels up to 750 DWT.
5 CW Cole Inc. may be contacted at telephone nos. (+6382)
227-5505 and (+6382) 224-3825.
The facilities of Mintrade Shipping Corp. (07° 05' 26"N.,
125° 38' 26"E.) has a slipway than can accommodate vessels
10 up to 500 GRT. The shipyard may be contacted at telephone
no. (+6382) 234-8888.
Engine repairs, all types of deck repairs, and underwater
bottom cleaning are available. There are machine shops in
15 Davao City where welding and casting can be performed.
The nearest shipyards and repair facilities for larger vessels
are located in the Port of General Santos, about 65 miles
SW of Davao City.
Supplies - Deck and marine supplies of practically every
description are obtainable. Food supplies are plentiful. Fresh
water, suitable for drinking purposes, is supplied to vessels
at the port area.
Supply of bunker coal can be obtained. Bunker fuel
oil, bulk diesel oil, and gasoline in drums are delivered by
lighters either at the piers or at anchorage. Lubricating oils
are available.
Pilotage is provided by Davao Pilot’s Association. It is
compulsory for anchoring, leaving anchorage, channeling,
docking and undocking. Pilots can be contacted via VHF
channel 16. Notice of ETA should be given 48 hrs in advance.
Vessels must contact the pilots 2 hrs before ETA calling
35 "Davao Pilot" to advise if the vessels is coming from the
N or S entrance. The pilot's association can be contacted at
telephone no. (+6382) 227-3690. The pilot boards at position
3 miles SE of Santa Ana Pier. Tugging services are available
from local companies.
40
Directions - Within 1.5 miles W of Talikud Island, steer
352.5o heading for the end of Santa Ana Pier. When Dumalag
Point bears 270o, distant 3.4 miles, change course to 000o
until abeam of the end of the pier. From the vicinity of Santa
45 Ana Pier, navigate through the middle of Pakiputan Strait to
and steer towards the desired berthing facilities within the
Port of Davao.
SAMAL ISLAND, near the head of Davao Gulf, is
50 about 18 miles long between BASSA POINT at the N end
and PAET POINT at the S, and about 8 miles wide between
LINAO and EAST POINTS. It is separated from the W
shore of Davao Gulf by Pakiputan Strait. The entire island
is rough, hilly, and wooded. The E coast is clear and steep-
55 to. The highest hill, locally known as Puting Bato, with an
elevation of 532 m (1,745 ft) is 3.5 miles SW from East Point.
The W coast is more populated than the E coast, and a few
small streams empty on this side. The shore reefs extend to
a distance of about 0.5 mile near the vicinity of Malipano
60 Anchorage. Several detached shoals with depths of 0.5 to
16.5 m are in this vicinity, none of which are more than 1.5 exposed to SW wind direction during June to October, NE
miles from shore. The most cultivated part is between Bassa during November to March, and N during April to May.
and East Points. The coast is generally planted with coconut
trees and some of the inland areas are planted with hemp. ARBOLES ISLAND (Sanipaan Island), locally
5 known as Vanishing Islands, is a prominent landmark near
CITY OF SAMAL, officially known as Island Garden the E side of Pakiputan Strait, midway between Linao and
City of Samal (IGACOS), is the local government unit Bassa Points. It is consists of white sand and broken coral.
that has jurisdiction over Samal and Talikud Islands. Ferry The surrounding reef is about 1 mile long and 228 m wide,
boats, mostly from Davao City, call at Babak, Peñaplata and extending in a N-S direction. The island is entirely covered
Kaputian, which are the main ports of Samal Island. The 10 at high water and only the two clusters of mangroves
city’s major commercial activities include agriculture and growing on it show well from a distance. Three houses: one
tourism. The main agricultural products are corn, coconut, located on the N, the second located in the middle with red
mango, and banana. roofing and the third at S part with white roofing; are used
to accommodate tourists. A wooden T-shaped jetty extends
PEÑAPLATA, (07° 04' 28"N., 125° 42' 32"E.), the 15 SE from the red-roofed house. A west cardinal buoy was
poblacion of the City of Samal, is at the head of the bay placed at the northern tip of the reef fringing Arboles Island.
between Pohun Point and the mouth of Binulin River. The
barrio has money remittance centers, gasoline stations, drug The shoal water area in its immediate vicinity with
stores, grocery stores, hardware stores, and a public market. depths of 0.4 to 5.6 m (0.2 to 3 fm) has a clear visible bottom.
A government hospital that can handle minor cases is present 20 Seaweed cages exists near Arboles Islands. These structures
in the barrio. It is connected by road to other barrios of are temporary and are not easily detected.
Samal Island.
A narrow channel about 251 m wide, having depths of
Berthing Facility - The town has a 40 m long concrete 11 to 16.5 m (6 to 9 fathoms) is between Arboles and Samal
concrete pier that is used by ferry boats calling from Davao 25 Island.
City.
BASSA POINT (07° 11' 45"N., 125° 42' 37"E.) is the
Anchorage - The bay offers good anchorage off northernmost point of Samal Island. The sheltered marina for
Peñaplata about 0.5 mile SW of the pier in 29.3 m (16 fm) yachts and pleasure crafts, operated by Holiday Oceanview,
to 36.6 m (20 fm) mud bottom. Smaller vessels with local 30 is located at the point. Only a little swell is felt inside the
knowledge may anchor closer inshore at least 457 m off the marina is protected by breakwaters and has wave breaker
pier in 11 m (6 fm). This bay is sheltered from NE winds
and sea, but exposed to the SW monsoon. The marina has two floating docks with 56 berths that
can handle vessels with maximum LOA of 15 m and 2 berths
The coast trends NW from Pohun Point to Linao Point 35 that can handle vessels with maximum LOA 30 m. Maximum
and then NE to Kinawitnon. The coast from Pohun Point to draft allowable draft is 4m. Services in the marina include
Kinawitnon is characterized by white beach that is occupied provision of water, electricity, fuel, and laundry. There is a
by beach resorts. Jetties and groynes extends seaward from drydocking space for 25 boats and repair services. Haul-out
beach resorts. services are also available. Those who wish to dock must
40 contact the marina staff prior to arrival through mobile
KINAWITNON, (07° 07' 15"N., 125° 40' 25"E.), the nos. +63917-8337054 and +63909-9298315, or e-mail at
barrio opposite of Sasa Wharf, has a 10 m wide RoRo ramp hovresidences@gmail.com.
used by RoRo vessels plying between Davao City and Samal
Island. LUGUID ISLANDS (Cruz Islands), two in number,
45 are off the N coast of Samal Island. Both are small and
BABAK, (07° 08' 00"N., 125° 41' 11"E.), another planted with coconuts. A few houses in the islands are visible
poblacion of Samal City, is on the NW shore of Samal offshore. A deep channel nearly 1 mile wide separates the S
Island. It is the port of call of ferry boats travelling between end of Big Liguid Island and Samal Island.
Davao City and Samal Island. Gasoline stations, national
commercial and rural banks, money remittance centers, 50 Big Liguid Island (Big Cruz Island), the S one, is 1.3
grocery stores, a department store, and drug stores are present miles long in a NNW and opposite direction and 41 to 20 m
in the area. IGACOS General Hospital, which can handle wide. On the N end is a knoll 24 m (80 ft) high. The S end has
minor cases, is also present. an elevation of about 27 m (90 ft) composed mainly of cliffs
much underworn by the sea. The shoreline in some places is
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Babak 55 fringed by a narrow coral reef and generally steep-to.
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63927-1121444
and +63966-3055395. Little Liguid Island (Little Cruz Island) is 0.8 mile
NNW of Big Cruz Island. It is about 640 m long and has an
Berthing Facilities are composed of two 11 m concrete average width of 100 m. Near its N part it rises to a height
piers with RoRo ramps at each offshore end. The port is 60 of 13 m (42 ft). The W shore is bordered by sand beach.

7-82
From the N point, the reef partly bare at low water extends
to a distance of about 457 m. The E side is fringed by a reef,
narrow at the N end and widening to 146 m at the S end. The
island is occupied by a private beach resort. A small harbor
for boats, partly protected by a breakwater, is at the S end
of the island. A 60-m long concrete causeway pier extends
eastward from the S point of the island.
A shoal 457 m in extent, composed of coral and sand
with a depth of 3.6 m (2 fm) is 1 mile N of Little Cruz Island.
The channel between the Liguid Islands is 0.7 mile wide,
but the greater part is foul and its use is not recommended.
A small coral patch bare at low water is 548 m SSE of Little
Liguid Island. The best water in the channel is immediately
S of this patch, with depth of 6.4 to 13.7 m (3.5 to 7.5 fm).
PAET POINT, the southernmost point of Samal Island,
is marked by Paet Light (06° 53' 36"N., 125° 45' 48"E.),
which is displayed from a white tower.
KAPUTIAN, (06° 57' 54"N., 125° 43' 28"E.), another
poblacion of Samal City located on Kaputian Point (Maputian
Point). Gasoline station, grocery stores, and a public market
are present in the area. Kaputian has a 17 m wide concrete
dock used by ferry boats calling from Talikud Island.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
Kaputian may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-
8425245 and +63927-246240.
MALIPANO ANCHORAGE (CHART 4624), on
the W side of Samal Island, is about 365 m wide and 0.6
mile long. It is well protected by MALIPANO ISLET and
the surrounding rocks and reefs, but the access is difficult
as there are a number of sunken reefs and shoals in the N
and S approaches. This anchorage is not recommended for
oceangoing vessels. A pearl farm is located E of Malipano
Islet. Privately-owned beach resorts occupy Malipano Islet
and the opposite coastline of Samal Island.
Directions - To enter this anchorage bring the N part
of Malipano Islet to bear 090o and steer for it. When within
0.5 mile of the rocky islet off the NW point of Malipano
Islet, steer for it and round the N side of Malipano Islet at
a distance of about 164 m and continue around the E point.
When the E point bears 304o and the NW side of Talikud
Island is just open of the small islet S of Malipano, anchor
in 23.8 m (13 fm) mud bottom.
TALIKUD ISLAND, W from the S end of Samal Island,
is 145 m (475 ft). It is wooded, oval in shape, about 4 miles
long, and 2 miles wide. It is separated from Samal Island
by Talikud Strait, a deep navigable channel about 0.8 mile
wide. The island is sparsely populated and on account of the
scarcity of fresh water, it seems unattractive to settlers. The
shoreline is fringed by a narrow coral reef which, on the N
side extends to a distance of 0.5 mile. The only detached
danger in the vicinity is a shoal covered by a depth of 4.1
m (2.2 fm), 0.5 mile 249° from the S point and about 548
7-83
m from the shore. Talicud Light (06° 54' 27"N., 125° 41'
16"E.) is shown on a tower on the SW portion of the island.
SANTA CRUZ, (06° 56' 17"N., 125° 43' 04"E.), the
5 barrio on the E coast of Talikud Island, is the port of call for
the whole island. Ferry boats from Davao City and Kaputian
in Samal Island call at this barrio. Santa Cruz has a 60 m long
concrete L-shaped pier. The Coast Guard station in the barrio
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63916-9448001.
10
Other barrios are Dadatan (Dadaotan) and Cogon at
the NW and SW portions, respectively, of Talikud Island. A
100-m long concrete causeway pier at the N end of Talikud
Island serves as the berthing facility for Dadatan. Cogon has
15 a 25 m long concrete deck.
HEAD OF DAVAO GULF trends NE from the N
entrance of Pakiputan Strait. From Lasang River the shore
curves NE for about 11.3 miles to the mouth of Hijo River,
20 thence S with a curve E for 14 miles to Pangasinan Point. The
shoreline from Lasang River to Davao Integrated Container
Terminal (DICT) 2 miles SW of Tagum River, a distance of
3 miles, is bordered by mud flat which bares at low water
to a distance of 137 to 548 m. The head of Davao Gulf is
25 free of dangers and may be safely navigated at a distance of
1 mile. The general appearance of the coast is low and flat,
with heavy timber and jungle growth to the water’s edge.
The country is a low alluvial plain which extends N as far
as the eye can reach, forming a valley, 30 to 40 miles wide.
30 On the W side of this valley, the land rises to a mountain
range which at its S end culminates in Mount Apo. E of this
valley the mountain range along the E coast of Mindanao,
presents a continuous rugged formation from Surigao to the
S tip of Cape San Agustin. This stretch of coast is intersected
35 by a number of rivers, none of which are of any importance
to navigation.
LASANG RIVER, (07° 15' 30"N., 125° 40' 46"E.),
which marks the northern limits of the Port of Davao, may
40 be entered by launches drawing 0.6 to 0.9 m (2 to 3 ft) and
navigation carried inland for several miles. The entrance is
through a winding channel in the mangrove with a wide mud
deposition and a shifting bar.
45 From the mouth of Lasang River the shoreline extends
N for 1 mile and is composed of mangroves; then bends NE
for 2 miles in almost a straight solid bank 0.6 to 1.5 m (2 to
5 ft) high with a narrow fringe of sand beach, and terminates
at the wharf of Davao International Container Terminal
50 (DICT). The bight formed by this stretch is generally shoal,
the 10-meter curve being about 0.5 mile from shore. The land
back from the beach seems drier than elsewhere along this
coast. Fish cages abound in the N half of the bight.
55 PANABO CITY (KAGANJUAN) is the urban area at
the hinterland of the bight N of Lasang River. The city has
shopping malls, grocery stores, major banks, courier services,
money remittance centers, gasoline stations, hotels, and
minor repair shops. Hospitals that can handle major cases
60 are present. It is connected to Tagum and Davao City by bus,
jeepney and other public vehicles. Mobile phone, telephone
connection, and Internet are also available. Vessels call to
load banana, which is the city's major export.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Panabo
City may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63919-2946480
and +63916-9416115.
Berthing Facilities - Davao International Container
Terminal (DICT), (07° 17' 39"N., 125° 42' 58"E.), has a
concrete wharf with a berth length of 423 m and an extension
of about 130 m. The wharf has an alongside average draft of
15 m. It can accommodate Post-Panamax vessels. Available
storage facilities include an 8.8-hecatre container yard and
a container depot with reefer plugs. Available equipment
include four Post-Panamax ship-to-shore cranes and gantry
cranes. Vessels wishing to call at DICT may contact the port
manager through the following means:
Telephone: (+6382) 233-2446
Mobile phone: +63917-7001550; +763998-9607571
E-mail: tos-dict@anflocor.com
PACINTER Wharf, located just SW of DICT Wharf, has
berth length of 300 m. Warehouse, cold storage facilities and
equipment for handling bananas and other fruits are available.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at the wharves may anchor
at position about 0.6 miles SW of PACINTER Wharf.
The shoreline NE of DICT Wharf to the mouth of
Tagum River is bordered by a broad sand beach 274 to 503
m wide and bares at low water. A circular shoal about 274
m in diameter and 640 m from shore, bare at extreme low
water, is 0.5 mile NE of the broad coral point. This shoal is
practically the only danger in this vicinity.
TAGUM RIVER, (07° 18' 48"N., 125° 44' 03"E.),
the best known and most important river in Davao Gulf,
empties about 1.4 miles NE of DICT Wharf. The river has
about 1.8 m (6 ft) depth on its bar at low water, and is deeper
inside. It is reported that launches drawing 1.5 m (5 ft) can
navigate to TAGUM CITY, about 10 miles from the mouth,
and to other interior towns 25 miles inland. It has a uniform
width of about 55 m for 10 miles, with banks of 0.6 to 1.2 m
high; it is generally solid and heavily wooded upstream. The
velocity of the current is similar with that of Tuganay River.
TUGANAY RIVER is another stream which empties
about 183 m W of Tagum River. Between the mouths of
Tagum and Tuganay Rivers is a broad point of land that
sometimes shift with the channels. Large quantities of
driftwood are constantly carried by the current out of the
river. During a rising tide, the current is very slight, but
with a falling tide, the velocity is 2 to 4 knots. The bar at the
mouths of Tuganay and Tagum Rivers drops off rapidly into
deep water. Vessels not entering the river usually anchor SE
of the mouth in 27.4 to 36.6 m (15 to 20 fm) mud bottom.
It is reported that the bottom in some parts of this vicinity
is quicksand and that vessels have lost their anchors here.
7-84
From the mouth of Tagum River to Mansaca Point, a
distance of 3 miles NE, the shore for the first 1 mile is of
mud flats, bare at low water; the remainder is a broad sand
beach, interspersed by few small streams. Some coconut
5 plantations are along the coast.
MANSACA POINT is low and heavily wooded. The
water off the point is shoal, the 20-meter curve being about
1 mile from shore.
10
LIBUGANON RIVER, a small stream accessible only
for small boats, is immediately W of the port.
From Mansaca Point to the mouth of Madaum River, 2
15 miles NE, and thence 1.5 miles E to the mouth of Hijo River,
the shore is composed of solid sand beach 137 to 548 m wide
at low water. Deep water is close to the shore between the
mouth of Madaum River and the town of Macu.
20 MADAUM RIVER, (07° 21' 55"N., 125° 48' 41"E.),
an important waterway in this vicinity, is small and hardly
has the size larger than a slough. It has 0.6 m (2 ft) of water
on the bar at low water, and 3.7 m (12 ft) farther inside. On
the E side of its mouth is a small coral point covered with
25 mangroves. The headquarters of a large hemp plantation is
on the N bank of the river just inside the entrance. A small
pier maintained by the plantation, accessible for launches
and small boats, is about 457 m from mouth of the river.
30 HIJO WHARF, about 0.5 mile of the mouth of Madaum
River, has a berth length of 1,470 m and controlling depth
of 13 m. Available storage facilities include a container yard
and 192 units of reefer stack.A crane is available. Vessels
loading bananas and other fruits usually call at this wharf.
35 The port manager of Hijo Wharf may be contacte via e-mail
at jdomingo@ictsi.com.
HIJO RIVER, a small stream which empties 1.5 miles
E of Madaum River, is entirely shallow. A coconut plantation
40 is on the W side of its bank while the barrio of Hijo is on the
E side. As the river is not navigable, launches anchor off the
mouth on a desired draft.
MACO, (07° 21' 29"N., 125° 51' 23"E.), also known as
45 Macu, is a town on the NE corner of the head of Davao Gulf
about 1 mile E of the mouth of Hijo River. It is distinguished
by several buildings which are prominent from offshore. It
is the site of a lumber concession. Gasoline stations, public
market, money remittance centers, and post office are
50 present in the town. Mobile phone and Internet connection
are available.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Maco
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63930-5607379
55 and +63906-1717420.
Berthing Facility for the town is the 50 m long L-shaped
concrete pier used mostly by small passenger vessels. Foreign
vessels usually berth at the pier to load wood chips. A power
60 barge is located N of the pier.
 Port of Maco.
(Photograph - Davao de Oro Province website, Undated)
FROM MACO S along the E shore of Davao Gulf to
Magnaga Bay, a distance of about 12 miles, the coastline
consists of a low expanse of land 457 m wide at the N end
to about 4 miles wide at Magnaga Bay. This lowland rises
rapidly in foot-hills and ranges to nearly 609 m (2,000 ft)
then numerous valleys and E of that are ranges and peaks
reaching an elevation of 1,200 m (3,940 ft). The upland is
heavily wooded. The lowland along the shoreline is planted
with coconuts from Macapaluay River to Piso Point.
From the mouth of Hijo River to Pandasan Island, the
shoreline is nearly all mangroves with intermittent short
stretches of solid beach. With the exception of about 1 mile
of muddy shore in the extreme E corner of the head of the
gulf, a coral reef fringes the shore from 91 to 274 m wide.
FROM PANDASAN ISLAND to Gill Point, a distance
of 2 miles, the shoreline is solid and steep-to. The beach is
narrow with a few coral.
PANDASAN ISLAND (CHART 4656), (07° 17'
25"N., 125° 50' 29"E. ), 4 miles S from the mouth of Hijo
River and close to the shore, presents the same features as
the mainland and is hard to distinguish from a distance. It is
about 594 m in extent, low, and fringed with coral reefs. The
island is separated from the mainland by a narrow channel
almost blocked by a reef at the N end. This channel has a
width of about 91 m with depths of 5.5 to 9.1 m (3 to 5 fm)
and forms an excellent harbor of refuge for small crafts. The
available anchorage in the channel is reduced due to the fish
pens placed in the area. The S entrance has depths of 3 to
3.7 m (1.6 to 2 fm) mud bottom.
Anchorage off Pandasan is about 0.8 mile N of the
island, 548 m from the main shore, in 21.9 to 27.4 m (12 to
15 fm) mud bottom. Smaller vessels may anchor closer about
365 m N of the island, in 18.3 to 27.4 m (10 to 15 fm) mud
bottom. This anchorage has a limited swinging room, but is
better sheltered from SW and NE winds.
KOPIA ISLAND lies SW from Pandasan, from which
7-85
it is separated by a channel about 640 m wide. The island
is low, planted with coconuts, about 1 mile long in a N
direction, and 548 m wide. The reef that fringes the N part
is narrow, but on the S part the reef extends about 46 m
5 wide. The southern of the island is occupied by Dusit Thani
Lubi Plantation Resort, which is private resort. A 90-m long
concrete jetty extends E from the resort.
The channel between Pandasan and Kopia Islands is
10 foul, the bottom irregular, and should not be attempted by a
stranger. Shoal water extends about 457 m from shore NE
of Kopia.
Protected Area - Presidential Proclamation 316 (series
15 of 200) established the Mabini Protected Landscape and
Seascape comprising the islands of Pandasan and Kopia,
and their sorrounding waters. Activities that may harm the
environment inside the protected area are strictly prohibited.
20 SAN ANTONIO, a barrio on the mainland across Kopia
Island, is the port of the town of Mabini, which is about 1
mile inland. It coastline is occupied by private resorts. The
public market, hardware stores, and small shops are located
in Mabini.
25
Distress and Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
Mabini may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63935-
9391030.
30 Berthing Facilities - The 80-meter long concrete jetty
fronting the barrio is the main berthing facility. Small piers
and jetties S of the barrio are operated by the private resorts.
Anchorage for small vessels is on the E side in mid-
35 channel between Kopia and the mainland in 11 to 16.5 m (6
to 9 fm). Any class of vessel may anchor S of the island in
12.8 to 36.6 m (7 to 20 fm). This latter anchorage is sheltered
from NNW to ESE winds, and has sufficient swinging
room. Vessels bound for the inner anchorage should use the
40 S entrance by rounding Kopia Island at about 274 m and
favoring its E side.
 MAMPISING, a village 2 miles S of Pandasan Island,
consists of several houses visible from offshore. A private
airstrip is just E of the village.
GILL POINT, (07° 15' 15"N., 125° 50' 18"E.), 1 mile
SSE of Kopia Island, is low and planted with coconut trees.
The beach around the point is narrow and composed of white
tide-washed coral and gravel.
TAGNANAN, the barrio at the hinterland of Gill Point,
is the location of a banana plantation. A private airstrip is
located S of the barrio.
FROM GILL POINT to 1 mile S, the shoreline is solid
and steep-to. The beach is narrow with a few coral. From
1 mile S of Gill Point to 3 miles SE, the shore is bordered
by mangroves with a number of coral points and heads. The
shore reefs in some places extends to a distance of 548 m
with several deep channels leading into the mangroves. From
the S limit of the mangroves to Magnaga Bay, the shore is
steep-to with narrow beach.
MAGNAGA BAY (CHART 4656), (07° 09' 54"N.,
125° 53' 28"E.), an open indentation on the NE shore of
Davao Gulf, is 6 miles SE of Gill Point. The shoreline is
composed mostly of sand beach, except on the N side where a
little portion of the shore is bordered by mangrove and narrow
coral reef. The bay is apparently free of dangers and easy
of access, with no unusual features. However, movement is
restricted by the presence of fish cages in the bay. The barrio
of Magnaga is at the head of the bay.
Anchorage - Interisland vessels which sometimes call
here anchor SW of the barrio of Magnaga, or W of the town
of Pantukan in 18.3 to 27.4 m (10 to 15 fm) mud bottom.
PANGASINAN POINT, (07° 07' 35"N., 125° 53'
03"E.), 2.7 miles S of Magnaga Bay, is low and sandy. It is
the S entrance point of the small bay fronting the town of
Pantukan. The low water line is fringed with narrow coral
and the land back of the shoreline is planted with coconuts.
A concrete pier extends from the point. Several houses with
galvanized iron roofings are on the point and visible from
N. The water offshore is deep and the point may be passed
within a distance of about 183 m.
PANTUKAN is the town on the S bank of Kingking
River. The town is connected by coastal highway to Davao
City, Tagum City, and Mati. The main economic activity
is agriculture with coconut and banana as major products.
Gasoline stations, welding shops, commercial banks, money
remittance centers, parcel delivery service, postal service,
public market, drug stores, and small stores are present in
the town center. Compostela Valley Provincial Hospital is
the major health facility in the town. Maternity clinics are
also present.
Dangers - A shoal with a depth of 9.6 m (5.25 fathoms)
is 0.8 mile 320o from Pangasinan Point. Detached shoals of
14.6 to 18.3 m (8 to 10 fathoms) are within 0.5 mile off the
7-86
point. A 8.2-meter (4.25-fathom) spot is 0.8 mile 193o from
Pangasinan Point.
Berthing Facilities - A T-head pier, with a berth length
5 of about 20 meters, is on Pangasinan Point. A dolphin is
about 50 m N of the pier.
FROM PANGASINAN POINT to Cape San Agustin,
the coast trends in a general SSE direction for 54 miles.
10 Between Pangasinan and Piso Points the coast is a low flat
plain, planted with coconuts and hemp, extending some
miles inland to foothills, that rise rapidly into mountain
ranges and peaks of about 1,219 m (4,000 ft) elevation. The
uplands are heavily wooded. About 2.5 miles N of Piso Point,
15 a mountain range extends E, rising abruptly from the shore
at the point to 902 m (3,020 ft) about 5 miles inland. The
high mountains extending S from the head of the gulf are
interrupted in the vicinity of Piso Point by several valleys
which form a rather flat section of the country that extends
20 E to the Pacific coast. This valley is by no means an open
plain, but is broken by hills 152 to 609 m (500 to 2,000 ft)
high, and appear lower in comparison with the mountain
range of 1,219 to 1,829 m (4,000 to 6,000 ft) elevation.
The higher peaks that are between this valley and Cape San
25 Agustin, reaching a maximum elevation of 1,179 m (3,868
ft) are heavily wooded. The rivers which discharge on this
section of the coast are small and navigable only by small
boats and local crafts.
30 BONBON POINT, (07° 05' 42"N., 125° 54' 26"E.),
2 miles SSE of Pangasinan Point, is low, broad, and sandy.
MATIAO, a small barrio near the beach just N of the mouth
of MATIAO RIVER, is at this point.
35 PISO POINT, (07° 03' 20"N., 125° 56' 57"E.), 6 miles
SE of Pangasinan Point, is a prominent point of land in this
vicinity. It is steep and bold with a big brown scar on its W
part. The hill forming the point rises to a height of 236 m (775
ft) about 735 m inland. The point is generally rocky and has
40 a fringing reef 55 to 91 m wide. In the bight N of the point,
a small portion of the shoreline is bordered by mangroves
with mud flats bare to a distance of 46 to 55 m at low water.
Numerous fish cages restrict vessel movement in the bight.
A fishing village, which has a government-operated RoRo
45 ramp, is on the S coast of the bight.
PINTATAGAN barrio is on the N shore of the bight.
There is a lumber concession on the N side of Piso Point.
Vessels which sometimes call to load lumber anchor in the
50 bight N of the point in 27.4 m (15 fm) mud bottom. Scattered
detached shoals with depths of 3.6 to 18.2 m (2 to 10 fm) are
0.5 to 3 miles NW of Piso Point.
MAPANGA BAY (CHART 4656), an open indentation
55 between Piso Point and Arena Point, is encumbered by
numerous shoals 1.8 to 10.1 m (1 to 5 1/2 fathoms) deep and
reefs awash at different stages of tide. The shoreline from 2.5
miles SE of Piso Point to Mapanga River is mostly fringed
by mangroves and narrow coral reef.
60
 Major Light - Mapanga Light (07° 03' 00"N., 125° 57'
00"E.) is displayed on Piso Point.
Channels - The bay is accessible through the different
narrow channels between the reefs and shoals. The channel
between Mapanga and Piso Reefs with depths of 45.7 to 18.3
m (25 to 10 fm) leading E to the anchorage may be preferred.
Dangers - Mapanga Reef, near the N portion of the
bay about 2 miles 160o from Piso Point, is partly bare at low
water. It has an extent of 0.5 mile within the 9.1-meter curve.
A small coral spot covered by 5 m (2 3/4 fathoms) is about
0.5 mile SW from the bare part of the reef.
Piso Reef, a small coral reef which bares at low water,
is 1.5 miles 187o from Mapanga Reef. A coral rock bare at
low water is on a shoal 0.8 mile NE of Piso Reef.
The reefs and shoals in Mapanga Bay consists of coral
and white sand, and under favorable light conditions are
usually visible by the discoloration of water over them. Fish
cages were placed of the coast of the barrio of Piso.
PISO is the barrio at the head of Mapanga Bay and at
the N bank of Maputi Creek. It has a 100-meter long jetty
extending SW from the coast. The barrio is connected by
road to the coastal highway. Small fishing vessels call at
this barrio.
Anchorage sheltered from N to SE is about 0.6 mile
W of the mouth of Maputi Creek, with the 122-meter hill
near the beach bearing 032o, in 20.1 m (11 fm) mud bottom.
PISO RIVER, which discharges into Mapanga Bay
about 4 miles SE of Piso Point, is nearly closed by a bar and
can be entered only by pulling boats. The entrance may be
recognized by a small reef which bares at low water near
its mouth. The barrio of Cabangcalan is on the N bank of
the river mouth.
Port of Lupon.
(Photograph - Lupon Municipality website, Undated)
7-87
MAPANGA RIVER, a small salt-water slough which
empties 0.5 mile S of Piso River, is accessible to small
launches and small boats at high water. The river with fine
sand bottom winds through the mangroves.
5
KABATAN RIVER, which discharges about 2.3 miles
S of Piso River, is similar to Mapanga, but smaller and only
0.6 to 0.9 m (2 to 3 ft) deep.
10 ARENA POINT, (06° 55' 44"N., 125° 58' 42"E.), 8
miles S of Piso Point, is low, flat and rounding. It is heavily
wooded with a small coconut plantation near the shore. From
both N and S it appears as a sharp point extending far out
from the general coastline. The point is bordered by a fine
15 sand beach and is clear and steep-to. The water close to the
point is deep, the 20-meter curve being about 228 m from
its W extremity.
MOUNT GALINTAN, 6 miles ESE of the mouth of
20 Piso River is a symmetrical cone-shaped peak which rises
to a height of 516 m (1,693 ft). The peak is often free from
clouds and forms a prominent landmark. Back of Mount
Galintan the country is rolling and higher.
25 LUPON RIVER, a salt-water slough which empties
1.3 miles SE of Arena Point, is 1 mile long, parallel with
the shore in a SE direction.
LUPON, a town 3 miles SE of Arena Point, is an
30 occasional point of call for large interisland vessels. The
town is connected to Tagum City and Mati by the national
highway. Public buses and vans have daily trips to Davao
City and Mati. A fast craft has daily trips from Lupon to
Santa Ana Wharf in Davao City. Major economic activity in
35 Lupon is agriculture and fishery. Gasoline stations, shopping
mall, parcel delivery services, grocery stores, drug stores,
and money remittance centers are all present in the town. The
town's major health facilities is Davao Oriental Provincial
Hospital - Lupon and Razo Medical Hospital, which can
40 only handle minor cases.
 Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Lupon
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63915-4756792.
Berthing Facitilies - The town has a 160 m long
concrete pier that can accommodate RoRo vessels. The pier
is reported to experience strong currents and heavy siltation.
SUMLUG POINT, (06° 52' 02"N., 126° 02' 24"E.) 4.5
miles SE of Arena Point, is low and sandy. The point may
be identified by the numerous houses and a dry sand bar off
the mouth of SUMLUG RIVER, which discharges thereat.
It is generally wooded with some coconut trees. A dangerous
detached shoal with a depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm) is 1.5 miles
WSW of the point.
CUABO BAY, between Sumlug and Batobato Point,
is about 4 miles wide at the entrance and extends 1.5 miles
NE. The bay is generally deep, with the exception of several
small detached shoals with depths of 1.3 m to 5 m (0.75 to
2.75 fm). Three small coral reef awash at high water are
some of the dangers in the bay.
CUABO, is a small barrio on the E side of the mouth
of CUABO RIVER. A few coconut trees mark the site of the
barrio. It is connected by road with Mati about 18 miles NE.
BATOBATO POINT, forming the S side of the
entrance to Cuabo Bay, is the end of a steep ridge 143 m
(470 ft) high and 1.5 miles long, almost parallel to the shore
in a NE direction. The point is rocky and its W edge comes
steeply down to the beach.
REEFS AND SHOALS - W of Batobato Point at a
distance of 2.5 miles from shore and extending S for 11
miles to Sigaboy Island, is a chain of dangerous reefs and
shoals, some of which bare at low tide. The area between
this chain of reefs and the coast is also dotted by numerous
small shoal patches, dangerous to navigation. The water in
this area should be navigated with caution.
FROM BATOBATO POINT to Bitaogan Point the
coast trends S for 3 miles. The shoreline is fringed with coral
reef 548 m wide, thence tapering to a few meters about 0.6
mile N of Bitaogan Point. Back of the shoreline the land is
thickly wooded.
BITAOGAN POINT (06° 46' 25"N., 126° 04' 38"E.)
is low and sparsely wooded. A bar of shingle nearly covered
at high water extends out from the point near the mouth of
Bitaogan River. About 735 m back from the point the land
attains an elevation of 122 m (400 ft) and rises NE to 670
m (2,200 ft) about 3.5 miles from shore. A fishing village,
with a 21 m long pier with RoRo ramp, is immediately N
of Bitaogan Point. Bitaogan Light (08° 53' 36"N., 126° 19'
40"E.) is displayed from the point.
BITAOGAN RIVER which empties 0.7 mile S of
Bitaogan Point carries depths of 0.9 to 1.2 m (3 to 4 ft) for
about 548 m upstream. Beyond this river is but a shallow
mountain stream falling over boulders and containing good
7-88
fresh water.
FROM BITAOGAN POINT to the N point of the
entrance to Talisay Bay, the shoreline is mostly bordered by
5 mangroves with short stretches of sand beach. About midway
between Bitaogan Point and Talisay Bay is a narrow strip
of cogon grass which extends inland for about 3 miles. This
cogon patch is conspicuous for its smooth level appearance,
the country on either side being rugged.
10
TALISAY BAY, about 2 miles SSE of Bitaogan Point,
is 1.5 miles wide and 0.5 mile in extent. The bay is generally
deep, except for the 10 m (5.5 fm) spot in the middle. The
shoreline is fringed with coral reef 548 m wide with low
15 swampy areas in the bights. Back of the shore the land is
thickly covered by jungle growth. A hill 118 m (387 ft) high,
covered with cogon grass, on the N side of the bay about 548
m back from the beach, is prominent.
20 TALISAY REEF, about 3.8 miles W of the 118-meter
hill, is partly bare at low water. The reef is 1 mile long in N
direction, about 228 m wide, and surrounded by deep water.
A cluster of rocks surrounded by a small reef which bares at
high water, is almost 0.5 mile SSW of Talisay Reef.
25
BURIAS REEF, 2 miles S of Talisay Reef, is about 0.5
mile long in NE direction and 228 m wide. The N part is bare
0.6 m (2 ft) at high water and composed of a white shifting
sand cay 3.6 to 18.3 m in diameter. The S part is nearly bare
30 at low water and composed of a number of scattered coral
heads. The submerged portion of this reef is easily picked up
under favorable light conditions because of the discoloration
of water near its edge.
35 DUAS POINT, the S entrance point to Talisay Bay, is
prominent. The point is steep with bare vertical cliffs 15 to
30 m (50 to 100 ft) high and rises SE to a height of 244 m
(800 ft)about 0.5 mile from shore. A more prominent hill,
252 m (827 ft) high, is 1 mile S of the point.
40
FROM DUAS POINT to the N entrance point to
Baksal Cove the coast trends S for about 2 miles. The
shoreline for the first 0.8 mile is rocky and the remainder is
sandy with a very narrow coral reef fringing the shore for 1.5
45 miles S to the Cove, the reef fringing the shore for 1.5 miles
S to the mouth of UANGON CREEK. At the N entrance
point to Baksal Cove, the reef extends about 320 m from
the shore and then narrows down to a few meters just S of
the mouth of MABUA RIVER to the head of the cove. Part
50 of the reef between Uangon Creek and Baksal Cove bares
at low water. Some mangroves are near the outer edge of
the reef, about 0.5 mile S of the creek. Numerous detached
shoals are scattered along this stretch of the coast 0.5 to 0.8
mile from shore.
55
LA UNION, a barrio between the mouths of Uangon
Creek and Mabua River, is near the beach. Several houses
with galvanized iron roofs are visible from seaward.
60 BAKSAL COVE, about 2.5 miles S of Duas Point, is
an open semi-circular indentation about 1.5 miles wide at
the entrance and 0.5 mile in extent. The N entrance point S
from the mouth of Mabua River is fringed by a narrow coral
reef with slight growth of mangroves. The middle of the cove
and its approaches are dotted by several detached shoals with
depths of 1.4 to 9.1 m (0.75 to 5 fm). A small rock near the
head of the cove is about 457 m from shore.
BAIS POINT (CHARTS 1523 & 4608), (06° 39'
41"N., 126° 04' 15"E.), S of Baksal Cove, is a broad, low,
rounding point with an extensive sand beach. The N part
of the point near the mouth of TIMBO RIVER, is higher,
densely wooded, and fairly prominent. Between Timbo River
and the W extremity of the point are patches of cogon grass
in places affording pasturage for cattle.
GOVERNOR GENEROSO is a town near the beach
on Bais Point. The town has a big church and the houses
with galvanized iron roofings showing through the gaps of
coconut trees are conspicuous from seaward. The town has
a post office and a public market. The major health facility
is Davao Oriental Provincial Hospital - Lupon, which can
only handle minor cases.
Berthing Facilities - The town has a 20 m long concrete
pier, which can only accommodate boats and other small
vessels.
FROM BAIS POINT to Borot Cove, a distance of 4.3
miles, the shoreline is bordered by a white sand beach and
the low water line fringed by a narrow coral reef. A chain
of small detached shoals along the coast are 457 m to 0.5
mile from shore.
Between Sigaboy Island and Cape San Agustin, a
distance of 24 miles, the known dangers along the coast are
confined only to within 1 mile from shore, and this section of
the coast can be navigated safely at a distance of 1.5 miles.
SIGABOY ISLAND, 76 m (250 ft) high, about 457 m
long in an E direction and 228 m wide, is 1.5 miles S of Bais
Point and 735 m from shore. The island is rocky with steep
cliffs. It is marked by Sigaboy Light (06° 37' 45"N., 126° 04'
00"E.). The top has two round grass-covered hills, the E one
being higher. A blunt pinnacle about 46 m (150 ft) high is at
Sigaboy Island as viewed from the E.
(Photograph - Municipality of Governor Generoso website, Undated)
7-89
the W end and a sandy point extends 55 to 91 m from the E
end. The navigable channel between the island and the main
shore has a width of about 366 m with a depth of 11.9 m (6.5
fm) in the middle. About 548 m N is a foul area extending
5 1 mile long. Sigaboy Island is a prominent landmark when
approaching from N or S. From other directions it blends
with the background of hills and mountains and shows only
under favorable light conditions.
10 TIBANBAN, the barrio on the mainland opposite
of Sigaboy Island, is the commercial center of Governor
Generoso. Present in the barrio are small stores, drug stores,
gasoline stations, commercial bank, money remittance
centers, and a public market.
15
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
barrio may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63915-
8094419.
20 Anchorage - Fishing vessels calling at Tibanban anchor
between the coast and Sigaboy Island.
BOROT COVE, 2.5 miles SSE of Sigaboy Island, is
735 m wide at the entrance and extends 0.5 mile NE. The
25 cove is readily identified by the steep rocky bluffs on BOROT
and SALUN POINTS which form the N and S entrance
points. These points and the head of the cove are fringed with
steep-to reefs, leaving a contracted anchorage space in 32.9
m (18 fm) about 183 m in extent in the N part of the cove.
30 A white slide on Borot Point shows prominently from S.
BOROT REEF, the center of which is about 0.5 mile
W of Borot Point, is a circular rocky formation about 457 m
in diameter, partly bare at low water. There are rocks awash
35 near its S edge.
MONSERRAT, is the barrio at the head of Borot Cove.
Several buildings with galvanized iron roofs scattered along
the coconut trees show prominently from seaward. Ther
40 barrio is connected by road to the coastal highway.
Caution - The cove is bordered by steep-to coral reefs
and shoal water extends about 366 m N of the S entrance
point. The swinging room is very limited and vessels should
45 exercise caution in entering to avoid dangers.
 Berthing Facility - The Governor Generoso Municipal
Fish Port, at the N coast of the cove, has a small concrete
wharf that can only accommodate fishing boats.
Directions - The approach to Monserrat may be made N 5
or S of Borot Reef. From N: Within a distance of 1.5 miles
NW of Salun Point, bring the point to bear 130o and steer
for it. When Borot Point bears 045o, haul E and follow mid-
channel courses into the cove to the wharrf or anchorage.
From S: Within 1.5 miles SW of Salun Point, bring the middle 10
of the entrance of Borot Cove to bear 062o and steer for
it, favoring the N side. This course leads across a depth of
5.9 m (3.2 fm) and clears the S side of Borot Reef. Vessels
going alongside the pier should use a bower to facilitate
maneuvering. 15
LILISAN POINT, (06° 34' 16"N., 126° 05' 15"E.), 1
mile S of Borot Cove, is rocky and steep. The point is about
30 m (100 ft) high and stands out prominently.
20
MOUNT BILBOGON, 1 mile ESE of Lilisan Point, is
764 m (2,507 ft) high and heavily wooded. It is a conspicuous
landmark visible from a distance, especially from N or S.
Seen from these directions its summit appears as a serrated
ridge of three small peaks. Seen from W it appears as a 25
sharp peak with a wonderful regular outline. A sharp thumb
protrudes just below the summit on its W side. This peak
is seldom covered by clouds and its isolation from the
surrounding hills inland makes it an object of reference for
the entire E part of Davao Gulf. 30
houses, is at the head of the bay. Minimal supplies may be
procured from the public market at the barrio.
Anchorage, protected from all winds except from S and
W, is in 36.6 to 51.2 m (20 to 28 fm) mud bottom, about 274
to 366 m from the E shore of the bay.
FROM KAGAN POINT the coast trends in a general
SE direction for 3 miles, then S for 2 miles, and then curve
W to Kaganuhan Point. The shoreline is regular and smooth
with a sandy beach and narrow fringing reef. Several large
coconut plantations are back of the shoreline. The water
along this stretch of the coast is clear of dangers and may be
navigated safely at a distance of 457 m from shore.
NAZARET, a small community with several small
houses, is about 0.8 mile SE of Kagan Point.
ABAG BAY is an open bight about halfway between
Kagan Point and Kaganuhan Point. It is generally deep and
free of dangers. The village of KALAGUHAN is at the head
of this bight.
SURUP is a small barrio on the beach 4 miles SE of
Kagan Point.
TAGABIBI BAY, between Surup barrio and Kaganuhan
Point, is a small deep open bay protected only from NE and
SW winds. A narrow steep-to coral reef and sand beach
fringes the shore.

MAGDUG, a small barrio on the beach at the head of
the small bay N of MAGDUG RIVER, is about 1 mile S of
Lilisan Point.
PADADA POINT, (06° 31' 50"N., 126° 05' 03"E.), 4
miles S of Borot Cove, is low, flat, and rounding. The point
appears to have a distinct feature and fairly prominent when
seen from N or S. The barrio of LUZON is about 1.5 miles
SSE of the point.
MADTUKA POINT is a small sharp point 2 miles SSE
of Padada Point planted with coconut trees.
TIBLAWAN, a small barrio near the beach on the N 45
side of the mouth of TIBLAWAN CREEK, is about 1.5 miles
SE of Madtuka Point. Back of the barrio is an extensive
coconut plantation.
BATIKUAL POINT, (06° 27' 57"N., 126° 06' 47"E.),
1 mile SE of Tiblawan, is low and wooded. The point is
fringed by a coral reef which bares at low water to a distance
of 457 m.
NANGAN BAY, a small open indentation between
Batikual Point and Kagan Point, is 0.8 mile wide and extends
548 m E. The reef that extends W from the N point of the bay
offers protection from rough N seas. Except for this reef, the
bay is clear and easy of access. Deep water is close to the
shore. The barrio of Nangan, with galvanized-iron roofed
KAGANUHAN POINT, a sharp prominent forming
the S side of Tagabibi Bay, is low and flat. From NW the
point may be identified by the six ascending hills which rise
35 E from the point. When viewed from S only four hills are
visible. The point is fringed by a coral reef and foul ground
to a distance of about 457 m. Back of the shore is a large
coconut plantation. The point should be given a berth of at
least 0.5 mile.
40
FROM KAGANUHAN POINT the coast trends in
a general SE direction for 1 mile to BILAT POINT, then
1 mile ESE to Tagbanao Cove, and curve slightly E for 6
miles to Cape San Agustin. Along this stretch of coast the
foothills are close to the shoreline which is generally steep
and more or less broken by small bights and cliff points. The
bluffs and ledges are composed of fossil coral, and as such
are very difficult to travel over. In this vicinity the shore is
fringed in some places by coral reefs 457 m wide, with a few
50 intermittent sand beaches.
TAGBANAO COVE, 2 mile SE from Kaganuhan
Point, is a small secluded bight about 548 m in extent. It is
surrounded by high hills and fringed by coral reef with short
55 stretches of sand beach on the N and E sides. The barrio of
Tagabebe is at the head of the cove.
Anchorage is in the middle of the cove in 31.1 to 36.6
m (17 to 20 fm) mud bottom.
60

7-90
 Cape San Agustin from south-southeastward.
LAKGA POINT, 0.5 mile S of Tagbanao Cove, is
rocky and 7.6 m (25 ft) high. It may be recognized by its
bare cliffs and by the cogon grass patch on the steep hillside
548 m E of the point. A small valley E planted with coconut
in the plantation is visible from seaward. The shoreline
immediately SE is bordered by a fine sand beach. Vessels
which call at barrio PUNDAGUITAN anchor S of the point
in 36.6 m (20 fm) about 274 m from shore.
KANIKIAN POINT, 2 miles SSE of Lakga Point is
moderately low and wooded. The point terminates in a bare
cliff about 4.6 m (15 ft) high and is fringed by a coral reef
274 m wide. A small irregular salt-water pool with depths
of 0.3 to 0.9 m (1 to 3 ft) at low water is about 183 m S. The
entrance to this pool is through the break in the fringing reef
about 366 m S of the point.
LAVIGAN ANCHORAGE (CHART 4656), a narrow
inlet about 548 m long in an E direction, is immediately N
of Lima Point. The entrance about 320 m N of the point
has a navigable width of about 46 m and depths of 14.6 m
(8 fm) decreasing to 4.1 m (2.2 fm) at its head. The inlet is
surrounded by coral reef bare at low water and is a good
shelter for launches and small craft. The barrio of Lavigan
is at the head of the inlet.
LIMA POINT, 15 miles S of Kanikian Point, is rocky.
It is fairly conspicuous on account of the bare cliff at its
seaward face. The point is 4.6 m (15 ft) high and bordered
by steep-to coral reef about 366 m wide.
TALISAY POINT, 0.9 mile S of Lima Point, is
distinguished by its steep rocky cliff 15 m (50 ft) high. The
cliff on this point overhangs about 3 m (10 ft) from its base
and is prominent.
the S extremity of Cape San Agustin.
Currents off Cape San Agustin are strong and appear
to be setting constantly in a SW direction.
5
A rock, 5.5 m (18 ft) high, fringed by a reef which
connects it with the mainland, is about 18 m S from the
cape. This rock is very prominent when seen from an E or
W direction.
10
SAN AGUSTIN REEF, a large dangerous rocky
formation 0.8 mile long in a SSW direction and about 457
m wide, is 457 m SSW from Cape San Agustin. This reef is
covered by depths of 2.7 to 9.1 m (1.5 to 5 fm) and breaks
15 heavily at times. A good channel for small boats is between
this reef and the cape. This channel is only a little more than
183 m wide and vessels using the passage should exercise
great caution because of the strong and irregular currents
in the vicinity. A bank with depths of 113.4 to 182.9 m (62
20 to 100 fm) to 7 miles long in N direction and about 1 mile
wide, is 16.5 miles SE of Cape San Agustin.
EAST COAST OF MINDANAO
(CHART 1519, 1520, 1521, and 1522)
25
From the N tip of Dinagat Island to Cape San Agustin,
a distance of about 260 miles, the E coastline of Mindanao
is very irregular, high, and generally rocky. The hills along
the coast are usually close to the shoreline and appear to be
30 a massive formation of wooded land. The bays are usually
deep with sand beaches and narrow steep-to coral reef. This
entire coast is exposed to the full force of E winds, and in the
absence of a wide insular shelf it is mostly affected by the
heavy swell from the Pacific. The adjacent smaller islands
35 have similar characteristic features as the mainland.

CAPE SAN AGUSTIN is the S extremity of the long
peninsula which forms the E side of Davao Gulf. The entire
promontory which constitutes this cape is mountainous. The
N part is cut into by deep valleys and the S part, for 5 miles 40
N from the extremity of the cape, is a continuous backhouse
of hills running down the middle of the long narrow strip
which terminates in the cape. These hills decrease gradually
in height from 338 m (1,110 ft) 5 miles N of the cape, to a
rocky bluff 4.6 to 6.1 m (15 to 20 ft) high at its extremity. 45
This point should be given a berth of not less than 1.5 miles.
The pacific side of the cape to a distance of about 2 miles N
is a succession of sandy beaches separated by rocky bluffs,
which are passable on foot at any stage of the tide.
50
Major Light - Cape San Agustin Light (06° 16' 13"N.,
126° 11' 36"E.) is shown atop a white tower on a bluff near
SURIGAO STRAIT, the only passage for larger
vessels from the Pacific Ocean to the interior waters of the
archipelago, with the exception of San Bernardino Strait,
is famous for having been traversed by Magellan when he
crossed the Pacific and chanced upon the Philippines in
1521. The strait is now less frequented than San Bernardino
Strait, which is more to windward in the NE monsoon. It is,
however, more direct and safer than that of San Bernardino
Strait, but it obliges sailing vessels that take it, if they are
bound for Manila, to work up the W coast of Negros and
Panay and the E coast of Mindoro. It is advantageous to
vessels going to the S Philippines or to the Sulu Sea and is
sometimes used by vessels from Australia that wish to escape
the full force of the NE monsoon. The N entrance is between
Suluan and Dinagat Islands with the S entrance between the
S end of Panaon Island and the N extremity of Mindanao

7-91
Island, Bilaa Point. Surigao Strait is deep and safe and the
shores of the islands that border it are steep-to.
Dangers - Isolated depth of 14.6 m (8 fm) was reported
to exist at 10˚ 36' 08" N., 125˚ 49' 05"E. Another isolated
depth of 16 m (8.75 fm) were reported at 10˚ 37' 26"N.,
125˚ 53' 17"E. An isolated depth of 18.3 m (10 fm) exists
at 10° 34' 45"N., 125° 47' 08"E. These isolated depths lie in
the sandwave area, where depths shoaler than charted may
be encountered.
Caution - A submarine power cable, with terminal
points at S point of Panaon Island and on the coast about 1
mile SW of Bilaa Point, crosses the Surigao Strait. Anchoring
and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine
power cable.
Magnetic Anomaly was reported in the area of Surigao
Strait NW of Hibuson Island.
Winds - At the mouth of the strait, the NE monsoon
begins toward the end of September and blows throughout
October and November. In December, NE winds alternate
with N gales. In January, winds blow from NE to ENE,
accompanied by heavy rain. In February and March, E
winds prevail. In April, May and June, the prevailing wind
is SE, with occasional gales called collas from the S. In July,
August, and September, collas from the SW are frequent.
The NE winds, though strong, cease during the night
but winds from SE, S, and SW continue to blow. It generally
rains with NNE and ENE winds. The rains cease and the
weather clears with E winds and more so with SE winds.
With SW winds it remains clear, unless a gale arises, which
sometimes brings rain.
In general, there is no very bad weather in this part of
the archipelago unless a typhoon occurs. The season of the
year when typhoons usually occur is from the end of July
to the beginning of January. They begin to blow from the
NW and finish from the SE having passed through NE or
SW. When they haul through NE, they blow stronger and
are accompanied by more rain.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact the
VHF DSC station in Surigao City. The details of the DSC
system may be read in Chapter 2 of this publication.
DINAGAT ISLAND (CHART 1519, 4603 and 4629),
forming the E side of Surigao Strait, is about 40 miles long 50
in a N direction and 10 miles wide, including the smaller
islands close to its S end. Its W coast is very irregular,
being indented by deep bays and faced by numerous islands
which afford good sheltered anchorages. The E coast is more
Dinagat Island from northeastward.
7-92
regular and contains few good harbors. Two large inlets, into
which a number of rivers discharge, are navigable for small
vessels. A chain of mountains extends along the E coast,
the highest of which, Mount Redondo, 935 m (3,068 ft) in
5 elevation, is 7 miles S from Desolation Point. Through the
middle of the island extends a rather wide valley traversed
by low ridges and hills. On the W side is another ridge which
is generally flat, and especially so at its highest part which is
about one-half as high as that on the E coast. Dinagat Island
10 is generally wooded; there is probably little heavy timber
except in the valleys, the growth on the higher slopes being
mostly small and scraggy.
DESOLATION POINT, (10° 28' 09"N., 125° 38'
15 41"E.), the N extremity of Dinagat Island, is low, rocky,
and rounding. It is bold and can be passed close-to. The land
back from the point rises rapidly and attains an elevation of
438 m (1,437 ft) at a distance of 1.5 miles inland. Tide rips
form off the point.
20
KANAMONG, KANPINTAK, and PANAMAUAN
POINTS, 1.5, 2.5, and 3 miles, respectively SW of
Desolation Point are low, composed of dark rock, heavily
wooded, clear, and steep-to. Campintac Light (10° 26' 32"N.,
25 125° 36' 43"E.) is displayed from a white tower on Kanpintak
Point while Panamauan Point may be distinguished by three
galvanized iron-roofed buildings. In the bays between these
points are white sand beaches, back of which are coconut
trees and little cultivation. A few houses are at the head of
30 these bays.
BABATNON POINT, (10° 24' 47"N., 125° 36' 15"E.),
about 1.5 miles S from Panamauan Point, is low and wooded.
It forms a hook on the coast and shelters the W side of
35 Panamauan Bay. This small bay is nearly blocked by reefs,
but partially sheltered anchorage for small craft may be found
here. An 80-m long pier extends on the coast opposite of
Babatnon Point. Vessels call to load nickel ore.
40 KAYASA ISLETS (TWIN ISLETS) are small, rocky,
wooded, and 35 and 36 m (115 and 120 ft) high, about 2.2
miles WNW from Babatnon Point. The islets are about 548
m apart in a NNW and opposite direction. A small rocky
shoal covered by a depth of 1.8 m (1 fathom) is about 457
45 m NW from the N islet and a rock awash is about 228 m W
from the S islet.
Tidal Currents in the vicinity of the Kayasa Islets are
strong, attaining a velocity of 5 to 6 knots during spring tides.
Vessels in this vicinity should give the islets a good berth.
LOOC BAY, between Babatnon and Berrugosa Points,
is 3.5 miles wide at the entrance and extends about 2 miles
S. Its shores are fringed by a narrow steep-to reef and free of
detached dangers, except for a small reef bare at low water
springs about 274 m N from the town of Loreto.
ESPERANZA (Ectortopos) is the barrio about 1.2 miles
S of Babatnon Point. An 80-meter long pier, used for loading
nickel ore, is located about 0.5 mile S of Babatnon Point.
PUYO ISLAND, 0.5 mile from the E shore of Looc Bay,
is about 0.5 mile in extent, 43 m (141 ft) high, and partly
wooded. From a distance it is not readily distinguished from
the land behind it. Fair anchorage may be found between
Puyo Island and the mainland, but rather exposed to N winds.
LORETO, (10° 21' 35"N., 125° 34' 41"E.), a small town
at the head of Looc Bay. The town cannot be distinguished
until abreast of Puyo Island. The town has a post office,
mobile phone communication and Internet connection. The
Coast Guard officers in the town may be contacted at mobile
phone no. +63977-4496172.
Major Light - Loreto Light (10° 21' 45"N., 125° 34'
42"E.) is displayed near the edge of the fringing reef about
340 m NW of the pier.
Berthing Facility - The town has a 25 m long concrete
pier, which is used by ferry boats.
Tides, Winds, Waves - Port of Loreto has a mean tidal
level of 0.67 m, mean tidal range of 0.98 m and diurnal tidal
range of 1.22 m. The area is exposed to the SW winds of
reference station at Borongan with an average wind velocity
of 38 to 78 knots. The wave direction is generally SW and
recorded significant wave height is 6 m.
Anchorage - Recommended anchorage is W of Puyo
Island about 0.5 mile off the town in 27.4 m (15 fm). This
anchorage is exposed to the N and NE and only slightly
protected from the SW monsoon. Small vessels usually
anchor between the E side of Puyo Island and the mainland.
The mandated anchorage for large vessels established
by PPA is located just outside of Looc Bay.
HIBUSON ISLAND, (10° 26' 33"N., 125° 29' 02"E.),
4 miles NW from Berrugosa Point, is 3 miles long in a NW 45
direction and 1.5 miles wide. It is heavily wooded and rises
to a ridge near the center, 176 m (577 ft) high. Its shores are
fairly clear and steep-to and there are no off-lying dangers.
The barrio of Liberty (Hibuson) is at the head of TINAGA
COVE, a small bay on the E side of the island. The barrio 50
has a 15 m long concrete pier.
Major Light - Kanhandong Point Light (10° 27' 40"N.,
125° 27' 45"E.) is displayed on Kanhandon Point, the N tip
of the island.
Anchorage, protected from all except E winds, is off
the barrio in 36.6 m (20 fm).
LITTLE HIBUSON ISLAND, close to the SW part
7-93
of Hibuson Island, appears to be a part of Hibuson Island
and are practically one island, being connected at their
extremities by reefs with a deep basin between them. The
channel between them is merely a mangrove-lined slough
5 used only by small craft. The N entrance is narrow and has
many large boulders in it covered by 0.9 and 1.2 m (3 and 4
ft) of water. Possibly 3.7 m (2 fm) could be carried in when
the light is good by avoiding the boulders. The S entrance is
also almost blocked by boulders, but can be entered at high
10 water when the sea is smooth.
BERRUGOSA POINT, (10° 23' 02"N., 125° 33' 00"E.),
201 m (660 ft) in height at the summit, is the N end of a large
peninsula between Looc and Tubajon Bay. This peninsula,
15 composed mostly of hills about 183 m high and covered with
a thick scraggy growth, presents a coxcomb appearance when
viewed from the W.
LISUB COVE, a small indentation in the E shore of
20 Tubajon Bay, 2 miles S of Berrugosa Point is about 365 m
in extent. The entrance is narrow and foul and could only
be used by small craft drawing not more than 1.8 m (6 ft)
of water. The cove affords perfect shelter for small boats
and launches. Houses are located at the S entrance point of
25 the cove.
TUBAJON BAY, between Berrugosa and Esconchada
Points, is about 4 miles wide at the entrance and extends
2 miles SE. Its shores are clear and steep-to. The town of
30 Tubajon and the barrio of San Vicente (Santa Cruz) are at
the head of the bay. A small pier for ferry boats is at Tubajon.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard personnel in
the town may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63920-
35 4320340.
ESCONCHADA POINT, (10° 19' 15"N., 125° 30'
46"E.), forming the S side of Tubajon Bay, is a steep, broad,
partly wooded bluff about 76 m (250 ft) high, fronted by
40 a narrow steep-to rocky beach. A large part of the central
portion of the bluff has a steep rocky face of a dark reddish
color, clear of timber, and presents a prominent appearance
when viewed from offshore.
Tide Rips off Esconchada Point are remarkably heavy,
especially when the current is flooding.
PAGBABANGNAN COVE, a small indentation in
the shoreline about 2 miles S of Esconchada Point, is a
good shelter for small craft. A coral reef extending entirely
across its entrance can only be crossed by a pulling boat at
high water.
LAYAUAN BAY, immediately S from Pagbabangnan
55 Cove, from which it is separated by TAMBUNGAN POINT,
is about 735 m wide at the entrance and extends about 1
mile E. Near the head of the bay is an arm extending about
0.5 mile N. Houses are located on the W entrance point of
this arm. Layauan Bay has a rocky shore all around hidden
60 by a narrow fringe of mangrove and faced by coral reefs to
a distance of 45 to 91 m. A depth of 58.5 to 25.6 m (32 to
14 fm) can be carried from the entrance to a point S of the
sand spit on the W side of the entrance to the N arm. E from
this point to the head of the bay is foul and filled with reefs.
A channel 137 m wide leads up the middle of the N arm
carrying a depth of 18.3 m (10 fm) mud bottom for about
457 m beyond the entrance. In entering the N arm the sand
spit on the W side should be passed close-to, it being steep
and clear while reefs make well off the point on the E side.
Fishermen from the neighboring towns often come to this
bay for shelter. Fish cages were placed on the fringing reef
in both the arms of the bay.
Berthing Facility - A pier, made from landfill materials,
is on the S coast of the bay. It is being operated a mining
company. A 50 m long jetty is located just E of the pier.
Point, are two rocks with the larger having four separate
summits. The S summit of larger rock is 36 m (120 ft) high
and the W rock is about 7.6 m (25 ft) high. They are steep and
covered with a thick growth of small trees. These rocks are
5 on a bank about 457 m in extent surrounded by deep water.
PELOTES POINT, (10° 12' 32"N., 125° 29' 53"E.),
the S entrance point to Libjo Bay, is steep, rocky, and bold.
It is the termination of a wooded peninsula, 180 m (590 ft)
10 high, which extends about 2 miles NW from the coast. A
steep rock 18 m (58 ft) high, with a tuft of bushes on its top,
is about 457 m NE from the point. The isthmus connecting
Tabunan Peninsula with the mainland is about 0.8 mile wide
and 30.5 m (100 ft).
15
A village, with a jetty extending northward, is located
about 1 mile E of Pelotes Point.

Anchorage, protected from all except W winds is in BINALIU ROCKS, two in number, are 0.9 mile WSW
the middle of Layauan Bay in 29.3 m (16 fm). Smaller 20 from Pelotes Point. The larger one is flat topped, about 36 m
vessels may enter the N arm, where they will find landlocked (120 ft) long, and 4 m (13 ft) high. The other rock is pointed,
anchorage in 18.3 m (10 fm). 2.7 m (9 ft) high, and about 15 E from the larger. They are
of limestone formation, much underworn by wave action,
LITTLE LAYAUAN BAY, is immediately S of and the sea breaks over them in moderately heavy weather.
Layauan Bay, from which it is separated by a prominent, 25
bold, steep, rocky bluff. This bay is fringed by coral reefs TABUNAN ISLETS, a group of 11 small islets and 4
which extends about 45 m from the N shore and 146 m from or 5 smaller rocks are about 0.5 mile S from Pelotes Point
the S shore. The best water is the N part of the bay. The point and extending about the same distance from the shore. The
at the S of the entrance to Little Layauan Bay is a steep heights of these islets range from 15 to 64 m (50 to 210 ft)
cultivated ridge about 24 m (80 ft) high. A village, which is 30 and are all very steep and covered with light shrubbery. They
fronted by a jetty, is on the S coast of the bay. are divided into two groups; the outer group of four islets are
surrounded by deep water and separated from the others by
BALETE COVE, located just N of Tamoyauas Point, is a narrow channel with a depth of 42.1 m (23 fm). The inner
regularly visited by vessels loading nickel ore. A pier made group are all on the same reef and a channel between them
of landfilled materials is on the N coast of the cove. 35 and the peninsula is passable by small boats at high water.

TAMOYAUAS POINT, (10° 14' 45"N., 125° 30' DANGER - A submerged rock was reported to exist
45"E.), 4.5 miles S of Eschonchada Point, is high and gently about 1.4 miles SW of Pelotes Point.
rounding with rocky ledges at its foot. It is brown and scarred
due to mining activities in the area. A pier, made of landfill 40 FROM PELOTES POINT to Hagakhak Island, a
materials, extends W from the point. distance of about 10 miles S, numerous islets and inlets are
along this stretch of the coast. The mainland is so broken
LIBJO BAY, between Tamoyauas Point and Pelotes into small haycock-shaped hills that resemble the many
Point, is 2.5 miles wide at the entrance and extends the same islands in this coast.
distance SE. The shores of the bay are fringed with reefs; the 45
center is deep and clear. DAYHANGAN BAY, between the S side of Tabunan
Peninsula and Tagabaka Point, is generally deep and presents
LIBJO is the town at the back of a cobblestone and sand no special features. A village is located on the S entrance
beach at the head of the bay. The town has a wharf that is point. Houses are located at the head of the bay.
used by ferry and fishing boats. 50
A cove with an irregular indentation is about 0.5 mile
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town S of Dayhangan Bay. It is about 0.8 mile long and 365 m
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63946-5820528. wide at the distance. The cove is protected from W by a long
conspicuous point which extends 0.8 mile N and is composed
Anchorage, fairly protected from all winds, is 457 m 55 of limestone hillocks resembling the numerous islands along
NW from Libjo in 31.1 m (17 fm). The mandated anchorage the coast. Several islets of various sizes are in the cove, the
established by PPA is located just off the entrance to Libjo largest of which is across the entrance. The channel on either
Bay. side of this islet is foul, and only about 1.8 m (6 ft) can be
carried into the cove at high water.
PELOTES ROCKS, about 0.9 mile N from Pelotes 60

7-94
 A small shoal covered by a depth of 3.4 m (1.8 fm) is
548 m NNW from the entrance point to the cove and a shoal
covered by a depth of 5.5 m (3 fm) and surrounded by deep
water is midway between the same point and Kanihaan
Island.
KANIHAAN ISLAND, the farthest off-lying island in
the vicinity, is about 3 miles SW from Tabunan Peninsula
and 2.5 miles from shore. The island is marked by Kanihaan
Light (10° 10' 20"N., 125° 27' 40"E.). It is 47 m (154 ft)
high, about 0.5 mile long in a NE direction and 457 m wide,
covered with cogon grass and coconut trees. Foul ground
extends about 365 m from the N and S side of the island.
A small dangerous reef, covered by a depth of 0.9 m
(0.5 fm) and surrounded by deep water, is about 731 m
W from Kanihaan Island. The currents in this vicinity are
strong causing heavy tide rips and overfalls, and this reef is
hard to pick up.
Currents - During the survey in this vicinity strong
currents were experienced running S off the points of Dinagat
and around Kanihaan Island. It has been observed that there
are currents setting N, but their strength are less than those
setting S.
KAYABANGAN ISLAND, (10° 10' 17"N., 125° 29'
26"E.), about 0.5 mile E of Kanihaan Island, is 67 m (220
ft) high, small, rocky, and wooded. The area included within
the group of islets, rocks, and reefs between Kayabangan 30
Island and the main shore is foul. Vessels without local
knowledge should not venture into this area except under
the most favorable light conditions.
OSMEÑA is the barrio located on the main shore, E
of Kayabangan Island. A small pier, used for berthing small
boats, extends from the barrio.
MAGSAYSAY (Lipata) is the barrio at the back of a
sandy beach about 1 mile SSE from Kayabangan Island. 40
There is no good anchorage in the vicinity of the Magsaysay.
The best approach to the barrio is from S between the S end
of the island and a small islet 366 m S from it. When nearing
the barrio care must be given to the fringing reef which bares
at low water and extends 228 m from the shore. Magsaysay 45
can also be approached from the W by rounding the N end of
Kanhanusa Island at a distance of 91 m and giving the islet E
from it a berth of about 183 m. This will clear the reef which
extends about 366 m S from the islet NE of Magsaysay. The
entrance to the cove S of Magsaysay is blocked by a coral 50
reef which can only crossed by pulling boats at high water.
KANHANUSA ISLAND is a small irregular island, 99
m (325 ft) high and 1 mile SSW from Kayabangan Island.
TAMBURAY ISLAND is the island immediately S of
Kanhanusa Island.
KANHANUSA PASSAGE, between Kanhanusa and
Tamburay Islands and the main shore, is navigable by
7-95
coasting vessels. A coral sand reef about 45 m by 183 m
extent, which bares at low water, is in the middle of the
passage. There is deep water on both sides of this reef and it
can be left on either hand in passing. Care must also be taken
5 to avoid the fringing reef making off 91 m from the point on
the mainland just N of the channel reef and another making
off 91 m from the islet near the N end of Kanhanusa Island.
KAYITAN BAY, between Tamburay Island and
10 TUNGO POINT (10° 08' 18"N., 125° 28' 26"E.), is about
457 m wide and extends nearly 1.5 miles ESE. The barrio
of Arellano is at the head of the bay. The barrio has a pier,
which is used by fishing boats.
15 Anchorage - A fairly good anchorage may be found in
38.4 m (21 fm) mud bottom, about 365 m E from the entrance
to the E arm of Kayitan Bay. Care must be taken to avoid
a coral head, covered by a depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm) in the
middle of the arm 731 m E of the entrance. The N shore of
20 the arm W from the coral head is fringed by a reef about 45
m wide, while the S shore is practically clear.
DUNGOAN COVE, the entrance to which is blocked
by a coral reef bare at low water, is an irregularly shaped body
25 of water making off from the S side of Kayitan Bay. A shoal
spot with a depth of 3.2 m (1.75 fathoms) is off the entrance
to Dungoan Cove and about 0.5 mile ESE of Tungo Point.
KOTKOT ISLAND, (10° 06' 17"N., 125° 28' 32"E.),
about 2 miles S of Tungo Point, is about 1 mile long in NW
direction and 457 m wide. The island is thickly wooded and
rises near the N end to a height of 51 m (170 ft). A village
is on the E shore opposite of barrio of Puerto Princesa. It is
close to the mainland and forms the SW side of San Roque
35 Channel. The reefs which fringe the ends extend to a distance
of about 457 m. On the reef extending from the SE end are
KASUNDALO ISLET and several smaller islets and rocks.
SAN ROQUE CHANNEL (CHART 4638), between
Dinagat and Kotkot Island, is narrowed by fringing reefs on
either side to a navigable width of about 91 m. In the middle
of the channel, abreast of the barrio of Puerto Princesa (San
Roque), is a depth of about 9.1 m (5 fm), from which point
the depth gradually increase N and S. A short distance E
from the barrio the channel widens forming a basin about
274 m by 365 m in extent, where good anchorage may be
found in from 40.2 to 45.7 m (22 to 25 fm). The N shore of
this basin has two reefs extending some 201 m from shore.
The channel S from this basin narrows and is almost closed
by reefs, leaving a 16.5-meter (9-fathom) channel about 45
m wide through the reef 73 m E from RABO ROCK, the
7.6-meter (25 ft) rock W of Kakub Point.
PUERTO PRINCESA (SAN ROQUE) is a small
55 barrio on the N side of San Roque Channel. NE from this
barrio is a sharp cone-shaped hill 103 m (340 ft) high. This
hill is prominent and shows well from NW and SW.
HAGAKHAK ISLAND, about 0.5 mile S from Kotkot
60 Island, is 43 m (140 ft) high and wooded. It is fringed by
coral reef, widest on the NE side. A deep narrow channel identified by a small islet 15 m (50 ft) high off its extremity.
with a navigable depth of 16.5 m (9 fm) is between Hagakhak
and Kotkot Islands. Vessels using this channel should favor BABAS COVE, a small deep narrow inlet immediately
the N side to avoid the extensive reef on the NE shore of E of Kanhatid Point, is 0.8 mile long in a N direction and 228
Hagakhak Island. 5 m wide. The cove has general depths of 20.1 to 31.1 m (11
to 17 fm) in the middle of the channel and is a good shelter
TINAO ISLET, 11 m (35 ft) high, is about 365 m NW for launches and small crafts.
from the N end of Hagakhak Island. It is the most N of a
number of islets and rocks NW from Hagakhak. Two peculiar KAMBAGIO POINT, (10° 03' 47"N., 125° 31' 28"E.),
rocky columns, about 9 m (30 ft) high, are on the W side of 10 1.5 miles E of Kanhatid Point, is steep and rocky. The point
the islet. Another rocky islet with an elevation of 21 m (70 is prominent from W to SW and may be identified as the base
ft) is on the edge of the reef 365 m E of Hagakhak Island. of a small conical grass-covered hill 61 m (200 ft) high. A
coral reef 735 m long and bare at spring low water extends
LITTLE HAGAKHAK ISLAND, about 457 m SW SE from the point. This reef should be avoided by vessels
from Hagakhak Island, is 34 m (112 ft) high, wooded, and 15 entering Melgar Bay.
very prominent. The island is about 503 m long in NW
direction and 365 m wide. The shoreline is composed of MELGAR BAY (CHART 4629), between Kambagio
dark smooth rocks having high steep cliffs on its NE and SW and Kansadok Points, is 3.5 miles wide and extends 1.5 miles
sides. A bare rocky ledge, about 2 m (7 ft) above high water, NE. The shoreline is very irregular and generally high with
extends for 110 m from the steep bluff at the S extremity of 20 numerous rocky points. The narrow foreshore that border the
island. Close to the end of this ledge are a cluster of large shoreline is backed by high hills about 2 miles inland. About
boulders with steep sides and underworn around their bases. 2 miles N from the head of the bay these hills reach more than
The largest of these boulders is 16 m (52 ft) high and has a 305 m (1,000 ft) in elevation and stand out prominently. NE
few scrubby bushes on it. from the head of the bay is a rather broken series of ridges
25 that culminate in MOUNT TRISTAN, 625 m (2,051 ft) high.
KAKUB POINT, (10° 05' 49"N., 125° 29' 17"E.), about The bay is deep and on its E side is an irregular basin indented
0.6 mile SE of Puerto Princesa, is steep and rocky. The point by several coves known as PANIKIAN, TAGABAKA, and
extends about 735 m S from the mainland and terminates TAGBABUI COVES.
to a wooded hill 15 m (50 ft) high. From the extremity of
the point, a coral reef bare at low water, about 274 m wide, 30 MELGAR, a small barrio on the E side of Kambagio
extends in a S direction for 0.8 mile and joins the Kanhatid Point, NW shore of Melgar Bay, is visible from almost all
Islets. This point and the reef extending S from it forms the parts of the bay. A shoal with a depth of 1.8 m (1 fm) and
W side of a deep narrow bay 1.3 miles long and 548 m wide. composed of coral boulders is about 0.8 mile ENE of the
The E shoreline of this bay is generally steep and composed barrio and 457 m S of TAMEHAGAN POINT.
of a wall-like coral formation 3 to 9 m (10 to 30 ft) high. 35
NASAROK COVE is the indentation E of Tamehagan
KANHATID ISLETS, a group of several queer-looking Point. The barrios of Cortes and Sering, located along the
islets scattered on the reef S of Kakub Point, are mostly rocky coast of the cove, is the berthing area of fishing vessels. A
with light vegetation. The largest and most S of the group pier made from landfill materials and operated by a mining
is 32 m (109 ft) high. 40 company extends S from the head of the cove.

TWIN ISLETS are about 457 m SW of the most S of
the Kanhatid Islets. These twin islets are rocky and have
similar features as the Kanhatid Islets. On the N side of the
N islet is a foul area extending northward for about 320 m.
The E and W sides may be passed at a distance of about 183
m. The water close to the S side of the S islet is clear, deep,
and steep-to.
KABUN COVE is a small indentation about 1 mile SE
of Kakub Point. The cove is almost circular in shape and
735 m in extent with an island in the middle. This island
is 73 m (240 ft) high and occupies a large area in the cove,
leaving a small narrow passage between its sides and the
surrounding shore. This passage is obstructed by a coral reef
on the NE and SE.
KANHATID POINT, (10° 04' 09"N., 125° 30' 05"E.),
1 mile S of the entrance to Kabun Cove, is steep, sharp and
rocky. The point forms the W side of Babas Cove and may
Anchorage for vessels loading ore is located about 0.8
mile S of Tamehagan Point.
45 SIBUKAUAN ISLAND, in the middle of the entrance
to the E basin of Melgar Bay, is horseshoe-shaped, with the
convex side toward BILABID POINT. It is bold, about 30
m (100 ft) high, heavily wooded, and easily recognized.
The NW side is joined with Bilabid Point by a coral reef
50 partly bare at low water. Its S side is fringed by a narrow
steep-to reef. The entrance to the cove on the concave side
of the island is sometimes blocked fish nets and fish cages.
Vessels entering the basin to take shelter in the coves, should
use the channel between the S side of Sibukauan Island and
55 Mahangin Point.
PANIKIAN COVE is the N cove of the E arm of Melgar
Bay. Vessels call to this cove to load nickel ore and chromite.
60 BASILISA (TAGABACA) is the town located at the

7-96
head of Tagabaka Cove, the middle cove of the E arm of
Melgar Bay. The port traffic is a daily launch carrying both
passengers and cargo, of fish and coconut, from and to
Surigao City. There is chromite being transported to Cagayan
de Oro and Iligan City.
Tides, Winds, Waves - The tide characteristic of the
area of mean tidal level is 0.52 while that of diurnal tidal
range (MHHW) is 1.04 m. The area is exposed to wind
direction coming from SW with average wind velocity of 39
to 78 knots. The wave direction is dominantly SW and the
significant wave height observed is about 6 m.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Basilisa
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63930-6193432.
Berthing Facilities - The port has a 65 m long concrete
pier.
MAHANGIN POINT, the S entrance point leading to
the E basin of Melgar Bay is rocky, bold, and steep-to. The
rocks around the point are black and the land rises abruptly
to a height of 131 m (430 ft) at a distance of 0.5 mile S from
the point.
TAGBABUI COVE, between Mahangin and Kanayut
Points, is the S cove of the E arm of Melgar Bay. The barrio
of Wilson is at the head of the cove.
KANAYUT POINT, 0.8 mile SW of Mahangin Point,
is steep with a rocky cliff about 9 m (30 ft) high. The point
is prominent and shows well from all parts of Melgar Bay.
The land E of the point is heavily wooded and has a height
of 149 m (490 ft) 0.8 mile inland.
KAMBAY COVE, between Kanayut and Kansadok
Points, is 0.8 mile wide at the entrance and extends about
the same distance SE. The barrio of Santa Cruz is at the head
of the cove. Vessels desiring to call at this place may anchor
NW of the barrio in 18.3 to 36.6 m (10 to 20 fm).
KANSADOK POINT, (10° 01' 44"N., 125° 34' 21"E.),
the SE entrance point to Melgar Bay and forming the S side
of Kambay Cove, is low and rocky. A steep ridge extending
SE from the point is heavily wooded and attains a height of
180 m (590 ft) 1.3 miles inland.
UNIB ISLAND, 2.5 miles WSW of Kansadok Point,
is almost in the middle of the entrance to Melgar Bay. The
island is roughly triangular in shape, rugged, and heavily
wooded, with a height of 198 m (650 ft) near the center.
The shoreline is very irregular on its SW side and generally
straight, rocky, and steep on its NE side. Several villages are
along the coast of the island.
SIBANAC (SIBANAG) ISLAND, 548 m W of Unib
Island, is about 2 miles long in a N direction and 0.5 mile
wide. The island is 108 m (354 ft) high and mostly cultivated.
The barrio of Rizal (Poblacion) is on the low flat point on
the E side of the island. A narrow channel with a navigable
7-97
depth of 25.6 m (14 fm) is between Sibanac and Unib Islands.
BAONG ROCKS, a cluster of coral formation covering
an extent of about 365 m, is 548 m W from the S part of
5 Sibanac Island. The largest rock in the cluster is dark in color,
about 3 to 4.6 m and bares 0.9 m (3 ft) above the highest
tides. The channel between these rocks and Sibanac Island
has a depth of 43.9 m (24 fm). Another cluster bare at half
tide is 137 m W of this rock. ESE about the same distance
10 from the rock is another cluster which bare 0.3 m (1 ft) at
low water. Between these dangers are depths of 1.8 to 9.1
m (1 to 5 fm). During the SW and W winds the sea breaks
over these rocks.
15 VIRAY ISLET, about 457 m long in a N direction and
183 m wide, is 0.8 mile S of Unib Island. The islet is low in
the middle and higher at its ends. The S end is 24 m (80 ft)
high and wooded. The reefs that border the shore is widest
at the NE side, extending about 0.5 mile, and are partly bare
20 at low water.
LIKOKO ISLET, between Viray and Sibanac
(Sibanag) Islands, is about 457 m E of the E point of Sibanac
(Sibanag) Island. The islet is rocky, about 91 m in extent,
25 and planted with a few coconut trees. E from Likoko and
separated by a channel 110 m wide, is a large reef which
bares in places at spring low water. A narrow deep channel
is between this reef and the reef surrounding Viray Islet and
also between Likoko and Sibanac (Sibanag) Island. These
30 channels should not be used by strangers.
KALAVERA POINT, 0.8 mile SW from Kansadok
Point, is surrounded by a rocky ledge with shoal water
extending W to a distance of about 457 m. The point is 15
35 m (50 ft) high and may be identified by houses which are
part of the town of San Jose.
SAN JOSE, (10° 00' 31"N., 125° 34' 10"E.), located on
Kamagong Point, is the biggest town on Dinagat Island and
40 is the capital of Dinagat Island Province. Ferry boats have
daily trips to Surigao City. Mobile phone communication
and Internet connection are available. The town has small
stores, a public market, money remittance centers, gasoline
stations, and drug stores. The only available health facility are
45 the health centers and a private diagnostic clinic. Branches
of Land Bank and Development Bank of the Philippines are
also present in the town. Ferry boats and a RoRo vessel have
daily trips to Surigao City.
50 Port Management - The government wharf is operated
by PPA TMO-Dinagat. A vessel is considered an "arrived
ship" if it is within 1 mile of the wharf.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in San
55 Jose may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63906-3800747.
Berthing Facilities - The Port of San Jose (10° 00'
22"N., 125° 34' 12"E.) has a 110 m long concrete wharf
and a 9 m wide RoRO ramp. The wharf has a controlling
60 sdepth of 3 m. A cargo shed and 1,140 sq. m. open area are
the available storage facilities.
A fish port, located at the public market area and about
340 m N of the government wharf, has a 15 m long concrete
pier. Other berthing facilities of San Jose are Kamagong Pier
and Don Ruben Pier, located about 0.3 mile N and 0.5 mile
NNE, respectively of the government wharf.
Anchorage for vessels calling at San Jose was
established at the entrance to Matingbi Cove.
MATINGBI COVE, between Kamagong Point and
Kanhinaud Point, is about 1.2 miles wide and extends 1 mile
E. The cove is deep and generally exposed to the W winds.
PUYO ISLET, in the middle of Matingbi Cove, is about
274 m long in an E direction and 114 m wide. It is partly
planted with coconut trees, low, and barely distinguishable
from a distance.
KANHINAUD POINT, (09° 59' 30"N., 125° 33'
29"E.), the S entrance point to Matingbi Cove, is bordered
by mangroves and fringed by a reef which bares at low water.
The area E of this point is high and mostly cultivated. From
S or N the sharp hills and clumps of trees on this area are 25
prominent. A large clump of trees on a 119-meter (390 ft)
hill 0.8 mile E of the point can easily be recognized from
Little Hagakhak Island. Kanhinaud Light (09° 59' 25"N.,
125° 34' 05"E.) is displayed from a white tower on the point.
TAGBAYAKAO ISLET, a small cone-shaped rock,
31 m (102 ft) high, is 1.5 miles SE from Kanhinaud Point.
The islet has a bushy top and its N shore is fringed by light
mangroves. A reef partly bare at low water connect the islet
with the mainland and foul ground extends 457 m S from it.
A village is located on the point NE of the islet.
MASIUB COVE, between Tagbayakao Islet and
MASIUB POINT (09° 58' 44"N., 125° 35' 26"E.), is 2
The government wharf of San Jose, as viewed from the S.
(Photograph - PPA-PMO Surigao website, Undated)
7-98
miles long in an E direction and 735 m wide. The shoreline
is very irregular and bordered mostly by mangroves. It is
encumbered by extensive coral reefs and shoals. Fish cages
are present on the fringing reefs.
5
DINAGAT POINT, (09° 57' 45"N., 125° 35' 21"E.),
0.9 mile S of Masiub Point, is low and flat. SE of the point
is a wooded promontory 47 m (156 ft) high. The point is
distinguishable due to the numerous houses and structures
10 of the town of Dinagat occupying the point.
DINAGAT (CHART 4638), a town on Dinagat Point,
is easily distinguished by its church with blue roof and a
schoolhouse. Ferry boats have daily trips to Surigao City.
15 Small craft call to load copra. Lighters, if required, may be
obtained from Surigao. Local labor is very limited. Fresh
stores in limited quantities are available. A gasoline station
is present. The town has a postal service, mobile phone
communication, and Internet connection. Dinagat District
20 Hospital, which is the government hospital in the town, can
only handle minor cases.
Tides, Winds & Waves - The tide reference of the area
is Dinagat. The mean tidal level is 0.52 m and diurnal tidal
range (MHHW) is 1.04 m. The general wind direction is
SW with a wind velocity of 39 to 78 knots while the wave
direction is SW.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard personnel in
30 Dinagat may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63906-
0862717.
Berthing Facilities of Dinagat consists of the 65-meter
long concrete pier located on the NE coast and the 80-meter
35 long concrete wharf on the W coast. Ferry boats usually call
at these berthing facilities.
Anchorage for vessels calling Dinagat is anywhere off
the town, preferably just N of it in 18.3 to 36.6 m (10 to 20
fm). This anchorage is exposed to the SW monsoon with
slight protection from NE. It is reported that currents in this
vicinity are strong at certain times of the year.
CAPAQUIAN ISLAND, 2 miles W of Dinagat Point, is 5
about 2 miles long in a NW direction and 0.5 mile wide. The
island is 67 m (220 ft) high on its NW part, very irregular,
and heavily wooded. The S side is composed mostly of black
rocky ledges. The NE side is bordered by mangroves and
fringed by narrow steep-to reef. Villages are located near 10
the N end and at the S end of the island. A coral reef, partly between Awasan Island and the NE part of Hanigad Island is
awash and about 735 m in extent, is about 0.5 mile SE from generally foul. An overhead power cable crosses the channel
the island's SE point. S of the bay.
DAKIT ROCK, about 735 m W of Capaquian Island, is
1.2 m (4 ft) high, flat-topped and about 23 m in extent. Three
detached shoals with depths of 0.3, 5.5 and 3.9 m (0.2, 3, and
2.1 fm) are S of this rock. The shoalest and most dangerous of
these shoals is the 0.5-meter (0.75-fathom) spot on a boulder
near the NW extremity of the W shoal.
CABILAN ISLETS, two small islands surrounded
by a steep-to reef about 183 m wide, is about 1 mile S of
Capaquian Island. The W islet is bigger with an elevation
of 42 m (138 ft) and the E islet is 26.5 m (87 ft) high. The
barrio of Cabilan occupies the N and E shore of the big islet.
A causeway connects the two islets.
A small detached coral shoal with depth of 0.3 m (0.2
fm) is about 735 m ESE of the E Cabilan Islet.
AWASAN BAY, between Dinagat Point and Zaragoza
Point (09° 54' 32"N., 125° 34' 14"E.), is 3 miles wide and
about 4 miles in extent. The bay is generally deep with 73
m (40 fm) at the entrance and gradually shoaling to 25.6 m 35
(14 fm) E near the head of the bay. The shoal water and foul
area extend about 0.8 mile from the shoreline. The S shore
is formed by Sibale, Hanigad and Awasan Island, which are
close together and fringed by reefs about 0.5 mile wide.
Along the edge of the reef bordering the N side of Awasan 40
Island is a tortuous channel which leads to the N entrance of
Gaboc Channel. A barrio with two small piers that can only
accommodate small boats, is at the head of Awasan Bay. The
channel to this barrio is tortuous because of the fringing reef.
The fish cages, which usually mark the edge of the reefs, are 45
helpful guides for boats navigating the channel.
SUGBUHAN ISLAND, close to the shore at the head of
Awasan Bay, is low and wooded with some patches of grass.
Several small hills with red bluffs are conspicuous from SW.
On the shoreline E of these bluffs, a sand beach borders the
shore. A few houses are back of this sand beach. The rest of
the shoreline are mostly mangroves.
TAGBOABO ISLET, immediately SE of Sugbuhan
Island, is wooded, and has several bamboo groves in places.
The N entrance to Gaboc Channel is immediately S of this
island.
AWASAN ISLAND, on the SE side of Awasan Bay, is
7-99
2.5 miles long in a NNE direction and 1.2 miles wide. It is
mountainous, wooded, and rises to a height of 164 m (538 ft)
near its S end. Its shores are mostly mangroves with a little
sand beach at its NW point. Its NE side is close to Dinagat
Island, separated only by the N end of Gaboc Channel. The
S part of the island is mostly bordered by mangroves and
is separated from Nonoc Island by a narrow channel used
only by small boats.
LAGUNDE BAY, an indentation of Awasan Bay
15 HANIGAD ISLAND, immediately W from Awasan
and Nonoc Islands, is about 4 miles long in a NNE direction
and has an average width of 1 mile. It is mountainous, the E
half heavily wooded, and the SW part lightly covered with
trees, houses, some grass, and scattering of dead trees. The
20 cultivated areas show patches of red soil. The shoreline is
mostly mangrove, but some stretches of sand beach and
coconut groves are on the W side and near the barrio of San
Pedro (Hanigad). On the N end the fringe of mangroves is
very narrow with bushes and high land immediately back
25 from them. The barrio of Aurora, with a 100 m long causeway
pier extending from it, is about 1.2 miles SW of the N point.
Scattered rocks awash are 9 to 45 m N from the beach and
foul ground extends 0.8 mile farther.
30 KANTIASAY BAY, between Hanigad and Nonoc
Islands, is 2.5 miles long in a NNE direction and 0.8
mile wide in the middle. The entrance, which is blocked
by a wooden bridge connecting the barrios of San Pedro
(Hanigad) and Cantiasay (Kantiasay), is about 548 m wide
and just E of the S point of Hanigad Island. The channel
here is blocked by a reef leaving only a very narrow passage
for small boats and local craft. A power cable also passes
overhead of the channel. The entire bay is generally foul
and not recommended for vessels without local knowledge.
SIBALE ISLAND is W of Hanigad Island, from which
it is separated on its NE point by a short, narrow, mangrove-
fringe channel 9 to 14 m wide. The shoreline is mostly rocky
near the points with sand beaches in the bights. The island
is noticeably greener than the other islands in the vicinity,
more populated, and fairly cultivated. It is hilly and rises in
the S part to a sharp wooded summit 155 m (510 ft) high.
The barrio of Zaragoza is on the N point of the island. The
barrio of Lisondra is at the S point. The N and S sides of
50 both Sibale and Hanigad Islands are connected by reefs and
the large basin between them is generally foul. A small coral
shoal with a depth of 4.5 m (2.5 fm) is 0.6 mile 278o from
the N end of Sibale Island.
55 HIKDOP ISLAND, 1.5 miles W from Sibale Island, is
about 4 miles long in a NW direction and 1 mile wide. It is
rugged and wooded with an elevation of 257 m (843 ft) to
the top of trees. The N part presents a very broken skyline
and is generally covered with coconut trees and grass. The
60 S part is more regular and mostly wooded. The SW shore is
rocky, with small sand beaches at the heads of the coves. The
island is generally fringed by a narrow steep-to coral reef,
which from its SE point extends to a distance of about 0.5
mile with a depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm) over black coral heads.
There are several villages, of which Buenavista, on the SW 5
side is the most important. The channel between Hikdop and
Sibale Islands has a least width of 1 mile and can be safely
navigated by keeping in the middle. A submerged rock was
reported to exist about 1.2 miles SE of Panam Point, the SE
end of the island. 10
Berthing Facilities - Buenavista has a 30 m long rock
causeway pier. Other villages in Hikdop Island have their
own piers.
OÑATE ROCK, a small coral reef with several black
rocks, one of which is awash at high water, is about 1 mile
SW of Hikdop Island.
BEELZEBUB REEF, a detached coral shoal with a
depth of 3.3 m (1.8 fm), is about 0.5 mile W from Oñate
Rock. A narrow channel with a depth of 34.7 m (19 fm) is
between this and Oñate Rock.
DANAON (DANAWAN) ISLAND, 46 m (152 ft) high
and about 0.5 mile in extent, is 0.8 mile WNW of the N end
of Hikdop Island. The E side is low, flat, and sandy. Danaon
(Danawan) is a small village at the island's E point. The area
W of the village is planted with coconut trees. The remainder
of the island is high, rocky, and wooded. The E shore is
clear and steep-to, but the rest of the shores are fringed by
a wide reef extending about 735 m from the beach. A rock
1.2 m (4 ft) high is on a detached coral reef about 0.5 mile
NE of the island.
SATAN ROCK, 1.5 miles W of Danaon (Danawan)
Island, is a black cone-shaped rock, barely showing above
the surface. The water close to the rock is steep-to and it
may be passed within 274 m on either side. An 14.6-meter
(8-fathom) spot is about 0.5 mile W of Satan Rock.
SUMILON ISLAND, 43 m (141 ft) high, and about
0.5 mile in extent, is 3 miles W of Danaon Island. It is the
most W island on the N side of the N approach to Hinatuan
Passage. The island is generally wooded to the top of the
hill with some patches of grass, and the land near the shore
is mostly covered by coconut trees. Houses occupy the SE
point. A long sand spit about 457 m makes out from its SE
part. Sumilon Island Light (09° 55' 00"N., 125° 26' 30"E.) is
displayed from the SW part of the island. Two conspicuous
rocks, one covered with bushes and the other bare, about 8
m (27 ft) high, are near the SE tip of this spit. A 10-meter
high concrete tower for a proposed light stands on top of
the latter rock.
NONOC, the barrio at the N entrance point of the small
bay at the W coast of Nonoc Island. The channel leading to
the inner part of the bay is tortuous due to fringing reefs. The
bay has a depth of about 16.4 m (9 fm) and can be used as
shelter by small crafts.
7-100
RASA ISLET, 548 m S of Nonoc Island, is about 735
m in extent. It is composed mainly of mangroves, a little
sand beach on the NE shore, and a small hill about 7.6 m
(25 ft) high in the middle. An extensive reef partly bare at
low water extends about 0.8 mile on the NW side around to
the SW and SE sides, where it narrows to about 365 m. The
NE shore of the islet is steep-to and forms the S side of the
channel between it and Nonoc Island. Rasa Island Light (09°
47' 34"N., 125° 34' 59"E.) is shown on the S end of the reef
about 411 m S of Rasa Islet.
TALISAY (09° 49' 08"N., 125° 36' 53"E.) is the
barrio on the SW coast of Nonoc Island. Rust-colored large
cylindrical tanks of a mining company located NE of the
15 barrio are prominent. The area is not sheltered from SW
monsoon and subject to strong currents. An airstrip is about
1 mile SW of the barrio.
Berthing Facilities - The barrio has a 40-m long T-head
20 pier, which is used by ferry boats ferrying people and goods
to and from Surigao City. Fronting the cylindrical tanks is
a 180-m long wharf that was used to berth vessels loading
nickel ore. A 70-meter long concrete private pier is about
0.2 mile NE of the wharf. The wharf and the private pier
25 is currently not being used because the mining company
ceased its operations.
PORT GABOC, formed by the E point of Nonoc Island
and the S end of Dinagat Island, is about 1 mile wide and
30 1.2 miles extent. The port is deep and well protected by high
land on the N, W, and S sides. It is free of dangers and easily
made out from seaward. The head of the port forms an elbow
S, turning into Gaboc Channel.
35 Good anchorage may be found in the N part of the port
about 457 m from shore in 27.4 m (15 fathoms).
GABOC ISLET, 30 m (98 ft) high, is a small wooded
island near the S side of the entrance to Gaboc Channel. It
40 is surrounded by a reef which connects it with Nonoc Island
and also extends about 228 m N from it.
GABOC CHANNEL, between Nonoc Island and the
S end of Dinagat Island, is narrow with a navigable depth of
45 12.8 m (7 fathoms). The channel connects Port Gaboc with
Awasan Bay. It is about 5.5 miles long with a least width of
137 m. Both side of the channel are bordered by mangroves
and fringed by narrow steep-to coral reef. The N end of
the channel which empties at the head of Awasan Bay is
50 constricted by several dangerous shoals. The coral reef that
borders the entrance is steep-to and extends about 1 mile
E. Overhead power cables cross the channel at about 0.4
mile S of the N entrance. Great caution should be exercised
in approaching this entrance. The S end of Gaboc Channel
55 which empties at Port Gaboc is easy of access and the channel
is used only by small crafts.
Currents - The low water at the Awasan Bay and of
Gaboc Channel occurs at about the same time as the high
60 water at Port Gaboc end, as a consequence produce violent
and swift tidal currents with dangerous rips and whirls near
all the points. The times of slack water do not correspond
with high and low waters by 2 and 3 hrs.
FROM PORT GABOC the coast trends in a general
N direction for 37 miles to Desolation Point, at the N
extremity of the island. It is generally mountainous, bold,
somewhat desolate and forbidding character. The spurs
from the mountains are close to the shore and end in steep
cliffs and bluffs. The shores are fringed with reefs varying
in width from a few meters to about 457 m. It can be safely
navigated by keeping E of a line drawn 1 mile E from the
salient points, care being taken to avoid the dangerous area
E from Peñascales Point. This coast is exposed to the full
force of the waves from the Pacific Ocean and there are only
a few places where a landing can be safely effected in bad
weather. Owing to the lack of harbors, the strong currents,
and numerous offshore dangers, these waters are seldom
visited by shipping.
MOUNT GABOC is the summit of a bold promontory
extending from the S end of Dinagat Island. This promontory
is connected with the rest of the island at a point about 5
miles from the S end by an isthmus a little more than 1 mile
wide and about 30 m (100 ft) high. Mount Gaboc appears
as a rather flat-topped ridge sloping gently toward the N and
dropping abruptly at the S. The summit, 534 m (1,752 ft) in
height, is densely wooded with low scrub, while the lower
slopes are covered with small timber. The shoreline of the
peninsula with sand beaches in the bights and is fringed by
a narrow steep-to coral reef.
KAGDYANAO BAY, (09° 55' 24"N., 125° 40' 48"E.)
about 1 mile in extent and nearly blocked by reefs, lies at
the foot of the N slope of Mount Gaboc.
Anchorage fairly sheltered for small vessels may be
found off the town of Cagdianao (Kagdyanao), in 21.9 m (12
fm) in a pocket in the reef about 457 m in diameter. From this
town is a road across the island to the head of Awasan Bay. 40 nickel ore anchor in the area S of the point.
CAGDIANAO, the town at the head of Kagdyanao
Bay, is fronted by a 70 m long concrete pier. Ferry boats
from Surigao City regularly calls at the town. Mobile phone
communication and Internet connection are available. A 45
money remittance center is present in the town.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard personnel in
the town may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63915-
1438057.
TABUK ISLAND, 45 m (148 ft) high, covered with
small trees, and grass, is on the N side of the entrance to
Kagdyanao Bay. It is on the shore reef which extends 735
m E from it.
SAYAO ISLAND, about 735 m NE from Tabuk Island
and 365 m in extent, is lightly wooded and 39 m (128 ft)
high. Its SW point is clear and steep-to, leaving a deep boat
passage 183 m wide, between it and the reef surrounding
7-101
Tabuk Island. The remainder of Sayao Island is fringed by
reefs, which extends 457 m NE from it and surround DAKIT
ROCK, a conspicuous rock 4 m (13 ft) high on the extreme
edge of the reef.
5
LAHI BAY is immediately N from Kagdyanao Bay.
Its shores are fringed by wide reefs and it is of little value
to navigation.
10 MANGLI COVE, about 5.5 miles N from Dakit Rock
is a small indentation along the coast, almost blocked by
reefs, and only available for small local craft during the SW
monsoon.
15 PEÑASCALES POINT, (10° 03' 32"N., 125° 41'
40"E.), 7 miles N from Dakit Rock, is surrounded by an
extensive reef which extends about 457 m E and is steep-to.
A small group of large black rocks is on this reef, the highest
of which is 6.7 m (22 ft). These rocks identify the point and
20 show well from N and S.
E from a N and S line passing 2 miles E of Peñascales
Point is an area of foul ground about 9 miles long in a N
direction and 7 miles wide, with numerous detached reefs
25 covered by depths of 6.4 to 12.8 m (3.5 to 7 fm). The location
of these reefs and the limits of the area of foul ground will
be best understood by reference to the chart.
PENINSULA POINT, (10° 09' 57"N., 125° 40' 22"E.),
30 about 6 miles N from Peñascales Point, is formed by a round
promontory about 1 mile in diameter. It is densely wooded
near the shore while the inner part is barren due to mining
activities. It is 163 m (535 ft) high, and rather flat on top, but
drops off steeply on the E side. It is fringed with reefs which,
35 from the NE side extend to a distance of nearly 0.5 mile.
About 0.5 mile from its SE point is a detached underwater
rock with unknown depth.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Peninsula Point to load
GAAS BAY, immediately N of Peninsula Point, is about
1.5 miles wide at its entrance and extends about 1 mile W.
The middle of the bay is deep, but the shores are fringed with
reefs, which at the head of the bay extend to a distance of 735
m. Vessels call to load nickel ore. The barrio of Legaspi is at
the head of the bay. The barrio has a 50 m long concrete pier
and a jetty used by ferry boats and fishing boats.
50 GAAS INLET (CHART 4638), is a deep winding
waterway extending from Gaas Bay in a general SW direction
for about 3 miles and terminating in a large, comparatively
shallow basin about 2 miles long and 0.5 mile wide. The inlet
has an average width of about 183 m and varying depths from
55 3.7 to 18.3 m (2 to 10 fm). The shoreline is almost entirely
rocky and has a steep slope with light mangroves growing
at the edge of the water. The basin at the head of the inlet
is bordered by mangroves and there are a number of small
rivers navigable by small craft discharging into it.
60
 Gaas Inlet is recommended in preference to Malinao
Inlet, as the entrance is better protected from NE sea, and
once inside affords perfect protection for small vessels. Care
should be taken in entering to keep well in the center, as there
are large reefs making off from either shore, and the reef line
N from the entrance encloses several large sunken boulders.
SAN JOSE RIVER, discharging at the head Gaas
Basin, is navigable for boats drawing 2.4 m (8 ft) to within
0.5 mile of SAN JOSE barrio. There is a channel leading
through the basin, in which there is a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm).
MALINAO INLET (CHART 4638), (10° 14' 51"N.,
125° 38' 43"E.), the first break through the long range of
mountains extending from Desolation Point S on the E coast
of Dinagat Island, is 13 miles S from Desolation Point and 5
miles N from Peninsula Point. It is about 0.5 mile wide at the
entrance and extends about 1.5 miles NW where it divides
into two arms which end in mangrove sloughs. The depth at
the entrance is 9.1 m (5 fm). Immediately inside, the depth
decreases to 2.7 m (1.5 fm) then increases to 7.3 m (4 fm)
and decreasing gradually to the end. However, these depths
may be shallower due to the mine tailings eroding from the
mining areas on the mountains surrounding Gaas Inlet. This
inlet affords fairly protected anchorage for small craft at all
seasons. Shoal water with a very irregular bottom and depths
of 3.7 to 18.3 m (2 to 10 fm) makes off E from the entrance
to Malinao Inlet for nearly 1 mile; good anchorage can be
found off this shoal during the SW monsoon.
Anchorage - Mandated anchorage established by PPA
for vessels loading ore is located just outside of the mouth
of Malinao Inlet.
MASDANG COVE (10° 26' 32"N., 125° 39' 11"E.)
is a small indentation 2 miles S from Desolation Point. The
cove affords shelter for small boats and landing can be made
here in bad weather.
HALIAN ISLAND, (09° 55' 27"N., 125° 48' 30"E.), 40
8 miles E from Kagdyanao Bay and 4.8 miles W from
Cowhagan Island off the W coast of Siargao Island, is about
0.8 mile long in NNE direction and 548 m wide. Halian Light
(09° 55' 46"N., 125° 48' 38"E.) is displayed from a white
tower at N point of the island. Halian Island is of coral sand 45
formation, low, and covered with trees 18 to 24 m (60 to 80
ft) high. It is on the S part of an extensive coral reef which
extends about 1 mile N from it. Heavy swells roll over this
reef, but a landing can be made a little N of the most W point
of the island, where there is a sand beach and several houses. 50
SIARGAO ISLAND (CHART 4629 & 4638), 15
miles E from the S part of Dinagat Island, is about 19 miles
long N and S and has a maximum width of 11.5 miles. It is
generally low with few scattered hills, the greatest elevation
of which is 247 m (810 ft) near the SW part of the island. The
island and the surrounding marine areas were declared by
Presidential Proclamation No. 902 as a protected landscape
and seascape under the NIPAS Law. The island is a popular
tourist destination and is frequently visited by surfers.
7-102
SUGBUHAN POINT, (10° 03' 41.8327" N., 126° 03'
43.0232" E.), the N extremity of the island, is low, rounding,
and covered with bushes and trees. Coral reefs bare at low
water extend 0.6 mile from the point in a NNE direction.
5
SUGBUHAN REEF, 2.5 miles NNW from Sugbuhan
Point, is 1.5 miles long in an ENE direction, 0.5 mile wide,
and covered by depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm).
10 Tidal Currents are strong over this reef and the bottom
can be plainly seen when the light is favorable.
Dangers - Submerged rocks were reported to exist about
5.6 miles and 12.4 miles NW of Sugbuhan Point. Submerged
15 rocks also exist about 8 miles WSW and 7.5 miles SW of
the point.
MALAYO REEF, 7.5 miles 258° from Sugbuhan Point,
is about 1 mile long in an ENE direction, 457 m wide, and
20 covered by a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm).
A shoal covered by a depth of 5.7 m (3.1 fm) is 1.1 miles
109o from Malayo Reef.
25 FROM SUGBUHAN POINT the coast trends in a
general SSW direction for 15 miles to VENUS POINT,
and thence SE for 6 miles to Cambasac Point on the N
side of the W entrance to Dapa Channel. Along the coast
between Sugbuhan and Venus Point there is an extensive
30 bank having a maximum width of 5 miles. On this bank
lie Kambiling, Pagbasayan, Kangun, Dahican, Megancub,
Cowhagan, Kangbangyo, Poneas, Tona, and Laonan Islands,
and numerous reefs and shoals. A chain of reefs about 1 mile
S of Laonan Island stretches SE parallel with the shore and
35 about 0.5 mile distant from it, as far as Venus Point, where
it joins the shore. From Venus Point to Cambasac Point, the
coast is rocky, bordered with mangroves, and fringed by
steep-to reefs, nowhere exceeding 365 m in width.
RIZAL is a small barrio on the coast about 2.5 miles
SW from Sugbuhan Point. The reef off this barrio is about
0.8 mile wide and exposes a cluster of very jagged, dead,
coral rocks about midway between the outer edge of the reef
and the shore.
KAMBILING ISLET is a small sandy cay, awash at
high water, 4.5 miles SW from Sugbuhan Point, near the
outer edge of the bank, and about 2 miles distant from shore.
A 6.9- meter (3.8-fathom) shoal is about 0.5 mile SW of the
islet. A shoal covered by a depth of 3.9 m (2.1 fm) is 2 miles
273o from the islet. Another shoal covered by a depth of 3.3
m (1.8 fm) exists 1.5 miles 301o from the islet.
SANTA MONICA, (10° 01' 06"N., 126° 02' 08"E.),
55 a town at the head of a mangrove-bordered cove, is about
2 miles E of Kambiling Islet. It has a stone church and
convent, both of which are falling to ruins. Small vessels
occasionally call here while ferry boats from Surigao City
call regularly. This anchorage may be approached either N
60 or S from Kambiling Islet.
 Tides, Winds, & Winds - The area has the following
tide characteristics: mean tidal level is 0.64 m, the mean tidal
range is 0.98, and diurnal tidal range of 1.22 m. The port is
exposed to NE wind direction with wind velocity of 39 to
78 knots. Wave direction is generally NE.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard personnel in
Santa Monica may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63917-
8426647.
Berthing Facilities - The town has a 663 m long rock
causeway pier with controlling depths of 2 to 3 m. An 630
m open area is the available storage facility.
Anchorage - Small vessels usually anchor about 1 mile
WSW from the Santa Monica in 12.8 m (7 fm) near the
entrance to a break in the reef leading to the town.
PAGBASAYAN ISLET, (09° 59' 21"N., 126° 00'
21"E.), 1.5 miles S of Kambiling Islet, is low, sandy, covered
with trees and bushes. It is near the S side of an extensive reef
bare at low water and about 1 mile W from the main shore.
KANGUN ISLET, 2.5 miles SW from Pagbasayan Islet
and 2 miles from the main shore, is low and sandy. It is near
the edge of a reef which bares at low water and extends about
1 mile N from it. A concrete tower is on the reef about 100
m E of the S end of the island.
LITALIT BAY, on the W coast of Siargo Island, is 30
formed by Kangun, Dahican, and LITALIT ISLETS. It
is shoal in places and of little value to navigation. Sayug
Channel, connecting the head of Litalit Bay and Baban
Lagoon, is a mangrove-fringed channel, navigable by
small local craft, and leading S to the town of Del Carmen 35
(Numancia).
SAN BENITO, (09° 57' 31"N., 126° 00' 16"E.), a small
town on the shore of Litalit Bay, is visible from seaward. A
small harbor protected by breakwaters fronts the town and 40
is used by small boats. San Benito may be approached by
entering Litalit Bay either N or S of Kangun Islet.
DAHICAN ISLAND, about 2 miles W from San Benito,
is long, narrow and flat, consisting mostly of mangroves with 45
a small wooded area in the middle.
PONEAS ISLAND, off the W coast of Siargao, is about
5 miles long in a NE and SW direction and about 1.4 miles
wide. It is separated from Siargao and Tona Islands by Sayug 50
Channel, Baban Lagoon, and Tona Channel. It appears as
a cluster of small peaks close together, but separated from
each other by deep gorges. The highest of these peaks is 120
m (655 ft) near the middle of the island. An extensive area
formed by a wide mangrove flat, intersected by mangrove 55
sloughs, is between the higher part of the island and the W
part of Siargao Island, which is of a very similar formation
to the W part of Poneas island.
SAYUG CHANNEL, BABAN LAGOON, and TONA 60
7-103
CHANNEL, separating Poneas Island from Tona and
Siargao islands, are shoal, bordered by mangroves, and only
navigable by the similar class of local craft.
5 KANGBANGYO ISLAND, about 1 mile W of the S
end of Poneas Island, is covered with numerous wooded
peaks, the highest of which rises to a height of 134 m (440
ft). It is surrounded by reefs which extends out 0.5 mile.
Several high rocks are in the vicinity of the island inside
10 the surrounding reefs. The barrio of Caub is near the SW
end of the island.
A shoal covered by a depth of 10.5 m (5.7 fm) is 2.3
miles W from the N end of Kangbangyo.
15
COWHAGAN ISLAND, 548 m NW of Kangbangyo
Island, is about 365 m in extent and low. It is on the coral
reef surrounding Kangbangyo Island.
20 COWHAGAN ROCK, 19 m (62 ft) high and covered
with trees, is on the N side of the island and about 457 m
from the N edge of the reef. It is a good landmark for coasting
vessels rounding this vicinity.
25 LAONAN ISLAND, close to the SW end of Poneas
Island, is very small, wooded, and rises to a height of 119 m
(390 ft).
TONA ISLAND, composed almost entirely of
mangroves, is S from Poneas Island. It is separated from
Poneas Island by Tona Channel and from Siargao Island by
Libas Channel.
THE BEYOBO CHANNEL, through which the town
of Numancia is approached, is on the SE side of Tona Island.
DEL CARMEN, (09° 52' 08"N., 125° 58' 11"E.),
formerly known as Numancia, is a large town in this vicinity.
It is on the W side of Siargao about 2 miles NE from the
W entrance to Beyobo Channel. The only part of the town
visible from seaward is the conspicuous church tower. The
town has a post office, mobile phone communication, and
Internet connection. There is a health center with an attending
physician. There is also a welding shop, a local bank, money
remittance center, a public market, and small grocery stores.
Ferry boats from Surigao City and other towns call daily.
Siargao Airport, which is located about 3 miles ESE of the
town, has regular flights to Cebu and Manila.
Channels - There are four channels leading to Del
Carmen (Numancia), but the shortest and most accessible is
Beyobo Channel. It is very narrow and tortuous. The entrance
is made by approaching the coast nearly 0.8 mile NW from
a very conspicuous small white sand islet which is awash at
high water. It is reported that small vessels drawing 2.4 m
(8 ft) make the town at high water and anchor off the pier.
Caution - The channels leading to Del Carmen, should
not be attempted by any person without local knowledge,
as there are several small shoals which cannot be seen until

Del Carmen government wharf as viewed from the NW.
(Photograph - PPA-PMO Surigao website, Undated)
close over them. In Beyobo Channel, the most dangerous
shoal is one in the center of the channel about 548 m S of the
pier. This shoal bares at extreme low water and to avoid it,
passage may be made in deeper water close to the mangroves
to the W. The currents run with considerable velocity and
there are dangerous whirlpools at places.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Del
Carmen may be contacted at mobile phone no. 917-1236212.
Berthing Facilities - The town has a 70 m long concrete
wharf for use of large ferry boats. Small ferry boats berth
along the coast of the town. A small boat harbor is located
just N of the wharf. The wharf has a controlling depth of
3 m. Available storage facility include the 350 sq. m. open
area and a cargo shed.
SAN FERNANDO, a small barrio about 3 miles S of
Numancia, is on rather prominent green hill visible from
seaward. The barrio is near the N bank of the mouth of
LUMATON RIVER, a mangrove slough discharging into
Pamay Bay. The entrance channel is narrow and dangerous
and the currents in the river are strong.
Berthing Facility - The barrio has a 100-m long
concrete causeway pier located at the N bank of the mouth
of Lumaton River. Small boats call at this pier.
Anchorage in PAMAY BAY is in 27.4 m (15 fm),
mud bottom, 0.5 mile S from PAMAT POINT and the town
bearing 060o.
QUICO REEF is a small steep-to coral reef which
shows a few bare spots at extreme low water on the bearings:
San Miguel Point, the N extremity of East Bucas Island, 111o
and Bagum Islet, a 18.3-meter (60 ft) islet off the N extremity 55
of Middle Bucas Island, 212o distant 0.9 mile.
BARRABAS REEF, similar to Quico Reef and
somewhat larger, lies on the bearings: San Miguel Point 099o
and Mount Sibonga 182o.
7-104
The two reefs and the rock off the N end of Bucas
Grande Island are the only detached dangers in the W
approach to Dapa Channel. To clear these dangers vessels
entering the channel from W should keep the summit of
5 BANCUYO ISLET, 30.5 m (100 ft) high, on a 110o bearing
until Cambasac Point bears N about 548 m then head E,
steering mid-channel courses between Abanay Islet and
Bancuyo Islet.
10 CAMBASAC POINT, the S extremity of Siargao
Island, is fringed by a narrow, steep-to reef and is marked by
Cambas-ac Light (09° 44' 46"N., 126° 01' 50"E.). It may be
recognized by several houses on the barrio of CAMBASAC
which lies on its S extremity. The barrio has 30-m long
15 concrete causeway pier.
DAPA CHANNEL (CHART 4638) separating the S
part of Siargao Island from East Bucas Island, is 0.5 mile
wide at the W entrance between Cambasac Point, Siargao
20 and SAN MIGUEL POINT, N extremity of East Bucas
Island. Inside the heads it widens quickly to a width of 1.5
miles and then gradually narrows to a width of 1 mile at the
entrance. It is nearly blocked by islet, reefs and shoal water,
leaving three narrow tortuous channels through which the
25 currents run with considerable velocity. The reefs show
plainly, defining the channels, and Dapa Channel is safe for
a small, carefully navigated vessel.
Vessels coming from W usually favor the NW side of
30 the channel to avoid Quico and Barrabas Reefs, then enter
the middle channel between Abanay and Bancuyo Islets.
This channel is fairly straight and has a navigable width of
about 137 m, with a depth of 12.8 m (7 fm) in the middle.
The N channel, W and N of ABANAY ISLET, is very narrow,
35 having a navigable width of about 45 m at the narrowest part,
with depths of 7.3 to 11.9 m (4 to 6.5 fm). It is generally
used by small interisland vessels calling at Dapa. The islet
is marked by Dapa Light (09° 44' 42"N., 126° 02' 36"E.)
on its S coast. Most of the critical points of the reefs along
40 this channel are marked by temporary privately-maintained
beacons. The S channel between Bancuyo Islet and East
Bucas Island is also very narrow and tortuous, about 45 m
wide. A depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm) may be carried through this
channel. It is only used by small craft and not recommended
45 for large vessels.
DAPA, (09° 45' 20"N., 126° 03' 01"E.), is the town on
the N shore of Dapa Channel. The town has a post office,
mobile phone communication, and Internet connection.
50 Courier services, money remittance centers, commercial
banks, a small shopping mall, public market, gasoline
stations, drug stores, and small welding shops are present
in the town. A small government hospital attends to the
medical needs of the town. Supplies in limited quantities
may be procured. Fuel may be delivered by tanker lorries.
Meat is scarce but fish is plentiful. Only minor deck repairs
are available. Vessels from Cebu via Surigao call at Dapa.
Several ferry boats from Surigao call daily.
60 The Port of Dapa is situated along the SW coast of
 The Port of Dapa as viewed from the S.
(Photograph - PPA-PMO Surigao website, Undated)
Siargao Island and NE of Bucas Point. It is a natural port with coconut trees. From Dolores Point it turns sharply N
which could be approached only through a channel. Vessel for 0.5 mile to the barrio of UNION at the mouth of UNION
entrance is dangerous due to narrow, shallow and crooked RIVER, and thence NE for 5 miles to Tuason Point, the E
or winding channel. The channel W of Abanay Islet is not extremity of Siargao Island. This section of the coast is a
recommended to those who are not familiar with the area 5 smooth sandy beach with groves of coconuts and bananas.
due to the narrow passage and the swift current. Beach resorts occupy this coast. A road connects the towns
of Dapa and General Luna.
Port Management - The government pier is operated by
PPA TMO-Dapa. The TMO requires 24 hrs advanced notice BANK AND SHOALS - The SE part of Siargao is
from domestic vessels and 72 hrs for foreign vessels wishing 10 faced by a wide bank which extends about 3.5 miles SE
to berth at the port. The port can accommodate conventional and on which lie Janoyoy, Guyang, and Daco Islets, Seco
and RoRo vessels up to the maximum DWT of 94 tons, 3 Reef, and numerous reefs and shoals, some awash and some
m draft, 3 m breadth, and 38 m LOA. submerged. At Tuason Point a coral reef bare at low water
extends S for 4.5 miles and then around Daco Islet W, with
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Dapa 15 only two small breaks to Seco Reef. The seaward side of
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63906-3814596 this reef is steep-to and always defined by a line of breakers.
and +63948-0175295. Between this reef and the shore is a large basin of fairly shoal
area with smooth water. The basin is studded with numerous
Berthing Facilities includes the 30 m long reinforced dangers and should not be attempted by navigators unless
concrete pier with two berths available. It has a controlling 20 possessed with local knowledge.
water depth of 6 m (3.3 fm). Two RoRo ramps are available.
The wharf, just N of the pier, is used ferry boats. Available SECO REEF, bare at low water, is on the outer edge
storage facilities include a 1,600 sq. m. open area and a of the bank 1.8 miles SE from Dolores Point. There is a
cargo shed. small sand cay on its NW side. A small reef of dark coral
25 formation, covered by a depth of 5.7 m (3.1 fm) is about 1
Port Services - Cargo handling and arrastre services are mile S from Seco Reef.
provided by a Dapa Labor and Arrastre Services.
PANSUKIAN ISLET, also known as Naked Island,
Anchorage - Vessels of more than 240 tons calling at is on the N part of the W arm Seco Reef. It is of bare white
Dapa usually anchor 1.6 miles ESE of the town in 14.6 m 30 sand and frequently visited by tourists.
(8 fm), mud bottom.
JANOYOY ISLET is a small sandy islet covered with
PPA also established anchorage for vessels calling at trees lying on the bank about 1 mile ENE from Dolores Point
Dapa off the coast of Surigao Island from Pamay Bay to and 735 m from shore.
Cambasac Point. 35
GUYANG ISLET is small, sandy, and covered with
FROM THE TOWN OF DAPA to DOLORES coconut trees. It is on the bank just inside the barrier reef
POINT the coast trends E for 3.5 miles. It is low and covered about 2.5 miles S from Tuason Point.

7-105
 DACO ISLET, about 1.3 miles long in an ENE direction
and 457 m wide, is on the SE part of the bank about 4 miles S
from Tuason Point. It is surrounded by a reef which extends
about 1 mile SE from it. Its ends are 32 and 39 m (105 and
130 ft) high, but from a distance it appears perfectly flat on
top and forms a good landmark.
GENERAL LUNA, (09° 46' 54"N., 126° 09' 23"E.),
is a town near the beach about 3.5 miles NE from Dolores
Point. It may be approached by small craft through a narrow, 10
tortuos channel which crosses the bank between Dolores
Point and Seco Reef and passes close to Janoyoy Islet. There
is a a health center with an attending physician. A post office,
mobile phone communication, and Internet connection are
available. Small quantity of supplies are avaialble from 15
the public market and small stores. A small shopping mall,
hardware store, money remittance centers, and gasoline
station are present in the town. Ferry boats from Surigao
City call daily. The town is a popular tourist destination,
particularly by surfers.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
town may be contacted at mobile phone no. 946-4809879.
Berthing Facilities - The town has a 200 m long
concrete jetty that can only accommodate ferry boats.
TUASON POINT, (09° 48' 30"N., 126° 09' 58"E. ), the
E extremity of Siargao Island, is a very rocky point about 39
m (130 ft) high. Its side facing the sea is fronted by a bluff
18 m (60 ft) high. It is fringed by a very narrow steep-to reef.
SHARP POINT, about 2.5 miles NW from Tuason
Point, is low, sharp, and covered with coconut trees. It is
surrounded by a reef which extends 1 mile E and 0.5 mile
N from it.
Between Tuason and Sharp Points the coast recedes,
forming a large, shallow, foul bay which extends about 0.5
mile SW. Reefs partly bare at low water extend nearly 1
mile outside a line drawn between the headlands of this bay.
On the outer edges of these reefs there is a chain of islets,
composed of three large bare rocks and one small mangrove
islet, which extends with a curve NE for a distance of 1.8
miles NW. The S rock, 1.5 miles N from Tuason Point, is
15 m (50 ft) high; the two are both 7.6 m (25 ft) high; and
the small islet off Sharp Point is covered with mangroves
3 m (10 ft) high. Between the two 7.6-meter rock there is a
deep channel about 735 m wide leading to a deep circular
basin 0.8 mile in diameter.
PORT PILAR (CHART 4638), between Sharp Point
and Pilar Point, is 2 miles wide at the entrance and about 1
mile in extent. The port affords the best anchorage on the E
coast of Siargao Island, but its use cannot be recommended
because of the heavy sea that usually sets in around PILAR
POINT, even during the SW monsoon. A pinnacle rock about
274 m NE of this point is a good navigational aid. The N
shore of the port is high and steep-to with deep water close
to the beach. The shoreline on the S side is low, irregular,
7-106
and bordered by extensive reefs, bare at low water, extending
about 0.5 mile from the beach in places. Several small
streams empty along this shore.
5 ISDA ISLET, near the middle of the port, is 37 m (121
ft) high, rocky and covered with light vegetation. The islet
and several rocks are near the N edge of the reef which
extends from the S shore of the port.
P I L A R R I V E R A N D C O C O N U T R I V E R,
discharging into the head of Port Pilar, are navigable for a
limited distance by launches and small craft.
PILAR, a town on the N side of the mouth of Pilar River,
is partly visible from the anchorage. A small interisland
vessel calls once a week.
Anchorage for vessels calling at Pilar is in 12.8 to 14.6
m (7 to 8 fm) about 0.5 mile ESE of the town. Small craft
20 which enter Pilar River may find fairly protected anchorage
183 to 274 m above the town. In entering the river, particular
care must be exercised to avoid the 0.5- meter (0.3 fm) shoal
spot in the middle of the fairway about 274 m S of the town.
The shoal is usually marked by a stake and should be passed
25 to the N.
FROM PILAR POINT to Sugbuhan Point the coast
trends N for 12 miles. This section of the coast is high and
bold, and is fringed by steep-to coral reefs 548 m to 0.5 mile
30 wide. The limits of the reefs can easily be seen and even
in the SW monsoon there is a continuous line of breakers
all along the coast. The small barrios of CARIDAD, SAN
ISIDRO, and ALEGRIA are on this coast.
35 ARENA POINT, (09° 57' 57"N., 126° 05' 52"E.), the
most prominent landmark in this vicinity, is about midway
between Port Pilar and Sugbuhan Point. It projects but
slightly from the shoreline, but is conspicuous because of a
ridge near the shore which rises to a height of 183 m (600
40 ft) at less than 0.5 mile inland.
BUCAS GRANDE ISLAND, (09° 39' N., 125° 56'
E.), SW from Siargao Island, is about 12 miles long in a
N direction and 5 miles wide. The N and W sides are very
45 irregular, being indented by numerous small bays, generally
too deep to afford anchorage. The E and S are more regular
and comparatively straight. The shores are fringed with
narrow steep-to reefs, nowhere exceeding 0.5 mile in width,
with a few off-lying dangers.
50
The N part is formed by a flat-topped ridge, over 244
m (800 ft) high, sparsely wooded, and dropping off abruptly
to the coast in bluffs nearly bare of vegetation, exposing a
dark red soil. In the central part, the inner table land is lower
55 with several spurs at right angles to the coast and the slope
of the shore is more gradual. The S half forms a striking
contrast with the N part. It is composed of several small,
steep, separate peaks, all heavily wooded, the highest of
which reaches an extreme elevation of 283 m (928 ft) to the
60 top of the trees.
 BUCAS POINT, (09° 45' 27"N., 125° 55' 07"E.), the
NW extremity of Bucas Grande Island, is sharp, high, and
surrounded by a reef to a distance of about 365 m.
A conspicuous rock 1.2 m (4 ft) high is 735 m NE from
the NE extremity of Bucas Grande Island, with which it is
nearly connected by a reef.
MANAOL POINT, about 2.3 miles Sw of Bucas Point,
is the most W point on Bucas Grande Island. It is high and
fringed by a very narrow steep-to reef.
MATINGUB COVE, about 1.3 miles SSE of Manaol
Point, is a small indentation on this coast. The entrance to
the cove is deep and about 640 m wide. The shoreline is
fringed with narrow steep-to coral reef. At the S entrance
point the reef extends about 457 m W. The inner arm of the
cove extending NNW is about 183 m wide with a depth of
36.6 m (20 fm) in the middle.
KANLANUK BAY, about 4 miles S from Manaol Point,
is deep and its shores are fringed by a reef bare at low water.
PAMOSAINGAN is a barrio at the head of the bay. It
has a 90 m long causeway pier for boats. A road from this
barrio crosses the island to Socorro.
Anchorage with sufficient swinging room to clear the
edges of the reef may be found in 43.9 m (24 fm) about 735
m N from Pamosaingan. Vessels entering Kanlanuk Bay 30
from S should exercise care in rounding NILUSINGAN
POINT, the W entrance point, as it is surrounded by reefs
which extend 0.5 NW from it.
NAKIAUIT POINT, (09° 36' 43"N., 125° 53' 20"E.),
about 3 miles S from Kanlanuk Bay, is a small conspicuous
point 61 m (200 ft) high and is the most W point on Bucas
Grande Island. It should be given a berth of at least 1 mile,
as there are several 4.5-meter (2.5-fathom) shoals off it. The
outer shoal about 0.6 mile W from the point can not be seen
until directly over it.
A small 1.8-meter (1-fathom) patch is about 0.5 mile SE
from Nakiauit Point. In 1951, a shoal with a depth of 0.9 m
(0.5 fm) was reported 1 mile S of the point.
SOHUTAN BAY (CHART 4638) SE from Nakiauit
Point, is about 1.5 miles wide and extends about 0.8 mile
NE. The shoreline is rugged and mostly rocky. From its
SE entrance point a reef with a number of large bare rocks
extends 0.5 mile NW. The outer rock on the N edge of the
reef is 32 m (107 ft) high and may be rounded close-to.
E from the above reef good protected anchorage may be
found in 42.1 m (23 fm) about 457 m from the head of the
bay. In approaching this anchorage from the S the 32-meter
(107-feet) rock on the extremity of the reef should not be
brought N of 047o in order to clear all dangers making off
the SE entrance point.
SOHUTAN INLET E from the head of Sohutan Bay
7-107
is very irregular. The shoreline is composed of high steep
cliffs. It is accessible only to launches and small boats there
being only 0.5 m (0.3 fm) of water at its entrance.
5 DAHAKIT POINT, (09° 33' 45"N., 125° 56' 02"E.),
extending W from the S end of Bucas Grande Island, is
steep and sharp. The point is marked by Dahakit Light (09°
33' 48"N., 125° 55' 54"E.). About 0.5 mile E from the point
and close to the most S part of the island the land rises to a
10 height of 100 m (330 ft). The bay NW from Dahakit Point is
nearly blocked by reefs on which lie the DAHIKAN ISLETS,
BOBON ISLET, and numerous other small islets and rocks.
SAN ROQUE is the barrio at the head of the small bay N
15 of Dahakit Point. It has a small concrete deck for small boats.
FROM DAHAKIT POINT to the S entrance point to
Port Batuecas the coast is a series of bold, rocky promontories
and sandy beaches. At the town of SOCORRO about 3 miles
20 N from the S end of the island, there is a sand beach about 2
miles long. In front of the town there is a break in the coral
reef, about 548 m wide, affording passage to small craft.
SOCORRO, (09° 37' 01"N., 125° 58' 00"E.), located
25 on the E coast of Bucas Grande Island, is the major town on
the island. Present in the town is a branch of regional bank
and drug stores. Limited supplies may be procured from the
public market and small stores. The only repair facilities
available are the small welding shops. Minor medical cases
may be referred to Socorro District Hospital while major
medical cases should be brought to Surigao City. Mobile
phone communication and Internet connection are available.
Ferry passenger boats Surigao City and Dapa call daily.
35 Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Socorro
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63966-4207169 and
+63968-7704294.
Berthing Facilities - The town has a 30 m long concrete
40 pier and a concrete wharf with 40 m long berth length. Only
ferry boats can use the pier and the wharf. A 300 m long
breakwater is on the N side of the wharf and is also used by
ferry boats. The seawall fronting the town is also used by
ferry boats for berthing.
45
THE SOCORRO RIVER discharging N of the barrio
has but 0.3 m (1 ft) of water on its bar at low tide, but inside
the bar it is broad and deep for some distance.
50 A reef covered by 8.7 to 18.3 m (4.75 to 10 fm) exists
1 mile off the E coast of the Bucas Grande on the bearings:
E tangent to the island 006o, SE tangent to the island 213o.
There are no off-lying dangers on this side of the island
55 except those at the entrance to Port Sibonga.
PORT BATUECAS, separating the N part of Bucas
Grande from Middle Bucas Island, is about 2.5 miles long
in a N direction and from 0.5 to 0.8 mile wide. Its shores
60 are bordered by mangroves and fringed with reefs, about 68
m wide at the entrance and widening to nearly 0.5 mile on on the N side of East Bucas Island, is on SAN MIGUEL
the E central side and coming together about 0.5 mile from POINT, the N extremity of the island. A wooded hill 44 m
its N end, completely closing the area N. The N entrance (146 ft) high is immediately S of the barrio. The reef on the
is nearly 457 m wide and is entirely closed by a coral reef E and W sides of the point extends 274 to 457 m. The other
which bares about 0.3 m (1 ft) at low water. The S entrance 5 barrios in the island are MONSERRAT on the S side and
leading from Port Sibonga is reduced by reefs on either side Consolacion on the SW side.
to a navigable channel about 100 m wide, with a controlling
depth of 5.9 m (3.2 fm) through which the currents run with PORT SIBONGA, (09° 41' 21"N., 126° 00' 05"E.), a
considerable velocity. small bay between the SW side of East Bucas Island and the
10 S side of Middle Bucas Island, is about 1 mile wide at the
Just within the port a reef on the S side extends about entrance and 0.6 mile in extent.
457 m N, rendering this part of the port useless and confining
the channel along the E shore. Immediately N from this reef BANLUTO ISLET, near the middle of the port, is 58
good protected anchorage for moderate sized vessels may be m (190 ft) high, rocky, and wooded. The islet is surrounded
found in 16.5 m (9 m) mud bottom. A small reef covered by 15 by a coral reef which extends N to the main shore, dividing
1.4 m (0.8 fm) is in the N central part of the port, making it the port into two separate basins.
inadvisable to use the area N from it.
The E basin has a general depth of 12.8 m (7 fm) with
SALOG (09° 41' 06"N., 125° 58' 35"E.) is the barrio a few 5.5-meter (3-fathom) spots in the middle. An inlet at
on the S coast of the channel to Port Batuecas. Overhead 20 the head of the E basin of the port leads N to a small passage
power cables crosses the channel from the barrio to Middle connecting Port Castilla and Port Sibonga. This passage
Bucas Island. is used only by small boats at high water. The barrio of
Consolacion is on the E shore of this basin.
MIDDLE BUCAS ISLAND, between Bucas Grande
and East Bucas Islands, is roughly circular in shape and about 25 The W basin has a general depth of 21.9 m (12 fm) but
1.5 miles in diameter. It is separated from Bucas Grande the middle part is obstructed by shoalwater with a depth of
by Port Batuecas and from East Bucas Island by a narrow 0.5 m (0.3 fm).
mangrove-bordered boat passage about 548 m long and some
11 to 14 m wide. This passage is bare at very low water, as ANCHORAGE may be found in the E basin off the
is also the wide stretch of reef at either end. 30 barrio of Consolacion in 12.8 to 14.6 m (42 to 48 fm), but
vessels having a draft of 4.6 to 5.5 m (15 to 18 ft) should
MOUNT SIBONGA, in the SE part of the island, is a exercise more caution as the bottom is coral and very
densely wooded, conical-shaped peak which rises to a height uneven. It is believed that the best anchorage is between the
of 291 m (955 ft) and forms a prominent landmarks for miles E entrance point and Banluto Islet.
around; it is the highest point on the Bucas Islands. 35
CASULIAN ISLAND, (09° 41' 36"N., 126° 04' 54"E. ),
BAGUM ISLET, on the shore reef about 183 m N 0.8 mile SE from East Bucas Island, is about 1 mile long in
of the N extremity of Middle Bucas Island, is rocky and an E direction and 735 m wide. It is heavily wooded on the
covered by light vegetation. The islet is 18.3 m (60 ft) high E part, where it rises to a height of 90 m (295 ft). The W end
and prominent. Foul ground extends about 735 m WNW of 40 is lower and covered with coconut trees. It is surrounded by
the islet. shoal water to a distance of about 548 m. Between the edge
of this shoal and the reefs surrounding East Bucas Island
PORT CASTILLA, (09° 42' 53"N., 126° 00' 29"E.), there is a narrow channel with a depth of 20.1 m (11 fm).
formed by the NE part of Middle Bucas Island and the NW
part of East Bucas Island, is about 1 mile in extent. The E 45 Dangers - About 0.5 mile SW from the W end of
part and also the head of the port are foul. Three small coves Casulian Island is the N end of a shoal, covered by depths
are on the W side of the port. A large reef awash is in the from 0.3 to 18.2 m (0.2 to 10 fm) which extends 1.3 miles S.
middle of the entrance and may be passed on either side.
Shoals covered by depths of 6.4, 9.1 and 8.7 m (3.5, 5,
EAST BUCAS ISLAND, E of Middle Bucas Island, 50 and 4.8 fm) are 0.5, 1.4, and 1.7 miles E, respectively, from
is very irregular in shape, about 5 miles long in an ENE the E end of Casulian Island.
direction, and 1.5 miles wide. It is heavily wooded and rises
near the middle to a height of 183 m (600 ft). Its shores are A shoal covered by 8.2 m (4.5 fm) exists 1 mile SE from
fringed with reefs, which, with those immediately adjacent, the E end and one of 9.1 m (4.4 fm) lies 1.5 miles S from the
extend in some places to a distance of 1 mile and surround 55 summit of Casulian Island.
several small islets and rocks. The extent of the foul area
surrounding East Bucas Island will be best understood by A submerged rock is reported to exist about 1.5 miles
referring to the chart. NNE of the E end of Casulian Island.

SAN MIGUEL, (09° 44' 09"N., 126° 01' 41"E.), a barrio 60 ANAJAUAN ISLAND, (09° 36' 27"N., 126° 08' 07"E.),

7-108
about 7.5 miles SE from East Bucas Island, is 1.3 miles long
in an ENE direction, 548 m wide, and wooded. The highest
point of the island is near the E end, with an elevation of 61
m (200 ft) to the top of trees. It is fringed by a reef bare at
low water and lies on the SW part of a bank about 3.5 miles
long in a NE direction. A number of rocks are in this vicinity.
A barrio is on the S coast of the island.
LAJANOSA, MAMON, and ANTOKON are a group
of islands on the same reef NE and E from Anajauan Island.
LAJANOSA, the N island, is rather flat with three hills on
the W side, the highest of which is 52 m (170 ft). The barrio
of Suyangan is at the S end of this island. MAMON, the
middle island, is the highest, rising to a height of 82 m (270
ft). ANTOKON, the S and smallest island, rises in three
cones, the S and highest of which is 70 m (230 ft). Between
the reef surrounding this group, which is always breaking,
and the reef surrounding Anajauan Island there is a very
narrow, deep channel.
Dangers - A small coral bank covered by a depth of
10.9 m (6 fm) is 6.5 miles 263o from the S cone on Antokon
Island. Submerged rocks with unknown depths were reported
to exist about 2.6 miles SE, 2.5 miles NE, and 7.2 miles SSE
of Antokon Island. Another underwater rock was reported
to lie about 2 miles NW of the N point of Lajanosa Island.
Underwater rocks also exist about 1 mile NE, 1 mile W, and
1.7 miles S of Anajauan Island. Details of these dangers may
be best referred to the nautical charts.
WHALE ROCK, (09° 29' 04"N., 126° 04' 02"E.), 3.7
m (12 ft) high and about 183 m in extent, is near the middle
of the E approach to Hinatuan Passage about 6.5 miles
E of Tugas Point. The rock is black, rugged, and bare of
vegetation. The water within 0.5 mile around it is shoal and
uneven, except on the E side where it is steep-to. Beyond
this the rock may be passed at a distance of at least 1 mile
on either side. In moderate weather the sea breaks all around
from 91 to 274 m off the rock.
HINATUAN PASSAGE (CHART 4629), (09° 32'
N., 125° 55' E.), the body of water between the NE coast of
Mindanao and Dinagat Island, is sometimes called Eastern
Passage. The passage connects the Philippine Sea with the
S part of Surigao Strait, through a group of other smaller
islands S of Dinagat, and between Dahakit Point and Tugas
Point at the E approach. The W end of the passage is narrow
and tortuous and the tidal currents are strong with eddies and
whirlpools. With the exception of Kabo Reef and Hinatuan
Rock, the passage is free of dangers. Interisland vessels from
Cebu trading with the E coastal towns of Mindanao often
pass through Hinatuan Passage.
Hinatuan Passage from northeastward.
7-109
Directions - From a position 1.7 miles N of Basol
Island, steer for Rasa Island Light (09° 47' 34"N., 125° 34'
59"E.) on course 125o. When Bilaa Point bears 272o, haul
S to pass 0.5 to 0.8 mile W of the light, and rounding it at
5 about the same distance, steer NE mid-channel courses. After
clearing Bitogan Point and Sugbu Island for about 0.5 mile,
steer for the middle of Banug Strait, between Hinatuan and
Talavera Islands on course 137o until Amaga Islet is made,
when it may be steered for and passed at a distance of 548 m
10 on either side. This SE course from Banug Strait leads near
Hinatuan Rock, an unmarked rocky shoal with a depth of
6.4 m. Vessels drawing more than 4.6 m (15 ft) should make
a slight deviation on this course to avoid it.
15 Caution - Hinatuan Passage is not recommended for
oceangoing and sailing vessels without local knowledge
because of the strong currents and tidal whirls all along the
passage, especially in the vicinity of Rasa Islet. In case of
necessity vessels may anchor off Surigao to wait for slack
20 water and favorable wind. Kabo Reef and Hinatuan Rock are
the dangers that should be avoided in the passage.
A submarine power cable was laid across the passage
connecting Bucas Grande Island and Mindanao. Anchoring
25 and fishing is prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine
cable.
Currents - The currents run with great velocity and the
tide rips and whirlpools are very marked in some parts of
30 Hinatuan Passage. The flood currents sets from the Pacific
Ocean towards Surigao Strait; the ebb in the opposite
direction. The maximum current is approximately 7 knots,
being usually the strongest abreast and a little to the W of
Rasa Islet. In this latter area the tide rips during the strength
35 of the flood are very marked; they are also bad, especially
so with the flood current, in the vicinity of Kabo Reef, the
submerged reef about 2 miles W of Rasa Islet.
The channel N of Rasa Islet is straight, unobstructed,
40 and comparatively deep; this being a short cut the current
becomes almost a mill race and when running ebb, full force,
produces bad rips and whirls where it joins the currents
coming around more slowly S of Rasa Islet Reef. There are
tide rips and whirls at certain stages all the way through from
45 a little W of Kabo Reef to and abreast of Hinatuan Island,
but the aforementioned places are the worst.
Between Rasa Islet and Lapinig Island the slacks before
the E and W streams occur 2 hrs before high and low waters,
50 respectively, at Cebu City.
At Banug Strait the channel is clear and less current is
experienced than in the longer track around Hinatuan Island.
 Lipata Ferry Terminal as viewed from the N.
(Photograph - PPA-PMO Surigao website, Undated)
Anchorage for large vessels may be had in 27.4 to 31.1
m (15 to 17 fm) near the W side of Panag Bay, about 0.8
mile S of Lapinig island and nearly 0.5 mile SW of a very
conspicuous, bare white coral sand cay. Anchorage may be
found also near the middle of this bay in 36.6 m (20 fm) sand
bottom. The advantage of this anchorage is that there is no
current here at any time and it appears to be a neutral area
with plenty of swinging room.
THE PHILIPPINE DEEP - The profound trough of 10
the great Philippine Deep lies at no great distance to the E
of the Philippine Archipelago. Of extraordinary depth and
narrowness, it ranges for some 600 miles from off the S end
of Mindanao to beyond the N tip of the island of Samar,
where it branches and, gradually shoaling, continuous, one 15
fork into Lagonoy Gulf, and the other around and beyond
Catanduanes Island into the Pacific Ocean. Its width though
ill-defined, is between 60 and 100 miles.
The descent into the chasm, which exceeds 7,010 m
(23,000 ft) in depth, is abrupt from the continental shelf.
This sudden change in depth is most particularly noticed off
the Mindanao coast where the axis of the trough lies within
40 miles of the shore. The maximum charted depth of the
Philippine Deep is 10,789 m located about 53 miles E of
Bucas Grande Island.
BILAA POINT TO JOBO POINT (CHARTS 1519,
1520, 4603, 4628, and 4629) - From Bilaa Point (09° 49'
26"N., 125° 26' 26"E.) the coast trends SE for about 4 miles
to Surigao City. The first 2 miles is mostly stony shoreline,
with sand beach in small coves and a fringe of jagged dead
coral heads 45 to 91 m from shore, outside of which the
water deepens rapidly. The rest of the shoreline is a narrow
sand beach fringed with coconut trees, back of which are
mangroves and low land.
BASOL ISLAND, about 2.5 miles ENE from Bilaa
Point is a prominent landmark for vessels bound for Surigao
City or the Hinatuan Passage. It is about 365 m long in a
7-110
WNW and opposite direction and 183 m wide. About three-
fourths of the E side is low, covered with coconuts, and has
a sandy beach; the W part is higher and wooded with rocky
shoreline. It is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef, which, on
5 the NW end, extends to a distance of about 365 m. Several
shoals with depths of 10.1 to 16.5 m (5.5 to 9 fm) are around
the island inside the 40-meter curve.
LIPATA (RIZAL), the barrio about 1 mile SE of Bilaa
Point, is the site of Lipata Ferry Terminal. The barrio is
connected by road to Surigao City.
Port Management - Lipata Ferry Terminal is operated
by TMO-Lipata, which may be contacted at telephone no.
(+6386) 827-1434. The terminal can accommodate vessels
of maximum GRT of 541 tons, 12.5 m breadth, and 66 m
LOA. The controlling draft off the terminal is 4 m.
Domestic vessels wishing to berth at the port and the
20 ferry terminal must send advanced notice 24 hrs before ETA.
For foreign vessels, 72 hrs advanced notice is required. A
vessel is considered an "arrived ship" if it is within 1 mile
of the marginal wharf. RoRo vessels from Liloan and San
Ricardo in Southern Leyte regularly calls at the terminal.
25
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Lipata
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63966-4214613.
Berthing Facilities - The terminal has a quay length of
30 110 m with 3 RoRo ramps, 1 RoRo berth, and 1 specialized
steel ramp. A 1,315 sq m open area is available storage area
for cargo.
Supplies - Fresh water is supplied by trucks at the ferry
35 terminal.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Lipata Ferry Terminal
should anchor about 0.3 mile NE of wharf.
40 SURIGAO RIVER, discharging on the W side of
Surigao City, has about 0.3 m (1 ft) on its bar at low water.
About 1.3 miles upriver from the mouth of the Surigao River
it divides into two branches; the larger branch, known as the
Tomanday, flows N forming BINGAD ISLAND between
them.
TOMANDAY RIVER has about 0.5 m on its bar at
low water; at high water small boats drawing not more than
1.5 m (5 ft) can enter and ascend the river for a distance of
about 1.5 miles.
SURIGAO CITY (CHART 4629), (09° 47' N., 125°
29' E.), is the capital of Surigao del Norte province. It is a
low land about 4 miles SE of Bilaa Point, at the E side of the
mouth of Surigao River. Gold and nickel mining operations
in the vicinity have contributed greatly to its growth.
The CARAGA Region Hospital is the major government
hospital in the city. Private hospitals are also present in the
city. Drug stores, medical clinics, and dental clinics are
also present. Branches of major commercial banks, money
remittance centers, shopping malls, grocery stores, and
gasoline stations are present throughout the city.
The Surigao Airport, about 2 miles S of the city, has
regular flights to and from Cebu and Manila. The city has a
post office, telephone service, courier services, mobile phone
services and Internet connection. RoRo buses from Manila
to Cagayan de Oro and Davao passes through Surigao City
daily. Buses and jeepneys likewise ply routes leading to the
said cities and important towns of CARAGA Region.
The Port of Surigao, which is about 1 km SE from the
center of the city and facing Bilanbilan Bay, does not show up
until about E of Surigao Light (09° 47' 05"N., 125° 29' 59"E.).
Ferry vessels from Cebu City, Maasin (Leyte), Dapa, San
Jose (Dinagat Island), and Loreto(Dinagat Island) regularly
call at this port. Small vessels from the towns along the E
coast of Mindanao and the nearby islands also call at Surigao.
Prominent Features - The numerous large buildings
in Surigao City are visible from far offshore. The provincial
capitol building and the church are very prominent
landmarks. Near the beach on the E side of the town, two
spires may be passed as landmarks in approaching the wharf.
Major Light - Surigao Light (09° 47' 05"N., 125° 29'
59"E.) is displayed from the government wharf.
Caution - When approaching the port and rounding
Bilanbilan Point, vessels should keep off as much as possible
from the point as it has been reported that the coral reefs have
extended at least 61 m (200 ft) in some areas.
Tides & Currents - Current velocities at Surigao Harbor
varies according to wind and tide. During spring tides, the
current flows with an estimated velocity of 2 to 3 knots. Based
on records, an average wave height of 0.3 m is experienced
at the port. The port is however exposed to 10 km of open
water in the N to E direction. During periods of strong winds
7-111
from that direction, much larger waves occur.
Winds & Climate - The prevailing winds are from
NW and SW. SW gales with violent squalls and rains blows
5 occasionally during the months of July to October. During
the NE monsoons, the winds vary from N to NE and E to
NE. The port is very exposed during this season. Maximum
precipitation takes place during December and January.
10 Port Management - The government wharf on
Bilanbilan Point is operated by PPA PMO-Surigao, which
may be contacted at telephone nos. (+6386) 826-5233 and
(+6386) 826-2015, and e-mail: pmosurigao@ppa.com.ph.
The PMO operates on VHF frequency of 148.57 MHz. The
15 port can accommodate vessels with maximum DWT of
13,700 tons, 8 m draft, 180 m LOA and 17 m breadth.
Domestic vessels wishing to berth at the port must send
advanced notice 24 hrs before ETA. For foreign vessels, 72
20 hrs advanced notice is required.
Customs - The Surigao office of the Bureau of Customs
may be contacted at telephone no. (+6386) 826-8678.
25 Immigration - The Surigao City field office of the
Bureau of Immigration may be contacted at telephone nos.
(+6386) 310-0800 and (+6386) 827-0104, and e-mail at:
bisurigaocity@gmail.com.
30 Distress & Rescue - Surigao City is the headquarters of
Cost Guard District - Northeastern Mindanao (CGD-NEM),
which may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63951-
8070127, +63951-0914219, and +63953-3976127; and
telephone no. (+6386) 827-0959.
35
Berthing Facilities - The concrete marginal wharf on
Bilanbilan Point is 640 m long. 354 m of the total berth length
is the main berth while the remaining serves as secondary
berth. RoRo ramps are available. Storage facilities include
40 the transit shed, warehouse, and open area. A 25-tonner
mobile crane is available.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
from local companies. Garbage from vessels may be collected
45 by trucks. Only minor repairs are available inside the port.
Supplies - Fresh water is supplied via pipelines at the
wharf. A fuel station is located at the southernmost end of
the wharf supplying diesel, fuel and gasoline. Fuel may also
50 be delivered inside the port by tanker lorries. Other supplies
maybe obtained in limited quantities.
Anchorage - The Inner Anchorage, which is for vessels
with 3,000 GRT and below, is located about 900 m NE off
55 the government wharf. The Outer Anchorage, which is for
vessels above 3,000 GRT, is about 1 to 2 miles NE of the
the wharf.
Vessels sheltering from inclement weather may anchor
60 in Bilanbilan Bay. This sheltering anchorage is only suitable
for small vessels due to the shallow depths of the bay, which
are within the 20-m depth curve. Lay-up anchorage is also
located in Bilanbilan Bay.
Tnaker vessels and other vessels carrying dangerous
cargo should anchor about 2.2 miles NE of Surigao Light.
This anchorage area is about 0.5 mile W of Kabo Reef.
The anchorages are exposed to the NE monsoon. Some
protection is afforded by the island to the NE. Ships over 460 10
ft in length should not anchor within 20 m curve fronting
the bay.
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boarding station for
domestic vessels is about 1 mile NE of Surigao Light. The
pilot boarding station for foreign vessels is in Hinatuan
Passage about 3 miles NE of Bilaa Point.
The port has two 750 hp tugboats are available.
Dangers - A shoal covered by a depth of 0.3 m (0.2 fm)
are on the E side of the port, about 1 and 1.2 miles E from
Surigao Light. Another 7.3-meter shoal has been located
about 0.3 mile N of the 0.3-meter shoal. Several wrecks near
the approach to Surigao are indicated in the chart. The most
dangerous of these are a submerged wreck about 114 m E
by N of the light, and another one about 735 m SE of the
light. Vessels leaving Surigao, bound E and those coming in
from that direction, should keep of these shoals, Kabo Reef,
and these wrecks.
Directions - Interisland vessels coming from Cebu or
other points W usually enter Surigao midway between Bilaa
Point and Basol Island. Vessels are advised to round the N and
E side of Bilanbilan Point at a distance of not less than 275 m.
FROM SURIGAO the coast trends SE for 8.5 miles to
the W entrance point to Canal Bay. This section of the coast
is bordered by mangroves which extend inland to a distance
of 1 to 2 miles. The shoreline is fronted by numerous small
islands, composed mostly of mangroves some of which are
without names. The islands are so close to the shore and so
close to each other that they appear to be part of the mainland.
Many of the smaller island are under water, the tide rising
in the mangroves to a depth of about 0.6 m (2 ft). These
islands are separated from the shore and from each other
by a network of esteros, navigable only by local craft and
small boats. Local knowledge is necessary to navigate these
passages, and they are utilized to save distances and escape
the rough weather and strong currents of Hinatuan Passage.
The hills nearest the coast are generally covered with grass
and coconut trees and detached from the heavily timbered
mountains farther inland.
Some of the small islands off this part of the coast,
mostly covered by mangroves, are KABO, LOAD, LAPINIG,
LAMAGON, BILABID, MAANOC, COBETON, CEPAYA,
and CONDONA. Their sides facing the Hinatuan Passage
are generally clear, steep-to, and free of dangers. The other
larger islands that border the Hinatuan Passage are generally
7-112
irregular and mountainous.
KABO REEF, (09° 47' 57"N., 125° 32' 44"E. ), a small
shoal covered by a depth of 3.7 m (2 fm) is about 0.5 mile
5 N of the nearest point of Kabo Island. This reef is one of the
dangers that should be avoided in Hinatuan Passage.
HINATUAN ISLAND, (09° 47' N., 125° 43' E.), 1.5
miles SE from Nonoc Island, is about 3.5 miles long N
and S and 2.5 miles wide. It is irregular in shape and very
conspicuous. The shoreline is mostly rocky ledge, with a
few short sand beaches and bordered by a narrow, steep-to
coral reef, which, on its NW extremity, extends to a distance
of about 457 m. From a distance E and W, it appears as two
15 separates islands. The S part which is the larger portion is
joined with the N part by a narrow neck of land only about 9
m (30 ft) high. The highest peak on the island, 334 m (1,096
ft) high. Large patches of bright red soil are exposed to view
on the highest peak and other moutain areas of the island
20 due to the mining operations of Nickel Asia Corp. The N
part presents nearly vertical cliffs of dark stones, heavily
wooded, and rises to a height of 185 m (606 ft). Hinatuan
East Light (09° 47' 00"N., 125° 44' 10"E.) is shown on the
easternmost point of the island. Hinatuan North Light (09° 48'
25 45"N., 125° 42' 50"E.) is located on Belisan Point, which is
the northernmost point of the island. Vessels call at Hinatuan
Island to load nickel ore.
Anchorage for vessels loading ore is located off the S
30 coast of Hinatuan Island at the E and W coast of Sili Point.
BANUG STRAIT, between the SW point of Hinatuan
Island and Banug Islet, is 735 m wide, straight, deep, and
clear.
35
HINATUAN ROCK, (09° 41' 19"N., 125° 46' 04"E.),
is a small rocky shoal covered by a depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm)
and surrounded by deep water, lying directly in the fairway
between Banug Strait and Amaga Islet on the bearings: E
40 extremity of Hinatuan Island 344o and Nagubat Island 235o
distant 4 miles.
TALAVERA ISLAND, 0.8 mile SW from Hinatuan
Island, is about 1.5 miles long E and W, 1 mile wide, and
45 of very irregular shape. It is 183 m (600 ft) high, covered
with coconut trees and grass. The shoreline is fringed by a
narrow, steep-to reef, which from its SW point extends 457
m S and surrounds the sandy islet of BAGUMBANUA.
Talavera Island is well watered and cultivated. TALAVERA
50 is a small barrio on the N coast of the island.
Anchorage for small vessels may be found at the head
of a small bay in the SW part of Talavera Island in about 44
m (24 fm) mud bottom.
55
BANUG ISLET is about 457 m N of Talavera Island,
from which it is separated by a deep, clear channel about
183 m wide. It is formed by two hills joined by a low, palm-
covered sandy isthmus; the E hill is 40 m (131 ft) high. The
60 islet is on the S side of a reef, bare at low water, about 735
m long E and W, and 457 m wide. and Bayagnan Islands, near the SE end of the slough.

BAYAGNAN ISLAND, (09° 47' N., 125° 39' E.), 2
miles W from Hinatuan Island, is about 3 miles long in a NW
direction and very narrow near the middle. The shoreline is 5
fringed by reefs which at some points extend to a distance
of 0.6 mile and surround a number of rocks and small islets.
The island presents a very irregular skyline. Two low passes,
4.6 to 6 m (15 to 20 ft) high, divide the island into three
distinct parts.
CAYE ISLAND is close to the shore reef SE of Bilabid
Island. Its W side is covered by mangrove swamp and the
E side is mostly bordered by sandy beaches. Houses are
located just NW of the E point. The island is 58 m (190 ft)
high to the treetops. The channels between Caye and Bilabid
Island and between Caye and Masapelid Islands, are deep
but narrow on account of their being constricted by reefs in
10 several points. Overhead power cables cross these channels.

Telegraph Mountain, a sharp peak on the S part, is
covered with tall green trees, rises to a height of 242 m
(794 ft) and forms a conspicuous landmark from a distance.
SAN JOSE is a small barrio on SAN JOSE POINT, the SE 15
extremity of the island. Small quantity of fuel is available.
The barrio has 33-m long wharf, for use by motored bancas
and small boats.
Anchorage for vessels loading ore from Hinatuan
Island was established in the bay formed by the NE coast of
Bayagnan Island and Sugbu Island.
MASAPELID ISLAND, (09° 42' N., 125° 39' E.),
S from Bilabid Island, is about 4 miles long in a NNW
direction and has a maximum width of about 2.5 miles. The
W part is a very rough, heavily wooded country, with many
small peaks; the NE part is covered with grass and scattered
trees; the S part is a rolling ridge heavily wooded on the
W side; the E side is more grassy with a great number of
dead trees. The highest point on the island, 208 m (684 ft)
20 is near the S end. A small bare reef is 0.5 mile SE from its
S point. LAKANDOLA is a small barrio near the SW end
of the island.

DAYAN REEF, immediately W of the N end of MAHABA ISLAND, 73 m (240 ft) high and close to
Bayagnan Island, is an extensive coral formation with a 25 the E side of Masapelid Island, is separated from Masapelid
cluster of rocks about 2 m (7 ft) above high water. This reef by a narrow, deep channel. The island is covered with trees
is separated from the island by a very narrow, deep channel. and scattered coconuts near the E shore. The shoreline is
The current in the channel is strong with violent tidal whirls. fringed with coral reefs, which on the E and SE sides extend
to a distance of 548 m to 0.5 mile. The channel between
SUGBU AND SUGBU DIUTAY ISLETS are on 30 Masapelid and Mahaba Islands is about 365 m wide, deep
the reef which extends nearly 0.8 mile E from the N part of and clear. The S entrance to the channel is marked by two
Bayagnan Island. Sugbu, the E and larger islet, is 52 m (171 rocky islets 22 and 16 m (74 and 53 ft) high.
ft) high and wooded on the NE part. The remainder of the islet
is grassy and covered with palms. The E shore is composed BONGA ISLAND, about 0.8 mile E from the S part of
of rocky ledge; the S and W shores are with sandy beaches. 35 the Masapelid Island, is about 548 m in extent, bold on the
Sugbu Diutay, W of Sugbu, is small and connected to the E side, heavily wooded, and 83 m (272 ft) surrounded by a
shore of Bayagnan Island by a small bridge. reef which extends about 0.5 mile S from it. A small shoal
with a depth of 0.3 m (0.2 fm) is 365 m from the NW side
SAGASAE ISLET is on the reef extending nearly 0.8 of Bonga Island.
mile SE from the SE extremity of Bayagnan Island. The NE 40
part is wooded, 52 m (171 ft) high to the top of tree; the other NAGUBAT ISLAND, (09° 39' 08"N., 125° 42' 49"E.),
parts of the islet are grassy and covered with palms. The E 34 m (112 ft) high, is 7.8 miles S of the summit of Hinatuan
shore is composed of a rocky ledge; the S and W shores are Island. The island is near the middle of a narrow coral reef
sandy. The channel between Sagasae and Talavera Islands extending 1.7 miles in a N direction.
is about 457 m wide, deep, and clear. 45
DIJUT ROCK, 12 m (39 ft) high, with a light vegetation
CAUTION - Masters should take note of the overhead on top, is 0.8 NNW from Nagubat Island. This rock is a
power cables crossing the channels between Sagasae Islet, conspicuous landmark in this vicinity. Several smaller rocks
Bayagnan Island and Talavera Island. surround Dijut Rock. A small shoal with a depth of 6.4 m
50 (3.5 fm) is in the channel across the reef midway between
BILABID ISLAND, close to the SW side of Bayagnan Nagubat Island and Dijut Rock.
Island, from which it is separated by a narrow, foul, mangrove
slough, is about 2 miles long in a NNE direction and 1 mile ISA REEF, a small, dangerous coral shoal covered by a
wide. It is 91 m (298 ft.) high to the top of trees. The E part depth of 2.1 m (1.1 fm) is about 1.5 miles W from Nagubat
is covered mostly with grass and scattered coconuts; the 55 Island in the fairway of vessels approaching Placer, Gigaquit,
remainder is mostly mangroves. Bacuag, and other towns in this vicinity. To avoid this reef,
vessels should bring the N tangent of Bonga Island to bear
A sunken wreck exists in the middle of the bay E of 270o about midway between and in range with Dijut Rock
Bilabid Island and about 735 m SE of the S entrance to the and the NE tangent of Mahaba Island and from this position
slough. Overhead power cables cross the between Bilabid 60 steer 218o for the town of Bacuag until Sampetan Point is

7-113
on starboard beam where any course may be steered for
the desired destination. This reef usually breaks during bad
weather.
CANAL BAY, (09° 41' N., 125° 38' E.), a large
indentation on the SW side of Masapelid Island, is 2.5 miles
wide at the entrance and extends about 2 miles N. The bay
is generally deep with irregular shoreline. A dangerous reef
awash and a small 0.9 m (0.5 fm) shoal are near the middle
of the bay.
OPONG and DINAGO ISLANDS, on the W part
of Canal Bay, are 88 and 127 m (289 and 416 ft) high,
respectively. The islands are composed of rough, jagged
coral, much eroded at the waterline, giving them a mushroom
appearance. They are covered with vegetation and readily
identified. Close to the E side of Dinago island is a very small
islet, having two summits 36 and 38 m (120 and 125 ft) high.
MASAPELID PASSAGE, formed by Lamagon, 20
Maanoc, and Condona Island on the W and Bayagnan,
Bilabid, and Masapelid Islands on the E, connects Hinatuan
Passage with Canal Bay. The passage is sometimes used by
small vessels trading between Surigao City and other coastal
towns on the NE side of Mindanao. The passage is narrowed 25
in several places by dangerous reefs and shoals. Overhead
power cables cross the passage between Masapelid, Opong,
and Condona Islands. Owing to its intricate channel and the
absence of good landmarks, it use is not recommended to
navigators without local knowledge. 30
TAGANA-AN (09° 41' 52"N., 125° 35' 00"E.) is a small
town at the mouth of the river of same name which discharges
into the Tagana-an Estero and about 1.3 mile W from Opong
Island. The town is in center of an extensive coconut district.
The town has a hardware stores, small grocery store, drug
store, and a public market. Small boats and local craft
drawing 0.6 m (2 ft) can enter the river at low water.
TAGANA-AN ESTERO is a narrow passage making
into the mangroves between Hinatuan Passage and Canal
Bay, through which pass most of the small local craft plying
between Surigao and Tagana-an, and other neighboring ports.
Navigators who use this thoroughfare save a considerable
time and distance besides having to contend with a current
of only about 2 knots instead of a much stronger current in
Masapelid Channel. This passage is not recommended to
strangers.
Caution - Overhead power cables cross the S end of
Tagana-an Estero, from the town of Tagana-an to Condona
Island.
BANBAN (09° 41' 13"N., 125° 35' 38"E.) is a barrio
near the beach on the mainland abreast of Dinago Island.
There is a little sand beach E of the barrio and the first solid
shoreline SE of Surigao starts here. The barrio has a 80-meter
long concrete wharf for use of ferry boats. Two piers, made
of landfill materials, is about 0.3 mile N of the barrio and is
used by vessels loading ore.
7-114
COG POINT (09° 40' 33"N., 125° 36' 19"E.), forming
the W side of the entrance to Canal Bay is a steep hill covered
with coconut trees. The W side of this point is low and
covered with mangroves.
5
FROM COG POINT to Tugas Point the coast trends
in a general ESE direction for 24 miles. From the town of
Placer, 1 mile S of Cog Point to the mouth of Bacuag River
4.5 miles SE, a range of heavily wooded mountains rises
10 almost directly from the coast. From Bacuag River to Claver
River, a distance of about 5 miles, the shoreline is low and
sandy and the country back from it is flat. Numerous small
streams empty into this coast. From Claver Point to Tugas
Point, a distance of 14.5 miles the shoreline is generally rocky
15 with sandy beaches and very little mangrove. The mountains
rise almost immediately back of the beach. This section of
the coast is fringed by reef, with a number of small islet and
foul ground a little further offshore.
PLACER (09° 39' 27"N., 125° 36' 08"E.) is a town on
a point about 1 mile S of Cog Point. It is the shipping port of
the surrounding mining district and has a regular ferry vessel
connection with the cities of Surigao and Cebu. The town
has a post office, mobile phone communication, and Internet
connection. Present in the town is a public market, grocery
stores, a gasoline station, and a hardware store. The coastal
highway connects Placer with Surigao City, other towns as
far as Lanuza and Mainit, and Davao City. Hemp, copra,
and other agricultural products from Placer and neighboring
are shipped.
The harbor is formed by a small bay between Cog Point
and a large reef bare at low water, extending 0.6 mile NE
from the town. The harbor is threatened with siltations from
35 mine tailings.
Bancay Islet is a big rock near the middle of the reef
S of the harbor. About 411 m N of Bancay Islet is a small
shoal with depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm) and should be avoided.
40
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Placer
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63975-4513593.
Berthing Facilities - The town has a 200 m long
45 causeway pier that are used by ferry boats. The sea wall
fronting the town is also used for berthing boats and small
vessels.
Anchorage area of about 365 m in extent is SW of
50 the 0.9-meter shoal, where two or three small vessels may
anchor in 11 to 16.5 m (6 to 9 fm) mud bottom. Larger
vessels may anchor in the middle of the harbor in 21.9 to
23.8 m (12 to 13 fm).
55 BACUAG, a town 3.5 miles SE of Placer, is on the S
side of the mouth of TENANAN RIVER. The town is in the
center of a large coconut district and also near a small hemp
region. It is connected by road to Surigao City through Placer.
Vessels which call at Bacuag may anchor about 0.5 mile E
60 of Puyo Rock, 457 m from the beach in 9.1 to 12.8 m (5 to
7 fm) mud bottom. Shoal water covered by a depth of 2.7 m
(1.5 fm) at its outer edge extends about 0.5 mile NE of the
mouth of Tenanan River and should be avoided.
PUYO ROCK between the mouth of the river and the
seaward end of the shoal is large and conspicuous. A hanging
bridge connects the rock to the mainland. A tower, being
used for zipline, is on the rock. Overhead wires for zipline
is connected from this tower to the shore.
BACUAG RIVER which empties 0.8 mile SE of the
town may be entered by pulling boats at low water.
ALAMBIQUE RIVER, discharging about 2.6 miles E
of the town of Bacuag, is about 548 m wide at its entrance
but the shallow bar at the mouth extends about 0.8 mile N.
GIGAQUIT RIVER which discharges on a common
mouth with the Alambique River is actually a channel
between the mainland and Byby Island. Alambique and
Gigaquit Rivers are navigable only by small boats.
GIGAQUIT (09° 35' 43"N., 125° 41' 49"E.) is a town
on the S bank of Gigaquit River about 1 mile from its mouth.
The town is faced by a long, narrow sand spit extending NW
from Byby Island. A narrow channel with depth of about
0.9 m (3 ft) at low water leads across the bar to the town. It
is reported that there is a boat passage connecting Gigaquit
River and Magallanes River, and thence into Claver River.
Shoal water extends to a considerable distance in this vicinity,
the 10-meter curve being found about 0.5 mile from shore.
Gigaquit has a post office and mobile phone communication.
The town is connected by road to other coastal towns.
BYBY ISLAND, close to the mainland and separated
only by Gigaquit and Magallanes Rivers, is low, flat and
mostly planted with coconut trees. Mangroves and nipa
swamps abound on the S side of the island along the bank
of the river.
CABGAN ISLAND, about 0.5 mile N of Byby Island,
is small, grassy, and 54 m (178 ft) high. It is surrounded
by a reef which extends about 0.5 mile SW. The edge of the
reef is generally marked by breakers. A small 6.4-meter
shoal is about 0.6 mile NW from the island.
MAGALLANES RIVER which discharges about 2
miles SE of the mouth of Gigaquit River is connected with
it by a narrow boat channel often used by local craft.
CLAVER RIVER, emptying immediately on the W
side of Claver Point, is navigable by small boats as far as
CLAVER, a town 0.8 mile upstream on the S bank from the
mouth of the river. The town is not visible from seaward.
Beyond the town the river is very narrow with little water 55
in it. in the area between Pagbuy Rocks and Male Islet.
CLAVER POINT, (09° 35' 26"N., 125° 44' 22"E.), 1.5
miles SE of Cabgan Island, is narrow and rocky. A small
hill 32 m (106 ft) high near its end identifies the point. The
7-115
area S of this hill is planted with coconut trees. Two shoal
patches with least depths of 5.9 and 5.5 m (3.2 and 3 fm)
were reported in 1967 to exist about 1 mile NE and NNE,
respectively, of the point. A submerged rock was reported
5 to exist about 2.3 miles NE of Claver Point.
DAYWAN, the barrio about 0.4 mile S of Claver Point
and at the mouth of Claver River, has a 200 m long breawater
that is also used as pier by small boats. The harbor formed by
10 the breakwater is used as shelter by small boats. The barrio
is connected by road to Claver.
CANDOS BAY is formed by an elbow in the coast E
from Claver Point. Lapinigan Island in the middle of the bay
15 is partly protected by Pagbuy Rocks and Bagong Islet. The
W and S shorelines of the bay are fringed with reefs which at
one point abreast of the SW end of Lapinigan Island extend
to a distance of 0.5 mile and considerably narrow the channel
between the island and the mainland.
20
Caution - Vessels navigating within the bay should take
note of overhead power cables crossing from the mainland
to the S coast of Lapinigan Island.
25 LAPINIGAN ISLAND, about 1 mile SE of Claver
Point, is 0.8 mile long in an E direction and about 735 m
wide. It is 83 m (272 ft) high, covered with grass, coconut
palms, and scattered trees. Its shoreline is fringed with reefs,
bare at low water, which extend to a distance of 365 to 457
30 m. The barrio of Lapinigan, which have small pier for boats,
is on the SE coast of the island. A small detached shoal, bare
at low water, is 735 m SE of the island.
Anchorage may be found W or S of Lapinigan Island
35 in 11 to 18.3 m (6 to 10 fm) mud bottom.
PAGBUY ROCKS are a group of several bare rocks 4
to 10 m high about 1 mile E of Lapinigan Island. They are
fairly steep-to on their N sides. These rocks are on a reef bare
40 at low water extending 0.5 mile in an E direction. A small
detached patch bare at low water is about 365 m W from the
edge of the reef surrounding Pagbuy Rocks. The white tower
of Lapinigan Light (09° 34' 57"N., 125° 46' 57"E.), located
on the biggest of rock, is prominent.
45
BAGONG ISLET, midway between Pagbuy Rocks and
the mainland, is very small and 22 m (72 ft) high. The islet
is on the N edge of a reef, bare at low water, which extends
0.5 mile S from it. Between this reef and the main shore reef
50 are small detached shoals which are bare at low water. The
N side of Bagong Islet is steep-to and may be rounded at a
distance of 183 m by vessels bound for the anchorages S or
W of Lapinigan Island.
ANCHORAGE for vessels loading ore was established
MALE ISLET, 2.7 miles ESE of Bagong Islet, is small,
rocky, and 32 m (104 ft) high. It is on the S end of a bare reef
60 extending 1 mile long in a N direction and 0.5 mile from the
main shore. A detached coral shoal about 365 m in extent
is little more than 1 mile W of Male Islet and 0.5 mile from
shore. Rocks that bare at low water.
ALING ISLET, 0.5 mile E of Male Islet, is composed
mostly of coarse white sand. It is about 3 m (10 ft) high and
has a thick growth of brush, especially pine trees. The sandy
shore of the islet is always visible, making it easy to identify,
unlike the other islets in this vicinity which are rough eroded
coral rock. Aling Islet is on the S part of a large reef, bare at
low water, which extends about 0.5 mile NW from it. Several
detached dangers are between the reefs surrounding Male and
Aling Islet and the coast; deep channel between them and the
coast is at one point only 183 m wide. A small shoal with a
depth of 3.6 m (2 fm) is nearly 0.6 mile ENE of Aling Islet.
fm) was reported to exist about 1.3 miles NW of KABA
POINT.
HINADKABAN BAY, W of Kaba Point, is 2 miles wide
5 at the entrance and extends about 1 mile S. Its shoreline is
very irregular and fringed with coral reef which, from one
point near the head of the bay, extends about 0.5 mile wide.
The mountains at the hinterland of the bay is a part of the
mining concession of Platinum Group Metals Corp (PGMC).
10
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
area may be contacted at mobile phone no.+63916-5616724.
Berthing Facility - A pier and landing facilities were
15 constructed by PGMC along the shores of the bay.

URBIZTONDO is a small barrio on the W bank of Anchorage for small vessels, partially sheltered from
Hegapit River about 183 m from its mouth. From the beach the NE monsoon, may be found in the cove immediately W
the barrio is obscured by high cogon grass, but it is visible of Kaba Point. Large vessels loading nickel ore should use
from offshore, particularly the berthing facilities of Taganito 20 the mandated anchorage just outside of Hinadkaban Bay.
Mining Corp.
KABA POINT (09° 30' 01"N., 125° 54' 31"E.) is steep,
The concession area of Taganito Mining Corp. covers the rocky, and 123 m (405 ft) high at a point about 0.5 mile SE
hinterland of Taganito and is remarkable due to the mountains from its extremity. It is fringed by a steep-to coral reef about
that are bare due mining activities. 25 320 m and from its E side extends to a distance of 0.5 mile.

Berthing Facilities - Taganito Mining Corp. operates a
40-meter long concrete pier that is used by vessels loading
iron ore.
30
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Taganito anchors in the
area between Pagbuy Rocks and Male Island.
HEGAPIT RIVER, discharging about 0.5 mile SSW
from Male Islet, is navigable by small boats to a point about 35
0.5 mile above the barrio, where it is blocked by rapids.
RED HILLS, S from Hinadkaban Bay and extending
along the coast to Tugas Point, are a very striking natural
feature in this locality. The hills are composed of bright
red soil nearly bare of vegetation. The red rocks which
are exposed to the weather rapidly crumble and immense
quantities of red soil are washed away by heavy rains into
the sea, leaving the hillsides scoured by deep valleys. The
lower slopes of these hills are usually covered with a dense
growth of scrub, which were now removed due to mining
operations in the area.

TELEGRAPH ISLET, 67 m (220 ft) high, and the two
BOHESON ISLET, the W one of which rises to a height of
46 m (152 ft) the shore reef SE and S of Aling River.
TAGANITO, the barrio on the coast across Telegraph
Islet, has a concrete deck for small boats.
LANG ISLET are a group of several small, rocky islets
about 1 to 2 miles E from Telegraph Islet. The largest islet is
40 m (132 ft) high; the S of the two SE islets is 24 m (78 ft)
to the top of the trees. A shoal with a depth of 10.1 m (5.5
fm) is about 0.6 mile N from the largest of the Lang Islets.
AMAGA ISLET, (09° 32' 21"N., 125° 54' 00"E.), in the
middle of the channel between Lang Islets and Bucas Grande
Island, is about 201 by 146 m in extent and 52 m (171 ft)
high to the top of trees. The islet is an excellent landmark for
vessels navigating in the vicinity. It is composed of jagged
coral rock, much underworn at the waterline, making landing
on it impossible. It is clear and steep-to and can be passed
safely to within 548 m on either side.
DANGER - A detached shoal with a depth of 14 m (7.6
TUGAS POINT TO JOBO POINT (CHART
4628).— DAHIKAN BAY, between Kaba and Pagtigian
40 Points, is 1 mile wide at the entrance and about 2.5 miles in
a S direction. The shores of the bay are rocky and fringed
with coral reefs. The red soil washed down from the hills
has formed narrow beaches in all the small coves. The bay is
clear and deep from the entrance to its head, but the channel
45 is constricted by the coral reefs making off from either shore.
ANCHORAGE protected from all directions except
from the N may be found inside the bay in depths ranging
from 31.1 to 45.7 m mud bottom.
50
PAGTIGIAN POINT, extending in a N direction from
the SW side of Tugas Peninsula, is 31 m (103 ft) high, sharp,
narrow, and rocky. The N end of the point is fringed with
a coral reef, bare at low water, extending 548 m N. Shoals
55 with depths of 2.7 to 3.7 m extend 0.7 mile N from the edge
of the bare reef.
BUDLAYAN BAY, E of Dahikan Bay and separated
from it by Pagtigian Point is about 0.5 mile wide and 1 mile
60 long in S direction. Several shoal spots are scattered near the

7-116
edge of the reef that fringes the shore. A shoal with a depth
of 3 m (10 ft) is in the middle of the entrance about 548 m
048o from the tip of Pagtigian Point. A 2.7-meter (9 ft) spot
is 457 m 167o from the first-mentioned shoal. Two rocks
awash are 365 and 640 m S of the 3-meter (10 ft) shoal. A 5
large shoal composed of coral and white sand with a depth
of 2.7 m (9 ft) is 0.8 mile N of Pagtigian Point. This shoal
breaks heavily during the NE monsoon. A narrow channel
is between this shoal and the reef bordering the N end of
Pagtigian Point. 10
ANCHORAGE for small vessels, sheltered during
the NE monsoon, may be found near the head of the bay,
about 823 m SE of Pagtigian Point in 31.1 m, mud bottom,
or in 32.9 m 457 m NE of the same point. The anchorage
is not recommended to strangers as the channel is greatly
constricted by reefs which border on each side. The 3-meter
(10 ft) shoal in the middle of the entrance should be avoided.
TUGAS POINT, is the NE extremity of the peninsula
of the same name. It is rocky and formed by a cliff 24 m (79
ft) high. The land S rises to a height of about 91 m (300 ft)
at a distance of 0.5 mile inland. The point is surrounded by a
steep-to coral reef which extends about 457 m N. A detached
shoal with a depth of 10.5 m is 1.3 miles NW of Tugas Point.
TUGAS PENINSULA is very irregularly shaped, high,
and hilly, about 2.8 miles long in a N direction, extending
from the mainland of Mindanao, with which it is connected
by an isthmus about 457 m wide and 25 m (83 ft) high. The 30
shoreline of this peninsula consists of rocky bluffs with sand
beaches in the coves. The coral reefs fringing the shore are
narrow, except in the SW part where the reef, partly bare at
low water, extends about 0.5 mile SW from its S end into
Carrascal Bay, forming a small cove with a good sheltered 35
anchorage for small vessels. The limits of this reef can be
plainly seen and its extremity can be rounded fairly close-to.
A small shoal with a depth of 5.8 m (19 ft) is about 0.5 mile
from the SE part of the peninsula.
CARRASCAL BAY, between the S end of Tugas
Peninsula and Capungan Point, is 3 miles wide at the entrance
and extends about 3.5 miles SE. It is divided into two parts
by Gorda Point. The NW part is nearly blocked by coral reefs
on which lie LUDGURON, PUYU, DIJU, and PANWAS
ISLANDS. The shoreline is very irregular with numerous
rocky points. The shoreline at the head of the NW arm is
fringed with mangroves fronted by extensive mud flats and
numerous shoals. The S arm is generally clear with a sandy
beach at the head. The entrance to Carrascal Bay is free of
hazards but vessels calling here to load lumber should take
extreme caution to avoid the several shoals in the N arm with
depths of 0.5 to 2.7 m.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Carrascal may anchor in
36.6 m (20 fm) about midway between the S end of Tugas
Peninsula and the E end of Ludguron Island. Other vessels
may anchor near the head of the S arm NW of the town of
Carrascal in 9.1 to 18.3 m (5 to 10 fm) mud bottom. The
anchorage is entirely open to the NE monsoon and it is
7-117
reported that heavy swell sets into the bay most of that season.
ADLAY is a small barrio at the head of the NW arm of
Carrascal Bay. The barrio is inaccessible to offshore vessels
owing to the restricted area blocked by reefs and shoals.
The channel from the entrance of the arm to the barrio is
tortuous and used only by small craft. The church spire with
a pyramidal galvanized-iron roofs is the most prominent
landmark.
The Cantilan Lumber Company operates a lumber mill
at Adlay. A rock causeway maintained by the company had
a 0.3-meter depth at its outboard end in September 1954.
No fresh water is available for ship’s use. Fresh stores is
15 difficult to procure. A small clinic maintained by the lumber
company is available for minor medical cases. The nearest
post office is at Carrascal about 4.7 and 6.5 miles SE of
Adlay, respectively. A road connects Adlay with Surigao and
the S town to Lanuza.
20
DANGERS - A shoal with a depth of 1.4 m is in the
middle of the entrance leading to Adlay. Along the mid-
channel are a 2.7-meter and a 1.2-meter (9 ft and 4 ft) spots
about 548 m NE and 735 m NW of the N end of Puyu Island,
25 respectively. A sunken wreck with mast bare 1.5 m (5 ft) at
high water is 735 m W of Puyu Island.
GORDA POINT, on the S part of Carrascal Bay, is 52
m (170 ft) high and rocky. The reef which fringes its E side
is 457 m wide and extends NW then surrounds Ludguron
Island and other islands W of the bay.
CARRASCAL, a town on the W side of the mouth
of CARRASCAL RIVER, is visible from the entrance of
Carrascal Bay. The church tower and a faded yellow school
building near the beach are prominent. The town has a post
office. Fresh stores may be obtained in limited quantities.
ANCHORAGE may be had NW of the church in 9.1
40 to 18.3 m mud bottom. During the NE monsoon heavy swell
and winds usually affect this anchorage.
CAPUNGAN POINT, (09° 24' 09"N., 125° 59' 10"E.),
the N extremity of a large peninsula which forms the E side
45 of Carrascal Bay, is fringed by a narrow steep-to coral reef
about 137 m wide.
CAPUNGAN PENINSULA, extending about 2.5
miles in a NE direction from the town of Carrascal, is 1 mile
50 wide. The W part of the peninsula is steep and rocky, rising
to a height of 137 m (450 ft). The E side mostly planted
with coconut trees and slopes gradually to the shore. The
peninsula is connected with the mainland by a low isthmus
about 0.5 mile wide.
55
GENERAL ISLAND, 735 m NE of Capungan Point, is
the largest and most conspicuous group of three islands off
Capungan Peninsula. The island is 241 m high in the N part,
generally hilly, about 2 miles long in an E direction, and 1.5
60 miles wide near the middle. An irregularly shaped peninsula
extending S from its S shore forms bay on either side of it.
The W bay, known as General Island Anchorage, is fringed
by narrow coral reefs; the E bay is entirely blocked by reefs
and it is of no value to navigation. Along its N side is a series
of bluffs that are very prominent when viewed from E. The
channel between the island and Capungan Point is deep and
clear. Vessels entering this channel from the W approach
should avoid a small rocky shoal with a depth of 0.9 m about
457 m from the W end of General Island. Capungan Point
should be favored to avoid this shoal.
GENERAL ISLAND ANCHORAGE is a good refuge
for small vessels. It affords an anchorage basin of about 457
m wide, sheltered at all times in 25.6 m mud bottom. The
W side of the entrance is marked by a prominent rock on
the edge of the shore reef; the E side is clear and steep-to.
Vessels entering this anchorage should stand N, passing
midway between the two entrance points. When the second
point on the E side is abeam, anchor in the desired depth.
BUENAVISTA is a village at the head of this anchorage.
RAMILLETE ROCK, 17 m (57 ft) high, is about 503
m W of the W part of General Island. The rock is prominent
from N and S. It is surrounded by deep water and the channel
between it and General Island is deep and clear.
A small, dangerous rocky shoal with a depth of 0.9 m and
surrounded by deep water is about 735 m SSW of Ramillete
Rock and 457 m from the W end of General Island.
AUQUI ISLAND, 2 miles SE of General Island, is
about 1 mile long in NE direction and 548 m wide near its
S portion where it rises to a height of 103 m (337 ft). The
SW extremity is clear and steep-to; its other sides are fringed
by reefs which extend about 0.6 mile N. The area between
General and Auqui Island contains much foul ground and
should be avoided. A rock 7.6 m (25 ft) high is near the edge
of the reef surrounding the N shore about 365 m N of the N
end of Auqui Island. Ayoke Light (09° 23' 50"N., 126° 03'
24"E.) is displayed from the island.
A small rocky shoal, covered by a depth of 5.5 m and
surrounded by deep water, is 1.8 miles W of Auqui Island
and 0.5 mile S from the extreme S point of General Island.
This shoal is in the fairway of the E approach to General
Island Anchorage. Another shoal about 0.6 mile W of the
SW extremity of Auqui Island has been reported in 1961 to
have a least depth of 7 m. A submerged rock is reported to
lie about 5 miles NE of the E end of Auqui Island.
TRITON ROCKS are a group of bare rocks about 1.3
miles NNW of the N end of Auqui Island. The N rock, 4.6
m (15 ft) high, is steep-to on its N side and marks the N
limit of the foul ground between General and Auqui Island.
UNAMAO ISLAND, 0.5 mile E of the S part of
Capungan Peninsula, is high, rocky, and wooded. The island
has four distinct peaks, the highest and sharpest of which is
122 m (400 ft) high. The E side of the island is clear and
steep-to; the W side is fringed by a reef with a number of
7-118
high bare rocks. A channel about 457 m wide with a depth of
9.6 m in the middle is between the shore reef of Capungan
Peninsula and Unamao Island.
5 A shoal about 0.5 mile in extent and bare in the middle
at extreme low water is 0.8 mile NE from the Unamao Island.
About 0.6 mile NW from the bare part of this shoal is a
9.6-meter patch. A small detached shoal covered by 6.4 m is
about 2 miles E from the S end of Unamao Island.
10
LANUZA BAY (Chart 1520), between Capungan
and Cauit Point, is about 15 miles wide at the entrance and
extends 8 miles S. The major portion of the bay is generally
clear with fair anchorage for any kind of vessel during SW
15 weather. During the NE monsoon the bay is entirely exposed
to the NE winds and sea.
From the low isthmus connecting Capungan Peninsula
with the mainland to a point 1 mile NE of the mouth of
20 Lanuza River at the head of the bay, the shoreline is a
continuous stretch of dark sand beach nearly 91 m wide. The
remainder of the shore is bold and composed the rocky cliffs.
Along this section of the coast the mountains come close to
the shore with almost precipitous sides, and are covered by
25 heavy growth of timber. Short sand beaches are found in the
barrios of NUCIA and CARIDAD. A prominent shoulder of
the mountains, 326 m (1,070 ft) high about 0.5 mile inland,
is 6.3 miles NE of Lanuza. From this shoulder the mountain
range runs S and the hills are only of moderate height on
30 the remainder of the promontory terminating at Cauit Point.
Major Lights - Ayoke Light (09° 23' 50"N., 126° 03'
24"E.) is displayed from Auqui Island.
35 Cauit Point Light (09° 18' 24"N., 126° 12' 21"E.) is
displayed from a white tower on Cauit Point.
Dangers - The only dangers which should be avoided
are the Cantilan Shoal on the NW part of the bay, the
40 underwater rock located about 2.6 miles SE of Ayoke Light,
and a detached shoal with a depth of 1.8 m (1 fm) near the
E shore, about 2.8 miles ENE of Lanuza.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
45 town of Cantilan may be contacted at mobile phone nos.
+63970-3949727 and +63916-1864640.
CONSUELO is a small barrio near the shore on the E
side of the isthmus.
50
PORT OF CANTILAN, (09° 22' 48"N., 125° 59'
16"E.), is located at Barrio Consuelo, about 3 miles N of
Cantilan Proper. The port can accommodate vessels up to
maximum size of 957 DWT, 3 m draft, 20 m extreme breadth,
55 and 41 m LOA.
Tides, Winds, Waves - The mean tidal level is 0.76 m,
while the mean tidal range is 1.16 m and the diurnal tidal
range (MHHW) is 1.40 m. Wind direction is generally E
60 with a wind velocity of 19 to 39 knots. Wave direction is E
and observed significant wave height is 3.80 m.
Port Management - TMO-Tandag operates the Cantilan
Port.
Berthing Facilitiers - The port has a concrete wharf
with berth length of 69 m and is connected to the shore by
a 300 m long causeway. The controlling depth is 8 m. A 9
m wide RoRo ramp is available. Storage facilities include
an open area and two cargo sheds with areas of 300 sq m
and 360 sq m.
Anchorage for vessels calling at Catilan Port is located
about 0.5 mile NE of the wharf in 10 m depth.
CANTILAN, a small town on the W shore of Lanuza
Bay, is on the W bank of the mouth of Cantilan River. The
town has a post office. Several small stores maintain limited
amount of merchandize and small supplies for local need.
Only minor repairs are available. The town has a hospital.
Foreign vessels sometimes call for logs.
CANTILAN RIVER has very little water on its bar.
The sandy point through which it discharges is surrounded
by reef bare at low water to a distance of about 0.8 mile.
CANTILAN SHOALS, a cluster of several detached
coral patches with depths of 1.4 to 8.7 m are in an area of
about 1.5 miles in extent 1.5 to 3 miles NE of Cantilan.
ANCHORAGE off Cantilan is in 12.8 m mud bottom,
about 1.5 miles NNE of the town.
DIRECTIONS.—Vessels from N may come to a
position 1.8 miles E of the 103-meter (337 ft) hill on Auqui
Island and steer 254o for 5.8 miles, nothing to port, heading
for another hill 129 m (425 ft) high, on the mainland, about
1 mile W from the beach. When the E tangent of the point at
the mouth of Cantilan River bears 180o, haul S and anchor in
the desired depth. Vessels from E when in a position 1 mile N
of Cauit Point Light should steer 284o heading for the highest
peak of Unamao Island. When about 0.8 mile from it, change
course to 254o heading for the 129-meter (425 ft) hill on the
Cantilan (Consuelo) government pier as viewed from the E.
(Photograph - PPA-PMO Surigao website, Undated)
7-119
mainland, and then follow directions previously mentioned.
SUYATAN RIVER, a shoal water slough paralleling the
beach, discharge about 2 miles SE of Cantilan. It has very
5 little water on its bar, but can be entered by pulling boats at
low water in fine weather.
The valley between Cantilan and Lanuza Rivers is
intersected with a network of waterways, forming a sort of
10 a delta, and the rivers are connected by inland waterways,
passable by small boats, from Cantilan to Lanuza.
LANUZA, a town at the head of the bay, is on the W
side of the mouth of LANUZA RIVER. Several houses in
15 town are visible from seaward. A 167-meter hill 735 m S of
the town is a conspicuous landmark for vessels approaching
Lanuza.
CAUIT POINT, forming the E side of the entrance to
20 Lanuza Bay and the most prominent point in this vicinity,
is about 18 miles SE by E from Tugas Point. It is the NE
extremity of a long, well-wooded peninsula formed by a spur
of the E mountain chain of Mindanao. The point is rocky, 137
m (450 ft) high, clear, and steep-to on the N side. The E side
25 is fringed by a reef about 0.6 mile wide. Several detached
rocks 3 to 9 m (10 to 30 ft) high are close to the shore, 0.5
to 1.5 miles W of the point. The point is marked by a light.
CAUIT BANK, 3 miles ENE of Cauit Point, is about
30 1.7 miles long in a NNE direction and 0.8 mile wide, with
depths of 14.6 to 18.3 m rocky bottom. The channel between
this bank and the reef fringing Cauit Point is deep and clear.
CORTES is a small town about 2 miles S of Cauit
35 Point. Interisland vessels from Cebu call weekly for hemp
and copra. Food supplies are scarce.
FROM CAUIT POINT to Panisaan Point the coast
trends S for 8.5 miles. It is composed of sand and gravel
40 beach as far as the town of Cortes, thence from here,
mangroves generally fringe the shore to Panisaan Point. The
extensive reef that borders the shore is partly bare at low
water and varies in width from 0.6 mile E of Cauit Point to
1.5 miles abreast of Taganauan Islet. Several breaks in the
reef afford boat passages to the various villages along the
shore. The outer edges of the reef are generally marked by
breakers. A number of small coral patches which break at all
stages of the tide are about 1.3 miles E of Tigao.
BURGOS AND TIGAO are small barrios on this
section of the coast 3.5 and 6 miles, respectively S of Cauit
Point.
CURRENT - Between Cauit and Panisaan Points,
a constant S set, with a velocity of 1 to 2 knots has been
experienced during the progress of the survey in this vicinity.
ANCHORAGE - During good weather or with W 15
winds, vessels may anchor anywhere along the coast between
Cauit and Panisaan Points in 21.9 to 36.6 m sand or sand
coral bottom. Good anchorage for small vessels may be
found in a break in the reef about 1.5 miles S from Cauit
Point in 14.6 m mud bottom, protected from all winds and 20
seas except those from the E.
TANDAG RIVER is said to have originally discharged
between the two islands near its mouth, but constant silting
has piled a sand spit and diverted the channel and the river;
its mouth is hidden from seaward by the islands. The entrance
5 is through the narrow channel between the SW side of
Lenungan Island and the mainland. The river has very little
water on its bar but may be entered at high tide by small
sailing vessels and pulling boats.
10 LENUNGAN ISLAND, locally known as Lenungao
and the W and larger island off Tandag Point, is about 228
m wide. It has tree peaks of nearly equal height, the highest
of which is 111 m (365 ft). The N and W sides of the island
are clear and steep-to.
The smaller island about 457 m from the middle peak
of Lenungan Island and the same distance N from Tandag
Point is oval in shape, about 457 m in extent with a sharp
peak of 107 m high. The coral reef surrounding this island
extends about 0.5 mile E from it and closes the gap between
it and Tandag Point.

TAGANAUAN ISLET, on the shore reef about 4.5 TANDAG CITY, (09° 04' N., 126° 12' E.), the capital
miles S of Cauit Point, is midway between the shore and the of Surigao del Sur Province, is on the E bank of the mouth
edge of the reef. The islet is 18 m (60 ft) high to the top of 25 of Tandag River. The city is of considerable commercial
trees, about 548 m in extent, bordered by mangroves, with importance because most of the products of the valleys of
some coconut trees on its W side. In the vicinity of Taganauan Tandag and Tago Rivers are shipped from here. The main
Islet are a number of rocks and islets, the largest and most E economic activities are farming and fishing. The main
of which is 23 m (75 ft) high to the top of trees. agricultural products are rice, corn, and coconut. There is
30 a post office, mobile phone communication, and Internet
PANISAAN POINT, 8 miles S of Cauit Point, is bold connection. Present in the city are shopping malls, grocery
and rocky. The point is the termination of a ridge emanating stores, money remittance centers, branches of national
from a 649-meter (2,130 ft) hill, 2.5 miles W from the shore. government and commercial banks, and parcel delivery
This hill is the highest land near the coast in this vicinity and services. Food supplies, gasoline, diesel and a small amount
shows up well from seaward. It is frequently obscured by 35 of lubricating oil can be purchased. Lumber may be obtained
clouds especially during bad weather. from a sawmill in the city. Adela Serra Ty Memorial Medical
Center is the city's government hospital that can handle
FROM PANISAAN POINT to the mouth of major medical cases. There are drugstores and several
PANINILAN RIVER the coast trends S for 3 miles, thence practicing physicians may attend to minor medical cases.
curves SE forming a semi-circular bay 2 miles wide to 40 Several interisland vessels from Cebu and Davao often call
Tandag Point. From Panisaan Point to a point 0.5 mile S at Tandag. The city is connected by the national highway to
of the mouth of Panisaan River numerous steep and nearly Davao City and Surigao City.
vertical cliffs appear with short stretches of sandy beach
between them. The shoreline is fringed with coral reef, Prominent Features - The city with its numerous
which in some places, extend to a distance of 0.5 mile; the 45 buildings is visible from E and partly from the anchorage.
remainder of this section is formed by a curving sandy beach
fronted by broken coral reefs. Major Light - Maboa Light (09° 05' 07"N., 126° 12'
01"E.) is displayed from the peak of the E entrance point to
In the bay between the mouths of Paninilan River and the Port of Tandag.
Tandag River are six small detached coral reefs with rocks 50
awash over them. They are 0.5 to 0.8 mile from shore, Port of Tandag is in the cove formed by Lenungan
break in moderate weather at all stages of the tide, and have Island and the island E of it, and Tandag Point. It is sheltered
narrow passages between them. Their location will be best from directions except in the NE.
understand by reference to the chart.
55 Tides, Winds, Waves - The area has a mean tidal level
TANDAG POINT, 13 miles S of Cauit Point, is low, of 0.79 m, tidal range of 1.19 m and diurnal tidal range
flat, and sandy. It may be readily identified by two small, (MHHW) of 1.43 m. Its wind direction is generally E with
steep high, heavily wooded, rocky islands close to its NW a wind velocity of 19 to 39 knots. Significant wave height
side. observed is 2.30 m.
60

7-120
 Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Tandag MACANGANI ISLAND, about 2.5 miles NE of
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63936-8551737. Tandag Point, is one of the most prominent landmarks in this
vicinity. The island is 79 m (260 ft) high, 548 m long in a NE
Port Management - 24 hrs advanced notice must be direction, 160 m wide, and covered with small trees. The
sent to TMO-Tandag by domestic vessels wishing to berth at 5 N side of the island is bordered by coral reef about 365 m
the port. Foreign vessels must send advanced notice 72 hrs wide; the S side is clear and steep-to. Two bare rocks, 40 and
before ETA. The port can accommodate vessels of maximum 26 m (130 and 85 ft) high, are 46 and 183 m N of the island,
DWT of 920 tons, 3.8 m draft, 9 m breadth and 48 m LOA. respectively. Underwater rocks were reported to lie about
1.8 miles ESE, 5.1 miles ESE, and 1 mile SW of the island.
Berthing Facilities - The port has a reinforced concrete 10
wharf with a berth length of 120 m and controlling depth of A small coral reef about 457 m in extent, bare at low
4 m. Available storage facilities include a cargo shed and water and marked by a line of breakers, is about 2.5 miles
open area. A mobile shore crane is available. S of Macangani Island and 1 mile E from the main shore.
This bare reefs is separated from the main shore reef by a
Anchorage, sheltered from all winds except those from 15 narrow deep channel about 0.5 mile wide.
N to E, may be found in 12.8 to 18.3 m (7 to 10 fm) mud
bottom, 457 m W of the N end of Lenungan Island. Small FROM TANDAG POINT to LAMBILLON POINT
crafts with 1.2 to 1.5 m (4 to 5 ft) draft may find sheltered the coast trends SE for 11 miles. The first stretch of about
anchorage at the mouth of Tandag River, closer inshore W 1 mile S of Tandag Point is fringed by coral reef 0.5 mile
of Lenungan Island. 20 wide, partly bare at low water. Then from here to Magabao
Cove about 7 miles SE, the shoreline is clear sandy beach
Mandated anchorage established by PPA is located about backed by coconut trees. Heavy surfs usually break along
0.3 mile NE and 1.5 miles E of the N end of Lenungan Island the sand beach but no off-lying dangers in this vicinity exist.
in 32 to 42 m (17.5 to 23 fm).
25 TAGO RIVER, the largest river in E Mindanao empties
Small interisland vessels calling at Tandag enter the into the sand beach at two points. One entrance is E of the
channel between Lenungan Island and the island E of it, and town of Tago with a depth of 1.5 m (5 ft) while the other
anchor in 9.1 m (5 fm) in the middle of the cove formed by entrance is E of the barrio of La Paz with a depth of 1.2 m
the two islands and Tandag Point. The entrance channel has a (4 ft). The sea usually rolls in on this coast and makes it
controlling depth of 9.1 m (5 fm); a shoal spot about midway 30 unsafe to enter the river even in a whaleboat. It is reported
through the channel and extending SE from Lenungan that local craft seldom enter this river. The extensive valley
Island should be avoided. This coral shoal spot is usually formed by Tago River is very noticeable by the absence of
marked by a stake. It is reported that a heavy swell makes coastal mountains. N and S of this area the mountains rise
into this anchorage during the NE monsoon and that due to abruptly from the shore. The first mountains inland are 20
the confused water at the entrance, vessels find it difficult 35 miles or more from the coast. The source of this river comes
to enter. Launches and small craft desiring to enter Tandag from these mountains and, with many meanderings, flows in
River should steer for the S tip of Lenungan Island in range a general E through its wide flat valley.
with the city until about 68 m from it. Then steer around the
SW side maintaining the 68-meter distance. This channel TAGO, a town on the N bank of the Tago River about 1
clears the reef S of Lenungan Island. 40 mile from its mouth, is partly obscured from the sea. There
are a number of small stores in town. The big surf makes

The government wharf of Tandag as viewed from the N.

(Photograph - PPA-PMO Surigao website, Undated)

7-121
landing on the beach difficult and dangerous. A good road
connects Tago and Tandag, over which all the hemp and copra
raised in this vicinity are trucked to Tandag for shipment.
The town has a post office.
MAGABAO COVE, about 7 miles SE from Tandag
Point, is about 735 m wide at the entrance and extends nearly
0.8 mile SW. It has a depth of 16.5 m at the entrance and
decreases to a 10.1 m near its head. A small 6.9-meter shoal
is in the middle of the entrance. The NW entrance point to
the cove is low and fringed with coral reef about 183 m wide.
The SW entrance point is high and rocky with narrow reef
bordering it. A bare rock 6.7 m (22 ft) high close to the point
is a good landmark for vessels approaching the cove. This
point is the first high land on the coast SE of Tandag Point.
A stranded wreck was reported in 1960 to exist at the mouth
of a creek on the S shore of the cove. The barrio of LA PAZ
is about 0.8 mile NW of the cove.
FROM MAGABAO COVE to Lambillon Point about 20
3 miles SE the coast is high, bold, and rocky with little
patches of mangrove in several places. It is fringed by a
narrow steep-to coral reef with a number of large bare rocks.
A small coral reef about 183 m in extent which breaks in
moderate weather, about 0.6 miles NE of Lambillon Point, is 25
the only danger along this stretch of the coast. A 11.9-meter
spot 0.7 mile from the coast is 1.2 miles N of this reef.
CAGWAIT HARBOR, 3 miles SE of Magabao Cove, is
an islet 1.8 miles long in a W direction with a circular basin
0.8 mile diameter at its head. It offers good shelter for small
vessels. The entrance is about 735 m with a mid-channel
depth of 18.3 m decreasing to 12.8 m near the entrance to
the basin. The N side of the harbor is high, steep, and rocky
similar to the foreshore of the coast N. The S entrance point
is low and rocky. The basin has an average depth of 4.6
m mud bottom. It is bordered by a sand beach backed by
scattered palms.
CAGWAIT is a town on the S shore of Cagwait Harbor.
Small interisland vessels from Cebu call weekly for hemp
and copra. The town has a few small stores with supplies
sufficient only for local needs. The town has a postal office,
mobile phone services and internet connection.
ANCHORAGE protected from all winds and seas
except from E may be found anywhere in the harbor
according to draft.
FROM LAMBILLON POINT to Umanum Point the
shoreline trends in a general SSE direction for 6 miles. From
offshore the coast presents a lower and smoother appearance
than that N from Lambillon Point. Immediately SE of
Cagwait Harbor is a small cove with a rocky coral beach. It
is exposed to NE winds and seas and generally blocked by
reefs. From the E point of this cove the coast turns S for 1.7
miles. It is rocky and fringed by reef about 457 m wide and
continues along the coast to the head of Bitaogan Bay varying
in width from 548 m to 0.5 mile. About 1 mile S of the point
where the shoreline turns S, the rocky shore ceases and then
7-122
mangroves fringe the shoreline to the head of Bitaogan Bay.
BITAOGAN BAY (CHART 4628) is about 1.5 miles
wide at the entrance and extends about 1 mile W. The N
5 side is fringed by a reef about 365 m wide. The W side is
sandy and the S coral reef. The head of the bay is shoal and
a number of small detached rocky shoals and bare reefs are
in different parts of the bay, constricting the anchorage space
and making navigation difficult. A triangular reef about 1.5
10 miles in extent and bare at low water is on the E side of the
bay, leaving two entrance channels into the anchorage. The
reef offers protection from the E sea.
Channels - The N entrance channel into Bitaogan Bay
15 is generally used by both oceangoing and interisland vessels.
The N limit of the entrance is marked by a concrete tower
of Bitaogan Light (08° 53' 36"N., 126° 19' 40"E.). Inside
the bay a wooden marker with a white triangle marks the E
limit of a detached reef ESE of Aras-asan. The S entrance
is fairway clear and deep, and is sometimes used by vessels
entering the bay.
Dangers - A large rocky shoal which breaks in moderate
weather, with a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm) is about 1.4 miles
ESE of Arangasa Island Light. It is about 1 mile long in a
NNW direction and 0.5 mile wide. Foul ground exists in the
channel between this shoal and the reef surrounding Arangasa
Island, and its use is not recommended. A number of other
small detached reefs so close to the Arangasa Reef are also
30 dangerous and should be avoided. A rocky shoal with a
depth of 5.4 m (3 fm) near the middle of the S entrance to
Bitaogan Bay is 0.8 mile 221o from the most S islet of the
Arangasa Islands. A coral reef which constantly breaks even
in moderate weather and bare at low water is about 0.8 mile
35 N from Umanun Point and 457 m from shore. It is about
548 m long in a N direction, 228 m wide, and surrounded by
foul ground. Umanum Point bearing 200o clears all dangers
around this reef.
40 Clearing Marks - The tangent to the land N of
Lambillon Point bearing nothing N of 317o clears the NE
side of the dangers off Bitaogan Bay. The S side of Umanum
Point bearing nothing S of 247o clears the SE side of the
same dangers.
45
Anchorage may be had about 735 m SW of the largest
mangrove island in 22 m mud bottom, near the S part of the
bay, with the E tangent to the S entrance point bearing 150o
and the S end of Arangasa Island bearing 096o.
50
Anchorage for larger vessels is at the S entrance channel
S to SE of Arangasa Island.
Directions - When still outside the dangerous area
55 included by the clearing marks, vessels approaching Bitaogan
Bay should steer for the S entrance point on course 288o.
This point may be easily identified by its steep side close
to the water’s edge and a hill about 61 m (200 ft) high on
it. Continue on this course until about 137 to 183 m off the
60 point and then haul NW to the anchorage.
 ARAS-ASAN (08° 53' 12"N., 126° 18' 36"E.) is a barrio channel about 457 m wide leading into Santa Cruz Bay.
of Cagwait located on the W shore of Bitaogan Bay. Fuel
are delivered by tanker lorries at the port. Only minor deck MARIHATAG RIVER is a good sized stream
repairs are available. Fresh supplies are scarce. There is a post discharging 3 miles SW of Umanum Point with a narrow
office and mobile phone communication. Present in the barrio 5 mouth about 18 m wide. It has very little water on its bar.
are the public market, grocery stores, drug stores, gasoline Small boats can enter the river at high water and ascend it
stations, and a money remittance center. The only medical for about 3 miles.
facility in the barrio is the government health center and a
birthing home. The nearest hospital is in Tandag City, about MARIHATAG is a small town on the S side of the
14 miles NW. Aras-asan is connected by road to Cagwait. 10 mouth of Marihatag River visible from seaward. The town
has several small stores. Small coastwise vessels from Cebu
Berthing Facilities - The concrete pier, operated by PPA call weekly at Marihatag. Hemp and copra are shipped.
TMO-Aras-asan, is located about 0.6 mile SE of the barrio.
It has a berth length of 171 m and controlling depth of 8 m. ANCHORAGE off Marihatag is in 29.3 to 32.9 m
A RoRo ramp and open storage area are available. 15 about 0.8 mile NE from Ayninan Islet and 1 mile SE from
the mouth of Marihatag River.
ARANGASA ISLANDS, on the large triangular reef at
the entrance to Bitaogan Bay, are three in number. The largest DANGERS - A coral reef about 457 m long in an E
island is simply a big irregularly-shaped mangrove patch on direction and 274 m wide, which breaks in moderate weather
the W part of the reef, 0.8 mile long in an E direction, and 20 at all stages of tide, is 1 mile E from the mouth of Marihatag
has an average width of 274 m. River. At the point 1 mile S of the town the reef bordering
the shore extends about 0.6 mile E from shore and should
ARANGASA ISLAND, on the SE part of the reef, is be avoided.
about 411 m long in a N direction and 302 m wide. It is sandy
and wooded with coconuts, the tops of which are about 24 25 AYNINAN ISLET, 1.5 miles S of the mouth of
m (80 ft) high. The third island, about 91 m S of Arangasa, Marihatag River and 457 m from shore, is oval in shape,
is 183 m in extent, rocky, and covered with light vegetation. 457 m long in an E direction and 27 m (90 ft) high to the top
Arangasa Island Light (08° 52' 40"N., 126° 20' 30"E.) is of trees. It is surrounded by a reef, partly bare at low water,
shown on the extreme eastern point of the island. which extends 457 m NE and the same distance S. The W
30 end of the islet is a white sand beach, clear, and steep-to. A
UMANUM POINT, 1.8 miles SSE of the S entrance deep passage about 183 m wide separates the islet from the
point to Bitaogan Bay, is rocky and fringed by a narrow coral shore reef of the mainland.
reef. Immediately W of the point the land rises abruptly to
a prominent hill 140 m (460 ft) high. About 0.8 and 1.3 miles E from Ayninan Islet are two
35 small rocky shoals with depths of 7.3 and 6.4 m respectively.
FROM UMANUM POINT the coast trends in a The outer shoal is about 0.5 mile long in a N direction and 457
general SW for about 10 miles to Jobo Point at the entrance m wide. The inner one is about 274 m in diameter. Another
to Lianga Bay. It is very irregular in outline and intersected by 8.2-meter patch, about 183 m in diameter, is about 0.8 mile
a number of small rivers, indented by numerous bay, fringed S from the E end of Ayninan Islet. All of these shoals are
by coral reef of varying width, and fronted by numerous 40 surrounded by deep water and are readily picked up by the
detached dangers. The rocky shoreline which is low and discoloration of water over them.
black continues SW to a point 2 miles S of Marihatag River
from which point, mangroves dominate W to the mouth of ANTIPOLO is a small barrio on the coast about 1.5
the Oteiza River. From the mouth of this river a sand beach
extends S for 1.5 miles to a point where mangroves begin 45
and extend 2 miles E surrounding and forming Jobo Point.

SANTA CRUZ BAY, immediately SW of Umanum

Point, is about 0.8 mile wide at the entrance and extends
about 1 mile W. The shores are bordered by mangroves 50
and fringed with coral reef bare at low water. The bay has
a general depth of 14.6 m but the middle is constricted by a
detached coral reef, 183 m in extent and bare at low water.
This reef reduces the anchorage area in the bay. SANTA
CRUZ is a small barrio at the head of the bay. 55

A reef bare at low water is 735 m SE from the N entrance

point to Santa Cruz Bay. Two other reefs also bare at low
water extend 0.6 mile E from the S point of the same bay.
Between these reefs and the first mentioned reef is a deep 60 Aras-asan pier with Arangasa Islands in the background.
(Photograph - PPA-PMO Surigao website, Undated)

7-123
miles W of Ayninan Islet.
SANTO NIÑO, a small barrio about 2.5 miles W by S
of Antipolo, is near the S side of the mouth of Santo Niño
River. Some hemp is shipped from here in small sailing craft.
SANTO NIÑO RIVER has very little water on its bar.
In the middle of the bay off Santo Niño two rocky shoals with
depths of 4.6 m are near each other about 3.5 miles N by E
from Jobo Point. The mangrove-covered point 1 mile S of
the barrio is bordered by a coral reef, bare at low water and
extending 0.8 mile E. A detached rocky shoal with a depth
of 10.1 m separated from the shore reef by a deep channel,
is about 0.5 mile E.
OTEIZA BAY, between the mangrove-covered point
S of Santo Niño and Jobo Point, is 2.6 miles wide at the
entrance and about 2 miles in extent. The W shore of the
bay is generally bordered by sand beach. The N and S sides
are bordered by mangroves and fringed with coral reef bare
at low water. The bay has a general depth of 11 to 14.6 m in
the middle with two dangerous coral reefs. It is exposed to
the E winds and sea.
SAN AGUSTIN (OTEIZA), a town on the NW shore
of the bay, is near the N side of the mouth of Oteiza River.
The town has a church visible from seaward. Small vessels
from Cebu call here weekly for hemp and copra.
OTEIZA RIVER has little water on its bar and small
launches can cross it at high water.
SALVACION is a barrio on the S shore of the bay about
2 miles S of Oteieza. It has a church visible inside the bay.
DANGERS - Two detached coral reefs near the middle
of the bay should be avoided. The reef which is 1.3 miles
058o from Salvacion church is bare at extreme low water.
The outer reef 1 mile 073o from the same church breaks with
a moderate sea. Both reefs have steep-to sides and at high
water with a smooth sea cannot be seen until very close to
them. A small detached coral reef near the N shore of the bay
0.8 mile SE of the town of Oteiza constitute also a danger
when approaching the anchorage.
ANCHORAGE - Small vessels may anchor SE of the
town in 12.8 m mud bottom, with the church at Oteiza bearing
324o, distant about 0.8 mile.
DIRECTIONS - Vessels calling at Oteiza may enter
the bay by steering for the church on course 324o, and then
anchoring on a desired draft off the town.
JOBO POINT TO CATEEL BAY (CHART 4627).—
JOBO POINT, (08° 41' 50" N., 126° 14' 30"E.) forming
the N side of the entrance to Lianga Bay, is low mangrove-
covered, and surrounded by a steep-to coral reef about 228
m wide. Two hills 33.5 m (110 ft) high, 1.5 miles apart in an
E direction, are on this point. The E extremity of this point
may be passed at a distance of 0.5 mile.
7-124
LIANGA BAY, between Jobo Point and Bakulin Point,
is about 11 miles wide at the entrance and extends 13 miles
W, tapering to its head. The bay is generally deep and clear,
except for the several small high islets and scattered shoals
5 near the N shore. The shoreline from Jobo Point to the head
of the bay at the town of Lianga is irregular, bordered partly
by mangroves, and fringed with coral reef varying in width
from 183 m to 1.5 miles. The S shore is broken by GAMOT
BAY. The N limit of the reef is clearly defined by an almost
10 unbroken line of breakers. E of Gamot Bay from Conceson
Point to Bakulin Point, the shoreline is rocky, high, and
steep, with deep water close to the shore. Parallel ridges
rise in successive steps to the high mountains in the interior.
15 JOBO ISLET, 1.8 miles SW from Jobo Point, is about
274 long in a NE direction and 91 m wide. It is flat topped,
covered with trees and brush, and about 22 m (75 ft) high to
the top of trees. It is composed of sand and surrounded by
coral reef, partly bare at low water, which extends 457 m
20 on its NE and SW sides. A shoal with a depth of 10.9 m (6
fm) is about 0.6 mile SE of Jobo Islet. The channel between
Jobo Islet and the mainland is about 0.5 mile wide, but on
account of a number of shoal patches on it, the use of this
channel is not recommended.
25
HAYCOCK ISLANDS, locally known as Britania
Islands, are a group of some 12 islets and rocks on the shore
reef 3 to 3.5 miles W from Jobo Point and 457 m to 1 mile
from the N shore of Lianga Bay. The islets are covered with
30 brush, the highest of which has an elevation of 52 m (171
ft). A small flat sand cay about 350 m in extent is 2 miles
W from Jobo Islet. The cay is on the center of a coral reef
1.3 miles long in a NW direction and 457 m wide. Another
sand cay, about 135 m in extent, is on the N part of the reef.
35
Haycock Islands and Jobo Island are popular tourist
spots in Lianga Bay. Motorized bancas coming from the
barrios, located on the mainland NW and NE of Haycock
Islands, ferry tourists to the islands. The said barrios have
40 small jetties for berthing the small tourist boats.
DIATAGON RIVER is on the N shore of Lianga Bay, 4
miles SW of Haycock Islands and 0.8 mile NE of Malinonok
Island. The river flows into a small cove. The barrio of Gata
45 is at the head of the cove. The barrio is connected by road
to the town of Lianga. Limited food supplies are available.
There is a small pier fronting the barrio.
Vessels may anchor in 18.3 m (10 fm) mud bottom,
50 0.5 mile NE of Malinonok Island. Vessels heading for this
anchorage should steer for the S entrance point of the cove
on course 321o to keep clear of the 10.9 m (6 fm) shoal 0.7
mile SE of the pier.
55 MALIMONOK ISLANDS, on the shore reef 2.5 miles
NE of the town of Lianga, are three in number. The islands
are small, high, and rocky with light vegetation. Malinonok,
the W islet, is 33 m (110 ft) high.
60 LIANGA, (08° 37' 55"N., 126° 05' 43"E.) a small
town and a port of call for small coasting vessels, is at the
head of the mouth of LIANGA RIVER. The town has a
prominent church tower visible from offshore. A limited
amount of supplies may be purchased from several stores
in town. Present is a public market, small shopping mall, 5
grocery stores, hardware stores, water refilling stations,
money remittance centers, drug stores, and branches of rural
banks. It has postal service, mobile phone communication,
and Internet connection. The medical facility in the town is
the Lianga District Hospital, which has limited facilities. 10
The national highway connects Lianga with Surigao City,
Butuan City, and Davao City. There is also a road connection
with Hinatuan, a town almost 50 km SE. The shore in front
of the town is fringed with coral, rendering landing at low
or after dark difficult. 15
Major Light - Lianga Bay Light (08° 38' 03"N., 126°
05' 59"E.) is displayed from a white tower standing on the
top of a prominent 10.7-meter (35 ft) rock on the shore reef
off the town.
Anchorage sheltered only during the SW monsoon may
be found in 36.6 m (20 fm) mud bottom, with the church
bearing 289o and about 735 m SE from Lianga Bay Light.
PANIRONGAN ISLAND, about 3 miles SE of the
town of Lianga, appears to be a part of the mainland, being
separated from it by a narrow channel fringed by mangroves
and passable only by small boats. The island is 1 mile long
and 0.6 mile wide, wooded, and 40 m (130 ft) high. The E
side has a sandy beach backed by coconut trees.
TOMAJO ISLAND is a small rock about 7.6 m (25 ft)
high on the shore reef immediately E of Panirongan Island.
CABGAN AND GABAO ISLANDS, on the edge of
the reef on the S side of Lianga Bay, are small rocky, with
light vegetation. Cabgan Island, the W and larger one, is
about 1.5 miles NW of Conceson Point. It is 31 m (102 ft)
high to the top of trees, 735 m long in a NW direction, and
183 m wide. Its N side is formed by vertical cliffs undermined
by the sea and is clear and steep-to Gabao Island, about 735
m ESE from Cabgan Island, has the same general appearance
as Cabgan Island and is 52 m (170 ft) high to the top of trees.
A number of conspicuous boulders are off its E side.
A channel about 457 m wide with a depth of 21.9 m is
between Cabgan and Gabao Islands. This channel leads to
a deep lagoon about 2 miles long in a W direction and 228
m to 0.5 mile wide. This lagoon is navigable only by small
boats and launches..
GAMOT BAY, a large indentation 7 miles long and
about 2.5 mile wide. Except for the several narrow and
tortuous channels Gamot Bay is mostly foul.
BAROBO, the small town at the W head of Gamot Bay,
has a municipal fish port that is a 50 m long concrete wharf
that is connected to the shore by a causeway. Fishing boats
call at the wharf. The town is connected by road to other
7-125
towns on the E coast of Mindanao.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63998-5855839 and
+63917-8287326.
GAMOT RIVER, a small stream emptying from the
E head of Gamot Bay, is accessible only to local canoes.
CONCESON POINT (08° 33' 01"N., 126° 11' 18"E.),
on the S shore of Lianga Bay, is the E termination of a long
peninsula forming the N side of Gamot Bay. The peninsula
has a number of hills, the highest of which is 259 m (850 ft)
in elevation and slopes gradually N to the shore of Lianga
Bay. A prong of the shore reef extends 1 mile N from the W
end of Conceson Point.
SUA ISLETS, close to the S side of Conceson Point,
are two in number, rocky with elevation of 20 and 90 m (65
20 and 100 ft).
BAKULIN POINT (08° 32' 40"N., 126° 21' 28"E.), the
S entrance point to Lianga Bay, is bold prominent headland
180 m high. Its sides are steep with high bare cliffs. The N
25 side is clear and can be passed within a distance of 228 m
from shore. The coral reef E of the point extends about 1
mile and is dotted with numerous large boulders, the largest
one being 21 m high and covered with light vegetation. The
bay immediately S of Bakulin Point has an extensive area of
30 clear water, but the entrance to it is blocked by coral barrier,
bare at low water.
SINGAG ISLAND, 56 m (185 ft) high and 411 by
350 m in extent, is about 1.3 miles E of Bakulin Point. It is
35 separated from the main shore reef by a narrow foul channel
with a depth of 5 m near the middle. The island has steep
rocky cliffs on all sides and is steep-to on the N and S. Depths
of 11 to 12.8 m (6 to 7 fm) extend 0.5 mile E of the island.
40 From Bakulin Point to the N entrance point of Bislig
Bay the coast trends in a general S direction for 15 miles.
It is very irregular with several small coves and bays.
Numerous islets and scattered coral reefs are off this coast.
A constant S current of moderate strength exists offshore. In
45 the narrow channels among the numerous coral reefs in the
deep indentation of the coast, the current is influenced by
the tide, flooding N and causing frequent swirls and eddies.
LAMON POINT, on the N side of the entrance to
50 Lamon Anchorage, about 5 miles S of Singag Island, consists
of perpendicular cliffs 15 m (59 ft) high, with a narrow rocky
beach at low tide. From a little distance offshore these cliffs
have the appearance of a fresh slide. N of the point the narrow
valleys are separated by vertical cliff points and the coral
55 reef broadens, entirely filling the indentations of the shore.
LAMON ANCHORAGE, an inlet about 1.9 miles long
in a W direction and having a navigable width of about 365
m at its narrowest part, is between Bagasinan Island and
60 Lamon Point. The anchorage space at the head is about 0.6
by 0.8 mile with depths of 6.4 to 12.8 m mud bottom. This
anchorage is open to E but although a swell makes in during
the NE weather, some protection is afforded from the wind
and sea from that direction.
5 is generally open to E winds and sea, but some protection
The lumber company that has a concession here had
ceased operations and the pier is in ruins, with the piles
bare at high water. Vessels calling here usually anchor off
the pier in any desired depth and communication made by
small boats ashore. The nearest post office is at Hinatuan, a 10
town 6.5 miles S.
DANGERS - In the middle of the entrance to Lamon
Anchorage, a shoal with a depth of 5.8 m, marked by a can
buoy, is about 735 m 175o from Lamon Point. A shoal with 15
a depth of 4.3 m (14 ft) is near the N shore reef about 503 m
150o from the 6.1-meter (20 ft) rock. The S edge of this reef
is marked by a nun buoy. About 1.5 miles 145o from the E
end of Bagasinan Island is a depth of 5 m. This shoal area
extends about 1.5 miles in a NE direction with a 5.5-meter 20
spot 0.5 mile W from it. Between the 5.5-meter spot and the
reefs along the coast is a channel about 457 m wide. The
shoal are usually identified by breakers.
DIRECTIONS - Vessels may enter Lamon Anchorage 25
on course 260o heading for the 4.6-meter rock at the head
of the bay. A good lookout should be made of the reefs on
both sides and care should be taken to avoid the 5.8-meter
shoal in the middle of the entrance.
30
BAGASINAN ISLAND, S of Lamon Anchorage, is 45
m (150 ft) high, 1.7 miles long in an E direction, and 548
m wide. The island is steep with rocky slopes and sparsely
wooded. The E end is cut off from the main island and is
separated from it by a narrow passage passable only by 35
bancas at high water. Several rocky boulders are on the reef
near the W end.
MAHABA ISLAND, 2.3 miles S of Bagasinan Island, is
low and flat, being only about 1.8 m (6 ft) above high water. 40
The greater part of the island is covered with trees and bushes.
On the W shore is a small strip of cultivated land with a few
houses. Small vessels and launches with draft of 1.8 to 2.4
m (6 to 8 ft) may find snug shelter about 0.5 mile S of the
mangrove islet in the channel W of Mahaba Island. The best 45
approach is from the N through the W channel which carries
a depth of 3.2 m the channel E of the small island being only
about 73 m wide. The other channels among the reefs in this
vicinity are narrow and tortuous, with strong tidal currents,
and should not be attempted without local knowledge. 50
SAN JUAN is a barrio on the mainland about 1.3 miles
NW of Mahaba Island.
DIRECTIONS - From a position 3 miles 135o from
TIGDOS ISLAND, 0.8 mile SE of Mahaba Island, is 33 55 Tigdos Island, steer 270o heading for the head of the bay.
m (110 ft) high to the top of trees. It shows very prominently When the church at Hinatuan bears 315o, anchor in any
from seaward and is a good landmark in approaching draft desired.
Hinatuan from N.
MANCAHOROM ISLAND, near the middle of the
HINATUAN BAY, an irregular indentation about 4 60 entrance to Hinatuan Bay, marks the E end of the chain of
7-126
miles wide between Mahaba Island and Mawes Islands, is
dotted by numerous small coral reefs and islets. A clear area
of about 1 mile wide extending 3.5 miles W in the middle
of the bay has depths ranging from 5.5 to 45.7 m. The bay
from swells may be had between the reefs and in the lee
of the islets. The NW shoreline is fringed with mangroves
fronted by a shore reef about 1 mile wide in places. The head
of the bay is muddy with some rivers emptying into it. Shoal
water extends about 2 miles E from the mouths of the rivers.
A small steep ridge along the S side, close to the shore, has
an elevation of 116 m (380 ft). At the foot of this ridge the
shoreline is rocky. From the E end of the rocky shoreline
mangroves fringe the shore.
HINATUAN, a town on the W side of the mouth of
Hinatuan River, is an important shipping center for this
section of the coast. Copra and hemp are the principal
products shipped. The town is visible from a far distance SE.
The church with galvanized iron roofing is prominent. Postal
and mobile phone communication are available. There is a
government hospital that can handle minor cases and a few
drug stores. Supplies and fresh provisions may be purchased
in limited quantities from several small stores in town.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63907-9939053.
HINATUAN RIVER, emptying into the head of
Hinatuan Bay, is navigable by launches for 2.7 miles from its
mouth. Beyond this the passage for larger boats is obstructed
by rocks, but bancas may ascend the river for more than 20
miles. Launches drawing 2.1 m (7 ft) can cross the bar at
high water and go alongside the wall at the river bank. It is
reported that there is a depth of 3.7 m (12 ft) on the bar at
high water, but local knowledge is necessary to enter the
river. The channel at the entrance is usually marked by stakes.
TIDAL CURRENTS are strong and follow the trend
in and out of the channel.
ANCHORAGE - Small vessels usually anchor about
1.5 miles SE of the mouth of Hinatuan River in 7.3 m mud
bottom. Better protected anchorage may be found S of the
reefs to the N, 0.5 mile 300o from MANOMAWAN ISLET
in 12.8 m, mud bottom. The approach to this anchorage is
deep and clear.
DANGERS - The numerous shoals and reefs in the bay
and its approaches may be easily identified by reference to
the chart. A shoal with a depth of 4.1 m 1.5 miles 165o from
the E end of Tigdos Island should be avoided.
shoals extending in an E direction near the S side of the
approach to the bay. It is surrounded by an extensive coral
reef and should be passed E and N at a distance of not less
than 0.5 mile. The island is low but the trees and palms
make it conspicuous and an excellent landmark in entering
Hinatuan.
MAOWA ISLAND, 2.5 miles W of Mancahorom
Island, is low and planted with coconut trees. From the
E side of the island the chain of small shoals join it with
Mancahorom Island.
LOYOLA is a barrio 2 miles W of Maowa Island on
the point immediately N of Bigaan River.
BIGAAN RIVER, one of the rivers that empties into
Hinatuan Bay, is navigable by small boats for about 5 miles
upstream at high water.
MAWES ISLAND, forming the S entrance point to
Hinatuan Bay, is on an extensive coral reef varying in width
from 274 m on the W side to 0.9 mile on its E side. The island
is low with some coconut trees on its SW side. The other
sides are bordered by mangroves. A settlement is located at
the SW end of the island.
Fish cages were placed in the area from the head of the
bay up to 10-meter depth curve. These fish cages restrict
the channel leading to PICOP Pier 1, Mangangoy Pier, and
Bislig City.
5
Dangers - Bislig Bay is encumbered by numerous reefs
and should be entered only during daylight hours. In order
to avoid the shoals the S channel is recommended. A 5.7 m
(3.1 fm) shoal has been reported near the entrance leading
10 into Bislig Bay, about 1.6 miles 294o from Sanco Point.
A 3.3 m (1.8 fm) shoal is 1.5 miles N of beacon “B”.
Another 5.8 m (3.1 fm) shoal was reported in 1957, 800 m
E of the 3.3-meter shoal. Most of the shoals are situated on
15 the NW side of the recommended route.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact
the VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in Bislig
City. The Coast Guard station in the city may be contacted at
20 mobile phone nos. +63906-3811224 and +63919-5194510.
Anchorage off Bislig City is 2 miles E of the mouth of
Bislig River in 9.1 m (5 fm) mud bottom. Anchorage may
also be had about 0.8 mile N of the pier at Mangagoy in 11
25 to 12.8 m (6 to 7 fm) mud bottom.

Mawes Island is separated from the mainland by a Mandated anchorage was established by PPA in the area
narrow channel with a depth of 6.4 m (3.5 fm). A submarine from 1.2 miles to 2.7 miles NE of PICOP Pier 2.
power crosses this channel from the mainland to Mawes
Island. 30 Quarantine anchorage lies 1.7 miles NW of the
government pier.
BISLIG BAY (CHART 4664), between Mawes Island
and Sanco Point, is 5 miles wide at the entrance and extends Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board near the pier.
8 miles in a SW direction. The bay has a general depth of 9.1
to 25.6 m (4.9 to 14 fm) but it is filled with numerous small 35 Directions - From a point about 3 miles E of Mancohorom
detached shoals and reefs, specially in its N portion. The Island, steer 204o with the beacons “A” and “B” on the hills.
entire bay is exposed to NE weather. The S side of the bay SW of Sanco Point on range. On reaching a position 1.5 miles
is partly clear, the shoreline steep and rocky, with a heavily NW of Sanco Point passing 400 m ESE of the 5.7 m (3.1 fm)
wooded ridge rising close from the beach to a height of 231 shoal, alter course to 230o heading towards the prominent
m (760 ft). Narrow coral reef borders the shore. The N shore 40 wooded hill 511 m (920 ft) high and S of the town of Bislig.
is bordered by mangroves and the land rises gradually to a This course will pass 200 m NW of the 0.9 m (0.5 fm) shoal,
height of 128 m (420 ft). Coral reefs that fringe the shore are after which the vessel may come alongside the government
very irregular and attain a width of 0.7 mile in places. At the pier or proceed to the PICOP piers further SW.
head of the bay extensive mud flats are usually found in the
vicinity of the mouths of the rivers and creeks. The shoal 45 AGONOY ISLAND, 0.7 mile from the N shore of
area extends about 1.5 miles from shore. Bislig Bay, is on a detached coral reef and about 1.8 m (6
ft) above water. The island is small and covered by coconut
Major Light - Sanco Point Light (08° 14' 45"N., 126° trees. It is surrounded by a sandy beach and is a prominent
27' 15"E.) is displayed from Sanco Point. landmark in the bay.
50
Channel - The navigable channel leading to Bislig, TUMANO ISLET, 1.2 miles W of Agonoy Island, is a
about 0.5 mile wide, is between the S shore and the scattered cluster of mangroves on a reef, on the N side of Bislig Bay.
reefs on the N portion of the bay. A privately-maintained
range consisting of two triangular black and white wooden BISLIG RIVER which empties into the NW corner of
markers bearing 204o leads close E of 5.7 m (3.1 fm) shoal. 55 Bislig Bay is navigable by small boats up to 3.5 miles above
its mouth. Launches drawing 1.8 to 2.4 m (6 to 8 ft) enter
Caution - Strong tidal current are experienced at the the river at half tide.
entrance and care should be taken in entering to avoid being
drifted to shoal area. BISLIG CITY (08° 12' 54"N., 126° 18' 55"E.), at
60 the S side of the mouth of Bislig River at the head of the

7-127
bay, is the poblacion and administrative center of the city.
Money remittance centers and a branch of government bank
are present. Limited supplies are available from the public
market, convenience stores, and other small stores. A gasoline
station is present in the city. Hardwares store and stores
selling automotive and motorcycle parts are also present. The
city has a post office, telephone connection, mobile phone
communication and Internet connection. The nearest airport,
situated 1.3 miles S, has no regular commercial flight. There
are daily bus trips to Surigao City and Mati.
Bislig District Hospital is the government hospital
present in the city. Other medical facilities include one private
hospital and clinics. Drug stores are also present in the city.
Customs - The office of Bureau of Customs Sub-port
of Bislig is located in the poblacion.
Berthing Facility - Small boats calling at Bislig City
berth along the seawall located along the S bank of Bislig
River.
MANGANGOY, in the S angle of the bay, is more
populated than the poblacion and serves as the commercial
center of Bislig City. Present in the barrio is the public 25
market, shopping malls, grocery stores, convenience stores,
money remittance centers, parcel and courier centers, a
branch of a government bank, and small hotels. Fuel is
available from the gasoline stations in the barrio. The coastal
highway passes through the barrio. There is bus terminal 30
in the barrio where there is a daily trips to Davao City and
Surigao City. The abandoned facilities of a lumber company
is located in the area E of Mangangoy.
Prominent Features - Two similar stacks in the lumber
company compound are in a NW and opposite direction. The
SE stack is reportedly the one indicated on the chart.
Berthing Facilities - PICOP Pier 1, a timber loading
pier, is situated about 0.8 mile NE of Mangangoy. It has a
length of 200 m and alongside depths of 6.7 m to 8.4 m. This
pier is exposed to swell, especially during the height of NE
monsoon. Vessels must be prepared to unberth from this
pier at a short notice. Vessels usually berth heading SW but
during the NE Monsoon vessels should berth heading NE.
PICOP Pier 2, about 0.6 mile E of PICOP Pier 1, length
of 130 m. Vessels up to a draft of 9.1 m can berth at the W side
of the pier. A breakwater projects 550 m NNW into the bay
from the pier. The pier is connected to shore by a causeway.
The barrio of Tabon is at the shore end of the causeway.
Mangangoy Pier, about 0.6 mile W of PICOP Pier 1, is
the government pier that caters only to small motor bancas
and pump boats. It has a 60 m concrete pier.
Anchorage - Vessels calling at Mangangoy may use the
mandated anchorage established by PPA in the area from 1.2
miles to 2.7 miles NE of PICOP Pier 2.
7-128
LAWIGAN, the barrio about 1.4 miles SW of Sanco
Point, has a 60 m long concrete pier that is connected to the
shore by a 120 m long causeway.
5 SANCO POINT, the S entrance point to Bislig Bay,
is low, thickly covered with bushes, and has a white sand
beach at the high water line. Sanco Point Light is displayed
from the point. An extensive coral reef bare at low water
extends 1.5 miles NE and 2 miles SE of the point. The barrio
10 of VALENCIA at the S tip of Sanco Point is small and not
visible to passing vessels.
FROM SANCO POINT to Catarman Point the coast
trends almost due S for 15 miles. The shore is rocky and
15 bordered by an irregular wide coral reef. In some small bights
along the coast are sand beaches which may be used for
landing boats. The land close to the shore rises to a heavily
wooded ridge about 122 m (400 ft) high but presents no
distinguishing feature.
20
BARCELONA, a barrio about 5 miles S of Sanco Point,
is at the head of a cove formed by a break in the reef, 0.5
mile wide and 1 mile in extent. Interisland vessels from Cebu
call for hemp and copra. In the middle of the entrance is a
4.1-meter shoal which narrows the channel to about 365 m.
ANCHORAGE in 12.8 m, sand bottom, may be had in
the middle of the cove 0.5 mile SW of Maopia Island. This
anchorage is well protected from rough seas by the reef in
all directions except from the SE. The best boat landing at
Barcelona is at the N side of the mouth of the TAON RIVER.
MAOPIA ISLAND, 6 m high, is a big rock on the reef
5 miles S of Sanco Point.
35
The 5.5-meter shoal 2.5 miles NE of Maopia Island
and the 7.3-meter shoal 1.5 miles S of that island break in
a moderate sea.
40 TAMBOG POINT, 8.8 miles S of Sanco Point, is a
prominent headland in the coast rising to a height of 79 m
(260 ft). The point has two prongs covered with scattered
trees, hemp, and bushes. The N prong is low but the S one
is high and steep with an elevation of 15 m (50 ft) close to
45 the water’s edge. The bight N of Tambog Point is partially
protected from the swirls and constant S currents which
prevail off the point.
Danger - An underwater rock is reported to lie about
50 2.6 miles SE of Tambog Point.
LINGIG, a town about 4.5 miles SSW of Tambog Point,
is near the N side of the mouth of LINGIG RIVER. It is the
shipping point for the surrounding area. Small interisland
55 vessels from Cebu call weekly for hemp and copra. After
passing this shoal, vessels should steer S of the range and
anchor in 3.7 m sand bottom, about 0.5 mile ESE of the
town. Food supplies in limited quantities may be obtained. A
private practicing physician attends to minor medical cases.
60
 CATARMAN POINT, 6.5 miles S of Tambog Point,
is bold, steep, and very prominent. The point is rocky with
cliffs about 12 m (40 ft) high. Its top is covered with bushes
and large scattered trees.
CATARMAN ANCHORAGE, an inlet about 735 m
wide and 1.8 miles long in a W direction, is formed by the
N side of Catarman Point and the extensive coral reef bare
at low water N of it. The entrance has a depth of 32.9 m
shoaling gradually to 5.5 m near the head of the inlet. The
channel is reduced to 365 m wide by a small detached coral
reef close to its N side. A shoal with a least depth of 6.4 m
was reported in 1965 to exist in the center of the fairway
about 274 m SW of the detached coral reef. Anchorage may
be had in the middle of the inlet 0.5 mile W of this coral reef
in 12.8 m, mud bottom.
MAJANGIT ISLANDS, two in number about 1.4
miles N of Catarman Point, are on the extensive coral reef
bordering Catarman Anchorage. The islands are small and
rocky with elevations of 27 and 30 m (90 and 100 ft). They
are good landmarks for vessels approaching Catarman
Anchorage.
CATEEL BAY is an open roadstead 18 miles wide 25
between Catarman Point and Bangai Point. The middle of the
bay is deep and clear with 45.7 m gradually shoaling towards
the shore. The bay is partially protected by Catarman Point
from the constant S current which is felt farther offshore. The
shoreline is irregular, generally rocky, and steep, specially at 30
the large point. It is bordered by a wide coral reef, showing in
some places a glistening white sand beach, but in the main,
the vegetation comes to the water’s edge. The land rises to
a high, flat, heavily wooded ridge with several peaks among
the higher mountains farther inland showing over it. Between 35
Tonquil Point and Tanguip Point (Chart 4626), the shoreline
is low with sand and stone beach. It is free of dangers and
may be approached within 0.5 mile from shore.
Dangers - A shoal about 28 m in diameter with a solitary
rock on its E edge, bare at low water, is 0.5 mile 013o from
the E end of Cabugao Island. This rock is hard to distinguish
even in smooth sea and should be avoided when coming to
the anchorage off Boston.
Isolated underwater rocks were reported to exist about 3
miles E, 2.3 miles SE, and 3.6 miles SSE of Catarman Point.
BOSTON, a small barrio on the W shore of Cateel
Bay, is a port of call for small vessels from Davao and 50
neighboring coastal towns. An extensive coral reef about
0.5 mile wide is E of the barrio. Point, is rocky and fringed with narrow reef. From the point
the land rises gradually to 548 m (1,800 ft) 3.5 miles SW.
ANCHORAGE for vessels calling here is 1 mile N of
the barrio, with the highest peak of Cabugao Island bearing 55
135o, in 9.1 to 12.8 m mud bottom. The anchorage is open rocky.
from N to E and may become untenable during heavy E
weather.
Bangai Point, is a prominent landmark when seen from N
HAMUAN ISLAND, near the N shore of Cateel Bay 60 or S. There is a stranded wreck on the shore reef about 0.5
7-129
2.5 miles SW of Catarman Point, is wooded and 84 m (275
ft) high. The W part of the island is planted with hemp. The
S and E sides are rocky. A number of high, rocky islets with
light vegetation are on the reef between Hamuan Island and
5 Catarman Point. At half tide small pulling boats can pass
between these islets and the mainland. A large detached coral
reef, 1.5 miles long in a NE direction, bare at low water, is
0.5 mile SE of Hamuan Island. The channel between this
reef and the shore reef of the mainland is about 457 m wide
10 with depths of 40.2 m.
CABUGAO ISLAND, about 5 miles SSW of Hamuan
Island, is 67 m high, rocky, and wooded. The island is a good
landmark for vessels approaching Boston.
15
CATEEL BAY TO MAYO BAY (CHART 4626).—
TONQUIL POINT, 6 miles SE of Cabugao Island, is low
and partly rocky. The beach is composed of sand and stones.
Trees that fringe the shore are close to the high water line.
20
CATEEL RIVER, emptying 1.5 miles SSE of Tonquil
Point, is navigable by launches and small craft. The channel
across the bar is about 91 m wide and carries a depth of 1.5 m
(5 ft) with deeper water inside. The river can only be entered
during smooth weather.
STRONG TIDAL CURRENTS in and out of the
river cause confused seas near the entrance.
CATEEL, a town on the N side of the mouth of the river,
has several large buildings visible from seaward. The church
tower is visible above the tree line. The town has a post office.
There are several small stores where limited quantities of
supplies may be obtained. A practicing physician attends to
minor medical cases.
ANCHORAGE for interisland vessels calling at Cateel
is in 11 to 14.6 m off the village of MAGDALENA, locally
known as FILOMENA, about 2 miles by dirt road NW of
40 the town. There is a landing for small boats with a depth of
0.3 m at its face. A warehouse at Magdalena is prominent
from seaward.
Between Tonquil Point and Tanguip Point, the land is
45 low and drained by the fertile valley of Cateel River. The
shoreline is composed of sand and stones. Except for a
9.1-meter shoal about 1.2 miles ENE of Tonquil Point, it
is free of dangers and may be approached within 0.5 mile
from shore.
TANGUIP POINT, about 6.5 miles SE of Tonquil
BANGAI POINT is 2 miles ESE of Tanguip, low, and
BAGOSO ISLAND, on the shore reef 0.5 mile SE of
mile SE of the island.
QUINABLANGAN ISLAND is about 0.6 mile S of
Bagoso Island. Both Bagoso and Quinablangan Islands
are low, being only about 2.1 m (7 ft) above high water,
with their seaward faces fronted by coral rock formation.
A break in the reef leads W of Quinablangan Island and at
high water a small boat can continue on over the reef W of
Bagoso Island, thus avoiding the heavy rips and swirls that
frequently exist off this coast.
FROM BANGAI POINT to Paypay Point, a distance
of 6.5 miles S, the coast is irregular, mostly bordered by
extensive coral reef. A few stretches of sandy spots are found
in the bights along the coast. Several rocks 1.5 to 1.8 m (5
to 6 ft) high are on the reef bordering the shore.
SAN VICTOR ISLAND, 2.3 miles S of Quinablangan
Island, is small and low with a bushy top. It is on a detached
coral reef 0.5 mile in extent in a NE direction about 457 m
from shore. A narrow channel separates San Victor Island
from the shore reef, but the channel is not recommended to
strangers. A large shoal area with some bare spots at extreme
low water that break heavily at all times is SE and E of the
island. Another detached coral reef is about midway between
PAYPAY POINT and the mouth of DAPNAN RIVER. Small
vessels may find a very limited anchorage between this reef
and the mouth of the river, but the reminder of this stretch of
the coast should not be approached without local knowledge.
BAGANGA BAY, an indentation on this coast between
LAMBAJON POINT and LAKUD POINT, is 2 miles wide
and 1 mile in extent. The bay is generally deep in the middle.
Its N basin with depths of 12.8 to 16.5 m is a good anchorage
area well protected from the NE monsoon. S of Lambajon
Point the coral reef which borders the shore extends 0.5 mile.
A detached coral reef about 183 m in diameter, bare at low
water and breaks during bad weather, is in the middle of the
entrance to the N basin, with navigable channels on its E
and W sides. The W channel to the basin is preferable as it
is wider and has even bottom.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
town of Baganga may be contacted at mobile phone no.
+63915-2211670. 45
LAMBAJON, a small village on the N shore of Baganga
Bay, is the headquarters of a lumber company. A wooden
pier, owned and maintained by the company, had depths of
2.4 m at its seaward end in August 1964. The company has a
dispensary. The buildings at the sawmill compound and the
two bulk tanks near the foot of the pier are prominent from
seaward. Vessels call here for logs.
Bangai Point from southeastward.
7-130
BAGANGA RIVER and PANGLIMASAN RIVER
which empty into Baganga Bay are small and can be entered
only by small boats at high water.
5 BAGANGA, a town on the SW shore of the bay is
near the S side of the mouth of Baganga River. The town
has several houses visible from the bay. The stone church
and the schoolhouse are partly obscured by coconut trees.
Some food supplies may be purchased from several small
10 stores in town. Small vessels from Davao and Cebu call for
hemp and copra. There is a post office and mobile phone
services in Baganga.
ANCHORAGE well protected from SW weather and
15 slightly from SE winds and sea may be had off the town
about 457 m from shore in 9.1 m, sand bottom.
DAQUIT ISLAND, on the shore reef immediately S
of Lakud Point, is low but covered with bushes and trees.
20 From a distance offshore the island appears to be a part of
the coastline.
FROM LAKUD POINT to Baculin Point the coast
trends S for 7 miles. It is fringed by a narrow coral reef,
25 steep-to, and clear.
LANGUYON RIVER, 5.5 miles S of Lakud Point, has
a wide mouth, but can be entered only by small boats at half
tide through a narrow channel near the S bank.
30
BACULIN POINT, the N entrance point to Baculin
Bay, is low and rounding. The coral reef bordering the point
is about 365 m wide and steep-to. Baculin Point Light (07°
27' 00"N., 126° 35' 35"E.) is displayed from a white tower
35 on the point.
BACULIN BAY, between Baculin Point and Bacul
Point, is deep and clear. The N and S shores are generally high
and rocky. The W side is low and sandy. The bay is entirely
40 open to E winds and sea with very limited anchorage. The
barrios of BACULIN, SAN LUIS, and MANURIGAO are
on the shore of this bay. Small vessels from Cebu call weekly
at Baculin for hemp and copra.
ANCHORAGE protected from N weather may be
found off San Luis, about 2.5 miles W of Baculin Point in
12.8 to 18.3 m sand bottom.
BACUL POINT, the S entrance point to Baculin Bay,
50 is low and rocky. The point is bordered by a narrow coral
reef and may be safely passed within 0.5 mile. About 0.6
mile W of the point is a wooded hill 79 m (260 ft) high. A
rock reported to bare at extreme low water is 1 mile 174o
from Bacul Point. The rock is often seen with breakers at
all stages of the tide.
Between Bacul Point and Alisud Point, a distance of
about 4.5 miles, the coast is generally high, rocky, with low
bare cliffs. The open bay formed by these two points does
not afford any safe anchorage as the water is very deep close
to the shore.
SANTA FE is a barrio on the coast 2 miles SW of
Bacul Point.
HIPAYAAN RIVER is a small stream which empties
immediately S of the barrio.
ALISUD POINT, the N entrance point to Caraga Bay,
is rocky and steep-to with low bare cliffs. The reef bordering
the point is about 183 m wide and may be passed close-to as
the water is deep near its edge. A wooded hill 102 m (335 ft)
high is 0.7 mile W of the point.
CARAGA BAY, between Alisud Point and Pusan
Point, is very deep and clear. The NW shore is low and the
S side rocky, and wooded. The bay is sheltered only during
SW monsoon but entirely exposed to NE winds and sea. It
lacks good anchorage and the deep water and bad character
of bottom, render it unwise for any vessels to remain in this
vicinity during heavy weather.
CARAGA, a town on the N shore of Caraga Bay, is on
top of the cliff bordering Alisud Point. The church tower is
prominent from seaward. Coastwise vessels from Cebu and
Davao which call here for copra and abaca anchor close to
the shore, S of the town. This anchorage is exposed to the NE
monsoon. Supplies are scarce. Fresh water can be obtained
from a spring near the beach on the N side of the mouth of
Caraga River.
CARAGA RIVER which empties immediately S of
the town can be entered by small boats at half or high tide
only. Heavy breakers usually occur across the entrance even
during moderate weather.
SAN JOSE AND SANTIAGO are important barrios
along the coast of Caraga Bay. Coastwise vessels sometimes
call at Santiago for hemp and copra. There is a spring at
Santiago where water can be pumped into small boats and
then ferried to the ship. During rough weather, small boats
can seek shelter at the cove W of Santiago.
PUSAN POINT, the S entrance point to Caraga Bay,
is low, rocky and rounding. It is steep-to and can be passed
safely within 457 m from shore. A light structure of Pusan
Pusan Point from eastward.
7-131
Point Light (07° 17' 38"N., 126° 36' 08"E.) marks the
extremity of the point and is a good landmark. A building
with a red roof is located S of the light tower. Heavy tide rips
and whirls which are apparently caused by the constant S
5 current off the E coast of Mindanao are frequent occurrence
off this point.
FROM PUSAN POINT to Tugubun Point the coast
trends SSW for 20 miles. The points in between are steep
10 coral cliffs 4.6 to 9.1 m (15 to 30 ft) high. At the heads of
several small bays the shore has sand and shingle beaches.
The coastal ridge is somewhat broken but does not show
any prominent landmarks. It is separated from the higher
mountains inland by a valley or depression of 122 to 152
15 m (400 to 500 ft) and the entire coast is heavily wooded.
Deep water is close to the shore and the small bays offer no
protected anchorage. The only danger to navigation along
this coast is a coral shoal with a depth of 8.7 m 2.3 miles N
of TUGUBUN POINT. This shoal extends W to the shore
20 with a 2.7-meter spot 0.8 mile E from the beach.
BUNGA COVE, 4.3 miles SSW of Pusan Point, has a
small semi-circular basin at the head, into which an opening
is accessible to small launches.
25
BUNGA CREEK, emptying into this basin, has a good
potable water.
BATINAO POINT, 0.7 mile SE of Bunga Creek, is
30 high with rounding coral cliff.
MANAOL POINT, on the E side of the entrance to
Manay Bay 6 miles SW of Pusan Point, is sharp and rocky.
A 11.6-meter rock close to the cliff of the point makes an
35 excellent landmark when seen from N or S.
MANAY BAY, a semi-circular indentation 1.5 miles in
diameter, is 6 miles SSW of Pusan Point. The bay is deep
and protected from W through N to NE.
40
MANAY, a town at the head of Manay Bay, is a weekly
port of call for several coastwise vessels. Abaca and copra are
exported. The town has a post office, telephone and mobile
phone services. The green-painted church of the town is
45 prominent and is a good landmark for vessels approaching the
town. A government hospital caters to minor medical cases.
MANAY RIVER, emptying W of the town, can be
entered by small boats, but the rapids block it a short distance
50 from its mouth. ZARAGOSA is a small barrio on the W shore
of the bay 0.8 mile S of Manay.
CASAUMAN RIVER which empties 3 miles SW of
 Pujada Bay from south-southeastward.
Manaol Point can be entered by small boats at low water. Just
in front of the mouth of the river is a high shingle ridge cast
up by the heavy seas that frequently prevail along this coast.
CASAUMAN POINT, 4 miles SW of Manaol Point is
rocky. Heavy tide rips frequently occur off the point.
FROM CASAUMAN POINT to Tugubun Point the
coast which trends in a SSW direction is indented by several
small deep bay all open to E and S.
BUAN, MANDUAO, TAMBUC, and YACO POINTS
separating these bay are mostly bold and rocky. The barrios
of HOLY CROSS, SAN IGNACIO, QUINONOAN,
JOVELLAR, and TARRAGONA are along this coast at the 15
heads of these bays. Coastwise vessels sometimes call at
these places to load hemp and copra.
MAYO BAY TO CAPE SAN AGUSTIN (CHART
4625).—MAYO BAY, an open body of water between 20
Tugubun Point and Lamigan Point, is very deep and clear.
The N shore is steep with high cliffs backed by wooded
land. The points consist of low coral cliffs and the bights
has shingle and sand beaches on a narrow coral reef. The
entire bay lacks good protected anchorage on account of 25
deep water close to the shore. Off the barrios of Lukatan,
TAGABAQUID, and MAYO, anchorage may be found but
they are very precarious even in fair weather. 16' 24"E.) is displayed from the southern tip of Pujada Island.
LAMIGAN POINT, the S end of GUANGUAN
PENINSULA forming the S side of Mayo Bay, is rocky, very
bold, and has a sheer cliff 32 m (108 ft) high. It is marked by
Lamigan Point Light (06° 48' 15"N., 126° 20' 54"E.). A peak
5 556 m (1,825 ft) high W of the point is very conspicuous
landmark for vessels approaching Mayo and Pujada Bay.
Other mountains to the W are higher, but the isolated position
of this peak permits easy identification.
10 PUJADA BAY, 6 miles wide at the entrance between
Lamigan Point and Tumadgo Point and extending 12 miles
NW, is generally clear and well sheltered in almost all
directions. The bay is too deep to afford anchorage in the
middle, but in certain parts in the small bights and coves,
anchorages with good holding ground are perfectly safe. The
entrance is divided into two deep clear channels by Pujada
Island. The S channel has a navigable width of 1 mile and the
N channel is 1.8 miles wide. The land in this vicinity rises
steeply from the water’s edge, the shore being fringed by a
narrow coral reef, except at TAGANILAO POINT, where the
coral reef extends 735 m from shore. The land in the E side of
the bay from Batiano Point N is low and the shore bordered
by a broad coral reef. The W shore is steep-to, the land high
and heavily wooded. The coast and islands of the bay is a
protected landscape and seascape under the NIPAS law.
Major Light - Pujada Island Light (06° 46' 59"N., 126°

TIDAL CURRENTS are weak in the bay but at the 30 Lamigan Point Light (06° 48' 15"N., 126° 20' 54"E.) is
entrance points they come in conflict with a strong constant displayed atop a tower on Lamigan Point.
S current of about 2.2 knots and frequently cause heavy tide
rips and much disturbed water. The only danger in this bay is Danger - An underwater rock was reported to exist about
a small coral reef bare at half tide near the shore, 457 m SE of 1.1 miles NE of Pujada Island Light.
FLACA POINT. The channel between this reef and the shore 35
has a depth of 6.4 m. The rocky ledge of MAGBIGA POINT Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact
between Flaca Point and Tugubun shows prominently. the VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in Mati.
The Coast Guard station in Mati City may be contacted at
TACAQUINAY POINT, 5.5 miles W of Tugubun mobile phone no. +63966-8370536.
Point, has high cliffs composed of hard conglomerate, rising 40
sheer from the water’s edge to 61 m (200 ft). This point CABAYAN POINT 1 mile S is high and rounding.
consists of four separate headlands divided by deep gorges.
PUJADA ISLAND, 148 m (485 ft) high, at the entrance
MOUNT AMBUTIG, 591 m (1,940 ft) high, 5 miles to Pujada Bay, is 1.3 miles long and 0.5 mile wide. The N
W of Tugubun is wooded with a sharp grassy top. It is 45 end of the island is planted with coconut trees. The S part is
conspicuous from seaward and especially easy to identify covered with trees and bushes. Pujada Island Light is located
when seen against the skyline. near the south point of the island. The shore reef on the W side
is about 91 m wide, about 183 m at its N end, and gradually
GORDA POINT, 9.5 miles WSW of Tugubun Point, is widens on the E side until it attains a width of about 365 m at
low and bordered by a rocky ledge with a broad sand beach. 50 the SE end. Two sandy islets on bare coral reefs are 0.6 and
1 mile SE of Pujada Island. The two islets are separated by
BOBON POINT, on the S shore of Mayo Bay, is low a narrow foul channel. The channel between Pujada Island
and rounding. and the next islet is 457 m wide with a depth of 5.9 m (3 1/4

7-132
fathoms). The islets and Pujada Island are easily identified
and form conspicuous objects for vessels entering the bay.
UANIVAN ISLAND, 32 m (105 ft) high and covered
with trees, is on the E side of Pujada Bay about 0.8 mile
northwest of Taganilao Point. The island has a sand beach
on its E side but is rocky on the W. A wide coral reef bare at
low water extends about 548 m SE of the island. The channel
between the island and the mainland W of Tagalinao Point is
0.5 mile wide with a depth of 9.1 m (5 fathoms) in the middle.
TAMISAN is a barrio on the E side of Pujada Bay.
Anchorage off the barrio may be had 1 mile N of BATIANO
POINT in 27.4 to 36.6 m (15 to 20 fm) 0.5 mile from shore.
GUANGUAN ESTERO, on the E side of Pujada Bay,
is entirely filled by coral reefs which extend nearly 1 mile
offshore between LICOC POINT and GUANGUAN POINT.
MATI CITY, at the head of Pujada Bay, is the capital 20
of Davao Oriental and the major commercial center in the
SE coast of Mindanao. The city is easily discernible from the
entrance by the buildings and warehouses along the shore.
Mati has regular ferry vessel communications with General
Santos City. Mati is connected by road with Davao City, 25
Surigao City and the other towns on the E coast of Mindanao
and the E shore of Davao Gulf. Public buses travel regularly
between Davao City and Mati. Postal, mobile phone services,
telephone, and Internet connection are available. An airport is
located about 3 miles E of Mati Light. Present in the city are 30
the branches of commercial and government banks, money
remittance centers, money changers, courier and parcel
delivery centers, drug stores, hotels, shopping malls, public
market, grocery stores, and other small stores. Gasoline
stations, hardwares stores, motorcycle and automotive parts 35
dealers, and minor repair shops are also present. Medical
facilities in the city include the Davao Oriental Provincial
Medical Center, which is a government hospital, and one
private hospital.
Navigational Aids - Two stakes marking the reef limits
on the E side of the approach to the government wharf are
0.8 and 1.6 miles SE of the town.
Major Light - Mati Light (06° 56' 57"N., 126° 13'
08"E.) is displayed on the shore near the government wharf.
Port Management - The government wharf is operated
by TMO-Mati, which can be contacted at telephone number
(087) 388-3596. The port can accommodate vessels with
maximum GRT of 18,000 tons and 180 m LOA.
Customs - The Bureau of Customs office in Mati may
be cobtacted at telephone no. (+6387) 388-3294.
Berthing Facilities - The city 150 m long wharf, having
draft of 6.5 m. It has two warehouses and an open storage
area of 1,800 sq m. Fresh water and cargo handling services
are available from local companies.
7-133
A wharf and mooring dolphins, owned by INTERCO
lies 1.5 miles SE of Mati Light. It is used for loading coconut
oil. The berth is approached from the S between two reefs.
It consists of two mooring dolphins, in line 095°-275°,
5 alongside an artificial island which is connected to the shore
by a causeway. A refining plant, with prominent tanks, is
at the root of the causeway. A conveyor facility transport
coconut products to vessels. Vessels with drafts up to 14 m
and about 180 m LOA can be accepted at this berth. Attention
10 should be given to the existence of a reef lying W of the berth,
and to the shallow water lying E.
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign and domestic vessels.
Pilotage is available during daytime only. Pilots have no
15 VHF communication facility and may be contacted through
the port manager. Request for pilot should be made 24 hrs
in advance. Tugs can only be requested from Davao City.
Supplies - Fresh water is supplied from pipes at the
wharf. Bunkers may be obtained through road tankers or
lorries.
Anchorage off the coast of Mati is located about one
mile due S of Mati Light. Anchoring near the shore for
vessels without local knowledge is not recommended as
there are underlying reefs near Mati.
CAMANSI POINT, located 2 miles SW of Mati Light,
can be distinguished by red-roofed buildings of a beach
resort. The shore reef in the vicinity of the point fills the
indentation to its N and S. A detached rock 0.5 mile E of
Camansi Point is a dangerous spot in this area.
LACUTAN COVE, 3.5 miles SSW of Mati, has a very
irregular shoreline fringed by a wide coral reef. The general
depths in the middle of the cove is 20.1 m (11 fathoms). A
small 6.6-meter (3.5 fathoms) shoal is in the fairway near
the S entrance point.
40 TATAIDAGA POINT AND DACA POINT are the
SE and SW extremities of the peninsula separating Balete
Bay from the main body of Pujada Bay. The points are steep
and rocky. Shoal water extends some distance off these points
and they should be given a berth of at least 0.5 mile. The
45 headland partially covered with cogon and having streaked
appearance is fairly prominent.
BALETE BAY, an inlet 2.5 miles long in a NW
direction and 548 m wide, is on the NW side of Pujada
50 Bay. The bay has depth of 36.6 m (20 fm) in the middle and
affords perfectly protected anchorage for small vessels. The
channel about 0.8 mile NW of Daca Point is narrowed to 183
m by a shoal with a depth of 0.5 m (0.75 fm). Beyond this
shoals vessel may anchor in 29.3 to 36.6 m (16 to 20 fm)
55 or near the head of the bay in 14.6 m (8 fm) mud bottom.
Wide coral reefs border the shore with mangrove at the head
of the bay. There are no rivers in the bay, though the gently
sloping valley would indicate their existence. A village with
several houses are located about 0.8 mile NW of Daca Point.
60
 MACAMBOL (MAKUMBOL) is a barrio about 2.5
miles SE of Daca Point where fresh water may be obtained.
MAGUM is village about 1.5 miles NW of Tumadgo
Point.
TUMADGO POINT, on the S side of the entrance to
Pujada Bay, is a crumbling cliff rising to a height of 244 m
(800 ft). W of the point the land rises in irregular ridges to
MOUNT HAMIGUITAN, 1,629 m (5,345 ft) high.
FROM TUMADGO POINT to Cape San Agustin the
coast trends in a general S direction for 30 miles. The first
half of this stretch of the coast is characterized by steep cliff-
like points, from the top of which the land rises steeply to
the high mountains. The cliffs are of soft rocks, undermined
by the heavy storm seas striking the coast. The fallen rock
forms huge boulders on the narrow ledge between the high
waterline and the foot of the cliff. In the bights between the
several prominent points of MACAONAN, NAGAS, and
SALASALA, are narrow valleys that rise steeply from the
beach and are not noticeable from offshore. A large rock 3
m (10 ft) high is on the edge of the shore reef, 0.7 mile E
of KABUAYA.
LUBAN ISLAND, 19.5 miles S of Tumadgo Point, is
67 m (219 ft) high. The E side of the island has an almost
perpendicular cliff face, gradually sloping to the mangrove
shoreline on the W side. A large rock 7.6 m (25 ft) high is
close to the cliff. The island and the mainland is joined by
a coral reef bare at low water. At high tide small launches
drawing not more than 1.2 m (4 ft) can pass W of the island
into a small lagoon E of the villages of LUBAN. Entrance
to this lagoon from the S side is made difficult by numerous
boulders on the reef.
About 3 miles N of LAGUM POINT there is a decided
change in the character of the vegetation. The land to the N
is heavily wooded with large trees and has a decided jungle
appearance. To the S the trees are stunted, and from a distance
offshore many palms with large leaves have the appearance
of nipa houses. The coastline is generally steep and rocky.
Deep water is close to the beach and no good anchorages
could be found along this coast. In case of necessity, however,
anchorages may be had at several places very close to the
shore.
CURRENTS - A constant S had been observed off the
E coast of Mindanao, especially at a distance of beyond 4
miles offshore. Eddies are found inshore and the direction
of the current seems to be influenced by the tides. Heavy tide
7-134
rips and swirls are encountered around Luban Island and in
the vicinity S. Within this distance the tides preserve their
influence in some places but near the projecting points the
current remains constant. N of Mayo Bay this current shows
5 itself in strong races, which increase on approaching Pusan
Point, where they attain their greatest force. They are very
violent off Lakud Point and also off Lambajon and Bagaso
Points. In order to lessen the effects of the current vessel
should keep a good distance offshore. Near the coast the sea
10 is always very rough and vessels suffer a good deal from it.
CAUTION - A chemicals dumping ground is located
about 24.2 miles SE of Cape San Agustin Light.
15 PHILIPPINES - INDONESIA EXCLUSIVE
ECONOMIC ZONE LIMIT - The Republic of the
Philippines and the Republic of Indonesia signed the
agreement setting the limits of the Exclusive Economic
Zones (EEZ) of the two countries. The EEZ limit, S of
20 Mindanao Island, runs generally SW and located about 32
miles SE of Cape San Agustin and 19 miles SE of Tapundo
Point in Balut Island. The sea S of the EEZ limit is under
the jurisdiction of the Republic of Indonesia. Refer to the
charts for the full extent and details of the EEZ boundary.
25
PALMAS (MIANGAS) ISLANDS, 48 miles SSE
from Cape San Agustin, is about 1.3 miles long in a SW
direction and 0.7 mile wide. The greater part of the island
is low and covered with coconut palms, the land being only
30 about 1.5 m (5 ft) above high water. The NE part rises to a
series of hills, the highest of which is 111 m (365 ft). The
NE corner is a sheer, vertical cliff 45 m (150 ft) high. The
island is surrounded by a wide coral reef. A break in the reef
in front of the village on the SW shore is the best practically
35 the only landing place for small boats. The islands are under
the jurisdiction of Indonesia.
Anchorage may be had off this break in the reef about
183 m from the boulder line in 31.1 m. A small anchor should
40 be used to prevent dragging off the ledge into deep water.
This place is protected from the heavy NE swell but exposed
to SW winds. Anchorage may be had also 548 m ENE from
the extreme S end of the island in 32.9 to 36.6 m, sand bottom,
with an ample clearance from the shore reef for moderate-
45 sized vessels. This anchorage is subject to swirls and tide rips.
A strong S current splits on the bank, extending more than
a mile off the N end of the island, causing violent overfalls
and bubbling water in that vicinity and a considerable eddy
near the reef to the S. The mean range of tide was found to
50 be about 1.1 m (3.5 ft).
 CHAPTER 8
SULU ARCHIPELAGO
CHARTS 4707 AND 4722
THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO, comprising more than
300 islands of various sizes, extends from Basilan Strait
on the SW extremity of Mindanao for 220 miles in a SW
direction to Alice Channel, off the NE coast of Borneo.
These islands can be conveniently divided into three principal
groups-that of Basilan on the E, Jolo in the center, and Tawi-
Tawi to the W. Under this three main groups of several other
smaller island groups are found.
The inhabitants are nearly all Muslims speaking a 10
Malayan dialect which they write with Arabic characters.
The inhabitants engage in cultivating rice, fishing, and
raising of horses, cattle, and poultry. There are several rubber
plantations on Basilan Island. The Sulu Archipelago enjoys
a much more even and cooler temperature than Mindanao; 15
the nights are sensibly cool and, although the islands abound
in water, mosquitoes are not troublesome. These islands
are seldom, if ever, visited by gales, although strong winds
and heavy rains are not uncommon. The principal articles
of commerce are pearls, dried seaweed, rubber and copra. 20
Regular ferry and cargo vessels and airplane communication
is maintained between Zamboanga, Jolo, and Manila. Local
travel is mostly by vintas, small motorboats, or sailing
vessels.
Government - The Sulu Archipelago, excluding Isabela
City in Basilan Island, is part of the Bangsamoro Bangsamoro
Autonomous Region in Muslim Mindanao (BARMM) and is
composed of the provinces of Basilan, Sulu and Tawi-Tawi.
The waters surrounding the islands of the archipelago
up to 15 km from the coastline is considered part of the
municipal waters of the coastal cities and towns. The waters
surrounding the islands of the archipelago up to 19 km from
the coastline is considered part of the regional waters of
BARMM.
Port Management - All ports and berthing facilities of the Sulu Archipelago. Refer to the nautical charts for the
in SuluArchipelago, excluding those in Isabela City, are extent and details of the TC.
managed by Bangsamoro Ports Management Authority, 40
which has the following contact details:
the exception of government vessels involved in maritime
Address: G/F PPA Cotabato Administrative Bldg., Port law enforcement duties.
Area, Rajah Tabunaway Blvd., Cotabato City
Telephone: (+6364) 421-1060 & (+6364) 552-1154 45
E-mail: rpma@bangsamoro.gov.ph government agencies:
Website: bpma.bangsamoro.gov.ph
Customs - The Bureau of Customs has offices in the
ports of Jolo, Tawi-Tawi, and Basilan. 50
Immigration - The Bureau of Immigration has field
offices in Jolo, Sulu, Bongao, Tawi-Tawi, and Taganak
(Turtle Islands).
Distress and Rescue - Vessels in distress and requiring
assistance may contact Zamboanga MRCC via VHF channel
16. The MRCC may also be contacted at telephone and fax
numbers (+6362) 993-1004, (+6362) 991-8293 and (+6362)
5 992-6644 or at mobile number +63917-9747501.
Coast Guard District - BARMM is the unit of the
Philippine Coast Guard (PCG) that provides coast guard
services in Sulu Archipelago. Coast guard stations are located
in various areas of the archipelago.
The Maritime Group of the Philippine National Police
(PNP), which has a station in Bongao, can also be called
during distress.
The Philippine Navy may also be called to assist vessels
in distress. The Sulu Archipelago is under the jurisdiction
of Philippine Navy's - Naval Forces Western Mindanao
(NFWM), which may be contacted through Coast Watch
Zamboanga at VHF Channel 16 or at mobile phone no.
+63905-2424905.
Reporting Procedure - All vessels, including pleasure
craft and seaplanes, must establish contact with Zamboanga
25 Coast Watch Station on entering, departing or passing the
Basilan Strait. The station is operated by the Philippine Navy.
Contact may be made at VHF Channel 16 by calling Coast
Watch Zamboanga.
30 Recommended Route - A Transit Corridor (TC), which
was established in the Sulu Archipelago, serves as safety
areas are being patrolled by the Philippine government to
allow safe passage of commercial vessels. The TC is not a
Traffic Separation Scheme and is not marked by any aids
35 to navigation.
The operational area of the TC covers the whole area
The TC applies to all vessels transiting this area with
Vessels that will use the TC must report to the following
National Coast Watch Center (NCWC)
E-mail: ncwatchcenter@gmail.com
Coast Guard Action Center (CGAC)
VHF: Channel 16
Telephone: (+632) 527-3877
Mobile phone: +63917-7243682
8-1
 E-mail: cgac@coastguard.gov.ph
Maritime Research Information Center (MRIC)
Telephone: (+632) 843-1833
Mobile phone: +63917-7085248
E-mail: mric@nav.ph
Vessels navigating in the TC should comply with the
following rules of passage:
1. Vessels wishing to enter the TC should inform
the NCWC, CGAC, and MRIC of the vessel's routing
information 24 hrs in advance.
2. Before entering the TC, the vessel should report
to the nearest Littoral Monitoring Station (LMS) in the
following format:
"Security, Security. This is (Name of Vessel). I am
entering the (name of sea lane) with a speed of _____ and
course ____. Present position: (Latitude/Longitude) or
at vicinity (nearest point of reference). Status: (example:
underway, all is well, under attack, or in distress)."
3. Vessels in the TC are required to report their
position and status every hour or as necessary.
In the event of piracy or armed attack, vessels should
immediately notify the nearest LMS, CGAC, MRIC, and
the NCWC.
BASILAN ISLAND GROUP
( CHARTS 1528, 4511, 4540 & 4543 )
This group of islands, situated off the SW end of the
Zamboanga Peninsula, is comprised of Basilan Island, Pilas
Group, and Tapiantana Group.
BASILAN ISLAND, the principal and largest island of
the group is 32 miles long E and W and 20 miles wide. The
greater part of the island is mountainous and heavily wooded.
The highest peak, BASILAN PEAK, 1,011 m (3,317
ft,) high, is somewhat S of the center of the island. Most of
the higher mountains are frequently covered by clouds. The
shores are largely bordered by a low belt of sand and coral
debris on which mangrove swamps have formed. There are
no large rivers and no good watering places. Many of the
small rivers can be entered by small boats only at high water
and most of them are impassable on account of fallen trees
at a short distance from their mouths.
MALAMAUI ISLAND is off the NW coast of Basilan
Basilan Island and part of Mindanao from north-northwestward
Island, from which it is separated by Isabela Channel. It is 113
m (370 ft.) high. All the available land is under cultivation,
mainly planted to coconuts, the valuable timber for which the
island was noted having nearly all been cleared off. Malamaui
5 Light (06° 44' 38"N., 121° 59' 27"E.) is displayed just SW
of the E end of the island.
Diki (06° 42' 39"N., 121° 58' 10"E.) is the barrio on the
S coast of Malamaui Island that is located across Isabela City.
10 It is the most populous area on the island. The barrio has
two 25-meter long concrete wharves that are used by boats
ferrying passengers and goods from Isabela City. Panigayan
is the small barrio near the W end of the island.
15 LAMPINIGAN ISLAND, 57 m (188 ft) high, and 0.6
mile long E and W, is 4 miles W from the W entrance to
Isabela Channel. It is covered with coconuts which grow to
the water’s edge at many places.
20 PAMELUKAN BANK is about 2 miles W from the W
side of Malamaui Island. From the position where the least
water, 1.4 m is found, the highest part of Lampinigan Island
bears 227o and Moro Island, 103o. The remainder of the bank
has 9.1 to 18.3 m of water over it.
25
There is a long shoal W from Pamelukan Bank,
stretching E and W for 4 miles, which has two patches of 6.9
m on it, 1.8 miles 347o and 2 miles 305o, respectively, from
the summit of Lampinigan Island. Besides these shoals there
30 are several banks NW of Malamaui on which the least depth
found was 11 to 14.6 m. Strong irregular currents and tide
rips are found in the vicinity of all these shoals.
MALAMAUI ROAD, SW of the island of the same
35 name, affords a safe anchorage for vessels of all sizes and
is particularly convenient when they make Port Isabela
after nightfall when the entrance into the channel would be
dangerous. The holding ground is good and strong winds
are rare.
40
The shores are generally low and bordered by coral reefs.
Abreast the streams there is usually sufficient depth over the
reef at high water to permit entrance of a ship’s boat, and
it is advisable to make landings at these points, as there is
45 frequently enough surf to damage a boat attempting to land
along the shore at other places.
A coral shoal with 2.7 m (9 ft) over it is 1.2 miles 233o
from Moro Island.
50
The best anchorage will be found SW of this shoal in
the vicinity of SAN RAFAEL BAY and small vessels can
anchor close in, E of BALATANAI ISLAND.
8-2
 In approaching this anchorage from the N Pamalukan
Bank is the only danger to be avoided. Unless there is
sufficient light to make out Balatanai Island and the high
land behind it, it is advisable to pass W of Pamelukan Bank
and head for Lampinigan Island which usually can be easily 5
distinguished. The general character of the land makes it
difficult to estimate distances at night. Lampinigan Island
may be approached safely and from its vicinity Balatanai
Island can usually be made out, or good anchorage may be
had S of Lampinigan Island. 10
MORO ISLAND, close to the S side of Malamaui
Island, is low, covered with trees and brush, and generally
visible from a distance of 7 miles.
15
About 274 m SE from Moro Island there is an extensive
reef awash nearly always covered by driftwood and well
marked by the ripple round edges; part of the sand is always
above water. Two wooden piles marked the W and S limits
of this reef. 20
ISABELA CITY, on the NW coast of Basilan Island, is
about 1.8 miles E from the W entrance to Isabela Channel.
It is the commercial center of Basilan Island. Present in the
city are shopping malls, grocery stores, public markets, small
stores, and courier and parcel delivery services. Finacial
institutions in the city are branches of major commercial
banks, government banks, money remittance centers,
and money changers. Hardware stores and stores selling
autmotive and motorcycle parts are also present. The Basilan
General Hospital is the major medical facility in the city
that can handle major cases. Private hospitals and clinics
are also present.
The city is connected by road to other towns of Basilan
Island. Ferry vessels calls daily from Zamboanga City.
The nearest airport is in Zamboanga City. The city has a
post office, parcel and courier delivery service, telephone
connection, mobile phone communication, and Internet
connection. Several private companies have light airplanes
and speedboats for emergency transportations.

At 274 m W from Moro Island there is a small shoal Channels - The approach to Isabela may be made from
with a depth of 4.6 m (15 ft). The channel on either side of the W, through Malamaui Road, or from the NE which is
Moro Island may be taken, but that on the N of the island marked by Malamaui Light. The W entrance is generally
and S of Malamaui is deeper and wider. 25 used by ocean going vessels calling at Isabela to load lumber
and rubber. The NE entrance is used by international vessels
KALUT ISLAND is in the bight on the E side of and ferry boats from Zamboanga. Entrance to Isabela is
Malamaui Island from which it is separated by a very narrow, not recommended during night time except with local
deep channel. knowledge.
30
ISABELA CHANNEL (CHART 4543) is a deep, Tides & Currents - The tide at Isabela has a diurnal
narrow strait between Malamaui Island and Basilan Island. range of 0.67 m. The high and low water occur about the
Both sides of the channel are lined with mangroves except same time as that of Jolo. The current through the channel
for sand spits at each end and coasts of Isabela City and the is tidal, the ebb flowing NE with a velocity of 4 to 5 knots.
barrio of Diki. The sides of the channel are fringed by coral, 35
almost vertical, with the mangroves growing nearly to the The period of ebb is considerably longer than the flood
edge, and in most places a vessel can go within a small boat’s which has a velocity of about 1 knot less. Heavy tide rips
length off the mangroves. may be encountered at the entrances when the wind is against
the current. Just W of Malamaui Island some set N or S will
Prominent Features - The N approach to the channel 40 usually be found. This current diminishes as the distance
is marked by Malamaui Light. A chimney located 0.3 mile from Malamaui increases.
W of downtown Isabela and the two radio towers, with
obstruction lights, located 0.6 mile and 1 mile ENE of the It was reported that the tidal current along Isabela
chimney are good landmarks. Channel reaches at a maximum of 6 knots so that vessels
45 sometimes must dock against the current.
Dangers - There is a shoal with a depth of 0.4 m (0.2 fm)
on the E side of the N approach, 0.4 mile ESE of Malamaui Port Management - TMO-Isabela operates the
Light. Other dangers in the channel which should be avoided government wharf fronting the city. The port can accommodate
are: a 4.6 m (2.5 fm) shoal 137 m E of Kalut Island; a 0.9 vessels with LOA up to 75 m and maximum draft of 5 m.
m (0.5 fm) shoal about 0.6 mile NE of Isabela; a 6.4 m (3.5 50 The TMO can be contacted at telephone number (+6362)
fm) shoal about 735 m NE of Isabela and a 4.6 m (2.5 fm) 200-3640.
shoal 183 m NW of it; the shoal SE of Moro Island which
bares at low water; the shoals W of Moro Island; and the Customs - Customs clearance may be had from the
reef that extends SW of the W end of Malamaui Island. The customs officers stationed in Isabela City.
shoals and reefs near the entrance to the W approach can be 55
avoided by following the marked channels leading to Isabela. Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station located
near the government wharf may be contacted at mobile phone
Caution - It was reported that a power cable, with no. +63905-2422958. The VHF Digital Selective Calling
vertical clearance of 26 m, crosses the channel. (DSC) station in Zamboanga City may also be contacted
60 during distress. The details of the DSC system may be read

8-3
in Chapter 2 of this publication.
Berthing Facilities - The government wharf (06° 42'
29"N., 121° 58' 14"E.) has a total length of about 350 m. The
controlling depth alongside the wharf is 5 m below MLLW.
An 18 m by 11 m RoRo ramp is at the SW end of the wharf.
There is a 1,348 sq m of open storage area.
A small pier for boats is located about 0.7 mile SW of
the SW end of the government wharf.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
at the government wharf. Forklifts are available.
Supplies & Repairs - Limited quantities of supplies,
provisions, and gasoline may be obtained. Fresh water is
available at the government wharf. Fuel oil is available.
Minor ship repairs and welding jobs can be performed.
Anchorage - Vessels may anchor in 23.8 to 25.6 m (13
to 14fm) about 1 mile W of Moro Island to wait for the pilot.
Anchorage may also be had off the wharves in 11 to 14.6 m
(6 to 8 fm), sand and coral bottom.
Directions - Northeast Approach: Enter the channel 25
to pass about 228 m E of Malamaui Light. When the light
is abeam steer 210o following mid-channel courses for 1.5
miles. When abeam of the mouth of the creek 0.8 mile SW
of BINUAHAN RIVER on Basilan Island, alter course to
221o, and proceed to the anchorage or wharves. 30
West Approach: There are two channels in Malamaui
Road leading to Isabela, the N channel between Moro Island
and Malamaui Island and the S channel between Basilan
and Moro Island. To enter the N channel, come to a position
0.5 mile W of the SW extremity of Malamaui Island, steer
SE and when the extremity bears 000o, alter course to 067o.
When abeam of the wooden pile off the S shore of Malamaui
Island, haul E, steer 109o heading for the smokestack near
the wharf then proceed to the anchorage or go alongside the
wharf. To enter through the S channel, come to the initial
position as stated above and continue on a SE course. When
the W wharf bears 081o, veer E and head a little bit N of it
on this bearing. Give the wooden pile marking S limit of the
reef SE of Moro Island a berth of at least 68 m, then anchor
or go alongside the wharf.
Pilotage in and out of the Port of Isabela is optional. A
pilot is stationed in Isabela City and foreign vessels calling
to load lumber or rubber may engage his services by previous 50
arrangement. Pilot boards about 1 mile W of Moro Islet.
Berthing and unberthing is allowed during daytime only. is connected to Isabela City by the Basilan Circumferential
Tugs are available.
FROM BASILAN POINT to the N entrance point to 55 machine repairs can be performed. The only available health
Maluso Bay the shoreline is heavily wooded to the water’s facilities is the health center while the the nearest hospital is
edge. Coral and mangroves fringe it most of the way. Several in Isabela City. The town has mobile phone communication
stream empty here but none of them are navigable on account and Internet connection.
of shoal water, snags and fallen trees.
60
BAGBAGON RIVER off Basilan Point is accessible
to small boats for about 0.5 mile but from that point it is
blocked by fallen trees and snags.
5 PANGASAHAN ISLAND, a small island close
to the W side of Basilan Island, appears to be a part of
the mainland. The E side of Pangasahan Island is mostly
bordered by mangroves; the W side is fast land with a thick
growth of bushes.
10
PANGASAHAN CHANNEL is deep but narrow and
winding between Basilan and Pangasahan Island. It is fringed
with mangrove and the small streams that empty into it are
closed to navigation by obstruction at their mouths. This
15 channel affords good shelter for small boats.
PANGASAHAN HILL, 283 m (929 ft.) high to the top
of the trees, is prominent from all directions. The land slopes
gradually towards the coast and a few scattered clearings
20 are seen.
LAWILA, the barrio at the mouth of Pangasahan River,
has small marginal wharf. Motor launches call from Isabela
City and Jolo.
MALUSO BAY is open to W but affords anchorage out
of the strong tidal currents that sweep through the channels of
the Sulu Archipelago. The shores consist of a narrow ridge of
sand and broken coral, back of which are the usual mangrove
swamps. There are several reefs about 548 m offshore with
deep water close to them and also a small island in the N
part of the bay.
CANABUNGAN RIVER, emptying into the N part
35 of the bay, is wide but shoal and can be entered only by
small bancas.
THE MALUSO RIVER is used by a large number
of vintas and bancas and is kept clear of fallen trees and
40 logs. Shoal water, about 0.9 m (3 ft), with several coral
heads awash at low water, extends over 0.5 mile offshore
in this part of Maluso Bay. Several small streams bordered
by mangroves empty into the bay between the Canabungan
and Maluso Rivers.
45
PORT HOLLAND (CHART 4540), at the SE part
of Maluso Bay, is formed by Great Gounan Island and the
small peninsula forming the town of Maluso. It affords well-
protected anchorage for small vessels.
MALUSO is the town at the S coast of Port Holland. It
Road. The town has a public market, small stores, drug
stores, and money remittance center. Only minor welding and
Tides & Currents - It was reported that currents along
8-4
the face of the wharf lag about one-half hour behind the tides Pilotage is not compulsory but is recommended for
and have a maximum strength of 2 to 3 knots, strongest on vessels that don't have local knowledge of the area. Advanced
the ebb which sets SW against the face of the dock. On the notice must be sent for pilots in Isabela City. Pilots boards
flood the tidal currents sets NE and off the face of the wharf. off Little Gounan Island.
5
Dangers - There is a shoal of sand with a depth of 6.9 GREAT GOUNAN ISLAND, about 365 m NW of Port
m (3.8 fm) NE of Great Gounan Island and another with a Holland, is sparsely wooded and partly under cultivation.
depth of 8.7 m (4.8 fm) about 0.5 mile N of Little Gounan The island is 100 m (330 ft) high and is prominent, although
Island. These shoals and the shoal water extending off the it does not stand out when seen against the background of
mouth of Maluso River make it hazardous to pass N and E 10 the mainland.
of Great Gounan Island in the absence of the aids.
LITTLE GOUNAN ISLAND is 548 m NW of Great
Port Management - The government wharves fronting Gounan Island, low, and covered with small trees and a few
the town is managed by BPMA. straggling coconuts. There is a wreck, with mast showing,
15 lies 1.25 miles NNW of the island.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63915-3229160. KAPISAHIN ISLAND is a small mangroves island in
a cove 0.5 mile S of Port Holland. ANCHORAGE while
Berthing Facilities - The town has two government loading logs may be had off this cove with the W tangent of
concrete wharves with the length of 121 m and 204 m meters. 20 Great Gounan bearing due N.
The 121-meter long wharf is for ferry and fishing boats. The
204-meter long wharf can accommodate bigger vessels and GORENO AND TAKELA ISLANDS are covered
has 2 mooring dolphins. with mangrove, TENGOLAN, PANDAK, DALAUAN, and
LANGAS ISLANDS are lightly wooded, and SICAGOT,
Directions - The wharf can be approached from the N 25 KALUITAN, and SIBAKEL ISLANDS are heavily wooded.
and the S. The N approach channel should be used during All are low and uninhabited. Tide rips frequently occur off
the period of rising tide, the S channel during the falling the points of the islands. A reef with 0.5 m of water is 183
tide. Vessels in transit of the N approach, pass 0.5 mile N of m off the NE side of Goreno Island and a 8.7-meter shoal is
Little Gounan Island, avoiding the 8.7 m (4.8 fm) depth, and 0.5 mile N. The latter shoal is about 548 m W from the track
follow the buoyed channel (black buoys to port). 30 to Port Holland when approaching from the N. Shoal water
extends almost 1 mile SE of Kaluitan Island about 0.5 mile
In the S approach, pass in mid-channel between Great N of Sibakel Island.
Gounan Island and the coast of Maluso town. No. 1 Buoy is
moored close S of the island; No. 2 Buoy and No. 4 Buoy The 5.5-meter shoal 548 m SE of Sicagot Island, a
mark the channel. 35 2.7-meters shoal 548 m N of Langas Island, and a 8.7-meter

The town of Maluso as viewed from the W.

(Photograph - BPMA, April 2021)

8-5
shoal 548 m S of Tengolan Island are dangers to be avoided
when approaching Port Holland from the vicinity of Mataja
Island. All the shoals are generally marked by swirls and
tide rips.
THE TIDAL CURRENT through these channels is
irregular in direction and frequently attains a velocity of over
3 knots. Between Mataja Island and Sicagot island the slacks
occur at about the times of high and low waters at Cebu.
The N strength occurs about 3 hrs after low water and the S
strength about 3 hrs after high water at Cebu.
Between Tamuk Island and Basilan Island the slacks
occur about 1 hr before high and low water at Cebu. The N
strength occurs about 2 hrs after low water and the S strength
about 2 hrs after high water at Cebu.
TAMUK ISLAND, about 1 mile in diameter and 75
m (245 ft) high to the top of trees, is heavily wooded. A tall
tree on the summit of the island forms a good landmark for 20
this vicinity. A 8.7-meter (4.8-fathom) shoal is 1.3 miles NW
of the island. CANCUMAN ISLAND, a small, clean islet
about 1.5 miles E of the S end of Tamuk Island, is planted
with hemp and coconuts. There is a lone prominent tree on
the island. 25
CANAS ISLAND AND LAHATLAHAT ISLAND
are two small mangrove islands separated from the shore of
Basilan by deep but narrow channels. CANAS SHOAL, with
4.6 m of water over it, is 0.5 mile W of Canas Island. A reef
with depths of 4.6 m (2.5 fm) and 4.1 m (2.2 fm) extends
from 548 m to 1 mile SE of Lahatlahat Island. The barrio of
Cabcaban is on the E side of Canas Channel.
The SW and S coasts of Basilan are fringed by a
mangrove swamp through which several rivers enter the
sea. Many of the rivers can be entered by small boats and
launches. Vintas and launches towing log rafts are the
principal traffic along this coast. Larger vessels can navigate
with safety by keeping 1 mile off the coast.
MANGAL POINT is a heavily wooded strip of sand
beach about 3 m (10 ft) above high water along the outer
edge of the mangrove swamp. There are similar stretches
of beach to the E of this point, most of them being only 9
to 13 m wide.
THE MANGAL RIVER has depths of 1.8 m (1 fm)
and 3.7 m (2 fm) inside the bar and is navigable by small
boats drawing not over 0.9 m for a distance of about a mile.
The best channel across the bar is near the W side. Mangrove
extends about 548 m from the entrance, beyond which there
is a steep wooded cliff from 30 to 61 m (100 to 200 ft) high.
SUMISIP, the town at the mouth of Mangal River,
has a 200 m causeway pier extending SE of it. The town
is connected by road to the Basilan Circumferential Road.
Sumisip District Hospital, which is a small governmnet
hospital, is the available medical facility.
BIHINTINUSA ISLAND is separated from Basilan
by a deep, clear channel 0.8 mile wide. The island is low,
surrounded by coral reef, and shoal water extends 1.8 miles E.
5 BIHINTINUSA CHANNEL, between Bihintinusa
Island and Basilan Island, is protected from heavy seas but
the strong currents which flow through the channel make
anchorage precarious.
10 TUMAJUBUN POINT on the N side of the channel
is rocky, clear, and steep. It is an excellent landmark in this
vicinity.
THE BULIBULI, MANICAN, AND PONSAYAN
15 RIVERS along the shore are small salt water sloughs used
by bancas and small craft. Small boats can ascend to a
distance of about 0.5 mile from the entrances.
AMOYLOI ANCHORAGE(CHART 4540) affords
good anchorage which is protected from S swells. The E
entrance is almost closed by two shoals having a depth of
2.3 to 5 m .This channel should not be used unless the shoals
are buoyed. There is a large shoal area in the W entrance
with a least depth of 2.7 m. The channel between this shoal
and the coast of Basilan is deep but only about 137 m wide.
Between the shoal and the shoals extending off the Amoyloi
Reef there is an effective depth of 10.1 m. In the absence of
aids to navigation the chart is the best guide. The anchorage
is S of the town in 27.4 to 36.6 m fine sand bottom.
30
KAULUAN CHANNEL (CHART 4540) has a general
N and S direction and leads from deep water S of Kauluan
Island to an anchorage W of Takippamasilaan Reef. It carries
depths in excess of 18.3 m after crossing a shoal area at the
35 S entrance where depths of 5.9 m are found. The channel is
bordered by coral reef, the projecting points in some places
leaving a channel width of only 91 m. The anchorage is in
21.9 to 27.4 m sand bottom. The best approach, however,
both as to depth and width of channel is from the N through
40 Bojelebung Channel. There are several other channels
through the reefs, but they are narrow, tortuous, and in many
cases blocked by fish traps.
LAKIT (06° 27' 43"N., 122° 11' 32"E.), the barrio at
45 coast of Basilan near the S entrance to Kauluan Channel, has
a 30 m long concrete wharf fronting it.
KAULUAN ISLAND is mostly mangrove swamp on
a coral reef that bares at low water. TAKIPPAMASILAAN
50 ISLAND is a narrow ridge of sand and coral boulders near
the S and outer edge of the TAKIPPAMASILAN REEF. The
greater part of the reef itself is covered at all stages of the tide.
BOJELEBUNG CHANNEL (CHART 4540) is a deep
55 E and W channel leading from seaward toward the shore
a little to the S of BOHELEBUNG (BOJELEBUNG), the
largest and most important barrio on the E coast of Basilan.
It has telephone and bus connection with Lamitan and
Isabela City.
60
8-6
 The government wharf of Lamitan at Kulibato Point with Basilan Island in the background.
(Photograph - BPMA, April 2021)
Anchorage is off the barrio in 29.3 to 31.1 m coral
bottom. Swinging room is limited and strangers should
exercise utmost caution. In approaching Bojelebung Channel
bring the grassy 207-meter (680 ft) hill to bear 268o and steer
in on this course. Several sand cays on the reefs both N and
S of the channel are always above water.
BANAH, the barrio about 0.6 mile NE of Bohelebung,
has a 130 m long T-shaped pier.
TAKUT TANGUG BAY is a large open bay between
Kauluan Island and Matanal Point. It affords anchorage in
the NW part, partly protected by the TAKUT TANGUG
SHOALS which extends to within 1 mile of the Kandiis
River. The depths over the shoals vary from 0.5 to 9.1 m.
Inside these shoals is an area about 3 sq miles with depths
from 18.3 to 40.2 m coral and sand bottom.
The channel on the N part of the bay between the shoals
and the coral reef at the mouth of the Kandiis River is about 20
685 m wide between the 9.1-meter curves. Small vessels can
find better protected anchorage in the mouth of KANDIIS
RIVER in about 3.7 m mud bottom. Small boats can ascend
to the river about 1 mile, where the depth is 1.8 m (6 ft) but
the channel is blocked by fallen trees. 25
CANDIIS, the barrio about 1.5 miles E of the mouth of
Kandiis River, has a 115 m long causeway jetty.
MATANAL POINT is the easternmost point of Basilan 30
Island. There are several prominent peaks near the E coast
of Basilan.
MOUNT COBUNG, 592 m (1,942 ft) high, is cone-
shaped; MOUNT SINING CAPAN, 538 m (1,765 ft) and
MOUNT MATANAL, 611 m (2,004 ft) high, are good
landmarks for vessels approaching from E. They are all
5 heavily wooded.
The NE coast of Basilan is a succession of mangrove
and of sand and broken coral beaches. There are no outlying
dangers except in the bay between Calagusang and Batupare
10 Points, where there is a rock awash and several shoals with
depths of 5 and 7.8 m.
HADJI MOHAMMAD AJUL (TUBURAN), the town
about 3.5 miles NW of Matanal Point, has a 200 m long
15 Y-shaped pier. It is connected by road to Lamitan.
LAMITAN CITY (06° 40' 09"N., 122° 08' 49"E.), the
provincial capital of Basilan Province, is on the NE coast
of Basilan Island, on the S bank of GUBAUAN RIVER,
and 1 mile inland SW from its mouth. The city has public
markets, grocery stores, money remittance centers, courier
and parcel delivery services, gasoline stations, and hardware
stores.Government and private hospitals and clinics are
present in the city. Telephone connection, mobile phone
communications and Internet connection are available.
KULAY BATO is the barrio at the mouth of Gubauan
River. It is connected by road to Lamitan City. About 0.7
mile ENE of it is the government wharf at Kulibato Point.
Interisland vessels go alongside to load. Copra, rice, corn,
hemp, and cattle are shipped. There is a daily launch service
with Zamboanga and public transportation with Bojelebung
and Isabela City. Nearest medical facilities are available at
8-7
Lamitan City.
Major Light - Kulay Bato Light (06° 40' 18"N., 122°
09' 38"E.) is displayed from Kulibato Point.
Port Management - The government wharf is managed
by Bangsamoro Ports Management Authority. The port can
accommodate vessels with 495 GRT and 53 m LOA.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in
Kulay Bato may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63916-
6813984. The VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station
in Zamboanga City may also be contacted during distress.
Berthing Facilities - The government wharf at Kulibato
Point has a length of 165 m. Controlling depth alongside the
wharf is 10 m below MLLW. A RoRo ramp is also available.
A 120 m long concrete jetty extends NE from Kulay
Bato.
Port Services - Cargo handling services are available
at the government wharf.
Pilotage is not compulsory.
KALUDLUD ISLAND is about 7 miles WSW of
Sangboy Islands and is sand and coral with some mangroves
on the W coast.
5 GRIFFIN ROCKS, with a depth of 3.4 m (11 ft) is
about 2.5 miles W of Kaludlud Island.
BRUTUS REEF with a known depth of 2.3 m (1.3 fm)
is a rocky shoal 6.5 miles W of the S end of Kaludlud Island.
10
DASSALAN ISLAND, one mile SE of Kaludlud Island,
has a sand beach on the E coast, a short stretch of the same
at the S end, and another at the entrance to a small lagoon on
the W side. This lagoon can only be entered by small boats
15 at high water due to coral heads in the channel. A limited
anchorage for launches may be found in a bight in the reef
at the S end of the island. This part of Dassalan Island has
been cleared for coconut plantations and settlement.
20 SALKULAKIT and LAKIT ISLANDS are small,
rocky islets ranging from 11 to 23.8 m (36 to 78 ft) in height,
near the W edge of the large bank extending SW from the
Sangboy Islands. The bank has a general depth of less than
18.3 m (10 fm) with a number of shoals having depths of
25 6.4 m (3.5 fm) and 7.3 m (4 fm).

Anchorage - Good anchorage may be found in LOOK FAVORITE BANK is almost midway between
SAMBANG BAY in 18.3 m (10 fm) about 548 m NW from Kaludlud and Tubigan Islands. It extends about 12 miles N
KALIBATO POINT. The anchorage being free from hazards and S and 3 miles E and W within the 20-meter curve. The
and outside of the typhoon belt is considered safe. Pilotage 30 least water found, 7.8 m, is at position 06o 37' 48"N., 21o
is not necessary. 03' 48"E. and there is another shoal spot of 8.7 m about 3
miles N of it; 9.1-meter spots are near the N end of the bank.
PILAS GROUP (CHART 1528, 1530, 4511 and 4518)
is the name given to a group of island situated W and NW PANGUTARAN REEF (06o 32’ 48"N., 120o 58’ 05"E.),
of Basilan. 35 SW of Favorite Bank, is another bank roughly circular in
form and 8 miles in diameter with several dangerous shoals.
TEINGA ISLAND (06° 53' 38"N., 121° 35' 25"E.), the The least water 2.2 m (1.2 fm). This shoal is frequently
most N of the group, is 12.4 miles N of Pilas Island, from marked by breakers, but there are shoals of 4.1, 6.4 and 8.7
which the group takes its name. It is low and flat, rising in the m upon the bank. The position of these shoals can be best
N part to an elevation of 4.6 m (15 ft). The island is heavily 40 understood by reference to the chart.
wooded, has a few coconut trees near the S end, and has a
few people living on it. It is surrounded by a well-defined TIDAL CURRENT over these banks generally sets N
reef, the depth dropping abruptly to 11 or 12.8 m (6 to 7 fm) and S with swirls and tide rips in the vicinity of the shoals.
and then varying irregularly to the edge of the bank on which The N edge of the banks is often marked by heavy tide rips,
the Pilas Islands are situated. A depth of 10.5 m (5.7 fm) was 45 especially during the NE monsoon or when the wind is
found about 2.5 miles NE of Teinga Island. against the current.

SANGBOY ISLANDS, about 4 miles SW of Teinga
island, are two remarkable islands, often visible when the
high land on Basilan is in the clouds. Both islands are low
with several coconut groves but each has a wooded hill in
their N parts, the hills rising to heights of 168 m (551 ft) and
245 m (804 ft). The shores are sandy with the exception of
the N parts which are covered with boulders. The settlements
on the islands are located on the coast bordering the channel
separating the two. Small piers for use of boats front the
settlements
SWIRL REEF, with a depth of 4.1 m (2.2 fm) is 0.5
mile W of the N part of South Sangboy Island.
PILAS ISLAND (06° 38' 53"N., 121° 36' 25"E.) is the
largest of the islands W of Basilan. It is low and flat except
50 in the N part, where there are two hills close together, 173
and 149 m (567 and 490 ft) high.
There are few outcroppings of rocks on the N coast of
the island; the remainder of the shoreline is mostly mangrove
55 on a coral formation. The action of the waves has piled up a
ridge of broken coral, inside of which the land is practically
submerged at high water. The entrances to the two lagoons
shown on the charts are on the E side of the island, but the
channels are almost bare at low water. The island is heavily
60 wooded, the mangrove at the points extending out beyond

8-8
the low water line. Settlements are located along the coast with 5.5 m of water over it, is 10 miles 276o from Panducan
of the island. Each settlement has a small pier for boats. Point on Pilas Island.

A bank with general depths of 11 m (6 fm) to 18.3 m (10
fm) extends 10 miles S of PANDUCAN POINT, the most
S part of Pilas Island. There are several shoal spots of 7.8
and 8.7 m on this bank, the location of which can be best
understood by reference to the charts.
HALCON ROCK, 10.7 miles SSW from Mindoro
5 Shoal, is a smooth ledge about 9 m in diameter. It bares 1.5
m (5 ft) at mean low water and always breaks except in a
perfectly smooth sea. It is steep-to and surrounded by depths
of 36.6 to 54.9 m.

A shoal with a known depth of 4.1 m is 3.3 miles SW 10 PABUNUAN SHOAL, consisting of coral sand and
of Panducan Point and another shoal with a known depth of shells, is about 5 miles long N and S and 2 miles wide E
3.7 m is 5 miles WSW of the same point. and W. The shoalest part, 3.6 m is 6 miles 237o from Halcon
Rock. Depths of less than 9.1 m extend 1.5 miles N, E, and
TAGUTU ISLAND, 56 m (185 ft) high, is 0.5 mile off S of the 3.7-meter patch.
the E coast of Pilas Island. Shoal water extends over 0.5 mile 15
S of the island, but the W, N and E sides are steep-to. The There are several banks N of Pabunuan Shoal with
channel between Tagutu and Pilas is deep and clear. 12.3 to 18.3 m of water over them. The water is very clear
and the bottom can usually be seen in 18.3 m. Currents are
MANANGAL ISLAND, W of Pilas, has a 121 m (397 somewhat irregular and tide rips and overfalls occur near
ft) hill on its W side with a rocky spur somewhat lower to 20 the banks and shoals.
the E. This hill forms an excellent landmark from N or S,
but from W it is not so readily distinguished on account of BALUKBALUK ISLAND (06° 40' 30"N., 121° 42'
the high land E. 35"E.), about 8 miles W of Basilan Point, has a prominent
wooded hill, 160 m (526 ft) high to top of trees, near its N
The channel between Pilas and Manangal Islands 25 end. Coconuts are being planted in a clearing at the base
forms the best protected anchorage in the Pilas group, being of the hill. The S part of the island is low with a mangrove
protected from wind and sea except for a narrow sector from lagoon in the interior.
due S. Entrance may be made either from the N or from the
S. If the latter is used, approach with Pilas Peak on the E MATAJA ISLAND, 4 miles S of Balukbaluk Island, is
tangent of Manangal Island, give Manangal Island a berth 30 heavily wooded with a lagoon along its W side. Shoal water
of about 183 m to avoid two shoals on the Pilas Island side, extends almost 1 mile N of the island. The other sides are
in the S entrance, and anchor close to Manangal Island in steep-to. Mataja Island Light (06° 33' 58"N., 121° 41' 51"E.)
9.1 to 11 m midway of the island. is diplayed near the S point of the island. The tall trees have
obscured the light N of 076o in Pilas Channel and make it
If approaching from N, mid-channel courses should be 35 difficult to see the light structure from W in the daytime.
followed and anchorage taken up as above. There is very More fishing lights sometimes confuse the mariner at night.
little current experienced at this anchorage.
PILAS CHANNEL, 3 miles wide, is deep and clear.
More exposed anchorage may be had N of Manangal, The channel E of Mataja and Balukbaluk Islands is 2.5 miles
sheltered on the E by Pilas Island and on the W by 40 wide, deep, and clear. It is the one usually used in going from
TAMBILUNAY and SALORO ISLANDS and PUJU REEF. Jolo to Zamboanga. The currents in these channels are strong,
No special directions are needed to enter from the W. reaching 6 knots during spring tides.

From the NE, pass close to SE of TAMILA ROCK, 1.2 There is a reported 7.3-meter shoal spot 2.5 miles 148o
m (4 ft) high, with the SW tangent of Tambilunay Island in 45 from Mataja Island Light and a shoal about 2.3 miles long
range with the SE tangent of Siringo Island bearing 203o. with a depth of 8.7 m, 178o from Mataja Island Light.
This course leads over not less than 7.3 m of water. Give
Pilas Island a berth of 548 m head S, and anchor 0.5 mile TAPIANTANA GROUP (CHART 1529 & 4512),
N of Manangal in 20.1 m. Fair weather anchorage, but more about 3 miles S of Basilan Island, comprises four principal
exposed to the tidal currents, may be had at several other 50 islands, namely Bubuan, Linawan, Tapiantana, and Saluping.
places. The latter two have extensive coral reefs to the E on which are
several smaller islands that may eventually be joined to the
THE BANTOLINOS are bare rocky islets; Cujangan, islands by mangroves. All the four islands are comparatively
SIRINGO, PALAJANGAN, MINIS, LEMONDO, ORELL, steep-to on the N and W.
MAMANNAK, PASIGPASILAN, TINUTUNGAN, and 55
TIGUILABUN ISLANDS are all heavily wooded and are on BUBUAN ISLAND (06° 20' 50"N., 121° 58' 09"E.) has
the W side of Pilas Island. They need no special description, an area of about 780 hectares and is bordered by a coral reef
the chart being the best guide to their relative location. which extends almost 0.5 mile to the E. The E and S part of
the island consist of extensive mangrove swamps MOUNT
MINDORO SHOAL (06° 34' 30"N., 121° 27' 10"E.), 60 BULUTBULIBATO, 240 m (786 ft) high, has several small,

8-9
cultivated areas, but the greater part is heavily wooded. The
island is inhabited by Samal who are engaged principally
in fishing and the cultivation of Samal areas of coconut,
bananas, corn, and other products for local consumption.
Bolodbolod Point, on the NW part of the island, is
rocky, being the only part of the island entirely free from
coral. The barrio of Suligan, which has small pier, is just
south of Bolodbolod Point.
LINAWAN ISLAND which is 121 m (396 ft) high near
the center has an area of about 388 hectares, most of which
is under cultivation. A coral reef extends about 274 m S of
the island. Rocky ledges exist at the NW end of the island;
the remainder of the shoreline is sand beach. The barrio of
Kaumpurnah is on the E side of the island. The E and S parts
of the island are under cultivation while the W is the slope
of the hills that are heavily wooded.
TAPIANTANA REEF, is coral formation where the
islands of Tapiantana, Tolonpisa, and Haluluko are located.
TAPIANTANA ISLAND is somewhat similar to
Bubuan Island in formation, mangrove swamp and extensive
coral reef extending E of the high land. Tapiantana Island is 25
well cultivated although there are some heavily wooded areas
on the slope of MOUNT BANCAOBANCAO. The top of this
mountain, 272 m (892 ft) high, is flat and cleared of trees. A
number of piles of loose stones are all that remains of what
was at one time a lookout station. Barrios are located on the 30
N coast of the island and at Tungasunsay Point.
TOLONPISA ISLAND is a long, narrow, sand and
coral spit marking the S limit of the reef bordering Tapiantana
Island. Mangroves grow out from the N side of the spit,
almost joining those extending SE from Tapiantana Island.
HALULUKO ISLAND, NE of Tapiantana Island, is
a small mangrove island on the same reef. A small spit of
broken coral and sand marks the NE edge of Tapiantana Reef.
SALUPING AND TIMBUNGAN ISLANDS, the
most E of Tapiantana Group, are on an extensive coral reef
almost circular in shape. A chain of disconnected coral islets
marks the outer edge of the reef. Saluping Island is low, flat,
and well cultivated. A mangrove swamp extends to the SE.
Timbungan Island is a coral and sand ridge with mangrove
growing on the inshore side.
BALAS SHOAL, between Bubuan and Tapiantana
Islands, is the only danger in the channel between the islands
in the Tapiantana Group. The depth is 1.8 m but shoal water
of 3.7 to 9.1 m extends 1 mile E and W of the shoalest spot.
ANCHORAGE may be had about 0.8 mile N of
Tapiantana Island and also in the channel between Bubuan
and Saluping Islands but the bottom in both places is rocky
and currents are erratic. Heavy tide rips which sometimes
have the appearance of breakers on shoals frequently occur
in the S entrance to these channels.
8-10
TAPIANTANA CHANNEL, between the Tapiantana
Group on the S and Bihintinusa and Basilan Islands on the
N, is wide, deep, and clear. There is a strong tidal current
through this channel. The slack occurs about 3/4 hr before
5 high and low waters at Cebu City. The W strength occurs 2
1/2 hrs after low water and the E strength about 2 hrs after
high water at Cebu City. In the channel among the islands
themselves the current is very irregular in direction, at times
a reverse current existing close inshore.
10
Deep water over 183 m exist close to the S and SE of
this group of islands. The depths in the channel W of the
Tapiantana Group are irregular but no dangers to navigation
were found. Tide rips are numerous in this area.
15
PABABAT SHOAL, a bank of coral and white sand,
has a depth of 14.6 m. There is another bank with depth of
12.3 m 4.5 miles 082o from Tatalan Island.
20 THE SAMALES GROUP
(CHART 1529 & 4512)
This group of islands is on a bank extending 25 miles
in a NE direction from the island of Jolo. They are sparsely
inhabited by the Samal who live principally by fishing.
Barely sufficient produce is raised for their own needs. A
small amount of copra and a few Samal mats are the only
articles of trade.
The channels between the islands are characterized by
strong currents, the strengths setting N or W about 2 hrs after
low water and S or E about 2 hrs after high water at Cebu
City. The slacks occur about 1 hr before high and low waters
at Cebu. Overfalls and tide rips dangerous to small boats may
35 be expected near the shoals and where there is a decided
change in depth. Ton Sandungan Channel between Bucutua
and Bulan Islands is an exception to the foregoing. There is
very little current in the channel or off the N entrance. This
is the best anchorage in the vicinity.
40
TATALAN ISLAND (06° 13' 45"N., 121° 50' 18"E.),
about 1.5 miles long N and S and 0.8 mile wide, is heavily
wooded, with a few coconut trees near the shore. It rises to
an elevation of 108 m (354 ft) in the N part, the S part being
45 low. The barrio of Tattalan is on the E coast of the island.
MANDI ROCK, 2 miles W of the N end of Tatalan
Island, is about 18 m long, 4 m wide, and projects 1.2 m
(4 ft) above high water. It has a depth of 16.5 m around it.
50
SUNGU SHOAL, 9.2 miles W of Tatalan Island and
4.5 miles SE of the E Bolod Island, is a large bank of loose
coral and sand with some clusters of coral boulders upon it.
The shoalest depth is 1.8 m near the SW edge of the bank,
55 with the highest part of East Bolod Island bearing 302o,
distant 4.5 miles. There are other clusters of boulders about
0.8 mile to the E of the 1.8 m area with depths of 8.2 and
8.7 m. Strong TIDE RIPS are often found in the vicinity and
their exact location is hard to distinguish. There are several
60 banks with depths of 12.8 to 18.3 m of water on them N and
NE of Sungu Shoal. They are generally steep-to with strong (7 ft) may be carried through the N entrance and anchorage
tidal currents in their immediate vicinity. taken well inside the entrance points. The S half of the Ton
Sandungun Channel is rather difficult; 0.9 m (3 ft) may be
BOLOD ISLANDS are two small, heavily wooded taken through by keeping close to the E shore. Both shores
islands about 13 miles WNW of Tatalan Island, each about 5 are lined with mangroves, the bottom is coral with many coral
0.5 mile in extent. WEST BOLOD ISLAND is steep-to heads, but there is practically no current in the channel. Fair
on all sides and rises to a height of 152 m (499 ft). EAST anchorage may be had directly off the N entrance in 14.6
BOLOD ISLAND is 161 m (528 ft) high with a peculiar to 18.3 m loose coral and sand bottom. This anchorage is
dome-shaped top. Both islands are excellent landmarks for well out of the strong tidal currents that are found among
vessels passing between Jolo and Zamboanga City. They 10 these islands.
are about 1.3 miles apart in an ENE and opposite direction
and the channel between them is deep and clear. Shoal water DIPOLOD ISLANDS are two small wooded islands
extends 548 m N of East Bolod Island and a bank with depths near the edge of the bank 1.3 miles NE of Bulan Island.
of 7.8 to 8.7 m extends 1.3 miles SE of the island. Settlements The larger one rises to a height of 69 m (226 ft) the smaller
are located on both of the Bolod Islands. 15 to 42 m (138 ft).

TIRANA ROCK, with an elevation of 0.9 m (3 ft) at TONGKIL (TONQUIL) ISLAND (06° 00' 50"N., 121°
high water, is 0.5 mile N of East Bolod Island. It is steep-to 51' 23"E.) is low, flat, and densely wooded. It is crescent-
and the sea seldom breaks in its vicinity. shaped with the concave side to N. The SW shore is fringed
20 by a barrier reef with several narrow entrances to a shallow
SIBARUT BANK, composed mostly of sand and rock, lagoon. The SE shore is composed of broken coral and sand
is 5.5 miles 232o from West Bolod Island. The depth found with trees down to the storm water line. A small wooden
during the survey was 12.3 m. boat landing is located at Tambun Sigumbal, 1.3 miles SE
of Sagui Point.
BUCUTUA ISLAND, 2.5 miles S by W of Tatalan, is 25
generally low and heavily wooded. The highest part, a hill Deep water extends close up to the S shore, 183 m being
near the E shore of the island, is 111 m (365 ft) high. The found less than 548 m offshore, between Eguet Point on the
channel between Bucutua and Tatalan Islands is deep and E and the PO ESTERO on the W.
clear and is the one usually used by vessels coming from S
Mindanao ports bound for Jolo. The E shore of Bucutua is 30 EGUET POINT is a small rounding cliff 6 m (20 ft)
clear and shows a sand beach at low water. high, visible as a tangent through about 270o from NW
through S to NE. The N shore of Tongkil (Tonquil) Island is
DUNGON, the barrio on the SE end of Bucutua Island fringed by a wide coral reef. BULISULAT, CULATCULAT,
and at the N entrance of Ton Sandungun Channel, has boat and GUMILA REEFS are separated from the shore reef by
harbor protected by breakwaters. 35 deep channels.

BUTAKALUT SHOAL, with a depth of 5 m is 0.5 mile
off the W central part of the island.
MAMAD ISLAND, 33 m (108 ft) high, is 1.8 miles 40
W of Bucutua. The lower slopes are covered with coconut
trees; the higher part is wooded. No dangers to navigation
exist more than 548 m offshore.
GUMILA REEF, bare at low water, is 4.8 miles W
by S of Eguet Point and 0.5 mile off the shore reef. E and
NE of this reef is a considerable area with little or no tidal
currents, affording the best anchorage are within the Samales
Group. W of Gumila Reef the foul ground extends over 2
miles offshore, the channels are narrow, and great care is
necessary when venturing among these shoals.

BULAN ISLAND, SE of Bucutua Island and separated 45 SAGUI POINT, on the NW extremity of the island, is
from Bucutua by Ton Sandungun Channel, is heavily low and fringed by a wide coral reef. The TAVIALAN and
wooded. The shore is low and flat with the exception of the Po Esteros are shallow. Bancas and other small boats can
NE point, where it rises in a black rock 67 m (220 ft) high. pass through at high water only.
Barrios are located at the E and S coasts of the island.
50 CURRENTS attaining a velocity of 3 knots are found
BULAN PEAK rises to a height of 338 m (1,110 ft) in the channel between Sagui Point and Mamad Island.
and forms a good landmark for this vicinity. Small wooden
landings good for launches and other light craft have been BALANGUINGUI, SIPAC, DAWIDAWIL, and
constructed at Kahikukuk (Talisay) near the SE point of several unnamed mangrove islands are low. They are about
Bulan Island. In August 1959, there were soundings of 1.8 55 4.5 miles SW of Sagui Point and practically one island, being
m (6 ft) off these landings. separated by shallow lagoons and esteros.

TON SANDUNGUN CHANNEL (CHART 4540) is BUNOTPASIL ISLAND is close NW of this group
a long, narrow channel between Bucutua and Bulan Islands. of islands, separated from them by a narrow deep channel.
It offers good protection for small vessels. A depth of 2.1 m 60 It is a low mangrove-lined island, practically a part of the

8-11
larger group of islands.
PAROL ISLAND, 3.5 miles WSW of Sagui Point, is
low, planted with coconuts, and cultivated. It is fringed by
a coral reef from 91 to 365 m wide, with the exception of a
part of the SW shore near the barrio of PAAROL, where deep
water is close to a fine sandy beach. A shoal with a depth of
5 m is 548 m offshore at this place.
MAMANOC ISLAND, about 3.1 miles NW of Parol
Island, is low, fringed with a coral reef 91 to 274 m wide
with a sandy beach at the high water line. The W shore is
mangrove. Shoal water of 7.8 m extends about 0.5 mile S
of the island.
BANGALAO AND SIMISA ISLANDS, 7 miles W
and 4 miles SW of Sipac Island, respectively, are both low. A
shallow, mangrove-bordered estuary makes in on the E side
of Bangalao Island; shoal water extends 1.5 miles N of the
island. Barrios are located at Ne and SW ends of Bangalao 20
Island. Simisa Island also has a shallow, mangrove-bordered
estuary on the NW side. Deep water comes close to the steep
coral and beach on the SE side.
MANUNGUT ISLAND, the most W of the Samales
Islands, is about 0.5 mile in extent and situated about 1.3
miles NW from Bangalao Island. There are two hills in the
W part, the N and higher hill rising to a height of 80 m (263
ft). A settlement is at the E end of the island.
SULIGAN SHOAL is in the channel between Simisa
and Sipac Islands. There are several spots with less than 9.1
m within an area of 1 sq mile. A depth of 5.9 m is 1.8 miles
W of BULITALUN POINT, Sipac Island.
TIDES AND TIDAL CURRENTS - Tidal currents
are very strong in the narrower channels, especially in those
with their main axis lying in a NW and SW direction. Tide
rips and swirls are generally encountered where there is an
abrupt change in depth, especially when the current and wind
are opposed to each other.
JOLO ISLANDS
(CHART 1529, 1530, 4513 & 4541)
Jolo Group consists of numerous small islands which
comprises the N central part of the Sulu Archipelago.
JOLO ISLAND (05° 58' 54"N., 121° 10' 38"E.), from
which the Jolo Group is named, is about 33 miles long E and
W and 3 to 13 miles broad from N to S. The island from E to
W is a series of hills and valleys, the highest mountain being
on the W end and rising 812 m (2,664 ft) above the sea. The
Jolo Island from northward
8-12
coasts, especially the N, are in general wooded, clear, and
steep-to, as are also the islands and islet that border them.
They are slightly indented, forming several bays where
anchorage is possible, the most sheltered and secure in both
5 monsoons being that of Dalrymple or Tulayan Harbor. The
only good watering place is at the town of Jolo; at other places
it may either be had from the rivers at low tide or from wells.
The island has a pleasing appearance. The mountains are
covered with magnificent trees or beautiful green pasturage;
10 some are cultivated to the summit. Jolo is noted for its various
kinds of fruits, especially mangosteen and durian.
Distress & Rescue - Vessels in distress may contact
the VHF Digital Selective Calling (DSC) station in Jolo.
15 The Coast Guard station in Jolo may be contacted at mobile
phone no. +63963-5853600.
CAPUAL ISLAND (CHART 4541), situated at the NE
extremity of Jolo Island, is circular, about 3 miles in diameter,
and rises to a height of 297 m (976 ft) near the SE shore.
The N and W parts of the island are low and wooded, with
some cogon. The shore is mostly sand beach with occasional
coral ledge. A shallow coral ledge extends NW of the island
with 3.2 m 548 m offshore. The barrio of Capual is on the
25 W coast of the island.
GOITYA SHOAL, 2.7 m coral, is 1 mile NW of Capual
Island, with deep water between it and the island. There is
a 5.5 m shoal 0.5 mile NE and 8.7-meter shoal 0.5 mile SW
30 of Goitya Shoal.
CAPUAL CHANNEL, between Capual and Jolo
Islands, is deep at the E end, but the W end is shoal, leaving
a very narrow and tortuous channel between the shoals
35 extending off Capual and Bulicutin Islands. Two danger
spots with depths of 1.4 m each are 032o, 320 m and 932 m
from the E extremity of Bulicutin Island.
ANCHORAGE may be taken anywhere in the channel
40 S of Capual Island. The bottom is coral and sand and the
tidal currents are strong, but the channel is protected from
all winds except the SE. The area N of barrio Lahing-Lahing
(Liangliang), on the NE shore of Jolo, appears to afford better
protection, but ridge of coral and sand with depths of 7.3 to
45 9.1 m extends N from the Jolo shore 1 mile E of the barrio
and complicates the approach to this anchorage.
BITINAN ISLAND, 1 mile NE of Capual Island, is
separated from it by a deep, clear channel. The S end of the
50 island rises steeply to a wooded hill, 215 m (705 ft) high.
The N part of the island is low.
BULICUTIN ISLAND, low, swampy, with a coconut
grove at the E end, is N of the entrance to Patotol Bay. A
depth of 3.7 m may be carried through the channel between
it and Jolo Island. The E channel is deeper but complicated
by several shoals and coral rocks, the least depth on them
being 1.4 m. The tidal currents through these channels attain
a maximum of 2.5 knots.
PATOTOL BAY is entirely landlocked. The shores are
mangrove, the head a mud flat, and about half the area of the
bay has a depth of less than 5.5 m. Near the entrance is an
area where good anchorage may be had in 9.1 to 11 m mud
bottom. The approach through the entrance is narrow and
winding and ranges should be established before attempting
to enter.
DALRYMPLE HARBOR (CHART 4541), or Port
Tulayan, is formed by Tulayan Island and the coast of Jolo
Island. There are a number of shoals with depths of 3.2 to 5
m off the Jolo coast.
Anchorage is SE of Tulayan Island in 14.6 to 16.5 m
coral and sand bottom. This anchorage is exposed to NE.
During strong NE winds better protection may be found in
the lee of Tulayan Island though the wind seldom blows here
during this monsoon.
TULAYAN ISLAND has a cone-shaped peak, 160
m (527 ft) high, which makes a good landmark when
approaching Jolo from the N and E. Much of the slope has
been cleared of timber and is cultivated. The E and S shores
are sand beach, the W and N shores are steep and rocky.
There is no fresh water on the island.
PETLEY POINT on the coast of Jolo across the harbor
is fringed by mangrove and fronted by a coral reef which
bares at low water.
TANDU BATO on the SW shore of Dalrymple Harbor is
connected with the town of Jolo by a good road. No gasoline
nor other supplies are available. The W entrance to the harbor
is contracted by shoal water extending N from Baverstock
Point. The best entrance is E of Tulayan Island.
Berthing Facility - The barrio has a 50 m long concrete
pier.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the
barrio may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63996-
2901706 and +63929-8854878.
DIRECTIONS for deep-draft vessels visiting Dalrymple
Harbor; enter about 0.6 mile due E of Noble Point and bring
the E end of the sand beach at the head of the bay to bear
198o giving Tulayan Island a berth about 0.5 mile to avoid
a 5.5-meter shoal that lies 548 m SE of MARTIN BLUFF.
When BALSEIRO POINT on Tulayan Island bears 270o steer
for it and anchor off TULAYAN village in 14.6 to 16.5 m sand
bottom, with Martin Bluff bearing between 000o and 030o.
In entering by the W entrance the best water will be
8-13
found by keeping 548 m off the W and S shore of Tulayan
Island and anchoring as directed above. Smaller vessels can
go closer to the Jolo shore but the best protection is found in
the lee of Tulayan Island.
5
GUJANGAN ISLAND, is 3.5 miles NW of Tulayan
Island. The two wooded hills, 122 and 80 m (400 and 262 ft)
high, are connected by a narrow strip of low land and when
first raised have the appearance of separate islands. The island
10 has deep water all around except the E side, where there is
an extensive coral reef that bares at extreme low tide. A few
people live on the island but the only signs of cultivation are
few coconut trees.
15 BANCUNGAN ISLAND, 0.5 mile E of Igasan Point,
Jolo, is triangular in shape, 155 m (508 ft) high and wooded.
The inhabitants are clearing and planting the S slopes. The
crops raised are sugarcane, bananas, and coconuts. A bare
rock 6 m (20 ft) high is 347 m off the NW corner of the island.
20 The remainder is steep-to, the channel between Bancungan
Island and Igasan Point having depths of 29.3 to 32.9 m.
PANGANAA ISLAND, a steep, rocky island, is 1 mile
E by S off the E end of Bancungan Island. It is uninhabited.
25 A small flat rock of reddish color lies just off its E shore.
Between BAVERSTOCK POINT just N of Tandu Bato
and Igasan Point the coast of Jolo Island recedes to form
a large, deep, open bay. The shores are composed of sand
30 and coral beaches with an occasional stretch of mangrove.
There are a number of barrios along this coast, and there is
increasing cultivation of the lower slopes of the mountains,
but all trade is through the Port of Jolo.
35 ESEO BANK, 1.2 miles from CADUAYAN at the head
of the bay, consists of a number of shoals, the depth on the
bank being 4.6 m sand and coral bottom. There is another
shoal, a coral head with 3.2 m over it, about 0.5 mile NNE
of Caduayan.
40
SU-UH, about 3.9 miles Se of Igasan Point, has a 50 m
long T-head pier for boats.
From Igasan Point to Daingapic Point 8 miles W, the
45 coast is steep-to, the shores are fringed with coral, and
the sparsely wooded land slopes gradually to the higher
mountains in the interior.
MOUNT BAHU, 789 m (2,590 ft) and MOUNT
50 DAHO, 684 m (2,244 ft), are the highest peaks in this part
of Jolo.
JOLO (CHART 4541), the capital of Sulu Povince
which comprises the entire Sulu Group, is on the NW coast
55 of Jolo Island, in a bight about 0.5 mile E of Belan Point.
The town is the most populated area in the island and is
visible from seaward between Belan and Daingapic Points.
It is a customs port of entry open to overseas shipping. The
imports are principally rice, food stuff and barter goods while
60 the exports are copra, hemp, and small quantity of fruits.
 Prominent Features - Within 4 miles WNW and NNE
of Jolo, the town is distinguished by the many houses at the
waterfront and the concrete piers.
Mount Tumatangas, 812 m (2,664 ft) high, the highest
peak on the island, 4 miles SW of Jolo, is conspicuous.
Major Light - Jolo Light (06° 03' 28"N., 120° 59' 56"E.)
is displayed at the port area.
Communications - The town has a post office, private
courier services and delivery companies. Mobile phone
communication and Internet connection are available.
Jeepneys has daily trips to other towns of Jolo Island.
Ferry vessels and boats have regular trip to Zamboanga
City, Isabela City in Basilan, Tawi-Tawi, and Pagadian.
Motorboats are available for travel to coastal towns and
nearby islands. The Jolo Airport, which is located in the
town, has regular flights to Manila.
Medical Facilities - The Sulu Provincial Hospital and
Sulu Sanitarium are the available government hospitals. A
private hospital, clinics and drug stores are also present in
the town.
Supplies - Fresh stores are available at the public
markets. Other food supplies and necessities are available at
grocery stores. Diesel oil, gasoline, kerosene, and lubricating
oil can be purchased from the Caltex oil depot and gasoline
stations. Hardware stores and ice palnts are present in the
town. Fresh water is available at the government wharf but
rationed during dry season.
Repairs - There are machine shops in the town where
minor repairs can be made.
Other Services - Branches of government and private
comercial banks are present in Jolo. Money remittance
centers and money changers are also present.
Customs clearance may be had from the customs
The Port of Jolo as viewed from the NW.
(Photograph - BPMA, February 2021)
8-14
officers stationed in Jolo.
Quarantine - Vessels subject to quarantine inspection
are boarded by a quarantine officer at the dock.
5
Harbor Limits - Jolo Harbor is defined as the waters
within the following boundaries: From Belan Point along an
imaginary line extending from Belan Point to the SW point
of Marongas Island to its intersection with an imaginary
10 line drawn due W from Daingapic Point; thence along an
imaginary line from this point of intersection to Daingapic
Point; thence along the NW shore of Jolo Island to Belan
Point, the place of commencement.
15 Channels - Approaching Jolo from the N or E, vessels
usually enter through the channel between Pangasinan Island
and Daingapic Point. This channel is 3 miles wide, deep, and
clear. The numerous channels between the group of islands
N of Jolo are used only by vintas and local craft. Vessels
20 coming from Sandakan, Cagayan de Tawi Tawi and other
points W enter through Pangutaran Passage.
Dangers - The approach to anchorage or the pier is clear
and free from hazards, but due to the shoaler water off the
25 NE end and the 3.7- meter shoal off the SW face of the pier,
vessels coming alongside should approach the wharf from
the W with extreme care. Vessels should also avoid the fish
traps located about 0.25 mile NE of Belan Point.
30 Tides & Currents - Tides on the N and W coasts of Jolo
are predominantly diurnal, whereas on the S and E coasts they
are semidiurnal. The tidal currents are generally semidiurnal
and have considerable velocity.
35 Distress & Rescue - Distress & Rescue - Vessels in
distress may contact the VHF Digital Selective Calling
(DSC) station in Jolo.The Coast Guard station in Jolo may
be contacted at mobile phone no. +63963-5853600.
40 Port Management - The Port of Jolo is being managed
by PMO - Jolo, which is under the Bangsamoro Ports
Management Authority.
Berthing Facilities - The baseport of Jolo, which is
marked by Jolo Light, is the principal berthing facility of the
town and is operated by PMO-Jolo. It's berthing facilities are
composed of following:
1. Concrete wharf at the SW end of the baseport, which
has a total seaward length of about 200 m. RoRo ramps are
located at the SW and NE ends of the wharf. 10
2. Marginal wharf, about 145 m long, is at the center
and connects the SW wharf to the L-shaped pier at the NE
of the baseport.
3. L-shaped pier, located at the NE end of the baseport,
has a berth length of about 300 m.
4. Causeway pier, located just behind the L-shaped pier,
extends northeastward from the NE end of the baseport. 20
A private wharf, with berth length of about 300 meters
is located about 0.7 mile NE of Jolo Light. The Caltex Oil
Depot, marked by silver cylindrical tanks, is located about
300 m E of the private wharf.
48"N., 121° 00' 24"E., located close SW of Daingapic Point.
Anchorage for small crafts is 1.5 miles NNE of Jolo Light.
Directions - Vessels from N and E, especially those
5 coming from Zamboanga, enter Jolo Harbor between
Daingapic Point and Pangasinan Island on 252 1/2o, passing
about 1.5 miles NE of the point. When Jolo Light is on range
with the W tangent of Daingapic Point, change course to
239o until the light bears 185o. Steer for the light on this
bearing and when within 735 m from the light, haul SW and
approach the pier or anchorage.
Vessels from Sandakan or Mapun (Cagayan de Tawi-
Tawi) enter through Pangutaran Passage. Within 2 miles N
15 of North Ubian Light (06° 10' 24"N., 120° 27' 30"E.), steer
105o for 33.0 miles. When Belan Point bears 180o, distant
0.5 mile, change course to 120o. Anchor in 21.9 to 25.6 m
457 m NW of the light or go alongside the pier.
From BELAN POINT the coast trends WSW for 3.5
miles to CANDEA POINT, then curves gradually S for 6
miles to SILANGON POINT, the W extremity of Jolo Island.
This entire coast is fringed with a steep-to coral reef and the
land rises in wooded slopes to Mount Tumatangas, 812 m
25 (2,664 ft) high, the highest peak on the island.

Another private wharf, located about WSW of Jolo BUANSA SHOAL, with a depth of 7.7 m (4.2 fm) near
Light, has a berth length of 30 m. It is connected to the shore its outer end, extends 0.8 mile offshore, the outer end being
by a 300 m long causeway. 1.2 miles 040o from Candea Point.
30
There are small piers and jetties along the coast of Jolo, TULIAN ISLAND, 1.3 miles NW from PULALUAAC
which are used to berth small boats. POINT, is 34 m (113 ft) high and clear. The channel between
Tulian and Jolo is clear and deep on the Tulian side, but there
Port Services - Stevedoring services are available are depths of only 8.7 m at a distance of nearly 0.5 mile from
at the baseports. Forklifts, cranes, trucks and steel roller 35 the shore of Jolo.
of various capacities are available at the baseport and the
private wharves. BUSSON ROCK, 548 m 317o from Tulian Island is
awash at low water with very deep water around it.
Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels requiring pilots must
send a 3-day advanced notice of ETA to pilots stationed in 40 MATOS SHOAL, about 1.5 miles N of Silangon Point
Zamboanga City. Pilots board vessels at the 0.4 mile NW of (05° 57' 12"N., 120° 52' 29"E.) and 0.5 mile from shore, has
the pier. A customs launch assists in docking and undocking a depth of 7.3 m.
provided sufficient notice is given. Towage is available.
Berthing and unberthing is only allowed during daytime only. ALU LAYAG-LAYAG, the barrio about 0.5 mile NE
45 of Silangon Point, has a 40 m long concrete pier for boats.
Anchorage - The usual anchorage for merchant vessels
is in 21.9 to 25.6 m about 457 m NW of Jolo Light. This SULADE ISLAND (05° 50' 04"N., 120° 47' 11"E.),
anchorage is poor, due to steep bank and strong currents. about 7 miles SW of Bunga Point, is low and swampy,
During the NE monsoon ships are sometimes obliged to leave consisting of a coral and sand ridge surrounding a shallow
this anchorage and take shelter under the lee of Marongas 50 lagoon. The entrance to the lagoon is on the S side through
Island. which vintas and small boats can enter at high water. Vessels
may anchor on the bank that extends W of the island in 11
The anchorage area is divided by a line drawn in a 351° to 16.5 m coral sand bottom.
direction from Jolo Light. Merchant vessels anchor W of the
line while naval and government vessels anchor E of the line. 55 CURRENTS - The tidal currents in this vicinity are
All foreign vessels entering port should anchor 4 miles NW strong. Between Sulade Island and Jolo a velocity of 5 knots
of the pier and await the boarding officials. has been observed. The NW strength occurs about 2 1/2 hrs
after low water at Cebu City and the SE strength about 1 1/2
Anchorage is also available W of the oil depot. Large hr after high water at Cebu City. The slacks precede the times
vessels can obtain anchorage in approximate position 06° 04' 60 of high and low water at Cebu by about 3/4 hrs.

8-15
 BUNGA POINT (05° 55' 21"N., 120° 52' 51"E.) is
about 2 miles S of Silangon Point. It is fringed by a narrow
coral reef. A 5.5-meter shoal is about 0.5 mile W of the point.
PARANG ISLAND is small, low, and 0.5 mile SE of
Bunga Point. It is separated from the Jolo shore by a shallow
channel 735 m wide. Red-roofed houses stand on the island
and on the shallow area E of it.
PARANG (05° 54' 53"N., 120° 54' 08"E.) is a town with
houses built on piles over the water. It is the largest town on
the S coast of Jolo and is the commercial center in this section
of the island. It is the terminus of a fairly good highway
leading to Jolo and another to Jolo via Silangkan. Several
other houses inland include a market, school, and large store
having a galvanized iron reef. No interisland vessels call
here except local craft and vintas. All communications are
by highway to Jolo.
Berthing Facility - The town has a T-head concrete
pier which extends 110 m SW and is connected to the shore
by a rock causeway.
Anchorage may be had in 16.5 m about 735 m from
shore, close to some fish traps. TUBINGANTAN POINT,
about 1.7 miles SE of Parang bears 130°. The bottom is coral
sand, and the anchorage is exposed during the SW monsoon.
BATOLAQUI BANK, consists of a number of shoal
patches extending about 1.3 miles E and SE from Cabalian
Point. They are covered by 1.8 to 5.5 m with a rock awash
at low water on the W edge of the bank. The depths between
the patches are 11 to 14.6 m and there is a narrow channel
between a small sand cay N of the bank and Jolo Island, with
not less than 11 m in it.
CLEARING MARKS - Bunga Point, open of
Tubingantan Point (the point W of Cabalian Point), bearing
308o clears the SW side of the bank; and MOUNT TALIPAO,
461 m (1,512 ft) high, bearing 058°, clears the SE side.
MAIMBUNG BAY (CHART 4541), on the S side of
Jolo Island, affords good shelter during the NE monsoon, but
is exposed to a heavy swell during the SW monsoon. The
bay is about 8 miles wide between CABALIAN POINT and
PUTIC POINT, and extends 3 miles in a N direction. The
shores of the bay are bordered by a narrow coral reef, and
a depth of 9.1 m will generally be found at 365 m from the
shore. The E side is covered by mangroves. The W shore is
wooded, with clear spaces.
MAIMBUNG RIVER has only 0.3 m (1 ft) of water
on it at low water. Very few of the rivers on this part of Jolo
reach the sea, being lost in the mangrove and low swampy
land between the shore ridge and the higher land inland.
MAIMBUNG (05° 55' 39"N., 121° 01' 38"E.), a town
at the head of the bay, is on the W side of the mouth of
Maimbung River. From seaward, the dome of a mosque
and the houses built on piles at the outer edge of the bar are
8-16
prominent. A helicopter landing is about 100 m SW of the
mosque. The town has a public market. The town has a small
concrete wharf for boats.
5 Dangers - Takut Islets are two shoals within the bay and
fronting the town. The S one, named as Dry Bank, is always
bare. Houses on stilts are stand on the N edge of it. The N
shoal bares at half tide.
10 There are four other shoals; Marban Bank, with a depth
of 1.8 m (1 fm) is about 0.5 mile 120° from Dry Bank; another
shoal with a depth of 2.7 m (1.5 fm) is about 0.5 mile 171o
from the same bank and two patches of 8.8 m (4.8 fm) and
8.2 m (4.5 fm) are 084° and 092° respectively, from Dry
15 Bank. The depths between the shoals and the E shore are
9.1 to 27.4 m.
Channels - There are two good channels into the
anchorage off the town. The E, between Marban Bank and
20 the E shore of the bay, seems to be the better. It is about 0.5
mile wide and the depths in the middle are 9.1 m or more.
The other passage is between Dry and Marban Banks.
Directions - Vessels bound for the anchorage passing
25 between Dry Bank and Marban Bank, should not bring Dry
Bank to bear W of N until after Marban Bank bears E in order
to clear the 2.7-meter spot SW of Marban Bank. This bank
can generally be distinguished by the fishing stakes on it and
also by the light color of water over it. When clear of the 2.7
30 m spot, steer to pass a little closer to Marban Bank than to
Dry Bank to clear a 5.5-meter spot off the S end of the latter.
Entering Maimbung Bay from Tutu Bay, after passing
Patian Island, hold the N point of Patian Island on range with
35 the bamboo clump on the top of Pata Island, passing N of
Villamil Rock, until MOUNT MATATAL, low round, and
cogon-covered except for a lone tree on top, bears 340° and
steer in on this bearing to the anchorage.
40 Anchorage - Vessels can anchor anywhere in the bay,
but the usual anchorage is about 735 m S of the town, with
Dry Bank bearing 223° in 14.6 or 16.5 m coral sand bottom.
Smaller craft may anchor a little closer inshore directly off
the mouth of the river in 12.8 m mud and sand bottom.
45
Tides & Currents - In Maimbung Bay the tides are
semidiurnal. Inside of the shoals the current is not noticeable,
but in the offing it is strong and irregular.
50 TEOMABAL ISLAND, about 5 miles S of Maimbung,
is small, low, and surrounded by a coral reef which extends
about 0.5 mile from the SE side. Coral patches with depths of
7.3 to 9.1 m are about 2.3 miles SE of the island. The greater
part of the interior of the island is a large lagoon that nearly
55 bares at low water.
PATIAN AND LUMBIAN ISLANDS, 3 and 4 miles
E of Teomabal Island, are clear and steep-to. The passage
between these islands is reported to be clear and deep.
60 Anchorage may be found in 21.9 m in this channel.
 GARCIA SHOAL, 548 m SW from Lumbian Island, narrow channel through the mangroves, passable only by
is of small area and covered by a depth of 6.4 m. small boats at high water.

VILLAMIL ROCK, about 0.8 mile S of Putic Point, TANQUIQUE ROCK is small, 1.2 m (4 ft) high, on
in the middle of the pass between Putic Point and Patian 5 the edge of the reef S of Kamawi Island.
Island, is small and covered by a depth of 0.9 m (0.5 fm). It
is surrounded by deep water. DAMOCAN ISLAND is separated from the NW
coast of Pata Island by a clear channel 0.5 mile wide with a
TUTU BAY, E of Maimbung Bay, is separated from controlling depth of 29.3 m. It is small, planted with coconut
the bay on the N side of Jolo Island by a low isthmus only 10 trees and rises to a height of 41 m (136 ft) to the top of the
2.5 miles wide. A narrow steep reef skirts the W shore of the trees.
bay, but from the N shore, and also from the NE, between
Tutu and Karangdato Points, the reef extends 1 mile from CURRENTS in the channel between Democan and Pata
the coast. The bay is sheltered from S winds by Pata island. Islands attain a velocity of 3 knots.
The area between the reef and mangrove and other shoreline 15
bares at low water, form a grassy marsh of sand mud, with DONGDONG ISLAND is NE of Pata Island and
occasional lagoons of shallow depth. separated from it by a deep channel of 18.3 m and about
0.5 mile wide. The island is low, with barrier reefs outside
SERANTES SHOAL, covered by depth of 2.7 m is 0.8 the mangrove on the N and E. The reef extends more than
mile from the W shore of Tutu Bay. A 3.7-meter shoal is in the 20 457 m SE of the island. The SW shore is sand beach and is
middle of the cove NE of MABAJOC POINT about 0.5 mile planted with coconut trees.
offshore. There are a number of small shoals and reefs in Tutu
Bay N of TUTU POINT. Small vessels might find anchorage TAMBULIAN ISLAND, about 0.8 mile NNW of the
space inside the outer reefs, but the shore reef bares almost N tip of Dongdong Island, is small, low, circular, and with a
0.5 mile. The best landing seems to be at PANDANPANDAN 25 coral reef which bares at low water extending about 735 m
just NE of Tutu Point. Due to the presence of numerous reefs, to the SE. The channel separating Tambulian and Dongdong
it is impossible to approach the shore in Tutu Bay except by has 16.5 m of water.
vintas or small boats at high water.
PITOGO BAY between KARANGDATO POINT and
There are a number of barrios and villages on the 30 TANDICAN POINT is open to S and the water is very deep.
shores of Tutu Bay. KULAYKULAY and KARUNGDUNG The shore is fringed by a coral reef. A break in the reef 2.5
are connected by good roads with Jolo and other N towns. miles NE of Karangdato Point affords a landing for launches
Karungdung is a small village situated on a shallow inlet E and small vessels. The bay N of Tandican Point is filled
of TANUN POINT. It is a trading center for vintas. with coral bare at low water, behind which lies a mangrove
35 swamp. The entire E end of Jolo has a rough rocky coast
ANCHORAGE may be had anywhere in the bay in 14.6 with the trees coming close to the waterline. The land rises
to 21.9 m or shoaler just off the shore reefs. in a rather steep slope to TANDU PEAK, 400 m (1,312 ft)
and MOUNT BAYBAY, 388 m (1,275 ft) high.
PATA ISLAND, S of Tutu Bay, is circular, about 4.5
miles in diameter, and rises to a height of 422 m (1,385 ft) 40 The edge of the bank on which the Sulu Archipelago lies
near the center. The higher parts are covered with cogon. The comes close to the SE coast of Jolo and tide rips are usually
lower slopes are wooded with some patches of cultivated found in the vicinity of the abrupt change in depth. The tidal
areas. The island is clear and steep-to outside the shore currents follow the coast and are very strong with strengths
reef. A wooden boat landing is located at Sapa Malaem on up to 5 knots being experienced in the narrower channels.
the on the W part of the island. A coral reef extends about 45 The flood current sets W and N, the ebb current E and S.
457 m off the S shore and surrounds KAMAWI ISLAND,
the latter being E of Pata Island and separated from it by a TAPUL GROUP (CHARTS 4513 and 4544) is

Tapul Group from southeastward

Tapul Group from southward

8-17
comprised of four large islands and a number of smaller
ones lying SSW of Jolo. They are rugged, fertile, and well
cultivated.
TAPUL ISLAND rises to a cogon-covered peak,
MOUNT DAKUT, 483 m (1,584 ft) high. The lower slopes
are wooded with patches of coconut and cultivated area in
spots. The shoreline is prominent and presents a series of
rocky points with intervening stretches of the coral and
sand beaches. Coral reefs fringes the S end of the island and
shoal water makes off 548 m from TABUNAN and LAPAK
POINTS.
LUGUS ISLAND is separated from Tapul by a narrow
channel with a depth of 5.9 m. The island has a sand and coral
beach on the N and S, a rocky shoreline on the SW and E and
some mangrove on the SE. An extensive reef, partly bare at
low water, extends for 1.8 miles E of the island.
MOUNT BIUBUGNAN, 294 m (964 ft) high, the
highest hill on Lugus, is cogon covered; all the others are
wooded to the top. Several crocodile-infested brackish lakes
are found on the island.
TIDAL CURRENTS in the channel are strong with a
velocity of 6 knots at times in the narrows between the two
islands. They set NW on the flood and SE on the ebb.
LUGUS SHOAL, 4.1 m sand and coral, is 2.3 miles
SW of BOLIPONGPONG POINT, the SW point of Lugus
Island. A 11.4-meter shoal is 1.3 miles W of the same point.
GONDRA ISLAND, near the S coast of Lugus Island,
is small, wooded, and rocky. It has a height of 34.1 m (112
ft). There is a 8.7-meter shoal 0.5 mile SE of it.
TALUC AND CABINGAAN ISLANDS are on the
same reef about 4 miles E of Tapul Island. They are both
low, the latter being almost entirely mangrove.
SIBABAG is a settlement built on piles on the reef
and midway between Taluc and Cabingaan Island. A boat
passage leads toward the settlement from the E side of the
reef. There are several clumps of mangroves growing on the
reef between the two islands.
PAQUIA ISLAND, about 2 miles long and 0.5 mile
wide, is to the W of Cabingaan from which it is separated by
a deep channel 457 m wide. The outside coast of the island
is fringed by coral reefs from 45 to 183 m wide. Shoal water
extends almost 1.5 miles SE of the island, 3.2 m being found
near the end with deep water close to it. A large cemetery is
found on the N end of Paquia Island.
SIASI ISLAND (CHART 4544) is about 6.5 miles long
N and S and 5.8 miles in an E and W direction. GORRO is
the highest peak on the island. It is situated S of the center
of the island, rises to a height of 495 m (1,625 ft) and is
surmounted by a remarkable clump of dark trees. Siasi Island
is the highest land between Jolo and Tawi-Tawi. Several large
8-18
villages are on the reefs that fringe the SW and E coast of the
island. Fishing is the means of livelihood of the inhabitants.
An extensive reef runs off for about 4 miles E of Siasi.
5 BULICULUL, KANSINA, PATURUAN, PANGANA,
LINGUISAN, YARO, PANDUGAS, SAMAL, SUUCAU,
PARANGAN, SUMBASUMBA, SIBIJINDACULA,
TUTUKIPA, and PUTAINGA ISLANDS are a group of low,
thickly wooded, and uninhabited islands on the S and E shore
10 of the reef. Sibijindacula, the largest of the group, is very
low, the sea in some places washing through it at high water.
BASBAS POINT, the S point of Siasi, is bordered by
reef which extends to 457 m and at a distance of 0.5 mile
15 have depths of 183 m and over. SW of Siasi the reef extends
to about 3 miles and is separated from the reef running S of
Lapac Island by a narrow deep channel which varies in width
from 183 to 365 m and is fit only for small craft. Another
narrow channel E of this reef separates the reef from Siasi
20 Island.
CALUMMAN ISLETS, composed of mangroves, are
on this reef about 2.5 miles SW of Basbas Point.
25 SIASI, the town on the W side of Siasi Island, facing the
channel between Siasi and Lapac Islands, is the commercial
center for the surrounding island group. Some copra and shell
are shipped. There is a public market, grocery stores, post
office, drugstores, and a gasoline station. The Siasi District
30 Hospital is the major medical facility in the town. Regular
communication is maintained by small boats with Jolo,
Zamboanga, Bongao, and Sitankai.
Major Light - Siasi Light (05° 32' 48"N., 120° 48'
35 45"E.) is exhibited at the the government wharf.
Port Management - The government wharf fronting
the town is operated by TMO - Siasi.
40 Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Siasi
may be contacted at mobile phone nos. +63917-8428394
and +63998-5857942.
Berthing Facilities - The government wharf has a berth
45 length of 100 m. Boats and other vessels can berth along
seawall fronting the town.
Pilotage is compulsory with at least 3 days notice to
Jolo Pilots Association.
50
Currents - The tidal current runs strong through the
strait, N on the flood and S on the ebb. The currents are very
strong on the springs, reaching a velocity of about 5 knots.
55 Anchorage - Vessels anchor in mid-channel SW of the
wharf, in 11 to 18.3 m.
Directions - From a point 1.3 miles N of Luangat Point
at Lapac Island, steer for Gorro Peak on course 135o until the
60 radio tower at Siasi bear 175o. Head for the radio tower on
this course until Luangat and Alican Points are in range. Then SHOALS - N of Siasi Island, in the fairway of the
steer mid-channel courses and head either for the concrete channel between that island and Bolipongpong Point three
pier or the anchorage SW of the wharf. The deepest water will shoals have been found.
be found along the W side of the channel until opposite the
town of Siasi where the deepest section lies near the center. 5 SUNGU SHOAL, about 1 mile in extent E and W
and 457 m from N to S, with a depth of 5 m coral and sand
A depth of 10.1 m can be carried through the S section bottom, and from 29 to 36 m N of it. From the W 5-meter
of the main channel. This section is about 201 to 402 m wide patch the small islet N of Tara Island bears 098o and the N
and is winding, and should be navigated only by small and point of Siasi 129o.
handy vessels under proper light conditions to see the sides 10
of the channel. The most difficult section is in the vicinity LANGON SHOAL - About 1 mile W of Sungu Shoal
of the mid-channel reefs because of the discoloration of the is the E extremity of Langon Shoal, with a depth of 14.6 m.
water by mud and mangrove. The channel W of the reef is Thence the shoal takes a WNW direction for 1.3 miles, with
wider and deeper. The channel S of Lapac is shoal and of no a breath of 0.5 mile, having depths of 11 to 13.7 m. From
importance except to small motorboats at high water. 15 the shoalest part, 11 m near its W extremity, the NE point of
Lapac Island bear 161o and Sirum Island 241o, distant 4 miles.
A depth of 4.1 m may be carried through the channel A coral shoal 2.5 miles 055o of Sirum Island is about 0.5 mile
S of Siasi. The shoalest section is at the NW entrance. This in extent, covered by a least depth of 13.7 m. A shoal patch
channel is suitable only for launches. with a depth of 10.5 m is 1.8 miles 011o from Sirum Island.
20
BUSBUS POINT is about 2 miles N of the town of KADYAJAN SHOAL, 3 miles E of the N point of Siasi
Siasi. A coral reef which uncovers at low water extends along and 2 miles N of Laminusa, extends about 2 miles in a NW
the coast from Siasi town to about 640 m NW of Busbus and SE direction and is covered by from 4.3 to 9.1 m (14
Point. Busbus Point Light (05° 34' 15"N., 120° 49' 08"E.), to 30 ft) of water. Between this shoal and NORTH GUSUN
located about 0.2 mile NW of the point, marks the edge of 25 REEF there is a channel 0.5 mile wide with a depth of 11 to
the coral reef. 14.6 m. During the NE monsoon heavy tide rips are seen near
this bank. Between Kadyajan and Siasi there are several small
SIBATYAN POINT is the most N point of Siasi Island shoals, and a reef named BAMGABAN, which partly bares,
about 2.3 miles NE of Busbus Point. and is situated 0.5 mile from the shore. Between Kadyajan
30 and Bambagan is the N channel to Laminusa, with a depth of
TARA ISLAND is on the reef N of Siasi and is about 11 to 18.3 m sand bottom. Inshore of Bambagan Reef there
1.5 miles long in an E and W direction. It is crescent-shaped is a good anchorage in from 7.3 to 9.1 m.
with the convex side toward Siasi, and the space between the
horns formed by SIPINCAL POINT and TARATARA POINT LAMINUSA ISLAND, which lies 0.5 mile NE of the
on the NW and NE extremity is filled with islets and shoals, 35 E point of Siasi Island, is low and covered with mangroves;
forming a deep lagoon in the center. It is lower on the W on the NW part there is a village and coconut plantation. E of
side with the E end about 35 m (110 ft) high. the island a reef bares out to 457 m and from there the water
deepens gradually E for 1.8 miles to the edge of the bank,
The lagoon inside Tara Island has a depth of from 18.3 to which has 18.3 m. At 457 m beyond the 18.3-meter curve
23.8 m. A depth of 5.5 m may be carried into the lagoon on 40 the bottom drops abruptly to more than 109 m.
either side of Taratara Island, but it is not recommended for
any boat larger than a launch because the entrance channels GUSUN REEF is composed of sand and coral which
are very narrow and tortuous. The lagoon is well protected, bares at low water and can usually be distinctly seen. It
but is too deep an anchorage for the size of boat which could separates Laminusa from Siasi forming two passages. The
enter readily. 45 passage between the reef and Laminusa is clear but narrow
and more tortuous than that W of the reef, which is perfectly
There is a deep channel 347 m wide between Siasi and clear.
Tara Island with depths of from 18.3 to 32.9 m with 11 to
14.6 m and reefs on each side of both entrances. There is a LAMINUSA ANCHORAGE, between Laminusa
rock awash at high water about 91 m offshore of Tara Island 50 Island and the reefs adjacent to the E point of Siasi, has 11
on the E side of the NW entrance. to 16.5 m sand bottom, is wide, well sheltered, with good
holding ground. The reef uncovers in part at low water. It
TINCALAN ISLET is situated near the N edge of the is steep-to, but cannot be easily distinguished and must be
foul ground, between the points of Tara Island. It is a low approached with caution.
sand cay on ledge rock and is covered by low bushes and 55
coconut trees. TIDAL CURRENTS - The tidal currents is very strong
at springs; the flood sets from E to W and then N through the
TARATARA ISLAND is off the NW tip of Taratara channel, the ebb from N to S and then E.
Point.
60 DIRECTIONS - Vessels entering Laminusa Anchorage

8-19
should pass 823 m E of Taratara Point, Tara Island. Steer a
course 152o that will lead in 7.3 to 20.1 m until W of the head
of the reef N of Laminusa. Vessels may pass either between
Siasi Island and Gusun Reef or between Gusun Reef and
Laminusa Island. If the channel between Gusun Reef and
Siasi Island is desired, steer on course 152o until the E tangent
of PUNUNGAN ISLAND and the E point are in range. Head
on this range on 172o until Putainga Island bears 115o and
steer for it to the anchorage. If the channel between Gusun
Reef and Laminusa Island is preferred, continue on course
152o until the N tangent of Laminusa Island bears 090o. Then
steer course to the anchorage.
The channel between Laminusa and the Siasi Reef
should be used only in fair weather and with a favorable
light for seeing the edges of the reef. It is not recommended
for large vessels.
To enter the inlet leading toward Punungan it would be
well first to mark the channel and to keep on the Siasi side,
as the reefs on that side show lumps of coral and have more
water near the edge.
LAPAC ISLAND, immediately W of Siasi, is about 5
miles long in a NE direction and 3 miles wide. It has two
conspicuous peaks with a great dip between them, so that
from a distance NW or SE it looks like two islands. An
extensive coral reef runs 3.5 miles to the S, E, and W of
Siasi Island. Several small villages are on the W shore of
Lapac Island.
MANUBUL ISLAND, composed mostly of mangroves,
is on the S part of Lapac Reef. A large fishing village is on
the NE side of the island. A rock which is bare 0.9 m (3 ft) at
low water is about 439 m off the SW coast of Lapac Island.
The rock is near the SE end of a narrow shoal area about 0.8
mile long. A detached coral and sand shoal with a depth of
6.4 m is about 1 mile NNW of the rock. An extensive bank
with depths of 11 to 18.3 m is near the center of the NW
entrance to the channel between Lapac and Tapaan Islands.
At the S end of this bank, about 1.2 miles NE of BULASAN
POINT, is a shoal with a depth of 8.8 m (29 ft).
ALICAN POINT, the NE point of Lapac, forms the
W entrance point to Siasi Channel. A shoal of 5.9 to 8.7 m
extends about 548 m 000o to 340o from this point, and another
of 8.2 m 365 m E. S of Alican Point the shore of Lapac Island
is clear as far as a conspicuous beach opposite the town of
Siasi. Small boats plying between Siasi and Lapac.
LUANGAT POINT, the most N point of Lapac Island
1 mile 294o from Alican Point, is rocky and clear. It may be
easily recognized by a small rocky islet close to it.
BUSLUC POINT, about 0.5 mile 261o from Luangat
Point, is easily distinguished from it by being formed of
huge rocks, and also by its being quite separated from the
mountain.
PANDAMI ISLAND, close to the NW side of Lapac
8-20
Island, is low, sandy and planted with coconuts. The island
is about 548 m long in a N direction and 457 m wide. On
its N side a shoal area extending about 548 m is foul with
coral heads. A channel about 183 m wide with a depth of 8.2
5 m is between the island and the mainland of Lapac Island.
ANCHORAGE - Vessels may anchor in 12.8 to 21.9
m sand and coral bottom, S and W of Pandami Island, and
immediately off the village of PARIAN DACULA.
10
SIRUM ISLAND about 2.5 miles NW from Lapac
Island, is 31 m (103 ft) high and about 548 m in extent. The
island is steep-to and surrounded by narrow sand beaches.
The channel between it and Lapac Island is about 2 miles
15 wide, deep and clear.
TAPAAN ISLAND, 2 miles SW of Lapac Island, is
low and of semi-circular form with its concave side to the
W and very narrow in the middle, being only 91 m across
20 in some places. It stands on a coral reef that is bare at low
water, with a small sand cay on the N and an extensive one
on the S side, curved toward the coast of Lapac.
The channel between Lapac and Tapaan Islands is about
25 1.5 miles wide. A depth of 25.6 m may be carried through
by favoring the Tapaan Island side. Coral reefs surrounding
Tapaan Island is 50 to 800 m wide and are steep-to. Shoal
areas with depths of 1.8 to 9.1 m coral and sand bottom,
extends for 0.8 mile NNW of Tapaan Island and for 1 mile
30 S of the Island. The channel shoals gradually on the E to the
edge of the reef, which is usually indistinct.
CURRENTS - The currents in the channel are
strong, reaching a strength of about 6 knots on the springs.
35 Dangerous tide rips are along the S part of the channel at the
edge of deep water whenever the strong ebb current meets
a swell from seaward.
DIRECTIONS - When entering the channel from S
40 steer course 345o with the W tangent of Sirum Island and
MALIGAY POINT on Lapac Island in range. Hold on this
course until abeam BULILAKAT POINT, the most S point
of Tapaan Island and then change course 326o. When Bulasan
Point, the most N point of Tapaan Island bears W, steer a
45 course 319o keeping out of the 8.7 m shoal, 1 mile N of
Tapaan Island or head on course 000o.
TAPAAN PASSAGE, which is formed by Tapaan and
Lapac Islands E and Bubuan and Maniacolat Islands W, is
50 about 7 miles wide at the narrowest part. This passage is
clear for any vessel and would be convenient for a sailing
vessel, as the tidal current make fairly through it, and in
calms or light winds a vessel could always anchor to await
the change of tide.
55
MAGLUMBA ISLET 40 m (133 ft) high on the NW
side of the passage, is about 1 mile E of Maniacolat Island.
It is small, rocky, and steep-to on all sides.
60 PARANGAN ISLAND, 27 m (88 ft) high, is 3.2 miles
NW of Maglumba Island. but the tidal currents are strong. Shoal water extends some
distance E and W of Tauitaui Island. The channel between
DANGERS - CREST OF WAVE SHOAL is in the Bubuan and Cabucan Islands is divided by Concas Reef and
fairway of the Tapaan Passage, and the shoalest part of 7.3 Lahatlahat Island into three narrow passages.
m is about 4 miles 051o from Parangan Island. It is composed 5
of sand and coral and the bottom is rather uneven, the CONCAS REEF has a depth of 3.7 m. Lahatlahat
18.3-meter limit extending about 3 miles in a N direction Island has extensive coral reef and shoal water off its N end.
and more than 1 mile wide at its N end. It is easily discerned A shoal with a depth of 8.2 m is 0.8 mile NW of the hill on
by the tide rips around the edge of the shoal water and the Bubuan Island.
discoloration of the sea on the area. 10
AGUIRRE BANK, 2.5 miles W of the W end of
An underwater rock is reported to lie NW of Crest of Cabucan Island, is of sand and coral formation with a depth
Wave Shoal and about 4.6 miles NE of Parangan Island. of 7.8 m. The shoalest area is of small extent surrounded by
depths of 11 to 18.3 m. Very deep water of more than 183
TAPAAN SHOAL, in the middle of the passage, about 15 m is close N, W, and S of Aguirre Bank.
4.5 miles W of the S point of Tapaan Island has a depth of
8.7 m. It is composed of coral and sand. The 18.3-meter area PANTOCUNAN ISLAND, about 4 miles NW of
around it extends 1.8 miles in a NNW direction. Cabucan Island, is 16 m (52 ft) high to the top of trees. It is
fringed with a wide coral reef on which there are bare rocks.
PANGUTARAN ISLANDS (CHART 4517), a group 20 The water is deep close to the reef, the 91.4-meter curve
of several scattered islands NW of Jolo, are mostly low, sandy being about 735 m from shore.
and generally fringed by mangroves. Some of the islands are
with shallow lagoons navigable by vintas and small boats. THEOMABAL ISLAND, 5.5 miles N of Pantocunan
Few are cultivated and inhabited. Island, consists of a coral and sand beach fringing a mangrove
25 swamp, the center of which is a large lagoon. It is near the
MARONGAS ISLAND, 3.5 miles NW from Jolo Light, W end of a bank that extends 9 miles in a NE direction and
is about 1 mile long in a NE direction, 0.5 mile wide, and more than 2 miles wide. The general depths on the bank are
rises at the SW end to a hill 64 m (210 ft) high. The rest of 11 to 18.3 m. A shoal area with depth of 8.7 and 9.1 m is
the island is low and mangrove-bordered lagoon with the 1.5 miles NE of Teomabal Island. A shoal spot with a depth
entrance on the E side almost divides the island into two. 30 of 7.8 m is 2 miles 064o from the prominent trees on the E
There is a small wooden boat landing at the SE part of the side of the island.
island.
TEOMABAL BANK, 6 miles NE of Teomabal Island,
PANGASINAN ISLAND, NE of Marongas Island, is has a depth of 8.7 m on the SW part, about 7 miles distant
almost all mangrove. A hill, 123 m (405 ft) high, rises above 35 064o from the prominent trees on the E side of Teomabal
the mangroves near the S central part of the island. The S Island. This bank is separated from the bank extending NW
and W shores are bordered by sand beaches. The greater of the island by a deep channel 1.5 miles wide.
part of the N shore is fringed with mangroves. The channel
between Marongas and Pangasinan is 0.5 mile wide with TUBIGAN ISLAND, about 6 miles NW of Teomabal
depths of 11 to 21.9 m. 40 Island, is low. The W part has an elevation of 1.5 to 4.6 m
(5 to 15 ft) and is planted with coconut trees. The E part is
A shoal with a depth of 6.4 m is 0.8 mile ENE of fringed by a wide coral reef backed by mangrove swamp and
Pangasinan Island. The shoal is about 0.5 mile in diameter salt-water lagoon. Coral reef about 735 m wide fringe the
within the 10-meter curve. Between the island and the shoal NW end of the island and shoal water extends a considerable
is a depth of 29.3 m. 45 distance to the NW.

ANCHORAGE may be had in 11 to 21.9 m 183 m from A large shoal area 4.5 miles long in a N direction by 0.5
the coasts of these islands, but the tidal currents are strong. to 1.5 miles wide, is with the S end 1.5 miles NE of Tubigan
Island. Depths of 3.2 m on several coral heads are inside the
C A B U C A N , B U B U A N , L A H AT L A H AT, 50 5.5-meter curve. The channel between this coral and tubigan
TAUITAUI, HEGAD, AND MINIS ISLANDS are Island has depths of 14.6 to 18.3 m.
all low, being composed of a barrier reef with mangrove
swamp and low land inside. Bubuan Island has a small hill PANGUTARAN REEF, about 13 miles NE of Tubigan
88.7 m (291 ft) high, at its N point. The rest of the islands Island, is a narrow shoal 1.6 miles long in NW direction with
are from 12 to 15 m (40 to 50 ft) high to the top of trees. 55 depths of 2.3 m. The reef usually breaks even in moderate
PALLIAGAN ISLAND is small, wooded, and on the same weather.
reef with Cabucan. Several villages are in the Cabucan and
Bubuan Islands. FAVORITE BANK is the NE termination of the bank
extending 28 miles NE of Tubigan Island. The bank with a
The channels between the islands have deep water 60 depth of 7.8 m is almost even with sand and grass bottom.

8-21
The Sulu Sea side is extremely steep-to, 182.9 m being found
within 548 m from the 20-meter curve. Strong irregular
currents and tide rips mark this bank, and it is not advisable
for vessels to lay their course across it.
KULASSEIN ISLAND, about 3.5 miles W of Tubigan
Island, consists mostly of mangrove swamps with a small
densely wooded solid land area on the N and W. The island
is fringed with coral. The deep water on the Sulu Sea
approaches close to the N shore.
PANDUCAN ISLAND, about 3.5 miles E of Pangutaran
Island, is 4.5 miles long in a NNE direction and 1.8 miles
wide. It has several characteristic groups of trees in the S part,
which is heavily wooded in general. The N half is covered
by mangroves, bordered by a coral reef which extends 0.5
mile to N. A shoal 1.5 miles long with depths of 6.4 to 9.1
m is midway between Kulassein and Panducan Islands. This
shoal and the two islands are close to the W edge of the great
bank that forms the N part of the Sulu Archipelago.
PANGUTARAN ISLAND, 10.5 miles long in a NNE
direction with an average width of 3 miles, is the largest of
the Pangutaran Group. The island is low and densely wooded,
the ground elevation of the ridges being about 6 m (20 ft).
The N and E shores are fringed by coral reef 27 to 183 m
wide. The beach is of sand with some coral boulders and is
banked by low coral cliffs somewhat underworn by the sea.
One long stretch of mangrove is on the E side. The island is
inhabited and numerous patches of coconut plantations and
cultivated areas are near the coast. The water is deep close to
the reef, the 183-meter curve being less than 0.5 mile from the
shore. Anchorage is difficult to find even close to the island.
PANGUTARAN, the town on the middle and E side of
the island, has a prominent church spire. Pangutaran District
Hospital, which is a government hospital, can handle minor
medical cases. Supplies are limited. The town has a 90 m
long concrete T-head pier.
PANDAN NIOG, the barrio at the S end of Pangutaran
Island has a 50 m long concrete T-head pier. Small boats can
go alongside this pier during high tide.
PANGUTARAN PASSAGE, between Pangutaran
Island to the N and North Ubian and Usada Islands on the
S, is about 4.5 miles wide with depths of more than 365.8 m.
TIDAL CURRENTS run fair the channel and attain
a maximum velocity of about 4 knots. This passage is the
one generally used by vessels plying between Jolo and
Sandakan. Although the islands bordering the passage are
low, characteristic clumps of trees form excellent landmarks.
NORTH UBIAN ISLAND, about 6 miles SSW of 55
Pangutaran Island, is 3.2 miles long and 2.5 miles in extent.
It is bordered by a coral reef and the shoreline fringed by less than 7.3 m and launches should particularly be careful
mangrove except two short stretches on the N shore. A in approaching the islands on this bank.
shallow lagoon on the NE part of the island has an access
from the E shore. A small village is on the W side of the 60
lagoon. The depth at the entrance in the lagoon is only about
0.9 m (3 ft) at low water and more or less fouled by growing
coral. Launches can enter at high water only. The larger
village is on the SW shore of North Ubian. North Ubian
5 Light, which was displayed on the N point of the island is
reported to be deactivated.
TICUL ISLAND, 1 mile E of North Ubian Island, is
0.8 mile long in a N direction and 0.5 mile wide. The island
10 is planted with coconut trees, the height to their tops being
about 33 m (110 ft). The channel between North Ubian and
Ticul Islands is 0.6 mile wide with depth of 16.5 m.
USADA ISLAND, about 6 miles S of Pangutaran Island,
15 is low and sandy. It is the E island bordering the S side of
Pangutaran Passage. It is fringed with coral. The greater
part of the island is covered by mangrove except on E shore
which consists of a narrow strip of solid land and backed by
mangrove swamps. The only outlying danger in Pangutaran
20 Passage is a shoal with a depth of 8.7 m 1.5 miles 310o from
the N point of Usada Island.
PEARL BANK TO DAMMAI ISLAND (CHARTS
1531 & 4516) - CUNILAN, MALICUT, BASBAS,
25 TUBALUBAC, and DATUBATO ISLANDS, about 32 miles
ENE of Pearl Bank are on the bank extending 25 miles SW
of Pangutaran Passage. The islands are generally low, with
several of them having distinctive trees and coconut groves.
A number of shoals are upon this bank and vessels navigating
30 this area should use only large scale charts in order to have a
detailed picture of the dangerous spots. A shoal with a depth
of 6.9 m is 2.5 miles E of Basbas Island.
APO LAMBU REEF, 3 miles E of Tubalubac Island
35 has a depth of 2.3 m near the SW edge of the reef with 16.5
and 18.3 m around it. The shoaler area, having less than 5.5
m contains many coral heads.
DANGER - An underwater rock of unknown depth is
40 reported to lie about 3.7 miles NW of of the NW point of
Tubalubac Island.
TABLAS SHOAL, 2 miles E of Datubato Island is
composed of a sand ridge with the bottom generally visible.
45 It has an extent of 4 miles within the 18.3-meter curve. A
depth of 5.9 m is near the S edge about 2.3 miles E of the S tip
of Datubato Island. The water S of the shoal deepens rapidly.
SAIL ROCK, about 4.5 mile NW of Datubato Island,
50 is 20 m (67 ft) high and has the appearance of a sailing
vessel when seen from a distance. It is an excellent and
characteristic landmark. A rock awash at low tide, and a
small rocky shoal with 1.5 m (5 ft) of water over it, is 246
m SW by W and 210 m E by N of Sail Rock, respectively.
DANGERS - Coral heads are generally found in water
TIDAL CURRENTS over the bank are strong, the
8-22
strengths setting approximately NW and SE. The directions
and strengths of these currents are modified by several shoals
in this area. In the vicinity of Sail Rock the currents set almost
N and S with a velocity of 3 to 4 knots. The N strength occurs
about 2 3/4 hrs after low water at Cebu and the S strength,
about 2 hrs after high water at Cebu. Slacks occur about 1 hr
before high and low waters at Cebu. The current is generally
semidiurnal even during periods of diurnal tides.
Island; off the S and NW shores of Doc Can Island; on the
banks to the NE, SE, and W of Pearl Bank. The bottom of
these anchorages are coral sand or broken coral, and they
are particularly insecure.
5
CURRENTS are too strong and very little protection
is obtained from the anchorage off the W shores of Cap and
Deatobato Islands and off the E shore of Laparan Island.

Cap Island, Deatobato Island, Laparan Island, Doc Can 10
Island, and Pearl Bank are a scattered group of coral atolls
forming the SW extremity of Pangutaran Islands. The land
area of these islands protrude 1.5 m above high water in
very few places, mostly wooded with mangroves and other
deciduous trees 10 to 15 m (35 to 50 ft) high. The shores 15
are mostly coral sand, broken coral or coral boulders, and
the interior of the islands are salt-water lagoons of sufficient
depth to be navigable by small boats. The islands are not
inhabited, but are frequented by roving fishermen.
20
These islands are easily picked up at a distance of 10
to 12 miles and may be distinguished from each other by
the position, shape, and size as charted. When approaching
Laparan and Cap Island from the N these two may be
confused until Doc Can or Deatobato Islands are sighted. 25
Deatobato Island, on the S end of the channel between
Laparan and Cap Islands, is smaller and easily recognized.
Pearl Bank may be distinguished by a long chain of small
islands along its SE edge except when approached from the
NE or SW. TAJA ISLAND, near the NW edge of Pearl Bank, 30
is small, sandy, and wooded.
TIDES AND CURRENTS - At Pearl Bank the diurnal
range of tide is about 1.1 m (3.5 ft). Tidal currents take
various directions around these islands and the offlying
banks and shoals. The prevailing directions of the strengths,
where unobstructed, are NNW and SSE, and they may attain
a velocity of 6 knots between Doc Can Island and Pearl Bank;
elsewhere the currents are somewhat weaker.
In the vicinity of Cap Island and between that island
and Laparan Island the strengths set to the NNW and to the
SSE. Maximum velocity is about 3 knots.
Off the W end of Doc Can Island currents follow the
general direction of the 36.6-meter curve. About 4 miles SW
of the island the current entering the Sulu Sea was observed
to set to the NW; due W of the island, to the N; and N of
the island in a NE direction. The current from the Sulu Sea
takes the reverse direction approximately; SW from the N of
Laparan Island and SE to the S and SW of Doc Can Island.
Inside the 183-meter SE direction approximately parallel to
the shore. Between Laparan and Doc Can Islands currents
set parallel to the channel, N and S.

OFF-LYING SHOALS AND REEFS to be avoided In the deep-water area midway between Doc Can Island
by deep-draft vessels are located as follows: and Pearl Bank the currents set about N and S. S of this area
35 and of Pearl Bank the sets are to the NNW and to the S and
A shoal area with a depth of 10.1 m approximately SSW. There was observed a set to the SW 4 miles S of Pearl
halfway between Sail Rock and Cap Island. Bank. N of Pearl Bank the S currents divides, part setting E
and part W of the bank. Inside the 91.4-meter curve to the
A shoal with a depth of 10.5 m 2.5 miles 267o from the W the sets are to the NW and to the S. S and SW of Pearl
N end of Cap Island. 40 Bank near the 91.4-meter curve the current from the Sulu
Sea was observed to set approximately E or parallel to the
The shoal area with depths of 1.8 to 6.9 m making up depth curves.
for a distance of 3.5 miles to the N and NNW of Deatobato
Island. In the locality, Cap Island to pearl Bank, as a rule,
45 slack water occurs from 1 hr before to 1 hr after local high
Shoals of 6.4 m and 8.7 m 1 mile off the NW shore of or low water, but this varies occasionally 2 to 3 hrs either
Doc Can Island. way, presumably due to the combined effect of Sulu Sea and
Mindanao Sea tides.
A shoal with a depth of 5.9 m 548 m 190o from the S
end of Deatobato Island. A shoal with a depth of 2.7 m 1.5 50 Between Cap Island and Pearl Bank moderate tide rips
miles 230o from the S end of Taja Island. may be expected in bad weather and strong currents at the
edges of all banks. Moderate tide rips have been observed
ANCHORAGES depending on the direction of wind off the W shore of Cap Island, S and W Deatobato island, in
and sea, may be had on the various shoals adjacent to these the channel between Laparan and Doc Can Islands, between
islands. If maximum protection is desired, anchorage should 55 Doc Can Island and Pearl Bank, and at the edges of the bank
be made as close inshore as possible with sufficient swinging W of Pearl Bank.
room. There are no typhoon anchorages in this vicinity.
Very heavy tide rips have been observed between and
The following anchorages are recommended: Off the E at the edges of the shoal making out W of Doc Can Island
shore of Cap Island; off the E and NE shores of Deatobato 60 and the shoal to the NE of Pearl Bank. For this reason this

8-23
area should be avoided by small vessels except in good
weather. Strong tidal currents hits this area and are forced
to the surface by the irregularities of the bottom, causing the
water to form swirls and tide rips which run in all directions.
On a calm day a line of 0.9-meter (3 ft) tide rips
extending from Doc Can Island nearly to Pearl Bank was
observed. Masters of ships not acquainted with this locality
will invariably haul about upon approaching this line of tide
rips fearing shoal water.
CAP ISLAND, 45 miles W of Jolo Island, is a low coral
atoll 4.5 miles long in a N direction and about 1.7 miles wide.
The island is wooded with mangrove and other deciduous
trees. The area of fast land which is not covered by high
water is limited and probably does not attain an elevation of
over 1.5 m (5 ft) in height; the highest are located on the N
quarter of the island. The entire shoreline, with the exception
of short stretches of sand and coral beaches at the N and S
ends, consists of mangrove growing below high water with
5 coral reefs extending from 91 to 274 m offshore from the
mangrove.
An extensive irregularly shaped lagoon occupies a large
part of the interior of the island. There are two entrances to
this lagoon on the E side, one entrance about 1.5 miles from
the N end and the other entrance about 1 mile from the S
end. Both entrances are through breaks, approximately 91
m in width, in the coral reef where the depth is about 1.8 m
at low water, but the passage is limited to 0.9 m (3 ft) at low
water by shoals 457 m from the entrance through the reefs.
The S entrance is preferable.
DIRECTIONS - Deep-draft vessels passing between
Cap and Laparan Islands should come up the W coast of Cap
Island, keeping about 1 mile off that shore. The 10.5-meter
shoal, 2.5 miles 267o from the N end of Cap Island, should
be avoided.
DEATOBATO ISLAND, 3.5 miles SW of the S end of
Cap Island, is 1.5 miles long in N direction and 0.5 mile wide.
The elevation of fast land probably does not exceed 1.5 m
(5 ft) above high water and is limited to small areas near the
shore; a large part of the interior is submerged at high water.
The island is wooded with mangrove and other deciduous
trees 10 to 15 m in height, with mangrove predominating.
The shoreline is a coral and sand beach bounded on the W,
N, and NE by coral reefs which make out 45 to 274 m from
the high water line. The SE shore is suitable for beaching
small boats.
Making out from the N and NNW of the island for 3.5
miles is a shoal with depths varying from 1.8 to 6.9 m. A 18 m (60 ft) in height at the SW end of Doc Can Island.
shoal with a depth 5.9 m is 548 m 190o from the S end of
Deatobato Island. 55
LAPARAN ISLAND, 7 miles SW of Cap Island, is a to Sibutu Passage. It is about 23 miles WSW of Cap Island
large coral atoll 4.5 miles long and 3.0 miles wide, overgrown and 35 miles from the nearest point, UNSANG POINT, of
with mangroves and other deciduous trees 9 to 15 m (30 to the Borneo coast. A greater part of the area of the bank is
50 ft) high. Fast land above high water is practically limited 60 covered at some stages of the tide, but shoals which are bare
8-24
to the barrier reef at the S side, the NW shore, and scattered
stretches along the E shore. It does not attain an elevation
of more than 1.5 m (5 ft) above high water.
5 The shore, except the W side of the extensive lagoon at
the middle, is bounded by mangrove trees. A narrow coral
boulder barrier reef, 0.6 to 0.9 m above high water about 4
miles long, and continuous except for one break, is about 91
to 137 m off the mangrove on the S and SE shore. On the E,
10 N and W shores coral reefs make out for a distance of 91 to
548 m off the shoreline or mangrove. These reefs are bare at
low water. About 274 m off the NW shore is a small detached
clump of mangrove. Small boats pass over the reefs at high
water either at the E or W sides of the lagoon, preferably at
15 the E side. Extensive water areas of 1.8 m or greater depth
will be found in the interior, but the channels have not been
defined and the passage should not be attempted without
local knowledge.
20 DIRECTIONS.—The channel between Doc Can and
Laparan Islands is about 365 m wide with depths of 11.9 to
14.6 m. It is not recommended for other than small vessels,
as currents are strong and there is little need to use this
channel. If bound through from the S, come between the
25 barrier reefs with the extreme W edge of the tree line on
Laparan Island dead ahead on a 000o course; or if bound in
from N, approach the channel on a 155o course with the SW
tangent of Laparan Island ahead. When inside the channel,
either N bound or S bound, be guided by the edges of the
30 reefs, which can easily be seen.
DOC CAN ISLAND, 2.6 miles long in a W direction
and 1.3 miles wide, is directly W of Laparan Island. The two
islands have similar topographic features. Trees and land
35 areas are approximately the same height. The interior of the
E half is made up of scattered salt ponds and mangrove. The
W half is one large lagoon, the entrance to which is bare at
low water, between the barrier reefs at about the middle of
the S side of the island. The E half of the S side is of coral
40 barrier reefs 0.6 to 1.5 m (2 to 5 ft) above high water and 45
to 91 m off the tree line.
The W half of the S shore, the NW shore, and scattered
stretches on the N and E shores are solid ground of coral and
45 coral sand. Only off the N and E shores do coral reefs make
out any appreciable distance from the high water line. Here
they extend 183 to 457 m off the high water and tree lines.
A few short stretches of beach on the NW shore are suitable
for landing small boats. Shoals of 6.4 and 8.7 m are about 1
50 mile off the NW shore of the island.
There is a prominent cone-shaped, evergreen tree about
PEARL BANK, an extensive circular coral atoll 6.5
miles in extent, forms the E side of the N approach leading
at low water define the outer limits. Depths increase abruptly the 20-meter curve, and has a depth of 7.8 m in the center,
off the N and S limits and the 10-meter curve is less than sand and coral bottom. This depth was reported to have
0.5 mile off the reefs on the E and W shores except for a been obtained under favorable conditions by the German
detached shoal with a depth of 2.7 m 1.5 miles 230o from S.S. Offenbach in 1907. As the bottom was clearly visible it
the S end of Taja Island. 5 is probable that a lesser depth may exist over the shoal and
deep-draft vessels should avoid crossing it. A shoal with a
Ocean going vessels coming from N or S should pass at depth of 6.9 m reported in 1948 is about 2.5 miles SW of
least 3 miles E of the E end of Pearl Bank unless the visibility Talantam Shoal.
is such that the positions can be frequently checked.
10 With the wind against the current there are heavy tide
Along the E, SE, and S side of Pearl Bank is a chain rips around this bank, sometimes extending as far as the eye
of low coral islands of varying size. These are TAJA, can see, and much resembling broken water.
SIMANAYO, MAGADOS, ZAU, SIMBAY, LAHANGAN,
BULUAN, BROCEN, LAWAYAN, SICALANGCALONG, SENTRY BANK, with depths of 12.8 to 18.3 m sand
and SUCOLIGAO ISLANDS, together with some other 15 and coral bottom, is about 2 miles in extent and 28 miles
small islets and cays. About 457 m of these islands along WSW of Pearl Bank.
the S side of the bank is a narrow coral barrier reef, 4 miles
long and 0.6 to 0.9 m (2 to 3 ft) in elevation. The islands are CURRENTS - During the 2 days that the British
wooded with mangrove and other deciduous trees 10 to 17 m surveying vessel Egeria was at anchor on Sentry Bank in
(35 to 57 ft) high. The land area on any of these islands does 20 the month of August, the current was observed to set almost
not exceed 1.5 to 1.8 m (5 to 6 ft) in elevation. constantly between NE and SE, varying in velocity from 0.3
to 1.5 knots. The tidal currents appeared to exercise a decided
The shores are coral and coral sand on the SSE and E, influence on the strength and direction of the current. The
coral boulders and mangrove on the W and N. Zau Island, flood was observed to set S and the ebb N.
Lahangan Island, and Taja Islands are the largest and most 25
prominent islands. Taja Island is wooded similarly with NORMANBY BANK, about 30 miles W of Pearl Bank,
the other islands. Zau Island is known to the locals as 5 miles long in a N direction, and 2.5 miles wide, has depths
SIGNANING ISLAND. Inhabitants on this island depend of 10.3 to 18.3 m coral bottom. It is very steep-to with depths
on rain for their supply of fresh water. The light that was of more than 183 m around.
displayed on Zau Island is reportedly deactivated. Suang 30
Bunah, the barrio on Simbay Island, is the largest settlement SUNDAY BANK, 4 miles W of the N end of Normanby
on Pearl Bank. Bank, is somewhat circular in shape and about 4 miles in
diameter with a depth of 11.9 m coral bottom, on its W edge.
A small amount of fresh water may be obtained from a It is steep-to and depths of more than 183 m are close around.
small well at the foot of a palmetto tree about 183 m from 35
the N end of Lahangan Island. The islands are covered with MAGPIE BANK, an extensive formation of rotten coral
brush, palmetto, and a few large trees 7.6 to 12.2 m (25 to about 3.5 miles wide and 8 miles long in a NW direction
40 ft) high. within the 40-meter curve, has reported least depth of 8.2 m
(4.5 fm) in the middle. A depth of 16.5 m near its SW edge
The interior of Pearl Bank is made up of scattered coral 40 is on the Borneo side about 19 miles 338o from Tanjong
shoals and lagoons varying in depth from 5.5 m to 0.3 m (1 Trang Light.
ft) or less. An entrance which may be used by small craft
is on the W side of the bank about 1 mile N of Sucoligao Between the Pangutaran-Pearl Bank chain and Tawi-
Island. Local knowledge is required here, as the channel is Tawi Island, are a group of nine small islands which are
tortuous and foul. 45 mostly of coral atoll formation. The islands are low with
elevations of about 1.5 to 1.8 m (5 to 6 ft) thickly wooded,
The 20 m curve W of Pearl Bank is very irregular and 18 to 30 m (60 to 100 ft) high to the top of trees. The S shores
extends about 5 miles W of Taja Island. It drops abruptly to of these islands, with the exception of Bilangan Island, are
great depths of more than 182.9 m. Several banks and shoals steep coral or coral sand beaches which afford good landing
are between Pearl Bank and the N coast of Borneo. 50 places for small boats; the E, N, and W shores are boulder
strewn or bounded by coral barrier reefs. Dasaan, Walan,
TALANTAM SHOAL, 19 miles 245o from Pearl Bank, Lahatlahat, and Bambannan Islands are sparsely inhabited.
is about 3 miles long in a NW direction, 2 miles wide within

Tawi-Tawi Island from southward.

8-25
 In approaching these islands be guided by their size,
shape, and positions as charted, as there are no other
characteristic features. Highest trees on the islands will be
sighted at a distance of 10 to 15 miles.
OFF-LYING SHOALS AND REEFS are located
as follows:
A shoal with a depth of 8.7 m 1.8 miles 280o from N
end of Dammai Island. A shoal with a depth of 5.9 m 3.5
miles 252o from N end of Dammai Island.
A shoal with a depth of 4.1 m 3.2 miles 200o from N
end of Dammai Island.
A shoal with a depth of 4.6 m 2.8 miles 151o from the
SW end of Walan Island.
A shoal with a depth of 8.7 m 2 miles 182o from the
SW end of Walan Island.
A shoal with a depth of 8.7 m 1.3 miles 140o from the
SW end of Walan Island.
A shoal with a depth of 8.7 m 2 miles 265o from the
SW end of Walan Island.
A shoal with a depth of 1.4 m 2 miles 319o from the
SW end of Walan Island.
A shoal with a depth of 8.7 m 1 mile 220 from the S
o m wide. The coral reef barriers off the E shore are bare at
end of Bilangan Island.
In favorable weather these shoals may be distinguished
by discolored water, but little reliance should be placed on
this feature for navigational purposes. Bottom on these
shoals consists of coral boulders, broken coral, and coral
sand. About 1.5 miles W of Bilangan Island is a series of
coral reefs, some of which are generally bare 0.3 to 0.6 m
(1 to 2 ft) at high water.
FRESH WATER is not obtainable on any of the islands.
The inhabitants usually dig holes well back from the high
water line and use the brackish water which seeps in.
ANCHORAGES - No anchorage in this vicinity
can be recommended for refuge in severe weather, as the
bottom is coral or coral sand, and only partial protection
can be obtained by anchoring close inshore to the islands. In
moderate weather anchorage can be had in the lee of some
of the islands, areas off the NE or SW shores of Bambannan
Island, or Bilangan Island offer the best protection and
suitable depth for anchorage. The bottom, however, is coral
or coral sand, with occasional area of coral boulders.
TIDES AND CURRENTS - The diurnal range of
tide of Lahatlahat Island is about 0.8 m (2.5 ft). Currents
take various directions near the islands and shoals, but in
the unobstructed areas the strengths set to the NNW and to
the SSE. The strength rarely exceed 2 knots. Slack water
8-26
generally occurs about 1 hr after high and low water.
DAMMAI ISLAND, the most NE and the largest of
this group, is 29 miles SW of Jolo Island. It is of coral atoll
5 formation 2.5 miles long in a NW direction and 1 mile wide.
The fast land is not more than 1.5 to 1.8 m (5 to 6 ft) above
high water, and covered with trees 15 to 30 m (50 to 100 ft)
high. The interior is an extensive irregular shallow lagoon
bounded by mangrove swamps. The entrance to this lagoon at
10 about the middle of the NE shore, is blocked by reefs which
practically bare at low water. Small boats with drafts of not
more than 1.2 m (4 ft) may enter at high water. The entrance
and channel are not marked and local knowledge is required.
15 The S shore of this island has about 0.5 mile of steep
sand beach which affords a good landing place for small
boats. The W coast is clear and steep-to. The NW end is
bounded by barrier reefs, one of which makes out to a
position about 274 m N of the island. Off this end of the
20 island, the water deepens very gradually, the 9.1 m curve
about 735 m offshore. The E shore is dotted with reefs and
rocks to a distance of 137 to 183 m offshore.
The channel between Dammai and Singaan Islands is
25 0.5 mile wide, clear, and has a depth of 12.8 m.
SINGAAN ISLAND, directly S of Dammai Island, is
wooded, with a sand beach and a prominent round rock, with
green growth on top at its S extremity. The entire island is
30 bordered by mangroves and fronted by coral reefs 91 to 183
high water and steep-to with the 183-meter curve about 0.5
mile distant from shore. The coral reef off the W shore is
covered at some stage of the tide.
35
DASAAN ISLAND is directly S of Singaan Island. It
is wooded and has a sand beach at its S extremity. The N half
is bounded by coral barrier reefs, one reef making out from
the NE end about 0.5 mile toward Singaan Island. The area
40 N of this island, 457 m to 548 m from the S end of Singaan
Island, is foul and dotted with coral reefs which bare at
different stages of the tide. A depth of about 3 m (10 ft) can
be carried through the channel between this foul area and
the SW shore of Singaan Island. The limits of the channel
45 are not clearly defined and in the absence of navigational
aids, only small craft with local knowledge should attempt it.
DIRECTIONS - To approach the channel from SE, steer
313o course to leave the SW shore of Singaan Island 274 m
50 to starboard; hold this distance off the shore until the S point
of the island bears 103o and keep point astern on this course.
MAMANUC ISLAND, 7.5 miles SSW of Dammai
Island, is low, composed of fast land, covered with trees 15
55 to 30 m (50 to 100 ft) high and coconut palms on its SW side.
A short steep white sand beach borders the S extremity of
the island. The NE and N shores are fringed by coral barrier
reefs 23 to 91 m off the mangrove shoreline. About 365 m
off the SW shore is a live coral shoal with a depth of 3.2 m.
60
 WALAN ISLAND, 7 miles SW of Dammai Island is shoal and dotted with numerous coral heads and reefs.
similar to Mamanuc Island. A settlement is on the SE shore
of this island. This shore is a steep, clear, sand beach. A E of Tawi-Tawi Island to Tapaan Passage are a number
small area of the island is under cultivation, and the whole of islands with deep navigable channels between them. To
island has been cut over so that only a few scattered tall 5 a distance of about 5 miles off the E coast of Tawi-Tawi and
trees remain. The NW shore is bounded by a coral barrier Tandubatu Islands, there are numerous small islands and
reef and mangrove trees. A 1.4-meter shoal is 319o 2 miles reefs. A chain of coral island extends E of Tandubatu Island
from this island. to Kinapusan Island. Tataan Islands, A chain of several islets
on an extensive coral reef are 2 miles off the N coast of
BILANGAN ISLAND is 12.5 miles SW from Dammai 10 Tawi-Tawi Island. A good channel with a controlling depth
Island. The island is of coral formation, low, and covered of 12.8 m is between Tataan Islands and Tawi-Tawi Island.
with trees 15 to 30 m (50 to 100 ft) in height. The E and N
shores are bounded by coral barrier reefs 91 to 183 m off the TAWI-TAWI ISLAND is generally mountainous or
island; the W shore is mostly fringed with mangrove trees hilly. Tataan Island, the islands S of Tawi-Tawi Island, the
to the waterline. 15 chain of islands from Kinapusan Island to Pasegan Samal
Island and Kang Tipayan Diki, Kang Tiyapan Dakula,
About 548 m off the W shore are two narrow coral reefs, Cacatan and Padanan Islands, and a number of small
part of which are bare at all stages of the tide. Between these islands immediately E of Tawi-Tawi Island, are all of coral
two reefs is narrow shallow channel leading into deeper formation. The islands are all wooded with deciduous trees
water close off the W shore of the island. This affords good 20 15 to 30 m (50 to 100 ft) in height and shorelines are defined
protection for small craft, or equal protection may be found by coral in some form or by mangrove trees growing outside
off the SW point of Bilangan Island, E of the coral reef. of the high water line.

An extensive coral reef about 0.8 mile in a NNW LANDMARKS - Approaching these islands from
direction is 1.5 miles W of the N end of Bilangan Island. 25 an E direction, the peak with an elevation of 229 m (744
Parts of this reef are bare at all stages of the tide. Between ft) on Maniacolat Island will first be sighted. This peak is
these reefs and the barrier reefs close off the island is a cone-shaped as seen from the N and S but appears as a short
channel with a depth of 14.6 m. ridge from the E and W. The peak on Sugbai Island and the
summit on Tumbagaan Island are high and will be sighted at
A shoal with a depth of 6.9 m is 0.6 mile N of the lone 30 a distance of about 30 miles. The summit of Parangan Island,
tall tree on the island. Another shoal about 1 mile 220o from elevation 27 m (88 ft) is cone-shaped and covered with cogon
the S end of Bilangan Island has a depth of 8.7 m. grass. It is practically the only island in this group which is
not wooded. The summit of Magpeos Island, 109 m (359 ft)
BAMBANNAN ISLAND, 13 miles SSW of Dammai high, is cone-shaped, wooded, and very prominent. The ridge
Island, is circular in form, about 1 mile in diameter. The land 35 of Bubuan Island and the rounding summit of Tagao Island
area is low and covered with trees 15 to 30 m (50 to 100 ft) are easily distinguished. Approaching Tawi-Tawi Island,
high. The interior is planted with coconut palms. The shores the highest summits around Mount Sibankat may be seen
are bordered by coral rocks and boulders, except the N shore at a distance of 50 miles if visibility is good. The highest of
where mangrove grows to the water’s edge. these peaks, elevation 548 m (1,800 ft) which are at the NE
40 end of the range, are often clouded over. From the N and S
LAHATLAHAT ISLANDS, two in number, are Mount Bud Butua, elevation 250 m (820 ft) Mount Bud Bas,
low, small, just N of Bambannan Island. They are of coral elevation 349 m (1,145 ft) Mount Baluk Sampan, elevation
formation and wooded with trees about 18 m (60 ft) high. 320 m (1,050 ft) Thumb Hill, elevation 202 m (663 ft) and
The shores are mostly coral rocks and boulders. Mangrove Bongao Peak, elevation 314 m (1,030 ft) on Bongao Island
grows to the water’s edge on the N shores of the islands. 45 are prominent.
The S end of the N Lahatlahat Island is a steep sand beach
suitable for landing small boats. Approaching from the S Mount Baliungan, elevation
324 m (1,062 ft) on Baliungan Island, stands out more
TAWI-TAWI AND VICINITY (CHART 4514) prominently than other peaks on Tawi-Tawi Island except
50 Mount Sibankat. S of Tawi-Tawi Island the 52-meter (170 ft)
This group of islands extends from Maniacolat and hill on Mantabauan Island makes a good landmark when not
Bubuan Islands on the E, located about 34 miles SW of too distant. A low hill, 45 m (148 ft) high on Loran Island,
Jolo Island, to Bongao Island on the W, 30 miles E from the makes a good landmark when approaching the chain of
Borneo coast. Tawi-Tawi Island, by far the largest island, low islands in the vicinity between Kinapusan and Tabuan
is approximately 28 miles long and 7 miles wide. To the W 55 Islands.
of this island are Sanga Sanga and Bongao Island and the
S are extensive water areas of varying depths, the E part of OFF-LYING SHOALS AND REEFS - Tapaan Shoal
which is known as Tawi-Tawi Bay and the S limits of which with a depth of 8.7 m coral and sand bottom, in the middle of
are defined by a chain of islands extending from Tandubas Tapaan Passage is about 4 miles 116o from Maglumba Island.
Island to Manuk Manka Island on the W. Tawi-Tawi Bay is 60 This shoal extends about 1.8 miles in a NNW direction with

8-27
depths of 9.1 to 18.3 m.
IN SUGBAI PASSAGE, about 5 miles 080o from the
E point of Sugbai Island is a 10.5-meter shoal. About 3 miles
347o from the same point is a shoal area with depths of 11.4
m. A sandy shoal with 4.6 m over it is 1 mile 115o from the
W end of Sugbai Island.
A small coral boulder reef with a depth of 4.6 m is 1
mile 090o from Bakeke Island.
A 9.1-meter spot is 4.5 miles 192o from Tancolaluan
Island. Tacutboata Reef a circular atoll about 548 m in
diameter and bare at half tide, is about 0.7 mile SW of
Bacutcut Bank.
Off the NE end of Tawi-Tawi Island, inside the
18.3-meter curve, are numerous shoals and dangers. This
area should not be entered except with careful piloting, using
the latest edition on the chart.
Off the N coast of Tawi-Tawi Island there is but one
offlying shoal which is considered a danger to navigation
close inshore. This shoal has a depth of 7.8 m and is about
0.8 mile NW of the S point of the entrance to Port Languyan.
ANCHORAGES that afford excellent protection in
severe weather are as follows: In Basbas Channel, 0.5 mile
N of the N end of Tabolongan island in 12.8 m broken coral
bottom; in Port Languyan at the junction of the N-S and
E-W arms, in 12.8 m mud bottom; in Tataan Pass, anchorage
should be chosen so as to obtain desired protection in 18.3
to 27.4 m, coral sand or mud bottom; in Chongos Bay, S of
Malasa Point, 20.1 m mud bottom. With a good knowledge
of the channels and dangers in approaching, excellent
anchorages may also be had among the small islands near the
E coast of Tawi-Tawi Island. Fairly secure anchorage may be
had in the lee of many of the smaller islands, having particular
care not to anchor where currents are strong or in boulder
bottom. The best of these anchorages are off the E coast
of Cacatan Island; between Kang Tipayan Diki and Kang
Tiyapan Dakula Islands; N or S of Tumbagaan or Sugbai
Islands; and between Loran and South Ubian Islands. A fair
anchorage exposed to S or SE weather can be had in Aguada
Bay, E of Bongao Island. Among the islands and reefs off the
S coast of Tawi-Tawi Island many anchorages giving partial
protection are available, but are difficult of access.
TIDES AND CURRENTS - The diurnal range for the
stations named is as follows:
Meters
Bongao 1.3 (4.2)
Banaran Island 1.7 (5.6)
Tandungan Channel 1.3 (4.4)
Basbas Channel 0.8 (2.5)
Tataan Pass 0.7 (2.4)
The tidal wave apparently enters from the Celebes
Sea. In the area E of Tawi-Tawi Island cotidal lines (lines
8-28
joining points at which tides are about simultaneous) run
approximately NE and SW, the wave progressing to the NW.
The average direction of set of tidal currents in the area
5 E of Tawi-Tawi Island is NW with the flood and SE with the
ebb, although this direction varies somewhat in different
passages and channels. The flood current entering Tapaan
Passage, sets in a NNW direction, the ebb in the reverse
direction. In the vicinity of Cacatan island and Midchannel
10 Bank currents set parallel to the channels. Currents set in
the passages between the islands W of Kinapusan Island
parallel to the axes of the channels, but N of the channels are
deviated to the W with the flood. In the area N of Kinapusan
Islands and S of Tagao Island the flood sets to the WNW and
15 the ebb in the reverse direction. This current progresses as
far as the vicinity of Bakeke and Baturapac islands before it
is turned to the NW. This current meets the flood setting N
through Tandungan Channel at about the latitude of the N
end of Tandungan Island.
20
Observations indicate that the flood to the E of Tawi-
Tawi Island meets the flood through Sibutu Passage and along
the N coast of Tawi-Tawi Island at about the longitude of
Tongehatan Point. E of Tawi-Tawi Island in the open-water
25 areas tidal currents will only occasionally exceed 2 knots, but
in Tapaan Passage, in the channel between Tumbagaan and
Sugbai islands, and the passages between the islands W of
Kinapusan island currents may attain a maximum of 6 knots.
30 The tidal currents along the N coast of Tawi-Tawi Island
are weak, the flood setting NE from Sibutu Passage, meeting
the flood from those E of Tawi-Tawi in longitude 120o 11' E.
In Sibutu Passage currents may attain a velocity of 6
35 knots, the ebb being much stronger, presumably due to the
permanent current off the coast of Borneo which sets in a
SE direction into the passage. In Sibutu Passage the flood
sets to the NNW and the ebb to the S. Off the NW coast of
Bongao and Sanga Sanga Islands the flood through Sibutu
40 Passage is deviated to an E or SE direction by reason of the
current off the coast of Borneo.
Among the islands and shoals S of Tawi-Tawi Island
the general direction of set during the flood is NW, but is
45 deviated to conform to definite channels. Strong currents
setting fair with the channel will be experience in Simunul
Channel. SE of Tawi-Tawi Bay, is deep water, currents are
weak and irregular.
50 As a general rule, slack water occurs within one to two
hours of low or high water. However, the ebb current has
been known to continue setting S through Sibutu Passage
for several days at a time.
55 In unfavorable weather, heavy tide rips will be met in
Tapaan Passage, Sugbai Passage, in the vicinity of Kinapusan
Island, at the S entrances to channels between the Kinapusan
Islands, in the channel between Sugbai and Tumbagaan
Islands, in Sibutu Passage, and in the vicinity of Manuk
60 Manka and Simumul Islands. These tide rips are generally
heaviest where general depths considerably increase or
decrease abruptly as at the S entrance to channels between
the Kinapusan Islands.
PARANGAN ISLAND (05° 30' 07"N., 120° 34' 10"E.), 5
31 miles SW of Jolo Island, is small, cone-shaped, 27 m (88
ft) high, and covered with cogon grass. It is a good landmark.
About 640 m W is a small flat-topped islet, 4 m high, with a
narrow 12 m channel between the dry reef running E from
it and Parangan island. Parangan and Maniacolat Islands are 10
connected by a bank with depths of 12.8 to 18.3 m. About 2.2
miles NW of Parangan Island is a small shoal with a depth
of 10.1 m. Another shoal with a depth of 7.6 m (25 ft) is
about 640 m S from the island.
MANIACOLAT ISLAND, 2.3 miles S of Parangan
Island, is about 1.5 miles long in N direction, 0.8 mile wide,
and heavily wooded. The shores are steep-to on all sides
except the S. The summit of this island is a peak 227 m (744
ft) in elevation, which appears as a cone from practically 20
every direction except E and W. This peak is practically
prominent. The village of MANIACOLAT is on the E shore.
The church spire of this village is a good landmark. Rain is
the only source of fresh water.
BABUAN ISLET, 11 m (37 ft) high and wooded, is
nearly 735 m W of the SW extremity of Maniacolat Island.
A channel between this islet and Maniacolat Island has a
depth of 11 m.
MAGLUMBA ISLET, about 274 m long and 40 m high
is about 1.2 miles 090o from the N point of Maniacolat Island.
The channel W of this islet is clear with a depth of 54.9 m.
BUBUAN ISLAND, 735 m S of Maniacolat Island, is 35
about 2 miles wide by 2.5 miles long. A range of low hills,
attaining an elevation of 137 m (450 ft) near the NW ends,
extends along the SW shore which is rocky and precipitous on
the points and sandy with steep wooded slopes in bights. The
N slopes of this range are partially cultivated, the remainder 40
heavily wooded.
Another range of hills extends NW for about 0.8 mile
from the most E point of the island which is a steep rocky
cliff rising to the highest part of the ridge, 100 m (327 ft) in
elevation. A reef with sunken coral heads extends about 183
m off the SE point. Near the center of the island is a lone
hill 81 m (266 ft).
The N part of the island and the valleys between the hills 50
are mostly low, swampy, and covered with mangroves. The
SE and E shores are planted with coconuts among which are
scattered nipa houses.
A large shallow lagoon covers most of the interior of 55
Bubuan Island. It is entered from the W through a narrow
entrance, about 27 m its narrowest part, which has a depth of KINAPUSAN ISLANDS, about 10 miles S of Bubuan
1.8 m and affords a haven for small craft narrow anchorage Island, consist of three low densely wooded coral islands on
in 3.7 m behind high ground 274 m within the entrance. extensive coral reef partly bare at low water.
BUBUAN, the only village on the island, is near the S side 60
8-29
of the entrance to the lagoon.
A channel about 548 m wide separates Bubuan and
Maniacolat Islands. Depths vary from 6.4 to 12.8 m.
MIDCHANNEL BANK, between Maniacolat and
Cacatan Islands, is a long shoal extending 4.5 miles in
approximately a NNW direction. There are deep channels
on either side of this shoals. Depths on this bank vary from
18.3 m to the highest point, which is a dangerous rock
awash, located 2.5 miles 240o from Parangaan Island. The
shoalest parts are difficult to distinguish. About 1 mile S of
the rock, is a sand and coral crest with 1.8 to 3.7 m. This
crest is hooked to the W at the N end and extends about 1
15 mile in a SSE direction.
CACATAN ISLAND, low, flat, and wooded, is 7 miles
W of Parangan Island. The island is of coral formation with
shores of coral and coral sand. The elevation of the fast land
is not more than 1.5 to 2 m (5 to 7 ft) and the deciduous trees
15 to 24 m high. The N side is bounded by a narrow coral
boulder reef. Several coral shoals with depths of 8.7 to 10.1
m within the 18.3-meter curve, make out in a SSE direction
for 3 miles from the S point of the island.
25
MAGPEOS ISLAND, 4 miles S of Bubuan Island, is
small, steep, rocky, and heavily wooded. The island is a clear
cut sharp cone rising to an elevation of 109 m (359 ft) and
easily recognized from a distance. A reef makes out E by N
30 from the E point terminating in a rock awash 274 m from the
main island. Between the rock awash and the main island is
a group of several large block-shaped rocks, the highest of
which has an elevation of 8.5 m. Twin pinnacle rocks, the
higher of which is 4.3 m (14 ft) high, are 91 m W by N from
the SW point of the island.
TAGAO ISLAND, 1.3 miles S of Magpeos Island, is
0.8 mile long in a N direction and 0.6 mile wide. The island
is wooded with two hills near its W shore; the higher has an
elevation of 76 m (250 ft) to the top of trees. Near the center
of the NE shore is another hill 43 m (140 ft) high. The W
and N shores are steep with coral and coral sand beach. The
E and S shores slope more gradually to the water’s edge. A
shoal with increasing depths of from 1.8 to 9.1 m makes
45 out from its S end in an ESE direction for 0.8 mile. A small
detached shoal with a depth of 10.7 m (35 ft) is 640 m NW
of the island.
TANCOLALUAN AND PANDANAN ISLANDS, 5.3
and 8.8 miles W of Tagao Island, are small, low, and wooded.
Tancolaluan Island is of coral rock formation, wooded, and
has a small hill, the elevation of which to the top of trees is
about 21 m (70 ft). There are twin rocks, 0.6 m (2 ft) high
and 338 m W of the W end of this island. Pandanan Island
is flat and planted with coconut trees.
 TABAWAN ISLAND, the W of the group, has several
small islets around it. The reef bordering the islands extends
nearly 2 miles S and steep-to. The island is thickly populated,
fishing being the chief industry of the inhabitants. Some
coconuts are raised. A channel about 0.8 mile with depths
of 8.7 m is between Tabawan and Bintoulan Islands. The
channel between Tabawan and Loran Islands is 2.5 miles
wide with depths of 11 to 18.3 m.
BINTOULAN and Kinapusan Island, E of Tabawan
Island is on the same coral reef 4.5 miles in a WNW direction.
The islands are low and have the same characteristic features
as Tabawan. The barrio of Bintawlan is on the N coast of
Bintoulan Island. The outer edge of the reef bordering the
islands have stretches of long barrier reefs bare at low
water. SE of Kinapusan Islands, the reef extends 0.8 mile.
A detached shoal with a depth of 5.5 m is 365 m NW of
Bintoulan Island.
CAUTION - As the reefs S of these islands are steep-
to and the lead consequently gives no warning, care should
be taken when navigating in this vicinity. The tidal currents
here also have considerable velocity.
ANCHORAGE - Vessels may anchor N of Tabawan
Island with the W extremity of the village of GUITONG,
bearing about 160o distant 0.8 mile from shore, in 21.9 to
25.6 m.
LORAN ISLAND, 3 miles W of Tabawan Island, is 1.3
mile long in a NW direction and about 548 m wide. A hill on
the NW side is 45 m high, ground elevation. This knob is a
good landmark. The island is inhabited, partly cleared and
cultivated. It is connected by a coral reef with little MANOTE
ISLAND to the S. The edges of the reef are bare at various
stages of tide except the part SE of Manote Island where
shoal water extends about 1 mile seaward.
The N point of Loran Island is steep-to. A fringe of coral
surrounds the remaining shores at a distance of from 183 m
on the NE to 0.6 mile on the SE. On this reef S are several
small islets. The channel between Loran and Tabawan Islands
is wide, deep, and clear. It is preferred over other channels
in this vicinity because of the high ground on Loran Island
which serves as a good landmark. A depth of 18.3 m may be
carried through this channel by favoring the Loran side near
the N end and center of the channel near the S end.
SOUTH UBIAN ISLAND, about 0.8 mile SW from
Loran Island, is triangular in shape with the apex to the NW.
It is the most cultivated and most thickly populated island in
this vicinity. The villages are mostly on the NE and SW sides.
The island is surrounded by a coral reef extending from it to a
distance of 0.8 mile on the E side, having several small islets
upon it, the highest of which is only 2.4 m (8 ft) above low
water. A channel about 823 m wide is between South Ubian
and Loran Islands through which 5.5 m may be carried by
keeping well to the E side of the S section. The reefs at the
south entrance are usually covered and are difficult to see.
8-30
SOUTH UBIAN (05° 10' 56"N., 120° 29' 26"E.),
on the NE shore, is the seat of the Municipality of South
Ubian. It has several small stores and a school. A T-head
causeway concrete jetty extends about 420 m NE from the
5 shore. Means of communication with Siasi and other islands
are by sailboats and other local craft. Copra and some dried
fish are shipped. Produce is scarce and rain is the principal
source of fresh water.
10 Between South Ubian Island and Bacutcut Bank is a
channel with a controlling depth of 7.3 m. The reefs on either
side are fairly evident and the channel is easily negotiated.
The tidal currents in these passes are strong, flooding N.
15 BACUTCUT BANK, bare at low water, is an extensive
reef 6 miles long in a NW direction and 2.5 miles wide, W of
South Ubian Island. Numerous rocky islets and sand cays are
scattered near the edge of this bank. A lone cluster of rocks
4.6 m (15 ft) high is in the center of the bank.
20
TABUAN ISLANDS, about 2 miles SW of South Ubian
Island, consist of a number of rocks and islets, on the SE
part of Bacutcut Bank. Tabuan, the largest island of the group,
is planted with coconut trees and inhabited.
25
LIJATLIJAT ROCKS are a group of big corals on the
NW extremity of Bacutcut Bank. Numerous sand cay are in
the vicinity of these rocks.
30 CELANDAT ISLETS, 4 miles SE of Lijatlijat Rocks
are rocky, the highest of which is 15 m (49 ft).
TACUTBOATA REEF, bare at half tide is a circular
atoll 0.7 mile from the SW edge of the bank, with Tabuan
35 Islet bearing 083o, distant 2.5 miles.
PASEGAN SAMAL ISLAND, 5 miles NW of South
Ubian Island, is low, covered with coconut trees the tops
of which are 27 m (88 ft) above the sea. It is fringed with a
40 coral reef N and E to a distance of 735 m from shore, with
soundings of 5 to 12.3 m at the edge. A shoal area with a
depth of 7.8 m extends SE from the island for a distance of
about 0.8 mile.
45 PASEGAN GUIMBA ISLAND, 1.5 mile W of Pasegan
Samal Island, is low, flat, and planted with coconut trees, 21
to 24 m (70 to 80 ft) high. Coral shoals extend 457 m off the
N, E, and W shores. A long shoal with a depth of 2.3 m is
0.5 mile E of the island. About 1.5 miles NE is a 3.2-meter
50 spot on a long narrow coral sand and boulder reef extending
1 mile long in a N direction. Depths vary from 3.2 to 9.1 m
with 10.1 to 14.6 m at its edge. Another narrow shoal with
depths of 1.8 to 7.3 m makes up in a NNE direction from
the island. A shoal with a depth of 2.3 m is 0.5 mile N of the
55 island. Between Pasegan Guimba Island and the N entrance
to Cambacamba Channel and the coasts of Tandungan and
Dundangan Islands are numerous shoals with depths of 1.8
to 11 m. This area may be navigated with the aid of the latest
edition of the chart and with good local knowledge.
60
 CURRENTS attaining a velocity of 5 knots are found
in the channel W of Pasegan Guimba.
CALAITAN ISLETS, 2.5 miles SSW of Pasegan
Guimba Island, are mangrove on the W edge of extensive 5 with an elevation of 151 m (497 ft). Two other hills of more
reef between the SE coast of Dundangan Island and Bacucut
Bank.
CAMBACAMBA CHANNEL, between Bacutcut
Bank and the reef surrounding Calaitan Islets, is 2 miles long 10
in a N direction and 548 m wide at its narrowest part, with
a depth of 16.5 m. To enter it from N a vessel should pass
between Tandungan and Pasegan Guimba or between the
two Pasegans. This channel is considered inferior to that of
Ubian for deeper draft vessels, and should not be attempted at 15
night. The W side of the channel should be favored near the
N entrance and the center near the S entrance. The currents
in the channel are very strong. Tide rips are experienced at
the S entrance.
20
CALAITAN CHANNEL, between Calaitan Islets and
the SE coast of Dundangan Island, is only practicable for
small vessels of less than 1.8 m draft. The N entrance is
divided into two arms by BATAN BANK. The S end joins
SIPUNGUT CHANNEL, which runs 1.8 miles E and then 25
empties at the S end of Cambacamba Channel.
CAUTION - Although 6.4 m can be carried through
both Calaitan and Sipungut Channels a boat drawing
more than 1.8 m (6 ft) would be too unhandy to attempt 30
the passage, especially through the cluster of reefs S of
Dundangan Island between the junction of these channels and
Tandungan Channel. Under no condition should this passage
be attempted when the sun is low and ahead.
35
CURRENTS, sometimes reaching a velocity of 4 knots,
are very bad in this locality, especially at the junction of
Calaitan and Sipungut Channels with Tandungan Channel.
BAKEKE ISLET, 548 m N of Calupag Island, is 40
rocky, devoid of vegetation, and 6 m (20 ft) high. It is a good
landmark. A small coral reef makes out to the E of this islet.
A coral shoal with a depth of 1.8 m is about 735 m NNE
from Bakeke Islet. Another reef formed by coral boulders,
1 mile E of the islet, has a depth of 4.6 m. 45
CALUPAG ISLAND, S of Bakeke Islet, is the only
island in this general vicinity which is not heavily wooded.
There are large areas of cogon grass on the island. The
highest elevation is 84 m (276 ft) near the SE side. Near the 50
W end is a hill 76 m (250 ft) high. The S and most of the
E coast is bordered by mangrove. The N and E coasts are
white coral beaches.
SARUCSARUCAN ISLAND, about 548 m SW of 55
Calupag Island, is partly wooded and bordered by mangrove.
The island is 59 m (195 ft) high, circular in shape, and about
548 m in extent.
TANDUNGAN ISLAND, about 1.8 miles long in a SW 60
8-31
direction and 1.1 miles wide, is hilly and heavily wooded
with the shoreline bordered by mangrove. Coral reefs extend
off the E shore for a distance of 45 to 183 m. The highest
summit near the center of the island is a flat-topped hill,
than 122 m (400 ft) in elevation are near the NW end and W
side of the island. A small number of barrios are along the E
and W shores and parts of the island are under cultivation.
DUNDANGAN ISLAND is close to the S end of
Tandungan Island, being separated from the island by Salang
Salangan Channel. The island is hilly and heavily wooded
with its shores bordered by mangrove and coral reefs to a
large extent. Parts of this island are under cultivation and
several barrios are along its shores.
SALANG SALANGAN CHANNEL, between
Tandungan Island and Dundangan Island, is narrow,
tortuous, and passable only by small craft. A depth of 1.8 m
(6 ft) can be carried through by keeping a careful watch for
several rocks covered by 0.3 to 1.5 m (1 to 5 ft) of water.
Launches and small boats using this channel should favor
the S side. A number of dangers some of which bare at low
water are found at the E entrance. An island close to SW
end of Tandungan Island and NW end of Dundangan Island
divides the W entrance to Salang Salangan Channel. This
island is surrounded by mangroves, and an area of fast land,
planted with coconut trees, is known as BATU CUNING.
The passage S of this island is deeper and preferable than
the N end when entering the channel. Extensive coral reef is
on the N end of the island, and about 365 m W of the reef,
inside the 9.1-meter curve are several detached reefs which
bare at low water.
BAKOT TAKUT REEFS, about 365 m off the NW
extremity of Dundangan Island, are small coral shoals bare
0.3 m at low water, and close to the E edge of the navigable
route through Tandungan Channel.
TANDUNGAN CHANNEL, between Calupag,
Tandungan and Dundangan Islands on the E and Situgal Hea
and Tandubatu Islands on the W, is an inland passage leading
to the S of Tawi-Tawi without leaving the archipelago and
without exposure to the open sea which sometimes becomes
very heavy during the SW monsoon. It is practicable for
vessels of 5.9 m (19 ft) draft. The channel is 6 miles long
and 640 m wide in the narrowest part with depths of 7.3 m.
It is tortuous, unmarked and shoals do not show very clearly.
In the absence of navigational aids the channel should not
be used without local knowledge. Anchorage may be found
anywhere in this channel.
DIRECTIONS - From a position 1.3 miles 100o of the
N tangent of Calupag Island and the summit on Tandungan
Island bearing 170o, steer 205o to pass 183 m E of Sangsang
Island. This course will carry a depth of 9.1 m although a
slight deviation from the track will take the ship into 6.4 m.
Care must be taken not to get onto the shoal NE of Naungan
Dakula Island, as 457 m off this route will lead into a 1.8-
meter spot. When Sangsang Island bears W, steer 223o
for a hill 132 m (435 ft) high to the top of trees on the SE
coast of Tandubato Island and continue this course in mid-
channel between SINAGBUAN ISLAND and AMAANANG
ISLAND.
When the S end of Amaanang is abeam, alter course S
to 179o to pass 183 m E of a detached bare rock (designated
A), about 228 m E of the NE point of TAMBILUANGA
ISLAND, thence on course 165o to pass 330 m E of a small
reef, bare at lower low water, in mid-channel and is generally 10
marked by a brush stake.
When this reef bears W alter course to 182o to pass 320
m E of AMBILON SHOAL. When the S point of Ambilon
Shoal bears W change course to 215o until the N tangent of
Tandubas Island bears E, then steer directly for the center of
the top of the hill on Bauang Dakula Island on course 266o
passing S of and close to two large reefs usually marked on
their S edges by poles.
From this point on, various courses should be steered,
keeping midway between the well-defined reef lines which
determine the channel and which are at most times clearly
visible from aloft. After passing between BAUANG DIKI
and BAUANG DAKULA, the channel bends S to pass S of
PINTADA ISLAND. A small reef in mid-channel S of the
highest hill on Pintada Island may be passed on either hand,
thence close to the N point of a long narrow V-shaped reef
and on course 220o into the clear S of Lintian Point.
TIDAL CURRENTS in the channel between Bauang
Dakula and the islands N are strong with a velocity of 4 to 5
knots in the restricted areas during spring tides. At high water,
cross-currents set on the reefs, particularly on the flood. At
low water the ebb currents set long the channel axis.
The channel N of Bauang Diki and Pintada Island is foul
and impracticable except for very small launches.
CAUTION - The channel between Bauang Diki and
Bauang Dakula Islets should not be passed with the sun low
and ahead. At other times the bank can be seen distinctly, and
with the aid of the chart no difficulty should be experienced.
FRESH WATER.—On the SE part of Tambiluanga
Island there are three wells of good water, but supply is
limited.
TANDUBATU ISLAND, close to the E end of Tawi-
Tawi Island, is about 5 miles long in N direction and 4 miles
wide. It is very irregular, heavily wooded, and the shoreline
almost fringed by mangroves fronted by coral reefs. The
N part is generally low and the S has several rugged hills.
Three prominent peaks are on the NE side. The highest peak
of the island is 149 m (488 ft). Several villages are along
the E shore.
GALLO MALO CHANNEL, between Tandubatu
Island and Tawi-Tawi Island, is about 548 m wide, tortuous,
and full of small detached dangerous shoals. It is used only
8-32
by local small craft. The N approach is foul and intricate
because of an extensive reef making out from the N end of
Tandubatu Island. The entrance with a depth of 4.1 m may
be found about 548 m SE of Tubu Tubu Island.
5
FRESH WATER may be had from a well on the SE
part of Situgal Hea Island, from a spring on the NE slope of
Tandubatu Island, opposite Taruc Point, and from wells on
the SE side of Dundangan Island. Other slightly brackish
wells are found on Calupag and Pasegan Guimba Island.
PAMISAAN ISLAND, close to the N shore of
Tandubatu Island is small, low, and fringed with mangroves.
Tops of trees are about 27 m (90 ft) high. A depth of 1.8 m can
15 be carried through the narrow channel between this island and
Tandubatu Island. Launches and small boats using this pass
may avoid the coral reefs making out from Tandubatu Island
at the entrances to the channel by keeping in mid-channel.
20 SITUGAL HEA ISLAND, close the NE side of
Tandubatu Island is nearly triangular with two sides about
1.3 miles and the other 1.5 miles long. The island is hilly
and heavily wooded. The greater part of the shoreline is
bordered by mangrove. Parts of the S and E coasts are under
25 cultivation. Extensive reefs make out from the N shore. A
channel about 228 m wide with depths of 2.4 m is between
Tandubatu and Situgal Hea Islands. This channel is foul near
its NW end, and care should be taken to avoid the reefs. An
extensive coral reef is in the middle of the NW entrance. The
30 channel is best navigated by passing W of this reef.
SITUGAL DIKI ISLAND, NAUNGAN DIKI
ISLAND, AND SABUD ISLAND are low, small, wooded,
close to the NW, N, and S ends, respectively, of Situgal Hea
35 Island. The ground elevation of the summit of Situgal Diki
Island is 13 m (43 ft) that of Naungan Diki 16 m (52 ft) and
Sabud Island, the lowest, is overgrown with mangroves. A
narrow shallow channel passable by small boats is between
Sabud Island and Tandubatu Island. The water area between
40 the other islands and Tandubatu is blocked by sand and mud
flats.
TAY B U AY, S A N G S A N G , G A M B O L A N D
INDANGAN ISLANDS, are small wooded islands E
45 of Situgal Hea Island and near the W side of Tandungan
Channel. The first three are bordered by mangrove, the fast
lands on all are planted with coconut trees. A coral shoal
makes out for 274 m to the NE of Sangsang Island and a
large coral reef is midway between Taybuay and Pasincuan
50 Islands. Small boats may navigate any of the channels
between these islands. A good channel with a depth of about
8.2 m is W of Sangsang and Gambol Islands. The deepest
part of this channel is 137 m off the mangrove on the S side
of Gambol island.
55
PA S I N C U A N A N D N A U N G A N D A K U L A
ISLANDS, E of Situgal Hea Island, are wooded with an
elevation of 42 and 54 m (139 and 176 ft) respectively. The
W side of Pasincuan Island is bordered by mangrove and
60 shoals make out from the E shore for a distance of 91 m.
The higher elevation, formed by a small hill, is near the south Islands to the N coast of Situgal Hea Island and N and E of
end of this land. A depth of 1.8 m may be carried through Naungan Island.
the channel between Pasincuan and Situgal Hea Islands.
Naungan Dakula Island, about 365 m N of Pasincuan Island, ANCHORAGE - Vessels in this vicinity may anchor S
is all fast land planted with coconut trees. The island has 5 or E of Baturapac Island in 12.8 to 14.6 m, sand coral bottom.
two hills 49 m (160 ft) and 54 m (176 ft) high. Coral shoals Ship should be guided to anchorage by frequent cross bearing
extend off the shores for a short distance and off its S point which may be taken to the many islands in this vicinity.
for a distance of 320 m. A small village is on its SE shore.
CAUTION - Shoals in these waters are generally of live
The channel between the W side of Naungan Dakula 10 coral formation and steep-to. A good lookout and use of the
Island and the NE end of Pasincuan island has a depth of echo sounder are indispensable when navigating in this area.
about 3.2 m and contains several small shoals.
TUBU TUBU ISLANDS, TONKIAN ISLANDS,
For a distance of 1 mile NE of Naungan Dakula Island TANCAN AND GOL-LOMAN ISLANDS, are of
and N of Situgal Hea Island is an extensive area having 15 coral formation, heavily wooded with deciduous trees and
numerous shoals with depths of 3.7 m and less. mangrove along the shores. Fast land is limited and attains
little elevation. Tops of trees are from 9 to 20 m (30 to 65
DANGERS - Located 1.5 miles 033o from the N end ft) high. These islands are not inhabited.
of Naungan Dakula Island is a coral shoal with a depth of
1.4 m at the N side of an extensive shoal area with depths 20 A coral reef on which mangrove has commenced to
of 3.7 to 11 m. A shoal awash at low water is 328o, 0.7 mile grow is 183 m N of Tubu Tubu Islands. Several shoals are
from the N end of this island. off the shores of the Tubu Tubu Islands which render the
channels E and W of these islands slightly difficult. A clear,
BOSO LALONG ROCK, 1.5 m (5 ft) high, is 313o, 1 deep channel is between Tonkian Islands and around them
mile from the N end of this island. 25 by keeping 45 to 91 m off the shores. The water is clear and
deep off the shores of Tancan Island, and also between it
BATURAPAC, TAUNTONG DIKI, TAUNTONG, and Gol-loman Island. A rock bare at all stages of the tide is
NANCAAN, CALLOAN DIKI, AND CAL-LOAN, are 548 m off the NE shore of Gol-laman Island. Several shoals
low coral mangrove islands NE of Tandubatu Island. These with depths of less than 5.5 m are off the NE and N shores
islands have very little fast land, and tops of trees have an 30 of Gol-loman Island.
elevation of 24 to 30 m (80 to 100 ft). There are two small
areas of fast land on Nancaan Island which are planted with DANGERS - Off the E coast of Tawi-Tawi Island and
coconut trees. The shores of Baturapac island are clear and N of latitude of Baturapac Island, as far E as the longitude
devoid of inshore dangers. Shoals make out from the SE of the E end of Tumbagaan Island, shoals and dangers are
ends to Tauntong Diki, Tauntong, and Nancaan islands for 35 so numerous that they will not be mentioned here. The chart
a distance of 91 to 183 m. A shoal, about 0.7 mile long bare should be consulted. Only the most important shoals of
in places, makes out in a SE direction from Cal-loan Island. particularly proximity to channels will be noted.

CHANNELS - The channel between Baturapac and A shoal of 9.1 m is 1.2 miles, 317o from Bakeke Island. A
Tauntong Diki Island is about 0.5 mile wide with depths 40 shoal of 5-meter is 3 miles, 192o from the E end Tumbangaan
of 12.8 m in the middle. On the N end of this channel is a Island and another shoal of 6.9 m is 2.5 miles 186o from
6.9-meter shoal 548 m W of the N end of Baturapac Island. the same point. A shoal of 8.7 m is 1 mile NE of Pahumaan
Island. A 2.3-meter spot is 0.5 mile NE of the same island.
The channel between Tauntong Diki and Tauntong
Islands is passable by small boats with a draft of 1.8 m (6 45 The coast of Tawi-Tawi Island from DIAL DIAL
ft). The channel between Tauntong and Nancaan Islands has DACULA NW along Himba Channel is fringed with
a depth of 3.7 m. A good channel with a depth of 9.1 m is mangrove and low in elevation. Many of the bights are mud
along the W side of Nancaan Island. Between the W side of flats.
Cal-loan Island and the reef bordering Tandubatu Island, the
channel has a depth of only 4.6 m near the SE end, about 50 TABOLONGAN ISLAND, close to the NE coast of
274 m off the N coast of Pamisaan Island. Tawi-Tawi, is separated from it by a channel about 183 m
wide. The island is low with an elevation of 43 to 52 m
DANGERS - There are a number of coral shoals with (140 to 170 ft) to the tops of trees. It is mostly fringed by
depths of 0.9 to 7.3 m about 365 m to 1 mile off the NNE mangroves except on its N end where fast land may be found
and E coast of Baturapac Island. Two small circular live coral 55 and planted with coconut trees.
reefs are about 183 m and 548 m S of the SE end of Tauntong
Island. Another circular live coral shoal is 0.5 mile E of the HIMBA CHANNEL between Tabolongan Island and
S end of Nancaan Island. These three small reefs are on an Tawi-Tawi Island is foul and intricate. It is used only by
extensive shoal area with depths varying from a few meters small local crafts. In the S part of this channel is a small
to several fathoms extending from Nancaan and Tauntong 60 mangrove islet, with a narrow channel on each side passable

8-33
only by small launches drawing not more than 1.8 m (6 ft).
E and SE of the islet is an extensive foul area which should
be navigated only with caution.
TABOLONGAN SIBI AND TAYOAN ISLANDS,
off the E coast of Tabolongan Island, are small and wooded.
BASBAS ISLAND, 735 m off the NE end of Tawi-
Tawi Island, is about 2.5 miles long in a NW direction with
a maximum width of 1.2 miles.The island is heavily wooded. 10
The highest point of the island is a hill on the W side with an
elevation of 70 m (230 ft). Most of the W side is fringed with
mangroves with few stretches of fast land. The NE shore is
fast land and the SE is fringed with mangroves. On the W
shore W of the summit is the barrio of Bas-Bas where fresh 15
water and some food supplies may be obtained. Shoal area
extending about 0.5 mile of the E and SE coasts of Basbas
Island are littered with several rocks which are at some stage
of the tide. A channel with depths of 16.5 to 9.1 m is between
Basbas Island and Pahumaan Island. The channel between 20
Pahumaan Island and Gol-loman Island has depths of 12.8
to 7.3 m. The dangers on these channels are numerous and
vessels without local knowledge should navigate this area
with caution.
BOSOC LALUNG, a rock 1.5 m (5 ft) high, is about 1
mile 051o from the S end of Basbas Island. Two rocks awash
at high tide are 1 mile 040o and 0.5 mile 089o from the N end
of Gol-loman Island.
BASBAS CHANNEL, between Basbas Island and
Tawi-Tawi, is about 548 m wide with navigable depths of
12.8 to 14.6 m 0.5 mile N of Tabolongan Island. The S half
of the channel between Tabolongan Island and the SW shore
of Basbas Island is very intricate, narrow, and encumbered
with several dangerous rocks and shoals.
ANCHORAGE in the channel may be had in 14.6 m
about 0.5 mile N of Tabolongon Island.
DIRECTIONS - To enter Basbas Channel from N, bring
the highest summit of Basbas Island to bear 132o and steer
for it on this bearing. When fairly in the entrance keep in
mid-channel, slightly favoring the E bank after past abreast
the summit of Basbas Island. Vessels drawing less than 4.6
m (15 ft) may proceed through an intricate narrow channel
SE to deeper water SW of Gol-loman Island.
PAHUMAAN ISLAND, 1.5 miles E of Basbas Island,
is low and wooded. The N half of the island is fast land
planted with coconut trees, the S half mostly overgrown
with mangroves.
PAMACALAN ISLAND AND PAMADBARAN
ISLAND, 0.5 mile S of Pahumaan Island, are small and
rocky.
TUMBAGAAN ISLAND, 3.5 miles NE of Basbas
Island, is 186 m high. It is sparsely wooded and mountainous
with most of its area showing bare brown soil due to the
8-34
nickel mining operations on the island. The island is 2.7
miles long in an E direction and about 1.3 miles wide. The
E, W, and N points are composed of rocky cliffs. The rest
of the shoreline are of coral and sand. A small knob 122 m
5 (402 ft) high at the E end is prominent. Several small villages
are along the shore of the island. The S and NE shore are
planted with coconut trees.
SETAMBOL BAY is a small shallow lagoon on the
NW shore of Tumbagaan Island. At low water, the depth at
the entrance is about 0.3 m (1 ft).
BOSO DOHONNAN ROCKS, three in number, are
about 735 m S from the S shore of Tumbagaan Island. The
most W of these rocks is 1.2 m (4 ft) high and about 640 m
SW of the largest rock. The other two, close together, are
2.4 and 1.2 m (8 and 4 ft) high. A shoal with a depth of 7.8
m is 0.8 mile E of the largest rock.
DIRECTIONS - To enter the channel W of Tumbagaan
Island from N to Tandungan Channel, steer 146 1/2o to pass
411 m off the extreme W end of Tumbagaan Island and
also 411 m off the 1.2-meter rock, the most W of the Boso
Dohonan Rocks. Continue on this course, heading midway
25 between two low hills; one on the NE end of Tandungan
Island, 61 m (203 ft) to the top of the trees, and the other the
summit of Sarucsarucan Island, 59 m (195 ft) high. When
the highest peak on Tandungan Island bears 170o and the
N tangent to Calupag Island bears 100o distant 1.3 miles,
30 steer 205o to pass 183 m E of Sangsang Island, and follow
mid-channel courses. (See directions, Tandungan Channel).
Vessels bound E around the S side of Tumbagaan Island,
should pass about 411 m W and S of the 1.2-meter (4 ft) rock,
35 the most W of the Boso Dihonan Rocks, then steer 090o.
Hold this course into deep water S of the passage between
Sugbai Island and Tumbagaan Island. Passage between Boso
Dohonan Rocks and Tumbagaan Island should be avoided.
40 SUGBAI ISLAND, 1.8 miles E of Tumbagaan Island,
is almond-shaped, about 2.5 miles long in an E direction, and
0.8 mile wide. It is thickly wooded with twin peaks 235 m
(770 ft) high in the middle of the island. The peaks appear
as one when seen from E or W, but from N or S they are
45 close together and the W one appears slightly higher. The E
half of the island appears as a flat ridge. The W half slopes
gradually to the W end of the island and terminates in a low
prominent hill. The N shore and the E point are steep with
bare rocky cliffs. The rest of the shoreline is of coral and
50 coral sand beach. Some parts of the interior are cultivated,
the NW part is mostly planted with coconut trees. A large
lagoon is at the S side of the island. This lagoon is shoal and
has no access from the sea.
55 The channel between Tumbagaan Island and Sugbai
Island is 1.5 miles wide with depths of 31.1 to 42.1 m in
the middle.
CURRENTS in the channel run in a SE-NW direction
60 with a velocity of 2 to 4 knots.
 A detached shoal with a depth of 6.9 m is 548 m N of the CREEK, MARANING BAY, AND MOCO, are small
W point of Sugbai Island. Another detached 6.9-meter spot is coves along this coast. These coves are used as shelter for
close to the SE side of the island. A shoal ridge of white sand small craft. The shoreline is mostly coral with some coral
and coral with a depth of 4.6 m is 0.5 mile S of the island. barrier reef in places. Mangroves and other deciduous trees
5 grow to the water’s edge.
ANCHORAGES of Sugbai Island may be had in 12.8
m NE of the 4.6-meter shoal. PORT LANGUYAN, about 10 miles SW of the N
end of Tawi-Tawi Island, is a long, narrow bay bordered by
K A N G T I PAYA N D A K U L A A N D K A N G mangroves. The entrance is difficult to recognize until close
TIPAYAN DIKI, are two low wooded islands about 5.5 10 inshore. The port is about 274 m wide and runs S for about
miles N of the N end of Tawi-Tawi Island. The islands are of 0.5 mile from the entrance and then turns E about the same
coral atoll formation, bordered mostly by coral barrier reefs. distance to its head. It has general depths of 14.6 to 11 m.
The heights of trees on these islands are 12 to 27 m (40 to Fresh water may be obtained from a small stream at the head
90 ft). The interiors are shallow salt water lagoons studded of the port. A shoal with a depth of 7.8 m is about 0.5 mile
with shoals and some mangrove clumps. The S side of Kang 15 off the entrance to the bay.
Tipayan Island is fast land with a stretch of about 548 m of
white sand beach, good for beaching a vessel. Anchorage may be had in 12.8 m near the turn of the
port. When entering, vessels should keep in mid-channel,
The channel between these two islands is divided into then come at the desired anchorage.
two passages by a coral shoal with a depth of 0.3 m (1 ft). By 20
giving a berth of at least 548 m on each side of the islands, LANGUYAN, the town on the E shore of Port
a depth of not less than 9.6 m may be carried through the Languyan, has a small concrete wharf. Ferry boats from
passages. Bongao and other islands call at the town. Vessels loading
ore calls at the various landing areas along Port Languyan.
From Basbas Island to Manalik Channel a distance of 25 The Coast Guard station in the town may be contacted at
about 29 miles, the N coast of Tawi-Tawi Island is clear mobile phone nos. +63917-8428376 and +63998-5857945.
and devoid of offshore or inshore dangers except those
comprising the shoals surrounding the Tataan Islands and the From Port Languyan to Bacung Point, the coast is
shoal off Port Languyan. The land area is heavily wooded free of dangers, the 10-meter curve being less than 274 m
with tall trees, and the coast, for the most part, fronted 30 offshore. The shoreline is coral over the exposed parts and
by ranges of low hills between the shore and prominent mangrove, coral, and mud in the bights. Trees grow close
mountains farther back. The shoreline is mostly coral, with to the high water line.
mangroves in the bights.
From Bacung Point to Manalik Channel, the shoreline
MOUNT BUD BUTUA, 2.8 miles SW of the N end of 35 is bordered by a thin strip of mangrove backed by low hills.
Tawi-Tawi Island, is a prominent sharp wooded peak 250
m (820 ft) high. SW of this peak are hills and then a valley About 1.7 miles from Bacung Point is a mining
to the NE of Mount Bud Bas. area, which is recognizable by the bare brown land at its
hinterlands. Vessels loading ore calls at the landing area
MOUNT BUD BAS, 349 m (1,145 ft) high, is about 40 operated by the mining company.
4 miles SW of Mount Bud Butua. It forms a lower ridge
extending about 8.5 miles in a SW direction to a deep valley An old settlement and a Spanish garrison are near the
NE of Mount Sibankat. It is recognizable as a brown bare head of a small bight 3.5 miles SW of Bacung Point. A stone
land due to a mining concession operating in the area. mole and foundations of the building are all that remained to
45 mark the place. Two small reefs are 548 m off the shore of
MOUNT BALUK SAMPAN, 320 m (1,050 ft) high, this bight, and small launches may approach close inshore
is near the SW end of the ridge extending from Mount Bud within the deep water between them. Fresh water may be
Bas. This peak appears conical and prominent when seen obtained from a small stream in the vicinity.
from E or W.
50 TATAAN PASS, extending about 10 miles along the N
MOUNT SIBANKAT, the highest peak and most coast of Tawi-Tawi Island, is a convenient waterway for small
prominent in Tawi-Tawi Island, is 548 m (1,800 ft) high. It vessels plying between Bongao and other points N. The pass
is composed of several peaks of almost the same elevation, is protected from N winds and seas by the extensive reefs
the three NE ones being the higher. surrounding Tataan Islands. The NE entrance to the pass,
55 between Simalac Dacula Island and Bacung Point, is about
From Basbas Channel to 2.5 miles E of Bucung Point, 1 mile wide with a depth of 18.3 m in the middle and easy
the coast is uniformly straight, clear, and steep-to, the shoal of access. The S end of the pass has four narrow entrance
lying not more than 274 m offshore. channels, the N immediately S of Tinagta Island, and the
S one, between Sipayu Island and the coast of Tawi-Tawi
LOOK TUA, BOHI MANEA CREEK, BUAILIN 60 may be preferred, a depth of 12.8 m may be carried through

8-35
these two channels.
Tides & Currents - Tidal current in the pass floods
NE with a velocity of 1 knot. The diurnal range of the tide
is 0.73 m.
Anchorage - The general depths in the middle of the
pass vary from 11 to 23.8 m. Vessels may anchor anywhere
in the pass on draft desired. Good anchorage with protection
from SW may be had SE of Sipayu Island in 12.8 to 18.3 m
just clear of the channel fairway.
Directions - Vessels passing the channel between Sipayu
Island and the coast of Tawi-Tawi from W, may steer for the S
side of Sipayu Island on course 092o. When Bugut Lapit Point
is on starboard beam, distant about 548 m change course to
110o to pass about 183 to 228 m S of the island. When the
center of the island is on the port beam, haul NE into Tataan
Pass steering mid-channel courses. These courses lead clear
S of a 7.8-meter shoal W of Sipayu Island, and about 320 m
N of a 5-meter shoal E of BUGUT LAPIT POINT.
TATAAN ISLANDS are a group of several low coral
islets about 1 to 2 miles off the N coast of Tawi-Tawi. The
islands are mostly wooded about 15 to 18 m (50 to 60 ft) high
to the top of trees. Extensive coral reefs bare at low water
surround these islands. The NW limits of these surrounding
reefs are bordered by coral barrier reefs which serve as
excellent navigational aids in approaching the islands.
B A S U N C H A N N E L A N D N U S A TA C B U
CHANNEL which form access into Tataan Pass through
the reefs bordering Tataan Islands, are narrow but deep.
Basun Channel is tortuous and a depth of 31.1 m can be
carried through it. The bordering reefs on its sides are hard
to see and the use of this channel is not recommended. Nusa
Tacbu Channel is wider and shoaler but the E side is well
defined by coral barrier reef. A depth of 11 m can be carried
through this channel.
SIMALAC DAKULA AND SIMALAC SIBI SIBI
ISLANDS, 1 mile NW of BACUNG POINT, are the first
two islets NE of the Tataan Islands. The coral barrier reef
0.5 mile NE of the islands marks the limit of the coral reef
extending NE. An extensive shoal area extends 0.5 to 0.8 mile
NW of these islands, the NW limits of which are defined by
coral barrier reefs bare at all stages of the tide. Several small
houses and a pier, extending SSE from the S shore, are on
Simalac Dakula Island.
CABANCAUAN ISLAND is about 0.5 mile SW of
Simalac Dakula Island. It is about 1 mile long in a NE
direction, 735 m wide, and the largest of the Tataan islands.
The SE side of the island is bordered by mangroves close
to the water’s edge. The 10-meter curve is about 365 m off
the shore. On its NE, N and SW sides, are extensive reefs,
defined by coral barrier bare at all stages of the tide. Nusa
Tacbu Channel, W of this island, leads into Tataan Pass.
Small vessels coming from the N may enter the channel on
course 177o by keeping about 183 m off the barrier reef at
8-36
the entrance. Other coral shoals in the vicinity of this channel
are easily seen under favorable light conditions. By keeping
in mid-channel these shoals may be avoided.
5 Between Cabancauan Island and Basun Sibi Sibi Island,
is an extensive coral reef bare at low water. Two small
wooded islands are near the S edge of this reef. The E of
these islands has a jetty extending SSE from its S coast.
10 BASUN SIBI SIBI, BASUN DAKULA, AND
TINAGTA ISLANDS, form the SW part of the Tataan
Island Group. These islands are on the same reef W of Basun
Channel. Houses on stilts or off the S coast of Tinagta Island.
15 SIPAYU ISLAND, about 735 m off the coast of Tawi-
Tawi, is at the W end of Tataan Pass. It is small, low, and
covered with underbrush. Houses are on the N shore of the
island. Coral shoals extend to the NW and N of the island
for a distance of 228 to 457 m. S of the island is a channel
20 about 548 m wide where a depth of 12.8 m may be carried
through. This channel is often used by small coasting vessels.
MANALIK CHANNEL (CHART 4546), between
Tawi-Tawi Island and Sanga Sanga Island, is about 5.5 miles
25 long with irregular shoreline. Its width vary from about 1
mile to about 45 m at the narrowest part.
The N entrance, about 2 miles SW of Bugut Lapit Point,
is divided into two passages by TAKUTMATAHA REEF
30 which lies square across the entrance to the channel. The N
part of Manalik Channel, locally known as LUUK SAUL, is
about 1 mile in extent and affords a well protected anchorage
for small vessels in 7.3 m mud bottom. A depth of 2.1 m (7 ft)
can be carried all the way through the channel, but because
35 of the many turns, it is not recommended for vessels of more
than 50 gross tons and drawing more than 1.8 m (6 ft).
The passage W of Takut Mataha Reef is deeper than
the E passage but has several sharp turns and is split by a
40 small coral reef bare at low water. The channel between
MANDOLAN ISLAND and this reef has a depth of about
16.5 m and may be used when entering from the W. The
passage E of Takut Mataha Reef has a depth of 5.5 m no sharp
turns, and is preferred by lighter-draft vessels coming from E.
45
The entrance E of Sambilong Island has a width of about
91 m. The reef which extends N of this island constrict the
channel. A submerged rock with a depth of 0.6 m (2 ft) is
on the E side of the channel about 183 m NE of the N end
50 of Sambilong Island.
South of Sambilong Island, Manalik Channel widens
into a large bay, the major portion of which is foul.
ANCHORAGE in the channel may be had near the center of
55 this bay where an area of about 274 by 457 m with depths of
5.5 to 7.3 m may be found. The bottom is mostly coral with
mud in deeper water. Smooth sea with little current prevail
in this bay. There are no aids to navigation in the channel.
The chart and a good lookout are the best guides.
60
 The narrowest part of the channel between BATOBATO
ISLAND and BAKHAU DAKULA ISLAND is about 45 m.
It has a depth of 5.5 m but it is constricted by a large clam
shell about 1.2 m (4 ft) in diameter. This shell has a depth of
0.6 m (2 ft) at low water, and its being close to mid-channel
constitute a danger to navigation. The current at this narrow
channel is very strong and attains a velocity of 4 to 5 knots.
Bridges, connects Tawi-Tawi Island, Bakhau Dakula
Island, and Sanga Sanga Island. 10
Several shallow waterways may be found through and
around the mangrove. The one W of Bakhau Dakula is used
by local craft to avoid the strong currents in the main channel.
It has a depth of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) at low water. The passage 15
between Sanga Sanga Island and Sambilong Island has
almost the same depth, but narrows to a width of about 4.6 m.
Near Carmen Point, the controlling depth is 2.1 m (7ft),
then deepens gradually to 5 m along the N side of TIHITIHI 20
ISLAND. The passage W of the island is blocked by reef
that extends across the channel. Off the SE end of Tihitihi
Island to the S entrance to Manalik Channel, a depth of 7.3
m may be carried through.
DANGERS - Extensive coral reef defined by short
stretches of coral barrier are on both sides of the N entrance.
These reefs are well distinguished during low water. The
entrance is only dangerous at high water when a certain
portion of the reef is submerged. The important danger that 30
should be avoided is the big clam shell at the narrow channel
between Batobato Island and Bakhau Dakula Island. On the
S entrance, SHELL ROCK, awash at high water, is about 457
m SSW of the W entrance point. An extensive shoal ridge
extending about 1.7 mile in a SE direction from the E side of 35
the S entrance surrounds Tangu Island and should be avoided.
TIDAL CURRENTS - The tides flood into the channel low and planted with coconut trees. Coral reef and several
through all the three entrances for about 2 hrs after high water shoal spots extend about 735 m off the point.
and ebb out about three hours after low water. The current 40
is strong reaching a velocity of 4 to 5 knots, and follow the
The town of Bongao as viewed from the NE.
(Photograph - BPMA, July 2021)
8-37
general trend of the channel.
SANGA SANGA ISLAND is about 6 miles long in NE
direction and 4 miles wide at its widest part. It is generally
5 flat, about 91 m (300 ft) high, and densely wooded. It is steep-
to on the W side with a narrow coral reef fringing the shore.
The shoreline consists of a high coral bank with numerous
small stretches of sand beaches. A large cultivated area is
back of the mangrove that line the S coast of the island. Tidal
currents with a velocity of 2 to 3 knots flow N and S off the
coast of Sanga Sanga Island.
PAGASINAN is the barrio on the Bukut Lapis Point,
which is the S end of Sanga Sanga Island. It is a densely
populated area and the location of the Sanga-Sanga Airport,
which has regular flights to Zamboanga City. It is also the
site of a campus of Mindanao State University. The barrio
has mobile phone communication and Internet connection.
BONGAO CHANNEL (CHART 4546), between
Sanga Sanga Island and Bongao Island, is about 183 m wide,
with a navigable width of 45 m and a controlling depth of
3.7 m. With the exception of a 0.9-meter spot off Pagasinan
Point, the deepest water is on the N side of the channel. In the
25 absence of navigational aids local knowledge is necessary.
A bridge crosses the W entrance of the channel, connecting
Bongao Island with Sanga Sanga Island.
BONGAO ISLAND, immediately S of the Bukut Lapis
Point of Sanga Sanga Island, is 314 m (1,030 ft) high. The
highland, consisting of several peaks, is conspicuous from all
directions. The peaks are sparsely wooded and a few of them
are exposed bare cliffs. The N part is low and the shoreline
is generally fringed by mangroves. The S and W sides are
bordered by narrow coral reef backed by sand beach.
TAMPAT POINT, on the SW part of Bongao Island is
Caution - Tide rips are frequent off Tampat Point.
BONGAO, is a municipality on the NE side of Bongao
Island. It is the seat of the provincial government and the
commercial center of Tawi-Tawi Province. The town is
recognizable by the large number of houses on the shore.
Major Light - Port Bongao Light (05° 02' 05"N., 119°
46' 31"E.) is displayed from a white tower on seaward end
of the causeway extending NE from Dila Point.
Medical Facilities - Bongao has one government and
two private hospitals that can handle minor cases. The town
also has clinics and drug stores.
Communications - The town has a post office, private
courier services and delivery companies. Mobile phone
communication and Internet connection are available. There
is public transportation to other towns of Tawi-Tawi. Ferry
vessels and boats have regular trip to Zamboanga City,
Isabela City in Basilan. Motorboats are available for travel
to coastal towns and nearby islands. Sanga-Sanga Airport,
which has regular flights to Zamboanga City, is located in the
barrio of Pagasinan about 2 miles NW of the town.
Supplies are limited. Fresh water is available. The town
has public markets, shopping malls, grocery stores, small
stores, and gasoline stations.
Repairs - There are machine shops in the town where
minor repairs can be made.
Other Services - Branches of government and private
comercial banks are present in Jolo. The town has money
remittance centers and money changers. Hotels and inns are
also present.
Customs clearance may be had from the customs
officers stationed in Bongao.
Immigration - The Bongao Field Station of the Bureau
of Immigration may contacted through telephone no. (+6368)
8268-1514, and mobile phone nos. +63909-8124267 and
+63917-5251308.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in Bongao
may contacted through mobile phone nos. +63917-8428402,
+63998-5857941, and +63938-3708811.
Vessels in distress may also contact the Philippine
National Police - Maritime Group in Bongao at mobile phone
no. +63930-9790941.
Channels - There are three channels leading to Port
Bongao: Sanga Sanga Channel, Bongao Channel, and the
channel N of Aguada Bay between Bongao and Papahag
Islands.
Sanga Sanga Channel, between Papahag Island and
Sanga Sanga Island on the E, has a navigable width of
about 137 m with a depth of 11.4 m. Bongao Channel with
navigable width of 45 m and a depth of 3.7 m is between
Bongao Island and the SW end of Sanga Sanga Island. The
best channel and the one often used by interisland vessels is
through Aguada Bay, between Papahag Island and Bongao
Island. A depth of 5.9 m can be carried through this channel.
Berthing Facilities - Bongao has two main berthing
facilities, namely, Baseport Bongao and the Chinese Pier.
Baseport Bongao, located W of Dila Point, is a concrete
wharf with berth length of 180 m. There is a RoRo ramp at
the W end of the wharf. The space for maneuvering off the
wharf is very limited and care should be taken in coming
alongside to avoid the shoals N.
Chinese Pier, about 0.2 mile SSW of Dila Point, is on
the N coast of Lamion Cove. The berthing facility is a 50
m concrete wharf. Boats coming from the islands of Sulu
Archipelago and North Borneo call at Chinese Pier.
8-38
Pilotage is compulsory with at least 3 days prior notice
required by the Jolo Pilots Association.
Anchorage - Vessels may anchor off the wharf in 12.8
5 m about 365 m N of Port Bongao Light. Smaller vessels may
anchor NW of the wharf in 3.7 to 9.1 m. Other vessels which
do not enter the port, may anchor in Aguada Bay about 0.8
mile SE of the light in 11 to 14.6 m sand and coral bottom.
10 Directions - Vessels coming from SW should bring
MAANGIT POINT, E tangent to Papahag Island in range
with Thumb Hill bearing 048O and steer for it. When Port
Bongao Light bears 333 1/2o, change course to 000o for 0.8
mile. When the light bears 307o, haul NW and head for the
15 light on this bearing. When LAMION POINT is on port
beam, change course to 318o to pass about 91 m E of the light
and then come to anchorage, or round the light close-to and
go alongside the wharf. Approaching from E, bring Bongao
Peak 40 ahead on course 270o to pass clear of the shoals S
20 of Papahag Island. When Port Bongao Light bears 307o steer
for it and follow the previous directions.
To enter through Sanga Sanga Channel, give the NE
coast of Papahag Island a berth of 457 m until PANIJUGAN
25 POINT bears 265O then keep a mid-channel course of 263o
to the anchorage or to the pier.
Small craft and launches entering through Bongao
Channel bring the W entrance ahead on course 095o. Pass
30 the entrance, steer mid-channel courses or slightly favor the
N side throughout its length until about 91 m N of SIKYAT
POINT, then bring CHINA POINT ahead on course 088o until
the light tower bears 099o, then change course to 062o heading
for SINABON POINT. When Port Bongao Light bears
35 128o change course to 104o heading for China Point to the
anchorage or wharf. At low water, all shoals and coral heads
can be detected specially under favorable light conditions.
PAPAHAG ISLAND, off the NE side of Bongao Island,
40 is low, flat, and densely wooded. Near the N coast the land
rises to a height of 6 to 21 m (20 to 70 ft). The shore is lined
by mangrove. The S and SW shores are mostly sand and
coral with short stretches of mangrove. Coral reefs 45 to 183
m wide, bare at low water, border the shore. The barrio of
45 Tongsinah is at China Point, which is the W end of the island.
CHONGOS BAY, between the NE side of Papahag
Island and Sanga Sanga Island, has a well protected
anchorage for about 0.5 mile in extent with depths of 11
50 to 21.9 m. PANDAN BAY, the N part of Chongos Bay,
locally known as TUBIG PANDAN, is an inlet 1 mile long
and 0.6 mile wide at the entrance between TITI POINT and
MALASA POINT. The navigable width to the head of the bay
is about 183 m with depths of 20.1 to 11 m. From a position
55 735 m E of Maangit Point a course of 325o leads into the main
channel of Pandan Bay and clear the numerous shoals on
the W side of the entrance. The anchorage space at the head
of this bay is very limited and good only for small vessels.
60 Anchorage in the outer part of the bay may be had
anywhere about 548 m N of Papahag Island in 21.9 m, mud close to the N shore.
bottom. This anchorage is exposed to SE winds.
Tidal Currents in the bay are very weak. Outside of
Directions - Vessels bound into Chongos Bay should the bay, just off the reef, the current floods NE.
bring Thumb Hill to bear 039o and give Matos Point a berth 5
of about 1 mile E. When MATOS POINT bears 300o change Anchorage for small vessels may be had between these
course to 000o to pass about 735 m E of Maangit Point. When reefs and the head of the bay in 11 to 16.5 m (6 to 6 fm) mud
Maangit Point is on port beam, steer 325o to the entrance to bottom. The anchorage area has an extent of about 457 m
Pandan Bay or to anchorage in Chongos Bay. each. The reefs afford protection to the anchorage from S.
10 However, the bay is totally encumbered with fish traps and
TAWI-TAWI BAY is a large body of water between the fish pens, which makes the anchorage unavailable for vessels.
S coast of Tawi-Tawi and the off-lying islands and reefs. The
W part of this bay has a clear area of about 50 sq miles with MALAKA POINT (05° 03' 34"N., 119° 52' 54"E)
depths of 21.9 to 36.6 m. The shoaler water on this portion of separates Luuk Sula and Batu Batu Bay. Bauno Garing, the
the bay is near the E vicinity of Laa and Sangasiapu Islands 15 barrio located on the point, is marked by a 100-meter long
and northward of Tijitiji Reef. The E part of the bay is filled concrete T-head pier and the four white large cylindrical
by numerous banks and shoals, among which may be found tanks at its root. The barrio is connected by road to the town
many navigable channels. The character of these channels of Panglima Sugala.
may be best understood by reference to the chart.
20 The reef extends about 400 m southeastward from the SE
The land along the SW coast of Tawi-Tawi is flat. The end of Malaka Point. The SE edge of this reef is reportedly
shore is fringed with coral and lined mostly with mangroves. marked by a 4.6-meter concrete day marker.
In the immediate vicinity of the few villages, sand beach
usually borders the shore. BATU BATU BAY (CHART 4546), formed by Malaka
25 Point and Marukal Point, is about 735 m wide at the entrance
Directions - Vessels coming from W should give and 0.7 mile long, tapering at the head to about 183 m wide.
Bongao Island a berth of about 0.5 mile and follow directions The bay is easy of access and free of dangers with depths of
given for Port Bongao and Chongos Bay. To enter the bay 18.3 to 5.5 m (10 to 3 fm).
from SW, pass N or E of Simunul Island and coming to a
position 1 mile S of the SW end of Laa Island steer a course 30 Tidal Currents in the bay are weak. Outside of the bay,
040o; or coming to a position 1.5 miles 270o from Laa Island, just off the entrance, the current floods in a NE direction.
steer 025o heading a little to the E of Bud Luuk, and with
the beacons on the NE shore of Simunul Island in range PANGLIMA SUGALA is the town at the E coast
astern. To enter the E part of Tawi-Tawi Bay, see directions of Batu Batu Bay. Prominent feature in the town is the
for Balimbing Channel. 35 white mosque with two tall minarets. It has a small public
dispensary attended by a government physician. The public
THUMB HILL, 202 m (663 ft) high and appearing as market and small stores have some provisions for local needs.
frustum of a cone, is a conspicuous landmark showing nearly Fresh water is obtained from springs and wells. The nearest
from all directions. A prominent tree on top of this peak is post office is at Bongao about 7 miles W. Mobile phone
visible from a distance of 15 to 20 miles. 40 communication is available in the town.

BUD LUUK AND BUD SIKALA, two mounds 145 Major Light - Batobato Light (05° 04' 07"N., 119° 53'
and 134 m (475 and 440 ft) high, respectively, about 0.5 mile 09"E.) is displayed from the pier and is visible at the entrance
E of Malum River, are also conspicuous. These twin mounds to Batu Batu Bay.
are about 0.5 mile apart in a N direction. 45
Berthing Facilities - The municipal wharf, fronting the
TANGU ISLAND, 1.8 miles E of Papahag Island, town, is the major berthing facility in the bay. It has a berth
consists of a cluster of mangroves growing on the reef about length of about 30 m. Just SE of the municipal wharf is the
0.5 mile from the coast of Tawi-Tawi. Shoal water extends fish port, which can only berth small fishing boats.
about 228 m SE of the island. Vessels navigating in this 50
vicinity should give the island a berth of about 0.5 mile to Juan Magluyan Naval Station, located at the S part of
avoid the shoal water. the town, has a 20 m long concrete pier that is connected to
the shore by a 130 m long concrete causeway.
LUUK SULA (CHART 4546), between Patong Point
and Malaka Point, is a small bay about 1.2 miles at the 55 Anchorage for small vessels may be had about 274 m
entrance and a mile long, tapering to about 365 m at the S of the pier in 14.6 m mud bottom. The anchorage area is
head. The shoreline is mostly fringed by mangrove. Two very limited but the holding ground is good.
coral reefs bare at half tide are almost in the middle of the
bay about 735 m E and NE of Patong Point. These reefs are Directions - Vessels desiring to enter the bay should
easily visible at all times and may be avoided by keeping 60 head for the prominent tree on Thumb Hill on course 313o.

8-39
When well inside of the bay, the course may be shaped for
the anchorage or pier.
MALUM RIVER, discharging on the coast about
1.3 miles E of Batu Batu Bay, is navigable by small boats
with draft of 0.6 m at low water for a distance of about 5
miles. The river is about 91 m wide at its mouth, and further
upstream narrows down to a width of 27 m for about 3 miles
inland. Overhanging trees are along its bank. Rocks and
underwater obstructions are numerous; the latter are hard
to see on account of muddy water. The banks are mud and
are almost perpendicular at the edge of the mangroves. The
river is infested by crocodiles.
LUBUCAN ISLAND, about 1 mile E of the mouth of
Malum River, is low, flat, circular in shape, and about 735 m
in extent. The shore is fringed by mangrove, except a small
part on the S side which is sand and ledge rock. The interior
is partly cultivated and planted with coconuts, cassava, and
rice. The island is connected to the mainland of Tawi-Tawi
by a mud and sand reef which bares at low water. Coral reef
about 183 m wide and bare at low water borders the S shore.
LUUK BAY (CHART 4546), formed by the N side of
Lubucan Island and the W side of Parangan Island, is about
0.5 mile in extent, and offers a good protected anchorage
from all winds, except SE. It is free of dangers with a
controlling depth of 14.6 m mud bottom in the middle.
PARANGAN ISLAND, 0.6 mile NE of Lubucan Island,
is about 0.8 mile long in NE direction and 0.8 mile wide. It
is almost oval in shape with a 61-meter (200 ft) hill shaped
like the frustum of a cone in the NE part, and a 35-meter (115
ft) hill near the W end. The SE shore is a steep and rocky
bank about 3 m (10 ft) high; the remainder being mud and
mangrove. Coral reefs fringe the shore, almost closing the
narrow channel which separates the island from Tawi-Tawi.
The island is well cultivated and planted with coconuts,
bananas, camotes, sugarcane, and rice.
PARANGAN, a small barrio on the NE end of Parangan
Island, is visible from the anchorage off Parangan Bay.
PARANGAN BAY (CHART 4546), between Parangan
Island and Bunay Bunay Island, is smaller and more exposed
than Luuk Bay.
Anchorage may be had in 16.5 m mud bottom, about
457 m W of a barrier reef fringing the W side of Bunay
Bunay Island.
BUNAY BUNAY ISLAND, 0.5 mile E of Parangan
Island, is small, low and almost triangular in shape. It is on
the reef bare at low water extending W of Balimbing Point.
The S part of the island is planted with coconut trees. The
shoreline on the N side is mostly fringed by mangrove.
SIMUNUL ISLAND, about 7 miles S of the S end
of Tawi-Tawi Island, is low, flat, about 4.5 miles long in
a N direction and 3.5 miles wide. The shoreline is entirely
8-40
fringed by a narrow steep-to coral reef. A shallow lagoon is
back of the reef on the NE part of the island. The island may
be rounded close-to within 0.5 mile. Depths of 36.6 m are
about 735 m from shore and steep-to and anchorage is not
5 available in any place around the island.
SIMUNUL is the small town located on the NW coast
of Simunul Island. The town has small stores. The town's
concrete pier, extending 270 m N from the coast, is about 1.4
10 miles W of the W entrance point to the lagoon. Other large
settlements of the island are the barrios of Bakong, located
on the W coast, and Tubig Indangan, located on the E coast.
These barrios have their own concrete piers.
15 MANUK MANKA ISLAND, 2 miles S of Simunul
Island is almond shape, 4 miles long in an E direction and
1.8 miles wide. The island has an elevation of 9 m (30 ft)
near the center and surrounded by a narrow coral reef, the
edges of which are plainly visible. On the S and SE sides
20 of the island the outer edge of the bordering reef is marked
by numerous coral rocks awash at high water. The channel
between Simunul Island and Manuk Manka Island is clear
and deep.
25 MANUK MANGKAW, the barrio on the N coast
Manuk Manka Island, is the largest settlement on the island.
The barrio has a 200 m long T-head pier and a 50 m long pier.
TIDE RIPS, heaviest at ebb, are frequent occurrence
30 W of Simunul and Manuk Manka Islands.
SANGASIAPU ISLAND, 2.5 miles N of Simunul
Island, is about 548 m long narrow, and low with few coconut
trees and scrubs. The island is on a coral reef bare at low
35 water, 2 miles long in a NW direction and 0.5 mile wide.
The reef on the S side drops off steeply, wide on the N side
it shoals more gradually. The 5-meter curve is about 0.8 mile
of the N edge of the reef at low water. A 4.6-meter spot is 2.3
miles 99o from the W end of Sangasiapu Island.
40
CURRENTS are strong in the W part of Tawi-Tawi Bay
and in the vicinity of Sangasiapu Island.
LAA ISLAND, 2.3 miles SE of Sangasiapu Island, is
45 covered with a dense growth of coconut trees. The island is
low, 0.6 mile long in a NE direction, and 365 m. The narrow
coral reef surrounding it is entirely covered at high water.
Houses are present all along the coast of the island.
50 A shoal with a depth of 5.5 m is about 1 mile NW of the
center of Laa Island. The W side of this shoal is marked by
a buoy. A reef with a white sand cay bare about 0.9 m (3 ft)
at high water and 0.6 mile NW of the center of Laa Island is
marked by a beacon. The main part of the reef surrounding
55 the cay extends in a SW direction. Two other buoys mark the
channel between the reef extending SE of Sangsiapu island
and the sand cay NW of Laa Island.
TIJITIJI REEF is separated from Simunul Island by a
60 very deep channel about 1.3 miles wide. The reef is about 3.3
miles long in N a direction and 2.5 miles wide, the greater
part of which is bare at low water. The channel between the
reef and Laa Island is 1 mile wide with depths of 12.8 and
14.6 m. The edges of the reef are easily visible. Shoal water
extends about 2 miles N and NE of the part that bares.
BALSEYRO CHANNEL is a narrow channel between
Tijitiji Reef and the reef extending 6 miles SW of Bilatan
Island. The S part is well defined by the edge of steep-to
reef with two sand cays on each side of the entrance points. 10
The N end is rugged and winds among several shoals. A
depth of 7.3 m can be carried through, but this channel is not
recommended for vessels entering Tawi-Tawi Bay.
E part of Tawi-Tawi Bay meet in Balimbing Channel. They
are usually weak.
Directions - From a point 0.5 mile S of the S point of
5 Parangan Island, approach Balimbing Channel from W on
course 077o to pass about 548 m off the point of land SW
of Balimbing Point. Continue on this course with extreme
caution until about 1 mile past Dulangdulang Rocks, then
change course to 118o for another mile, thence 090o for 548
m thence 043o for 1.2 miles to the NE corner of Biloc Biloc
Reef, which must be turned with a full right rudder, steadying
again on course 118o and then continuing in mid-channel
between the reefs.

Directions - Vessels entering Balseyro Channel may 15 If bound seaward, continue along the E edge of Biloc
steer an approximate mid-channel course of 351o keeping Biloc Reef, which may be approached close-to.
a good lookout on reefs on both sides. Strong tidal currents
and heavy tide rips are frequent occurrence in the channel. If bound for Banaran Island or to the E part of Tawi-Tawi
Strangers using this channel should exercise caution in order Bay, take the wide deep channel just N of Basibuli Reef.
to avoid these hazards. 20
If bound for Buan Island, pass through the second
TIJITIJI ISLANDS are a chain of several islets on channel E of the NE point of Biloc Biloc Reef on course
the extensive reef extending SW of Bilatan Island. They 322o until the channel opens out, thence a mid-channel course
are of similar formation and have steep rocky shoreline. leading N. To enter the E part of Tawi-Tawi Bay through the
TINUNDUKAN (TUMBUCAN) ISLAND, in the middle 25 channel W of the N end of Banaran Island, bring the N end
of the chain, has a sandy shoreline on the N side. The islet of that island to bear 050o and the E end of Panampanang
is cleared and cultivated. The largest settlement is located Island 352o and follow through on course 024o. When the
on TUNGBUKAN ISLAND, the westernmost island of the N tangent of Basibuli Island is in range with the face of the
group. A few of the other islets have been partially cleared cliff on the N side of Bongao Peak, then change course to
and are under cultivation. 30 085o and proceed cautiously through the numerous reefs.

BILATAN ISLAND, about 10 miles NE of Simunul
Island, is low, flat, of coral formation, and covered with
heavy growth of timber. The shoreline on the W side is very
irregular and mostly bordered by mangroves. The E side is 35
steep and rocky. The only fresh water available is from a
few puddles in the interior where there are some cultivated
areas. Several settlements are on the islands immediately
NW of Bilatan. The extensive reef E of Bilatan Island and
extending off the S part of Tijitiji Islands are well defined 40
and steep-to. W of these islands, the reef is more irregular
and shoals make off for a distance of almost a mile.
JINHLING ISLANDS, N of Bilatan Island, are a group
of several mangrove islets and small rocks. 45
Anchorage - Vessels may anchor any place where
the swinging room is suitable. The bottom in the E part of
Tawi-Tawi Bay is generally mud or sand with some coral
in shallow places. The currents are not more than 2 knots.
The best anchorage and nearest to the open sea is N of the N
end of Banaran Island in 20.1 to 21.9 m sand bottom. This
anchorage is protected from swell and currents.
BALIMBING POINT, on the S coast of Tawi-Tawi
Island, about 11..5 miles ENE of Bongao, is low and fringed
by mangrove. The point may be identified by the barrio of
Balimbing, located on the reef near its E side and about 1
mile E of Bunay Bunay Island. The point is bordered by coral
reef about 365 m wide, mostly bare at low water.

BILOC BILOC REEF, extending 3.5 miles N of BUD SINTINGAN, a conspicuous mound forming the
Bilatan Island, forms the S side of Balimbing Channel. It is S termination of the SIBANKAT RANGE, is about 0.7 mile
the continuation of the extensive reef surrounding Tijitiji and NW of Balimbing Point. It is 213 m (700 ft) high, showing
Bilatan Islands. The reef is mostly bare at low water. Several 50 as a reddish cliffy block. The SW side is steep and bare of
settlements, comprising of stilt houses, are on the reef. vegetation. The other peaks N may be easily identified by
their heights and form.
BALIMBING CHANNEL, between Balimbing Point
and Dulangdulang Rocks, has a navigable width of about 457 DULANGDULANG ROCKS, on the S side of the
m. It is tortuous and a depth of 6.4 m can be carried through 55 entrance to Balimbing Channel, are a group of large rocks on
the channel that winds into the numerous reefs to the E part the NW edge of the reef extending N of Bilatan Island. These
of Tawi-Tawi Bay. rocks are good landmarks when entering the channel from W.

Tidal Currents set fair with the channel. The tidal BASIBULI ISLANDS, about 5.5 miles SE of
currents coming from Bongao and those coming from the 60 Balimbing Point, are small coral rocks near the center of

8-41
Basibuli Reef. The coral reef surrounding the islands is
mostly bare at low water and steep-to except on the E side.
PANAMPANANG ISLAND, on the NE edge of
Basibuli Reef, is small, sandy, and covered with a few trees.
Moderate tide rips occur at the edge of the deep water at the
S end of the channels E and W of Basibuli Reef.
BANARAN ISLAND, about 9 miles SE of Balimbing
Point, is 2.8 miles long in a NW direction and has an average
width of about 0.8 mile. The island is low, flat, and covered
with thick growth of vegetation and coconut trees.
Banaran Lookan and Banaran Tunggosong are
barrios on its NW and SW ends, respectively, of the island.
The island is fringed by coral reef about 0.5 mile on its S side
and narrow on the N side. The reef surrounding the island
extends E and joins Sasa and Mantabuan Islands.
SASA ISLAND, 2 miles E of Banaran Island, is near
the S edge of the reef. It is about 45 m in extent, rocky with
light vegetation.
MANTABUAN ISLAND, about 3 miles E of Banaran
Island, is 2 miles long and 1.5 miles wide. A hill 52 m (170
ft) high is near the N side. The island is mostly cultivated.
Most of the barrios are along the N shore. The inhabitants
are engaged in little farming and fishing. Tapioca, bananas,
coconuts, sugar cane, and rice are raised. Fresh water supply
derived from small wells is usually brackish.
MUNDI ROCKS, in the middle of the E part of Tawi-
Tawi Bay, are two in number, 5 m (16 ft) high, and serve as
good landmark in this part of the bay. The rocks are on the
NW edge of a large reef, bare at low water extending about
1.8 miles long in a NE direction and 0.7 mile wide. Numerous
coral shoals rising abruptly from depths of 9.1 to 18.3 m to
within 0.9 to 1.2 m (3 to 4 ft) of the surface, are in the vicinity
of the reef surrounding Mundi Rocks. The shoals vary in
size from a few yards to more than 14 m in diameter. Some
detached shoals are bare at low water.
SALANG CHANNEL, between Mantabuan Island and
Latuan Island, is about 1 mile wide with a controlling depth
of 11 m. Three detached shoals with depths of 7.8 and 8.7
m are across the W entrance to the channel.
LATUAN ISLAND, 2.3 miles NE of Mantabuan Island,
is low, flat, and covered with dense growth of trees in the
interior. Some coconut trees are grown along the shore. The
island is surrounded by coral reef bare at low water extending
about 1 mile in places. On the S and E sides the reefs are
steep-to. The barrio of Lookan Latuan, at the NW end of the
island, has a 250 m long jetty. Another barrio, located at the
NE end of the island, has small piers.
BAHANG CHANNEL, between Latuan Island and
Secubun Island, is about 274 m wide, tortuous, with a
controlling depth of 21.9 m. The channel is well defined by
the steep-to coral reefs on both sides.
8-42
TIDAL CURRENTS are strong in the channel.
SECUBUN ISLAND, immediately NE of Latuan
Island, is about 3.7 miles long in a NE direction and 1.4
5 miles wide. The island is low, flat, and mostly cultivated.
It is thickly populated with several small villages along the
coast. The small town of Sapa-Sapa is on the W end of the
island. Extensive coral reef bare at low water surrounds the
island varying in width from 548.6 m on the S side to about
10 3.5 miles on the N. Barrier reef which looks like broken wall
line the edge of the reef on the S side. The 183-meter curve
is 183 to 274 m off the barrier reef.
TANDUBAS ISLAND, 2.5 miles long in a N direction
15 and 1.5 miles wide, is immediately NE of Secubun Island. It
is low, flat, and mostly cultivated. Coconut trees are along the
shore and the interior is planted with various edible crops.
It is thickly populated with settlements located on almost
all part of the coast. Fresh water supply is poor. It is mostly
20 obtained from small wells.
Tongbangkaw, the barrio of at the N point of the island,
has a T-head pier and is connected by road to other barrios
of the island. The Coast Guard station in the barrio may be
25 contacted at mobile phone no. +63920-5053858.
The channel between Tandubas and Secubun Islands is
about 365 m wide, shoal, and used only by vintas and small
craft at high water.
30
TIDAL CURRENTS off the SE coast of Tandubas,
Secubun and Latuan Islands flow parallel to the edge of the
reef with a velocity of about 1 to 2 knots, flood setting NE.
The currents through the reefs set fair with the channels.
35
From Balimbing Point, E along the coast, the shoreline
is low, irregular, and practically lined with mangroves which
are cut by a number of small rivers. The smaller islands
close to the coast of Tawi-Tawi are mostly covered with
40 mangroves.
LUPA ISLAND, 1.5 miles E of Balimbing Point, is low,
flat, sparsely inhabited, and partly cultivated in the interior.
It is surrounded by coral reef bare at low water extending
45 about 1 mile in places. A narrow shallow channel passable
only by vintas and small craft is between the island and the
main coast of Tawi-Tawi.
BUAN ISLAND, 6.5 miles NE of Balimbing Point
50 consists of a long rounding hill 85 m high, terminating in a
mangrove swamp to the E in which there are few patches
of dry land. From S and E it shows light green against a
dark green background. The island is fairly populated and
extensively cultivated. Settlements are mostly located along
55 the N coast of the island. It has an abundant supply of fresh
water obtainable from a spring on the N side of the island.
A narrow channel for vintas and small boats separates the
island from Tawi-Tawi.
60 BUAN BAY, formed by the N and W sides of Buan
 Sibutu Passage from northward
Island and the S coast of Tawi-Tawi has a very limited water
area. A depth of 9.1 to 12.8 m 457 m W of the island may
be used for anchorage, but numerous detached coral shoals
restrict the area. Small launches with 1.2 m (4 ft) draft may
approach close to the N side of the island. A causeway pier,
owned by a mining company, extends SE from the N coast
of Buan Bay.
DUNGUN RIVER, emptying on the S coast of Tawi-
Tawi about 5 miles NE of Buan Island, is about 0.5 mile 10
wide at its mouth. The river is navigable for about 6 miles
with depths of 3.7 m across the bar. The entrance channel
is tortuous, very difficult to make on account of the several
shoals and muddy water. By following a narrow winding
channel through the reefs on the E side of the entrance, the 15
3.7-meter depth may be carried through to about 4.5 miles
upstream. On account of the absence of natural landmarks
and ranges, local knowledge is necessary to enter this river.
Above the forks, the river is foul with mud bars and rock
ledges but the same depth can be carried about 1 mile further 20
up the E branch. Several other rivers have depths of 1.8 and
3.7 m at the mouths and are narrow with little navigable
distance.
SIKAULA ISLAND, about 6 miles E of Buan Island, 25
forms the W entrance point to Pahahpatan Bay. It is joined
by mangrove to the point making out from the mainland
of Tawi-Tawi. The island is 24 m (80 ft) high and partly
cultivated. The channel separating Sikaula Island from Tawi-
Tawi is mostly swampy and may or may not be overgrown 30
by mangroves.
TAATA ISLANDS, three in number, are on the W side
of the entrance to Pahahpatan Bay. The islands are mostly
bordered by mangroves with thick growth of trees in the 35
interior.
TAATA DAKULA, the biggest island, is about 0.7
mile long in an E direction and 735 m wide. TAATA LAUD
ISLAND about 0.5 mile S of Taata Dakula Island is about 40
457 m in extent and joined together by coral reef. TAATA
SIBI SIBI ISLAND, the W of the group, is similar to Taata
Laud and about 274 m W of Taata Dakula Island. Stilt houses
are concentrated off the N coast of Taata Dakula Island.
PAHAHPATAN BAY, between Sikaula Point and
Pahahpatan Point, is about 2.5 miles long in N direction and 1
mile wide. The shoreline is bordered entirely by mangroves.
The N part of the bay is foul with extensive mud flats leaving
a very limited anchorage area of 548 m in 5.5 to 9.1 m E of 50 Peak (05° 01' 05"N., 119° 44' 48"E.) and Sibutu Hill (04°
Sikaula Point. Several entrance channels through the reefs are 49' 40"N., 119° 29' 31"E.).
narrow and winding, and the edges of the numerous shoals
are hard to see. A depth of 4.6 m may be carried through
8-43
one of the channels.
SANTING RIVER which empties from the N side of
Pahahpataan Bay has a depth of 1.8 m. This depth can be
5 carried through the river and about 1 mile up both branches.
BALIUNGAN ISLAND, forming the E side of
Pahahpatan Bay, is about 5 miles long in a NE direction and
has average width of 2.5 miles. The island appears as part
of Tawi-Tawi on account of its close proximity. It is densely
wooded with several isolated peaks near the E and S sides.
A causeway, with stilt houses along it, extends southward
from the island.
MOUNT BALIUNGAN, the highest point of the
island, is 324 m (1,062 ft) high. The W side is generally low
and the entire shoreline is fringed by mangrove. Coral reef
varying in width from a few meters to about 1 mile in places
surrounds the island.
TAUSAN MARIKI CHANNEL, between Baliungan
Island and Tawi-Tawi Island, is about 183 m wide with a
reported depth of 5.5 m. Small craft with local knowledge
may find depths of 1.8 m into the channel from Pahahpatan
Bay and 1.5 m (5 ft) into the E end from Gallo Malo Channel.
CALVA ISLAND, 0.5 mile E of Baliungan Island, is
circular in shape, 548 m in diameter, and 100 m (300 ft) high.
The island is rocky, steep, and with little vegetation. Three
other smaller islands form a row N of Calva Island. These
islands are on the reef making out E of Baliungan Island.
SIBUTU ISLANDS
(CHARTS 1532 & 4515)
Sibutu Islands, a group of several islands and reefs about
25 miles SW of Tawi-Tawi, are directly on the route between
Dent Haven and Sibuko Bay. The channel between their N
limits and the S shore of Tanjong Labian, North Borneo, is
more than 16 miles wide and forms the main approach to
Darvel Bay from N and E. The islands are mostly inhabited
and cultivated. Fishing is the most important industry.
SIBUTU PASSAGE, between Tawi-Tawi Island and
45 Sibutu Island, is deep, clear, and about 18 miles wide. The
nearest land on each side may be approached to within 0.5
mile.
Prominent Landmarks in the passage are Bongao
Major Light - Saluag Island Light (04° 35' 18"N., 119°

The Port of Sibutu as viewed from the SW.
(Photograph - BPMA, July 2021)
28' 05"E.) is displayed from a white tower on Saluag Island.
Recommended Route - The Transit Corridor (TC)
passes through Sibutu Passage. The TC which serves as
safety areas are being patrolled by the Philippine government
to allow safe passage of commercial vessels. The TC is not
a Traffic Separation Scheme and is not marked by any aids
to navigation. Refer to the Chart 1532 for the extent and
details of the TC.
Tidal Currents are strong with a velocity of 2 to 5
knots. The current in this area usually follows the general
contour of the islands and is governed partly by the tides; it
varies also with the seasons of the year. During the period of
the SW monsoon the flood sets N and the ebb S. The current
has been observed to lag several hours behind the change of
tide. Current at this time vary in strength from 0 to 4 knots.
During part of the period of the NE monsoon, the current was
observed to set continuously to the S, its strength varying
from a slight amount to an estimated velocity close to 6
knots. The currents in the channels W of Sibutu Island follow
the trend of the channels and were observed to have the
same lag as those in Sibutu Passage. In Tumindao Channel,
between Sibutu Island and Tumindao Island, the current
has the same characteristic as that in Sibutu Passage, but in
shoaler channels between the numerous reefs W the strength
of the current is usually weaker. Tide rips and overfalls were
reported in 1964 to have been observed at the S portion of
Sibutu Passage W and SW of Manuk Manka Island.
Reefs - W of Sibutu Island, the numerous extensive reefs
bordering the smaller islands are well defined and steep-to.
They are generally bare in spots at low water. Navigation
among these reefs is rendered easy by following the deep
channels between them.
Caution - Navigators are advised to observe caution
when navigating in the area enclosed S of the pecked danger
curve shown on Chart 4515. Along the S edge of the bank
on which these reefs stand, a rim of shoaler water runs close
8-44
within and parallel to the 200-meter curve but nothing less
than 31.1 to 36.6 m could be found. The edge of the bank
falls steeply to depths of more than 183 m and is very clearly
marked by tide rips and overfalls which give the appearance
at times of shoaler water than actually exists.
SIBUTU ISLAND, the largest in the Sibutu Group, is
16.5 miles long in a N direction with a maximum breath of
2.5 miles in the middle, narrowing toward the extremities.
The E coast is slightly convex and the W coast concave. The
island is heavily wooded with SIBUTU HILL, a prominent
conical-shaped landmark, 137 m (449 ft) high near its E
side. The N and S parts of the island are generally flat. The
shoreline is mostly composed of low cliff of upraised coral,
broken in places by few sandy beaches. A narrow coral reef
fringes the shore on the N, W and E sides, widening S from
BAKALAO POINT to about 2.8 miles and extending S of
the island for 4.3 miles. A shallow lagoon, 6 miles long, close
to and parallel with the SE coast, is enclosed by this reef.
20 Access to this lagoon may be made by small shallow-draft
vessels through the break in the reef off Bakalao Point.
SIBUTU (04° 50' 43"N., 119° 27' 18"E.), a town on the
W shore, is about 4 miles S of the N point of Sibutu Island.
25 The dome of a mosque is a good landmark for this town. A
private hospital, which can handle minor cases, is present in
the town. Copra and cassava are exported.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station in the town
30 may be contacted at mobile phone no. +63912-5089592.
Berthing Facilities - A government pier, constructed
to the end of the reef had soundings of 5.2 m (17 ft) off its
face in 1959. A 9 m wide RoRo ramp is at the end of the
35 concrete pier. A T-head jetty, 95 m long, is about 0.4 mile N
of the government pier.
TANDU BANAK, a barrio about 8 miles SE of Sibutu,
is the largest settlement on the W coast of the island. The
40 town has a 40 m long concrete wharf. The golden dome of
a mosque, just W of the wharf, and the white mosque, about
500 m N of the wharf, are prominent landmarks. The barrio
of Taungoh is about 1 mile of Tandu Banak. These barrios
are connected to Sibutu by the coastal road.
45
SICOLAN ISLAND, about 2.5 miles S of Sibutu Island,
is about 548 m in extent and 37 m (120 ft) high to the top
of trees. SICOLAN CALOH, a low, bushy islet, is 0.7 mile
NW of Sicolan.
50
SALUAG ISLAND, the most S of the Sibutu Group,
is about 0.6 mile S of Sicolan Island. It is low, flat, wooded,
and a little bit smaller than Sicolan Island. The white tower of
Salauag Island Light is the prominent landmark on the island.
55 Salauag Island is on the same coral reef bordering Sibutu
Island and is about 1 mile N of its S edge. The depths along
the edge of this reef are generally steep-to and anchorage is
not recommended as strong currents sweep around the island.
Villages are at the S and N ends of the island.
60

The Port of Sitangkai off Tumindao Island.
(Photograph - BPMA, July 2021)
ANCHORAGE - A small shelf with 18.3 to 27.4 m
on the N end of Sibutu island, or a limited area with depths
of 27.4 to 34.7 m 1.5 miles SE of Saluag Island Light (04°
35' 18"N., 119° 28' 05"E.), may be used for temporary
anchorage. Care must be taken that the anchor does not drag
when a change in current occurs.
TUMINDAO ISLAND, immediately W of Sibutu
Island, is 7.5 miles long in a N direction with a maximum
width of 1.8 miles. It is low, flat, and wooded with an
elevation of 39 to 58 m (130 to 190 ft) to the top of trees.
The shoreline on the E side is similar to that of Sibutu Island.
The shoreline on the W side is irregular. Three settlements
or barrios is located on this side of the island. An extensive
coral reef, widest on the W and S sides, borders the island.
A chain of small islands and rocks stretches for 3.5 miles S
of Tumindao.
PANGLIMA ALARI, about 4.3 miles SE of Tumindao
Point at the edge of the reef, is a barrio composed of houses
on stilts.
Port Management - The Port of Sitangkai is under the
management of Bangsmoro Ports Management Authority.
Customs - A customs officer is present at the port.
Distress & Rescue - The Coast Guard station at the port
may contacted through mobile phone nos. +63917-8405346
and +63998-585794.
Berthing Facility - The port has concrete wharf with a
berth length of about 100 m. There is depth of 4 m alongside
the wharf. The outer face of the wharf is nearly in line with
the edge of the reef. The causeway connecting the wharf and
the barrio to the coast is in ruins.
SITANKAI SIBI, GUSI, SUKA SUKA ASIBI, SUKA
Caution - Vessels going alongside should take proper SUKA DAKULA and BULI NUSA ISLANDS, S of
precaution to avoid being drifted by the current towards 60 Sitankai, are small and flat, with varying widths from 183
8-45
the reef.
Pilotage is compulsory with at least 3 days advance
notice to the Jolo Pilots Association.
TUMINDAO CHANNEL, between Sibutu Island and
the reefs bordering Omapoy and Tumindao Island, is 1.5 to
2 miles wide, deep, and clear throughout. The edges of the
reefs on each side are steep-to.
Prominent Features - The dome of a mosque in the
town of Sibutu and another one at the barrio of Imam Hadji
Mohammad 1.3 miles N are good landmarks in navigating
through Tumindao Channel.
Tidal Currents are strong with flood setting N and ebb
S and attain a velocity of 2 to 4 knots at springs. The currents
change direction approximately at high and low water.
20 OMAPOY ISLAND, 2.5 miles W of the N end of Sibutu
Island, is low, flat, wooded, and 46 m (150 ft) high. It is 2
miles long in a NNW direction and 0.8 mile wide at its N
end. The shoreline is mostly rocky with few short stretches of
coral sand beaches. Pigs are reported to abound in the island.
25
NUSA BUANI ISLAND, small and L-shaped, is on the
NE side of Omapoy Island. Its close proximity to Omapoy
makes it appear as part of Omapoy Island.
30 SIPANGKOT ISLAND, 0.6 mile S of Omapoy Island,
is about 1 mile long in a N direction, 548 m wide and 58 m
(190 ft) high. The barrio of Sipangkot, composed of houses
on stilts, is located off the SE coast of the island.
35 OMAPOY REEF, surrounding Omapoy, Nusa Buani
and Sipangkot Island, has an extent of about 5 miles. The N
and E edges of the reef are well defined. The S side, bordering
North Lagoon, is very irregular with numerous breaks leading
to the middle of the reef.
40
SITANKAI ISLAND, 0.5 mile S of Tumindao Island,
is about 365 m in extent with numerous small houses on
stilts. The island is of considerable importance as most of
the trade between Borneo and Bongao district centers here.
45 It is also the administrative seat of the Municipality of
Sitangkai, which covers Tumindao Island and the islands N
and S of it. Some food supplies can be purchased from the
local stores. Great quantity of fish are dried for export. Fresh
water is scarce and obtained mostly from rain-water cisterns
50 or is brought in jars from the wells on Sibutu Island. Postal
service is available.
Berthing Facility - The Port of Sitangkai is at the
barrio of Panglima Alari (Luuk Puas), about 1.5 miles NE
55 of Sitankai Island. Boats calling at Sintankai Island berths
at any of the stilt houses.
m to 0.6 mile. They are planted with coconut trees. At high anchorage, and the only one S of Sibutu. The W basin also
water, small boats can cross the reef from the anchorage in appears to be clear and free from dangers. The E entrance
South Lagoon to these Islands. channel has a navigable width of 183 m with a depth of 7.3
m sand bottom. The W channel is about 457 m wide with
NORTH LAGOON, bounded by Omapoy Reef on 5 a depth of 11 m. The SW channel is impassable except by
the N and Tumindao Reef on the S, is about 10 miles long rowboats at high water. The entrance to the lagoon is easy
in a S direction and 4 miles wide. The lagoon has depths of to make specially at low water when the reefs are bare and
16.5 to 18.3 m near the N part with sand and coral bottom. sun light in favorable position. South Reef is more steep-to
The S portion S of Tumindao Point has general depths of than the N sides of the lagoon.
5.5 to 11 m white sand bottom. On the W side between the 10
9.1-meter curve and the surrounding bare reef, are numerous Directions - To enter from E, bring the entrance to bear
coral heads and small detached coral reefs. The E and S sides 272o and steer in favoring the reef on the S side; haul N
shoal gradually towards the shore of Tumindao Island where and anchor in 16.5 m sand bottom. To enter from W, steer
landing by small boats may be had at the village of Tumindao. approximately 148o, favoring the SW side of the channel;
15 then haul gradually E, pass through the connecting channel,
Achorage for vessels coming into the lagoon may be haul NE, and anchor as previously directed.
had in depths of 5.5 to 18.3 m with good holding ground.
Close to Tumindao Island, on the E side of the lagoon a MERIDIAN CHANNEL, separating Andulinang and
good anchorage in 12.8 m may be had with TANDU DUATA Meridian Reefs from Tumindao Reef, is 1.5 miles wide and
POINT bearing 083o and TUMINDAO POINT bearing 157o. 20 about 20 miles long. The channel is very deep and the edges
This anchorage is free from currents and better protected of the reefs on each side are steep-to.
from sea by Tumindao Island.
Tidal Currents in the channel are strong with a velocity
Channel - The lagoon may be entered through several of 2 to 4 knots. The change of direction occur approximately
breaks in the reef on the W side, but these channels are narrow 25 at high and low water.
and shoal. The main entrance which is generally used by
moderate-sized vessels is through KABUSAN CHANNEL, ANDULINANG ISLET, 11.5 miles SW of the NW
between the SW side of Omapoy Reef and the NW extension point of Omapoy Island, is about 183 m in extent, wooded,
of Tumindao Reef. This channel is narrow and tortuous. with a conspicuous hill, 27 m (89 ft) high to the top of trees.
Depths of 5.5 m may be carried through by keeping a good 30 It is the most noticeable feature in the vicinity. The island is
lookout on reefs on both sides. Strong TIDAL CURRENTS close to the W edge of Andulinang Reef and about 3 miles
usually occur in the channel. The channel between Sipangkot from its S end. A rock 9 m (30 ft) high is close to and N of
and Tumindao Islands is used only by launches and small the island.
local craft.
35 ANDULINANG REEF, on the W side of the N end
Directions - Vessels from W should bring the saddle of of Meridian Channel, is pear-shaped, 6 miles long in a N
the summit of Sibutu Hill in range with a dark green big direction and 1.5 miles wide at the S end, tapering to 0.5 mile
tree on the W shore of Sibutu Island on course 103o. This wide at the N end. The reef bares in patches at low water
range leads about 274 m N of the entrance, and when within and has on the N end two sand cays which bare 0.9 m (3 ft).
about 1 mile from it, the reef bordering the channel may be 40
visible. When light conditions are favorable the channel is PURDIE PATCHES, a series of small detached sand
well defined by the discoloration of the water. The channel is and coral banks with depths of 14.6 to 18.3 m are off the N
unmarked and may be entered by following the mid-channel end of Andulinang Reef and 5 miles N by E from Andulinang
courses until clear of the reefs. Islet. This area has sufficient space to provide temporary
45 anchorage for vessels in this vicinity. The maximum velocity
TUMINDAO REEF, forming the S boundary of North of the current on these patches is less than 2 knots.
Lagoon, is mostly bare at low water. From the S side of the
entrance to Kabusan Channel, the W edge of the reef trends CHAMBERS KNOLL, 3.6 miles NW of Andulinang
S for 20 miles, and at a distance of 6 miles W of Tumindao Islet, is a small detached coral formation with a depth of
Island. Two breaks in the reef form narrow channels leading 50 16.5 m.
into the extremely foul area at the W side of North Lagoon.
The W edge of the reefs is very steep except on the NW, MARANAS ISLET, 2.8 miles S by W from Andulinang
where the 20-meter curve extends from 183 m N to nearly Islet, is about 183 m wide and 640 m long in an E direction.
0.8 mile near the entrance to Kabusan Channel. The islet is planted with coconut trees and appears flat. It is
55 surrounded by a reef 457 m to 0.5 mile wide. The edges of
SOUTH LAGOON, between Tumindao Reef and the reef are steep-to. A clear channel with a depth of 29.3
SOUTH REEF, has depth of 12.8 to 21.9 m. It consists of m and 0.5 mile wide is between it and the SW angle of
two basins, each more than 1 mile in extent. The channel Andulinang Reef.
connecting the two basins is about 365 m wide with depths
of 18.3 m. The E basin is clear and affords a very safe 60 MERIDIAN REEF, about 0.5 mile S of Andulinang

8-46
Reef, is about 12 miles long in a S direction with an average S of Bulubulu Islet. It is surrounded by a narrow sand and
width of 1 mile. A sand cay which bare 1.2 m (4 ft) at low coral shoal, 0.8 mile long in a N direction and 0.8 miles
water is near its S end. The E side of the reef is steep-to. wide with depths of 5.5 to 9.1 m.
The W side slopes gradually from 14.6 to 17.4 m for a
distance of 1.5 miles, and this vicinity affords an excellent 5 JAMES PATCH, a small coral shoal with depths of
anchorage. The channel between the N end of Meridian Reef 12.8 m is about 3.2 miles S of Payne Rock.
and Andulinang Reef is clear with depths of 12.8 to 14.6 m.
SILUAG ISLET, 6.8 miles 244o from Andulinang Islet,
MIDDLE REEF, 0.5 mile S of Meridian Reef, is 2.5 is about 548 m long in a N direction and 183 m wide. The
miles long in a N direction and 1 mile wide. A sand cay is near 10 island is flat, low, and planted with coconut trees about 21
its N extremity. The channel between Meridian and Middle m (70 ft) high. Coral reef bare at low water varying in width
Reefs is about 0.6 mile wide and has a depth of 12.8 m in from 45 to 274 m surrounds the islet. A coral shoal with a
the middle, but is too much narrowed by shoal water running depth of 13.7 m is 1.5 miles 018o from the N end of the islet.
off the reefs on either side to side to admit ship using it with
safety. Strong currents are often encountered in the channel. 15 RIDDELLS REEF, the N end of which is 4.5 miles S of
Siluag Islet, is 2.8 miles long in a S direction and about 735
FRANCES REEF, immediately S of Middle Reef, is the m wide. On the S end of the reef are two sand cays bare at
most S of the chain of reefs extending from Andulinang Islet. low water. Nearly midway and exactly in line between Siluag
It is 4.8 miles long in a NE direction and 0.5 mile wide. The Islet and Riddells Reef are two coral shoals, the N one of
E side is steep-to. The W side, on which there is a long sand 20 these, about 2.3 miles S of Siluag Islet, has a depth of 9.6 m.
cay bare at low water, shoals gradually. The channel between The other shoal 1 mile farther S, or 1.3 miles N of Riddells
Middle and Frances Reef is foul and narrow and the edges Reef, has depths of 6.9 and 5 m and a diameter of 0.5 mile.
of the reefs are not well defined. It should be approached
with caution as the locality has not been closely examined. BAJAPA REEF, the NE end of which is 2.2 miles
25 WNW from Siluag Islet, is 8.8 miles long in a NNE direction
TIDAL CURRENTS - On the edge of the bank SW of and 1.5 miles wide in the middle. It bares in patches at half
Frances Reef, the currents are strong and heavy tide rips and tide and encloses a lagoon in the center. The entrance to the
overfalls often occur. The flood current sets S and SE over lagoon is on the SW side of the reef. The edges of the reef
the edge of the bank with a velocity of 3 knots. are steep-to, except at the N end, where shoal water extends
30 out for a short distance.
CHANNELS - W of Meridian and Frances Reefs, and
E of Blake Reef, Payne Rock, and James Patch, is a long, ALICE REEF, 2 miles NW of Bajapa Reef, is 5.5 miles
convenient channel for anchorage extending N to Andulinang long in a NNE direction with a maximum width of 1.8 miles
Islet. This channel is about 2.5 miles wide with general depths in the middle. The reef is bare in spots at low water and steep-
of 20.1 to 29.3 m. The only narrow part of the channel is at 35 to to all around except at its NE end where the 9.1-meter
the E and W sides of Maranas Islet which is about 0.5 mile curve extends about 0.5 mile. The channel between Bajapa
wide each. and Alice Reefs is deep and clear. The tidal currents which
follow the trend of the channel are strong.
The channel W of the line joining Blake Reef and Payne
Rock is also clear, 27 miles long and 3 miles wide at its 40 PANGUAN ISLET, the most W of the Sibutu Island
narrowest part between Blake Reef and Siluag Islet. Group, is 6.8 miles 265o from Siluag Islet. The island is
about 457 m long in a N direction, 183 m wide, and 18 m
ANCHORAGE may be had anywhere in these (60 ft) high. It is wooded and surrounded by steep-to coral
channels. The currents in this area are weaker than in other reef extending 548 m on its N end.
places where depths are deeper. A good anchorage may be 45
found E of Bulubulu Islet in 23.8 to 31.1 m, sand bottom. ALICE CHANNEL, between Panguan Islet and Bajapa
Reef on the NE, and MATAKING ISLET and BOHEIAN
BLAKE REEF, W of Maranas Islet, is 2.8 miles long ISLET on the SW, is deep and clear. The channel is 6 miles
in N direction and 1 mile wide. It bares at low water. wide at the narrowest part between the S point of Bajapa
50 Reef and Mataking Islet. A shoal composed of coral and sand
BULUBULU ISLET, 3.8 miles 207o from Maranas with a depth of 11.4 m is near the S entrance to the channel,
Islet, is small, flat, and planted with coconut trees rising about 5 miles S of the S end of Bajapa Reef. The shoal is 1
to 16.8 m (55 ft) above the sea. It is surrounded by reef mile long in a N direction, 0.5 mile wide, and surrounded
extending 183 to 365 m. A small coral patch with a depth by deep water.
of 13.7 m is 0.8 mile and 326o from it. Another patch with 55
a depth of 11 m is within the 20-meter curve, 0.8 mile 195o Tidal Currents in the channel are strong, especially
from the islet. in the vicinity of Panguan Islet and Bajapa Reef. The flood
sets S and W and the ebb N and E with a velocity of 2 to 2
PAYNE ROCK, awash at low water, is about 7 miles 1/2 knots.
60

8-47
 CHAPTER 9
NORTH COAST OF BORNEO
CHART 4707

The chapter gives a brief description of that portion of in rainfall comparatively small, it is better to consider them
the N coast of Borneo and the off-lying islands and reefs together as a sort of intermediate season. During this period
SW of Sulu Sea. the rain falls chiefly in heavy squalls, either with thunder
or from thundery clouds, occurring most frequently in the
MONSOONS AND WINDS.—On this coast the NE 5 afternoon or evening, but is not confined to that time; it is
monsoon begins about the middle of October and continues during these squalls that heaviest falls of rain occur. On June
until the middle of April. During a greater part of the time 15, 1884, 5.2 cm fell in 40 minutes.
the wind blows steadily and with moderate strength from
the N and E, gradually dying out. In the course of this CLIMATE.—The climate is noted for its evenness and
monsoon, more particularly in December and January, there 10 the absence of extremes. The temperature, rainfall, winds,
are generally one, two, or three steady moderate gales lasting natural phenomena generally, and the diseases are, for a
from 3 to 9 days; at other times the wind is a moderate breeze, tropical country, of the most mild and temperature types.
which, beginning about 11 AM, gets rather stronger toward
evening, and dies away in the early morning, when it may The absence of tornadoes, cyclones, and earthquakes
be overcome by a gentle land breeze. At the beginning and 15 is to be noted. The peculiar phenomena of tropical climates
end of the monsoon the wind is not so strong nor so steady generally are found here; thunderstorms, with much sheet
and the land breeze continues until late in the afternoon. lightning, are frequent during July, August, and September
and are sometimes severe. Mirage is generally present in the
The SW monsoon lasts from the middle of April until afternoon to a slight degree phosphorescence occurs in great
the middle of October. The wind as a rule is not so strong in 20 perfection in Sandakan Harbor.
this monsoon; the land breeze in the morning is more marked
and the gales are not so heavy nor so long continued as in TIDES AND CURRENTS.—The tidal wave that
the NE monsoon. On the other hand, frequently, there are enters the Sulu Sea from the China Sea by Balabac Strait and
squalls in the afternoon and evening lasting for an hour or Banguey Channel penetrates as far as the NE point of island,
two, and sometimes blowing with the force of a fresh gale. 25 where it meets the wave from the Mindanao Sea, which enters
Neither in this monsoon nor in the NE monsoon does the by the Sibutu Passage. Along the E coast the tide is mostly
wind rise to the strength of a storm nor even to a whole gale. semi-diurnal while along the NE coast it is chiefly diurnal.
At Dent Haven the spring range is approximately 1.1 m (3
The prevailing winds in the afternoon during the SW 1/2 ft) at Sandakan the diurnal range is about 1.5 m (5 ft).
monsoon on this part of the coast of Borneo are generally E 30
to S; at night there is usually a land breeze. On the coast between Mallawalle and Sandakan no
regular tidal stream is perceptible, but when the NE monsoon
RAINFALL.—The annual rainfall near the coast ranges is blowing steadily there appears to be a constant set NW.
from 256.5 to 398.8 cm with an average of 315 cm. The true
wet season occurs in the NE monsoon, and includes the 35 DARVEL BAY
months of November, December, and January, and generally
part of October or February, or both. During this season the Darvel Bay is located on Borneo coast W of the Sibutu
greater part of the rain falls from a uniform dull-gray sky and Group has its main entrance in the channel between Sibutu
is pretty well equally distributed between day and night, but Island and Labian Point. On the S part it has access through
the rain is not continuous. 40 Alice Channel. The N shore W of Labian Point is clear of
offlying dangers, except HOWARD SHOAL with a depth of
The true dry season immediately follows this true wet 4.1 m about 35 miles WSW of the point and 5.0-meter patch
season, and includes March, April, and May, and generally 6.8 miles farther W. There are numerous islands and coral
part of February. During this time, any rain that falls reefs in the W and S parts of the bay. Numerous rivers flow
generally occurs in showers at night or early morning, and 45 into the bay, but very few are navigable for boats beyond a
no month passes without several showers. short distance from their mouths.

This true dry season is followed by a period of moderate
rainfall, beginning usually about June, the first month or 6
weeks of which may almost be called a second wet season
and the rest of the period up to the beginning of the true wet
season a second dry season. As, however, the limits of these
two are ill defined, their characters similar, and the difference
LAHAD DATU is an important settlements at the
coast of the bay. A 309 m long coral mole, with wharf at the
50 seaward end, extends from the SW corner of Lahad Datu.
A light is shown from the head of the wharf. Small vessels
can be accommodated at the wharf while larger vessels are
required to anchor off the settlement.

9-1
 TIDAL CURRENTS - The general set of the flood
current is S and W, and the ebb current N and E, these
directions being modified by the trend of the land and reefs
in particular localities. Along the N shore of Darvel Bay, the
flood current sets W and the ebb E at a rate of about 1 knot
at springs. Along the S shore the flood sets W and ebb E and
N, the direction being modified by the land; the rate is not
very great. The tidal currents appear to turn approximately
at the times of high and low water by the shore.
MOUNT BAGAHAK, 835 m (2 ,740 ft) is the summit
of the mountain range on the N shore of Darvel Bay. It falls
steeply on its N and E sides, and is prominent as a distinct
peak from those directions, but is frequently obscured by
clouds. It slopes very gradually on its S and W sides, and
thence becomes as a smooth-topped range with no prominent
features.
LABIAN POINT, the NE point of Darvel Bay about 28
miles E of Mount Bagahak, is low and difficult to identify
from seaward. A light is displayed from the point. From here
the coast curves very gradually NE and N for about 7 miles
to Dent Haven. In the vicinity of Labian Point the shore is a
hard sand beach, closely backed by jungle, through which,
however, it is not difficult to force one’s way, but as the
shore curves N toward Dent Haven it becomes swampy and
fringed with mangroves.
LABIAN POINT TO BERHALA ISLAND
DENT HAVEN (CHART 1532) is nearly 2 miles
wide between Mangrove and Reef Points and affords good
anchorage in the SW monsoon in 5.5 to 7.3 m sand and
mud bottom, but a slight swell sometimes sets into the bay.
Three brackish streams discharge into Dent Haven. The N
two are dry across their mouths at low tide; in the S stream,
boats can find goods shelter behind the spit in deep water,
the entrance being through a narrow channel in the reef. The
whole coastline is but the barrier of a great swamp filled with
trees, mostly dead or blasted. The S part of the bay close
inshore is foul.
MANGROVE POINT, the S entrance point, is the N
end of the mangrove-covered island close to the land and
fringed on the N and E sides by a narrow reef.
REEF POINT, the N entrance point to Dent Haven, is
foul for nearly 137 m from the shore. A sandy shoal, awash
at low water, is 548 m 0.6 mile NE of the point. N from
Reef Point within the 9.1-meter curve, which is about 0.5
mile from shore, the soundings are very irregular.
HULL ROCK, about 1.5 miles 068o from Reef Point,
has only 1.2 m (4 ft) of water over it and breaks at times.
It is on a long narrow tongue of hard sand, with 1.8 to 9.1
m on it, which stretches nearly 1.3 miles N and 1 mile S
from the rock.
Between the shoal ground making off the shore and the
N end of Hull Rock Shoal is a channel 0.5 mile wide with
depths of 11 and 12.8 m but it is obstructed by a sandy patch
about 274 m in diameter and covered by a depth of 5.5 m.
This channel is not recommended.
5 A small patch of 7.8 m with depths of 12.8 to 16.5 m
around is 0.6 miles 255o from Hull Rock.
HARDY PATCH, a narrow coral shoal about 274 m in
extent, with a depth of 5.5 m on it and 11 and 18.3 m around,
10 is in the approach to Dent Haven. The shoal is marked by
strong tide rips over it and the water is usually discolored.
From it Mangrove Point bears 255o, distant 2.3 miles and
Hog Point 328o.
15 This shoal constitutes a danger to vessels passing Dent
Haven at night or in thick weather, but it may be avoided
by keeping outside of the 36.6-meter curve, which passes
1.2 miles E of it.
20 DIRECTIONS - Approaching from N, to avoid Hull
Rock and Shoal, the extreme point S of Dent Haven should
not be brought S of 217o until the S end of the long sandy
beach in the bay bears 255o, when it may be steered for, giving
Mangrove Point a berth of at least 1 mile and anchoring as
25 convenient.
SUPPLIES - There is no village in Dent Haven, but
inhabitants nearby occasionally visit the place. Fish may
be obtained with the seine near the beach S of the S stream.
30 Bathing is dangerous on account of alligators.
TIDES The tide at Dent Haven is mainly semidiurnal;
springs rise 1.1 m (3.6 ft).
35 TIDAL CURRENTS - Between Dent Haven and
Labian Point the currents run with considerable velocity,
from 1.5 to 3 knots at times, flood to the N and ebb to the
S, but the tidal currents are extremely variable hereabouts,
and there is no certainty as to their direction. Occasionally
40 the current was observed to run strongly in one direction for
1 or 2 days, and then in the opposite direction for a day, for
no reason that could be assigned; at other times the currents
changed approximately at high and low water on the shore.
45 In Dent Haven the tidal current begins to set N 3 hours
before high water and S 3 hours before low water; it appears
probable that this is an eddy.
From Dent Haven to Unsang Point the coast curves
50 gradually NW for 10 miles and then trends WNW for 3.5
miles to Tambisan Island. It is densely wooded and fronted
by a narrow fringe of coral which is steep-to.
TAMBISAN ISLAND, 3 miles in length E and W by 1.2
55 miles in width, is about 67 m (220 ft) in height and covered
with trees. The W part is cleared and has coconut plantations.
The W point is high and easily distinguished from seaward,
but the E point is low; the island is fronted by a coral reef to
a distance of 0.8 mile. A narrow channel navigable only by
60 small craft separates the island from the mainland.
9-2
 TIDAL CURRENTS - Between Dent Haven and mile off the shore reefs, with the highest part of Tambisan
Tambisan the tidal currents are strong. The flood current sets Island bearing 058o, distant 2 miles.
N and the ebb S at the rate of from 2 to 3 knots.
MAROWOP RIVER, discharging 10 miles W of
TIDES - The tides at Tambisan Island are mainly 5 Tambisan Island, is about 0.8 mile wide with depths of from
diurnal. 5.5 to 9.1 m between the entrance points. At the mouth of this
river shoal water extends out to a considerable distance, the
RENE SHOAL, composed of coral and sand, is 5 5.5-meter curve being found about 3 miles from the shore.
miles long in a NW direction and 2.5 miles wide within the There is a depth of 3.2 m on the bar at high water springs,
18.3-meter curve with a depth of 5.5 m. The highest point of 10 but caution is necessary in crossing, as the sea breaks in the
Tambisan Island bears about SW, 4.5 miles from the shoal. NE wind. From the entrance the river trends S a distance of
3 miles to EVANS ISLAND, where it divides into numerous
GEM REEF, 8.5 miles 010o from the highest part branches.
of Tambisan Island, is a coral patch 3 miles long in a NW
direction and nearly 2 miles wide, with a depth of 0.9 m in 15 SEGAMA RIVER, which discharges about 9 miles
the center. It is marked by a lighted buoy on the S side. WNW of Marowop River, is 0.5 mile wide at the entrance
with a depth of 4.6 m. A small island is in the middle of the
Between Gem Reef and Sibutu Passage frequent and river about 2 miles S of its mouth. Beyond the island it splits
sharply defined tide rips occur, which have the appearance up into several creeks, which are narrow with depths of from
of shoal water. 20 3.7 to 5.5 m. The shallow flat fronting the river extends about
3 miles from the coast, over which a depth of 2.7 m (9 ft) at
From Tambisan Island the coast trends in a general high water springs leads to the entrance. Vessels entering
WNW direction for 60 miles to the entrance to Sandakan should send a boat ahead as the tides are irregular. The coast
Harbor. It is low, swampy, intersected by numerous streams, between Segama River and Driftwood Point, a distance of
and backed by dense jungle. 25 about 14 miles NW, is covered with jungle, bordered by a
belt of grass and bushes.
LANDMARKS - MOUNT HATTON, rising to a
height of 606 m (1,990 ft) 33 miles W from Dent Haven and DRIFTWOOD POINT is wooded and may be
16 miles from the coast, is the most conspicuous mountain distinguished at a distance of 15 miles from the coast, making
in the vicinity, appearing as a sharp peak from all directions. 30 a sharp and well-defined point. A light is displayed from the
point, marking the W entrance to Kinabatangan River.
RAGGED HILL, 443 m (1,455 ft) high about 7 miles
W from Mount Hatton, appears from E as two cone-shaped KINABATANGAN RIVER, emptying on the W side of
hills. Mount Bagahak, 835 m (2,740 ft) high in the center Driftwood Point, is more than 0.5 mile wide at the entrance
of a long sloping ridge N from Darvel Bay, is seen in clear 35 with depths 6.9 to 9.1 m. The bar which extends 3 miles
weather beyond Mount Hatton. seaward has a depth of 3.7 m (12 ft) at high water springs.
Vessels drawing more than 2.4 m (8 ft) should not attempt
NOTCH HILL, 245 m (803 ft) high about 11 miles S to cross the bar without a boat ahead, as the tides are much
of the mouth of Kinabatangan River, is a conspicuous hill influenced by the winds, rendering the time of high water
having a sharp fall near the summit. 40 uncertain.

CONFUSION HILL, about 10 miles W from Notch
Hill shows a round top when seen from NE.
AGUJA PEAK, 194 m (638 ft) high midway between 45
Confusion Hill and the coast, appears as a double cone when
seen from E.
KINABATANGAN HILL, 293 m (963 ft) high about
15 miles NW from Notch Hill and 10 miles inland, appears 50
from seaward as a long range with a slight peak.
ABAI CLUMP, 17 miles E of the entrance to Sandakan,
is 57 m (185 ft) high; when seen from E it appears as an
island, but is not easily distinguished from W. 55
TANGUSU BAY (CHART 1532), between the W side
of Tambisan Island and the mouth of Marowop River, is an
open bight with depths of 5.5 to 12.8 m, mud bottom. A rock
with a depth of 1.2 m (4 ft) at low water springs is nearly 1 60 NNE direction, has a depth of 1.8 m near its SW end and
From the entrance the river trends SW and S for 5 miles
to DEWHURST BAY, which is 3 miles long and 1 mile wide,
having depths of 3.7 m and less. The main branch turns W at
5 miles from the mouth, from whence it was examined for
a distance of 6 miles; depths of 7.3 to 11 m were found and
the river at this distance was 274.3 m wide, with a depth of
9.1 m. No villages but a few boats were seen; no fresh water
was obtainable.
PEGASUS REEF, 14 miles 058o from Driftwood Point,
is nearly 2 miles long in a N direction and 1.5 miles wide,
with a depth of 0.9 m (3 ft). It is composed of live coral with
patches of sand. A lighted beacon is displayed on the N side
of the reef. Depths of 47.5 to 54.9 m are found at a distance
of 1 mile from the shoal heads. The discolored water on the
reef can be made out from the masthead.
ROYALIST ROCK, on a coral shoal 735 m long in a

9-3
29.3 m around. It is 5 miles 024o from Driftwood Point.
NYMPHE REEF, about 1 mile in extent with a depth
of 0.3 m (1 ft) is 1.8 miles NNW from Royalist Rock, just
within the 36.6-meter curve. Patches of 10.5 and 12.8 m are
between it and Royalist Rock. Being within the limits of
discolored water from Kinabatangan River, Nymphe Reef
is seldom seen, but it is marked by a slight ripple and breaks
in heavy weather.
BENRINNES REEF, has least depth of 8.2 m, lies 7
miles NW of Pegasus Reef. A 2.1 m patch lies 0.5 mile W
of Benrinnes Reef.
CLEARING MARKS - Abai Clump, bearing 286o
leads S of Royalist Rock and Nymphe Reef, and the mouth
of the Kinabatangan River, bearing 227o, leads E of them.
Between Kinabatangan River and Sandakan about 30
miles NW, the coast is intersected by numerous streams, some
of which are said to lead into the river and to be navigable
by boats.
SANDAKAN HARBOR
BERHALA ISLAND, off the NW side of the entrance
to Sandakan Harbor, is about 2 miles long in a N direction.
The N part is low, but the S rises in two conspicuous hills,
180 and 167 m (591 and 549 ft) high. These hills slope
gradually W, but their E faces are imposing precipices with
two conspicuous light red streaks running perpendicularly
from the top to the bottom, by which the island may be
recognized. A light is displayed near the summit of the N
hill. Shoal water extends about 1.5 miles NE from it but the
S side is clear and steep-to.
SANDAKAN HARBOR is 1.3 miles wide at the
entrance between Berhala Island and the broad point opposite
to the SE. From here it gradually increases in width, forming
a spacious basin N of Pulo Bai, more than 3 miles in diameter,
which forms the usual anchorage. The harbor extends S and
W of Pulo Bai to a distance of 15 miles from the entrance, but
the only part accurately surveyed is that N of Pulo Bai and
the N approaches to Sapagaya Bay, situated on the S shore.
Some 13 rivers discharge into Sandakan Harbor. From the
entrance to the head of the harbor the depths vary from 29.3
to 5.5 m. Two radio masts exhibiting red lights is located on
Bukit Mekarah. The E side of the entrance is formed by a
large island, which is low, densely wooded, and separated
from the coast by a channel named TRUSAN DUYON. From
the shore E of the entrance an extensive flat projects seaward,
the N edge of which, in a depth of 5.5 m entrance point; the
9.1-meter (850 ft) curve is 2 miles farther out.
The N shore of the bay is hilly. Two of the hills are
very conspicuous: one on Tanjong Papat, the point SW from
Berhala; the other, a three-peaked hill, is about 259 m (850
ft) high. Both of these hills, like Berhala, slope gradually on
the W side and more somewhat precipitous on the E face.
DANGERS - An extensive mud bar about 3.3 miles
wide within the 9.1-meter curve with depths of 5.5 and 6.9
m is 6 to 9.5 miles NE of the S point of Berhala Island. On
the recommended track it has a depth of 7.3 m at low water
5 springs. In 1937, a vessel drawing 8.8 m (29 ft) entered the
harbor.
ATJEH ROCK, with a depth of 4.1 m at low water, is
640 m 110o from the E end of the government pier. A lighted
10 beacon, 6.1 m high, flashing every 3 seconds, visible 7 miles
has been reported established at Atjeh Rock.
ALLARD BANK nearly fill the bight between the
government pier and PAVITT POINT, leaving a small pocket
15 at its E end, where there are depths of from 2.3 to 5 m. The
bank is marked by a light beacon and a buoy inside the
middle of the 10 m contour. These aids to navigation mark
the timber anchorage.
20 A 4.6-meter shoal is 1.5 miles 290o from Pulo Palak, the
44 m (145 ft) summit W from Pulo Bai.
ELTON BANK is an extensive area of shallow water
extending about 1.8 miles N from Pulo Bai. A lighted beacon
25 stands on a rock 0.6 m (2 ft) high near the E extremity of
the rocks bordering the channel, which extend 366 m E of
Pulo Bai.
BORNEO ROCK, beyond which the channel E of Pulo
30 Bai has not been surveyed, has a depth of 1.2 m (4 ft) over it,
and is in the fairway S from Sandakan Harbor, 0.6 mile 266o
from the W extremity of Tighowis Island. The best channel
is close W of the rock.
35 TIDES AND CURRENTS - The tide in Sandakan
Harbor is mainly diurnal. Higher high water and lower low
water occur approximately the same time as at Manila. The
diurnal range of tide is about 1.5 m (5 ft).
40 TIDAL CURRENTS turn with the times of high
and low water by the shore, the ebb obtaining a maximum
velocity of 2 knots at springs. Alongside the wharf the tidal
stream at the change of tide frequently sets in the reverse
direction to that in the harbor. The position of the barges in
45 the vicinity of the dock will be a good indication to a stranger
of the direction of the current. Tidal signals are displayed
on the roof of a customs and marine office building near the
government wharf.
50 DIRECTIONS - When in a position about 10 miles NE
of the entrance to Sandakan, bring the cliffy hill on the E
side of Berhala Island to bear 220o and steer for it. This leads
across the flats in the approach in depths of not less than 7.3
m (24 ft) and 1.5 miles NW of the shoal projecting from the
55 SE shore. As soon as the bar is crossed and soundings of 9.1
or 11 m are obtained, the vessel should be hauled a little S,
heading to give the S end of Berhala Island a berth of about
0.5 mile; thence to the anchorage, avoiding Atjeh Rock.
60 ANCHORAGE - The most convenient anchorage is
9-4
about 0.3 miles S of the Sandakan Wharf in depths of 12.8 and beef, bread, and fresh vegetables can be obtained in small
m to 16.5 m mud bottom. Vessels loading timber are required quantities. Fish is plentiful and can usually be secured. Ship’s
to anchor close NE or E of the buoy at Allard Bank. supplies and engineers’ supplies can be purchased in small
quantity. No coal is available. Diesel oil is available from
The quarantine anchorage lies on the E side of the 5 the oil jetties. Fresh water is supplied from the government
harbor with its center almost 2 miles E of the Sandakan wharf.
Wharf.
HOSPITAL FACILITIES are available. A leper
The explosive anchorage area lies close SW of the station is located on Berhala Island.
quarantine anchorage. A prohibited anchorage area has 10
been described as an arc with a radius of 0.33 mile centered COMMUNICATIONS—Frequent passenger and cargo
at the Sandakan Wharf. services are available between Sandakan and other ports of
North Borneo,An airport is located 15 km N of Sandakan.
SANDAKAN, the principal town Borneo, is on the
N shore of the harbor, 0.8 mile within Tanjong Papat. 15 SANDAKAN TO INARUNTANG POINT
Considerable reclamation work has been carried on along
the foreshore in the vicinity of the wharf and W of the native From the W entrance point of Sandakan Harbor the coast
village. There is public market and stores where food supplies trends in a general NW direction for 16 miles to TANJONG
can be obtained. Hotel accommodations are available in PANDARAS, the E entrance point to Labuk Bay, and is
Sandakan. 20 covered with thick jungle, principally casuarina trees from
45 to 55 m (150 to 180 ft) high, fronting low, swampy land,
QUARANTINE - Foreign vessels must request pratique with narrow sand beach. This section of the coast is faced by
before communication with the shore. Free pratique is given islets and shoals extending in places to a distance of 5 miles.
by radio upon receipt of the master's health confirmation
unless the vessels came from an infected area. Quarantine 25 NUNUYON LAUT AND NUNUYON DERAT are
officers board vessels desiring pratique at the quarantine two low wooded islands about 2 miles NW from Berhala
anchorage area. Island; they are about 3 miles within the 5.5-meter curve
and almost connected with the mainland.
PILOTAGE is not compulsory. The harbor master acts
as pilot. Private pilots can be obtained from Kota Kinabalu. 30 GUBBINS ROCK is a dangerous, steep-to, coral patch
with a depth of 2.1 m about 12.5 miles E of Tanjong Pandaras.
BERTHING FACILITIES - Sandakan has a 229 m A small coral shoal with a depth of 2.7 m reported in 1952
long government wharf. In 1985, the reported alongside is 2.5 miles NW of this rock. Depths of 5.5 to 9.1 m are
depths of the wharf 5.8 m. There is also and island wharf 228 m E and 274 m W of this shoal. A 3.7 m patch, marked
that is connected by two access bridges at Pavitt Point. The 35 by a lighted beacon, lies about 0.3 mile S of Gubbins Rock.
island wharf alongside depths ranging from 6.1 m to 9.4 m.
It handles general and containerized cargo. Several small islands form a chain extending about 9
miles NE of Tanjong Pandaras. They are mostly low, wooded
Oil jetties are located close WSW of Pavitt Point. The and surrounded by coral reef.
larger T-headed jetty extends 0.12 mile SSE from the shore. 40
Its T-head is 79 m in length. The berthing length is increased LITTLE BAKKUNGAAN ISLAND, the outermost of
up to 305 m by mooring dolphins standing off each end of these islands, is 48 m (157 ft) high. This island is planted
the T-head. A smaller jetty on the W projects 168 m from with coconut palms.
the shore . It has a 39 m long concrete T-head with mooring
dolphins standing 134 m away from each end of the jetty 45 SILINGAAN ISLAND, 42 m (139 ft) high, is 3 miles
head. WNW of Little Bakkungaan Island. It is fringed with coral
reef about 548 m wide. A conspicuous clump of trees rises
PORT REGULATIONS - All vessels carrying goods above the general level of vegetation on the island. A light
must load and discharge at the government wharf, unless is displayed from the S end of the island.
written permission to do so elsewhere has been obtained from 50
the Superintendent of Customs. Berthing at the Pavitt Point A coral reef about 0.5 mile in extent is 1 mile E of
Oil Jetties is forbidden after 1900 hrs. Port operating hours Silingaan Island. The coral reef has a sand cay awash at high
are from 0730 hrs to 2200 hrs. Work beyond these hours are water. In 1952, depths of 3.2 m have been reported about
subject to prior arrangement and approval. 1.8 miles E from Silingaan. A 2.3-meter shoal is about 0.5
55 mile W of Silingaan.
Notice of ETA should be sent to the port manager 24
hrs in advance. The message should include the need for a Silingaan Island and the coral reef is part of the marine
pilot and the intended boarding area. park established between Little Bakkungaan Island and
Gulisaan Islet. Entrance to the area is restricted.
SUPPLIES - Tinned foods are available in the stores 60

9-5
 GULISAAN ISLET, about 1.3 miles 193 o from
Silingaan Island, is on the S edge of a coral reef 0.8 miles
in extent; on it is a conspicuous clump of trees 23 m (76 ft)
high. A light beacon is located on the reef to the N of the islet.
LIBARRAN ISLAND, 3 miles NE of Tanjong
Pandaras, is 43 m (140 ft) high, wooded, about 1.5 miles long
in an ENE direction, and 0.5 mile wide. It is fringed with a
coral reef extending about 1.3 miles from its E side. WHITE
ROCK, 1.8 m (6 ft) high, and BLACK ROCK, 2.4 m (8 ft)
high, are near the outer edge of this reef. ROUND ISLET
is close to the W extremity of the reef on the W side of the
island. About 411 m NW of Round Islet is a rock which dries
0.6 m (2 ft) at low water. TREE ROCK, 6 m (20 ft) high,
is on the reef about 735 m NE of Round Islet.
Labuk Bay is about 19 miles at the entrance between
Tanjong Pandaras and PULO PURAPURA and extends
16 miles W. Over the greater part, it is encumbered with
numerous sand banks, which render navigation dangerous
even for small boats. The SE side is somewhat deeper,
affording a passage to the Labuk River. On the NW side of
the bay is a narrow channel leading to Bongaya River. The W
side is densely wooded, with numerous creeks; the SE side is
fringed by islets and rocks extending some distance offshore.
About 8 miles NW from TANJONG NIUG, a well-
defined point covered with trees about 45 m (150 ft) high,
just S from Pulo Purapura, are QUOIN HILL and FLAT
HILL, 198 and 192 m (650 and 630 ft) high, respectively. 30 during the survey in 1883. Vessels should proceed with
Off Tanjong Pandaras are some low islets, merely clumps caution as it is possible changes in the banks may have taken
of mangroves on the fringing reefs. place since then.
BANKAWAN (KAWAN) ISLET, the outer one, is
covered with trees about 90 m (100 ft) high.
PULO TIKUS is a wooded pyramidal island, 71 m
(234 ft) high, 1 mile WNW from Tanjong Pandaras. About
0.5 mile N of it there is a rock nearly awash at high water.
PULO GUSONG, is a small sandy islet about 0.6 m
(2 ft) high on the E extremity of a large sand bank near the
middle of the bay, and being perfectly bare, is difficult to
pick up.
A chain of islets, of which TORONGOHOK is the most
N, are in the SW part of the bay. The N part of Torongohok
is wooded with casuarina trees about 43 m (140 ft) high,
forming a prominent object when approaching from NE.
LABUK RIVER, 21 miles SW from Tanjong Pandaras,
is about 0.5 mile wide, with a depth of 9.1 m. From the
entrance to about 5 miles WSW it is named KOLAPIS
RIVER.
BONGAYA RIVER and several small streams of no
importance to trade discharge in the NW part of the bay. The
best channel to the Labuk River is between Libarran Island
and the low islets off Tanjong Pandaras; the least water on
the bar is between Pulo Gusong and SUNGEI GUMGUM,
in the SE part of the bay, on which there is a depth of 2.7
m (9 ft).
There is a village on PULO TETABUAN and another
5 on the islet close W of PULO LINKABO, both in the SW
part of the bay. No supplies and fresh water were obtainable.
BELORAN, on the S bank of Kolapis River, is a
government station where there is a small hospital.
10
DIRECTIONS - From E, having passed Gubbins Rock,
the course must be shaped to pass between Libarran Island
and Bankawan Islet and the low islands off Tanjong Pandaras,
avoiding the sunken rocks which are off the reef extending
15 about 0.5 mile S of Libarran Island.
When Round Islet, W of Libarran, is in range with
Gulisaan Islet bearing 058o, alter course to 238o. These
islets in range astern will lead clear and W of the islets and
20 rocks off Tanjong Pandaras, and the same course continued,
allowing for tide, will lead over the flats in a depth of 2.7 m
(9 ft) at low water springs.
When the water deepens the course may be shaped to
25 pass about 0.8 mile NW of SEMAWANG POINT, from
whence to the mouth of the Labuk River where there are
depths of 6.4 to 9.1 m.
CAUTION - The directions given above were compiled
TIDAL CURRENTS - The maximum velocity of the
35 ebb observed in the river was 3 knots. The tidal influence
is felt for a distance of about 20 miles from the entrance.
From Pulo Purapura to Tanjong Siasib the coast trends
N for about 11 miles, thence NW for 26 miles to Jambongon
40 (Simaddel) Island. From the NW point of Jambongon, the
coast recedes about 11 miles S, forming a large bay known
as Paitan Bay.
The off-lying islands and reefs between which a vessel
45 must pass on her way to from the Mallawalle Channel have
been surveyed to a distance of 13 to 18 miles from shore.
Beyond this distance there is an unexplored region extending
N to the Pudsey Dawson Dangers.
50 Some parts of the route are marked by buoys. The
numerous charted dangers in this area, composed mostly
of small scattered coral patches, have shown a considerable
shoaling. Many uncharted shoals have been reported from
time to time since 1952. Vessels navigating in this vicinity
55 should exercise great caution to avoid these and other
possible dangers.
LANKAYAN ISLAND, 11.5 miles 065 o from
TANJONG SIASIB (SESIP), is sandy, covered with trees
60 30 m (100ft) high, and surrounded by a coral reef extending
9-6
1.3 miles S, 0.8 mile N and E. A 5.9-meter patch is 1.3 miles
E of the island.
A small detached shoal, covered by an estimated depth
of from 1.8 to 5.5 m is 1 mile 313o from Lankayan Island.
A small 4.6-meter patch, 9 miles 049o from Billean Cay.
SUNBEAM SHOAL, 2.7 m deep, 7 miles 071o from
Billean, and IRENE ROCK of 3.2 m 1.5 miles farther in
5 the same direction.

A small detached coral patch is 1.7 miles 005o from A patch of 5.9 m situated 081o from Billean and 006o
the same island. The depths for about 4.5 miles NNE of from Lankayan.
Lankayan are irregular, there being several patches, each
about 0.5 mile in extent, upon which the depths are from 5.5 10 PAKNAM SHOAL, with a depth of 1.8 m is about 11
to 9.1 m with about 21.9 m of water between them. miles NW of Billean.

The N edge of a dangerous shoal, reported in 1932 about All of these shoals are steep-to and may have less water
5.3 miles 014o from Lankayan, is marked by a lighted buoy. upon them.
15
Another shoal, with a depth of 9.1 m at its SE end, was TEGIPIL (TAGIPIL) is a densely wooded, small,
reported in 1953 to be 5.8 miles NE of Lankayan. conspicuous island, 219o distant 4.5 miles from Billean. The
tops of the trees are about 56 m (184 ft) high.
Shoal ground, with depths of 6.4 to 7.3 m and 21.9 m
around, extends WSW for 2 miles from Lankayan. There is 20 BANKURUAN ISLANDS are two small sand cays
a steep-to coral reef about 4 miles W of Lankayan Island. covered with trees about 15 m (50 ft) high. Billean, Tegipil
This reef is about 1 mile in extent in a NNE direction; the S (Tagipil), Bankuruan, and the mainland are almost connected
half bares at low water. by a chain coral reefs.

Two shoals with depths of 2.3 and 2.7 m and 14.6 to 25 There is a sand cay, about 1.2 m (4 ft) high, standing on
18.3 m around, and both about 1 mile in extent N and S, are a coral reef about 0.5 mile in extent, situated 5 miles 155o
with their N edge 220o, distant 6.8 miles from Lankayan. from Billean Cay.

A rocky foul ground 1 mile in extent in a NE direction, MARCHESA BAY is between KINULUBALTAN
with depths of less than 1.8 m is about 3 miles SW of 30 POINT and TORONGOHOK POINT. Between the reefs
Lankayan. A beacon, consisting of a staff with a black conical extending NE of Torongohok Point and those extending ENE
top, is 218o distant 2.1 miles from the island and marks the N from Jambongon (Simaddel) Island, the bay is from 10 to
edge of the shoal ground. This shoal is a danger situated near 12 miles wide, with depths in the entrance of 20.1 to 31.1 m
the track of vessels passing W of Lankayan. Foul ground is mud and shell bottom, decreasing gradually SW toward the
charted 1.5 miles E of the beacon and 2 miles S of Lankayan. 35 shore. It is fringed by coral reef 0.5 to 1.5 miles wide, bare at
low water, and fronted by sand banks. The coral reef fringing
BILLEAN ISLAND, 304 o distant 11 miles from Torongohok Point extends about 2.8 miles NE.
Lankayan, is small, sandy, with bushes about 12 m (38 ft)
high. It is surrounded by coral reefs and dangers which A rock covered with a depth of less than 1.8 m (6 ft)
extends in a N and NE direction for a distance of about 4 40 and width 7.8 m seaward of it, is 6 miles 179o from Leonan
miles. Cay. A reef bare at low water, is 1.5 miles 148o from this
rock and three similar reefs trend SW for a distance of 2.5
A shoal reported in 1918 by the S.S. Kinabalu, is 4.3 miles from the rock. A small sand cay is about 4.5 miles ESE
miles NE of Billean and 0.5 mile SW of the recommended of Kinulubaltan Point. The shoreline between Kinulubaltan
track. 45 Point and the point E of Bankoka Hill, 22 miles NW, has
not been surveyed.
BILLEAN NORTH DANGERS, about 9 miles N from
Billean, is a group of coral reefs about 4 miles in extent PAITAN BAY is encumbered with numerous small
and has a depth of 2.7 m. As these dangers have not been islands and reefs and is apparently shallow. It has been only
completely examined, they should be carefully avoided. 50 partly examined.

SEDGEMAN ROCK, with a depth of about 8.2 m JAMBONGON (SIMADDEL) ISLAND, forming
coral, was reported in 1935 by the S.S Kajang, to lie close the SE side of Paitan Bay and 13 miles SE from Bankoka
NE of the recommended track about 6 miles NW of Billean Hill, is 11 miles long in an E direction and about 7.5 miles
Island. 55 wide. On the W side an inlet, 1.5 miles wide, the head of
which is not defined, penetrates the island in an ESE direction
BILLEAN SOUTH DANGERS is another scattered for more than 3 miles. The land at the head of the inlet is
group of coral reefs ENE of Billean Cay, distant 7 to 11 low and densely wooded; the shores of the inlet and of the
miles. They consist of the following: S and E side of the island are wooded. There is a village on
60 the SE side and at about 1 mile in either side of it is a cliff

9-7
6 m (20 ft) high, the W one of which is red.
NORTHEAST AND SOUTHWEST BLUFFS are
two prominent headlands 5.3 miles apart, both on the W
coast of Jambongon; the former is 135 m (442 ft) and the
latter about 140 m (460 ft) high. The aforementioned inlet
is between them.
The W shore of Jambongon appear to be clear, but the
water is shallow, there being a depth of 3.7 m in the entrance
to the inlet. A sand patch and reef, which dry 1.2 m (4 ft) and
have 2.7 to 4.6 m around are 255o 2.3 miles from Northeast
Bluff.
The N point of the island, about 5 miles E of Northeast
Bluff, rises to a hill about 0.7 mile within the point.
A channel, 0.8 mile wide at its narrowest part and
incompletely surveyed, is between Jambongon (Simaddel)
Island and the mainland. A spit extends 2 miles NE of
Kinulubaltan. It dries for about 1.3 miles beyond which there
are depths of 0.9 to 1.2 m (3 to 4 ft). Beyond this bar, with
a depth of 4.6 m over it, in 1881, fronted the entrance to the
channel. Within the bar a channel, about 735 m wide, with
depths of 7.3 to 18.3 m lead along the SE side of Jambongon
(Simaddel) Island as far as the red cliff, beyond which it
appeared to become shoal.
S of the channel, shallow banks, a great portion of which
dry, lie across the mouth of SUNGEI PAITAN, in the entrance
of which river are three small islands. A larger wooded island
is about 4 miles W of these islands.
ANCHORAGE may be obtained in a depth of 9.6 m
mud bottom, with the summit of Northeast Bluff bearing
156o and the N extremity of Jambongon (Simaddel) Island
bearing 095o.
DIRECTIONS - The approach to the anchorage from
the N is by a clear passage about 3 miles wide between the
foul ground SE of MANDIRALLA and BUSH ISLANDS 40
on the W, and the dangers extending about 5.5 miles N
from Jambongon (Simaddel) Island on the E; the depths
decrease gradually from 20.1 to 21.9 m from the channel
outside to the anchorage, a distance of about 7 miles.
When approaching the above anchorage from NW, pass SW 45
of KUKUBAN ISLAND, and when it bears 000o steer 180o,
keeping it astern until the SE extremity of Tigabu Island
bears 067o when a 199o course will lead to the anchorage.
In all cases of approach to the anchorage, the vessel
should be maneuvered to avoid entering the reported
dangerous area mentioned in the following paragraph.
DANGERS - N and NE of Jambongon (Simaddel)
Island numerous coral reefs and sand cays extend to a
distance of about 5.5 miles and E for 9 miles. On these
reefs are many sandy islets two of which - MABAHOK and
KALANGAAN - are especially conspicuous, being covered
with trees whose tops are about 24 m (80 ft) above the sea.
The area N of Northeast Bluff within a circle of radius 2
miles, with center in latitude 6o 47' 00" N., longitude 117o 24'
30" E., has been reported in 1958 as dangerous to navigation.
SIPINDUNG ISLET, 8 miles 037o from the NE point
5 of Jambongon (Simaddel) Island, is small, sandy, covered
with some grass, and about 4.6 m (15 ft) high. It is on the
W edge of a coral reef about 0.5 mile in extent. Dangers
extend 0.8 mile S and SW of this islet, 2.5 miles WNW, and
1.3 miles to be NW.
10
Between the Sipindung dangers and the reefs projecting
E from Tigabu, an island 4.5 miles WNW, there is a clear
passage 1.5 miles wide.
15 A shoal with depth of 2.7 m has been reported 1.3 miles
255o from Sipindung Islet.
SW of Sipindung, a distance of 1.5 miles, there is a
group of reefs, westernmost of which is the Gibson Reef.
20 This group of reefs is about 0.5 mile in extent. Between these
reefs and other dangers also SW, but nearer Sipindung, there
is a clear passage nearly 0.8 mile in width through which lies
the track from Mallawalle Channel. A lighted buoy marks
the patch located 1 mile ESE of Gibson Reef.
25
A shoal with less than 1.8 m (6 ft) of water is between the
above group of reefs and the reef extending from Jambongon
(Simaddel) Island.
30 A shoal, with a depth of 6.4 m was reported in 1918
by the S.S. Kinabalu to lie approximately 0.5 mile SE of
the beacon.
SANDY ISLAND, composed mostly of sand and
35 sometimes covered at high water, is about 4.5 miles 126o from
Sipindung Islet. It is near the middle of a coral reef about
0.5 mile in extent with detached patches extending 0.5 mile
W. A beacon stands 0.1 mile SW of the island. A light buoy
marks the 2.7 m patch, which is the westernmost danger of
the coral heads extending W and SW from Sandy Island.
CORAL PATCHES - About 1 mile SE of Sandy Island
is a coral patch of 7.3 m. Another patch is 1.8 miles 234o
from the island and a patch of 12.8 m is 1 mile 228o from it,
the track of Mallawalle lying between.
LEONAN is a sand cay 5.2 miles from Sandy Island
and sometimes covered at high water. It is marked a light
beacon on the NE end. It is on and about 1 mile from the NE
50 end of an extensive chain of reefs which at this part extend
8 miles ENE from the E shore of Jambongon (Simaddel)
Island. There are four other small cays on this chain of reefs.
A small 3.7 m patch is 2 miles NW of Leonan.
55 POLE REEF, a small dangerous coral patch nearly 3
miles 064o from Leonan is marked by a light beacon. It was
reported that the beacon was replaced by a lighted buoy.
Between this reef and that on which Leonan stands is a clear
channel nearly 2 miles wide. The recommended track passes
60 about 0.7 mile SW of the beacon.
9-8
 About 1 mile NE of the above beacon is the SW end of m SE from it. These shoals are small in extent and surrounded
some coral patches that bare and extend NE to a distance by depths of 16.5 to 18.3 m, mud bottom.
of about 1 mile.
MALLAWALLE, BANGUEY AND
TIGABU ISLAND is 4.5 miles 286o from Sipindung, 5 BALAMBANGAN ISLANDS
about 1 mile long in an E direction, 0.7 mile wide, densely (CHART 1558)
wooded, and 62 m (277 ft) high near its W end. A 12 m
metal framework tower stands on the summit of the island. MALLAWALLE ISLAND, about 7 miles SE of
A village is located on the SW side of Tigabu. Coral reefs Banguey, and the same distance E from INARUNTANG
extend about 3.5 miles in a NE direction from Tigabu and 10 POINT, Borneo, is of irregular shape, 5 miles long in a NW
about 0.7 mile NW. direction, and about 4 miles wide. The island for the most
part consists of ranges of hills from 122 to 152 m (400 to
TIBAKKAN ISLET, about 2.5 miles N of the W end 500 ft) high but one range, toward the NW end, attains an
of Tigabu, is a sand cay covered with bush. Dangers extend elevation of 171 m (562 ft).
1.5 miles in a NE direction from the islet. Two coral reefs 15
about 1 mile in extent are 1.5 miles NW of Tibakkan on the Close to the coast on the W side is WEST ISLET;
NE side of the alternate track recommended through the NORTHWEST ISLET is a short distance off the NW end;
Mallawalle Channel. and NORTH ISLET, low and nearly 1 mile long, almost joins
the N part of the main island. The island is fringed by a reef,
In 1934, a vessel with a draft of 4.1 m (3.6 ft) reported 20 which extends nearly 1 mile in places from the E, N, and W
striking an obstruction 0.8 mile SW of Tibakkan Islet. points and to about one-half that distance from its S point.

MOSQUITO ROCK, with a depth of 0.9 m (3 ft) is A sand cay is on a reef, about 1 mile in length, at nearly
on a steep-to shoal about 183 m in extent, 2.3 miles 041o the same distance NE of Mallawalle North Islet, with patches
from Tibakkan. 25 E and W of it, forming the S side of Banguey South Channel.
Another sand cay marks the W end of a reef, about 1 mile
TAMBULIAN ISLET, with trees 21 m (70 ft) high 2.3 off the E end of Mallawalle Island; NNW 1.5 miles from this
miles N of Tibakkan, and BUANING CAY, 2.2 miles ENE of sand cay, there is a narrow coral patch 0.5 mile in length,
it, from the SE boundary of Mallawalle Eastern Dangers. A with 23.8 m close around it.
large number of detached coral reefs, some of which uncover 30
at LW lie up to 7.5 miles WNW of Tambulian Island. Mallawalle Island is sparsely populated, with the main
village located at the N end of North Islet.
KUKUBAN ISLET, 4.5 miles 302o from Tigabu Island,
is small, sandy, with trees about 21 m (70 ft) high. The islet MALLAWALLE EASTERN DANGERS comprise a
is on the SW edge of a coral reef about 0.5 mile in diameter. 35 large number of detached coral reefs and shoals which extend
about 11 miles in an E direction from Mallawalle. The N
Between Tigabu and Kukuban are several dangerous limit of these dangers forms the SE side of Banguey South
detached shoals and reefs awash. They are near the Channel. They are steep-to with deep water around them,
recommended track through the Mallawalle Channel, and and should be entirely avoided by any vessel.
much caution is necessary when navigating in this vicinity. 40
About 2.8 miles 058o from the sand cay off the E end of
A rock is located 1.1 miles 148o from Kukuban. The Mallawalle Island is a coral reef which bares and has depths
recommended track is 0.7 mile W of this beacon. of 25.6 and 27.4 m close around.

A rock, 2 miles 164o from Kukuban, is nearly awash
at low water.
LUBANI ROCK, marked by a lighted beacon, lies 2.5
miles SSW of Kukuban Island.
MERLIN ROCK, apparently nearly awash at low
water and dark colored, is 0.7 mile E of the rock marked by
a beacon. A sand cay on a coral reef, 548 m in extent, and a
coral patch of nearly the same dimensions are 1.8 miles 106o
and 2.5 miles 126o from Kukuban, respectively. These are 55
easily made out from the masthead.
45 About 548 m N of this reef is a reef 0.5 mile in
extent, with less than 1.8 m (6 ft) of water over it.
A cluster of reefs, occupying a space of 1.3 miles in extent,
with 23.8 m close-to on the N side, is 1 mile E of the coral
reef just described.
50
About 1.8 miles 075o from the same cluster is reef 0.5
mile long, with 2.1-meter (7 ft) of water on its N end. This
danger, being always covered, is not so readily seen as the
others, and it is important to bear this in mind, as the shoal
occupies a prominent position, bordering as it does on the
deep water of Banguey South Channel.

In addition to the above, the following shoals have been STRAGGLER ISLET, about 10.5 miles E of the N
found in this vicinity: A depth of 2.7 m with Kukuban Islet point of Mallawalle Island is small, composed of coral, with
bearing 327o, distant 2.1 miles. A depth of 5.9 m is about 365 60 trees 6 m (20 ft) high and a useful object for assisting in the

9-9
navigation off the E part of Banguey South Channel. From
it the 2.1-meter (7 ft) reef is 300o nearly 1.5 miles distant,
while W of the islet are several other dangers. The reef
surrounding the islet extends 1.3 miles in an E direction and
more than 0.5 mile SW.
About 1.5 miles SE of the E extremity of Straggler Reef
and bearing 109o from the islet is the outer edge of a reef
having in some places less than 1.8 m (6 ft) of water; 0.5
mile E of it is a 3.2-meter coral patch. Other dangers of the
group extend 7 miles farther S.
A small detached shoal spot with a depth of almost 1.8
m (6 ft) over it, exist 10.5 miles 041o from Tigabu Island
with Straggler Islet and Banguey Peak in range.
FAIRWAY SHOAL, at the E entrance to Banguey
South Channel, is 0.8 mile in diameter with a rock awash
near its S part, from which Straggler Islet bears 225o distant
2.5 miles. The rock awash is, however, only 1.5 miles from
the E extremity of Straggler Reef, which limits the channel S
of Fairway Shoal; the channel N of the shoal is 3 mile wide.
A coral patch about 0.5 mile in extent with a depth of 5.9
m and a 12.8-meter spot, are about 1.5 miles E and 3.3 miles
NE, respectively, of Fairway Shoal. They are surrounded by
deep water. A 7.3 m shoal was reported to lie 1 mile SW of
the 12.8 m patch.
MEANDER SHOAL, a dangerous reef composed
of coral and sand, with a depth of 3.2 m is nearly 1 mile
in extent and steep-to. It is in the E approach to Banguey
South Channel and 9.5 miles NE of Straggler Islet.
A coral reef with 3.2 m over it, is approximately 066o distant
5.5 miles from Meander Shoal. About 1 mile W is a patch
of 5.5 m and the same distance E is one of 11 m. There are
also patches of 7.3 m S of Meander Shoal at distances of 2
and 4 miles.
A number of dangerous shoals have been reported to
exist 5 to 7 miles N and E of Meander Shoal. Their positions
can be best understood by reference to the chart.
PUDSEY DAWSON DANGERS are a series of coral
patches, the W most of which, with a depth of 4.6 m is 098o
distant 19 miles from the E end of Mallawalle Island. From
this patch for about 17 miles in an ENE direction there are
several shoals and banks, principally coral and sand, with
4.6 to 18.3 m of water upon them and deep water between.
N of Pudsey Dawson Dangers and of Meander Shoal, to
the parallel of latitude 7o 25' N., and between the meridian of
longitude 117o 50' E., and the dangers E of Banguey Island,
there are numerous coral patches dangerous to navigation.
Many of these have depths of 5.9 to 9.1 m and the space
within these approximate limits should be avoided by vessels
when possible.
MINNA REEF, about 3.5 miles in length NW and SW
and 0.8 mile wide, with a depth of 0.9 m at each end and 2.7 60
9-10
m between, is with its NW extremity situated 058o, distant 8
miles from Tigabu Island.
SCHUCK REEF, about 1 mile in extent and with a
5 depth of 6.4 m reported in 1877, is 13.8 miles 025o from
Billean Island.
DANGERS - An extensive area included between the
Pudsey Dawson Dangers, Muligi Patches, Minna Reef,
10 Billean Dangers, and Schuck Reef has not been examined;
it is reported to contain numerous reefs, breakers, and
discolored water with depths of 1.8 to 3.7 m. Vessels should
avoid this dangerous area by keeping out of the charted
pecked line.
15
MALLAWALLE CHANNEL, between the N coast of
Borneo and Mallawalle Island is about 5 miles wide, but the
reefs and shoals extending 3 to 4 miles from the Borneo coast
reduce the navigable width to about 1.3 miles. It has depths
20 of 21.9 to 31.1 m but the whole channel should be navigated
with caution as it is probable that undetected dangers exist.
EGERIA ROCKS, on a shoal about 365 m in extent,
covered by 0.6 m of water and a depth of 16.5 m close around,
25 are 2.5 miles 238o from the islet NW of Mallawalle Island,
with the S extremity of the island bearing 112o. A shoal patch,
with a least depth of 1.2 m and marked by a light (reportedly
extinguished), lies about 1.25 miles W of the rocks. An 8.2
m patch lies 0.5 mile NW Egeria Rock.
30
LINGISAN is a small rocky islet 9 m (30 ft) high on
the S side of Mallawalle Channel, about 3.3 miles E of Silk
Island.
35 PASSAGE REEF, awash and easily distinguished, is
about 1.3 miles 036o from Lingisan Islet. It may be passed
on either side, but the route recommended is NE of it. Heavy
tide rips occur about 1 mile ENE of this reef. A lighted beacon
marks the N side of the reef. A lighted buoy is located close
40 E of the reef.
FLY ROCK, awash at low water and about 274 m in
extent, is about 2.3 miles 081o from Lingisan and is marked
by a beacon on the N side. A small detached coral reef awash
45 at low water, with a small sand cay had marked with a light
beacon, is about 1.5 miles 066o from Fly Rock. About 0.5
mile S of Fly Rock is a coral reef about 1 mile in extent,
parts of which bare at low water. The channel between them
is narrow with a depth of 12.8 m.
50
CLEARING MARKS - Banguey Peak, in range with
the W extremity of West Island, Mallawalle, bearing 325o
leads between Passage Reef and the cay E of it and NE of Fly
Rock; and Kukuban Islet, on range with the N end of Tigabu
55 Island, leads between Fly Rock and the cay mentioned above.
MANDIRALLA (MANDIDARAH) ISLAND, about
0.5 mile long in an E direction and 457 m wide, is surrounded
by a coral reef which extends to a distance of about 0.6 mile
on the N side and for 1 mile E. It is 6 miles S of the E end
of Mallawalle.
The island is covered with palm trees, 26 m high to the
tree-tops. Foul ground extends about 2 miles SE and 5 miles
SSE of Mandiralla.
BANKOKA HILL, is a conspicuous wooded hill, 179
m (587 ft) high, on the mainland WSW of Mandiralla.
TANJ BUNGAAN is a thickly wooded island of
considerable extent about 4 miles SE of Bankoka Hill; reefs
extend 1.5 miles N and E.
BUSH (LANDAYANG) ISLAND is a sand cay with a
few bushes, the tops of which are about 3 m (10 ft) high. It
is near the middle of a coral reef about 1.5 miles long in a
NE direction about 8.5 miles SE of Bankoka Hill.
Much foul ground exist between Mandiralla, the coast
of Borneo, Tanj Bungaan and Bush Island.
SILK ISLAND, 3.3 miles SE of Inarutang Point and
548 m offshore, has a red cliff 11 m (36 ft) high on the NE
side. The island is surrounded by a reef which extends to a
distance of 0.5 mile from its E side.
About 1.3 miles NE of Silk Island is a cay surrounded
by a reef which extends about a mile N and S of it. Between
this reef and the North Borneo Dangers there are several
sunken dangers positions of which can be seen on the chart. 30
CURRENTS -In the Mallawalle channel the flood runs
E and the ebb W at springs, with a velocity of about 2 1/2
knots.
On the coast between Mallawalle and Sandakan, no
regular tidal stream was perceptible, but when the NE
monsoon blew steadily there appeared to be a constant set
to the NW.
DIRECTIONS - The recommended route to strangers
and for larger vessels proceeding to Sandakan is by the
Balabac Main Channel.
Local vessels generally use the following recommended 45
route via Mallawalle Channel, passing midway between
Mallawalle Island and Passage Reef.
MAIN ROUTE - After passing N of Passage Reef
Beacon, distant about 1 mile, keep the S extremity of
Kukuban Islet in range with the summit of Tigabu, bearing
121o; this is a good mark and easily picked up.
When nearly up to Kukuban Islet, follow the track
shown on the chart W and S of the reefs between Kukuban 55
and Tigabu, to a position 1.5 miles SW of Tigabu. Then
Sipindung Islet may be steered for, bearing 090o, until
Tigabu NE extremity is in range with the W extremity of and special care is needed at this part. The track is between
Mallawalle Island. Lankayan Reefs and the N end of the foul ground, passing
60 over or near the 7.3-meter patches W from Lankayan Reefs
9-11
Veer SE, and with this range closed astern, pass between
the shoals extending S of Sipindung Islet and the shoal
waters off the NE edge of the small coral reef, marked by
a beacon, 1.5 miles SW of the island. This is the narrowest
5 part of the channel.
Close the sand cay, with a few bushes on it, 1 mile N
of Tigabu, in range astern with the E summit of Mallawalle
Island and steer 133o. This course will lead past a shoal 1.8
10 miles SE of Sipindung Island, between a 7.3-meter and a
12.8-meter spot SW of Sandy Island and between Leonan
Reef and the detached reef NE of it.
Thence steer to pass about 4.5 to 5 miles NE of Billean,
15 course 115o, rounding the the 3.7-meter spot at the NE
extremity of the dangers extending NE from Billean, at a
distance of about 1 mile. Sedgeman Rock, on which there
is 8.2 m is close NE of this course.
20 Steer to pass between Kestrel Shoal and Kechil Rock;
when about 5 miles 074o from Lankayan Island, steer 145o
for Taganak Island.
When about 2 miles from Taganak Island, veer SSW,
25 pass between Taganak Island and Taganak Patches, and
steer for a position about 10 miles NE of the S extremity of
Berhala Island.
Then be guided by the directions for Sandakan Harbor.
ALTERNATE ROUTE - The following directions for
the alternate route, stated to be generally used, passing N of
Kukuban and Tigabu were followed by H.M.S. Bridgewater
in 1931.
35
From a position 3.5 miles WNW of Kukuban steer
about 110o, passing about 0.8 mile WNW of Kukuban, until
Tibakkan is in range with Tambulian, bearing 353o, taking
care to avoid the obstruction situated about 0.8 mile SW of
40 Tibakkan.
Thence steer about 143o to pass midway between the
reef extending from the NE side of Tigabu and the two cays
situated on the W extremities, respectively, of two detached
reefs NE of Tigabu.
When the S extremity of Tigabu is abeam steer 127o,
which course will meet the previously described track about
3 miles ESE of Tigabu.
50
A LT E R N AT E R O U T E W E S T WA R D O F
LANKAYAN REEFS - Having rounded the 3.7-meter
spot NE of Billean Island, steer to pass about 2.5 to 3 miles
W of Lankayan, and between that island and the reef 3.8
miles W of it.
Foul ground exists from 2 to 3 miles SW from Lankayan
or vessels could pass S of the shoal in apparently better water,
but it has not been surveyed in detail.
The route is E of Sibaung and of the reef extending 1.3
miles E of Silingaan and W of Lihiman, Little Bakkungaan,
and the dangerous Gubbins Rock.
CAUTION - The route from Mallawalle Channel to
Sandakan is marked on some charts and has been followed
with safety, but there may be less water than shown on some
of the shoals, and in such reef-strewn waters other dangers
not charted may exist, as is borne out by several dangers
having been reported since the original surveys in 1881
and 1883.
It should be borne in mind also that no reliance can
be placed on the position of the sand cays which have no
vegetation on them; the action of the sea frequently causes
them to shift considerably and even disappear. The beacons
are sometimes difficult to make out, but are very seldom
washed away.
BALAMBANGAN ISLAND, about 2 miles W of
Banguey Island, is of irregular shape about 13 miles long
in a NE direction and 4 miles wide. The composition of the
elevation of this island varies between limestone, basalt,
trap, and sandstone. All the rocks exhibit traces of Violent
convulsion. The S part presents a range of hills, the highest
being 134 m (440 ft).
THUMB PEAK, 96 m (314 ft) high near the SW end
of the island, is conspicuous. These hills are terminated on
the coast line by abrupt cliffs. The N part is flat and thickly
covered with high trees. On the E coast of Balambangan
Island are two inlets, known as North and South Harbors,
both affording sheltered anchorage and good drinking water.
KALUTAN POINT, the SW point of the island, is
fronted by several islets and rocks extending 0.8 mile in
a SE direction. At 1 mile E of these is a coral patch with a
depth of 5.5 m.
KALUTAN ISLAND, is 0.8 NW of Kalutan Point and
about 0.5 mile from shore. It is small and round, 85 m (278
ft) in height, and has a reef projecting nearly 0.5 mile from
its W side.
The coast between Kalutan Point and Buttun Point trends
N for 5.3 miles with coral reef extending nearly 0.8 mile from
shore. Between BUTTUN POINT and SIAGUT POINT is an
open shallow bay about 6 miles wide, with depths of less
than 5.5 m extending nearly 1.5 miles from shore.
SIAGUT SHOAL, 2 miles W of Siagut Point, is a
detached coral bank 1.5 miles long in a NE direction, with
less than 1.8 m (6 ft) of water over some parts of it. By
keeping about 3 miles offshore in depths of not less than
25.6 m all these dangers will be avoided.
Reefs and shoals extend more than 0.8 mile from Siagut
9-12
Point, and a 5.5-meter patch is nearly 1.3 miles NNW of it.
Vessels when rounding Siagut Point should, therefore, give
it a berth of 2 miles or not come into less than 16.5 m.
5 The whole of the E coast of Balambangan is fronted
by a coral reef, outside, of which there are detached
patches here and there, but the 5.5 m curve embracing
these is, for the most part, distant 0.5 mile from shore.
The shoals along the SE coast are not easily distinguished
10 unless the sun is shining behind the observer.
TIGA ISLET, about 2.5 miles E of Siagut Point, is near
the S edge of a steep-to reef about 1.8 miles in extent. It is
about 0.5 mile long in a N direction, 548 m wide, low, and
15 covered with trees. Between the reef surrounding Tiga Islet
and the reef fringing Balambangan Island is a channel about
1.3 miles wide but it is constricted by a coral reef about 0.5
mile in diameter with a depth of less than 1.8 m (6 ft). E of
this reef in the fairway are two detached shoals with depths
20 of 6.6 and 4.6 m. Vessels should exercise caution when
passing through this channel.
NORTH HARBOR, on the SE side of Balambangan
Island, is between BATTANG POINT and SAPAROAK
25 POINT. It affords more commodious anchorage than
South Harbor and is much easier of approach, the shoals
being better defined. It is not advisable to enter this harbor,
however, unless the reefs are visible from aloft. The coral
reef off Saparoak Point extends about 1.5 miles S and the
30 9.1-meter curve about 0.6 mile off Battang Point.
Foul ground extends about 735 m S from Battang Point
and there are several reefs in the entrance of the harbor whose
positions are best understood by reference to the chart. A
35 2.7-meter patch is 0.8 mile WSW of Battang Point and a reef
awash is 548 m NW of the patch. The head of the harbor
is known as LUNG BAY and has depths of 9.1 to 12.8 m
between the reefs fringing its shores. Two streams discharge
near the S entrance point. The W, it is stated, will furnish
40 fresh water about 15 tons per day.
ANCHORAGE may be obtained in a depth of 18.3 m
with Battang Point in line with the center of the reef awash
1 mile W by S of it, bearing 083o and Saparoak Point 204o.
45
DIRECTIONS - Approaching from S, keep Kalutan
Point bearing W of 261o to pass S of Half Channel Patch,
which has only 0.9 m (3 ft) of water on it and breaks at times.
It is 2 miles SE of Saparoak Point. Keep within 1 mile of
50 the Banguey coast until Battang Point bears about 322o; then
steer to pass between it and the reef awash nearly 1 mile SW
of it, looking out to avoid a 2.7-meter patch 0.5 mile from
shore just within Battang Point and the reef awash about 640
m NW of this patch.
55
SOUTH HARBOR, a small narrow inlet, the entrance
to which is about 3 miles NE of Kalutan Point, is fronted by
isolated shoals to a distance of about 2 miles, with reefs on
either side. The channel abreast of Raha Point, the S entrance
60 point, is 548 m wide between the reefs, with a depth of 12.8
m. Fresh water will be found from a stream on the S shore
about 548 m within Raha Point. The reef prevents access
until about half flood.
DIRECTIONS - To enter this harbor requires close 5
attention to the following directions, as well as to the lead and
lookout, and it is not advisable to attempt to enter unless the
reefs are visible from aloft: From SW, having given Kalutan
Point a berth of at least 1 mile, haul nearer the shore, bringing
CONE ISLET, the outer islet off Kalutan Point, to bear 250o, 10
well open of OBSERVATORY POINT, which leads S of the
reefs off RAHA POINT.
When Raha Point bears 317o haul up to 002o, passing
between RAHA REEF, the edge of which will be seen from 15
aloft and probably marked by breakers, and RAHA ROCKS
and other dangers E; round Raha Point at a safe distance and
haul in W for an anchorage in 12.8 m in the fairway N and
W of Raha Point.
20
BANGUEY WEST CHANNEL separates Balambangan
and Banguey Islands and has a least breadth of 2.3 miles
between Battang and Manyangit Points. The S portion is
deep, with Half Channel Patch, having 0.9 m (3 ft) on it,
nearly in the fairway but with a passage 2.5 miles wide E of it. 25
The N entrance between Siagut and Samarang Points,
about 8.5 miles apart, is obstructed by Tiga Islet and its reef,
Riffleman Rock, and other patches. The channel between
Riffleman Rock and Tiga is navigable and has a depths of 11 30
to 12.8 m in its fair way, but it would not be safe to reckon
on more than 9.1 m unless the channel is thoroughly buoyed.
There is a beacon marking the SE edge of the Tiga Islet Reefs,
but this mark must not be depended on.
35
The channel along the Banguey shore seems equally
good if buoyed. The channel W of Tiga is narrow and more
obstructed. They should only be navigated when the dangers
can be made out.
40
An iron tripod beacon, painted with black and white
horizontal bands, with a black conical top, marks the SE
extremity of the Tiga Islet Reefs.
RIFLEMAN ROCK, a small coral patch with 2.7 and 45
9.1 m close-to, is in the fairway between Tiga Islet Reef and
the Banguey coast dangers with the S end of Tiga Islet 280o
distant 2 miles; W of this rock are depths of 11 and 12.8 m
in the fairway. It has been reported that a 3.7-meter shoal
extends from a point 548 m NW of Rifleman Rock to Labuan 50
Rock. About midway between Rifleman Rock and the NW
coast of Banguey are patches of 4.6 and 5.5 m on a bank
about 2.5 miles in extent, NE and SW, within the 9.1-meter
limit, and depth of 11 to 12.8 m in the channel between
them and the shore. 55 mile NW from it, on which there is a sand cay about 365
m from its end. Nearly 2 miles SW there is an islet on the
LABUAN ROCK, covered by 2.7 m is in the fairway 2 reef fronting the shore. The coast from Samarang Point S
miles 159o from the S extremity of Tiga Islet and 047o from to Manyangit Point is foul to about 548 m except in one or
Battang Point. two places as indicated on the chart.
60
9-13
HALF CHANNEL PATCH, which has only 0.9 m of
water on it and breaks at times, is in the middle of Banguey
West Channel with Manyangit Point, Banguey, bearing 035o
and Kalutan Point, Balambangan 259o.
DIRECTIONS - The channel between Rifleman Rock
and Tiga Islet Reefs is available for vessels of moderate draft.
Vessels from N should bring Battang Point, Balambangan,
to bear 220o and steer for it. This is apparently a good mark
and should carry a vessel about 548 m W of Rifleman Rock,
548 m E of the reefs off Tiga Islet, and the same distance W
of Labuan Rock.
When Banguey Peak bears 110o all dangers will have
been passed and the course should be altered S along the
Banguey side at a distance of 1.5 to 2 miles from shore until
S of Half Channel Patch, when the course may be shaped as
desired. Banguey Peak should not be brought to bear N of
024o if near Molleangan Islands Reefs. To pass S of Rifleman
Rock in about 5.5 m steer with Saparoak and Battang Point
in range until approaching Manyangit Point, when the vessel
should be hauled in toward the point to avoid Labuan Rock.
This passage is recommended as patches may exist in it.
BANGUEY ISLAND, the NW extremity of which
is 2.3 miles E of Balambangan, is 19.5 miles long in a NE
and SW direction and about 13 miles wide. The island is
surrounded by a fringing reef, the SE coast being faced by
small islands having deep water channels between them
and large concealed channels which formerly served as the
principal rendezvous and hiding places for pirates. These
islands form part of the N limit of Banguey South Channel.
For several miles off the NE and E coast of Banguey are
numerous islands, islets, and dangers, as will be seen on
the charts.
CAUTION - On the N side of Banguey an area enclosed
by broken lines is dangerous due to mines.
There are several ranges and some detached hills on
Banguey. The highest, BANGUEY PEAK, 572 m (1,876 ft)
high, is near the NW end of the island and show up as a very
conspicuous object for more than 30 miles around. Viewed
on a NW or opposite line of bearing, the apex appears as a
nipple, but as this line of bearing is departed from the nipple
shape becomes less apparent, and the summit assumes a
rounded form. A range of hills, extends E for a distance of 6
miles with EAST HILL at the end, elevated 328 m (1,076 ft)
thence some smaller ranges lie in a N direction and terminate
near the coast in NORTH HILL, 226 m (742 ft) high. About
1.3 miles SE of Banguey Peak is a conspicuous hill 451 m
(1,480 ft) in height.
SAMARANG POINT has a reef extending nearly 0.8
 Between Samarang Point and the N point of Banguey
the coast recedes, forming two bays, each having a small
stream running into it. The points and sides of the W bay
are fringed with coral extending 274 to 365 m from the
shore, but the head of it is a coral and sand beach. Vessels
may anchor in the entrance to this bay in 7.3 m. The E bay,
with the exception of a narrow boat passage, is blocked with
coral, upon the outer part of which is a small islet.
The limits of the islands and dangers fronting the N and
NE coasts of Banguey and bordering the S side of Balabac
Main Channel are surrounded on the chart by a dotted line,
within which no vessel should enter.
NORTH GUHUAN ISLET is on a reef 0.8 mile in
extent, nearly 1 mile off the N shore of Banguey, and 5 miles
E of Samarang Point. There are no offshore dangers W of
it. From North Guhuan, a bank of less than 5.5 m extends
E, parallel to the shore for about 4 miles, on which are two
sand cays and reefs dry at low water.
LOUISA SHOAL, composed of coral, covered with
2.7 m of water, is 0.8 mile in length. From its N end North
Guhuan bears 196o, distant 1.5 miles.
MANYANGIT POINT, well open of Samarang Point,
leads N of it. Two 9.1-meter patches are about 1.3 miles N
of Louisa Shoal.
MAGGIE REEF, about 3 miles E of Louisa Shoal, is
about 1 mile E and W, with a coral patch 548 m in extent
on its N side and many rocks just below the water. The bare
part of the reef is about 2 miles 024o from the W of the two
sand cays between it and the main shore.
Two detached patches with depths of 6.4 m are about
1.3 and 2.0 miles, 294o and 282o respectively, from the bare
part of Maggie Reef.
BLACK WATCH ROCK, on which the British bark
Black Watch is reported to have struck in 1878, is just within
the danger line shown on the chart 2 miles N of Maggie Reef.
From the position of the rock as given by the master of the
Black Watch, North Mangsee Island is well open of South
Mangsee Island bearing 010o, and the cay on Banguey Outer
Northeast Reefs 127o. From the irregularity of the soundings
in this locality it is possible that coral heads may exist other
than those shown on the charts.
EAST GUHUAN ISLET, about 548 m in extent, stands
on the W side of a coral reef 1.5 miles in length, the N part
of which bares. About 1 mile NNW of East Guhuan there is
a 2.7-meter patch.
BANGUEY OUTER NORTHEAST REEFS are a
cluster of reefs separated from Maggie Reef and East Guhuan
Islet by a channel 1 mile wide, with depths of 12.8 to 16.5
m. These reefs extend 3.5 miles in a NW direction and are a
little over 1 mile in breadth with a large central portion bare
at low water. Near the NW end of these reefs there is a sand
9-14
cay which is useful from pointing out the locality of these
dangers, which are 6 miles from the shore. Close to the edges
of these reefs there are depths of 11 to 16.5 m. North Hill,
bearing S of 242o, leads N and the W side of South Mangsee
5 326o, or W of that bearing, leads E of these reefs.
The E coast of Banguey is fronted by dangers which
extend off several miles. They consist for the most part of
extensive reefs, bare at low water, separated from each other
10 by narrow channels.
Fearless Shoal and Borneo Shoal are two of the most E
dangers off the NE coast of Banguey Island.
15 KAHAMKAMMAN (KALANGKAMAN) ISLET
is 2 miles SE of East Guhuan on the NE end of a coral reef
about 1 mile in extent. The reef surrounding the islet bares
at low water.
20 About 1.2 miles W of this islet is a reef about 2.5 miles
in extent, having 3 islets, a sand cay, and several patches of
reef bare at low water.
BALUNDANGAN ISLET is the most SW and smallest
25 islet. About 1 mile SW of Balundangan, and 548 m within
the edge of the reef fronting the Banguey shore, is an island
about 1.3 miles in length with the summit near the center.
This island is a little more than 0.5 mile from the coast, which
is covered with mangroves.
30
SAMSON PATCHES, three in number, with depths of
6.4 to 7.3 m are about 2.5 miles E of Kahamkamman and near
the E edge of the danger line marked on the chart. From the
E patch Kahamkamman bears 275o, distant 3 miles.
35
A 7.8-meter coral patch lies 2.3 miles SE of the E
Samson Patch. A 6.4-meter spot reported in 1960 is 4.4 miles
ESE of the E Samson Patch.
40 MAY WILLIAMS SHOAL, 1.3 to 2 miles 150o from
Kahamkamman, is about 1 mile in length with a depth of
3.7 m and steep-to at a short distance.
A 2.3-meter shoal reported in 1962 exists about 0.5 mile
45 SW of May Williams Shoal.
LATOAN ISLAND, about 4.5 miles S of Kahamkamman
Islet, is oval-shaped about 1 mile in extent, with trees rising
to an apex near the center. It is at the SW part of a reef which
50 bares, extending 2.5 miles E and 1.5 miles N of it. Between
Latoan and the main coast of Banguey is an extensive coral
reef about 3 miles in extent with some small trees.
OUTER LATOAN PATCH is the most E of three
55 isolated patches which are off the NE edge of Latoan Island
Reef. It has a rock a few meter under water near the E edge,
from which Latoan apex bears 244o. On the middle isolated
patch is a rock 2.1 m (7 ft) high. A 5.9-meter spot is about
11 miles E of Latoan Island.
60
 EAST BANGUEY PATCHES are two small coral Modum and Lampassan has not been surveyed.
heads with 3.7 and 5.0 m 0.8 and 1 mile, respectively, off the
Bankawan Reefs. From the outer one the summit of Latoan MITFORD HARBOR, between the S side of Banguey
Island bears 292o distant 3.8 miles. Island and Pangassan Island and adjacent islands, has only
5 been partially surveyed. Within the harbor are numerous coral
BANKAWAN ISLAND, about 1 mile from the E coast reefs, but there appear to be clear spaces of considerable size.
of Banguey, is an irregular-shaped island, 2.3 miles long in The supply of fresh water is reported to be good. Spring
a N direction and 1.8 miles wide. Close to its E side there tides rise 2.1 m (7 ft).
is an island about 1 mile in extent with an islet off its NE
point, and a little more than 1 mile SE of it is a small round 10 CHANNELS - There are three entrances to the harbor.
island, from which a narrow tongue of sand projects 0.8 mile West Entrance and the channel within has a depth of 9.1 m.
in a S direction. It is not recommended. Middle Entrance, between Pagassan
Island and the island W of it, is less than 183 m wide and
BANKAWAN REEFS extends E to a distance of 3.3 has depths of 12.8 to 18.3 m. This is the principal entrance
miles from the N point of Bankawan Island and for 3 miles 15 and leads to the anchorage in depths of 9.1 to 20.1 m off the
abreast the S part. Abreast the center of these reefs is an site of the old settlement abreast this entrance. East Entrance,
isolated reef 1.3 miles long, the outer edge of which is 3.8 between the reefs extending from Pagassan and Lampassan
miles distant from Bankawan. From the S point of Bankawan Islands, is 411 m wide, narrowing to 137 m between the NE
numerous small reefs extend out for about 2 miles, which, end of Pagassan Island and the S side of Modum Island, the
with the reef extending 0.5 mile SE of the tongue of sand, 20 depths varying from 11 to 18.3 m. There are no dangers in
form the N limit of Bankawan Channel. this channel, which has a NNW direction for about 1 mile,
and then turns W, N, and E around the reef extending off the
CAUTION - The area E of the reefs just described has W end of Modum Island, to the
not been thoroughly examined, so that shoals not charted
may exist. 25 ANCHORAGE, in 7.3 to 9.1 m sand and ooze bottom,
off the settlement situated on the Banguey coast abreast
CHANNEL - Small boats only can pass between the Modum Island. A depth of 9.1 m can be carried to this
reefs comprising the Bankawan and Latoan Islands group. anchorage.
Between them and the reef fronting the Banguey coast there
is a deep channel through which it is possible for small 30 DIRECTIONS - In steering for the entrance of the
vessels to pass, although near the W part of Bankawan the middle channel the two patches 1 mile SE of it must be
channel is narrowed to a little more than 183 m by a small avoided. The W extremity of Pagassan Island, bearing 311o,
reef in the fairway. clears the 7.3-meter patches E; and the same point bearing
351o, clears the 9.1-meter patches W. The middle of the hill,
LAMPASSAN ISLAND, close to the S shore of 35 202 m (663 ft) high, on Banguey Island close behind Mitford,
Banguey Island, is about 3 miles long in a NE direction and bearing 315o leads through the center of the entrance. When
1.2 miles wide. From its S and E points coral spits, bare at inside the harbor, steer for the head of the pier situated on
low water, extend to a distance of 0.8 mile. Banguey Island, about 0.8 mile NW of the W extremity of
Pagassan Island, avoiding HONG AUN REEF, about 274
About 0.5 mile E of Lampassan a point extends from 40 m SSE of the pier.
Banguey toward the channel, forming one side of an inlet
choked by reefs, the other side being a peninsula forming the Vessels entering through East Entrance should approach
SE end of Banguey. A short distance off the point on the reef with the SW extremity of Modum Island bearing 329o and,
extending from it are two islets and from these a number of when in the center of the entrance, steer about 340o for about
rocks, almost connected, extend in a S by W direction nearly 45 1 mile. Then follow the curve of the channel to the anchorage,
1.5 miles. The SE extremity of Banguey is bordered by reefs keeping midway between the reefs on either side.
and off the mouth of the inlet are two large patches, the outer
being 1 mile from the shore reef. PATANUNAM ISLAND, 0.8 mile E of the S point of
Banguey, is more than 0.5 mile in extent and 130 m (428
PAGASSAN ISLAND, hilly in character, is about 2 50 ft) high. The summit is a useful object for determining a
miles in extent and fringed by a reef which projects 548 m vessel’s position when passing through the channel. The
from the S part, with a rock awash 183 m beyond. About 0.8 island is fringed by a coral reef projecting 365 m from its
mile W of the rock awash there are patches of 0.5 and 9.1 m SW end, and off its NE end a detached narrow reef extends
the outer and most distant of which is 255o from it. nearly 1 mile NE.
55
MODUM ISLAND, densely wooded, is N of the MOLLEANGAN ISLAND, 142 m (466 ft) high, is 1.3
passage between Pagassan and Lampassan Island. A reef miles SW of the S point of Banguey. It is 1.3 miles long in
with some bare patches of sand and coral extends about 548 an E direction and 0.8 mile wide, with reefs and rocks above
m from the W side of the island. The passage between it and water extending 0.8 mile in a NW, W, and SW direction.
Banguey Island is about 548 m wide. The channel between 60 The NE and SE sides of the island are steep-to. Several reefs

9-15
with rocks above and below water is nearly midway between
Molleangan and Banguey.
LITTLE MOLLEANGAN ISLAND, about 1 mile SW
of Molleangan Island, is surrounded by dangers extending
548 m E and 0.8 mile W, with depths of 23.8 to 31.1 m
close-to.
CARRINGTON REEFS, about 2.5 miles SE from
the E end of Lampassan Island, are composed of coral, for
the most part bare at low water. They extend 4 miles in an
E direction and are 1 mile in width. About 735 m from the
N side of these reefs there is a detached patch of 4.6 m.
Between this shoal and the dangers extending from the
Banguey shore is a channel 0.8 mile wide, but which, as a
matter of ordinary navigation, no vessel would require to use.
It is, however, practically available for small vessels, which
may afterwards round the Carrington Reefs and return into
Banguey South Channel; or they may proceed into the Sulu
Sea, either by the narrow and intricate passage between the
shore reefs and those surrounding Bankawan and Latoan or
by Bankawan Channel, a broader and much less intricate
passage, separating the Bankawan and Southeast Banguey
Dangers.
The main channel, however, lies between the Carrington
Reefs and those off the N of Mallawalle Island, and this
channel only should be used by strangers, taking care not
to get close on either side on a depth less than 23.8 m. The
apex of Pagassan, bearing 279o, leads close S and the E end
of Lampassan on 348o leads W.
SOUTHEAST BANGUEY DANGERS comprise an
extensive group of reefs and shoals 10.5 miles long in an
E by N and opposite direction and nearly 5 miles wide. It is
about 2 miles E of Carrington Reefs. The W end of the group
is defined by two small isolated reefs, bare at low water and
steep-to. A good lookout is essential when nearing them and
the same precaution will have to be observed when passing
through the channel, as the reefs forming the S edge of these
dangers are all steep-to.
A space about 2 miles in extent, at the E part of Southeast
Banguey Dangers, is studded by a number of coral patches
with depths of 3.2 to 9.1 m. From the outer or E one the
summit of Latoan Island bears 299o, distant 9.5 miles.
BANKAWAN CHANNEL, between Bankawan Reefs
and Southeast Banguey Dangers, is 0.8 mile wide at its
narrowest part. The channel is deep, nearly straight, and lies
in a 055o and reverse direction. By keeping a good lookout
for reefs on either side and with proper precaution there will
be no difficulty in taking a vessel safely through it.
BANGUEY SOUTH CHANNEL, leading from
the China Sea into the Sulu Sea, is somewhat intricate
and requires careful navigation, being for the greater
part of its length bordered by dangers, and with others
near the fairway. The W entrance, about 1.8 miles wide,
is between Outer Shoal and Molleangan Islands, off-
9-16
lying the coasts of Borneo and Banguey, respectively.
The N limits of the channel are formed by the islands which
are close-to and appear to be a part of the S shore of Banguey,
Carrington Reefs, and Southeast Banguey Dangers.
5
The S limits are formed by the Northwest and North
Borneo Dangers, South Channel Dangers, the reefs off the
N part of Mallawalle, Mallawalle Eastern Dangers, and
Fairway Shoal.
10
DANGERS - Off the NW and coast of Borneo, along
the Banguey South Channel, are a number of coral shoals,
generally of small extent, some partially bare at low water,
others bare entirely, and two marked by sand cays which
15 shine brightly in the sunlight. These dangers may be avoided
by careful navigation and reference to the chart.
OUTER SHOAL, the largest of these dangers, is on the
S side of the W entrance to Banguey South Channel. It is
20 about 1 mile in extent, steep-to, with depths of 1.8 m (6 ft)
and a patch which bares on its E side. The NW edge of this
shoal is 2.5 miles 216o from the summit of Little Molleangan
Island. A light is shown from the NW end of Outer Shoal.
25 NORTHWEST BORNEO AND NORTH BORNEO
DANGERS, on the S side of Banguey South Channel, are
within 3 miles off the N coast of Borneo and consist of several
small coral shoals.
30 A sand cay on the E side of a coral ledge nearly awash
and steep-to is 2.8 miles 103o from the NE extremity of
Outer Shoal.
Nearly midway between Outer Shoal and this sand cay
35 is a small coral patch with 1.8 m (6 ft) water and a depth of
27.4 m around.
Another sand cay, in the center of a coral ledge, is 1 mile
E of the former. These cays are useful as marking the limits
40 of the channel on the Borneo side; and, being composed of
white coral sand, are conspicuous.
Two bare rocky ledges about 3 miles ENE of the E
sand cay has a 3.7 m patch close to their N edge. From this
45 patch the summit of Patanuman Island bears 330o, about 4
miles distant.
About 1.8 miles 095o from 3.7-meter shoal is the outer
of two coral ledges lying close together, with Patanunam
50 summit bearing 314o, distant 5 miles. A 5.5-meter patch is
548 m ESE and a ledge of rocks is distant a little over 1.5
miles in the same direction from these dangers. The latter
is within 548 m of the reef fronting the Borneo shore to a
distance of about 2 miles.
55
PETREL ROCK, with a depth of 4.1 m is a narrow
ridge of coral about 36.6 m in extent, about 3.5 miles 098o
from the S extremity of Molleangan Island. It is steep-to
with a depth of 21.9 m close around.
60
 A light marks a shoal which has depth of 3.2 m about
0.8 mile E of Petrel Rock and about 2.5 miles 143o from the
E point of Patununam Island.
TEN-FOOT ROCK, with a depth of 2.7 m (9 ft) the 5
most W of the dangers in the fairway, is a coral head about
64 m in extent. It is steep-to with depths of 31.1 m close
around. It is about 1.5 miles 240o from the light and with
Petrel Rock, bearing 033o, distant about 7.0 mile. As other
dangers may exist here, the utmost caution should be used 10
when navigating in this vicinity. Heavy tide rips occur about
0.5 mile S of Ten-foot Rock.
PEARSON ROCK, with a depth of 1.8 m (6 ft) is 3.3
miles 169o from Kalutan Point, Banguey Island. Another
shoal of like depth is approximately 3.8 miles 167o from
the same point.
Mallawalle is abeam, distant about 1 mile; then steer a 109o
course. When the center of the sand cay off the E extremity
of Mallawalle bears 182o, distant 2.3 miles, steer 070o, which
course being preserved will lead 1 mile N of Fairway Shoal
into the Sulu Sea. Bearings of Straggler Islet will check the
position of the vessel while W of Fairway Shoal. A lookout
should be kept to avoid Meander Shoal ahead.
MARUDU BAY & VICINITY
(CHART 4707)
Marudu Bay, located between Sampanmangio Point and
Cape Mafsie, is about 11 miles wide, extending 28 miles SW.
The depths in the middle of the entrance are 32.9 and 34.7 m
15 decreasing gradually toward the head of the bay where, off
the mouth of the Marudu River, there is considerable shoal
and extensive mud flats that bare at low water.

SOUTH CHANNEL DANGERS comprise six coral Low hills rise from the W shore of the bay. MOUNT
reefs lying in the fairway E of Petrel Rock, with irregular 20 MELAU BESAR, 207 m (680 ft) high, and MOUNT
depths between. Three of these reefs lie in an E direction MATUNGUN, 414 m (1,360 ft) high, are easily recognized,
about 0.5 mile apart. The two rocks, bare at low water on the summit of the former being bare and flat while the latter
the middle reef about 2.6 miles E by N of the light, has been is thickly wooded. From the SE shore the hills rise to an
reported submerged. The most W reef is bare at low water elevation of over 609 m (2,000 ft) and are all thickly wooded.
and the other is a strip of coral nearly 0.8 mile in length, with 25
a rock nearly awash at its E end. Two 4.6-meter patches The rivers flowing into the bay shift their channels
are 165o, 0.6 mile and 058o, 1.5 miles from the rock nearly during each rainy season, and are only available for boats
awash. Between the different dangers are passages where it after the beacons have been replaced in position.
is possible for vessels to pass through, but as this would serve
no useful purpose it is advisable to consider these shoals as 30 DANGERS - The dangers in the bay, outside of
a dangerous group. numerous shoal patches close to the shore reefs, are Barraut
Reef which is marked by a beacon and a 1.4-meter shoal 1.2
CLEARING MARKS - The apex of Molleangan miles NNE of the Barraut Reef beacon.
Island, bearing 261o, leads N of South Channel Dangers;
the same object on 275o, leads S of them and about 548 m 35 ANCHORAGE may be obtained in depths of 9.1 to 18.3
N of the light to the W. m mud bottom, almost anywhere near the shores of the bay.
Other good anchorages may be had at Kudat Harbor and at
DIRECTIONS - Attention to these directions must the head of the bay 0.7 mile W of Batu Point.
be supplemented by a vigilant and careful lookout from
aloft. The best time for proceeding through Banguey South 40 TIDAL CURRENTS are weak, but during the rainy
Channel from W is with the sun astern, when there is season the out rush of water from the many rivers and streams
seldom much difficulty in making out the various dangers may produce a strong current setting steadily out of the bay
as the vessel advances. Balabac Main Channel is, however, for days at a time.
considered a much safer route.
45 INARUNTANG POINT is the N extremity of the
Entering from W, bring Molleangan Island to bear tongue of land, about 13 miles and projecting N about 23
about 092o and steer for it. When about 5 miles from the miles, between Marudu and Paitan Bays. It is surrounded
reef encircling Molleangan Island and the S tangent to Little by a reef to a distance of about 1 mile N from which are the
Molleangan Island bears 100o, edge SE, then steer 105o to dangerous detached patches known as the North Borneo
pass about 0.8 mile S of Little Molleangan, observing that 50 Dangers. Inaruntang Point should be given a berth of at
the whole of Patanunam Island should not be opened E of least 2.5 miles.
Melleangan Island until the summit of Little Molleangan
Island bears 025o, which will lead clear of Outer Shoal. When From Inaruntang Point the coast trends SW for 6.3
the W end of Molleangan bears 000o steer more NE, keeping miles to Perak Island. The shore is fringed by reefs outside
within 1 mile of Molleangan and Patanunam. 55 of which are the numerous detached shoals known as the
Northwest Borneo Dangers. The deep indentation in the
Having passed those islands, bring the peak of coast immediately W of Inaruntang Point is completely
Patununam to bear 265o and steer 085o through the fairway blocked by reefs.
between the South Channel Dangers and the rock off the
S end of Pagassan until the sand cay off the N side of 60 PERAK ISLAND, small, heavily wooded, with steep

9-17
cliffy sides, is 27 m (90 ft) high and 548 m long. It is on the
E side of the entrance to an inlet leading to MELOBONG
RIVER.
The entrance channel to the inlet is contracted to a width
of about 0.6 mile by the reefs surrounding the E point and
Perak Island, and those extending off Cape Mafsie. The inlet
extends about 3 miles in a SE direction and, at the head, is
much obstructed by mud banks which leave a narrow channel
toward the E shore.
Depths of 3.7 and 4.6 m can be carried as far as Tarang
Puteh, thence about 1.5 m (5 ft) at low water into the
Melobong River, the least water in the approach being about
548 m outside the entrance. Boats entering the inlet steer for
Perak Island on a 103o course and, when within a distance of
1 mile of it, a S course leads to the entrance to the channel
extending to the mouth of the river.
CAPE MAFSIE, the E entrance point to Marudu,
is about 3 miles SW of Perak Island. It is 17 m high and
prominent on account of the conspicuous white cliffs and a
sharp rock 11 m (35 ft) high close to it. It is surrounded by
fringing reefs which extend about 1 mile W and 2.5 miles
N from it.
A shoal with a depth of 3.7 m is 3.5 miles NW of Cape
Mafsie. A rocky shoal, the center of which dries, is about 2
miles 548 m from the W edge of the fringing reef and about
2 miles NW of Cape Mafsie. A shoal having a depth of 5.0
m is 2 miles 283o from Cape Mafsie and a patch of 7.8 m is
1 mile in an ESE direction from this shoal.
PERAWAN POINT, about 2.5 miles S from Cape
Mafsie, is 17 m (56 ft) high and is easily distinguished by its
red cliffs. The reef which surrounds Cape Mafsie gradually
narrows and finally disappears at Perawan Point. Shoal water
extends some distance W from Perawan Point, the 9.1-meter
curve being found at a distance of 1.5 miles from shore.
Between Perawan Point and the entrance to the Benkoka
River the coast forms a bay, off the shore of which the sand
dries for a distance of 548 m to 0.8 mile, and a flat with depths
of less than 5.5 m extends 2.3 miles offshore.
BENKOKA RIVER, the largest flowing into Marudu
Bay, discharges about 3.5 miles S from Perawan Point. A
light beacon marks the entrance to the river.
BENKOKA ISLET, small and covered with trees
about 7.6 m (25 ft) high, is near its mouth. The mouth of
the Benkoka river is about 0.5 mile wide rapidly decreasing
to a uniform breadth of 183 m. It is obstructed by a sand
spit, over which there is a depth of about 0.9 m (3 ft) in the
marked channel; within the depths increase.
About 1.5 miles E of Benkoka Islet the river turns
sharply S and divides into two branches.
TALAGA, a small settlement on the NE bank of the
9-18
SE branch, is about 2 miles E of the islet. Launches drawing
1.8 to 2.4 m (6 to 8 ft) can cross the bar at high water and
ascend the S branch for a distance of 12 miles to the village
of PITAS. There are a number of other villages in the vicinity.
5
The Benkoka River shifts its channel during every
rainy season and the beacons are constantly changed as the
channel alters.
10 TENGA RIVER, a branch of the Benkoka River,
discharges about 1.5 miles SW from Benkoka Islet. It
is between two sand spits which extends about 0.8 mile
offshore. The depth on the bar between these sand spits is
about 0.3 m (1 ft).
15
TAKA RIVER discharges 3.5 miles SW from the Tenga.
At the mouth of the river is a bar covered by less than 0.6 m
(2 ft) at low water, which generally breaks. A long sand spit
extends N from the mouth of this river.
20
The area between the Benkoka and Taka Rivers is low,
intersected by numerous small streams, and heavily wooded
with mangrove and casuarina trees. Shoal water with depths
of less than 5.5 m extends from 0.8 to 1.3 miles offshore.
25
ZEBRA REEFS are a group of several coral patches
about 0.5 mile in extent with deep water between them. The
channel between these reefs and the shore has depths of
about 1.8 to 11.0 m. They are about 1 mile from the coast;
30 from the W reef the cutch factory stack at Mempakit bears
180o, distant 3.3 miles. The shore of the bight to the SE is
intersected by streams fringed with mangroves; a bank of
coral and sand extends 0.5 mile offshore in places.
35 MEMPAKIT is a small town 3.5 miles ENE from
Ridge Point.
POWELL ROCK, with a depth of less than 1.8 m is 0.5
mile from shore with the factory stack bearing 171o, distant
40 0.6 mile. ANCHORAGE for vessels calling at Mempakit is
in 14.6 m mud bottom, with the factory stack bearing 118o,
distant 735 m.
RIDGE POINT, about 3.5 miles SW of Mempakit, is
45 52 m (170 ft) high and cliffy. A coral reef bare at low water
extends about 1 mile N from it.
From Ridge Point to the mouth of the TARITIPAN
RIVER, 5.5 miles SW, the high land approaches the shore
50 and is heavily wooded.
BATU POINT, about 4 miles SW of Ridge Point, is
low, with sand spit bare about 183 m off the W and S sides.
55 MARI SIM SIM RIVER empties on the S side of
this point. Between Batu Point and the point 0.8 miles S is
a small shallow bay, with mud flats at the head which bare
about 274 m offshore.
60 ANCHORAGE for vessels drawing about 6.1 m (20 ft)
may be had about 0.8 mile 240o from Batu Point 9.6 m mud 0.8 mile from its N entrance point. The head of the harbor is
bottom. Lesser draft vessels may anchor a little S in 7.3 m mostly shoal with several rivers emptying into it.
with Batu Point bearing 034o, distant 0.7 mile.
BUNBUN RIVER, which has a depth of 0.5 m on
MARUDU RIVER discharges 5 miles W from Taritipan 5 the bar and to about 0.5 mile N of EGERIA BLUFF, at
River. The shore between the mouths of the rivers and low water springs, and from 3.7 to 7.3 m for a distance of
thence N for 5 miles to the mouth of the Matungun River is about 1.5 miles upstreams, flows into the NW corner of
low and fringed by mud flats which bare at low water, beyond the shallow bight on the N side of Kudat Harbor W of the
which shoal water extends to a considerable distance. There settlement. Very low telegraph wires cross the mouth of the
is a narrow tortuous channel, with a depth of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) 10 river overhead.
across the bar, about 3.5 miles long through the mud flats to
the mouth of the Marudu River, passable at high water by TEGARANGAN RIVER, which flows into the most
small launches drawing about 1.8 m but it must be previously S of the three shoal-encumbered bays at the inner end of
staked out. Beacons mark the channel at the entrance but the harbor, has a depth of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) at the entrance, and
their positions are constantly changed as the channel alters. 15 from 3.7 to 9.1 m within a distance of 1.3 miles.
Marudu River is reported to be shoaling.
TIGASIMIL POINT, the S entrance point to Kudat
ANCHORAGE - Large vessels should anchor about 4 Harbor, is high and surrounded by a coral reef bare at low
miles NE from the mouth of the river in 11 m mud bottom, water, on which there are a number of rocks from 0.3 to 6.1
with Woody Islet bearing 312o, distant about 2.3 miles. 20 m (1 to 20 ft) high. The coral reef surrounding Tigasimil
Point fringes the S shore of the harbor as far as White Rock,
WOODY ISLET, a small mound about 5.5 m (18 about 2 miles W.
ft) high surrounded by low rocks, is off the mouth of the
Matungun River. TIGASIMIL SPIT is a prong of the reef surrounding
25 Tigasimil Point which extends NE for about 735 m and bares
From abreast of Woody Islet the coast trends NNE for at low water, with depths of about 0.9 m at its extremity,
8.5 miles to Pirate Point and thence N for 5 miles to Tigasimil increasing to 4.6 m 274.3 m beyond, with 16.5 and 20.1 m
Point at the S entrance to Kudat Harbor. close-to. The edge of the shoal water is usually marked by
a beacon in 3.7 m but its presence must not be relied on.
Between Woody Islet and Pirate Point foul ground 30
extends a considerable distance from the shore. SANDILANDS ROCK, with 1.8 m least water and
situated in the middle of the entrance, is about 137 m long
BRANDON REEFS, consisting of several large coral E and W and 46 m in breadth. A light beacon mark the E
patches that nearly dry, are on the edge of this foul ground, end of the rock.
4.5 miles SSW of Pirate Point; the outer extremity of the foul 35
ground is 5.5 miles 197o from Pirate Point. WITTI ROCKS are two in number, small, and covered
by less than 1.8 m with 5.5-meter spot close-to, about 274
PIRATE POINT is low, sandy, and fringed with m 008o and 457 m 017o respectively, from Sandilands Rock.
mangroves; sand spit extends about 0.5 mile E and N from it.
40 GUERITZ ROCK, with a depth of about 0.9 m (3
About 3 miles N from Pirate Point there is a low point ft),594 m 150o from the government pier, is marked by a
from which a coral reef bare at low water extends 1 mile E light. The rock forms the S extremity of a reef, partly bare
and surrounds Melau Islet. at low water, which stretches off 0.8 mile between Bornugus
and Kapor Points. A narrow shoal, 274 m long having depths
MELAU ISLET is 20 m (65 ft) high and forms a good 45 of 4.6 to 5.5 m is about 274 m off the E edge of this reef.
landmark. Vessels bound up the bay should give it a berth of From its E extremity Sandilands Rock beacon bears 230o,
not less than 1 mile as the bare reef extends 0.5 mile E and SE. distant about 0.6 mile.

A 3.2-meter patch, 735 m NE of Melau Islet, is marked DATUM ROCK, covered only during the highest tides,
on its NE side by a beacon. 50 is on the edge of the shoal fronting the shore W from the
harbor jetty. It is marked by a beacon. A rock, with a depth
The shores of the bay between Melau Islet and Tigasimil of less than 1.8 m (6 ft) over it is in the middle of the harbor,
Point are fringed by reefs bare at low water and the middle about 0.8 mile WSW of Datum Rock.
of the bay contains several shoal patches.
55 WHITE ROCK, 8 m (27 ft) high, is on the edge of
KUDAT HARBOR, on the W shore of Marudu Bay the reef extending from the S shore, about 2.5 miles W of
between the reclaimed land that absorbed Bornugus Point Tigasimil Point.
and Tigasimil Point, is about 1.25 miles wide and extends 4
miles W. It affords anchorage in 7.3 to 12.8 m sheltered from KUDAT, a settlement on the N point of the entrance to
the swell during the NE monsoon by a reef which extends 60 the harbor, is the distributing center for the various tobacco

9-19
and rubber estates in the vicinity. The chief exports are
tobacco, rubber, and copra. There are government offices,
including post office, hospital and several churches. A district
officer resides in Kudat.
LANDMARKS - The conspicuous objects when
approaching Kudat are the light structure on Sandilands
Rock, the light marking Gueritz Rock, the beacon marking
Datum Rock, radio mast, silver painted water tower located
0.4 mile NW of the radio mast and White Rock.
GOVERNMENT WHARF, an open-pile pier, extends
99 m SSW from the shore, about 0.4 mile E of Residency
Point, and then 102 m SW. The outer length is 12 m wide
and used for berthing on either side. Two vessels, about 114
m long, can berth alongside where there is a depth of 6.4 m.
A catwalk, 30 m long, connects the head of the wharf to a
lighted dolphin.
COMMUNICATIONS - There is a small airport
located 3.5 miles N of Kudat that has regular flights to Kota
Kinabalu and Sandakan.
SUPPLIES - Native beef, vegetables, and fruits are
plentiful. Bread is scarce.
CLIMATE - The dry time of year is from April to
October. Fever is most prevalent during this time. Strong
NE winds with heavy rain usually occur during December
and January.
TIDES AND CURRENTS - The tide in Kudat Harbor
is mainly diurnal. Higher high water and lower low water
occur approximately the same time as the Manila. The diurnal
range of the tides is about 1.7 m (5.6 ft). The tidal currents
are weak, the maximum velocity observed during a stay of
3 months being 0.5 knot.
DIRECTIONS - Vessels from the N and W, after
passing Kalampunian Islands, off Sampanmangio Point,
should give the coast a berth of about 2 miles, and when
abreast of Aru Point, Melau Besar Hill, 207 m (680 ft) high,
will be seen S from Kudat Harbor. Malau Besar bearing
199o, open E of the 6-meter (20 ft) rock off Tigasimil Point,
leads E from the dangers off Kapor and Bornugus Points
and Sandilands Rock; when Johnston Bluff, 57 m (189 ft)
high, at the head of the harbor, bears 275o it may be steered
9-20
for, passing between the beacons on Tigasimil Spit and
Sandilands Rock. After passing Sandilands Rock beacon
continue on heading for Johnston Bluff, and anchor when a
depth of 11 m is reached.
5
ANCHORAGE - The best anchorage is in a depth
of about 11.9 m mud bottom, S of the settlement with the
flagstaff near Bornugus Point bearing 354o, distant about 0.6
mile, and Sandilands Rock Light bearing 085o, also distant
10 about 0.6 mile.
BORNUGUS POINT, the N entrance point to Kudat
Harbor, is already absorbed by the reclaimed land that covers
nearly all the sand and coral reef E of the point.
15
KAPOR POINT, 18 m (60 ft) high, is about 1 mile
NNE of Bornugus Point. The reef which surrounds this
point extends about 0.5 mile from shore and joins the reef
off Bornugus Point.
20
From Kapor Point to Tajau (Aru) Point the coast trends
in a NNW direction for 4.5 miles, and then 7 miles NW to
Sampanmangio Point. It is bordered by rocks and the coastal
bank with depths of 9.1 m and less extends about 0.5 mile in
25 places. Patches of 8.7 and 5.9 m are about 1.5 and 2 miles,
respectively, SE of TAJAU (ARU) POINT.
SAMPANMANGIO POINT, the N extremity of
Borneo Island and the W entrance point to Marudu Bay, is
30 readily distinguished by the tall casuarinas which rise from
its grassy bluff and by the island of Kalampunian off it. The
hills S of the point rise to heights of more than 213 m (700 ft).
KALAMPUNIAN ISLAND, 1 mile N of Sampanmangio
35 Point, is of sandstone formation, similar to the nearest bluff
of that point, and rises abruptly from a flat to a height of 12
m (40 ft). A light is displayed from the island. The flat is of
considerable extent and composed of detached reefs. A safe
channel nearly 0.5 mile wide is between it and the main
40 shore, having depths of 12.8 and 14.6 m. The dangers are
visible and are easily avoided by a careful lookout from aloft.
From Sampanmangio Point the coast trends generally
SW for 34 miles towards Pandassan River. The prominent
45 points in this part of the coast are Katiga, Agal, and Ganda
Points.
 APPENDIX I
PRACTICAL RULES FOR TYPHOONS
Weather and sea conditions are major concerns to
mariners, particularly since these conditions can vary
significantly from place to place and can change dramatically
in the short period of time. Case studies showed that majority
of disasters at sea are associated with the passage of a tropical
cyclone. Operators can route ships to avoid the typhoon. It
is also more prudent to keep the vessels stay berthed in the
port or anchored in a protected harbor until the typhoon pass.
Doing these things will reduce the risk of injury and damage.
The safest procedure with respect to typhoons is to
avoid them. If action is taken sufficiently early, this is
simply a matter of setting a course that will take the vessel
well to one side of the probable track of the storm, and then
continuing to plot the positions of the storm center as given 15
in the weather bulletins, revising the course as needed.
However, this is not always possible. If the ship is found to
be within the storm area, the proper action to take depends
in part upon its position relative to the storm center and its
direction of travel. It is customary to divide the circular area 20
of the storm into two parts. In the Northern Hemisphere, that
part to the right of the storm track (facing in the direction
toward which the storm is moving) is called the dangerous
semicircle. It is considered dangerous because (1) the actual
wind speed is greater than that due to the pressure gradient 25
alone, since it is augmented by the forward motion of the
storm, and (2) the direction of the wind and sea is such as
to carry a vessel into the path of the storm (in the forward
part of the semicircle). The part to the left of the storm track
is called the less dangerous semicircle, or the navigable 30
semicircle. In this part, the wind is decreased by the forward
motion of the storm, and the wind blows vessels away from
the storm track (in the forward part). Because of the greater
wind speed in the dangerous semicircle, the seas are higher
than in the less dangerous semicircle. A plot of successive 35
positions of the storm center should indicate the semicircle
in which the vessel is located. However, if this is based upon
weather bulletins, it may not be a reliable guide because of
the lag between the observations upon which the bulletin is
based and the time of reception of the bulletin, with the ever- 40
present possibility of a change in the direction of the storm.
The use of radar eliminates this lag at short range, but
the return may not be a true indication of the center. Perhaps
the most reliable guide is the wind. Within the cyclonic 45
circulation, a wind shifting to the right in the northern
hemisphere and to left in the southern hemisphere indicates
the vessel is probably in the dangerous semicircle. A steady
wind shift opposite to this indicates the vessel is probably
in the less dangerous semicircle. However, if a vessel is 50
underway, its own motion should be considered. If it is
App-1
outrunning the storm or pulling rapidly to one side (which
is not difficult during the early stages of the storm, when
its speed is slow), the opposite effect occurs. This should
usually be accompanied by a rise in atmospheric pressure,
5 but if the motion of the vessel is nearly along the isobar,
this may not be a reliable indication. If in doubt, the safest
action is usually to stop long enough to define the proper
semicircle. The loss in time may be more than offset by the
minimizing of the possibility of taking the wrong action. If
10 the wind direction remains steady (for the vessel which is
stopped), with increasing speed and falling barometer, the
vessel is in or near the path of the storm. If it remains steady
with decreasing speed and rising barometer, the vessel is near
the storm track, behind the center.
The first action to take if the ship is within the cyclonic
circulation is to determine the position of the vessel with
respect to the storm center. While the vessel can still make
considerable way through the water, a course should be
selected to take the vessel as far as possible from the center.
If the vessel can move faster than the storm, it is relatively
simple matter to outrun the storm if the sea permits. But
when the storm is faster, the solution is not as simple. In
this case, the vessel, if ahead of the storm, will approach
nearer to the center. The problem is in selecting a course
that will produce the greatest possible distance. This is best
determined by means of a relative movement plot. While each
storm requires its own analysis, and frequent or continual
resurvey of the situation, the general rules for a mariner can
be summarized as follows:
Northern Hemisphere
Right or dangerous semicircle: Bring the wind on the
starboard bow (045o relative), hold course and make as much
way as possible. If necessary, heave to with head to the sea.
Left or less dangerous semicircle: Bring the wind on
the starboard quarter (135o relative), hold course and make
as much way as possible. If necessary, heave to with stern
to the sea.
On storm track, ahead of center: Bring the wind 2
points on the starboard quarter (about 160o relative), hold
course and make as much way as possible. When well within
the less dangerous semicircle, maneuver as indicated above.
On storm track, behind center: Avoid the center by
the best practicable course, keeping in mind the tendency of
tropical cyclones to curve northwards.
 APPENDIX II
PHILIPPINE COASTGUARD MEMORANDUM ORDER 01-09
GUIDELINES ON MOVEMENT OF VESSELS DURING HEAVY WEATHER
I. AUTHORITY
RA 5173 as amended by PD 601
II. PURPOSE
To prescribe policies and procedures in order to
enhance maritime safety during the occurrence of tropical
depression, storm or typhoon in the Philippine area of
responsibility.
III. APPLICATION
This circular shall apply to all vessels operating within
the territorial jurisdiction of the Republic of the Philippines.
IV. EXEMPTIONS
A. Tugboats purposely used in assisting vessels in
docking or undocking to or from berthing piers or wharves;
B. Government-operated vessels used for non-
commercial purposes; and
C. Vessels called upon by the PCG to assist in a specific
search and rescue operation.
V. DEFINITION OF TERMS
A. Heavy Weather – refers to the violent atmospheric
conditions of wind and sea such as the occurrence of
tropical depression, storm or typhoon.
B. MARINA – Maritime Industry Authority
C. PAGASA - Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical
and Astronomical Services Administration
D. PCG – Philippine Coast Guard
E. PPA – Philippine Ports Authority
F. Public Storm Warning Signal (PSWS) Nr 1 - declared
if winds of 30-60 kph (approximately 16 – 32 knots) are
expected in the locality in at least 36 hours.
G. Public Storm Warning Signal (PSWS) Nr 2 - raised
if winds of greater than 60 kph up to 100 kph (approximately
33-54 knots) are expected in the locality in at least 24 hours.
H. Public Storm Warning Signal (PSWS) Nr 3
- raised if winds of greater than 100 kph up to 185 kph
(approximately 54-100 knots) are expected in the locality
in at least 18 hours.
App-2
I. Public Storm Warning Signal (PSWS) Nr 4 - raised
if winds of greater than 185 kph (approximately 100 knots
and above) are expected in the locality in at least 12 hours.
5 J. Public Storm Warning Signal (PSWS) Sector –
refers to areas covered by PSWS Nr. 1 or PSWS Nr. 2 and
higher which are shown with corresponding color codes, as
provided in PAGASA website.
10 K. Route – as used in this circular, is defined as a way
or course, taken or planned to be taken, in navigating from
a point of origin to a point of destination, as differentiated
from the word “route” used in MARINA issued franchises.
L. Vessel – under this circular, refers to any ship,
15
watercraft or other conveyances used or capable of being
used as means of transportation.
VI. POLICIES
20 A. Vessels of 1,000 gross tons or below shall not sail,
except to take shelter, when PSWS number 1 is hoisted
within its point of origin or route or point of destination.
B. Movement of vessels above 1,000 gross tons is left
25 to the discretion and responsibility of the ship owner and
master when PSWS number 1 is hoisted within its point of
origin or route or point of destination.
C. Vessels of any tonnage shall not sail, except to take
30 shelter, when PSWS number 2 or higher is hoisted within
its point of origin or route or point of destination.
D. Masters and ship owners of vessels above 1,000
gross tons who, based on the intent of this Circular, are
35 given or left with the discretion to sail during a storm shall
exercise extra precautionary measures and carefully study
the possible effect of a storm to the vessel’s voyage with
due regard to the forecasted track, wind force and radius
of the storm in reference to weather bulletins and Tropical
Cyclone Warning for Shipping issued by PAGASA every
40
0500H, 1100H, 1700H and 2300H.
E. Vessels sailing for the purpose of taking shelter shall
depart without passengers. Cargoes already loaded onboard
the vessel may be permitted to remain onboard provided
45
that maximum precautionary measures shall be observed
by ensuring that proper lashing and stowage are strictly
followed.
F. It is the decision and responsibility of the Master and
50 ship owner of the vessel to ensure the safety of the ship and
crew whenever they decide to take shelter.
G. Vessels shall not sail when its point of origin or route
or point of destination is within an applicable PSWS Sector
where it is not allowed to sail (as provided in paragraphs A
and C) based on the latest PAGASA weather bulletin.
H. In no way shall ship owners and Masters of vessels
depart from the intent of this circular by violating the
objective of the provision hereof on taking shelter.
I. Ship owners and Masters shall exercise extra-
ordinary diligence required by law for common carriers in
ensuring the safety of life and property at sea.
VII. PROCEDURES
A. Every Master or any person in charge of a vessel,
including the ship owner/operator shall consider the safety
of life at sea to take precedence at all times.
B. The Master or any person in charge of a vessel,
including the ship owner/operator shall ensure that the
latest weather bulletin is obtained and the track of the
typhoon and the PSWS Sectors are plotted on the weather
chart aboard ship and at the company operations center or
office.
C. When an applicable PSWS number (as provided by
Section VI of this circular) is hoisted in the port where a
vessel is located or along its route or point of destination,
the Master or Patron, when based on his judgment, there is
probable danger due to a typhoon, shall prior to the vessel’s
departure, inform the nearest PCG unit in writing (as may
be applicable), of his decision to take shelter in a safer place
or to avoid the path of the storm, attesting therein that the
decision to leave port is his, in consultation with the ship
owner.
D. The Master or Patron shall disembark passengers
and institute maximum precautionary measures to properly
stow and secure cargoes, as prescribed by MARINA, that
are already onboard before leaving port to take shelter at a
safer place. Cargo watches who are tasked to ensure the safe
condition of cargoes during the entire voyage/sheltering
shall be posted.
E. If already underway when an applicable PSWS
number (as provided by Section VI of this circular) is
hoisted in its immediate vicinity, or along its route or
destination, the Master or Patron shall take no other option
except to avoid the path of the storm and take shelter and
promptly inform the ship owner and the nearest Coast
Guard unit. Ship owners/operators shall ensure that
Masters maintain continuous communication with them
and shall immediately report to the Coast Guard the ship’s
compliance to this circular.
F. It is the responsibility of the master or patron of the
vessel to take all the necessary precautions to avoid danger
to his ship and injury to his crew and passengers.
G. Communication between the vessel and the ship
owner/operator shall be maintained at all times during the
entire voyage, including vessels that are taking shelter.
Communication checks between the vessel and the
App-3
shipowner/operator shall be conducted at an interval of
at least every 30 minutes. Any failure of communication
with the vessel shall be reported immediately by the ship
owner/operator to the nearest Coast Guard unit through any
5 available means.
VIII. RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Director, PCG Action Center/ Command Duty
10 Officer:
1. Coordinate with PAGASA on the availability of
weather bulletin every 0500H, 1100H, 1700H and 2300H
or whenever weather updates from PAGASA are available
and immediately disseminate same through fastest means
15
of communications to all PCG units, prioritizing the areas
directly affected or may be affected by the typhoon.
2. Plot in the weather chart the track, forecast
position of the typhoon and PSWS Sectors in reference to
20 paragraph 1 hereof.
3. Immediately advise the Commandant, PCG of
any major maritime incident.
25 4. Continuously monitor all PCG units and take
appropriate action on all reported maritime incidents.
Recommend to the Chief, CG Staff the activation of the
Crisis Management Committee in case of major incidents.
30 5. Perform other tasks as the Commandant, PCG
may direct.
B. PCG District Commanders:
35 1. Monitor and promptly obtain the latest weather
bulletin through HPCG or PAGASA.
2. Plot in the weather chart the track, forecast
position of the typhoon and PSWS Sectors in reference to
40 paragraph 1 hereof.
3. Promptly disseminate the latest weather bulletin
to all subordinate units.
4. Render situation report (SITREP) to HPCG at
45
intervals as indicated:
a. every 6 hrs if signal number 1 and 2 are hoisted
b. every 3 hrs if signal number 3 is hoisted
c. every hr if signal number 4 is hoisted
50
(Note: SITREP to include weather and Maritime
Traffic Condition.)
5. Monitor distress frequencies (VHF-Channel 16
55 [156.8 Mhz] and HF 2182 Khz H3E [AM] transmission)
particularly during adverse/heavy weather condition.
6. Perform other duties as the Commandant, PCG
may direct.
60
 C. PCG Station/Detachment Commanders:
1. Promptly obtain and monitor the latest weather
bulletin through the District Headquarters, HPCG or
PAGASA.
2. Plot in the weather chart the track, forecast
position of the typhoon and PSWS Sectors in reference
to paragraph 1 hereof. Display the weather chart in a
conspicuous area within the Station/Detachment office
for the benefit of those who want to be appraised of the
prevailing weather condition.
3. Promptly disseminate the latest weather update
to all subordinate units.
4. Render situation report to District Headquarters
at intervals as indicated:
a. every 6 hours if PSWS Nr 1 and 2 are hoisted
b. every 3 hours if PSWS Nr 3 is hoisted
c. every hour if PSWS Nr 4 is hoisted
5. Put on record all notifications from vessels
intending to seek shelter.
6. Monitor distress frequencies (VHF-Channel 16
[156.8 Mhz] and HF 2182 Khz H3E [AM] transmission)
particularly during adverse/heavy weather condition.
7. Perform other tasks as the District Commander
and/or the Commandant, PCG may direct.
D. Ship Owners/Operators:
1. Ensure that all vessels are properly informed of 35 depart to seek shelter as may be necessary.
weather updates that are promptly obtained from PAGASA
or other available sources, to include the PSWS Sectors
where typhoon signals are hoisted or may be hoisted.
2. Install weather fax and other weather monitoring
equipment as prescribed by MARINA.
3. Disallow Master or Patron from having the
vessel depart from port, except for sheltering purposes,
when typhoon signal wherein his vessel is not allowed to
sail is hoisted or expected to be hoisted within the area of
origin or along the route or destination of the vessel.
4. Monitor and maintain communication with their
vessel from the time it departed the port until its arrival at
the port of destination.
5. When the vessel is already en route to its
destination and once an applicable PSWS number, per
this circular, is hoisted in its immediate vicinity or along
its route or point of destination, order the Master or Patron
to seek shelter. Ensure that the Master or Patron maintain
continuous communication with the shipowner/operator
and notify the PCG of the vessel’s action to take shelter.
App-4
6. Keep track of all weather bulletins or reports for
dissemination purposes as well as monitor all their vessels’
situation or movement until the typhoon leaves Philippine
AOR.
5
7. Should typhoon signal be lifted by PAGASA,
order the Master or Patron to inform the nearest PCG unit
of its intent to proceed or continue with her voyage to her
destination.
10
8. Inform the PCG immediately of any unusual
incident, such as their vessel being involved in a maritime
incident or is missing or has lost contact or developed
engine derangement.
15
9. Direct Masters to institute maximum
precautionary measures to ensure proper stowage and
lashing of cargoes, as prescribed by MARINA, before
departure and cause the posting of watches to ensure the safe
condition of cargoes during the entire voyage/sheltering.
20
10. Require Masters, Operations Officers or
representatives involved in the safe operation of their
ships to review/study the Typhoon Evasion or Avoidance
Doctrine.
25
E. Masters/Patrons:
1. Obtain and monitor the weather bulletin through
PAGASA, company offices and other available sources.
30
2. Plot the prevailing weather condition, weather
forecast and PSWS Sectors on the weather chart.
3. Inform the nearest PCG unit of his decision to
4. Ensure that there are no passengers onboard
when departing from port to seek shelter.
40 5. Take no other option except to take shelter and
immediately inform the ship owner if a PSWS Nr., where
his vessel is not allowed to sail as per this circular, is raised
while underway. Ensure that they maintain continuous
communication with ship owners/operators. Notify the
45
PCG of said action.
6. Institute maximum precautionary measures to
ensure proper stowage and lashing of cargoes, as prescribed
by MARINA, before departure and cause the posting of
watches to ensure the safe condition of cargoes during the
50 entire voyage/sheltering.
7. Review/study the Typhoon Evasion or
Avoidance Doctrine.
55 8. The overall responsibility of ensuring the safety
of the ship, its passengers and crew rests with the Master/
Patron at all times.

A Alison Rf.......................................5-73
Abad Santos Shoal ....................... 5-70
Abag Bay ......................................7-89
Abai Clump......................................9-3
Abanay Is.....................................7-103
Aboabo R. .....................................5-21
Aborlan, R. ...................................5-18
Aborlan, Mt...................................5-19
Abrupt (Macamo) Pt......................5-67
Abrupt Pt.......................................5-51
Abucayan Inlet .............................5-17
Acha Rk ........................................7-48
Ada Rf. .........................................5-29
Addison Pk ...................................5-22
Addison Pt. ...................................5-14
Adlay ..........................................7-116
Agno R ...........................................1-1
Agonoy I .....................................7-126
Aguada Bay ..................................8-35
Aguada, Mt ...................................4-19
Aguirre Bank ................................8-19
Aguirre Rf ....................................4-17
Aguja Pk .........................................9-3
Agus R ..........................................7-15
Agusan R ........................................7-1
Agusan River Lt. ............................7-3
Agutaya, I, Lt................................4-22
Aids to Navigation..........................2-8
Airy, Mt. .......................................5-46
Alad I. ...........................................4-13
Alambique R. ..............................7-114
Alarogao Pt......................................4-3
Alava I ..........................................4-16
Albaguen I.....................................5-53
Albay Shoal ..................................5-46
Albion Head .................................5-43
Alcisiras I......................................4-21
Alegria ........................................7-105
Alerta Rk.......................................4-17
Alican Pt........................................8-20
Allen Head.....................................5-62
Alice Ch, Rf...................................8-47
Alicia ............................................7-47
Aligbay I .......................................7-23
Alimangkong R.............................5-60
Alimanguan ..................................5-56
Alimpaya Pt...................................7-29
Aling Is........................................7-115
Alipio Rf........................................4-17
INDEX
Alisud Pt......................................7-130
Allard Bank ....................................9-4
Allen Head.....................................5-62
Alligator Bay, I..............................5-62
Alligator Rk. .................................5-56
Aligbay I........................................7-23
Almirante Gil Hill ........................5-29
Alonon Pt. ......................................4-5
Aloran ...........................................7-19
Alpha Shoal ..................................4-17
Altnacraig Shoal ...........................5-22
Alu Layag-Layag ..........................8-15
Alubijid Bay .................................7-12
Alutaya Rf, Lt. ................................7-9
Amaanang I...................................8-31
Amaga Is......................................7-115
Amalingat Pt. ................................5-51
Ambilon Shoal ..............................8-32
Ambutig, Mt................................7-131
Amoyloi Anch.................................8-6
Amy Douglas Bank .......................5-70
Anajauan I ..................................7-108
Anakan ............................................7-5
Anas I............................................4-25
Anato I...........................................5-63
Anchorage I...................................5-56
Andeyro Pt.....................................5-28
Andulinang Is, Rf ….....................8-46
Anepahan, Pk.................................5-45
Angosto Shoal ..............................7-35
Animosa Reef................................4-14
Antelope Shoal..............................5-37
Antipolo.......................................7-123
Antokon I ....................................7-108
Antonio Luna Rf., Bank................5-71
Anuling I..........................................6-3
Anwon Cove .................................7-15
Apao Lt. ..........................................6-2
Apo Island.......................................4-8
Apo Lambu Reef...........................8-22
Apo, Mt.........................................7-75
Apoapuraguan Pt., R. ...................5-20
Apulit Island....................................5-7
Apurauan, Pt. ................................5-45
Apurawan, Lt. ...............................5-45
Araceli, Bay, Pt., Rf.......................5-10
Arangasa I, Lt..............................7-122
Aras-asan ……............................7-122
Arayat Shoal..................................7-45
Index-1
Arboles I .......................................7-81
Ardasier Breakers .........................5-72
Arellano. ....................................... 7-95
Arellano Rf. .................................. 5-71
Arena Island, Cagayan Is................6-3
Arena Island ..................................5-20
Arena Pt., Mapanga Bay................7-86
Arena Pt., Port Pilar.....................7-105
Areta Shoals...................................4-17
Argyll Shoal .................................5-24
Ariara I ..........................................4-19
Ariringan Pt...................................5-41
Arorunga I.....................................4-21
Arrecife I, Cora Bay .....................5-14
Arrecife I, Island Bay....................5-21
Assistance for vessels in distress.....2-5
Astorga .........................................7-75
Atjeh Rk..........................................9-4
Auqui I.........................................7-117
Awasan Bay, I................................7-98
Ayninan Ist...................................7-122
Ayoke Lt. ....................................7-117
Ayungin Shoal ..............................5-71
B
Babak ............................................7-81
Baban Lagoon .............................7-102
Babarocon I. ....................................5-7
Babas Cove ...................................7-95
Babatnon Pt. ..................................7-92
Babuan Is. .....................................8-29
Babuyan, R ...................................5-14
Bacalan Pt. ....................................7-41
Bacao Bacao Pt. ............................5-38
Bacaran Bay ..................................5-10
Bacayauan Hill .............................7-52
Bacbac I ........................................4-10
Bache Rf .......................................4-17
Back Cap Pk .................................5-44
Bacuag, R. ...................................7-114
Bacud Pt ........................................7-64
Bacud Rf........................................7-65
Bacuit Bay.....................................5-65
Bacul Pt. ......................................7-130
Baculin Bay, Pt............................7-129
Bacung Pt......................................8-36
Bacungan R...................................5-15
Bacungan I.....................................7-38
Bacutcut Bank ...............................8-30
Bagahak, Mt....................................9-2
Bagalamatan...................................7-43
Bagambangan I ...............................5-2
Baganga Bay, R. .........................7-129
Baganian Peninsula ......................7-51
Bagasinan I .................................7-125
Bagbagon R.....................................8-4
Bagolibud Pt. ................................7-40
Bagong Is.....................................7-115
Bagoso I.......................................7-129
Bag-ong Silao ...............................7-54
Baguan I..........................................6-7
Bagum Is.....................................7-107
Bagumbanua Is............................7-112
Bahang Ch….................................8-42
Baheli R.........................................5-47
Baheli, Mt. ....................................5-46
Bahia Honda Pt..............................5-44
Bahu, Mt........................................8-13
Bailan Cay ....................................5-74
Bais Pt............................................7-88
Bajallanura I..................................5-43
Bajapa Rf.......................................8-47
Bakalao Pt.....................................8-44
Bakbak I........................................4-13
Bakeke Is ......................................8-31
Baker Rf ........................................5-70
Bakhau Dakula I............................8-36
Bakot Takut Rf ..............................8-31
Baksal Cove ..................................7-88
Bakulin Pt. ..................................7-124
Balabac Great Rf...........................5-30
Balabac I, Pk.................................5-27
Balabac Strait ...............................5-31
Balabagan, R. ...............................7-57
Balading Pt....................................4-21
Balaganon Pt.................................5-10
Balagtas Rf. ..................................5-75
Balambangan I ..............................9-12
Balangan Bay.................................7-47
Balangonan Cove..........................7-69
Balanguingui I ..............................8-11
Balansungain Peak........................5-38
Balaring Pt.....................................7-20
Balas Shoal ...................................8-10
Balatacan Pt...................................7-28
Balatanai I........................................8-2
Balbagon .........................................7-7
Balete Bay....................................7-132
Balete Cove ...................................7-93
Baliangao, Bay, Pt., Lt. .................7-21
Balicao Pt......................................4-23
Balicaocao Pt.................................7-18
Baligian Bay..................................7-27
Balimbing Ch, Pt...........................8-41
Balingasag, B, Lt. ...........................7-9
Balingoan, Lt...................................7-6
Balintang Pt...................................5-38
Baliog Pt........................................5-10
Baliungan I, Mt. ............................8-43
Baliwasan R. .................................7-30
Balolo Pt..........................................4-6
Balolo Rk.......................................5-61
Balseiro Pt.....................................8-13
Balseyro Ch ..................................8-41
Baluk Sampan, Mt.........................8-35
Balukbaluk I....................................8-9
Balulu Pt........................................5-62
Balundangan Is .............................9-14
Balut I ...........................................7-70
Balutakay R. .................................7-74
Bamgaban Rf.................................8-19
Bambannan I ................................8-27
Banah ..............................................8-7
Banak Breakers ............................5-72
Banaran I.......................................8-42
Banaran Lookan ...........................8-42
Banaran Tunggosong ....................8-42
Banban ........................................7-113
Banbayan Pt....................................7-8
Bancalaan .....................................5-25
Bancalan I. ....................................5-25
Bancaobancao, Mt.........................8-10
Bancaobancaon Pt. .......................5-16
Bancao-Bancao Lt. .......................5-16
Bancauan Is.....................................6-5
Bancay Is ....................................7-113
Banco Pt........................................7-41
Bancoran I ......................................6-4
Bancungan Island .........................8-13
Bancuyo Islet ..............................7-104
Banga, Port ...................................7-39
Bangaan I ......................................7-39
Bangaan Pt ....................................7-56
Bangai Pt.....................................7-129
Bangalao I......................................8-12
Bangawan I ...................................5-21
Banguey Dangers, SE....................9-16
Banguey I, Pk................................9-13
Banguey Outer NE Rfs .................9-14
Banguey Patches, E ......................9-14
Banguey W Ch .............................9-13
Banguey Ch, S ..............................9-16
Banin Pt. .......................................7-66
Banisi Bay ....................................5-41
Banisi Pt (Truce Head) .................5-41
Bankawan Ch ...............................9-16
Bankawan I, Rf..............................9-15
Bankawan Is (Kawan) ....................9-6
Bankoka Hill .................................9-11
Bankuruan Is ...................................9-7
Banluto Islet.................................7-107
Index-2
Banos Pt, Lt ..................................7-71
Bantac I., Lt. ...................................4-2
Bantawan Pt...................................5-49
Banug Is.......................................7-112
Banug Strait ................................7-111
Baong Rks.....................................7-97
Baquit I............................................4-8
Barangonan I. .................................5-2
Bararin I. .......................................4-23
Baras, Port.....................................7-57
Barbacan, Lt, Pt, Range, R............5-12
Barcelona ....................................7-127
Baring, Mt. ....................................5-11
Barong Pt………...........................5-30
Barotoan Bay ................................5-69
Baroy ............................................7-16
Barrabas Rf..................................7-103
Barracuda Rf.................................5-22
Barraut Rf .....................................9-17
Barrel Rk ......................................7-58
Barselisa Is....................................4-19
Bartoc I..........................................5-61
Barton, Port...................................5-52
Barwang R.....................................5-47
Basan Rf .......................................7-39
Basao ............................................7-77
Basbas Ch......................................8-34
Basbas I.........................................8-33
Basbas Pt.......................................8-18
Basco Rf........................................4-17
Base Bay .......................................5-69
Base Rk.........................................4-19
Basiauan Bay ................................7-72
Basiauang Bay, Pt..........................7-63
Basibuli I, Rf ................................8-41
Basilisa...........................................7-96
Basilan I, Pk. ..................................8-2
Basilan Pt. .......................................8-4
Basilan Strait.................................7-33
Basol I.........................................7-109
Basol Is .........................................7-72
Bassa Pt.........................................7-81
Basterra Rf (Maeander)...................6-4
Basun Ch ......................................8-36
Basun Dakula I..............................8-36
Basun Sibi Sibi I............................8-36
Batan Bank....................................8-31
Bataraza ........................................5-23
Batas I..............................................5-3
Batas Pt..........................................4-23
Bate Ch .........................................5-28
Batiano Pt....................................7-132
Batikual Pt.....................................7-89
Batinao Pt....................................7-130
Batobato I......................................8-36
Batobato Pt....................................7-87
Batobato Lt ...................................8-39
Batolaqui Bank..............................8-16
Batonbaton R ................................5-21
Batorampon (Batolampon) Pt, Lt..7-29
Batotindoc Pt. ...............................7-29
Battang Pt......................................9-12
Batu Batu Bay ...............................8-39
Batu Cuning ..................................8-31
Batu Pt. .........................................9-18
Batuecas, Port.............................7-107
Batunan I.........................................4-8
Batupare Pt......................................8-7
Baturapac I....................................8-33
Bauang Dakula, Diki I...................8-32
Baug R.............................................7-3
Bauno Garing ................................8-39
Baverstock Pt. ...............................8-13
Bay I, Bauya Sound ......................5-62
Bay I, Imuruan Bay ......................5-51
Bay Peak, Imuruan Bay ................5-55
Bay Peak, W Flechas Pt.................5-12
Bay Rock, Cape Ross....................5-57
Bay Rock, W Alligator I................5-62
Bayaca...........................................4-14
Bayagnan I...................................7-112
Baybay, Mt....................................8-17
Baybayin Dagat Shoal...................5-69
Bayuan Bay....................................4-14
Beacon Rks....................................4-18
Beaufort, Mt..................................5-45
Beehive Pt......................................5-48
Beelzebub Rf.................................7-99
Belan Pt.........................................8-15
Beloran ...........................................9-6
Benito Shoal....................................5-2
Benkoka Is, R ...............................9-18
Benrinnes Rf....................................9-4
Bentoan Pk ...................................5-47
Bera Bank .......................................5-2
Berhala I, Lt.....................................9-4
Berong ..........................................5-45
Berrugosa Pt..................................7-92
Bessie I..........................................5-21
Beta Shoal ……............................4-17
Betbet I, Pt.....................................5-54
Beyobo Ch...................................7-103
Big Liguid (Big Cruz) I.................7-68
Big Sapu R..................................7-126
Bigaan R........................................5-65
Bigun Bay......................................5-66
Bigun R..........................................7-82
Bihintinusa Ch, I..............................8-6
Bilaa Pt ...........................................7-1
Bilaa Shoal .....................................7-2
Bilabid I. .....................................7-112
Bilabid Pt. .....................................7-96
Bilangan I......................................8-27
Bilat Pt...........................................7-90
Bilatan I.........................................8-41
Bilbogon, Mt.................................7-89
Billean I, N, S Danger......................9-7
Biloc Biloc Reef............................8-41
Binaca, Mt.....................................7-61
Binago I.........................................5-74
Binalabag I....................................4-18
Binaliu Rks ...................................7-93
Binaluan ........................................5-60
Binangculan Bay............................5-64
Binatican I.......................................5-7
Binduyan Cove..............................5-13
Binga I.............................................5-5
Binga Pt.........................................5-56
Bingad I.......................................7-110
Binicayat Hill ................................5-39
Binoni, Port, Lt................................7-7
Bintaugan I ...................................5-21
Bintican Pt.....................................5-49
Bintoulan ......................................8-30
Bintuan ...........................................4-8
Bintut Is ..........................................6-6
Binuahan R......................................8-4
Binuan R........................................5-18
Binulbulan I ....................................5-3
Binulin R.......................................7-81
Binuni Pt........................................7-15
Binunsalian Bay.............................5-18
Bislig, Bay, City, R. ....................7-126
Bisu Bintut Rk ................................6-6
Bisu Bohan Rk ................................6-6
Bisucay, Ch, Is...............................4-23
Bisugo Shoal .................................5-76
Bitaogan Bay...............................7-121
Bitaogan Lt., Pt, R ........................7-87
Bitinan I ........................................8-12
Biubugnan, Mt...............................8-18
Bivouac I.........................................5-8
Bivouac Pt.....................................5-21
Black Rock, Libarran I....................9-6
Black Rk, Watering Bay ...............5-48
Black Rock Pt................................5-63
Black Watch Rk.............................9-14
Blanca Pt........................................7-25
Blake Rf.........................................8-47
Blik, Mt.........................................7-61
Bloomfield, Mt..............................5-49
Bluff Pt., NE Anepahan ................5-46
Bluff Pt., Sibuguey.........................7-38
Bluff Pt., SW Boayan ....................5-52
Boaan I............................................6-8
Boat Rk..........................................5-58
Boayan I, Rf .................................5-52
Bobo I. ..........................................7-38
Index-3
Bobon Is. .....................................7-106
Bobon Pt. ....................................7-131
Boca Rf .........................................7-54
Bocal Bay......................................5-66
Bocao Pt..........................................4-5
Bohan I............................................6-6
Boheian Is .......................................8-4
Bohelebung .....................................8-6
Boheson Is...................................7-115
Bohi Manea Creek........................ 8-35
Bohol, barrio .................................5-10
Bojelebung Ch.................................8-6
Bolalo Bay, Hill.............................5-59
Bolay, Port ....................................7-70
Bold Head......................................5-52
Bold Head, Pt................................5-13
Bolina Island ................................4-19
Bolipongpong Pt............................8-18
Bolissuan ........................................6-6
Bolod I ..........................................8-10
Bolodbolod Pt...............................8-10
Bolong ..........................................7-38
Bolton Rf, Lt.................................7-73
Bombay Shoal, Castle ..................5-72
Bombon, Mt. ................................4-20
Bonbon Pt, Canipan Bay...............5-36
Bonbon Pt, Magnaga Bay..............7-86
Bonga I........................................7-112
Bongao, Ch, I, Lt...........................8-37
Bongao Pk.....................................8-27
Bongaya R. .....................................9-6
Bongo I, Lt, Shoal .......................7-58
Bonifacio Rfs ................................5-70
Bonobono .....................................5-23
Bonog Bay, Pt................................5-41
Boombong Island ...........................6-3
Borac, Port ......................................4-5
Borneo Rk........................................9-4
Borneo Shoal ................................5-34
Bornugus Pt...................................9-20
Borot Cove, Pt, Rf ........................7-89
Boso Dohonnan Rks .....................8-34
Boso Lalong Rk ............................8-33
Bosoc Lalung Rk ..........................8-34
Boston .........................................7-128
Boswell I. .....................................5-61
Botak Pt. .......................................7-72
Botetian, Mt...................................7-51
Boton Pt.........................................7-24
Bowen I ........................................5-24
Brandon Rfs ..................................9-19
Breaker Rf ....................................5-37
Breeches Shoal .............................7-48
Brechtel Shoal ..............................5-39
Brocen I ........................................8-25
Broken Head .................................5-47
Brooke's Pt. ..................................5-22
Brother I .........................................5-1
Broughton Pt.................................5-52
Brow Cone, Shoulder ...................5-44
Brown Rks .....................................4-2
Brutus Rf ........................................8-8
Buailin Creek ................................8-35
Bual Pt...........................................7-65
Buan Bay, I ...................................8-42
Buan Pt........................................7-131
Buaning Cay ...................................9-9
Buansa Shoal ................................8-15
Buaya Sound ................................5-62
Bubon Pt........................................5-52
Bubual ..........................................7-53
Bubuan, I, S Maniacolat I..............8-29
Bubuan I, Pangutaran Gp..............8-22
Bubuan I, Tapiantana Gp.................8-9
Bubuday R.....................................7-52
Bubulauan Pt.................................4-18
Buca Pt..........................................7-65
Bucagan Hill .................................7-17
Bucas Grande I............................7-105
Bucas Pt.......................................7-106
Buchu Pt........................................7-39
Bucid I ..........................................5-38
Bucutua I.......................................8-11
Bud Bas, Mt...................................8-35
Bud Butua, Mt...............................8-35
Bud Luuk ......................................8-39
Bud Sikala ....................................8-39
Bud Sintingan ...............................8-41
Budlayan Bay..............................7-116
Buenavista (Pali) ............................4-4
Buenavista, General I..................7-117
Buenavista, Hikdop SW ...............7-99
Buenavista, Ulugan Bay................5-48
Buford Rf ......................................7-57
Bugo .............................................7-10
Bugsok Rk.....................................7-48
Bugsuk, I.......................................5-25
Buguias Is .....................................5-14
Bugur Island .................................4-13
Bugut Lapit Pt...............................8-36
Buhangin ......................................7-79
Bukid Pt.........................................7-69
Bulalacao I.....................................4-14
Bulalacao Pt...................................5-64
Bulalo Pt........................................7-21
Bulaloc Bay...................................5-37
Bulan I, Pk ....................................8-11
Bulanjao Range ............................5-37
Bulasan Pt......................................8-20
Bulawan Pt....................................4-17
Buli Nusa I....................................8-45
Bulias Shoal ...................................7-7
Bulibuli R........................................8-6
Buliculul I .....................................8-18
Bulicutin I .....................................8-12
Bulig Shoal....................................5-71
Bulilakat Pt....................................8-20
Buliluyan, Cape ............................5-35
Bulingis Pt.......................................6-6
Bulisulat Reef ...............................8-11
Bulitalun Pt....................................8-12
Bullock Pt......................................5-55
Bullocks Rk ..................................5-56
Bulog Pt.........................................4-14
Buluan I, Sibuguey Bay.................7-40
Buluan I, S Pearl Bank .................8-25
Buluan R........................................7-41
Buluang ........................................4-10
Bulubulu Is ...................................8-47
Bulusan Pt.....................................7-60
Bulutbulibato, Mt............................8-9
Bunawan R. ..................................7-77
Bunay Bunay I...............................8-40
Bunbun R.......................................9-19
Bunga Cove, Creek ....................7-130
Bunga Pt........................................8-15
Bunotpasil I...................................8-11
Buog ...............................................6-6
Buoy Rk ........................................5-29
Buoyage System .............................2-8
Bureau of:
Animal Industry ........................2-3
Customs ....................................2-2
Immigration ..............................2-3
Plant Quarantine Service...........2-3
Quarantine ................................2-3
Burgos .........................................7-119
Burgos Rfs ....................................5-74
Burgos South Rf ...........................5-74
Burias Rf ......................................7-87
Bury Is...........................................5-69
Busan Bay......................................7-40
Busbus Pt.......................................8-19
Bush (Landayang) I.......................9-11
Bush I, Tapul Bay .........................5-14
Busluc Pt.......................................8-20
Busson Rk.....................................8-15
Busuanga, I......................................4-2
Busuanga R...................................4-10
Butacan I.........................................5-4
Butakalut Shoal..............................8-11
Buttun Pt........................................9-12
Butuan..............................................7-3
Butuan Bay......................................7-2
Butuan Port ....................................7-3
Butulan Cove ................................7-71
Buug .............................................7-49
Byan Island ...................................5-25
Index-4
Byby Island .................................7-114
C
Cabadbaran, Lt, R...........................7-2
Cabalata, Mt..................................7-60
Cabalian Pt....................................8-16
Cabancauan I.................................8-36
Cabantayan Rf ................................6-3
Cabayan Pt...................................7-131
Cabgan I, N Byby Is....................7-114
Cabgan I, Lianga Bay .................7-124
Cabgan I, Murcielagos Bay...........7-21
Cabilan I .......................................7-98
Cabilauan I. ....................................4-4
Cabingaan I ..................................8-18
Caboang Bay.................................5-28
Cabog I, Dumanquilas Bay............7-49
Cabog I, Lt., Pt..............................7-43
Cabuaya Island ...............................6-2
Cabucan I ......................................8-21
Cabugan I......................................5-24
Cabugao Bay ..................................7-9
Cabugao I ...................................7-128
Cabulauan (Cabunlawan) I. ..........4-17
Cabuli I, Lt, Pt.................................5-1
Cabulig Bay ....................................7-9
Cabut I ..........................................7-42
Cacatan I .......................................8-29
Cacayaren I....................................4-13
Cacayatan I ...................................4-19
Cacbucao I.......................................5-9
Cacbolo I ......................................5-51
Cacnipa I, Lt .................................5-52
Cadlao ...........................................5-68
Caduayan ......................................8-13
Cagayan de Oro ............................7-11
Cagayan de Tawi-tawi ..................8-14
Cagayan I ........................................6-2
Cagayan Valley ...............................1-1
Cagayancillo ...................................6-2
Cagbantang Cove .........................5-64
Cagbatan I.......................................4-7
Cagdanao I, Calaylayan Bay.........4-18
Cagdanao I, NE Casian I. ...............5-5
Cagdanao I, S Deribongan I. ..........5-4
Cagdanao I, SW Calabucay I. ........5-7
Cagdianao ...................................7-100
Caguisan .......................................5-21
Cagwait Harbor ..........................7-121
Caiholo R.......................................5-47
Calabadian I ....................................5-7
Calabucay I .....................................5-7
Calabuctung I ...............................5-61
Calabugdong Island ........................5-4
Calaitan Ch....................................8-31
Calaitan Is .....................................8-30
Calalong I........................................6-2
Calamian Group .............................4-1
Calandagan I .................................4-24
Calandorang Bay...........................5-28
Calanhayaun I .................................4-2
Calaragnan Pt................................5-68
Calasag Bay, Pt..............................5-10
Calategas ......................................5-22
Calauag Bay.....................................5-7
Calauit Bay......................................4-3
Calaylayan Bay..............................4-18
Calbi I .............................................4-8
Caldera Bay, Pt..............................7-29
Calderon Rf ..................................5-73
Calian Pt, Lt. .................................7-71
Calibang (Calibangbagan) ............4-19
Calibon Pt......................................7-55
Calida ...........................................7-46
Calipipit I ......................................4-14
Caliran ..........................................7-46
Calis Pt............................................4-5
Calitan (Cubad) I ..........................5-69
Calitan Pt.......................................4-14
Cal-loan, Diki I .............................8-33
Calonhogon I.................................5-61
Caltom, Port ...................................4-3
Calug Pt.........................................7-40
Calumman Is ................................8-18
Calumbagan I................................4-15
Calumbuyan I ...............................4-13
Calumpin I.....................................4-21
Calupag I ......................................8-31
Calusa I............................................6-3
Calva I ............................................8-4
Calver Cove...................................5-63
Calver Pt........................................5-19
Camago Bay..................................5-66
Camago I.......................................5-63
Camalig ........................................7-70
Camanga I.......................................4-2
Camansi Pt...................................7-132
Cambacamba Ch ..........................8-30
Cambari I ......................................5-10
Cambasac Pt................................7-104
Cambas-ac, Lt, Pt .......................7-104
Cambug Rk ...................................4-21
Cambulong Pt................................7-46
Camel Rk ......................................5-52
Camiguin I, Pt.................................7-7
Campong Olay Pt..........................5-40
Campo Islam ................................7-30
Camugan I.....................................7-39
Camungyan I.................................5-46
Camungyan Lt. .............................5-47
Canabungan I.................................5-26
Canabungan R.................................8-4
Canal Bay....................................7-113
Canalasan Cove ............................7-68
Canalizo Strait ..............................7-44
Canaron I.......................................4-17
Canas I, Shoal..................................8-6
Canauayon Anch, Is.........................7-6
Cancuman I.....................................8-6
Candaraman Inlet, I.......................5-27
Candaraman I................................5-28
Candea Pt.......................................8-15
Candiis ............................................8-7
Candos Bay..................................7-114
Cangan Pt......................................7-44
Canim, Mt......................................7-21
Canimeran I...................................5-25
Canipan Bay, R..............................5-36
Canipan Hill .................................5-37
Canipan Rf ....................................7-64
Canipo I, Culion I .........................4-15
Canipo I, NW Cuyo ......................4-23
Canitauan I......................................4-7
Canon I..........................................5-15
Cansea Rk......................................5-61
Cantilan, Port, R, Shoals, ...........7-118
Caña, I...........................................5-16
Cap I..............................................8-24
Capaquian I...................................7-98
Caparan .........................................7-41
Capare I.........................................4-10
Capayas..........................................5-11
Capayas Is.....................................7-20
Cape Melville, Lt. .........................5-30
Capnoyan I....................................4-24
Capoas Cluster ..............................5-57
Capoas Pt.......................................5-49
Capoas, Cape ................................5-56
Capoas Peninsula...........................5-58
Capsalay I, Rf................................5-53
Capsalon I........................................5-8
Capual Ch, I...................................8-12
Capungan Peninsula, Pt...............7-117
Capyas I.........................................5-35
Caraballo Mts..................................1-1
Carabao .........................................4-14
Carabuca Pt...................................7-50
Caraga, Bay, R.............................7-130
Caramatan Pt.................................5-54
Caramay.........................................5-12
Caramay Bay, R.............................5-22
Carat Pt..........................................5-65
Caridad, Lanuza Bay ..................7-118
Caridad, Port Pilar ......................7-105
Carmen Pt......................................8-37
Caromata Bay................................7-55
Carrascal, Bay, R.........................7-116
Index-5
Carrington Rfs ..............................9-16
Caruray .........................................5-50
Casauman Pt, R...........................7-130
Casian I............................................5-4
Casirahan I.....................................4-25
Castilla, Port ...............................7-107
Castillo Pt .....................................5-13
Castle I.............................................5-7
Casuarina Pt...................................5-20
Casul Bay.......................................7-22
Casulian I.....................................7-107
Cataaba, Port, R.............................5-63
Catagupan, Bay, R.........................5-30
Catagupan R..................................5-31
Catalat I.........................................5-51
Catarman, Lt, Pt .............................7-8
Catarman Anch............................7-127
Cateel Bay, R.............................. 7-128
Catimogan Shoals...........................6-3
Cauayan I, Dalangamen ...............4-25
Cauayan I, N Bulog Pt ..................4-14
Cauayan I., N Cadlao ...................5-68
Cauayan I, NW Lubic I. ...............4-24
Cauit Bank...................................7-119
Cauit Pt, Lt..................................7-118
Cauit Pt, Lanuza Bay ..................7-118
Cauit Pt, Panabutan Bay ...............7-28
Caution Regarding Buoys ..............2-9
Caverna I.......................................5-68
Cavili I............................................ 6-3
Caxisigan I.....................................5-28
Caye I..........................................7-112
Celandat Is.....................................8-30
Celerio Rf ......................................5-72
Central I ..........................................5-8
Central Is.........................................6-4
Central Luzon Plain ........................1-1
Central Peak .................................5-16
Cepaya ........................................7-111
Challenger Rf ...............................7-23
Chambers Knoll.............................8-46
Charybdis Shoal.............................5-13
Chase Head ...................................5-58
Chawat Pt......................................5-51
Cheron I.........................................4-14
Chia R............................................5-47
Chigua Rf .....................................5-74
China Pt.........................................8-38
Chinaman Shoals ..........................4-22
Chinayan Head .............................5-58
Chindonan I...................................4-13
Chinicaran I, Pass .........................5-62
Chinongab Pk ...............................5-56
Chongos Bay.................................8-38
Ciego, Port ....................................5-28
Ciminaytoy Pt................................5-66
Cinaran Bay ..................................5-62
Clarendon Bay ..............................5-30
Clarin (Loculan) ...........................7-18
Claudio (Camagomabajul) Pt........5-65
Claver Pt, R.................................7-114
Cleopatra Needle, Bold Pt.............5-14
Cleopatra Needle, Mt Saint Paul...5-49
Cliff, Head ....................................5-50
Cliff I, Buaya Sound .....................5-62
Cliff I, Cape Capoas .....................5-56
Cliff Pt, Kulungan Point ...............7-73
Cliff Pt, Basiauan Bay...................7-63
Cliff Pt, Port Ciego .......................5-28
Cliff Pt, Tagbita Bay.....................5-37
Clotilde Rk......................................6-8
Coast Hill, N Point Difficult..........5-63
Coast Hill, Bacuit Bay...................5-65
Coayan Bay...................................7-45
Coba Is...........................................7-41
Cobeton I ....................................7-111
Cobog I..........................................7-39
Cobung, Mt......................................8-7
Coco I............................................7-36
Coconongon, Mt, Pt........................4-4
Cocoro I.........................................4-23
Cog Pt..........................................7-113
Colapsin Pt, Lt...............................7-73
Collingwood Shoal........................5-39
Collins Rf .....................................5-74
Coloby Shoal.................................5-37
Colocoto Rks...................................4-1
Coloma Rk.....................................5-58
Colors of Lights for Buoys..............2-9
Comiran, Ch, Danger Bank, I. ......5-32
Communications .............................1-3
Comocutuan I................................5-66
Concas Rf .....................................8-21
Concepcion .....................................4-9
Conceson Pt.................................7-124
Condona Is...................................7-111
Conduaga R...................................5-39
Condulingan I................................7-27
Condut I.........................................4-19
Cone Hill.......................................7-39
Cone I ...........................................5-59
Cone Is, off Kalutan Pt..................9-13
Cone Is, Port Barton .....................5-53
Cone Rk ..........................................5-2
Confusion Hill.................................9-3
Confusion Rk.................................5-54
Conical Hill...................................5-14
Conical Pt......................................5-51
Consolacion ................................7-107
Constancia Rf..................................7-9
Constancia Shoal...........................5-13
Consuelo .....................................7-118
Cooke I..........................................5-61
Cooke’s Pt.....................................5-51
Coral Bay.......................................5-24
Coral Head Rf ...............................5-52
Coral Patches ..................................9-8
Cordelia Pt.....................................5-47
Cordillera Central Mts. ...................1-1
Corobong, Mt................................7-62
Coron Bay ....................................4-15
Coron I.............................................4-5
Coron, Harbor, Lt............................4-7
Coron Pass, Pt ................................4-6
Coron Reef, Lt. ..............................4-6
Coronado Bay, Lt, Pt. ...................7-27
Coronation Bank ..........................5-73
Corongcorong, Bay........................5-67
Cortes ..........................................7-119
Corumi, Mt....................................5-38
Cotabato, City, Hill, R, Lt.............7-60
Cotabato Valley or Basin ................7-1
Cotad I.............................................5-9
Cotteral Pt......................................5-56
Coutts Bank ..................................4-17
Cowhagan I, Rk...........................7-102
Crater Shoal...................................5-57
Crawford (Calintang) Pt................5-68
Crawford Cove..............................5-22
Crescent Rf ...................................5-57
Crest of Wave Shoal......................8-20
Crown Pt........................................5-54
Cruz I, Big, Little...........................7-82
Cuabo, Bay, R................................7-87
Cuckold Hill..................................5-44
Cudugman, Bay, Pt........................5-66
Cujangan I.......................................8-9
Culacion (Culasian).......................7-54
Culaman .......................................7-71
Culasa Pt. ......................................5-64
Culasian Bay ................................5-38
Culasian R. ...................................5-39
Culatculat Rf .................................8-11
Culaylayan ....................................4-18
Culion, I, Lt, Port ..........................4-11
Cunilan I........................................8-22
Curanga Pt.....................................5-49
Custodio Pt....................................5-63
Customs Collection Districts ..........2-2
Cutter Pt.........................................5-19
Cuyo, I, Lt, W Pass........................4-20
Cuyo E Pass...................................4-25
D Davie Hill......................................5-22
Daca Pt........................................7-132
Daco Is ........................................7-105
Dadaliten I......................................5-5
Index-6
Dado Bank, Rk................................5-2
Dafaga Pt.......................................5-51
Dagohoy Rf ..................................5-73
Dahakit Pt., Lt.............................7-106
Dahican I.....................................7-102
Daho, Mt........................................8-13
Dakit Rk, Capaquian I...................7-98
Dakit Rk, Sayao I........................7-100
Dakut, Mt......................................8-17
Dalag Bank ...................................5-70
Dalagang Bukid Shoal ..................5-71
Dalangamen, Mt...........................4-25
Dalauan I.........................................8-5
Dalawan Bay, R.............................5-29
Daliao, Rfs ....................................7-76
Dallas Reef ...................................5-72
Dalrymple Harbor..........................8-13
Dalrymple Pt.................................5-48
Damao Ch., I.................................5-62
Dammai I.......................................8-22
Damocan I.....................................8-17
Dampias Lt. ....................................7-9
Danaon (Danawan) I.....................7-99
Donauang I, Shoals........................7-63
Dandulit Pt.....................................7-39
Danet Bay......................................5-66
Dangers, Reports of ........................2-5
Danlig .............................................5-9
Dansalan, Mt.................................7-26
Dao-Dao Dako I ...........................7-54
Dao-Dao Gamay I.........................7-54
Dao-Dao Lt. ..................................7-54
Dapa, Ch., Lt, Port ......................7-104
Dapay R.........................................5-62
Dapitan, Bay, City, R.....................7-23
Dapnan R.....................................7-129
Daquit I........................................7-129
Darab I...........................................4-13
Darocotan Bay, I, Pt........................5-1
Darong (Dorong) ..........................7-76
Darvel Bay.......................................9-1
Dasaan I.........................................8-26
Dassalan I........................................8-8
Datag I...........................................5-38
Dato Rk.........................................7-56
Datubato I......................................8-22
Datum Rk......................................9-19
Dauisan Rf ......................................6-3
Davao City, Lt...............................7-78
Davao, Port of, R ..........................7-77
Davao Gulf ...................................7-71
Dawidawil......................................8-11
Day Shoal .....................................5-76
Dayan Rf .....................................7-112
Dayana Pt......................................7-49
Dayhangan Bay.............................7-94
Daywan .......................................7-114
De Jesus Rf. ..................................5-73
Deal Pt...........................................7-44
Dean Is ..........................................5-53
Deatobato I....................................8-24
Debangan I......................................5-5
Debogso Is, Rk..............................4-19
Decabobo.........................................4-4
Defects in Aids to Nav. ...................2-9
Delian I ...........................................4-5
Delian Lt. ........................................4-6
Del Carmen (Numancia) ............7-103
Del Pilar Rf. ..................................5-70
Demang I.......................................4-13
Demelias I.......................................4-5
Dent Haven .....................................9-2
Depagal I.........................................4-4
Department of Agriculture .............2-8
Depeldet I......................................5-67
Derelicts, Reporting .......................2-5
Deribongan I....................................5-4
Desolation Pt.................................7-91
Destacado Rks...............................5-64
Detobet Pt......................................4-10
Devils Cap Pk ...............................5-44
Dewhurst Bay..................................9-3
Dial Dial Dacula ...........................8-33
Dianglit I.........................................4-8
Diapila Bay, (Vito) I. ....................5-69
Diatagon R...................................7-123
Dibanca I.......................................4-14
Dibatuc I..........................................4-5
Diboyoyan I.....................................4-1
Dibu I.............................................4-13
Dibuluan I......................................5-66
Dicabaito Ch, I, Lt ........................4-16
Dicalubuan I..................................4-14
Dicapadiac I.....................................4-4
Dicapululan I.................................4-18
Diciligan I .....................................4-12
Dickins Shoal.................................5-24
Dicoyan I.......................................4-13
Diego Silang Rf ............................5-70
Diente Hill, Pt, Shoal.....................5-57
Digos, Is, Outer Rf, Pt, Rfs, R ..... 7-74
Diju I............................................7-116
Dijut Rk.......................................7-113
Diki .................................................8-2
Dilafungan Pk ...............................7-60
Dilarog Pt......................................5-66
Diligan I.........................................7-40
Dilumacad I...................................5-68
Dimalanta I......................................4-4
Dimancal I.....................................4-19
Dimanglet I, Linapacan Strait ......4-19
Dimanglet I, Uson I.........................4-7
Dimansig I.....................................4-19
Dimaquiat I......................................4-1
Dimataling ....................................7-53
Dimipac I.........................................4-1
Dinagat I........................................7-91
Dinagat, Pt.....................................7-97
Dinago I.......................................7-113
Dinapan (see Tiniapan) .................7-54
Dinaran I..........................................4-5
Dinas, R.........................................7-53
Dinit I..............................................5-4
Dipalian I.......................................4-15
Dipolod I........................................8-11
Dipolog, City, R............................7-24
Dipulao Cove ..................................4-8
Dipuyoy R.......................................4-9
Directions:
Manila to:
Coron ...................................3-5
Davao....................................3-9
General Santos......................3-8
Ozamiz................................3-10
Polloc & Cotabato................3-7
Puerto Princesa ....................3-5
Zamboanga ..........................3-6
Cebu to:
Bislig .................................3-14
Cagayan de Oro .................3-12
Dapa ..................................3-15
Iligan ..................................3-13
Nasipit ...............................3-13
Surigao ..............................3-12
Zamboanga ........................3-11
Iloilo to:
Zamboanga .......................3-11
Zamboanga to:
Basilan ...............................3-16
Cotabato ............................3-18
Davao .............................. 3-17
General Santos ...................3-16
Jolo ....................................3-18
Polloc .................................3-16
Sitangkai ............................3-17
Jolo to:
Cotabato ............................3-19
Disacan, Mt...................................7-25
Disaster, Cape ...............................5-28
Discovery Small Rf ......................5-74
Dit I...............................................4-22
Dita Dita I......................................5-38
Ditaytayan I...................................4-14
Ditipac R.........................................4-3
Ditnot Is...........................................5-6
Diuata Pt..........................................7-5
Diwait Pt........................................7-25
Index-7
Doc Can I......................................8-24
Dohinog (Dohinob).......................7-25
Dolores Pt....................................7-104
Dome Pk, N Tinaca Pt...................7-68
Dome Pk, N Bold Pt......................5-13
Don Rf ..........................................7-23
Don Juan de Austria Shoals.............6-5
Don Marcelino ..............................7-72
Dondonay I......................................6-3
Dongdong I....................................8-17
Doorly Patches .............................5-32
Dos Hermanos Pks .......................7-57
Double Cone I...............................5-62
Double I, Treacherous Bay............5-44
Double I, WNW Crown Pt............5-54
Double I, W Capsalay I.................5-53
Double Pk......................................5-38
Double Rk.....................................5-60
Drake Pk .......................................5-11
Driftwood Pt, Lt .............................9-3
Dry Bank ......................................8-16
Dry I..............................................5-46
Dual R...........................................7-65
Duas Pt..........................................7-88
Dugolaan Pt...................................7-55
Duhme Shoal.................................5-46
Dulangdulang Rks.........................8-41
Dulunguin Pt.................................7-28
Dumagok Is ..................................7-54
Dumalag Pt....................................7-77
Dumanquilas Bay, Pt. ...................7-48
Dumanquilas R..............................7-50
Dumaran Ch....................................5-8
Dumaran I........................................5-9
Dumaran Bay, Pt............................5-11
Dumunpalit I...................................4-1
Dumuy Pt.......................................7-76
Dunaun I........................................4-13
Dundangan I..................................8-31
Dungoan Cove ..............................7-94
Dungon .........................................8-11
Dungun R......................................8-43
Dupulisan Bay, Pt..........................7-54
Durangan I.....................................5-61
E
Earthquakes ....................................1-3
East Bolod I ..................................8-11
East Bucas I.................................7-107
East Circe Shoal............................7-43
East Guhuan Is..............................9-14
East Hill ........................................9-13
East I ...............................................4-7
East Malcatop I..............................4-12
East Maquinit I................................4-6
East Nalaut I..................................4-12
East Pk ..........................................5-68
East Pt............................................7-81
East Shoal......................................5-32
Eastern Passage...........................7-108
Egeria Rks.....................................9-10
Egg Rf ..........................................5-23
Eguet Pt.........................................8-11
Elephant I........................................5-7
Elet I..............................................4-10
Elinibinid Pt...................................4-11
Ellis Shoal......................................5-32
El Nido (Bacuit) ...........................5-67
El Niño ...........................................1-8
Elton Bank ......................................9-4
Emelina I.........................................5-2
Emergency Pt................................5-56
Emmit (Mansalauit) I, Pt...............5-68
Emmit Pt, SW Mangrove Pt..........5-13
Encampment Pt.............................5-28
End Pk ..........................................5-44
Endeavor I, ...................................5-53
Endeavor Pt, Strait ........................5-58
Eniaran I........................................5-61
Ennanda I.......................................4-13
Entalula I.......................................5-65
Enterprise Pt..................................5-56
Entrance I......................................5-62
Entrance Rk...................................5-58
Eran Bay, Pt...................................5-41
Eran Quoin, Mt..............................5-40
Ernestine, Lake ...............................6-5
Escarpado, Mt................................5-14
Escarpado Pk ................................5-37
Esconchada Pt...............................7-93
Escucha Rk....................................4-19
Eseo Bank .....................................8-13
Espina Pt, Lt..................................5-29
Estacion Pt.....................................7-23
Evans I............................................9-3
Exertion Pt.....................................5-59
F Gardoqui Pt...................................7-60
Fairway Rf.....................................5-43
Fairway Shoal................................9-10
Falmouth Banks ............................4-17
Farol Pt, Lt. ....................................7-8
Favorite Bank, Pilas Group.............8-8
Favorite Bank, NE Tubigan I .......8-21
Fearless Shoal................................5-34
Filantropia Pt.................................5-22
Filomena .....................................7-128
Fish Bay........................................ 5-46
Flaca Pt........................................7-131
Flat Hill...........................................9-6
Flat I .............................................5-70
Flat Rk, W Eniaran I .....................5-61
Flat Rk, Bacuit Bay.......................5-65
Flecha, Mt, Pt................................7-51
Flechas Pt......................................5-11
Fleming I.......................................5-61
Fly Rk ...........................................9-10
Flying Fish Rk.................................6-8
Fondeado I.....................................5-14
Fort Pikit .......................................7-60
Four Pks ........................................5-49
Framjee Bank ...............................4-17
Frances Rf ....................................8-47
Fraser I...........................................5-15
Fumigation .....................................2-3
G Gosong Rk, WSW Indagany I. .....4-23
Gaas Bay......................................7-100
Gaas Inlet ....................................7-101
Gabao I........................................7-124
Gaboc, Ch, Mt ............................7-100
Gaboc, Is, Port...............................7-99
Gabriela Silang Rf ........................5-71
Gabung I........................................5-25
Gading R.......................................5-29
Gage I............................................4-16
Galicanan Pt..................................7-29
Galintan, Mt..................................7-87
Gallo Malo Ch...............................8-32
Galoc I...........................................4-11
Gambol I........................................8-32
Gamot Bay...................................7-123
Gamot R......................................7-124
Gandaan R.....................................7-44
Gandan Pt..................................... 5-36
Gango R.........................................7-40
Gantung, Mt..................................5-38
Gap Range ....................................5-44
Gapul Creek ..................................7-50
Garcia Shoal..................................8-16
Gardiner I......................................5-22
Gasacan Pt.....................................7-52
Gatusan I.......................................7-38
Gem Rf ...........................................9-3
General I .....................................7-117
General I. Anch............................7-117
General Luna...............................7-105
General Santos (Dadiangas)..........7-67
Gigaquit R...................................7-114
Gill Pt............................................7-85
Gingoog, Bay, City, Lt ...................7-5
Gintu (Guintungauan) I.................4-19
Gitna Rf ........................................5-73
Glan, Lt..........................................7-68
Index-8
Gnat Rf .........................................5-30
Gode Shoal....................................5-46
Goitya Shoal..................................8-12
Gol-loman I...................................8-33
Gomez Rf .....................................5-74
Gondra I.........................................8-18
Gorda Pt, Balingasag Bay................7-9
Gorda Pt, Carrascal Bay..............7-116
Gorda Pt, Culion I.........................4-11
Gorda P., Macajalar Bay..................7-9
Gorda Pt, Mayo Bay ...................7-131
Goreno I...........................................8-5
Gorro Peak ....................................8-18
Goson Rf ......................................4-18
Gosong Dangers ...........................4-21
Gosong Rks, S Dit I.......................4-22
Government ....................................1-2
Governor Generoso ......................7-88
Grave Pt.........................................5-56
Great Bakkungaan I........................6-8
Great Dangers Bank .....................5-33
Great Gounan I................................8-5
Great Sand Bank ...........................7-36
Green Head, Alligator Bay ...........5-62
Green Head, Pagdanan Bay...........5-54
Green Hill .....................................5-62
Green I, Bay .................................5-12
Griffin Rks.......................................8-8
Guanguan Estero, Pt ...................7-132
Guanguan Peninsula ...................7-131
Gubauan R.......................................8-7
Gubbins Rk......................................9-5
Gued Is .........................................4-19
Gueritz Rk.....................................9-19
Guicam .........................................7-46
Guindabdaban I...............................5-7
Guinlabo Is ...................................4-22
Guinlap I..........................................5-5
Guinlep I........................................4-14
Guinlo ...........................................5-62
Guinsiliban .....................................7-8
Guintungauan Grande I.................5-65
Guintungauan I..............................4-15
Guitong .........................................8-30
Gujangan I.....................................8-13
Gulang-Gulang .............................5-62
Gulisaan Is.......................................9-6
Gull Rf...........................................5-23
Gull Rk..........................................5-61
Gumila Rf......................................8-11
Gunboat Harbor ..............................6-5
Guntao I.........................................5-64
Gusem (Manlin) ...........................7-49
Gusi I.............................................8-45
Gusun Rf ......................................8-19
Gutob Anch...................................4-10
Gutob Bay........................................4-9
Guyang Is....................................7-105
H Howard Shoal .................................9-1
Hadji Mohammad Ajul ...................8-7
Hadyibulac I....................................4-4
Hagakhak I....................................7-95
Halcon Rk........................................8-9
Half Channel Patch .......................9-13
Halfway I.......................................5-60
Halian I, Lt..................................7-101
Hall Pt............................................5-52
Halog I...........................................4-21
Halsey Harbor................................4-16
Haluluko I......................................8-10
Hamiguitan, Mt...........................7-133
Hamuan I.....................................7-128
Hanigad, I......................................7-98
Harbor Hill....................................5-47
Harbor Regulations ................See App
Hardy Patch ....................................9-2
Hasa-Hasa Shoal ..........................5-71
Hatton, Mt.......................................9-3
Haycock I....................................7-123
Hegad I..........................................8-21
Hegapit R.....................................7-115
Hen and Chickens Is .....................5-45
Herschell, Mt.................................5-14
Herefordshire Shoal.......................5-36
Heron Pt.........................................5-18
Hibok-Hibok, Mt.............................7-7
Hibuson I, Little ...........................7-92
Hidong Islets ................................4-19
High Nipple ..................................5-47
Hijo R ...........................................7-84
Hijo Wharf ....................................7-83
Hikdop I. .......................................7-99
Himba Ch. ....................................8-33
Hinadkaban Bay .........................7-115
Hinatuan, Bay, R.........................7-125
Hinatuan, E Lt, I, N Lt, Rk..........7-111
Hinatuan Pass. ............................7-108
Hipayaan R. ................................7-130
Hirane Shoal .................................5-70
History ............................................1-2
Hizon Rf. ......................................5-73
Holiday Rf. ....................................5-74
Holland, Port, Maluso Bay .............8-4
Holland, Port, Sarangani I.............7-70
Holy Cross ..................................7-131
Honda Bay ....................................5-13
Honda Bay Lt ...............................5-15
Honda Pt. ......................................5-44
Hondo R. ......................................7-30
Hong Aun Rf. .............................. 9-15
Hopkins Rf....................................5-70
Horn, Mt. ......................................5-64
Horse I...........................................4-12
Howley I. ......................................5-12
Hubo Rf. .......................................5-70
Huevo Shoals ................................5-23
Hughes Rf. ....................................5-74
Huidobro Rf. .................................7-62
Hula-Hula .....................................7-46
Hull Rk. ..........................................9-2
Hummock Pt. ................................5-42
Huron Rk. .....................................5-58
I Isabela, Ch. .....................................8-2
Ibelbel I. .......................................5-61
Ibobor I. ..........................................5-7
Ibus I. ............................................7-57
Icadambanauan I. ...........................5-7
Igai Pt. ..........................................7-49
Igat Bay, I., Pt. ..............................7-50
Igcauayan Rf. .................................6-3
Igdason Rf. ...................................5-47
Iglesia Pt. ......................................5-24
Ilang, R. ........................................7-80
Ile I. ..............................................4-18
Ilian Mt., R. ..................................5-11
Iligan Bay .....................................7-13
Iligan, Lt., Port, R. ........................7-14
Iligan Rf. .......................................7-20
Illana Bay .....................................7-52
Illultuk Bay ...................................4-10
Iloc I. ..............................................5-2
Ilog Bay, El Nido ..........................5-64
Ilog Bay, Rizal ..............................5-40
Ilog R. ...........................................5-40
Imalaguan I. ..................................4-23
Imaruan Is. ....................................4-22
Immigration, Bureau of ..................2-3
Imorigue Bay ..................................5-2
Imorigue I. ......................................5-3
Imuruan Bay, I. .............................5-55
Inabuyatan I. .................................5-66
Inagauan, R. ..................................5-19
Inagtapan Pt. ...................................4-3
Inambuyod I., Rk. .........................5-64
Inamucan Bay, Lt. ........................7-21
Inamukan I. ...................................5-21
Inanacule Pt. .................................5-30
Inapupan I. ....................................4-19
Inaruntang Pt. ...............................9-17
Indagamy I. ...................................4-23
Indangan I. ....................................8-32
Iniaoan, Mt. ..................................7-56
Index-9
Initao, Bay, Pt., R. ........................7-13
Inlulucut (Sand) I. ........................4-13
Inlulutoc Bay, Head ......................5-56
Intercourse Pt. ...............................5-51
Ipatdan R. .....................................5-49
Ipil (Sanito) ..................................7-41
Ipil Pt. ...........................................5-67
Ipilan .............................................5-22
Ipolote Bay ...................................5-23
Iraray, Lt. ......................................5-22
Ira-an Bay, R. ...............................5-41
Iroquois Rf. ...................................5-70
Iroquois Ridge ..............................5-76
Isa Rf. .........................................7-113
Isabel Pt. .......................................5-42
Isda Is. ........................................7-105
Island Bay .....................................5-21
Islet Head ......................................5-56
Isog R. ..........................................5-19
Isthmus Cone ................................5-53
Isthmus Pt. ....................................5-62
Isthmus Rk. ...................................5-51
Iwahig Penal Colony, R. ...............5-18
Iwahig R. ......................................5-23
Iwiig Range ..................................5-38
J
Jacinto Rf. .....................................5-70
Jambongon (Simmadel) I. ..............9-7
James Patch ..................................8-47
Janoyoy Is. ..................................7-105
Jasaan .............................................7-9
Java Rf. ...........................................6-4
Javier Mts. ....................................7-17
Jenkin Patches ..............................5-76
Jessie Beazly Rf. ............................6-4
Jessie Shoal ..................................5-33
Jibbom Bay ...................................5-50
Jigdup Rf. .......................................7-7
Jimenez .........................................7-19
Jinhling I. ......................................8-41
Jip Rks. .........................................5-64
Jobo Is., Pt. .................................7-123
Johnson I. .....................................5-12
Johnson Patch ...............................5-72
Johnson R. ......................................6-8
Jolo, Lt. .........................................8-13
Jolo I. ............................................8-12
Jose Abad Santos ..........................7-71
Jose Dalman (Ponot) ....................7-25
Jovellar .......................................7-131
Juan Luna Reef .............................5-74
Juan Magluyan Naval Sta. ............8-39
Jubilee Bank .................................5-72
Julian Felipe Rf. ...........................5-74
K Kangbangyo I. ............................7-102
Kaba Pt. ......................................7-115
Kabalantian Pt. .............................7-73
Kabasalan, R. ................................7-42
Kabatan R. ....................................7-86
Kabo Rf. .....................................7-111
Kabuaya ......................................7-133
Kabun Cove ..................................7-95
Kabungan I. ..................................7-38
Kabusan Ch. .................................8-46
Kadyajan Shoal ............................8-19
Kagan Pt........................................7-89
Kaganjuhan (Panabo City) ...........7-83
Kaganuhan Pt. ..............................7-90
Kagdyanao, Bay .........................7-100
Kagitingan Rf. ..............................5-73
Kahamkamman(Kalangkaman) I..9-14
Kahoy Bank ..................................5-70
Kakub Pt. ......................................7-95
Kaladis Pt. ....................................7-47
Kalaguhan .....................................7-89
Kalamansig ...................................7-63
Kalampisuan I. .............................4-10
Kalampunian I. .............................9-20
Kalangaan Is. ..................................9-8
Kalangkaman(Kahamkamman) I..9-14
Kalantiyaw Cay ............................5-72
Kalaoang R. ..................................7-64
Kalavera Pt. ..................................7-97
Kalayaan I. Grp. ...........................5-69
Kalibato Pt. .....................................8-8
Kalilangan (Dansalan) ..................7-53
Kalingmomo Pt. ...........................7-61
Kalipapa (Tarakan) ...................... 7-53
Kalo I. ...........................................4-13
Kaludlud I. ......................................8-8
Kaluitan I. .......................................8-5
Kalungpang I. ...............................5-14
Kalut I. ............................................8-3
Kalutan I., Pt. ................................9-12
Kamagong Pt., Pier .......................7-97
Kamalian Cove .............................7-70
Kamanga Pt., Port .........................7-65
Kamawi I. .....................................8-17
Kambagio Pt. ................................7-95
Kambay Cove ...............................7-96
Kambiling Is. ..............................7-102
Kamonga Shoal ............................5-36
Kamutyajan Pt. ...............................6-6
Kanamong Pt. ...............................7-91
Kanayut Pt. ...................................7-96
Kandiis R. .......................................8-7
Kanduli Shoal ...............................5-71
Kang Tipayan Dakula I. .............. 8-35
Kang Tipayan Diki I. ....................8-35
Kangun Is. ..................................7-102
Kanhandong Pt., Lt. ......................7-92
Kanhanusa I., Pass ........................7-94
Kanhatid Is., Pt. ............................7-95
Kanhinaud Lt., Pt. ........................7-97
Kanihaan I., Lt. .............................7-94
Kanikian Pt. ..................................7-90
Kanikitan Pt. .................................5-41
Kanipo I. .......................................5-61
Kanlanuk Bay .............................7-106
Kanluran Rf. .................................5-73
Kanpintak Pt. ................................7-91
Kansadok Pt. .................................7-96
Kansina I. .....................................8-18
Kantiasay (Cantisay), Bay ............7-98
Kapisahin I. ....................................8-5
Kapor Pt. .......................................9-20
Karangdato Pt................................8-17
Karomatan(Sul. Naga Dimaporo).7-56
Karsoglan Hill ..............................5-46
Karungdung ..................................8-17
Kasundalo Is. ................................7-94
Katimugan Banks .........................5-70
Katidtunan ....................................7-60
Katipunan .....................................7-24
Katubangan R. ..............................5-21
Kauit Bay ......................................7-28
Kauluan Ch., I. ...............................8-6
Kaumpurnah .................................8-10
Kauswagan ...................................7-15
Kayabangan I. ...............................7-94
Kayasa (Twin) Is. .........................7-75
Kaydoros ......................................5-51
Kayitan Bay ..................................7-94
Kayumanggi Bank ........................5-70
Kayupo .........................................7-65
Kechil Rk. .......................................6-7
Keenapusan I. .................................6-6
Kestrel Rk. ....................................5-34
Kestrel Shoal ..................................6-7
Kiamba .........................................7-65
Kinabatangan Hill, R. .....................9-3
Kinalang Bay ................................5-40
Kinapusan I. .................................8-29
Kinaulugan Cove ..........................5-50
Kinawitnon ...................................7-81
Kinemi (Kinimi) ...........................7-62
Kingston Shoal .............................5-72
Kinoguitan ......................................7-6
Kinulubaltan Pt. ..............................9-7
Kling R. ........................................7-65
Index-10
Kolambugan, Bay .........................7-16
Kolapis R. ...................................... 9-6
Komdong, R. ................................5-54
Kopia I. .........................................7-84
Kota Bank, I. ................................5-75
Kotkot I. .......................................7-94
Kraan R. .......................................7-64
Kudat, Harbor ...............................9-19
Kudos Wharf ................................7-80
Kukuban I. ......................................9-8
Kukuban Is. ....................................9-9
Kulasihan Pt. ................................7-16
Kulasihan Shoal ............................7-17
Kulassein I. ...................................8-21
Kulay Bato, Lt. ...............................8-7
Kulaykulay ...................................8-17
Kulibato Pt. .....................................8-7
Kulungan Bay, Pt. .........................7-73
Kumalarang R. .............................7-49
L
La Union .......................................7-88
Laa I. .............................................8-40
Labangan, R. ................................7-55
Labao Inlet ....................................7-50
Labason ........................................7-26
Labatan Hill ..................................7-43
Labian Pt. .......................................9-2
Laboyoan Pt. .................................7-40
Labu Pt. ........................................7-66
Labuan ..........................................7-29
Labuan Rk. ...................................9-13
Labuay Lt. ....................................7-15
Labucan Pt. ...................................7-50
Labuk Bay, R. .................................9-6
Lacaron .........................................7-72
Lacutan Cove ..............................7-132
Ladd Rf. ........................................5-72
Lagat I. ...........................................4-2
Lagen I...........................................5-66
Lago Cove ....................................7-68
Lagos I. .........................................5-72
Lagum Pt. ...................................7-133
Lagunde Bay ................................7-98
Lagundi .........................................7-65
Lahad Datu .....................................9-1
Lahangan I. ...................................8-25
Lahatlahat, Basilan Ch. ..................8-6
Lahatlahat, N Bambannan I. .........8-27
Lahatlahat, Pangutaran .................8-21
Lahi Bay .....................................7-100
Lahing-Lahing (Liangliang) .........8-12
Lajala ..............................................4-7
Lajan Pt. .......................................7-70
Lajanosa I. ..................................7-108
Lajo I. ...........................................4-13
Lakandola ...................................7-112
Lakandula Rf. ...............................5-75
Lakga Pt.........................................7-90
Lakit ................................................8-6
Lakit Is. ...........................................8-8
Lakit I., Basilan. .............................8-6
Lakit I., Culion ............................4-13
Lakud Pt. ....................................7-129
Lala ...............................................7-16
Lalabuan R. ..................................7-57
Lalabugan Bay ............................. 7-58
Lalayanga Pt. ................................7-59
Lalim Pt. .......................................7-40
Lalutaya (Agutayan) I., Lt. ...........5-68
Lamagon I. ..................................7-111
Lambajon, Pt. .............................7-129
Lambang I. ...................................7-38
Lambang Lambang I. ...................7-48
Lambillon Pt. ..............................7-120
Lamigan Pt., Lt. ..........................7-131
Laminusa Anch., I. .......................8-19
Lamion Cove, Pt. ..........................8-38
Lamitan ...........................................8-7
Lamon Anch., Pt. ........................7-124
Lampaqui Is. .................................7-54
Lampassan I. .................................9-15
Lampinigan I., NNE Bangaan I. ...7-39
Lampinigan, Basilan .......................8-2
Lampinigan, NW Palawan ...........5-55
Lamud I. .......................................4-13
Lamuyong I. .................................7-48
Lanboyan Pt. .................................7-25
Landargun, Mt. .............................5-38
Lang Is. .......................................7-115
Langaan I. .......................................6-7
Langaran Shoal .............................7-21
Langas I. ........................................8-5
Langcan Bay, Pt. ...........................5-10
Langdel I. .....................................5-67
Langeblangeban(Camago) B., R...5-66
Langisan I. ..................................... 6-3
Langon Shoal ................................8-19
Langoy I., Lt. ................................5-10
Languages .......................................1-3
Languyan, Port .............................8-34
Languyon R. ...............................7-129
Lanhil I. ........................................7-36
Lankayan I. .....................................9-6
Lankiam Cay ................................5-75
Lankiam Rf. ..................................9-11
Lanog I. ..........................................6-2
Lansdowne Rf. .............................5-74
Lanuza, Bay, R. ..........................7-118
Laonan I. .....................................7-102
Lapac I., Rf. ..................................8-20
Lapacan R. ....................................7-62
Lapak Pt. .......................................8-18
Laparan I. .....................................8-24
Lapat Pt. .......................................7-48
Lapinig I. ....................................7-111
Lapinig R. .....................................7-16
Lapinigan Is., Candos Bay .........7-114
Lapinigan Is., W Sibugay Bay ......7-49
Lapinigan I., Tigbauan Is. .............7-38
Lapinigan Is., Tumalung Bay .......7-46
Lapinigan Lt. ..............................7-115
Lapitan Pt. ....................................7-56
Lapulapu Rf. .................................4-17
Lapunlapun I. .................................6-6
Lapuslapus Pt. ..............................5-67
Laput I. .........................................4-13
Lapuyan, R. ..................................7-50
Largon I., Rk. ...............................5-58
Lasang R. ......................................7-83
Lassak R. ......................................7-62
Latas I. ..........................................7-50
Latoan I., Patch .............................9-14
Latuan I. .......................................8-42
Latud Pt. .......................................5-37
Latungon Pt. .................................7-22
Lauauan Pt. ...................................4-19
Lauit I. ............................................4-4
Laurel Rk. .......................................6-8
Lavigan, Anch. .............................7-90
Lawa .............................................7-71
Lawak I. ........................................5-70
Lawayan I. ....................................8-25
Lawayon Pt. ..................................7-71
Lawigan, Bislig ..........................7-127
Lawigan, Catarman ........................7-8
Lawigan Pt. ...................................7-38
Lawila .............................................8-4
Layaban Pt. ...................................7-20
Layauan Bay, Little ......................7-93
Lean Islet ......................................4-22
Lebak, I., Pt., Port, R. ...................7-62
Ledan, Mt. ......................................6-5
Lefa Pt. .........................................7-69
Legal Holidays ...............................1-3
Lemondo I. .....................................8-9
Lenungan I...................................7-120
Leonan Cay ....................................9-8
Leslie Bank ...................................5-69
Letayen I. ......................................7-47
Lianga, Bay Lt., R. .....................7-124
Lianga Bay .................................7-123
Liangliang (Lahing-lahing) ..........8-12
Liatui I ............................................4-4
Libarran I. .......................................9-6
Libas Ch. ....................................7-103
Libay .............................................7-22
Index-11
Liberty (Hibuson) .........................7-92
Liberty Cap ...................................5-14
Libjo, Bay .....................................7-93
Libro Pt. ..........................................5-1
Libuganon R. ................................7-83
Licoc Pt. .....................................7-132
Liess Pt. ........................................7-62
Ligas Pt. ........................................5-30
Ligaw I. ........................................5-74
Liguasan Marsh ............................7-60
Liguid (Cruz) I. ............................7-82
Lihiman I. .......................................6-8
Lijatlijat Rks. ................................8-30
Likas I., Lt. ...................................5-75
Likoko Islet ..................................7-97
Likud Bakkao .................................6-8
Lilisan Pt. .....................................7-89
Liloy .............................................7-26
Lima Pt. ........................................7-90
Limaa Pt. ........................................4-6
Limbangan Pt. ................................5-7
Limbayan I....................................7-58
Limbug Cove ................................7-52
Liminangcong ...............................5-60
Linackauan Pt. ..............................5-62
Linao Bay, Pt., Moro Gulf ............7-62
Linao Pt, W Samal I. ....................7-81
Linapacan, I. .................................4-17
Linapacan, Strait ...........................4-18
Linawan I. .....................................8-10
Linek .............................................7-61
Lingig, R. ....................................7-127
Lingisan Is. ...................................9-10
Linguisan I. ...................................8-18
Linguisan Pt. .................................7-39
Linongan .......................................7-36
Lintangan ......................................7-29
Lintogup, R. ..................................7-16
Linugos (Magsaysay), R. ...............7-5
Lipadas, Pt. ...................................7-76
Lipari I. .........................................7-44
Lipata (Magsaysay) ......................7-94
Lipata (Rizal) ..............................7-109
Lipod R. ........................................5-10
Liscum Bank ................................7-48
Lisub Cove ...................................7-92
Litalit Bay, Is. .............................7-102
Litayon .........................................7-47
Little Bakkungaan I. .......................9-5
Little Coco I. ................................7-36
Little Cruz (Little Liguid) I. .........7-82
Little Gounan I. ..............................8-5
Little Hagakhak I. .........................7-95
Little Hibuson I. ...........................7-92
Little Liguid (Little Cruz) I. .........7-82
Little Manote I. .............................8-30
Little Maosonon I. ..........................5-3
Little Molleangan I. ......................9-15
Little Patches .................................5-70
Little Santa Cruz I., Lt. .................7-34
Little Sound ..................................5-62
Liuay Rk. ......................................7-23
Loclabuan Bay ..............................7-40
Locsico Bay ..................................7-43
Loculan (Clarin), Pt. .....................7-18
Loculan Shoal ...............................7-17
Loggerheads Peak ........................5-68
Logung Pt. ....................................7-62
Lolo Bay .......................................5-19
London, Pt. ...................................7-66
Long Pt., Apurawan ......................5-45
Long Pt., Jobboom Bay ................5-50
Looc Bay ......................................7-92
Looc Lt. ..........................................7-9
Looc R. .........................................7-40
Look Sambang Bay ........................8-8
Look Tua Cove .............................8-35
Lookan Latuan ..............................8-42
Lookout Pt.....................................5-60
Lopez Jaena ..................................7-20
Loran I. .........................................8-30
Loreto, Lt., Port ............................7-92
Loreto Rf. .....................................4-17
Loudon .........................................5-26
Louisa Shoal .................................9-14
Loveless Reef ...............................5-74
Low Capoas Peak .........................5-56
Low Hock .....................................5-37
Loxdale Shoal ...............................5-33
Loyola .........................................7-126
Luangat Pt. ...................................8-20
Luban, I. .....................................7-133
Luban Rk. .......................................9-9
Lubic I. .........................................4-24
Lubucan I. .....................................8-40
Lubutglubut I. .................................4-2
Lucbuan Hill .................................4-20
Ludguron I. .................................7-116
Lugait ...........................................7-13
Lugus I., Shoal .............................8-16
Lukatan .......................................7-131
Lumaton R. .................................7-103
Lumayag Rk. ................................7-25
Lumbal .........................................7-51
Lumbian I. ....................................8-16
Lumbucan Dangers, I. ..................5-32
Lump I...........................................5-52
Lunao ..............................................7-6
Lung Bay ......................................9-12
Lungaon ..........................................4-5
Lunib ............................................7-51
Lunqui Islet ..................................7-51
Lupa I. ..........................................8-42
Lupa Pula, Hill ...............................6-6
Lupon, R. ......................................7-87
Lusong I. .........................................4-9
Lutangan I. ...................................7-44
Lutangan Pt. .................................7-45
Luuk Bay ......................................8-40
Luuk Puas (Panglima Alari) .........8-45
Luuk Saul .....................................8-36
Luuk Sula Bay ..............................8-39
Luyong Bonbon Lt. ......................7-12
Luyucan, Port .................................4-8
Luzon Bank ..................................4-22
Luzon Reef ...................................7-34
M Magsaysay, Calusa I. ......................6-3
Maalequequen I. .............................5-4
Maangit Pt.....................................8-38
Maanoc I. ......................................7-91
Maapdit I. .....................................4-18
Maasim .........................................7-65
Maasin Pt. .....................................5-19
Maasin R. .....................................5-20
Mabahok I. .....................................9-8
Mabajoc Pt. ...................................8-17
Mabini (Oton), El Nido ..................5-3
Mabini, Kopia I. ...........................7-85
Mabini Rf. ....................................5-73
Maboa Lt. ...................................7-120
Mabua R. ......................................7-88
Mabuhay .......................................7-46
Macabalan Lt., Pt. .........................7-11
Macachin Pt. ...................................4-2
Macajalar Bay ................................7-9
Macambol (Makumbol) ..............7-132
Macangani I. ...............................7-120
Macaonan Pt. ..............................7-133
Macarascas ...................................5-47
Maco (Macu) ................................7-84
Macuao I. ........................................5-4
Maculay I. .....................................7-51
Maculi Pt. .....................................7-64
Madalag Pt. ...................................7-24
Madaum R. ...................................7-83
Madiaop Pt. ..................................7-41
Madilao Pt. .....................................7-2
Madre ...........................................7-19
Maducang I. ..................................4-25
Madtuka Pt. ..................................7-89
Maeandar (Basterra) Rf. .................6-4
Mafsie, Cape .................................9-18
Magabao Cove ............................7-121
Magados I. ....................................8-25
Magallanes .....................................7-3
Magallanes Bank ..........................4-17
Index-12
Magallanes R. .............................7-114
Magapu Pt. ...................................7-56
Magat Salamat Rf. ........................5-70
Magbiga Pt..................................7-131
Magdug, R. ...................................7-89
Maggie Rf. ....................................9-14
Maglalambay ................................4-12
Maglasgao R. ................................5-20
Maglumba Is. ................................8-20
Maglumba Is. ................................8-29
Magnaga, Bay ...............................7-85
Magpa I. .......................................4-13
Magpeos I. ....................................8-29
Magpie Bank ................................8-25
Magranting I. ................................4-17
Magsaysay (Linugos), Lt. ...............7-5
Magsaysay (Lipata) ......................7-94
Magsaysay Rf. ..............................5-72
Magsaysay I. ...................................7-7
Magsiapo Rf. ................................5-48
Maguling Pt. .................................7-64
Magum .......................................7-132
Mahaba I., S Bagasinan I. ............7-92
Mahaba I., E. Masapelid I. .........7-112
Mahangin Pt. ................................7-96
Mahinog .........................................7-7
Maimbung Bay, R. .......................8-16
Main Ch. .......................................5-34
Majangit I. ..................................7-128
Makar Cove, Lt., Wharf ...............7-67
Makesi I. .......................................5-15
Makumbol (Macambol) ..............7-132
Malabang, R. ................................7-57
Malabrigo Pt. ..................................6-1
Malajon I. .....................................4-10
Malaka Pt. .....................................8-39
Malakibay Bay .............................5-40
Malalag, Bay, Lt. ..........................7-73
Malamaui I., Lt., Road ...................8-2
Malampaya Sound ........................5-57
Malanao Anch., I. .........................5-19
Malangas, Lt. ................................7-49
Malanipa I., Little Is. ...................7-36
Malanut Bay, Range, R. ...............5-43
Malanut Peak ................................5-21
Malaoton I. ...................................5-61
Malapackun I. ...............................5-42
Malapajo R. ..................................5-62
Malapari I. ......................................5-3
Malapina I. ...................................5-60
Malaposo I. ...................................4-15
Malaroroy I. ..................................4-14
Malasa Pt. .....................................8-38
Malasugat Bay, Pt. ........................7-37
Malatpuso Rk. ................................5-7
Malatuna Pt. .................................7-63
Malavinuan Cove .........................7-69
Malayo Rf. ..................................7-101
Malbatan I. ...................................4-19
Malbato Bay ...................................4-8
Malbinchilao I. .............................4-12
Malcampo .....................................5-12
Malcapuya I...................................4-14
Malcatop I., W Busuanga .............4-12
Malcatop I., S Cuyo ......................4-24
Malcorot I. .....................................5-4
Malapatan, R. ...............................7-68
Malasa Pt. .....................................8-38
Malawig ..........................................4-4
Male Is. .......................................7-115
Malicut I. ......................................8-22
Maligay Bay .................................7-51
Maligay Pt. ...................................8-20
Maligun I. .....................................4-21
Malimonok I. ..............................7-124
Malinao .........................................7-46
Malinao Inlet ..............................7-101
Malinao R. ....................................5-21
Malinsono I. .................................5-26
Malipano Anch., Is. ......................7-82
Malipu Bay ...................................5-62
Malita ...........................................7-72
Mallarois I. ...................................5-61
Mallawalle Ch. .............................9-10
Mallawalle E Dangers, I. ................9-9
Malonao Rk. ...................................5-2
Malotamban I. ................................5-4
Malpacao I. ...................................5-66
Malpagalen I. ..................................4-2
Malpandon I. ..................................4-8
Maltatayoc I. .................................4-12
Malubug Bay, Pt. ..........................7-53
Malubutglubut I. ...........................4-19
Malum R. ......................................8-39
Malusi Pt.......................................7-75
Maluso, Bay, R. ..............................8-4
Malutone I. ...................................5-62
Malvar Rf. ....................................5-74
Mamad I. ......................................8-11
Mamaluy Creek ............................7-61
Mamannak Is. .................................8-9
Mamanoc I. ...................................8-12
Mamanuc I. ...................................8-26
Mambahenauhan (Baihinauan ) Is...6-7
Mambajao, Lt., Mt. .........................7-7
Mamon I. ....................................7-108
Mampising ....................................7-85
Manalik Ch. ..................................8-36
Manamil I. ....................................7-70
Manamoc I., Lt. ............................4-21
Manangal I. .....................................8-9
Manangula Pt. ...............................7-61
Manaol Pt., Bucas Grande I. ......7-106
Manaol Pt., Manay Bay ..............7-130
Manay, Bay, R. ...........................7-130
Mancahorom I. ...........................7-125
Mandadala Pt. ...............................4-14
Mandah I. .......................................6-6
Mandi Rks. ...................................8-10
Mandiralla (Mandidarah) I. ..........9-10
Mandit I. .......................................4-21
Mandolan I. ..................................8-36
Manduao Pt. ...............................7-131
Mandulog R. .................................7-13
Mangagoy ...................................7-126
Mangal Pt., R. .................................8-6
Mangenguey I. ..............................4-12
Mangingisda .................................5-18
Mangla I., Pt. ................................7-22
Mangle Butuan I. ..........................5-43
Manglet I. .....................................4-13
Mangli Cove ...............................7-100
Mangrove Inlet .............................5-15
Mangrove Point, Palawan ............5-13
Mangrove Point, Sabah ..................9-2
Mangsee Ch. .................................5-34
Mangsee Danger, Great Rf., Lt. ...5-33
Maniacolat, I. ................................8-29
Manicahan ....................................7-35
Manican R. .....................................8-6
Manlegad I. ...................................4-19
Manlin (Gusem) ..........................7- 49
Manmegmeg Bay .........................5-67
Manogan .......................................5-14
Manolaba I. ...................................4-10
Manolebeng I. ...............................4-10
Manomawan Is. ..........................7-125
Manote I. ......................................8-30
Mansaca Pt. ..................................7-83
Mantabuan I...................................8-42
Mantalingajan, Mt. .......................5-38
Mantangie R. ..................................7-3
Mantangule I. ...............................5-26
Mantaquin Bay .............................5-20
Mantaya Bay, Pt. ..........................5-41
Mantibug Pt. .................................7-29
Manticao Pt. .................................7-13
Mantulali I. .....................................5-9
Manubul I. ....................................8-20
Manuc Manucan Is. ........................6-5
Manucan I., Lt. ...............................6-3
Manuk Mangkaw ..........................8-40
Manuk Manka I. ...........................8-40
Manukan .......................................7-24
Manungut I. ..................................8-12
Manurigao ..................................7-129
Manyangit Pt. ...............................9-14
Index-13
Maobanen I. ....................................5-4
Maopia I. ....................................7-127
Maosonon I. ....................................5-2
Maowa I. .....................................7-126
Mapaan Pt. ....................................7-19
Mapanga Bay, Lt., Rf., R. .............7-86
Mapankal Pt. .................................5-39
Mapantao ......................................7-56
Mapun (Cagayan de Tawitawi) ......6-5
Maputi Creek ................................7-86
Maputi Pt. .....................................7-13
Maputian (Kaputian) Pt. ...............7-82
Maqueriben I. .................................5-4
Maquinit I. ......................................4-6
Marabay Pt. ..................................5-48
Marabout Shoal ............................5-22
Maracanao I. .................................4-22
Maranas Is. ...................................8-46
Marangas R. .................................5-23
Maraning Bay ...............................8-35
Maranog Pt. ..................................5-11
Marantao I. ...................................5-42
Marantow Pt. ................................5-24
Marapinas .....................................5-50
Maraquit I. ......................................5-9
Marban Banks ..............................8-16
Marchesa Bay .................................9-7
Marek Pt. ......................................7-46
Margosatubig, Lt. .........................7-50
Mari Sim Sim R. ...........................9-18
Maria Cristina Falls ......................7-15
Mariano Cay .................................5-73
Maricaban I. .................................5-43
Marie Louise Bank .......................5-70
Marigabato (Red Rock) Pt. ...........7-59
Marihatag, R. ..............................7-122
Marily I. ........................................4-13
Marinon I. .......................................4-7
Mariqui Pt. ....................................7-34
Mariquit I. .....................................5-43
Mariveles Rf. ................................5-72
Marongas I. ...................................8-21
Marowop R. ....................................9-3
Maroyogroyog ..............................4-17
Martin Bluff ..................................8-13
Martin Hill ....................................5-27
Martinez Pt. ..................................5-31
Marudu Bay, R. ............................9-17
Marukal Pt. ...................................8-39
Maruyogruyog I. ............................5-8
Masao, Lt., Port ..............................7-3
Masapelid I. ................................7-112
Masapelid Pass. ..........................7-113
Mascardo Rf. ................................5-72
Masdang Cove ............................7-101
Masinloc, R. .................................7-34
Masinloc Anch. .............................7-35
Masiub Cove, Pt. ..........................7-97
Matabal R. ....................................7-61
Mataja I, Lt. ....................................8-9
Mataking Is. ..................................8-47
Mataling R. ...................................7-57
Matampay R. ................................7-60
Matanal, Mt, Pt., Basilan I. ............8-7
Matanog Peak ...............................7-37
Matarabis Is. .................................4-22
Matarawis .....................................4-22
Matatal, Mt....................................8-16
Mataya I., Rf. ..................................4-5
Mati, Linao Bay ............................7-62
Mati, Lt., Pujada Bay .................7-132
Matiao, R. .....................................7-86
Matil Pt. ........................................7-65
Matimus (Matimos), Pt., R. ..........7-58
Matina R. ......................................7-77
Matingbi Cove ..............................7-97
Matingub Cove ...........................7-106
Matinloc I. ....................................5-64
Matos Pt. .......................................8-38
Matos Shoal ..................................8-15
Matungun, Mt. ..............................9-17
Matungun, R. ................................9-19
Matutum Mt. .................................7-66
Maus (Tetas de Calamianes), Mt...4-11
Mauswagon ..................................7-13
Mawes I. .....................................7-126
May Williams Shoal .....................9-14
Mayabacan I. ..................................5-8
Mayanpayan I. ................................4-8
Mayday Bay .................................5-51
Mayo, Bay ..................................7-131
Mayokok Is. ..................................4-19
Mayon Volcano ...............................1-4
Maytiguid .......................................5-6
Maytiguid I. ....................................5-5
Meander Shoal ..............................9-10
Meara I. ........................................5-15
Medano Is. ......................................7-7
Medina, Lt. .....................................7-6
Melau Besar, Mt. ..........................9-17
Melau Is. .......................................9-19
Melgar, Bay ..................................7-95
Melobong R. .................................9-17
Melville, Cape, Lt. ........................5-30
Memnon Shoal ...............................6-5
Mempakit .....................................9-18
Meridian Ch., Rf. ..........................8-46
Merlin Rk. ......................................9-9
Merlin Shoal Patches ....................5-38
Mesecoy, Bay .................................5-6
Micota I. .......................................5-62
Midchannel Bank..........................8-29
Middle Bucas I. ..........................7-107
Middle Ch. ....................................5-33
Middle Pt. .....................................5-53
Middle Rf., Port Sibulan ..............7-45
Middle Rf., N Endeavor I. ............5-53
Middle Rf., S Meridian Rf. ..........8-47
Middle Shoal, Danger Bank .........5-33
Middle Shoal, Palawan I. .............5-46
Migalog Rks. ................................7-29
Migcaniguing Pt. ..........................7-16
Migpangui R. ................................7-16
Milbuk, Harbor .............................7-64
Millman Is. ...................................5-62
Minagas Pt. ...................................5-29
Minangas Bay, Mt. .........................4-4
Mindanao I......................................7-1
Mindanao R. .................................7-60
Mindoro I. .......................................1-1
Mindoro Shoal ................................8-9
Miniloc I. ......................................5-64
Mininlay I. ....................................4-14
Minis I, Bantolinos ........................ 8-9
Minis I, Pangutaran ......................8-21
Minna Rf. .....................................9-10
Minuit, Anch. ..................................4-3
Miray Pt. .......................................7-21
Miraya I. .........................................5-4
Mitford Harbor .............................9-15
Mitre I. ..........................................5-68
Moco Cove ...................................8-35
Modum I. ......................................9-15
Molegon R. ...................................7-65
Molleangan I. ...............................9-15
Molugan Pt. ..................................7-12
Mona I. .........................................4-13
Monetary System ............................1-3
Monkiaua Bay ..............................7-73
Monmouth Shoals ..........................6-7
Monserrat, E Bucas I. .................7-107
Monserrat, Sigaboy I. ...................7-89
Montalay Hill ...............................5-39
Moog ............................................7-12
Moorsom Pt. .................................5-45
Morison Is. ...................................5-53
Moro Gulf .....................................7-36
Moro I. ............................................8-3
Mosquito Rk. ..................................9-9
Moyune Shoal..................................6-4
Mucas (Mukas) .............................7-16
Mudug, R. .....................................7-46
Mukas (Mucas) .............................7-16
Muligi I., Patches ...........................6-7
Mundi Rks. ...................................8-42
Muñoz Bay .....................................5-2
Murcielagos Bay ..........................7-21
Murcielagos I., Lt. ........................7-27
Index-14
Murex Shoal .................................5-36
N
Naauan (Naawan), Head ..............7-13
Nabat I. ...........................................5-6
Naburos I. .....................................7-22
Naga, Lt. .......................................7-41
Naga-naga (Alicia) .......................7-47
Nagas Pt. .....................................7-133
Naglayan I. ...................................4-13
Nagpoyopoyo I., Pt. ......................5-49
Nagubat I. ...................................7-112
Nakiauit Pt. .................................7-106
Naked (Pansukian) I. ..................7-105
Nakoda Bay ..................................5-41
Nakoda I. ......................................5-42
Nalinbungan Pt..............................5-59
Nalupucan Bay .............................5-66
Namaroc Is. ..................................4-21
Namu Pt. .........................................4-8
Nanca Mt. .....................................7-21
Nancaan I. .....................................8-33
Nanga I., Cabulauan I. ..................4-17
Nanga I., Linapacan I. ..................4-19
Nanga I., N Busuanga ....................4-2
Nangalao, I. ..................................4-17
Nangan, Bay .................................7-89
Napula I. .......................................4-11
Napuscud I. ....................................4-4
Naputhao I. ...................................7-22
Nares Bank ...................................5-70
Nariz Pt. ........................................5-22
Narra .............................................5-20
Narra Pt. .......................................7-63
Narvaez Rf. ...................................4-17
Narvaez Shoal ..............................7-17
Nasarok Cove ...............................7-95
Nasipit, Harbor., Lt. ........................7-4
Nasog Pt. ........................................6-1
Nasolot I. ......................................4-25
Nasubata Ch. ................................5-32
Nasubata I., Rf. .............................5-31
Native Pt., Maglasgao R. ..............5-20
Native Pt., Mayday Bay ...............5-51
Naungan Dakula I. ........................8-32
Naungan Diki I. ...........................8-32
Navigational Warnings ...................2-1
Nazaret .........................................7-89
Needle Rks. ..................................5-63
Negra Pt. .........................................5-5
New Panggangan ..........................5-50
Niaporay I., Rk. ............................5-55
Nici I. ............................................4-13
Nilusingan Pt. .............................7-106
Ninepin I. ......................................5-66
Ninepin Rk. ..................................5-51
Nipa Nipa I. ..................................7-49
Nonoc, I. .......................................7-99
Normanby Bank............................8-25
North Balabac Strait .....................5-31
North Bay, Linapacan I. ...............4-17
North Bay, Tuluran I. ....................5-59
North Borneo Dangers .................9-16
North Cay Is. ................................4-12
North Channel ..............................5-32
North Channel I. .............................5-8
North Danger Rf. ..........................5-76
North Guhuan Is. ..........................9-14
North Guntao I. ............................5-64
North Gusun Rf. ...........................8-19
North Harbor ................................9-12
North Hill, Banguey ....................9-13
North Hill, Palawan ........................5-1
North Inlet ....................................5-47
North Is., Mallawalle I. ..................9-9
North Is., Tubbataha Rf. .................6-4
North Lagoon ...............................8-46
North Malbinchilao I. ...................4-12
North Mangsee I. ..........................5-33
North Patches ...............................5-33
North Point .....................................5-9
North Rf. .......................................5-76
North Regent Shoal ......................5-37
North Rk. ......................................5-44
North Tuluran Peak ......................5-59
North Ubian I. ..............................8-22
North Ubian I. Lt. .........................8-15
North Verde I. ...............................5-13
Northeast Antelope Shoal .............5-37
Northeast Bank ...............................6-6
Northeast Bay ...............................5-60
Northeast Bluff ...............................9-8
Northeast Monsoon ........................1-6
Northeast Shoal ............................5-32
Northeast Tubbataha Reef ..............6-4
Northwest Bank .............................6-6
Northwest Bay ..............................4-17
Northwest Borneo Dangers ..........9-16
Northwest Head ............................5-46
Northwest Is. ..................................9-9
Northwest Palawan Basin .............5-57
Northwest Rk., Dimipac I. .............4-1
Northwest Rk., Pandalusan I. .......7-43
Northwest Shoals, Great Danger ..5-33
Northwest Shoals, Ramos I. .........5-28
Notch Hill .......................................9-3
Notch I. .........................................5-59
Notice to Mariners ..........................2-1
Nucia ..........................................7-118
Numancia (Del Carmen) ............7-103
Nunuyan Bay, Pt. ..........................7-27
Nunuyon Derat ...............................9-5
Nunuyon Laut..................................9-5
Nusa ................................................6-3
Nusa Buani I. ................................8-45
Nusa Tacbu Ch. ............................8-36
Nusamusa Is. ..................................6-6
Nymphe Rf. ....................................9-4
O Pagauanen Pt. ...............................5-63
Observatory Pt. .............................9-13
Observatory Rk. ...........................5-47
Oco I. ............................................7-36
Oco Is. ..........................................4-22
Odiongan, R. ..................................7-5
Okayan Pt......................................5-24
Olaniban Lt. ..................................7-70
Olanivan I. ....................................7-70
Old Busuanga ...............................4-10
Oltaloro, Mt. .................................4-11
Olutanga (Subanipa), Lt. ..............7-44
Olutanga I. ....................................7-43
Omapoy I., Rf. ..............................8-45
Oñate Rk. ......................................7-99
Opol, Wharf .................................7-12
Opol, Pt. ........................................7-17
Opong I. ......................................7-113
Orell I. ............................................8-9
Orleana Shoal ...............................5-72
Oroquieta, Lt., R. ..........................7-20
Osmeña .........................................7-94
Osmeña Rf. ...................................5-73
Oteiza Bay, R. .............................7-123
Outer Shoal ...................................9-16
Owen Shoal ..................................5-72
Oyster Inlet, Pt. .............................5-47
Oyster Pt. ......................................5-53
Ozamis (Ozamiz), Port, Lt. ..........7-17
P Pamacalan I. .................................8-34
Pababat Shoal ...............................8-10
Pabellon I. .......................................5-7
Pabunuan Shoal ..............................8-9
Pacheco Shoal ..............................4-24
Pachiri I. .......................................4-13
Padada ..........................................7-73
Padada R. ......................................7-74
Padada Pt. .....................................7-89
Padanan I. .....................................8-27
Padugan Is. ...................................7-40
Paet Pt. ..........................................7-81
Pagadian, Bay, Lt. ........................7-54
Pagang Pt. .....................................7-64
PAGASA ........................................2-4
Pag-asa I., Lt.. ...............5-75
Index-15
Pag-asa Cay 1 ................................5-75
Pag-asa Cay 2 ................................5-75
Pag-asa Cay 3 ................................5-75
Pag-asa Cay 4 ................................5-76
Pag-asa Rf. ...................................5-76
Pagasinan, Pt. ...............................8-37
Pagasinan I. ..................................5-21
Pagassan I. ....................................9-15
Pagbabangnan Cove .....................7-93
Pagbasayan Is. ............................7-102
Pagbuy Rks. ................................7-114
Pagdanan Bay ...............................5-53
Pagdanan Pt., Range, Rk. .............5-54
Pagkakaisa Banks .........................5-73
Paglugaban I. ................................5-64
Pagoda Cliff ..................................5-38
Pagtigian Pt. ................................7-116
Pahahpatan Bay ............................8-43
Pahumaan I. ..................................8-34
Paitan Bay ......................................9-7
Pakiputan Strait ............................7-77
Paknam Shoal .................................9-7
Palajangan I. ...................................8-9
Palalagoya Pt. ...............................7-16
Palandok Pt., R. ............................7-26
Palawan I. .......................................5-1
Palawan Pass. ...............................5-34
Palcocotan I. .................................5-61
Pali (Buenavista) ............................4-4
Palid Pt. ........................................7-25
Palilan R........................................7-19
Palilo I...........................................5-64
Palimban Pt. .................................7-64
Palimbang .....................................7-64
Palliagan I. ....................................8-21
Palm I. ..........................................5-44
Palmas (Miangas) I. ....................7-133
Paly I. .............................................5-8
Pamadbaran I. ...............................8-34
Pamalican I., Agutaya I. ...............4-22
Pamalican I., Busuanga I. .............4-12
Pamandian R. ...............................7-42
Pamang Creek ..............................7-61
Pamay Bay ..................................7-103
Pamelikan Is., Summit ...................6-6
Pamelukan Bank .............................8-2
Pamintayan Pt. ..............................7-49
Pamisaan I. ...................................8-32
Pamitinan I. ..................................4-24
Pamosaingan ...............................7-106
Pampanga R. ...................................1-1
Panabulan Is. ................................7-40
Panabutan Bay, Pt., R. ..................7-28
Panacan (Tando), Anch., Pt. .........5-20
Panacan Lt. ...................................7-78
Panacan R. ....................................7-80
Panagan R. ....................................7-47
Panagtaran Pt. ...............................5-16
Panaldan R. ...................................7-53
Panalisan Pt. .................................7-59
Panamauan Bay ............................7-92
Panamauan Pt. ..............................7-91
Panampanang I. ............................8-41
Panata I., Lt. .................................5-75
Panay Bank ...................................4-17
Pancol ...........................................5-62
Pandacopan Pt. .............................5-10
Pandak I. .........................................8-5
Pandalusan I. ................................7-43
Pandami I. .....................................8-20
Pandan Bay ...................................8-38
Pandan I. .......................................4-23
Pandan Niog .................................8-22
Pandan Rf. ....................................7-47
Pandanan, I., Balabac ...................5-25
Pandanan I., Tawi-Tawi ................8-29
Pandanpandan ...............................8-17
Pandasan I. ...................................7-84
Panducan I. ...................................8-22
Panducan Pt. ...................................8-9
Pandugas I. ...................................8-18
Pangaldauan I. ..............................4-19
Pangana I. .....................................8-18
Panganaa I. ...................................8-13
Panganakan Pt. .............................5-50
Panganiban Rf. .............................5-71
Panganuran ...................................7-22
Pangapuyan I. ...............................7-35
Pangasahan Ch., Hill, I., R. ............8-4
Pangasinan I. ................................8-21
Pangasinan Pt. ..............................7-85
Pangatatan I. .................................4-24
Pangauanen ...................................5-65
Pangauaran R. .................................4-3
Pangian Pt. ....................................7-29
Pangisian I. .....................................5-4
Pangkang Pt. ...................................5-7
Panglima Rf. .................................5-13
Panglima Alari ..............................8-45
Panglima Sugala ...........................8-39
Panglimasan R. ...........................7-129
Pangpang Pt. .................................7-53
Panguan Is. ...................................8-47
Panguil Bay ..................................7-16
Panguilinan Shoals .......................7-17
Pangulasian I. ...............................5-65
Pangutaran, I., Pass. .....................8-22
Pangutaran Is., Rf. ........................8-21
Pangutaran Rf. ................................8-8
Panigayan .......................................8-2
Panijugan Pt...................................8-38
Panikian Cove...............................7-95
Paninilan R. ................................7-119
Paniquian I. ...................................7-52
Panirongan I. ..............................7-124
Panisaan Pt., R. ...........................7-119
Panlaitan .......................................4-10
Pansukian Is. ...............................7-105
Pantad ...........................................7-54
Pantocunan I. ................................8-21
Pantukan .......................................7-85
Panubigan .....................................7-52
Panubigan I. ..................................7-37
Panwas I. ....................................7-116
Paodat I., Pt. .................................5-50
Papahag I. .....................................8-38
Paquia I. ........................................8-18
Paragua Ridge ..............................5-38
Parang, Maguindanao, Anch. ...... 7-59
Parang, Jolo, I. ..............................8-15
Parangan, Bay ...............................8-40
Parangan I., Jolo ...........................8-28
Parangan I., Siasi ..........................8-20
Parangan I., Tawi-Tawi ................8-40
Paredes Rf. ...................................5-74
Parian Dacula ...............................8-20
Parmidiaran Pt. .............................5-58
Parol I. ..........................................8-11
Parola I., Lt. ..................................5-76
Parunponon I. ...............................5-14
Pasco Pt. .......................................5-13
Pascoe Ch. ....................................5-13
Pasegan Guimba I. ........................8-30
Pasegan Samal I. ..........................8-30
Pasig Bay ......................................5-30
Pasig Shoal ...................................5-13
Pasig Pt., Lt. .................................7-75
Pasigpasilan I...................................8-9
Pasil Shoal ....................................7-17
Pasincuan I. ..................................8-32
Pass I. ...........................................4-13
Passage I., Bay .............................5-61
Passage Rf., Borneo .....................9-10
Passage Rf., Cacnipa I. .................5-52
Pata I. ............................................8-17
Patag I., Lt. ...................................5-70
Patan Pt. ........................................7-42
Patanunam I. .................................9-15
Patauag R. .....................................7-26
Patawan I. .....................................5-26
Patelan I. .......................................5-44
Patian I. .........................................8-16
Patong Pt. .....................................8-39
Patongong I. .................................5-25
Patotol Bay ...................................8-12
Patoyo I. .......................................4-18
Index-16
Patterson Rf. .................................4-17
Patuco, Port ..................................7-70
Patunga I. ......................................4-23
Paturuan I. ....................................8-18
Patuyo Pt. .....................................5-69
Pavitt Pt. .........................................9-4
Pawikan Shoal ..............................5-71
Paya I. ...........................................4-23
Payao ............................................7-43
Payne Rk. .....................................8-47
Paypay Pt. ...................................7-129
Paypayan Bay ...............................7-20
Paytoytoyan Pt. .............................5-66
Paz I. .............................................5-28
Peaked I., Aborlan ........................5-45
Peaked I., Damao I. ......................5-62
Peaked I., Tuluran I. .....................5-59
Peaked Pt. .....................................5-51
Peaked Rk. ....................................5-52
Pearl Bank ....................................8-24
Pearson Rk. ...................................9-17
Pedrasa I. ........................................4-7
Peel, Mt. .......................................5-46
Pegasus Rf. .....................................9-3
Peidu Pulangui ..............................7-60
Pelotes Pt., Rk. .............................7-93
Peninsula Pt. ...............................7-100
Peñascales Pt. .............................7-100
Perak I...........................................9-17
Perawan Pt. ...................................9-18
Perforated Pt. ................................5-51
Perigee Shoal ................................5-37
Petley Pt. .......................................8-13
Petrel Rk. ......................................9-16
Petulant Pt. ...................................5-52
Philippines, The ..............................1-1
Philippine Coast Guard....................2-5
Philippine Deep ..........................7-109
Philippine Navy ..............................2-6
Philippine Ports Authority ..............2-1
Piacan Bay ....................................7-28
Piapi Mt., Rf. ................................7-73
Picanayas I. ...................................5-64
Piedra Blanca, Culion ...................4-25
Piedra Blanca(White Rk.), Cuyo...4-13
Piedras Pt. .....................................5-48
Pig Pt. ...........................................5-63
Pigeon Rf. .....................................5-73
Pikit, Fort ......................................7-60
Pilar, Pt, Port, R. .........................7-105
Pilas Ch., Group, I. .........................8-8
Pillar Pt., R. ..................................5-58
Pin Pt. ...........................................5-63
Pina I. ...........................................7-28
Pinahon I. .....................................7-22
Pinas I. ............................................4-8
Pinatayan Shoal ............................7-57
Pinatubo, Mt. ..................................1-4
Pinnacle Rk. ..................................4-11
Pinol Pt. ........................................7-64
Pinsail I. ........................................5-66
Pintada I. .......................................8-32
Pintatagan .....................................7-86
Pirata Head .....................................5-9
Pirate Bay .....................................5-60
Pirate I. .........................................5-24
Pirate Pt. .......................................9-19
Pirates Hold ..................................5-60
Pisan I, Pt. .....................................7-53
Piso, Pt., Rf, R. .............................7-86
Pitas ..............................................9-18
Pitas I. ...........................................7-38
Pitas Pt. .........................................7-63
Pitogo ...........................................7-52
Pitogo Bay ....................................8-17
Piyaui Pt........................................5-11
Placer ..........................................7-113
Plaridel, Lt. ...................................7-21
Po Estero .......................................8-11
Pohun Pt. ......................................7-81
Point Difficult ...............................5-63
Point Hill ......................................5-42
Polarican .........................................5-5
Polloc, Anch., Freeport, I. ............7-59
Polloc Beacon Lt. .........................7-59
Polloc Harbor ...............................7-58
Polo Bay, Pt., Lt. ..........................7-20
Poneas I. .....................................7-102
Pongca Bay ...................................7-45
Ponsayan R. ....................................8-6
Popototan I. ..................................4-12
Popolcan I. ....................................5-65
Poricos Rf. ....................................7-19
Ports of Entry ................................ 2-2
Powell Rk. ....................................9-18
Practical Rules for Typhoons..See App
President Shoal .............................7-34
Price Pt. ........................................5-52
Primo Rf. ........................................5-2
Princesa Pt. ...................................5-16
Protected Areas ...............................2-8
Providencia Pt. .............................5-37
Pudsey Dawson Dangers ..............9-10
Puerco I. .......................................5-12
Puerto ...........................................7-10
Puerto Princesa, Palawan .............5-15
Puerto Princesa, Dinagat Is. .........7-94
Puerto Princesa Underground R. ..5-49
Pugad I. .........................................5-76
Pugguiauan Pt. ..............................5-60
Pujada Bay, I., Lt. .......................7-131
Puju Rf. ...........................................8-9
Pula Bay .......................................4-18
Pulag Mt. ........................................1-1
Pulaluaac Pt. .................................8-15
Pulauan , Port, Lt. .........................7-23
Pulau Banggi ................................5-31
Pulaw Talam I. ..............................5-21
Pulo Gusong ...................................9-6
Pulo Linkabo ..................................9-6
Pulo Purapura .................................9-6
Pulo Tetabuan .................................9-6
Pulo Tikus .......................................9-6
Pulot .............................................5-22
Pulute Range ................................5-42
Pundaguitan ..................................7-90
Pungtud I. .....................................5-66
Punong ..........................................7-57
Punta Baja, Harbor, Pt. .................5-40
Punta Beach Lt. ..............................7-2
Punta Bilaa Lt. ................................7-1
Punta Diablo (Piedras Pt.) ............5-48
Puntog I. .......................................5-19
Punungan I. ...................................8-19
Purao I. .........................................5-12
Purdie Patches ..............................8-46
Pusan Pt. .....................................7-130
Putainga I. .....................................8-18
Putic I. ..........................................4-20
Putic I. Pt. .....................................8-16
Puting Bato ...................................7-81
Putili Is. ........................................7-50
Puyo I. ..........................................7-92
Puyo Is. .........................................7-97
Puyo Rk. .....................................7-113
Puyu I. ........................................7-116
Pyramid Rks. ................................5-60
Q Regatta I. ......................................5-53
Quarantine, Bureau of ....................2-3
Quarantine Procedures ...................2-3
Queen of the Sea Bank .................4-25
Queens Bay, Peak .........................5-53
Quezon (Alfonso XIII), Lt. ..........5-43
Quezon Rf. ...................................5-72
Quico Rf. ....................................7-103
Quidamak Bay ..............................7-58
Quidapil Pt. ...................................7-62
Quimbaludan I. ...............................5-6
Quimbuluan I. .................................5-7
Quiminatin Chicos ........................4-24
Quiminatin I. ................................4-24
Quinablangan I. ..........................7-129
Quinalang Cove, Pt. .....................7-13
Quiniluban Group, I. ....................4-21
Quinonoan ..................................7-131
Quipit Bay, R. ...............................7-26
Index-17
Quipit Pt. ......................................7-27
Quipit Peak ...................................7-37
Quiramat Pt. .................................7-53
Quirino Atoll ................................5-70
Quoin Hill ......................................9-6
R
Rabo Rk. .......................................7-95
Radio Licensing, Inspection ...........2-4
Radio Maritime Service, Office ......2-4
Ragged Hill ....................................9-3
Ragged I. ......................................5-63
Raha Pt., Rf., Rk. ..........................9-13
Rajah Matanda Rf. ........................5-72
Rajah Soliman Rf. ........................5-71
Ramesamey I. ...............................5-15
Ramillete Rk. ..............................7-117
Ramon Shoal ................................4-24
Ramos Anch. ................................5-28
Ramos I. .......................................5-27
Ransang R. ...................................5-39
Rasa I. ...........................................5-21
Rasa Is., I. Lt. ...............................7-99
Rat I. .............................................4-12
Rawnsley Pt. .................................5-24
Ray Bank ......................................5-33
Recto Bank ...................................5-70
Red Cliff .......................................5-18
Red Hills .....................................7-115
Red Pt. ............................................6-2
Redondo Mt. .................................7-91
Reef Is., Capsalon I. .......................5-9
Reef Is., NW Marabay Pt. ............5-48
Reef Pt., NE Betbet Pt. .................5-54
Reef Pt., N Dent Haven ..................9-2
Reinard I. ......................................5-12
Reliance Pt. ...................................5-52
Relief Pt. .......................................5-21
Relinquish Head ...........................5-58
Rene Shoal ......................................9-3
Reports, Aids to Navigation ...........2-5
Reports, Dangers, Direlicts ............2-5
Reports from Ships .........................2-4
Reposo Pt. .....................................5-36
Resa Bay .......................................7-62
Research Ch. .................................4-16
Rhodes I. .......................................4-16
Ridapon R. ....................................7-15
Riddle Pt. ......................................5-52
Riddells Rf. ...................................8-47
Ridge Pt. .......................................9-18
Riflemen Bank ..............................5-72
Rifleman Rk. .................................9-13
Rio Tuba .......................................5-24
Rios Rk. ........................................7-52
Rita I. ............................................5-47
Rizal, Barbacan Range .................5-12
Rizal, Palawan ..............................5-40
Rizal, Siargao .............................7-101
Rizal, Sibanac I. ...........................7-97
Rizal (Lipata), Surigao ...............7-109
Rizal Rf. .......................................5-71
Roja Pt., Abuyacan Inlet ...............5-18
Roja Pt., Coron Pass. ......................4-6
Roldan Rk. ....................................7-35
Ross, Cape ....................................5-56
Roseller Lim .................................7-40
Roughton I., Rf. ............................5-31
Round Is., W Cuyo I. ....................4-24
Round Is., W Libarran I. .................9-6
Routes and Sailing Direction ..........3-1
Roxas, Palawan ............................5-12
Roxas, Zamboanga .......................7-24
Royal Charlotte Rf. ......................5-72
Royalist Reef ..................................5-7
Royalist Rock .................................9-3
Royalist Shoal ..............................5-52
Rurok I. .........................................5-74
S Sambulauan Hill, Port ..................7-52
Sabang, R. ....................................5-49
Sabina Patches ..............................5-76
Sabina Shoal .................................5-70
Sabino Rf ......................................4-19
Sabud I. .........................................8-32
Sacol Hill, I. .................................7-35
Sadam Bay ....................................7-62
Saddle Hill ....................................5-56
Saddle I., El Nido .........................5-52
Saddle I., SW Buayan I. ...............5-52
Saddle Peak ..................................7-68
Saddle Rock ..................................4-16
Saduc Is. .......................................7-40
Sagasae Is. ..................................7-112
Sagay ..............................................7-8
Sagayaran I. ..................................7-53
Sagby Pt. .......................................7-69
Sagui Pt..........................................8-11
Saguit Inlet ...................................5-18
Sail Rock, N Dimipac I. .................4-1
Sail Rock, NW Datubato I. ...........8-22
Saint Paul Bay, Mt. .......................5-49
Saint Paul Rk. ...............................5-50
Salaman ........................................7-59
Salang Ch. ....................................8-42
Salang Salangan Chan ..................8-31
Salasala Pt. .................................7-133
Salatan Pt. .....................................7-58
Salauang Pt. ..................................7-57
Salay ...............................................7-8
Salimbal Pt., Lt. ............................7-13
Salimbubuc I. ...............................4-17
Salingsingan I. ..............................5-33
Salkulakit Is. ...................................8-8
Saloro I. ..........................................8-9
Saluag I. ........................................8-44
Saluag I. Lt. ..................................8-43
Salog ...........................................7-107
Salug .............................................7-26
Salun Pt. .......................................7-89
Salung I. .........................................4-5
Saluping I. ....................................8-10
Salvacion, Busuanga .....................4-9
Salvacion, San Agustin ...............-123
Salvacion, Tapul I. ........................5-14
Salvacion Island .............................4-9
Salvage Equipment .........................2-2
Samal City ....................................7-81
Samal I., Davao Gulf ....................7-81
Samal I., E of Siasi .......................8-18
Samales Group .............................8-10
Samarang Pt. .................................9-13
Sambilong I. .................................8-36
Samboang Pt. ................................5-40
Sampanmangio Pt. ........................9-20
Sampinitan Creek .........................7-59
Sampoak Pt. ..................................7-27
Samson Patches ............................9-14
San Agustin (Otieza) ..................7-123
San Agustin Cape, Lt., Rf. ............7-90
San Antonio ................................ 7-85
San Antonio Bay ...........................5-23
San Benito ..................................7-102
San Fernando, Palawan ..................5-2
San Fernando, Siargao ................7-103
San Ignacio .................................7-131
San Isidro, Busuanga ....................4-10
San Isidro, Siargao .....................7-105
San Jose, Bayagnan I., Pt. ..........7-112
San Jose, Caraga Bay .................7-130
San Jose, Dinagat I. ......................7-97
San Jose, Gaas Inlet, R. ..............7-101
San Jose, Pangauran R. ..................4-3
San Jose, Tenabian I. ....................5-60
San Juan ......................................7-124
San Luis, Baculin Bay ................7-129
San Luis (Minlagas), Gingoog .......7-6
San Miguel, Pt., E Bucas I. ........7-107
San Miguel, Linapacan .................4-18
San Miguel I. ..................................6-5
San Miguel Pt., Dapa Ch. .......... 7-104
San Nicolas ...................................4-17
San Pablo, Lt. ...............................7-54
San Rafael Bay ...............................8-2
Index-18
San Ramon Penal Colony .............7-29
San Roque ..................................7-106
San Roque (Puerto Princesa) ........7-95
San Roque Ch. ..............................7-94
San Vicente, Dinagat I. .................7-92
San Vicente, Iligan Bay, R. ...........7-20
San Vicente, Palawan ...................5-54
San Vicente Lt. ...............................7-2
San Victor, I. ...............................7-129
Sanco Pt. .....................................7-127
Sanco Point Lt. ...........................7-126
Sand Cay ......................................5-33
Sandakan ........................................9-5
Sandakan Harbor ............................9-4
Sandilands Rk. ..............................9-19
Sandy I. ..........................................9-8
Sanga Sanga Ch. ...........................8-38
Sanga Sanga I. ..............................8-37
Sangali ..........................................7-37
Sangasiapu I. ................................8-40
Sangay R., Pt. ...............................7-63
Sangbauen Peak ............................5-47
Sangboy I. .......................................8-8
Sangsang I. ...................................8-32
Santa Cruz, Kambay Cove ...........7-96
Santa Cruz, Tagabuli Bay .............7-75
Santa Cruz, Talikud I. ...................7-82
Santa Cruz, Tubajon Bay ..............7-92
Santa Cruz Bank ...........................7-34
Santa Cruz, Bay ..........................7-122
Santa Cruz Pt., NE Tagabuli Bay..7-75
Santa Cruz Pt., Taytay Bay .............5-7
Santa Cruz I, Great .......................7-34
Santa Cruz I, Little, Lt. .................7-34
Santa Fe ......................................7-130
Santa Filomena Shoals .................4-24
Santa Lourdes ...............................5-15
Santa Maria, Port ..........................7-27
Santa Maria Lt., Mt. .....................7-28
Santa Monica ..............................7-102
Santa Teresita ................................5-11
Santiago ......................................7-130
Santing R. .....................................8-43
Santo Niño, Dapitan City .............7-23
Santo Niño, NW Palawan .............5-56
Santo Niño, Surigao, R. ..............7-123
Sanz I. ...........................................5-28
Sapa, Lake ......................................6-5
Sapa Malaem ................................8-17
Sapagaya Bay .................................9-4
Sapang Ama ..................................7-22
Saparoak Pt. ..................................9-12
Sapa-Sapa .....................................8-42
Sapu Bay ......................................7-68
Sarangani Bay ..............................7-66
Sarangani Is., Strait ......................7-69
Sarangani I. ...................................7-70
Sarap, Mt., Pt. ...............................5-23
Sarmiento Pt. ................................5-29
Saro Pt. .........................................7-41
Sarucsarucan I. .............................8-31
Sasa, Lt., Wharf ............................7-78
Sasa I. ...........................................8-42
Satan R. ........................................7-99
Saub, R. ........................................5-18
Savage Is. .....................................5-53
Sawigan Pt. ...................................7-26
Sayao I. .......................................7-100
Sayug Ch. ...................................7-102
Scalesby Castle Shoal ...................5-39
Schuck Rf. ....................................9-10
Scott Pt. ........................................5-21
Sebik I. ..........................................4-11
Seboto Pt.......................................7-44
Secam I. ........................................5-28
Seco Rf. ......................................7-104
Secubun I. .....................................8-42
Sedgeman Rk. .................................9-7
Segama R. .......................................9-3
Segyam I. ......................................5-23
Selungan Pt. ..................................7-56
Semaruga Pt. .................................7-56
Semawang Pt. .................................9-6
Sentry Bank ..................................8-25
Serantes Shoal ..............................8-17
Setambol Bay ...............................8-34
Shallow Shoal ...............................5-36
Shark Fin Bay .................................5-3
Shark Fin Peak ...............................5-6
Sharp Hill .....................................5-11
Sharp Peak, Bold Pt. .....................5-13
Sharp Peak, Mantalingajan Mt. ....5-38
Sharp Peak, Pasig Bay ..................5-29
Sharp Peak, Tanguite Mt. .............7-37
Sharp Point .................................7-105
Shell Rk. .......................................8-37
Shipmasters’ Authority ...................2-4
Shipmasters’ Responsibility ...........2-4
Siagut Pt., Shoal ...........................9-12
Siargao I. ....................................7-101
Siari ..............................................7-25
Siasi, I., Lt. ...................................8-18
Siay Pt. .........................................7-41
Siay R. ..........................................7-42
Sibabag .........................................8-18
Sibago I. .......................................7-36
Sibakel I. .........................................8-5
Sibalatan Pt....................................7-72
Sibale I. .........................................7-99
Sibalic I. .......................................7-27
Sibaltan ...........................................5-2
Sibanac (Sibanac) I. ......................7-96
Sibankat Mt. .................................8-35
Sibankat Range .............................8-41
Sibarut Bank .................................8-11
Sibatyan Pt. ...................................8-19
Sibijindacula I. .............................8-18
Sibonga Mt., Port .......................7-107
Sibuco (Sibuko), Bay ...................7-29
Sibuguey Bay, Mt. ........................7-37
Sibuguey R. ..................................7-41
Sibukauan I. ..................................7-96
Sibulan I., R. .................................7-46
Sibulan Port, Rf. ...........................7-45
Sibutad Lt. ....................................7-22
Sibutu, Hill, Rf. ............................8-44
Sibutu I. ........................................8-43
Sibutu Pass. ....................................6-2
Sibutu Pass. ..................................8-43
Sicagot I. .........................................8-5
Sicalangcalong I. ..........................8-25
Sicayab Pt. ....................................7-24
Sicolan Caloh ...............................8-44
Sicolan I. .......................................8-44
Sicud Pt., R. ..................................5-39
Sidsid Pt. .......................................4-18
Sierra Madre Mt. ............................1-1
Sigaboy I. .....................................7-88
Sigarin Pt. .....................................7-72
Siguel R. .......................................7-66
Signal Head ..................................5-63
Signals, Storm ........................See App
Signaning I. ..................................8-25
Sigumay Pt. ..................................5-30
Sikaula I. .......................................8-43
Sikyat Pt. ......................................8-38
Silacay Pt. .....................................7-70
Silad I. ..........................................4-21
Silago Pt. ......................................5-67
Silagui I. .......................................7-44
Silanga, B., I., Peak, Pt., Palawan...5-6
Silanga I, Pt., Misamis .................7-20
Silingaan I. .....................................9-6
Silangan Rf. ..................................5-73
Silangon Pt. ..................................8-15
Silat I. ...........................................4-24
Silingan Mt. ..................................7-37
Silino I., Lt. ..................................7-22
Silk I. ............................................9-11
Silla Mt. ........................................7-21
Silla Pt. .........................................7-22
Siluag Is. .......................................8-47
Silupa Bay, Pt. ..............................7-49
Simaddel (Jambongon) I. ...............9-7
Simalac Dakula I. .........................8-36
Simalac Sibi Sibi I. .......................8-36
Simanahan Ch., Rf. ......................5-32
Simanayo I. ...................................8-25
Index-19
Simbay I. ......................................8-25
Simio Pt. .......................................7-20
Simisa I. ........................................8-12
Simunul, I. ....................................8-40
Sina (Sinandulan) I. ......................4-14
Sinabon Pt.....................................8-38
Sinacaban .....................................7-19
Sinagbuan I. ..................................8-31
Sinandulan (Sina) I. ......................4-14
Sindangan, Lt., Pt. ........................7-26
Sindangan Bay. .............................7-25
Singaan I. ......................................8-26
Singag I. .....................................7-124
Singuan, Lake .................................6-5
Sining Capan Mt..............................8-7
Sinipay Daco I. .............................7-22
Sinipay Diutay I. ..........................7-22
Sinonoc Lt. ...................................7-19
Sinonog I. .....................................7-35
Sin Cowe East Rf .........................5-74
Siocon Bay, R. ..............................7-28
Siocon (Santa Maria) Port ............7-27
Sipac I. ..........................................8-11
Sipaca Pt. ........................................7-6
Sipangkot I. ..................................8-45
Siparay Is. .....................................4-23
Sipayu I. .......................................8-36
Sipincal Pt. ...................................8-19
Sipindung Is. ..................................9-8
Sipungut Ch. .................................8-31
Siraguay R. ...................................7-28
Sirawai, Lt. ...................................7-28
Sirawan, R. ...................................7-76
Sirinao I. .......................................5-43
Siringo I. .........................................8-9
Sirum I. .........................................8-20
Sir Brooke's Pt. Lt. .......................5-22
Sitankai I. .....................................8-45
Sitankai Sibi I. ..............................8-45
Situgal Diki I. ...............................8-32
Situgal Hea I. ................................8-32
Slip Pt. ..........................................5-60
Socorro .......................................7-106
Socorro R. ...................................7-107
Sohutan Bay, Inlet ......................7-106
Solaton I. ......................................7-15
Solitario Rk. .................................4-17
Sombrero I. ...................................5-20
Sombrero Rks. ..............................4-25
Song Lupa ....................................7-50
South Bay .....................................4-18
South Cay .....................................4-12
South Channel Dangers ................9-17
South Channel I. .............................5-8
South Guntao I. ............................5-64
South Harbor ................................9-12
South Inlet ....................................5-47
South Island ....................................5-8
South Islet .......................................6-4
South Lagoon ...............................8-46
South Malbinchilao I. ...................4-12
South Mangsee I. ..........................5-33
South Rf., Kalayaan Is. .................5-76
South Rf., Sibutu ..........................8-46
South Regent Shoal ......................5-36
South Rk. ......................................5-45
South Shoal ..................................5-32
South Tuluran Peak ......................5-59
South Ubian, I. .............................8-30
South Verde I. ...............................5-13
Southeast Shoals ...........................5-33
Southwest Bank ..............................6-5
Southwest Bluff ..............................9-8
Southwest Monsoon .......................1-6
Southwestern Bank .......................5-30
Sprat Pt. ........................................5-46
Squall Pt., Damaran Ch. ...............5-11
Squall Pt., E Reef Pt. ....................5-54
Square Pt. .....................................5-50
Stanlake I. .....................................5-12
Starfish I. ......................................5-15
Stavely Mt. ...................................5-45
Steep Hill ......................................5-37
Steep Pt. ........................................5-45
Steepfall Range ............................5-27
Storms and Gales ............................1-6
Storm Warnings ..............................1-7
Storm Warning Signals ...........See App
Stripe Peak ....................................5-49
Stumps I. .......................................5-62
Sua Is. .........................................7-124
Suanbato Pt. ..................................7-55
Subanipa (Olutanga) .....................7-44
Subuan R. .....................................7-56
Sucoligao I. ...................................8-24
Sugbai I. .......................................8-27
Sugbai Pass. ..................................8-34
Sugbongcogon Lt. ........................7-10
Sugbu Is. .....................................7-112
Sugbu Diutay Is. .........................7-112
Sugbuhan I. ...................................7-98
Sugbuhan Pt., Rf. ........................7-101
Sugua R. .......................................5-48
Sugut .............................................5-19
Sugut Bay, Mt. ..............................7-59
Suka Suka Asibi I. ........................8-45
Suka Suka Dakula I. .....................8-45
Sulade I. ........................................8-15
Sulauan Pt., Lt. .............................7-13
Suligan, Shoal ...............................8-10
Suligan Shoal ................................8-12
Sultan Bank ..................................4-25
Sultan Naga Dimaporo, Lt. ..........7-56
Sultan Peak, Range .......................5-20
Sultana Shoals ................................6-3
Sulu Archipelago ............................8-1
Sulu Sea ..........................................6-1
Suluan Lt. .....................................7-91
Sumangul, Pt. ...............................7-46
Sumbang Pt. .................................7-68
Sumbasumba I. .............................8-18
Sumilon I., Lt. ..............................7-99
Sumisip ...........................................8-6
Sumlug Pt., R. ..............................7-87
Sumurumsum Pt., R. ....................5-39
Sunbeam Shoal ...............................9-7
Sunday Bank ................................8-25
Sungei Gumgum .............................9-6
Sungei Paitan...................................9-8
Sungu Shoal, W Bolod I. ..............8-10
Sungu Shoal, Tara I. .....................8-19
Suong (Suong Labatan) I. .............7-43
Suri Pt. ..........................................5-41
Surigao City, Lt., Port, R. ...........7-110
Surigao Strait ................................7-91
Surup ............................................7-89
Suucau I. .......................................8-18
Suyangan ....................................7-108
Suyatan R. ..................................7-118
Su-uh ............................................8-13
Swirl Rf. .........................................8-8
Syniop Mt. ....................................7-63
System of buoyage .........................2-8
T Tagnipa Bay ..................................5-41
Taata Dacula I. ..............................8-43
Taata I. ..........................................8-43
Taata Laud I. .................................8-43
Taata Sibi Sibi I. ...........................8-43
Taba Bay .......................................7-42
Tabac Rk. ......................................4-24
Tabawan I. ....................................8-29
Tabina, Lt. ....................................7-52
Tablas Shoal .................................8-22
Table Head ....................................5-16
Table Pt. ........................................5-46
Tablon ...........................................7-10
Tabolongan I. ................................8-33
Tabon ..........................................7-127
Taboy ............................................5-63
Tabu Pt., Lt. ..................................7-19
Tabuan I. .......................................8-30
Tabuk I. .......................................7-100
Tabunan Is. ...................................7-93
Tabunan Pt. ...................................8-18
Tabuntabun Pt. ..............................5-18
Tacaquinay Pt. ............................7-131
Index-20
Tacbolo I. ......................................5-61
Tacbubuc Is. .................................4-23
Tacutboata Rf. ..............................8-30
Tagabaka Pt. .................................7-94
Tagabaka Cove .............................7-95
Tagabaquid .................................7-131
Tagabibi Bay ................................7-90
Tagabuli Bay ................................7-75
Tagalinog I. ...................................5-22
Tagalo, Rfs., Pt. ............................7-54
Tagaloan R. ...................................7-10
Tagana-an, Estero .......................7-113
Taganak I. .......................................6-7
Taganak Patches .............................6-8
Taganauan Is. ..............................7-119
Taganilao Pt. ...............................7-131
Taganito ......................................7-115
Tagao I. .........................................8-29
Tagata Pt. ......................................7-62
Tagauayan Bay, I. .........................4-23
Tagbabui Cove ..............................7-96
Tagbanao Cove .............................7-90
Tagbarunis Pt., R. .........................5-19
Tagbayakao Is. ..............................7-97
Tagbita Bay ..................................5-37
Tagboabo Is. .................................7-98
Tagbuaya Bay, Pt., R. ...................5-41
Tagburos .......................................5-15
Tagduan R. ...................................5-19
Tagipan R. ....................................5-38
Tagipil I. .........................................9-7
Tagnanan ......................................7-85
Tagnipa Inlet .................................5-58
Tago ............................................7-121
Tago R. .......................................7-120
Tagolo Pt. .....................................7-22
Tagolo Pt. Lt. ................................7-23
Tagoloan .......................................7-10
Tagugsom Bay ..............................5-36
Taguilon, Port ...............................7-23
Taguisian Pt. .................................7-45
Taguite Bay, I. ..............................7-38
Taguite Mt. ...................................7-37
Tagulaya Pt. ..................................7-76
Tagum, City, R. ............................7-83
Tagutu I. .........................................8-9
Taitai Bay, I. .................................5-60
Taja I. ............................................8-23
Tajau Pt. ........................................9-20
Taka R. .........................................9-18
Takela I. ..........................................8-5
Takippamasilaan I., Rf. ..................8-6
Takub ............................................7-15
Takut Mataha Rf. ..........................8-36
Takut Tangug Bay, Shoals ..............8-7
Talacanen I. ....................................5-6
Talaga ...........................................9-18
Talaid Pt. .......................................7-43
Talakitok Rf. .................................5-22
Talampulan I. ................................4-10
Talampetan I. ................................4-10
Talantam Shoal .............................8-25
Talaotauan I. ...................................5-3
Talavera, I. ..................................7-112
Talbaguen I. ..................................5-62
Taledom Rk. .................................7-46
Taliak Pt. .......................................7-65
Talikud I. ......................................7-82
Talinga Pt. .....................................7-26
Talinga R. .....................................7-25
Talipao, Mt. ..................................8-13
Talisay, Nonoc I., ..........................7-99
Talisay (Kahikukuk) .....................8-11
Talisay Pt., Sindangan Bay ...........7-26
Talisay Bay, Rf. ............................7-87
Talisay Pt., Davao Gulf ................7-90
Talisayan, Gingoog Bay .................7-6
Talisayan, Zamboanga City ..........7-29
Talomo Bay ..................................7-76
Talomo R. .....................................7-77
Taluc I. ..........................................8-18
Taluksangay ..................................7-35
Taluluc Ch., Pt. .............................7-22
Talusan .........................................7-44
Tambalan Pt. .................................7-72
Tambalanang I...............................5-64
Tambanon R. ................................7-44
Tambatan Pt. .................................7-52
Tambiluanga I. ..............................8-31
Tambilunay I. .................................8-9
Tambisan I. .....................................9-2
Tambog Pt. .................................7-127
Tambon I. .....................................4-13
Tambuc Pt. ..................................7-131
Tambulian I. .................................8-17
Tambulian Is. ..................................9-9
Tambulian Pt. ...............................7-52
Tambungan Pt. ..............................7-93
Tamburay I. ..................................7-94
Tamehagan Pt. ..............................7-95
Tami Pt. ........................................5-23
Tamila Rk. ......................................8-9
Tamisan ......................................7-132
Tamontaca (Tamontaka) ...............7-61
Tamontaka (Tamontaca), R. .........7-61
Tamoyauas Pt. ..............................7-93
Tampat Pt. .....................................8-37
Tampel I., Pass .............................4-14
Tampit I. .......................................4-13
Tampuan, Cove, Pt. ......................7-66
Tamuk I. .........................................8-6
Tancan I. .......................................8-33
Tancolaluan I. ...............................8-29
Tandag City, Port ........................7-120
Tandag Pt., R. .............................7-119
Tandayak R. ..................................5-14
Tandican Pt. ..................................8-17
Tandiong Muslim .........................7-48
Tando (Panacan) ...........................5-20
Tando Pt. .......................................7-41
Tandotao Pt., Lt. .............................6-5
Tandu Banak .................................8-44
Tandu Bato ...................................8-13
Tandu Peak ...................................8-17
Tandubas I. ...................................8-42
Tandubatu I. ..................................8-32
Tandungan Ch., I. .........................8-31
Tangat I. ..........................................4-8
Tangcocoloan Rks. .......................7-48
Tango Pt. .........................................5-4
Tangu I. .........................................8-39
Tangub ..........................................7-17
Tanguingui Ch. ...............................5-3
Tanguite, Mt..................................7-37
Tanguip Pt...................................7-128
Tangusu Bay ...................................9-3
Tanj Bungaan I. ............................9-11
Tanjong Niug Pt. ............................9-6
Tanjong Pandaras Pt. ......................9-5
Tanjong Papat Pt. ............................9-4
Tanjong Siasib (Sesip) ....................9-6
Tanjong Trang Lt. .........................8-25
Tanobon I. ...................................... 4-1
Tanquique Rk. ..............................8-17
Tantanang Bay, Pt. ........................7-47
Tantangon I. ....................................4-9
Tanun Pt. .......................................8-17
Tanusa I., Pt. ...................................6-3
Taon R. .......................................7-127
Tapaan I., Pass., Shoal ..................8-20
Tapaan I. Shoal .............................8-21
Tapian Lt., Rf., Pt. ........................7-61
Tapiantana Ch., I., Rf. ..................8-10
Tapiantana Group ...........................8-9
Tapiutan I., Strait ..........................5-64
Tapul Bay, I., R., Puerto Princesa..5-14
Tapul I., Tapul Group ...................8-17
Tara I., Calamian Group .................4-2
Tara I., Sulu ..................................8-19
Tarabanan R. .................................5-13
Taradungan ...................................5-12
Tarakalawan Is. .............................5-47
Tarakan (Kalipapa) .......................7-53
Taratara I., Pt. ...............................8-19
Tarbeng Creek ..............................7-61
Taritip Pt. ......................................5-30
Taritipan R. ...................................9-18
Index-21
Tarragona ....................................7-131
Tarumpitao Lt., Pt. ........................5-40
Tataan I. ........................................8-36
Tataan Pass ...................................8-35
Tataidaga Pt. ...............................7-132
Tatal Rks. ......................................7-40
Tatalan I. .......................................8-10
Tatay Is. ........................................4-21
Tatlong Tulis Shoal .......................5-76
Tatub Pt. .......................................5-37
Tauitaui I. .....................................8-21
Taungoh ........................................8-44
Tauntong Diki I. ...........................8-33
Tauntong Nancaan I. ....................8-33
Tausan Mariki Ch. ........................8-43
Tavialan ........................................8-11
Tavotavo Pt. ....................................6-6
Tawi-tawi Bay ..............................8-39
Tawi-tawi I. ..................................8-27
Taybuay I. .....................................8-32
Tayanabo Bay, Pt., Lt. ..................7-41
Tayoan I. .......................................8-33
Taytay, Bay, Head, Lt. ....................5-5
Taytay Pt. ........................................5-6
Taytayan I. ....................................7-64
Teeth .............................................5-20
Tegarangan R. ...............................9-19
Tegolting Pt. .................................7-47
Teinga I. ..........................................8-8
Tejada Rf. .......................................5-5
Telegraph Is. ...............................7-115
Telegraph Mt. .............................7-112
Temple I. .......................................5-21
Ten-foot Rk. .................................9-16
Tenabian I., Pass ...........................5-60
Tenanan R. ..................................7-114
Tending I. .....................................4-13
Tenga R. .......................................9-18
Tengolan I. ......................................8-5
Tenotungan Pt. ..............................7-61
Tent I. ...........................................5-63
Teodore Pt. ...................................5-56
Tetian Bay ....................................7-57
Theomabal I. .................................8-21
Thumb Hill ...................................8-39
Thumb Peak, Balambangan I. ......9-12
Thumb Peak, Puerto Princesa .......5-45
Thumb Peak, Tuluran I. ................5-59
Thumb Pt. .....................................4-23
Tiain Pt. ........................................7-70
Tibakkan Is. ....................................9-9
Tibanban .......................................7-88
Tiblawan, Creek ...........................7-89
Tibungco .......................................7-77
Tibungoi Pt. ..................................7-72
Ticala Is. .......................................7-53
Ticauan Pt. ....................................7-42
Tictauan Ch., I. .............................7-34
Tictauan Shoal ..............................7-35
Ticul I. ..........................................8-22
Tide and Currents ...........................1-9
Tidepole I .....................................5-44
Tidepole Pt., S Rita I. ...................5-47
Tidepole Pt., Puerto Princesa .......5-16
Tide Pole Lt. .................................5-16
Tiga Islet .......................................9-12
Tigabon I. .....................................7-48
Tigabu I ..........................................9-9
Tigao ...........................................7-119
Tigasimil Pt., Spit .........................9-19
Tigbauan, I. ...................................7-38
Tigbucay Bay ...............................7-39
Tigburacao I. ................................7-38
Tigdos I........................................7-125
Tigman Lt. ....................................5-19
Tigman R. .....................................5-20
Tigtabon (Tabtabon) .....................7-34
Tiguilabun I. ...................................8-9
Tihitihi I.........................................8-37
Tijitiji Is. .......................................8-41
Tijitiji Rf. ......................................8-40
Timaco Creek ...............................7-61
Timaco Hill ...................................7-60
Timbangan Pt................................5-29
Timbo R. .......................................7-88
Timbungan I. ................................8-10
Tinabog, R. ...................................5-13
Tinaca Pt., Lt. ...............................7-69
Tinagta I. ......................................8-36
Tinao Is. ........................................7-95
Tincalan Is. ...................................8-19
Tingulo Pt. ....................................7-72
Tiniapan (Dinapan) .......................7-54
Tiniguiban ......................................5-2
Tinitituan I. ...................................4-21
Tinundukan I. ...............................8-41
Tinutungan I. ..................................8-9
Tirana Rk.......................................8-11
Titangcob I. ..................................4-19
Titi Pt. ...........................................8-38
Tizard Bank ..................................5-74
Tobac ............................................7-47
Tolonpisa I. ...................................8-10
Tomajo I. ....................................7-124
Tomandang I. ..................................5-7
Tomanday R. ..............................7-110
Tomas Claudio Shoal ...................5-71
Tominobo .....................................7-15
Ton Sandungun Ch. ......................8-11
Tona Ch. .....................................7-102
Tona I. .........................................7-103
Tondaje I. ......................................4-18
Tongbangkaw ...............................8-42
Tongcolasian R. ............................7-42
Tongkil I. ......................................8-11
Tonkian I.......................................8-33
Tonquil (Tongkil) I. ......................8-11
Tonquil Pt. ..................................7-128
Tor ................................................5-55
Toril ..............................................7-76
Torongohok Is. ...............................9-6
Torongohok Pt. ...............................9-7
Torres Rf. ......................................4-19
Towboats ........................................2-2
Trade Wind .....................................1-5
Traffic Separation Schemes ............3-1
Tran ..............................................7-62
Tran Grande R. .............................7-62
Transept Hill .................................5-29
Treacherous Bay ...........................5-43
Tree Rk. ..........................................9-6
Tres Marias Rk. ............................4-14
Tres Reyes Is. ...............................4-15
Triple Cima I. ...............................5-42
Tristan, Mt. ...................................7-95
Triton I. .........................................7-51
Triton Rk. ...................................7-117
Tropical Cyclones ...........................1-6
Trusan Duyon Ch. ..........................9-4
TSS .................................................3-1
Tuason Pt. ...................................7-105
Tuba R. .........................................5-24
Tubalan Head, Lt., Port ................7-72
Tubalubac I. ..................................8-22
Tubay, Mt., R. .................................7-2
Tubbataha Reefs, Lt. ......................6-4
Tubig Pandan ................................8-38
Tubigan I. .....................................8-21
Tubod, Iligan City ........................7-16
Tubod, Tuluran I. ..........................5-59
Tubod (Tubot) Cove, Lt., .............7-16
Tubotubo I. ...................................7-62
Tubu Tubu I. .................................8-33
Tubud Pt. ......................................7-23
Tubug I. ........................................4-17
Tuburan (Hadji Mohammad Ajul)..8-7
Tucabadoc Pt. ...............................7-53
Tudela, Calandangan I...................4-25
Tudela, Misamis Occidental .........7-19
Tuganay R. ...................................7-83
Tugapangan Pt. .............................7-58
Tugas Pt., Peninsula ...................7-116
Tugubun Pt. ................................7-130
Tuka, Bay .....................................7-56
Tukuran, Lt., R. ............................7-55
Tulayan, I. .....................................8-13
Tulayan (Dalrymple) Harbor ........8-13
Tulian I. ........................................8-15
Index-22
Tulnalutan I. .................................7-35
Tultolan ........................................7-52
Tuludan R. ....................................7-53
Tuluran I., Pt. ................................5-59
Tumadgo Pt. ...............................7-132
Tumajubun Pt. ................................8-6
Tumalung Bay ..............................7-46
Tumanao Port ...............................7-70
Tumano Is. ..................................7-126
Tumao Pt. .....................................7-27
Tumarbong, Pt. .............................5-12
Tumatangas Mt. ............................8-13
Tumbagaan I..................................8-34
Tumindao Ch., I., Pt. ....................8-45
Tumindao Rf. ................................8-46
Tuna Bay, Pt. ................................7-63
Tundalara Mt. .................................4-2
Tungauan Bay ...............................7-38
Tungawan .....................................7-40
Tupilac Hill ...................................7-40
Turtle Bay .....................................5-18
Turtle I. ...........................................6-7
Turung Bay, I. ...............................5-60
Tutu Bay .......................................8-16
Tutu Bay Pt. ..................................8-17
Tutukipa I. ....................................8-18
Tuturingen (Fort) Pt. .....................5-49
Twin Is., Basilisa, Dinagat I. ........7-95
Twin (Kayasa) Is., ........................7-92
Typhoon Anchorages.......................1-8
Typhoon Regulations..............See App
U
Uangon Creek ...............................7-88
Uanivan I. ...................................7-131
Ubaldo Rf. ......................................5-2
Ubugun Pt. ....................................5-68
Ugbarayan R. ................................5-48
Ulugan Bay ...................................5-47
Umalagan R. .................................5-47
Umanum Pt. ................................7-122
Umbakanan R. ..............................7-74
Unamao I. ...................................7-117
Unib I. ...........................................7-96
Union, R. ....................................7-104
Unsang Pt. ....................................8-24
Urbiztondo ..................................7-115
Ursula I. ........................................7-24
Usada I. .........................................8-22
Uson I. ............................................4-7
Uson Port ........................................4-8
Usucan Shoal ................................7-21
Utara Pt. ........................................7-58
 V W
Valdez ...........................................5-36
Valley Cone ..................................5-44
Valparaiso Shoal .............................6-4
Vanguard Shoal ............................5-38
Vanguardia I. ................................4-17
Vega I. .............................................4-7
Venus Pt. .....................................7-101
Verde Island Stream .......................6-1
Vicenzo Sagun ..............................7-51
Victoria Peak ................................5-20
Village Bay, Puntog I. ................. 5-19
Village Bay, Boayan I. ..................5-52
Village Rks. ..................................5-18
Villamil Rk. ..................................8-16
Vinagre Rf. ...................................5-18
Vinalo I. ........................................5-61
Viola Shoal. ....................................6-5
Viray Is. ........................................7-97
Visayan I. ........................................1-1
Vitali I., Pt. ...................................7-38
Volata I............................................6-3
Villanueva .......................................7-9
Villanueva Lt. ...............................7-10
Wakefield Shoal ............................5-25
Walan I. ........................................8-26
Wanderer Shoal ..............................6-7
Wangle, Mt. ..................................5-36
Watering Bay ................................5-47
Weather Reports .............................2-5
Weather Stations (PAGASA) .........2-4
Wedge Head, Cape Capoas ..........5-56
Wedge Head, Tacbolo I. ...............5-61
Wedge I. ........................................5-53
Weeden Pt. ....................................5-52
West Bank .......................................6-5
West Circe Shoal ..........................7-43
West Is. ...........................................9-9
West Nalaut I. ...............................4-12
West Pasig Shoal ..........................5-13
West Philippine Sea ......................5-69
Western Shoal ...............................5-30
Whale Rk. ...................................7-108
Wharfage ........................................2-2
White I. .........................................5-56
White Point I. ...............................5-63
White Rk., Alligator I. ..................5-62
White Rk., Bigun Bay ..................5-65
White Rk., Libarran I. ....................9-6
White Rk., Tigasimil Pt. ...............9-19
Index-23
White Rk., Tigburacao I. ..............7-38
White Rk., Worcester Strait ..........5-59
White Rks. or Piedra Blanca ........4-25
White Round I. .............................5-58
Willcox Bank ..................................6-7
Witti Rks. ......................................9-19
Woody Is. .....................................9-19
Worcester Strait ............................5-58
Wreck Head ..................................5-56
Wright Shoal .................................5-24
Y
Yaro I. ...........................................8-18
York Bleakers ...............................5-46
Z
Zamboanga, City ..........................7-31
Zamboanga Lt. .............................7-31
Zamboanga Peninsula ..................7-24
Zamboanga Port ...........................7-30
Zamora Rf. ...................................5-76
Zaragosa .....................................7-130
Zaragoza .......................................7-98
Zaragoza Pt. ..................................7-97
Zau ................................................8-25
Zebra Rfs. .....................................9-18
Zoe I. ............................................5-51